S a ctco B oo to o f t£e ButrPbfgtg tPoh

T H E BOOK O F T H E D ISCIPLIN EV O L U M E V

TH E BOOK OF T H E DISCIPLINE

( V I N A Y A - P I T A K A )

V O L U M E V

(C U L L A V A G G A )

Translated by

I . B . H O R N E R , M .A . Associate o f Newnham College, Cambridge

L O N D O N

L U Z A C & C O M P A N Y 4 6 G r e a t R u s s e l l S t r e e t ,

1963

L T D . W . C . 1

First published tg5* Second impression 1963

Printed in Great Britain by JLowe &• Bvydone {Printers) Ltd., London

T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

T h e C u lla v a g g a , th e L ess or L esser D iv is io n of th e Vinaya, consists of tw e lv e Sectio n s. T h e first th ree o f these h a v e been tra n slated b y H . O ld en b erg an d T . W . R h y s D a v id s in Sacred B ooks o f the E a st, V o lu m e X V I I , 1882, an d th e rem ain in g nine in S .B .E ., V o lu m e X X , 1885. T h e P a li Vinaya on w h ich th e ir tran slatio n as w ell as m ine is b ased is th a t ed ited b y O ld en b erg in 1880 as V o lu m e I I o f h is V inaya P ita k a m .

T h e w e a lth of d e ta il increases ra th e r th a n dim inish es in th is L esser D iv isio n , and as an in stru m en t fo r use b y m on ks an d nuns is asto n ish in g in its v a r ie ty and th e m in u te precision it lav ish es on g re a te r an d sm aller p o in ts a like.

I t w as no d o u b t e v e r m ore and m ore n ecessa ry to p u t th e p ro p er w a y s of m e e tin g d istu rb an ces in th e O rd er on a firm basis. T h is c e rta in ly ap p ears to be th e purpose o f S ectio n I w h ich d eals in tu rn w ith seven form al a c ts : (1) censure fo r qu arrels, d isp u tes an d co n ten tio n w h ich p erh ap s arose from a n earn est en d eavo u r to a c t in c o n fo rm ity w ith w h a t h a d been la id dow n an d th en fin d in g th a t th ere w ere o th e r a n d d ifferen t opinions ; or w h ich p erh a p s w ere w a n to n ly m ad e in th e O rd er b y m on ks w h o , u n ab le to m a ste r th e h igh er p ra ctices, fo u n d tim e h a n g h e a v y ; (2) g u id a n ce fo r a m o n k w h o h a d persisted in freq u en tin g th e la i ty an d to gu id e h im to co n so rt in stead w ith kalyatyamitta and so becom e lea rn ed a n d e x p e rt in th e d h am m a and d iscip lin e ; (3) b an ish m en t fo r a m on k w h o h ad in d u lged in th e num erous " b ad h a b its " specified here an d th ere in th e P a li can o n in a ste re o ty p e d p assage ; (4) reco n cili­atio n fo r a m o n k w h o h a d been ru d e to a h ouseh old er, an d w h o, w hen he w en t to a sk fo r his fo rg iven ess, w as allo w ed to ta k e a com panion w ith h im to a ct as m essen ger a n d sp ok esm an in case th e m on k h im self w as o vercom e w ith sh am e a n d em ­barrassm en t— an allo w an ce w h ich in S ectio n X I I Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , ask ed to be ex ten d e d to h im w hen he w as accused (w rongly) b y th e V a jj is o f V esa li o f re v ilin g an d ab u s­ing la y fo llo w e rs ; (5, 6 , 7) th ree a c ts o f suspen sion fo r n ot seeing an offence, fo r n ot m a k in g am ends fo r one, fo r n ot g iv in g u p a w ron g v ie w , resp e ctiv e ly .

v

vi T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

A ll th ese fo rm a l a cts h a v e been m en tion ed a lre a d y in th e M a h a v a g g a (B .D . iv ) . B u t o n ly an in d ica tio n is g iv e n there o f th e occasions fo r c a rry in g th e m o u t (as su m m arised ab o ve). T h ese, w h ile ta lly in g w ith th e o ccasio n s g iv e n in th e C u lla v a g g a , sp e c ify n e ith er th e m e th o d to b e fo llo w ed in c a rry in g o u t each one, nor a n y o f th e g ro u n d s h e ld to be sufficien t for its re v o c a ­tion . A ll th is is h o w e v e r d e a lt w ith b y th e C u lla v a g g a .

Som e o f th e stories ch osen to illu s tra te b e h a v io u r w h ich ca lls fo r one o f th ese fo rm a l a c ts to co rrect it a p p e a r a lso in o th er p a rts o f th e V in a y a . F o r e x a m p le , th e ep isod e o f th e m o n k A r it th a occurs b o th in P a c . 68 a n d in C V . I . 32. T h e fo rm e r g iv e s th e h o ld er o f w ro n g v ie w s a ch an ce t o ren ou n ce th em w h ile he is b ein g ad m on ish ed u p to th e th ird tim e. I t is o n ly , a fte r th is, if h e p ersists in c lin g in g to h is v ie w s th a t he in cu rs an offence o f e x p ia tio n . B u t in th e C u lla v a g g a A r it th a is g iv e n no final ch a n ce to c le a r h im self. O n ce it is fo u n d th a t he hold s to his v iew s, th e O rd er is to ld th a t it c a n c a r ry o u t a fo rm a l a c t o f suspension a g a in st h im . H e th ereu p o n le ft th e O rd er. A s th e t e x t sta n d s, G o ta m a is sh o w n as s a y in g th a t th e fo rm a l a c t o f suspension m a y b e re v o k e d . T h is w o u ld n o t o n ly be an u n ­ch a ra c te r is tic w eak n ess, b u t it does n o t fit th e c o n te x t . In fa c t , as O ld en b erg rem a rk s, w e sh o u ld h a v e e x p e cte d a n e g a tiv e here, a n d h en ce ju s t th e o p p o site : L e t th e O rd er n ot revo k e th e fo rtn al a c t o f su sp en sio n fo r n o t g iv in g u p th e w ro n g v ie w (C V . I . 34. x). T h is w o u ld m o re o v er h a v e been in line w ith th e in ju n c tio n n o t to re v o k e th e a c t o t b an ish m en t w h en th ose a g a in st w h o m it h a d been ca rried o u t w en t a w a y an d le ft th e O rd e r (I. 16. x).

A t V in A . 874 A r it th a is ca lled an e n e m y o f th e B u d d h a 's d isp en sa tio n , a n d a lth o u g h as a ru le m o n k s w ere n o t l ig h t ly le t g o o f to re tu rn to th e “ w o rld ” , h is w a s a s tu b b o rn case w h ere h is absen ce m ig h t w ell h a v e been preferred to h is presence. T h e O rd er w a s b y n o w w ell e sta b lish ed b o th in th e p o p u la r esteem a n d a s an in stitu tio n ru n n in g e ffic ien tly b y its o w n in te rn a l arid d e v e lo p ed o rg a n isa tio n , an d if a m o n k le ft it , th is w o u ld b e a ttr ib u te d to h is ow n in co m p eten ce ra th e r th a n to a n y d e fic ie n c y in th e te a c h in g a n d tra in in g .

A p a r t fro m e x p u ls io n fro m th e O rd er fo r h a v in g c o m m itted one o f th e fo u r P a r a jik a o ffen ces, an d a p a rt fro m b ein g e xp elled fo r a n y o n e o f th e reason s g iv e n a t M V . 1. 61- 68, a m o n k le ft

T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N viio f h is ow n choice. T h e fo rm al a c t o f b an ish m en t is n ot b an ish ­m ent from the O rder, b u t fro m a p a rticu la r p la ce w h ere a m o n k had, fo r exam p le , e ith er in d u lged in “ b a d h a b i t s " , been frivo lo u s or h arm fu l in b o d y or speech, cau sed strife an d co n ten ­tion , or sp oken d isp raise of th e A w a k e n e d O ne, d h a m m a or th e O rd er. I f he co n d u cted h im self p ro p e rly w h ile th e a c t o f banishm ent again st h im w as in force, he co u ld b e reh a b ilita ted , a p riv ilege im possible to e x te n d to one w h o h a d been exp elled .

S ectio n s I I an d I I I of th e C u lla v a g g a d e a l in g re a t d e ta il w ith P ro b a tio n . T h is is n ot p ro b atio n p re lim in ary to en terin g th e O r d e r ; b u t p ro b a tio n im posed on one w h o is a lre a d y a m em ber o f it , an d co n sistin g o f “ g o in g b a c k to th e b eg in n in g " o f h is tra in in g and b e in g su b jected to manatta d iscipline- Su ch p ro b atio n fa lls u n d er th e fo u r h ead in gs m en tion ed a t V A I J 59 : th a t fo r o ffe n c e s . w h ich h a v e been co n cealed , th a t fo r u n ­con cealed offences, th e co n cu rren t p ro b atio n an d th e p u rify in g p ro b atio n . T h is la st co u ld be im posed on m o n ks w h o d id not k n o w w h eth er th e y h ad w o rked th ro u g h th is d isc ip lin a ry period o f p ro b atio n or not. In v ie w o f th e m a n y references to “ ign o r­a n t in exp erien ced m on ks " , such haziness in regard to th e righ t d a y for th e term in atio n of a p ro b a tio n a ry period is no m ore su rp risin g th a n is the ign oran ce m on ks m an ifested a b o u t th e sta rs an d th e qu arters (C V . V I I I . 6 . 1 ) an d w h ich p ro ved p h y s ic a lly h arm fu l to them .

Section I V is d e v o te d to th e d ifferen t w a y s of se ttlin g lega l questions. T h e se le g a l question s h a v e a lre a d y been m en tion ed in th e S u tta v ib h a rig a . In th e first p lace, th e case m u st be settle d in th e presence of th e accused m o n k. B u t th is v e rd ict " in th e presence o f " is n e cessa ry to a ll le g a l se ttlem en ts . S e co n d ly there is th e v e rd ic t o f innocence g iv en in fa v o u r o f a m o n k w h o w as w ro n g fu lly accu sed of an offence. D a b b a th e M allian is ta k e n as th e e x a m p le , a n d his s to r y is to ld in the sam e w ords as in F o rm a l M eetin g V I I I . B u t in th e F o rm a l M eetin g th e in terest, a t th e end, is sh ifted to the m o n ks w h o accused him an d w h o in cu r an offence fo r d o in g so ; w h ile in th e C u lla v a g g a th e in terest is cen tred on D a b b a w h o is to h a v e a verd ict o f innocence acco rd ed him . W e m u st therefore un d er­sta n d th a t th is is a case w here tw o sep a ra te a ctio n s o f th e O rd er w ere ca lled for : one d ealin g w ith th e m on ks w h o b ro u g h t the false accu satio n a g ain st D a b b a , an d one fo r a c q u ittin g him .

viii T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

T h e n com es th e " v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity " , to be g iv e n fo r m o n ks w h o w ere m ad w h en th e y c o m m itte d an offen ce. A s is usu al, th e p ro p erties th a t ren d er th e a c t le g a lly v a lid or n o t a re ^enumerated. T h e n fo llo w s th e se ttle m e n t o f d isp u te s or c o n te n tio n b y th e <r d ecision o f th e m a jo r ity " , w h en a re lia b le m o n k is to be ag reed u p o n as d is tr ib u to r o f v o tin g -tic k e ts , an im p o rta n t p o st (IV . 14. 26) an d one w h ich D e v a d a tta a rro ­g a te d to h im self an d ab u sed in h is a tte m p ts to sp lit th e O rd er ( V I I I . 4.1 ) . N e x t , th ere is th e “ d ecisio n fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity " w h en a m on k, on bein g e x a m in e d fo r an offen ce, p re v a r ic a te s a n d lies. F in a lly th ere w a s th e se ttle m e n t b y th e " c o v e rin g u p a s w ith grass " , e n a cte d w h en th in g s h a d been d o n e o r sa id in th e h ea t o f a q u a rre l an d w h ich , i f m ad e in to a le g a l q u estio n , w o u ld o n ly lea d to fu rth e r tro u b le an d p e rh a p s sch ism . L e g a l qu estio n s su ch as th is co u ld be co ve red u p b y e a ch c o n te n d ­in g side co n fessin g th ro u g h a c o m p e te n t m o n k w h a te v e r w ere th e offences th a t h ad been c o m m itte d , u n less th e y w e re serious offen ces (in v o lv in g D e fe a t o r a F o rm a l M e e tin g o f th e O rder, acco rd in g to V A . 1x94), or on es th a t a ffe cte d th e la i t y (IV . 13. 2, 3). A n d m o reo v er, su ch offen ces co u ld n o t be se ttle d in th is w a y fo r a n yo n e w h o o b je c te d or w h o w a s n o t p resen t. O th erw ise, a le g a l q u estio n a r is in g fro m d isp u tes co u ld be se ttle d b y a co m m ittee or re feren d u m (IV . 14. 19) or, fa ilin g th is, b y th e decision o f th e m a jo r ity (IV . 14. 24). T h e V e n e ra b le R e v a ta ca lled fo r a referen d u m o f e ig h t m o n k s to s e tt le th e “ ten p o in ts " p ro m u lg a te d b y th e V a jj is o f V e sa ll, a n d w h ich fo rm ed th e business before th e C o u n cil o f V e sa ll (see S ectio n X I I ) .

T h e w h o le su b je ct of*the le g a l q u estio n s a n d th e ir se ttle m e n t, a lth o u g h co m p lica ted , m u st b e s tu d ie d b y a n y o n e w h o w ish es to g rasp a n im p o rta n t b ra n c h o f th e d is c ip lin a ry p ro ceed in gs o f th e O rd er to g e th e r w ith th e v e r y e x a c t m a c h in e ry la id d ow n fo r c a rry in g th em o u t. A c e rta in p a tte rn w ill b e fo u n d to em erge. F o r th e " In te rn a l P o lity of a B u d d h is t S a m g h a " , C h a p te r V I or S . D u tt 's E a rly B u d d h ist M onachtsm m a y be p ro fita b ly co n su lted .

W ith S ectio n s V , V I , V I I I a n d I X w e rem a in in th e h ea rt o f th e m o n a stic life as it w a s to be liv e d n o rm a lly . B u t w ith Sectio n V I I , on S ch ism s, w e a rr iv e m ore d e fin ite ly th a n in th e M V . a t th a t real a n d in crea sin g ly p resen t d a n g er o f d issen tien t

T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N ix

vo ices risin g to a ch o ru s in sch ism a tic factio n s. E a c h S ectio n , besides its scru p u lou s a tte n tio n to e v e r y p o in t th a t arises, also co n ta in s a ce rta in a m o u n t o f n a rra tiv e m a teria l.

S ectio n V is so lo a d ed w ith d e ta il as to m a k e it a lm o st im ­possib le to p ic k out sa lien t p o in ts. B u t m en tion m u st b e m ade o f th e " g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks ” , w h ich r e a lly m eans a n u m b er o f m o n ks u n d er th ree p airs o f lead ers. F o r th e y are c o n s ta n tly referred to as th e m a le fa cto rs from w h ose co n d u ct, o ften u n ­su ita b le b ecau se i t resem bled th a t o f househ old ers, sp rin g s th e o p p o rtu n ity to regu larise b e h a v io u r on a ll p ertin en t poin ts. T h is is, in a d d itio n , a S e ctio n w ell w o rth s tu d y in g fo r th e lig h t it th ro w s on c o n te m p o ra ry m an n ers a n d th e th in g s in com m on u sage. I t is a S e ctio n w h ere th e la i t y are m ad e im p o rta n t ; a w on d er o f p sy c h ic p o w er is n o t to b e d isp la y e d in fro n t o f th e m (V . 8) ; th e ir “ b o w ls co u ld be tu rn e d u psid e d ow n ” , a sy m b o lic exp ression m ea n in g th a t i f th e y offered food to th e m on ks, th ese co u ld , a fte r ag ree in g to a m otion p u t before th e O rd er, tu rn their b o w ls u p sid e d ow n to sh ow th a t th e y h e ld a la y m a n in su ch d isg race th e y w o u ld a c c e p t no food fro m him (V . 20), th e re b y d e p riv in g h im o f m erit. T h e re is a lso th e a llo w an ce th a t m o n ks m a y tre a d on c lo th s w h en b ein g asked to d o so b y househ old ers “ fo r go od lu c k 's sa k e ” (V . 2 1). T h e n there is th e episode w h en p eo p le b rin g scen ts a n d g a r­lan d s to a m o n a ste ry . T h e m o n ks are a llo w ed to a c ce p t th e scen ts on co n d itio n th a t th e y p lace th e “ five-fin ger m a rk ” on a d oor. T h is h as th e a p p ea ran ce o f a p ro te c tiv e m easure ; an d w e k n o w from th e B u d d h is t ch arm s o r spells, partita, one o f w h ich is to be fo u n d in th is S ectio n (V . 6), th a t su ch run es or ch a n ts fo r se lf-g u a rd in g p la y e d a n o t n eglig ib le p a rt in E a r ly B u d d h is t life .

S ectio n V I is a co m p en d iu m o f w h a t is a llo w ab le or n o t in regard to d w ellin g-p laces. F o r n a rra tiv e m a teria l, it co n ta in s th e s to r y o f h o w A n a th a p in d ik a h eard th e w ord s "A w a k e n e d O ne ” , buddha, fo r th e first tim e an d d eterm in ed to see th e L o rd , w h o ad d ressed h im b y th e nam e o f S u d a tta , u n k n o w n o utsid e his fa m ily , a n d sp oke to h im on d h am m a. T h e vision o f d h am m a th ereu p on arose in A nath apindika^ he b ecam e a la y follow er, a n d a cq u ire d P rin ce J e ta 's G ro ve as a g if t to th e O rder. T h e s to ry o f h is first m eetin g w ith th e B u d d h a is also to ld , b u t m ore b riefly , in th e Sam yutta . In th is S e ctio n is also

X T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

to be fou n d th e Tittira-jdtaka w h ich cam e to be kn o w n as th e P a rtr id g e B ra h m a -fa rin g (V I. 6. 3), to ld here to en cou rage m o n ks to be co u rteo u s an d p o lite to one a n o th e r. H a rm o n y in th e O rd er w a s c o n sta n tly b e in g so u g h t, as a n u m b er o f ep isod es and allu sio n s in th e V inaya in d ica te . I t is b y no m ean s o n ly in S e ctio n V I th a t p a ssa g es o c cu r th a t h a v e p a ra lle ls in o th er p a rts o f th e P a li ca n o n or th e J a ta k a . T h ro u g h o u t th e V inaya th is is th e case, an d p ro b a b ly a co n co rd a n ce o f V inaya sto ries w o u ld sh o w o n ly fe w to b e p e c u lia r to it.

S ectio n V I I b eg in s w ith th e s to r y o f A n u ru d d h a ’s g o in g fo rth from hom e to g e th e r w ith B h a d d iy a , a S a k y a n c h ie fta in w h o , w ith in a y e a r , realised th e th re e fo ld k n o w led g e a n d a ccla im e d his h ap p in ess. M onks, h e a rin g h im , g re w su sp icio u s th a t he w a s rem em b erin g th e fo rm e r jo y s o f ru lersh ip . B u t B h a d d iy a w as a b le to c o n v in ce G o ta m a , in w o rd s rem in iscen t o f S . i. 7 2~73> th a t p re v io u sly , a lth o u g h h e h a d h a d a fu lly a p p o in te d g u a rd , he had been n ervo u s a n d fr ig h te n e d a ll th e sam e ; b u t, now , alone in a fo rest he is u n co n cern ed a n d u n ru ffled . A n e x p la n a tio n o f w h y th is s to r y is p la c e d a t th e b e g in n in g o f th e S e ctio n o n S ch ism s seem s ca lled fo r. I ca n o n ly su ggest th a t i f th e m o n k s w h o a lleg ed th a t B h a d d iy a w a s d issa tisfied w ith th e B ra h m a -fa r in g h ad tu rn e d o u t to b e r ig h t, it is n o t u n ­reaso n ab le to suppop-e th e y w o u ld n e x t h a v e rega rd ed h im as a p o te n tia l sch ism a tic .

T h is w a s th e ro le fo r w h ich , h o w ev er, D e v a d a tta w a s ca st, an d fo r fa r m o r e : he w a s a lso a p o te n tia l m u rd erer, p rep ared to g o to g re a t le n g th s to g e t rid o f th e B u d d h a . In h is o verw een in g a m b itio n , D e v a d a tta th o u g h t he sh o u ld n o lo n g e r be th e lea d er an d c o v e te d th is p o sitio n fo r h im self. N o w , a lth o u g h those w h o h a v e pro gressed som e d ista n ce o n th e W a y m a y fe e l th e m ­se lv e s sa fe an d im m u n e to a t ta c k s (see B h a d d iy a ’s s to r y and also th e Bhayabherava Su ita o f th e M a jjh im a ), th e tra d itio n n e v e rth e le ss reco gn ises s la y e rs o f a ra h a n ts (see e .g . B .D . iv . 1 1 3 , e tc .), w h ile va rio u s C o m m en ta ries h o ld th a t M o ggallan a, a n a ra h a n t o f lo n g sta n d in g , w a s a c tu a lly m urd ered (J d . v . 12 5 ; D h A . iii. 65). A t K v u . 3 13 , h o w ev er, th e u n tim e ly d e a th o f a n a ra h a n t is a c o n tro v e rte d p o in t. T a th a g a ta s , T ru th - finders, m u st be d ifferen t, fo r a lth o u g h th e y m a y be h u rt and th e ir b lo o d sh ed (B .D . iv . 1 1 3 , e tc ., a n d C V . V I I . 3 . 9), a cco rd ­in g to our S ectio n V I I th e y n eed no p ro te ctio n and ca n n o t be

T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N xi

d ep riv ed o f life b y aggression (V II* 3. io ) . T h e ir a tta in m e n t o f n ib b a n a (w ith no resid u e rem ain in g) is in fa c t a m a tte r p recise ly o f th e ir o w n vo litio n , as is a lso a p p a re n t fro m th e episode (referred to in C V . X I . 1 . io ) w h ere A n a n d a fa ils to a sk th e B u d d h a to p ro lo n g h is life to th e fu ll. H e d ied w hen he w as in th e e ig h ties. T h e assu m p tio n is p ro b a b ly th a t he m igh t h a v e liv e d to be a h u n d red or so as th e P a li ca n o n sta te s th a t p eo p le so m etim es a tta in th is a g e , w h ile S a b b a k a m in w a s so o ld a t th e tim e o f th e C o u n cil o f V e sa li th a t it w as 120 ye a rs since h is o rd in a tio n ( X I I . 2. 4). H e m u st p ro b a b ly h a v e been at le a st 140 y e a rs o f a g e th en , fo r in P a c . 65 it is sa id th a t o rd in atio n m u st n o t b e co n ferred on a n y m ale less th a n tw e n ty ye a rs o ld .

in S ectio n V I I w e h ea r o f a n o th e r fo rm a l a c t, one th a t is e x tr a to th e se ve n d e a lt w ith in S e c tio n I. T h is is th e fo rm a l a ct o f In fo rm atio n , pakasaniyakam m a , w h ich a llo w ed it to be p ro cla im ed th a t som eon e's n a tu re or c h a ra c te r h a d a lte red — fo r th e w orse (V II . 3. 2). T h e c a u s a tiv e fo rm , p a k d seti, “ to g iv e in fo rm atio n " , o f th e v e rb p a ka sa ti (of w h ic h paka&c niya is th e g eru n d ive), is used w ith a t le a st a sem i-tech n ica l sense b y th e V a jj is o f V e sa li w h en sp e a k in g o f Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , a n d w h o h a d been ab le to ch a n g e th e la y fo llo w e rs ' opinion as to w h o th e tru e reclu ses really* w ere (CV , X I I . 1 . 7).

M uch o f S e ctio n V I I I co n sists o f p a ssa g es o f som e con sid er­a b le len g th , m o st o f w h ich h a v e a lre a d y o ccu rred in th e M V ,, use also bein g m ad e o f S e k h iy a m a te ria l. B u t th e c o n te x ts are d ifferen t. F o r e x a m p le , M V . I . 2 5 la y s d o w n th e p ro p er co n ­d u ct fo r th o se w h o sh are ce lls to w a rd s th e ir p recep tors, w hile in C V . V I I I . 1 . 2—5 th is sam e c o n d u c t, la id d o w n in a lm o st id en tica l w ord s e x c e p t fo r a fe w a d d itio n s o r om issions, is to be o b served b y a m o n k a rr iv in g a t a m o n a ste ry , a n d a g ain in C V . V I I I . 7 . 2—4 b y m o n ks in re sp e ct o f th e ir lo d gin gs. T h ese are th ree o ccasio n s w h ere co n d u ct is, ra th e r n a tu ra lly , to be th e sam e, fo r a ll th ree co n cern m o n ks a c tu a lly in a m o n a stery , even if o n ly ju s t a rriv e d . Y e t th e in stru ctio n s sp e c ific a lly fo r resident m o n k s (C V . V I I I . 2. 2—3) are co n n ected m ore w ith th e ir b e h a v io u r to in com in g mcpnks th a n w ith a n y th in g else* W e h a v e seen th a t th e sam e s to ry , fo r e x a m p le th a t o f D a b b a an d th a t o f A r it th a , m a y be to ld so as to in tro d u ce v a ry in g

xii T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

effects. So here, th e sam e b e h a v io u r m a y be fo llo w ed in v a r y ­in g c ircu m stan ces. A g re a t process o f sta b ilisa tio n w as a t w o rk . A s the m ass o f a llo w an ces an d offen ces— in th e C V . m o stly th o se o f w ron g-d oin g— p ile u p an d increase, so th e a llu sion s b ecom e a ll th e c lea rer. T h u s, b y th e tim e w e g e t to C V . V III* 3. 2 th e n a tu re o f th e c la y good s a n d th e w ood en go o d s th a t h a v e to be p a ck e d a w a y b y a m o n k w h o is le a v in g a residence, ca n be u n d ersto o d b y re ferrin g to C V . V . 37. F o r it is here th a t G o ta m a “ a llo w s " , as reco rd ed , a ll c la y good s a n d a ll w ood en ones w ith c e rta in sp ecified e x ce p tio n s.

T h e n in th S e ctio n , co n cern ed .m a in ly w ith th e le g a lly v a lid an d th e le g a lly in v a lid suspen sion s o f th e P a tim o k k h a , is in tro ­d u ced b y th e e ig h t b e a u tifu l s im ilitu d es o f th e g re a t o cean , a p assage fo u n d also in th e A nguttara a n d th e U ddna. T h e th ird o f these sim iles sh o w in g w h a t, id e a lly , th e m o n ks o u g h t to b e , is p a r t ic u la r ly to th e p o in t th e O rd e r does n o t ltv e in co m ­m union w ith a n im p u re m o n k , b u t , h a v in g assem b led q u ic k ly , suspends h im , w ith th e re su lt th a t he is fa r fro m th e O rd er a n d th e O rd er is fa r fro m h im ( I X . 1. 4). T h erefo re , a lso to th e p o in t, is th e s to r y th a t p reced es th e sim iles o f th e sea. I t is a s to r y o f h o w th e B u d d h a refu sed , in sp ite o f a p le a m ad e th ree tim es b y A n a n d a , to recite th e P a tim o k k h a to th e m o n ks. F o r , " th e a ssem b ly is n o t e n tire ly p u re , A n a n d a " , h a v in g in it one in d iv id u a l o f a d e p r a v ity so g ra v e th a t h e is d escrib ed in s tro n g ly d e ro g a to ry , i f s te re o ty p e d , term s. T h e T ru th -fin d er c a n n o t recite th e P a tim o k k h a to an a sse m b ly co n ta in in g a m o n k lik e th is ( I X . 1. 2). In s te a d , he d e leg a te s h is pow ers, n o w as it seem s o u t o f d isa p p o in tm e n t a n d d isg u st, w h ereas fo rm e rly he h ad d e leg a ted o th e r pow ers in th e fu ll tid e o f success (M V. I. 12. 1 ) . In b o th cases it is reaso n a b le to suppose th a t he d id so b ecau se th e O rd er w as g ro w in g b e y o n d th e c a p a c ity o f one m a n to h a n d le ; a n d b ecau se he h a d th erefo re in creas­in g ly to lo o k to th e m o n k s th e m selv e s to m a in ta in th e O rd er o n th e lines la id d o w n b y h im , b o th w h ile he w a s a liv e an d a fte r h e w as w ith th e m no longer.

A t th e en d o f S e ctio n I X w e are a t th e en d o f th e d iscip lin e fo r m onks. M a n y a n d e x c e e d in g ly v a rio u s are th e p o in ts th a t h a v e been raised , a n d a ru lin g g iv e n on each . T h e w h o le m eth o d o f c o n d u ctin g B u d d h is t m o n astic ism fo r th o se w h o fo llo w th e P a li V in a y a is co n ta in e d in th is a n d am o u n ts to a

T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N xiii

v e r y co m p lete sy stem . A ll d o u b ts as to w h a t is a llo w ab le a n d w h a t is not, or a ll d o u b ts as to h o w to a c t e ith e r in co n c la v e or as an in d iv id u a l m a y be reso lved b y referrin g to th e d iscip lin e th a t h as been la id d ow n. A l l m isdoin gs, w h eth er serious or nor, h a v e th e ir a p p ro p ria te p e n a lty a tta ch e d to them . B e h a v io u r is r ig h t i f i t p ro m o tes o n e 's o w n progress a lo n g th e W a y o r th a t o f o th ers. A s su ch it is sk ilfu l, kusala.

A s th e B h ik k h u n i-p a tim o k k h a or V ib h a n g a fo llo w s th e B h ik k h u - (called th e G re a t, mahd-) V ib h a n g a , so in th e C V ., a t th e close o f th e leg a lised ru les a n d p ro ceed in gs g o v e rn in g th e life o f m onks, th ere fo llo w s a S e ctio n d e v o ted to th e O rd er o f nuns. I t begin s w ith a n a cco u n t o f th e fo rm a tio n o f th is O rder, an d co n ta in s th e im p o rta n t s ta te m e n t, a ttr ib u te d to G o tam a, th a t w om en are c a p a b le o f a tta in in g a rah a n tsh ip . T h e e ig h t im p o rta n t ru les (found a lso in M o n k s' P a c . 2 1) are th en la id d ow n , th e ir a d o p tio n b y M ah ap ajapatT , th e in stig a to r o f th e O rd er o f nuns, c o n stitu tin g h e r o rd in atio n . T h e re­m ainder o f th is S ectio n is ta k e n u p w ith re g u la ris in g fo r nuns the re c ita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a , th e con fession o f o ffen ces, th e settlem en t o f leg a l qu estion s, an d th e ir e x h o rta tio n , and so fo rth . T h e n com e in cid en ts to ld so a s to e sta b lish v a rio u s offences o f w ro n g-d o in g a n d va rio u s “ a llo w a n ce s T h e re fo llow s on th is th e m ethod to be fo llo w ed fo r th e seco n d o rd in a ­tio n of nu n s, th a t b y m o n k s, a fte r th e y h a v e been o rd ain ed b y nuns as la id d o w n in th e Nuns* P a c it t iy a s . A fte r m ore offences o f w ron g-d oin g, th ere is a reversion to o rd ain in g , th is tim e th ro u gh a m essenger, an d f in a lly m o re offen ces o f w ro n g -d o in g and m ore “ allow an ces

In th is S ectio n th ere is in clu d ed th e p ro h ib itio n o f fo rest- d w ellin g fo r nuns (X . 23), a p ro h ib itio n n o t, I b e liev e , p re c ise ly repeated elsew here. T h is reduces th e n u m b er o f th e ir “ re­s o u r c e s ” to th ree, in stea d o f four, as fo r m on ks. I t is sa id th a t i f a nun s ta y s in a fo rest th ere is a n offen ce o f w ro n g ­doing. B u t in N u n s' F o rm a l M eetin g I I I (V in . iv . 230), i t is said th a t a nun in cu rs a g ra v e o ffen ce if, w h ile sh e is in a forest, she goes o u t o f s ig h t or h e a rin g o f h e r co m p an ion nun, and a n offence e n ta ilin g a F o rm a l M eetin g o f th e O rd er on ce she h as g o t o u tsid e. T h e w h o le o f th is am o u n ts to sa y in g th a t nuns m a y pass th ro u g h a fo rest i f th e y go tw o to g e th e r, b u t

xiv T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

th a t th e y m u st n o t s t a y in on e e ith e r to g e th e r o r se p a ra te ly . T h is w a s fo r th e sa k e o f th e ir se c u r ity .

A n o th e r in te re stin g p o in t is th a t nu n s, on re tu rn in g to th e O rd er a fte r th e y h a d jo in e d one o f th e o th e r se cts , sh o u ld not be o rd ain ed a g ain . T h is p r iv ile g e c o u ld b e e x te n d e d to m o n ks, p ro v id e d th a t th e y first u n d e rw e n t a fo u r m o n th s ’ p ro b a tio n (M V . I . 38. i ) . L ife fo r n u n s w a s p ro b a b ly h a rd e r th a n it w a s fo r m o n k s. In sp ite o f th e s y m p a th y a n d ju s tic e w ith w h ich th e ir tro u b le s w ere m et, th e y w ere to som e e x te n t d iscrim in a te d a g a in st. I h a v e re ferred to th is on p . x x x i x o f m y In tro d u c tio n to B .D . I l l ; a n d in th e n o tes to V o lu m es I V a n d V I h a v e m e n tio n ed su ch d iscre p a n cie s a s o c cu r b e ­tw e e n th e p e n a ltie s in flic te d on m o n k s a n d on n u n s fo r s im ila r b e h a vio u r. P o s s ib ly th e o n ly e x c e p tio n to th e g e n e ra l tre n d o f th e h e a v ie r p e n a lty b e in g im p o sed on a nun is in th e ca se o f " g iv in g a b lo w to a m o n k H ere, i f a n u n d o es so, h er offence is ra n k e d as one o f w ro n g-d o in g w h ile , i f a m o n k strik e s a n o th e r m o n k , h is o ffen ce is one o f e x p ia tio n (see b e lo w , P- 3 7 i)-

In th e M o n k s' P a tid e s a n iy a (C onfession) I , b ecau se “ w om en o b ta in th in g s w ith d iff ic u lty " (B .D . iii. 104) it w a s m ad e an offence to b e co n fessed i f a m o n k a c ce p te d , w ith c e rta in re se rv a tio n s , fo o d from th e h a n d o f a n u n w h o w a s n o t a re la tio n . B u t in th e C V . a n u n is t o o ffer a n y fo o d th e re is in h er b o w l to a m o n k (X . 1 3 . 2). O n th e o th e r h a n d , m o n k s co u ld o ffer n u n s fo o d th a t h a d b een sto re d (X . 1 5 . 1 ) i f th e y h a d m ore th a n th e y w a n te d fo r th e m s e lv e s ; a n d if n u n s w ere sh o rt o f lo d g in g s th e m o n k s m ig h t g iv e th e m som e te m p o ra rily , a g a in if th e y h a d m ore th a n th e y w a n te d ( X . 1 6 . 1 ).

A g re a t n u m b e r o f w om en a re tr a d it io n a lly h e ld to h a v e flo cked to th e O rd er o f nu n s. I t is c o n c e iv a b le th a t th e y w ere g e n e ra lly re g a rd e d as o f p o o rer q u a lity th a n th e m o n ks, a n d th a t th e re fo re th e re h a d to b e a se v e re r te s tin g in o rd e r to w eed o u t th o se w h o h a d e n te re d w ith o u t h a v in g a re a l v o c a tio n . I t is s ig n ifica n t th a t in th e E ta d A ggas o f th e Anguttara th ere are fo r m o n k s fo rty -se v e n classes o f a tta in m e n ts a n d fo rty -o n e m o n k s sa id to b e c liie f in th e m (for som e are c h ie f in m ore th a n one a tta in m e n t), w h ile fo r n u n s th ere are o n ly th irte en classes o f a tta in m e n ts , a s m a n y n u n s b e in g ch ie f in th em . A m o n g th e fo rm er N a n d a k a is c a lle d th e ch ie f o f m o n k s w h o

T R A N S L A T O R ’ S I N T R O D U C T I O N xv

e xh o rt nuns. I h a v e referred to th e v ic issitu d es a tte n d a n t upon th e le g a lisa tio n o f th e e x h o rta tio n fo r n u n s a t B .D . I l l , p . x li, a n d e a n here o n ly m en tion w h a t lo o k s lik e a g en era l in ju n c ­tion fo r nuns to fo llo w w h en m o n ks fa il th e m : pdsadikena sam pddetu, stru g g le on, la b o u r on in frien d lin ess (see b elow , p . 366).

A t th e en d o f S ectio n X I , on th e C o u n cil o f R a ja g a h a , because e x a c t ly five h u n d red m o n ks w ere th ere, i t is sa id th a t th is “ ch a n tin g o f th e d iscip lin e ” , vinayasam gtti, is in conse­quence ca lled th a t o f th e F iv e H u n d red . T o sp e a k o f a “ c h a n t­in g o f d iscip lin e ” is ra th e r a cu riou s a n d lim ite d d e scrip tio n .1 F o r it is e x p re ss ly sa id in C V . X I . 8 th a t A n a n d a u n d e rto o k to an sw er q u estio n s on d h a m m a , a n d b eg in n in g w ith th e Brahm ajdla a n d th e Sam annaphala Suttanlas , d id in fa c t an sw er corresp on d in g q u estio n s a b o u t th e fiv e N ik a y a s . T h is is no less a fe a t th a n th a t p erfo rm ed b y U p a li, th e g re a t V in a y a e x p e rt, w h o, h a v in g an sw ered q u e stio n s a b o u t th e fo u r P a ra jik a offences, th en w e n t on to an sw er q u estio n s a b o u t th e tw o d iscip lin es, ubhatovinaye, as to ld in X I . 1 . 7 . A ll th e question s on d h a m m a an d d iscip lin e w ere p u t b y th e learn ed K a ss a p a th e G re a t. I t seem s th a t th is e ld er, re a c tin g to S u b h a d d a 's u n s a tis fa c to ry a tt itu d e to G o ta m a 's d e a th , w ith g rea t p revisio n su g g ested to th e o th e r m o n k s th a t d h a m m a and discip lin e sh o u ld be ch a n te d b efo re n o t-d h a m m a a n d not- discip lin e sh ou ld sh in e o u t an d d h a m m a a n d d iscip lin e be w ith h eld (X I . 1 . 1). T h e fin al n am e : “ c h a n tin g o f th ed iscip lin e ” seem s th erefo re to sum u p o n ly h a lf th e p ro ceed ­in gs d e a lt w ith a t th e first C o u n cil. T h is C o u n cil or C onference w as h e ld sh o rtly , som e C o m m en taries s a y th ree m o n th s, a fte r G o ta m a h ad died. T h e record o f th is C o u n cil is o f th e u tm o st im p o rtan ce as th e tra d itio n — oral o n ly , it is tru e— o f a d h a m m a th a t w as ta u g h t an d a d iscip lin e th a t w a s la id d o w n i f n o t w h o lly b y th e F o u n d er h im self, a t a ll e v e n ts w h ile he w a s s t ill a live .

H o w fa r th e ir re c ita l w as w ell b ased an d w ell carried o u t is b ro u gh t in to a lit t le d o u b t b y th e ep isod e o f th e m o n k P u ra n a , th e O ld O ne, w h o to ld th e eld ers he w o u ld re m em b er d h a m m a an d d iscip lin e ju s t as he h a d h ea rd a n d le a rn t th e m in th e

1 N o t ic e d b y O ld e n b e r g , V in a y a P ita k a m , v o l . i , p . x x i x , n o te .

xvi T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

L o rd 's presence. H is w o rd s : " W e ll c h a n te d b y th e e ld ers " , are p o lite , b u t h e w a s a p p a re n tly n o t q u ite c o n v in c e d .

A cco rd in g to S ectio n X I , d iscip lin e w a s recited b efo re d h a m m a . T h e ra th e r b a ld n a r r a t iv e g iv e s n o reaso n . T h e C o m m en taries h o w e v e r co m e fo rw a rd w ith a n e x p la n a tio n .1 T h e y s a y th a t K a s s a p a a sk ed th e m o n k s w h e th e r d h a m m a or d iscip lin e sh o u ld b e c h a n te d first, a n d th e m o n k s re p lied : “ D isc ip lin e is ca lled th e dyu , th e life o r v i t a l i t y , o f th e B u d d h a 's d isp en satio n ; w h ile th e d isc ip lin e sta n d s, th e d isp en sa tio n sta n d s. T h erefo re le t us c h a n t d isc ip lin e f ir s t ." T h e sam e sen tim en t is exp ressed in th e v e rse in serted b efo re th e udddna, th e k e y , a t th e en d o f S e c tio n I o f th e M V . (B .D . iv . 12 7 ). T h e u n d e rly in g n o tion is th a t d iscip lin e is p r im a r ily con cern ed w ith stla, o r p u rifica tio n o f th e w a y s o f a c tin g in b o d y a n d sp eech , an d th erefo re w ith th e first o f th e th ree ca te g o rie s in to w h ich th e w h o le sdsana , d isp en sa tio n or te a ch in g , is g ra d ed .

T h e rem ain d er o f S e ctio n X I is d e v o te d to A n a n d a . H e is th e c e n tra l figu re. F e e lin g th a t i t w a s n o t su ita b le in h im to go to th e C o u n cil w h ile he w a s s t i ll a sekha, a learn er, h e m ade an effo rt to realise a ra h a n tsh ip a n d , a t a m o m e n t w h en no p a rt o f h im w a s to u c h in g th e e a rth , h is m in d 'w a s freed from th e can kers. A s th e D A . (vo l. i, p . 10) r ig h t ly p o in ts o u t, w h en it is s a i d : " i n th is te a ch in g w h en a m o n k a tta in sa ra h a n tsh ip n e ith e r ly in g n o r s ittin g d o w n , n e ith e r s ta n d in g n o r p a c in g u p an d d o w n " , i t is to b e sa id o f A n a n d a . T h e D A . goes on to s a y th a t A n a n d a , n o w th in k in g h e w a s fit to e n te r th e a ssem b ly , d e lig h te d a n d re jo ic in g , w e n t th e re sh in in g lik e a fu ll m oon on a c lo u d less n ig h t, lik e a lo tu s b lo o m in g a t th e su n 's to u ch , h is fa ce p u re a n d ra d ia n t a s th o u g h he w ere an n o u n cin g his a tta in in g o f a ra h a n tsh ip . B u t V in A . (vo l. i, p . 12 —13) g iv e s a d ifferen t versio n , an d one th a t a t D A . i. n is a scrib ed to th e M a jjh im a -bh d n a ka s , o r rep eaters, o f h o w he w e n t to the'"Council. A c c o rd in g to th is ; " A n a n d a , n o t w ish ­in g to te ll o f h is a tta in m e n t o f a ra h a n tsh ip , d id n o t go w ith th e m o n ks. T h e y a sk ed w h o m a n e m p ty se a t w a s fo r, an d h ea rin g it w a s fo r A n a n d a , a sk e d w h ere h e h a d g o n e. A t th is m o m en t he t h o u g h t : 4 N o w is th e tim e fo r m e to go a n d d isp la y in g h is p s y c h ic p o w er, p lu n g in g in to th e e a rth , h e

1 V A . i . 1 3 ; D A . i . 1 1 .

T R A N S L A T O R ’ S I N T R O D U C T I O N xviish o w ed h im self as it w ere in h is ow n sea t. S o m e s a y he sa t dow n a fte r g o in g th ro u g h th e a ir ."

H is a ra h a n tsh ip , h o w ever, d id not a p p e a r to h a v e co m ­m anded m uch resp ect. A fte r th e C o u n cil w as o v e r, he to ld th e elders w h a t th e L o rd h ad said a t th e tim e o f h is parinibbana a b o u t ab o lish in g th e “ lesser an d m in or ru les o f tra in in g T h is a cte d lik e a go ad on th e eld ers a n d th e y ch a rg ed h im w ith one offence o f w ro n gd o in g a fte r a n o th er— a ll o f w h ich m ust h a ve been c o m m itted before he a tta in e d a rah a n tsh ip , e v e n the im p u ted offence o f a llo w in g w om en to w eep an d la m en t beside G o ta m a ’s b o d y . I k n o w o f no o th er o ccasio n reco rd ed in th e P a li canon w here an a ra h a n t is a sk ed to con fess offences said to h a v e been co m m itted b y h im befo re g a in in g lib e ra tio n . T h is episode th erefore n o t o n ly p u ts th e a ccu sin g eld ers in a v e r y d u b io u s lig h t, it also in d ica te s th a t offences o f w ron g­d oin g co u ld be in v e n te d a fte r G o ta m a 's d eath . B u t as th e offences w ith w h ich A n a n d a w a s ch a rg ed w ere all co n cern ed w ith th e F o u n d er h im self, th e y are n o t lik e ly to be rep eated .

W h a t m u st be regard ed as a m ore d ign ified an d co rrect a ttitu d e w as ta k e n , la te r, b y A n a n d a h im self w h en h e w as sent to in flict th e suprem e or h igh est p e n a lty , brahm adanda , on Ch anna (X I . 1 . 15). C h an n a w as so m u ch overcom e b y the th o u g h t o f su b m ittin g to th is p e n a lty o f o stracism th a t he to o k h im self serio u sly in h a n d an d w on a ra h a n tsh ip — th e seco n d m on k recorded in th is S ectio n to do so. A n a n d a th e n te lls h im th a t from th e m om en t he w on it th e h ig h e st p e n a lty b e ­cam e revo k ed — a u to m a tic a lly — fo r h im . T h is is th e C h an n a w ho w as G c ta m a ’s ch arioteer w h ile he w a s still th e B o d h isa tta . I t w a s because o f h is a ffectio n fo r G o ta m a , and th en because o f h is pride in " our B u d d h a , o u r d h a m m a ” , th a t he w as un able to c a rry out th e sam anadham m a , th e rule fo r recluses (T h a g A . i. 166), u n til he h a d rece ived th e em o tio n al sh o ck , samvega, o f th e im p o sitio n o f th e sup rem e p e n a lty on him .

O ld en b erg s ta te s (V inaya P ita k a m , v o l. I , p . x x v ii) th a t th e s to ry o f th e F irs t C ou n cil as it h as com e d ow n to us in th e C V , “ is n o t h isto ry , b u t pu re in ve n tio n an d , m oreover, in ven tio n of no v e ry a n cien t d a te H e bases h is a rg u m en t on a co m ­parison w ith th e M ahaparinibbana Suttanta w h ich , w h ile it co n ta in s p assages w ord fo r w o rd th e sam e as in th e C V ., y e t

B

xviii T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

m akes no allusion e ith er to K a s s a p a ’s p ro p o sal for h o ld in g a C o u n cil or to th e C o u n cil itse lf. O ld en b erg co n clu d es th a t “ th e a u th o r ” o f th e M h p . d id n o t k n o w a n y th in g o f th e F irs t C o u n cil. C e r ta in ly h is silen ce is o th e rw ise h a rd to acco u n t fo r unless w e a llo w th a t " he ” (the a u th o r, w h o sh o u ld ra th e r be sp ok en o f as th e co m p ile r or com pilers) d id n o t w a n t to refer to it . W e are a ccu sto m e d in th e P a li can o n to fin d in g th e sam e sto ries ru n n in g p a ra lle l u p to a c e rta in p o in t a n d th en tu rn in g off in to d ifferen t end ings. I t is p o ssib le th a t w e h a v e su ch a case here ; a n d th a t th e o p en in g p a rt o f C V . X I wTas to ld so as to lead u p to th e p ro p o sal to co n v e n e a C o u n cil, w h ile th e sam e s to ry w a s to ld in th e D lgh a (w ith th e tran sp ositio n of th e S u b h a d d a in cid en t) so as to lea d u p to th e a cco u n t o f th e d isposal o f th e relics. T h is a ffe cte d th e B u d d h a 's b o d y , w h ereas th e C o u n cil of R a ja g a h a w as h e ld in th e a tte m p t to g e t c le a r p re c ise ly w h a t h a d been h is d h a m m a a n d d iscip lin e. R e c ite d b y 500 e ld ers, it c o u ld c a r ry w e ig h t.

N everth e less , th e P a li recension o f th e C o u n cil m a y be n e ith er w h o lly co rrect n o r w h o lly co m p lete . I t is one o f se v e ra l v e r ­sio n s stem m in g from d ifferen t sch oo ls a n d w h ose can o n s m a y v a r y fro m sect to se ct. T h e la te P ro fesso r P r z y lu s k i w a s o f th e opinion th a t , in re sp e ct o f th is C o u n cil, th e su tra s m a y co n ta in o ld er m a te ria l th a n th e v in a y a s . H e c o lle c te d a n u m ­b er o f versio n s o f b o th an d p re se n te d th em , tra n s la te d in to F ren ch , in hi_s v a lu a b le w o r k : L e C oncile de R d jag rha , P a ris , 1926. T h e s tu d e n t is re ferred to th is b o o k ; he w ill th en be ab le to m a k e a n y co m p a riso n s he w ish es b e tw e e n th e P a li V in a y a a c co u n t an d th e o th e rs. F o r it is n o t a n e c e ssa ry fu n ctio n o f th is S .B .B . Series to s t r a y fro m th e P a li te x ts th em selves.

T h e T w e lfth S ectio n , th a t on th e S eco n d C o u n c il, h e ld a t V e sa ll a “ c e n t u r y " a fte r G o ta m a ’s parin ibbdn a — a c e n tu ry b e in g w no d o u b t a rou n d n u m b er — is m ore t r u ly c h a ra c te r­ised a t its en d as “ a c h a n tin g o f d iscip lin e " th a n is S e c tio n X I . F o r th is c h a n tin g b y th e 700 m o n ks is co n cern ed w ith ten p o in ts o f d isc ip lin e o n ly , an d w h e th e r th ese co u ld n o t be re la x ed . T h e v e r y fa c t th a t th e y w ere c a lle d in q u e stio n sh o w s th a t , in th e ye a rs th a t h a d p assed sin ce G o ta m a 's d e a th , a less

1 V in . T e x ts , i , I n t r . , p . x x i i .

T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N xix

austere a ttitu d e , a m ore d em an d in g n o te h a d crep t in. I t w as to d eterm in e w h ich w as to be fo llo w ed — th e less a u stere a t t i ­tu d e or th e m ore au stere one— th a t th is C o u n cil w a s h eld .

I t w as u lt im a te ly th e m on k Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , w h o w a s responsible fo r th e " c h a n tin g o f d iscip lin e ” w h ich , lim ited to th e ten p o in ts, w as th e su b je c t b efo re th e C o u n cil o f V esa li. V a rio u s C o m m en taries recogn ise th is (e.g. A A . ii. i o ; M A . iv . 114) b y re ferrin g to th is c h a n tin g as Yasaiiherassa sam gtti, th e R e c ita l o f th e E ld e r Y a s a . H e g o t th e la yp eo p le on his side b y te llin g th em th ree sto ries w h ere G o ta m a h ad d enounced th e a cce p ta n ce o f g o ld a n d s ilv e r b y m onks— the te n th p o in t, an d p o ss ib ly th e m o st im p o rta n t ; a n d th a t he aroused m u ch in terest am o n g th e m o n ks is c lea r from th e records. T h e endless d isp u ta tio n s th a t arose, th e speeches m ade w hose m ean in gs w ere n o t c lear ( X I I . 2 . 7), im p elled th e eld er R e v a ta , w hose opin ion on th e ten p o in ts in q u estio n co in cid ed w ith Y a s a 's , to se lect a referen d u m of e ig h t m o n ks to settle th e poin ts. T h e ir decision s till h o ld s good to -d a y in T h e ra v a d in cou n tries. In th e tra d itio n a l w a y o f th e d em o ­c ra tic O rder, a ll th e m o n ks presen t w ere ask ed to agree on th e eigh t elders proposed b y R e v a ta . T h e y fu rth e r agreed on a n in th m on k, A jita , to a p p o in t th e se a ts fo r th e eld ers w h o w o u ld be listen in g to th e proceedings.

T h e e x a c t p la c e in V e sa li w h ere th e C o u n cil w as h eld is d o u b tfu l. T h e V tnaya (C V . X I I . 2. 7 ) sa y s it to o k p lace in th e V a lik a m o n a ste ry , as does th e M ahdvam sa ; b u t th e D tpavam sa la y s th e scene in th e H a ll o f £he G a b le d H ouse. I t is p erh ap s o f n o g rea t im p o rta n ce, e x c e p t as a d d in g to th e con fusion w h ich surroun d s th e legen d s o f th e C o u n cils . W h a t th e V inaya record o f th e C o u n cil o f V e s a li c le a r ly in d ica te s is th a t th ere w a s en o u g h d issa tis fa ctio n a m o n g ce rta in m on ks to b rin g a b o u t a schism , i f n o t ch eck ed , w ith th e a tte n d a n t d an g er o f d h a m m a tu rn in g in to n o t-d h a m m a a n d d iscip lin e in to n ot- d iscip lin e.

I t m a y be ask ed w h y th e C u lla v a g g a is ro u n d ed off b y th e S ectio n s d ealin g w ith th e first tw o C o u n cils, an d w h ich m a k e th e C V . lon ger b y tw o S ectio n s th a n th e M V . W h e th e r th e y w ere a la te r ad d itio n o r .n o t, I c a n o n ly su ggest th a t th e y are in clu d ed , re a so n a b ly an d s u ita b ly as it seem s to m e, a t th e en d o f th e en o rm o u sly lo n g co m p en d iu m o f d iscip lin e fo r m o n k s

X X T R A N S L A T O R ' S I N T R O D U C T I O N

an d nuns so as to g iv e a c u lm in a tin g a u th o r ity a n d san ctio n to th is d iscip lin e, w h ich at th e tim e o f th e C o u n cil o f VesalT, h a d been te ste d fo r a " c e n tu ry

A ll th e w o rd s sp oken b y th e B u d d h a b etw een h is a tta in m e n t o f sup rem e se lf-a w a k e n in g a n d h is parinibbdna h a v e b u t th e one fla vo u r, th a t o f freed o m (see C V . I X . 1 . 4 , e tc ., a n d V A . i. 16 , D A . i. 16). T h is is a c h a ra c te r is tic o f th e Buddhavacana . F re e d o m is to b e so u g h t a n d rea lised b y th o se w h o h a v e en tered on th e W a y . F o r th e ir h e lp a n d g u id a n ce th ere are tw o p a rts o f th e B uddhavacana , n a m e ly d h a m m a a n d d isc ip lin e . I t is n o fa u lt o f th e P a li can o ii i f la te r g e n era tio n s h a v e sp lit th e fre q u e n tly o ccu rrin g co m p o u n d o f dham m avinaya in to its tw o co m p o n en t p a rts , an d h a v e tre a te d e a ch as i f i t fu n ctio n ed m ore or less in iso la tio n fro m th e o th er. D h a m m a is ro o ted in d iscip lin e ; a n d d isc ip lin e is a lw a y s b o rd erin g on d h am m a, as slla is on sam ddhi an d b o th on p a n n d , in tu it iv e w isd o m , to g iv e p o in t an d su b sta n c e to a ll its ru les, re gu la tio n s, offen ces an d a llo w an ces. A ll th e tim e it is tra in in g d iscip les to a tta in su fficien t h a b itu a l p u r ity u lt im a te ly to e n te r in to th e go al o f W isd o m , e ven o f th a t " g r e a t w is d o m " o f w h ich S a r ip u tta , “ b e lo v e d ” a b o v e a ll o th e r d iscip les , w as sa id to b e th e ch ie f (A . i. 23). T h e D isc ip lin e , r ig id a n d s tr ic t , is p re lim in a ry to a n d u su a lly n e cessa ry to th e flo w erin g o f W isd o m . W ith o u t th e c o n tro l o f b o d y a n d sp eech (d iscip lin e, m o ral h a b it), w ith ­o u t m in d -co n tro l (co n cen tra tio n ), th e fu ll exp a n sio n o f w isdom m a}' n e v e r com e to b e. D isc ip lin e th erefo re, a t th e b egin n in g o f th e tra in in g , “ is a te a c h in g o f co m m an d s, dnddesand, being ta u g h t b y th e L o rd in re sp e ct o f a m u ltitu d e o f co m m an d s for th o se m e ritin g c o m m a n d s " ( V A . i. 2 1 , D A . i. 19).

P r a c t ic a lly e v e r y c o n c e iv a b le th in g a ffe ctin g m o n a stic life fo r m o n ks a n d n u n s, p r a c t ic a lly e v e r y co n ceiv a b le re la tio n w ith o th e r h u m an beings, w h e th e r fe llo w m o n k s o r nuns o r th e la ity , are b ro u g h t u n d er re v ie w a n d le g is la te d fo r in m in u te st d e ta il th ro u g h th e se v e n c la sses o f offen ce, th ro u g h th e “ a llo w an ces ” , a n d th ro u g h th e m o st im p o rta n t an d th e re g u la r ly recu rrin g e v e n ts in a m o n k 's life : O rd in a tio n , O b se rv a n ce , In v ita tio n , th e ra in s-resid en ce, th e m a k in g u p o f n ew ro b e-m a te ria l ; th ro u g h th e se ve n o ffic ia l fo rm a l a c ts o f th e O rd er, b eg in n in g w ith th a t of cen su re, a n d th ro u g h th e su spen sion of th e P a tim o k k h a . I t is a v e r y c o m p le te sy ste m , a v e r y precise

T R A N S L A T O R ’ S I N T R O D U C T I O N xxi

organ isation , m arked th ro u g h o u t b y th e hum aneness and reasonableness o f G o ta m a , th e codifier to w h o m w ith b u t few excep tio n s e v e ry ru lin g is a scrib ed .

I . B . H o r n e r .

London,Decem ber, 1951.

V

I

4 4

56

96

141

204

2 5 3

291

330

352

3 9 3

407

431

43S

4 3 9

440

C O N T E N T S

T ra n sla to r ’s In tro d u ctio n -

C U L L A V A G G A

O n F o rm a l A c ts -

On P ro b a tio n - - - - -

O n A cc u m u la tio n (of Offences)

O n S e ttle m e n ts - - - - -

O n M inor M a tters -

O n L o d gin gs - - - - -

O n Sch ism - - - - -

O n O b servan ces - - - - -

O n Su sp en d in g th e P a tim o k k h a

O n N u n s - - - - - -

O n th e F iv e H u n d red -

O n th e S even H u n d red -

I N D E X E S :

W o rd s and S u b je c ts -

N am es - - - - - -

Som e P a li W o rd s d iscussed in th e N o tes

A b b re v ia tio n s used in th e N otes

xxiii

I

P ra ise to this Lord, Perfected O ne, F u lly Self-A w akened One

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd w as s ta y in g a t S a v a tth I in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a ’s m o n a stery . N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks w h o w ere fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a 1 a n d w h o w ere th em selves m akers o f s tr ife ,2 m akers o f quarrels, m akers o f d ispu tes, m akers of co n te n tio n ,2 m akers o f leg a l qu estio n s in an O rd er,3 h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed other m o n ks w h o w ere also m akers o f s trife . . . m a k e rs o f legal question s in an O rd er, sp o k e th u s (to them ) : “ D o n o t you , ven era b le ones, le t th is one d e fe a t4 y o u ; argu e lo u d an d long, for y o u are w iser an d m ore exp erien ced a n d h a v e h eard m ore an d are c leverer th a n he is, d o n o t b e a fra id o f h im , and w e w ill be on y o u r s id e .” B eca u se o f th is, n o t o n ly d id strifes arise w h ich h a d n o t arisen before, b u t a lso strifes w h ich had arisen rolled on to increase a n d m a g n itu d e . || i ||

T h o se w h o w ere m od est m o n k s lo o k ed d ow n u pon , critic ize d , spread it ab o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can th ese m o n ks w h o arefollow ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a a n d w h o are th em selves m akers o f strife , m a k ers o f q u arrels, m akers o f d isp u tes, m akers o f co n ten tio n , m a k ers of legal qu estio n s in an O rd er, h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed o th e r m o n ks w h o a re also m a k ers o f strife . , . m a k ers o f le g a l q u estio n s in an O rd er, sp ea k th u s to th em : * D o n o t y o u . . . a n d w e w ill be on y o u r sid e .' B ecau se o f th is . . . also strife s w h ich h a d arisen ro lled on to increase a n d m a g n itu d e .” T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld th is

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) I

1 T h e s e w e r e t w o o u t o f t h e g r o u p o f s ix m o n k s ; c f. p p . 8 ff . b e lo w . S e e B . D . i. 2 7 5 , n . 3 ; 314* n . 2. M e n tio n e d a t V A . 6 1 4 ; M A . i i i . 18 7 s a y s t h a t h a v in g t a k e n th e ir o w n c o m p a n y {o f fo llo w e r s ) t h e y l iv e d in S a v a t t h I . T h e S a ta p a tta J d ta k a (N o . 2 79 ) w a s , so i t is c la im e d , g iv e n in r e fe r e n c e t o th e s e m o n k s .

2 O f. V in . iv . 45 a n d see B . D . ii. 2 5 3 , n . 1 , fo r f u r th e r r e fe r e n c e s t o t h e s e f iv e te r m s . S in c e t h e y a l l re fe r t o d is p u te s a b o u t le g a l q u e s t io n s , t h e r e fe r ­e n ce s g iv e n a t V in . T e x ts ii. 3 2 9 , n . 2 , t o v a r io u s P a c i t t i y a s h a r d ly a p p ly . S e e a ls o B .D . i v . f 2 2 4 , 230 f „ 488 f . , 5 1 0 f.

* C f . S a n g h . 8, 9, 10 , e tc .* md eso a je s i.

B*

2 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd , on th is occasion , in th is con n ection , h a v in g h a d th e O rd er o f m o n k s co n ven ed , q u es­tion ed th e m onks, sa y in g : " I s it tru e , as is sa id , m on ks,th a t m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a [1] are th em selves m akers o f s tr ife . . . h a v in g ap p ro ach ed o th er m o n ks w h o are also m a k e rs o f s tr ife . . . sp ea k th u s to th em : * D o n o t y o u * . . a n d w e w ill b e on y o u r side ' ? A n d th a t b ecau se o f th is . . . s tr ife s w h ich h a v e arisen ro ll on to in crease a n d m a g n itu d e ? ”

" I t is tru e, L o r d ." T h e A w a k e n e d O n e, th e L o rd , reb u k ed th em , sa y in g :

" I t is n o t su ita b le , m o n ks, i t is n o t b e co m in g in these foolish m en, i t is not fittin g , i t is n o t w o rth y o f a recluse, it is n o t a llo w ab le , it is n o t to b e done. H o w , m on ks, ca n th ese fo o lish m en w h o are th em selves m a k ers o f s tr ife . . . m akers o f le g a l question s in an O rd er, sp e a k th u s ; ‘ D o n o t y o u . . . a n d w e w ill b e on y o u r sid e ' ? A n d b e ca u se of th is . . . strifes w h ich h a v e arisen roll on to in crease a n d m a gn itu d e. I t is n o t, m onks, fo r p le a sin g th o se w h o are n o t (yet) p leased nor fo r in creasin g th e n u m b er of th o se w h o are p leased , b u t, m on ks, it is d isp leasin g to th o se w h o are n o t p leased as w e ll as to th o se w h o are p leased , an d it cau ses w a v e rin g in so m e.” || 2 ||

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g re b u k ed th ese m on ks, h a v in g in m a n y a figure sp oken in d isp raise o f d iff ic u lty in su p p o rtin g an d m a in ta in in g oneself, o f g re a t desires, o f la c k o f con ­ten tm en t, o f c lin g in g (to th e o b stru ctio n s), o f in d o le n c e ; h a v in g in m a n y a figu re sp ok en in p ra ise o f ease in su p p o rtin g an d m a in ta in in g oneself, o f d esirin g litt le , o f co n ten tm en t, o f e x p u n g in g (evil), o f p u n ctilio u sn ess, o f graciou sn ess, o f d ecreasin g (the o b stru ctio n s), o f p u ttin g fo rth e n e rg y ,1 h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk on w h a t is b ecom in g, o n w h a t is fitt in g fo r th em , ad d ressed th e m o n k s, sa y in g :

" W e ll n o w , m o n ks, le t th e O rd e r c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f censure2 a g a in st th e m o n ks w h o are fo llo w ers of P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a . || 3 ||

" A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld i t b e ca rried o u t ; F irs t, th e m onks w h o are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a sh o u ld be rep ro ved ; h a v in g rep ro ved th e m , th e y sh o u ld b e m ad e to

1 C f . V i n . iii. 2 1 ( B .D . i. 3 7 ) , V tn . i. 45, 305 l o r th is passage.• ta jja n iy a k a m m a . C f . M V . I . 2 5 - 2 2 a n d M V . X X . 7 . 1 - 5 .

I .4— 2. i ] C U L L A V A G G A I 3

rem em ber ; h a v in g rem em bered , th e y sh o u ld be accu sed of an offence ; h a v in g accu sed th e m o f a n offence, th e O rd er sh ould b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er liste n to m e. T h ese m onks w h o are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a an d w h o are th em selves m akers o f strife . . . m a k ers o f le g a l questions in an O rder, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed o th e r m o n ks w h o are also m akers o f s trife . . . m akers o f le g a l qu estio n s in a n O rd er, sp oke th u s (to them ) : “ D o n o t y o u . ♦ . a n d w e w ill beon y o u r side B eca u se o f th is, n o t o n ly d id strife s arise w h ich h ad n o t arisen before, b u t a lso strife s w h ich h ad arisen rolled on to in crease an d m agnitude* I f i t seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f censure a gain st th e m o n ks w h o are fo llo w ers o f P a n d u k a an d L o h ita k a . T h is is th e m o tion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h ese m on ks w h o a re fo llo w ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a and w h o are th em selves m akers o f s tr ife . . . ro lled on to increase an d m a gn itu d e. T h e O rd er is c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f censure a g a in st th e m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a and L o h ita k a . I f th e c a rry in g o u t o f a (form al) ac,t o f censure ag ain st th e m onks w h o are fo llo w ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a is p leasin g to th e ven erab le ones, th e y sh ou ld b e s i le n t ; he to w h om it is not p leasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . A n d a second tim e I sp eak fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h ese m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a an d L o h ita k a and w ho are th em selves m akers o f s trife . . . he to w h om it is not p leasin g sh ou ld sp eak . A (form al) a ct o f censure again st th e m on ks w h o are fo llo w ers o f P a n d u k a an d L o h ita k a is bein g carried o u t b y th e O rd er. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er, th e re ­fore it is silen t. T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is .' || 4 j| 1 || [2]

" M onks, i f it is possessed o f th ree q u a litie s a (form al) a ct of censure com es to be n o t le g a lly v a lid an d n o t d isc ip lin a rily v a lid and one th a t is h a rd to se ttle : (th a t is to say) i f i t is carried o u t n o t in th e presence o f,1 i f it is ca rried o u t w h en there is no in terro g a tio n , i f it is ca rrie d o u t w ith o u t th e

1 S e e C V . I V . 14. 1 6 f f ., a n d M V . I X . 6. 1 . V A . v i . 1 1 5 5 s a y s i t is n o t c a r r ie d o u t in. th e p r e s e n c e o f t h e O r d e r , d h a m m a a n d d is c ip lin e , th e in d iv id u a l, a n d is c a r r ie d o u t w it h o u t h a v in g r e p r o v e d h im , w it h o u t h a v in g a s k e d h im (to c o n s e n t) a n d w it h o u t h is h a v in g a c k n o w le d g e d it-

4 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a ck n o w led g m en t.1 M onks, i f i t is possessed of these th ree q u a lities a (form al) a c t o f cen sure com es to be n o t le g a lly va lid , not d isc ip lin a rily v a lid an d one th a t is h a rd to se ttle . A n d , m on ks, i f i t is possessed of th ree fu rth e r q u a litie s a (form al) a c t o f censure com es to b e one . . . an d one th a t is h ard to se ttle : (th a t is to sa y ) if it is carried o u t w henth ere is no offence, i f i t is ca rried o u t fo r an ‘offence th a t does not lead on to con fession ,2 if i t is ca rried o u t fo r an offence th a t h as been confessed. M onks, if it is possessed of these three q u a litie s a (form al) a c t o f censure . . . one th a t is h ard to se ttle . A n d , m o n ks, i f i t is possessed o f th ree fu rth e r q u a lities a (form al) a c t of cen su re co m es to be . . . h a rd to settle : (th a t is to say) i f it is ca rried o u t w ith o u t h a v in grep ro ved h im , if it is carried o u t w ith o u t h a v in g m ad e him rem em ber, if it is carried o u t w ith o u t h a v in g accu sed him o f an offence. M onks, if i t is possessed o f th ese th ree q u a litie s a (form al) a c t o f censure com es to be . . . h a rd to settle* A n d , m on ks, if it is possessed o f th ree fu rth e r q u a litie s a (form al) a c t of censure com es to be . . . one th a t is h a rd to se ttle : (th a t is to say) i f it is ca rrie d o u t n o t in th e presence of, i f it is carried o u t n o t b y ru le , i f it is ca rried o u t b y an in co m p lete a ssem b ly. M on ks, if it is possessed o f th ese th ree q u alities a (form al) a c t o f cen su re com es to b e . . . one th a t is h a rd to se ttle . A n d , m o n ks, i f it is possessed o f th ree fu rth er q u a litie s a (form al) a c t o f cen sure com es to be . . . h ard to se ttle ; (th a t is to say) i f i t is ca rrie d o u t w h en th ere is no in terro g a tio n , i f it is ca rried o u t n o t b y ru le, i f i t is carried o u t b y an in co m p lete a ssem b ly . M onks, i f it is possessed of th ese th ree q u a litie s a (form al) a c t o f censure com es to be - * . h a rd to settle . A n d , m o n k s, i f it is possessed o f th ree fu rth er q u a lities a (form al) a c t o f cen sure . . . h a rd to settle: (th at is to say) if it is ca rried o u t w ith o u t th e a ck n o w le d g m e n t, i f it is carried o u t n o t b y ru le , i f i t is ca rrie d o u t b y a n in ­co m p lete a ssem b ly . . . if it is ca rrie d o u t w h en th e re is no offence, i f i t is ca rried o u t n o t b y ru le, i f i t is ca rried o u t b y an in com p lete a ssem b ly . . . i f it is ca rrie d o u t fo r an offence th a t does n o t le a d on to con fession , i f i t is ca rried o u t n o t b y

1 I .e . o f t h e a c c u s e d m o n k .1 a d esa n u g a m in iy a , i .e . a Parajika o r Sangh&disesa, whose penalties do not

lD clu d e c e n s u r e o r c o n fe s s io n .

2 , i — 3 ] C U L L A V A G G A I 5

rule, if it is carried o u t b y an in com p lete a ssem b ly . . . ifit is carried o u t fo r a n offence th a t h as been confessed, ifit is carried o u t n o t b y ru le , i f it is carried o u t b y an in ­co m p lete a ssem b ly . . . i f it is carried o u t w ith o u t h a v in g reproved h im , i f it is carried o u t n o t b y rule, if it is carried o u t b y an in com p lete a ssem b ly . * . i f i t is carried o u t w ith o u t h a v in g m ade h im rem em ber, if it is carried o u t n o t b y ru le, if it is carried o u t b y an in co m p le te a ssem b ly . * . i f i t is carried o u t w ith o u t h a v in g accu sed h im o f an offence, if it is carried o u t n o t b y ru le , if it is ca rried o u t b y an in com p lete assem bly. I f , m onks, a (form al) a c t o f censure is possessed o f these th ree q u a litie s it com es to be n o t le g a lly v a lid and n ot d isc ip lin a rily v a lid an d one th a t is h a rd to s e t t le ." \\ I f|

T o ld are th e T w e lv e C ases o f (F orm al) A c ts th a t are not le g a lly v a lid . || 2 ||

“ M onks, if it is possessed o f th ree q u a litie s a (form al) a c t o f censure com es to b e a (form al) a c t th a t is le g a lly v a lid an d a (form al) a c t th a t is d isc ip lin a rily v a lid and one th a t is e a s ily se ttled : (th a t is to say) if i t is carried o u t in th e presence of, if it is carried o u t w h en th ere is in terro g a tio n , i f it is ca rried ou t w ith th e a ck n o w led g m en t. M onks, i f it is possessed o f these th ree q u a litie s . . . e a s ily se ttle d . A n d , m o n ks, if it is possessed o f th ree fu rth e r q u a litie s . . . e a s ily se ttle d : (th a t is to say) i f it is ca rried o u t w h en th e re is an offence, i f it is carried o u t w h en th ere is an offence w h ich le a d s on to co n fes­sion, [3] i f it is ca rrie d o u t w h en a n offen ce h a s n o t been con­fessed . . . if it is carried o u t, h a v in g re p ro ve d h im , i f it is carried o u t, h a v in g m ade him rem em ber, i f it is carried o u t, h a v in g accu sed h im of th e offence . . . i f i t is ca rried o u t in th e presence of, if it is carried o u t b y ru le , i f i t is carried o u t b y a co m p lete a ssem b ly . . . if it is ca rrie d o u t w h en th ere is in terro gatio n , i f i t is ca rried o u t b y ru le , if it is carried o u t b y a com p lete a sse m b ly . . . i f it is ca rried o u t w ith th e ackn o w led gm en t, if it is ca rried o u t b y ru le, i f i t is ca rried o u t b y a co m p lete a ssem b ly . . . i f it is ca rrie d o u t w h en th ere is an offence, i f it is carried o u t b y ru le, if i t is ca rried o u t b y a com plete assem b ly . . . i f it is ca rrie d o u t w h en th ere is an offence th a t lead s on to confession , i f i t is ca rried o u t b y ru le, if it is carried o u t b y a com p lete a ssem b ly . . . if it is ca rried

6 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

ou t w hen an offence h as n o t been con fessed , if it is ca rried o u t b y rule, if it is carried o u t b y a co m p lete a ssem b ly . . . i f it is carried o u t h a v in g rep ro ved h im , if it is ca rrie d o u t b y rule, if i t is carried o u t b y a co m p lete a ssem b ly . . . if it is carried o u t h a v in g m ade h im rem em ber, i f it is ca rried o u t b y rule, if it is carried o u t b y a co m p lete a sse m b ly . . . i f it is carried out h a v in g accu sed h im o f an offence, if it is carried o u t b y rule, if it is ca rried o u t b y a co m p lete a ssem b ly . I f , m on ks, a (form al) a c t o f censure is possessed o f th ese th ree q u a litie s it com es to be a (form al) a c t th a t is le g a lly v a lid a n d a (form al) a c t th a t is d isc ip lin a rily v a lid an d one th a t is e a s ily se ttle d . ||i|[

T o ld are th e T w e lv e C ases o f (F orm al) A c ts th a t are le g a lly v a lid . || 3 |j

" M onks, if a m o n k is possessed*of th ree q u a lities , an O rd er, i f i t so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct o f censure a g a in st h im ; if he is a m a k er o f strife , a m a k e r o f q u arrels, a m a k er o f d isp u tes, a m a k er o f co n ten tio n , a m a k er o f le g a l question s in a n O rd er ; if he is ig n o ra n t, in exp erien ced , fu ll o f offences, n o t rid of th em 1 ; i f he live s in c o m p a n y w ith householders in u n b eco m in g a ssociatio n w ith h o u seh o ld ers.2 M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th ese th ree q u a litie s , an O rd er, i f it so desires, m a y c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f censure a g a in st him . A n d , m on ks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th ree fu rth e r q u a litie s an O rd er . . . a g a in st h im : if, in regard to m o ra l h a b it, he com es to h a v e fa llen a w a y from m o ra l h a b it3 ; if , in regard to go od h a b its , he com es to h a v e fa lle n a w a y fro m g o o d h a b its ; if, in regard to (right) v ie w s, he co m es to h a v e fa lle n a w a y from (right) v iew s. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed * . . a g a in st h im . A n d , m on ks, if a m o n k is possessed o f th re e fu rth e r q u a lities, an O rd er, i f it so d esires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct o f censure a g a in st h im : i f he sp e a k s d isp ra ise o f th eA w a k e n e d O ne, i f he sp ea k s d isp ra ise o f dham m a , i f he sp ea k s d isp ra ise o f th e O rd er. M on ks, i f a m o n k is possessed of these th ree q u a litie s , an O rd er, if it so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct o f censure a g a in st h im . || i ||

M onks, i f an O rder desires, i t m a y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t

1 dpattibahulo anapada.no ; cf. V in . i. 321 (B .D . iv. 461, n. 1).* Cf. Vin. iv. 321-322, and B .D . iii. 207, n. 1.8 C f. Vin. i. 63 (B .D . iv. 82).

4 . 2— 5-1] C U L L A V A G G A I 7

of censure a g ain st th ree (kinds of) m o n ks : a g a in st th e one who is a m a k er o f s trife . . . a m a k e r o f le g a l q u estio n s in th e O rd er ; ag a in st th e one w h o is ig n o ra n t, in exp erien ced , fu ll o f offences, not rid o f th em ; a g a in st th e one w h o liv e s in c o m p a n y w ith householders in u n b eco m in g association w ith householders. M onks, i f th e O rd er desires, i t m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct o f censure again st th ese th ree (kinds of) m onks* A n d , m onks, if th e O rd er desires, it m a y c a rry out . I . a g a in st three fu rth e r (kinds of) m o n ks : a g a in st th e one w h o , in regard to m oral h a b it, com es to h a v e fa llen a w a y fro m m o ra l h a b it, a gain st th e one w ho, in regard to good h a b its , com es to h a v e fallen a w a y from go od h a b its , a g a in st th e one w h o, in regard to (right) v iew s, com es to h a v e fa llen a w a y from (right) v iew s. M onks, if an O rd er desires . . . a g a in st th ese th ree (kinds of) m onks. A n d , m onks, i f an O rd er desires, it m a y c a r ry o u t . . * again st th ree fu rth e r (kinds of) m o n ks : [4] a g a in st th e one who sp eaks d ispraise o f th e A w a k e n e d O n e, a g a in st th e one w ho sp eaks d ispraise o f dham m a , a g a in st th e one w h o sp eaks d ispraise o f th e O rder. M onks, if an O rd er desires, i t m a y c a rry out a (form al) a ct o f censure a g a in st these three (kinds of) m onks. || 2 j|

T o ld are th e S ix C ases on B e in g D esiro u s. [| 4 j|

" M onks, w h en a (form al) a c t o f censure h as been carried o u t a g a in st a m o n k, he sh ould co n d u ct h im self p ro p erly . T h is is th e proper co n d u ct in th is case1 : he sh o u ld not o rd ain , he sh ould n o t g iv e g u id a n ce ,2 a n o vice sh o u ld not a tte n d h im ,3 th e agreem en t for h im to e x h o rt n u n s4 sh o u ld n ot b e co n sen ted to, an d even if he is agreed u p o n nuns sh ould n o t b e e x h o rte d (b y him ), he sh ould n o t fa ll in to th a t (same) offence fo r w h ich a (form al) a c t o f censure cam e to be carried o u t a g ain st h im b y an O rd er, n or in to a n o th er th a t is sim ilar, n or in to one th a t is w orse, he sh ould n o t find fa u lt w ith th e (form al) a c t ,6 he sh ould not find fa u lt w ith those w h o c a r r y o u t th e (form al) a c t, he sh ould n o t suspend a regu lar m o n k ’s O b se rv a n ce ,6 he

1 Cf. below, CV. II. i . 2 ; X. 20.1 C f. MV. I. 36. i.■ See MV. I. 36, 37 for this trio.* C f. Monks' Pac. and CV. X. 9 . 4.6 I.e. the act of censure, V A . vi. 1156.• From here to end of ]| 1 || recurs at CV. I. 27. 1 (end). C f. also CV. X. 20.

8 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

sh ould not suspend his I n v ita t io n ,1 he sh o u ld n o t issue c o m ­m an d s,2 he sh ou ld n o t set u p a u th o r ity ,3 he sh o u ld not a sk for le a v e ,4 .he sh ould not rep ro ve ,5 he sh o u ld n o t m a k e rem em ber, he should n o t q u a rre l6 w ith m on ks || x [|

T o ld are th e E ig h te e n O b serva n ces co n n ected w ith a (Form al) A c t o f C ensure. || 5 ||

T h en th e O rd er carried o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen sure a g ain st th e m onks w h o w ere fo llo w ers of P a n d u k a an d L o h ita k a . T h ese, w hen th e (fonnal) a c t of censure h a d been carried o u t a g ain st th em b y th e O rd er, co n d u cted th em selves p ro p erly , w ere su b d u ed , m ended th e ir w a y s , an d h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed m onks, th e y sp ok e th u s : “ W e , y o u r reveren ces, a g a in st w h om a (form al) a c t o f censure w a s ca rrie d o u t b y th e O rd er, are c o n d u ctin g o u rselves p ro p erly , w e are su b d u ed , w e are m en d in g our w a y s. N o w , w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y us ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rd er re v o k e th e (form al) a c t o f censure a gain st th e m onks w h o are fo llo w ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a .Ii i Ii

" M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u a litie s a (form al) a ct o f censure sh ould n ot b e re v o k e d : i f he ord ains, if he g iv e s gu id an ce, if a n o vice a tte n d s h im , i f he co n sen ts to th e agree­m en t fo r h im to e x h o rt nuns, i f h e e x h o rts n u n s even a lth o u g h agreed upon. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f th ese five q u a li­ties a (form al) a c t o f ccn su re sh o u ld n o t be re vo k e d . A n d , m onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u a litie s a (form al) a ct o f censure sh o u ld n o t be re v o k e d ; if he fa lls in to th a t (same) offence fo r w h ich th e (form al) a c t o f censure w a s carried o u t a g ain st h im b y th e O rd er, or in to a n o th er th a t is sim ilar,

1 C f . MV. IV. 16. 2.2 na savacanlyam katabbam. V A . 1156 says : " I am doing the savacanlya

of the venerable ones in this matter, do not go one footstep back from this residence while the legal question is not settled/* The word savacaniya occurs again at CV. II. 1 . 2. See Vin. Texts ii. 338, n. 6 ; 386, n. 2.

3 anuvada. V A . 1156 says ** in a vihara he should not take the chief place."

4 I.e. to ask questions; see MV. II. 1 6 . r, IV. 1 6 , 1, 2.6 Cf. CV. X. 9. 5.# sa m p a y o je ti, also meaning to associate. V A . 1 1 5 6 gives both meanings,

saying : " having joined one another, a quarrel should not be made.’* The sense of “ to quarrel *' here would be of disputing about legal questions. The foregoing prohibitions indicate that a monk undergoing “ censure ” is not expected to have no dealings with his fellow monks.

6.2— 8.i] C U L L A V A G G A I 9or in to one th a t is w orse, if he finds fa u lt w ith th e (form al) a ct, i f he finds fa u lt w ith those w h o c a r ry o u t th e (form al) a ct. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed of th ese five q u a litie s a (form al) a ct o f censure should n o t be revo ked .

“ M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f e ig h t q u alities [5] a (form al) a ct o f censure sh ould n o t be re vo k e d : i f he suspends a regu lar m o n k 's O bservance* if he suspends his In v ita tio n , i f he issues com m ands, if he sets up a u th o rity , if he a sk s fo r le a v e , if he rep ro ves, if he m akes rem em ber, i f he q u arrels w ith m onks. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f these e ig h t q u a litie s th e (form al) a c t o f censure sh o u ld not be re v o k e d .” j|2 [|

T o ld are th e E ig h te e n C ases w here (a F o rm a l A c t o f Censure) sh ould n ot be revo ked . || 6 ||

" M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed of five q u a litie s a (form al) a ct of censure m a y be re v o k e d : if he does n ot o rd ain , i f he does not g iv e gu id an ce, i f a n o vice d oes n ot a tte n d h im , if he does not consent to th e agreem en t fo r e x h o rtin g nuns, if, a lth o u g h agreed upon, he does n o t e x h o rt nuns. M onks, if a m on k is possessed . . . m a y be revo k ed . A n d , m on ks, i f a m on k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u a litie s a (form al) a c t of censure m a y be re v o k e d : i f he does n o t fa ll in to th a t (sam e) offence for w h ich th e (form al) a c t o f censure cam e to b e carried o u t ag ain st h im , nor in to an o th er th a t is sim ilar, nor in to one th a t is w orse, i f he does n o t find fa u lt w ith th e (form al) act, if he does n ot find fa u lt w ith those w h o c a rry o u t th e (form al) act. M onks, i f a m on k . . . m a y be revo k ed .

“ M onks, i f a m on k is possessed o f e ig h t q u a litie s a (form al) a ct o f censure m a y be revo k ed ; if he does n ot su sp en d a regu lar m o n k ’s O b servan ce , i f he does n ot suspend his I n v i t a ­tion , if he does not issue com m and s, if he does n o t set up a u th o rity , if he does n ot a sk fo r leave, i f he does not rep ro ve , if he does n o t m a k e rem em ber, i f he does n o t q u a rrel w ith m onks. M onks, i f a m on k is possessed of these e ig h t q u alities th e (form al) a c t of censure m a y be re v o k e d .” || x ||

T o ld are the E ig h tee n C ases (w here a F o rm a l A c t of Censure) m a y be revo ked . || 7 ||

“ A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it be re vo k e d : T h o se m o n ks w ho are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a an d L o h ita k a , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e

TO B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

O rder, h a v in g (each) arran ged th e u p p e r robe o ve r one sh ould er, h a v in g h on oured th e feet o f th e sen ior m o n ks, h a v in g sa t dow n on th e ir h aun ch es, h a v in g s tre tc h e d fo rth th e ir jo in e d palm s, sh ould sp eak th u s to i t : ‘A (form al) a c t of cen sure, honoured sirs, w as carried o u t a g a in st us b y th e O rd er ; b u t w e are co n ­d u c tin g o u rselves p ro p e rly , w e are su b d u ed , w e are m en d in g our w a y s ; a n d w e a sk fo r th e re v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f censure \ A n d a second tim e it sh o u ld be a sk e d fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld b e ask ed for * . . T h e O rd er sh ou ld be in form ed b y an exp erien ced co m p e ten t m o n k, sa y in g : || i ||

" ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h e se m on ks, fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a an d L o h ita k a , a g ain st w h o m a (form al) a c t o f censure w a s ca rrie d o u t b y th e O rd er, are c o n d u ctin g th em selves p ro p erly , th e y are su b d u ed , th e y are m en d in g th e ir w a y s, [ 6 ] an d th e y a sk fo r th e re v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f censure. I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y revo k e th e (form al) a c t o f censure fo r th e m o n ks w h o are fo llo w ­ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a , T h is is th e m otion . H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er liste n to m e. T h e se m on ks, fo llo w ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a , a g a in st w h o m a (form al) a c t o f censure w as carried o u t b y th e O rder, are co n d u ctin g th em selves p ro p erly , th e y are su b d u ed , th e y are m en d in g th e ir w a y s, and th e y a sk fo r th e re v o ca tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f censure. T h e O rd er is re v o k in g th e (form al) a c t o f censure fo r th e m onks w h o are fo llow ers of P a n d u k a and L o h ita k a . I f th e re vo catio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re fo r th e m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a an d L o h ita k a is p lea sin g to th e v en era b le ones, th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w h o m it is n ot p le a sin g should sp eak . A n d a second tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . sh o u ld sp eak . T h e (form al) a c t o f censure is re v o k e d b y th e O rd er fo r th e m onks w ho are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a an d L o h ita k a . I t is p lea sin g to th e O rder, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is .' ”ii 2 n 8 ii

T o ld is th e F ir s t (F orm al) A c t : th a t o f C en sure.

N o w a t th a t tim e th e ve n e ra b le S e y y a s a k a 1 w a s ign o ran t,

1 At Vin. iii. n o ff. he is represented as committing the offence for which the first SanghAdisesa was formulated.

9.1---2] C U L L A V A G G A I i i

in exp erien ced , fu ll o f offences, n o t rid o f th em ; he liv e d in c o m p a n y w ith househ olders in u n b eco m in g associatio n w ith h ouseh old ers.1 S o m uch so th a t th e m o n ks w ere done u p 2 w ith g ra n tin g him p ro b a tio n , sen d in g him b a c k to th e beginning, im posing manatta, re h a b ilita tin g h im .3 T h o se w h o w ere m odest m onks looked d o w n upon, critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w ca n th e ven erab le S e y y a sa k a , ign oran t, in exp erien ced . . . re h a b ilita tin g h im ? ” T h e n these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd , on th is occasion, in th is connec­tio n , h a v in g h a d th e O rd er o f m o n ks co n ven ed , qu estion ed th e m onks, sa y in g : “ Is it tru e , as is sa id , m on ks, th a t th e m on k S e y y a sa k a , ign o ran t, in exp erien ced . . . re h a b ilita tin g h im ? ”

" I t is tru e , L o r d / ' T h e A w a k en e d O ne, th e L o rd , reb u k ed th em , sa y in g :

" I t is n o t su ita b le , m on ks, it is n o t b ecom in g in th is foolish m an , it is n o t fittin g , i t is n o t w o rth y o f a recluse, it is not a llo w ab le, i t is n o t to b e done. F o r h o w , m onks, ca n th is foolish m an , ign o ra n t, in exp erien ced . . . re h a b ilita tin g h im ? I t is n o t, m onks, fo r p leasin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p leased , n o r fo r in creasin g th e n u m b er of those w h o are p leased . . / ' A n d h a v in g reb u ked th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : [ 7 ]

" W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rd er c a r ry o u t a (form al) a ct of g u id a n ce4 fo r th e m o n k S e y y a s a k a , sa y in g : 'Y o u sh ould liv e in d ep en d en ce5 \ H i |l

“ A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould i t be ca rried o u t : F irs t, th e m o n k S e y y a sa k a sh ould be r e p r o v e d ; h a v in g rep ro ved h im , he should be m ad e to rem em ber ; h a v in g m ad e h im rem em ber, he sh o u ld b e accused o f th e offence ; h a v in g accu sed h im of th e offence, th e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g : ‘ H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k S e y y a s a k a , ig n o ra n t, in exp erien ced . . ,

1 Cf. above, CV. I. 4 . i.1 pakata, done away with ; so, exhausted, worn out, *' fed up.*’ s As Vin. Texts ii. 343, n. 1 indicates, it is not clear why a Saogh&disesa

should be attributed to Seyyasaka, but it suggests that the answer may appear at Vin. Texts ii. 384, n. r. The text may have in mind Vin. iii. 110 (see above, p. io, n)* Certainly there is a tradition conrecting Seyyasaka with the Sanghadisesa type of offence. There was for monks no recognised offence incurring a penalty if they lived in association with householders.

* nissayakamma. C / , MV. I. 25. 22 ; IX. 7 . 6, 14.B nissaya. Cf. B .D . iv. 79, 100 f.

12 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

re h a b ilita tin g him . I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rder, le t th e O rd er c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f g u id an ce fo r th e m o n k S e y y a sa k a , sa y in g : “ Y o u sh ould liv e in d e p en d e n ce ." T h is is th em otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m on k S e y y a sa k a , ign o ra n t, in exp erien ced . . . re h a b ilita tin g him . T h e O rd er is c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f g u id an ce fo r th e m on k S e y y a sa k a , sa y in g : f‘ Y o u sh o u ld liv e in d epen den ce I f th e c a rry in g o u t of th e (form al) a c t o f g u id an ce, sa y in g " Y o u sh ou ld liv e in depen dence " , fo r th e m o n k S e y y a s a k a is p leas­in g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh o u ld b e silen t ; he to w h om it is n o t p leasin g sh ould sp ea k . A n d a second tim e I sp eak fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . , he to w h o m it is n o t p leasin g sh ould sp eak . A (form al) a ct o f g u id an ce, sa y in g : " Y o u sh o u ld liv e in d ep en d ­ence ” , is b e in g carried o u t b y th e O rd er fo r th e m o n k S e y y a sa k a . I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er, th erefo re it is silent. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is/ [| 2 jj 9 ||

" I f a m on k, m o n ks, is possessed of th ree q u a litie s . . . ( — Ch. 3 -5 . Instead o f (form al) a c t of censure, b y ca rry in g out a (form al) a c t o f censure read (form al) a c t o f gu id an ce, b y c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f gu id ance) . . . he sh ould n ot quarrel w ith m o n k s.” || 1 ||

T o ld are th e E ig h te e n O b serva n ces co n n ected w ith a (Form al) A c t o f G u id an ce. [| 10 ||

T h e n th e O rd er carried o u t a (form al) a c t o f g u id an ce for th e m on k S e y y a sa k a , sa y in g : “ Y o u sh o u ld liv e in d ep en d ­e n ce ." A fte r th e (form al) a c t of g u id an ce h a d been carried o u t b y th e O rd er, he, ch o o sin g, a sso cia tin g w ith , v is itin g friends w h o w ere lo v e ly 1 (in d eed ), m a k in g th e m recite , in terro g a tin g th em , cam e to be one w h o h a d h eard m u c h ,2 one to w h om the trad itio n w as h an d ed d ow n ; an e x p e rt in dham m a , an e x p e rt in d iscip lin e, an e x p e rt in th e h e a d in g s ; e xp erien ced , w ise, m o d est, scru p u lou s, d esirous o f th e tra in in g ; he co n d u cted h im self p ro p erly , w as su bd u ed , a n d m ended his w a y s ; and, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed m on ks, he sp ok e th u s : “ I, y o u r reverences,

1 kalyayamitta ; cf. Dkp. 375. Or the word may be in the technical sense of a spiritual adviser, as at 5 . v. 3.

* As at Vin. i. 119, 337, iv. 158, etc.

11.1 12.2] C U L L A V A G G A I

fo r w h om a (form al) a ct o f g u id an ce w a s carried o u t b y the O rder, am co n d u ctin g m y se lf p ro p erly , I am subdued and am m endin g m y w a y s. W h a t line o f co n d u ct sh ould be follow ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said :

" W e ll th en , m onks, let th e O rd er re vo k e th e (form al) a ct of g u id an ce fo r th e m o n k S e y y a sa k a . || i [|

" M onks, i f a m on k is possessed o f liv e q u a litie s [8] . . . ( = I. 6 .2- 7 . Instead o f (form al) a c t o f censure read (form al) a ct of guidance) . . . m a y be revo k ed . || 2 ||

T o ld are th e E ig h tee n C ases (where a F o rm a l A c t o f G u id ­ance) m a y be revo k ed . || 11 |[

“ A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it be re v o k e d : M onks, th e m on k S e y y a sa k a , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er, h a v in g a rran ged his upper robe o v e r one sh ould er, h a v in g sa lu ted th e feet of the senior m on ks, h a v in g sa t d ow n on his h aun ch es, h a v in g stretch ed fo rth his jo in ed palm s, sh ould sp ea k thus to it : ' I , honoured sirs, fo r w h o m a (form al) a c t o f g u id an ce w a s carried o u t b y th e O rd er, am co n d u ctin g m y se lf p roperly ,. I am su b ­d ued, I am m en d in g m y w a y s ■ I a sk fo r th e re v o ca tio n o f the (form al) a c t o f g u id an ce \ A n d a second tim e it sh ould be asked fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh ould be asked for. |j i ||

“ T h e O rd er should be in form ed b y an exp erien ced , com ­p eten t m on k, sa y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me. T h is m o n k S e y y a sa k a , fo r w h om a (form al) a c t o f g u id ­ance w a s carried o u t b y th e O rder, is c o n d u ctin g h im self p ro p erly , he is subd ued , he is m en d in g his w a y s ; he asks for th e revo catio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f gu id an ce. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y re vo k e th e (form al) a ct of gu id an ce for th e m o n k S e y y a sa k a . T h is is th e m otion . H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k S e y y a sa k a , fo r w hom a (form al) a ct o f g u id an ce w as carried o u t b y th e O rder, is co n d u ctin g h im self p ro p erly , he is su bd u ed , he is m en d in g his w a y s ; he asks fo r th e revo catio n o f th e (form al) a ct o f g u id ­ance. I f th e re vo catio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f g u id a n ce fo r th e m on k S e y y a s a k a is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y should be silen t ; he to w h o m it is not p leasin g sh ould sp eak . A n d a second tim e I sp eak fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth this m a tte r . . . T h e (form al) a ct o f gu id an ce

14 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

for th e m on k S e y y a s a k a is re v o k e d b y th e O rd er. I t is p le a s­in g to th e O rder, th erefore it is s ilen t. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is/ ” || 2 || 1 2 ||

T o ld is th e Second (F orm al) A c t : th a t o f G u id a n ce .

N o w a t th a t tim e1 un scru p u lou s, d e p ra v ed m o n ks w h o w ere fo llow ers o f A s sa ji an d P u n a b b a su w ere in residence a t K ita g ir i. T h e y in d u lged in th e fo llo w in g k in d s o f b a d h a b its : th e yp la n te d an d cau sed to be p la n te d sm all flo w erin g t r e e s ; th e y w a tered th em a n d h ad th e m w a te re d ; th e y p lu ck e d th e m an d h ad th em p lu ck e d ; th e y tie d th em u p in to (garlands) a n d h a d th em tie d u p ; th e y m ad e g a rla n d s a n d h ad th e m m ad e w ith a s ta lk on one side ; th e y m ad e g a r la n d s an d h a d th em m ad e w ith a s ta lk on b o th sides ; th e y m ad e an d h a d a b ra n ch in g flo w er-sta lk m ad e ; th e y m ad e a w re a th a n d h a d one m a d e ; th e y m ad e a g a rla n d w orn ro u n d th e fo reh ead a n d h a d one m ad e ; th e y m a d e a n d h a d an e a r-o m a m e n t m ad e ; [9] th e y m ad e a n d h a d a b re a st-p la te m a d e. T h ese (m onks) to o k or sent g a rla n d s h a v in g a s ta lk on on e side to w iv e s o f re p u ta b le fam ilies, to d a u g h te rs o f re p u ta b le fa m ilies , to g irls o f rep u ta b le fam ilies, to d a u g h ters-in -law o f re p u ta b le fam ilies, to fem ale slaves o f re p u ta b le fam ilies. T h e y to o k o r sen t g a rla n d s h a v in g a s ta lk on b o th sides ; th e y to o k or sent a b ra n ch in g flow er- s ta lk ; th e y to o k or sent a w re a th . . . a g a rla n d w orn round th e foreh ead . . . a n ear-o rn am en t . . a b re a stp la te . T h ese ate from one d ish to g eth e r w ith w iv e s o f re p u ta b le fam ilies, w ith d au g h ters o f re p u ta b le fa m ilies , w ith g irls o f rep u ta b le fam ilies, w ith d a u g h ters-in -law o f re p u ta b le fam ilies, w ith w om en slaves o f re p u ta b le fa m ilies ; a n d th e y d ra n k from th e sam e b e a k e r ; th e y sa t d o w n on th e sam e seat ; th e y sh ared one co u ch ; th e y sh ared one m a t ; th e y sh a red one co v e rle t ; th e y sh ared one m a t a n d c o v e rle t . A n d th e y a te a t th e w ro n g t i m e ; a n d th e y d ra n k in to x ic a n ts ; a n d th e y w ore g arlan d s a n d u sed p erfu m es a n d co sm etics ; th e y d a n ced an d san g and p la y e d m u sical in stru m en ts , a n d th e y sp orted . T h e y d an ced w h en sh e d a n ced ; th e y sa n g w h en she d a n c e d ; th e y p la y e d m u sica l in stru m en ts w h en sh e d a n c e d ; th e y sp o rte d w h en she

1 T h e w h o le o f 13 o c c u r s a t S a n g h . X I I I . 1. 1 - 7 . S e e B . D . i . 3 1 4 - 3 2 2 w h e r e n o te s a re g iv e n . *

13 .1-3 ] C U L L A V A G G A I 15d an ced ; th e y d an ced w h en she sa n g . . . th e y d an ced w hen she p la y e d m u sical in stru m en ts . . . th e y d an ced w h en she sp orted . . . th e y sp o rted w hen she sp orted , || 1 j|

T h e y p la y e d on a ch eq u ered b o a rd fo r g a m b lin g ; th e y p la y e d on a d ra u gh t-b o ard : th e y p la y e d w ith im a gin in g su ch boards in th e a ir ; th e y p la y e d a g a m e o f k eep in g ste p p in g on to d iag ram s ; th e y p la y e d w ith sp illik a n s . . . a t d ice . . . t ip ­c a t . . . b ru sh -h an d . . . w ith a b a ll . . . a t b lo w in g th ro u gh to y p ip es m ade o f le a ve s . . . w ith a t o y p lo u gh . . . a t tu rn ­in g so m ersau lts . . . w ith a to y w in d m ill . . . w ith a to y m easure o f lea ves . . . w ith a to y ca rt . . . w ith a t o y bow . . . th e y p la y e d a gam e o f gu essin g a t le tte rs . . . a m ind- read in g g a m e . . . a gam e o f m im ick in g d eform ities . . . th e y tra in ed th em selves in e lep h a n t lore . . . horse lore . . . ca r­riage lore . . . a rc h e ry . . . sw o rd sm an sh ip , . . th en th e y ran in fro n t o f a n e lep h a n t . . . a horse . . . a ch a rio t ; n ow th e y ran b a ck w a rd s, n o w th e y ran fo rw ard s ; an d th e y w h istled a n d th e y sn ap p ed th e ir fingers an d th e y w restled an d th e y fo u g h t w ith fists ; an d , h a v in g sp read o u t th eir u p p er robes as a stage, th e y said to a d a n c in g -g ir l: “ D a n ce here, sister " , a n d th e y ap p lau d ed , a n d th e y in d u lged in va rio u s b ad h a b its . |! 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k , h a v in g sp en t th e rains am on g th e people o f KasT, w h ile g o in g to S a v a tth i so as to see th e L o rd , a rriv e d at K ita g ir i. T h e n th is m o n k, d ressing e a r ly an d ta k in g his b o w l an d robe en tered K ita g ir i fo r alm sfood. H e w as p leasin g w h eth er he w a s ap p ro ach in g or d ep artin g , w h eth er he w as lo o k in g fo rw a rd or lo o k in g b ehin d , w h eth er he w as d raw in g in or stre tch in g out (his arm ), h is eyes w ere ca st d ow n, he w a s possessed o f p le a sa n t d ep ortm en t. P eop le, h a v in g seen th is m on k, sp oke th u s : [10]

“ W h o ca n th is be like an id io t o f id io ts, lik e a foo l o f fools, lik e a v e r y su p erciliou s person ? W h o w ill go u p to h im and g iv e h im a lm s ? O ur m asters, th e fo llow ers o f A s sa ji and P u n a b b a su are p o lite , gen ial, p leasan t o f sp eech, b eam in g w ith sm iles, sa y in g : ‘ C om e, y o u are w elcom e \ T h e y are notsu p ercilious, th e y are e a s ily accessib le, th e y are th e first to sp eak . T h erefo re alm s sh o u ld be g iv e n to th e m ."

A certa in la y fo llo w er sa w th a t m o n k w a lk in g fo r alm sfood in K i t a g i r i ; seeing th a t m onk, he w e n t up to him , and h a v in g

i6 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

gone u p to him an d g reeted him , he sa id : “ H o n o u red sir, are alm s o b ta in a b le ?

" N o, sir, a lm s are not o b ta in a b le ."“ C om e, h onoured sir, w e w ill go to (m y) h o u s e ." || 3 ||T h en th a t la y fo llow er, h a v in g ta k e n th a t m o n k to his house

a n d m ad e him e a t, sa id :" W h ere, honoured sir, w ill th e m a ste r g o ? "“ I w ill go to S a v a tth I, sir, to see th e L o r d ."“ T h en , honoured sir, in m y nam e sa lu te th e L o rd ’s feet w ith

yo u r head and s a y : ‘ L o rd , th e residence a t K ita g ir i h as been co rru p ted . A t K ita g ir i are resid in g u n scru p u lo u s, d e p ra v ed m onks w h o are fo llow ers o f A ssa ji an d P u n a b b a su . T h e y in ­d ulge in th e fo llo w in g b a d h a b its . . . th e y in d u lge in a v a r ie ty o f b a d h a b its . L o rd , those m en w h o fo rm e rly h ad fa ith an d w ere b e liev in g n o w h a v e no fa ith a n d are n o t b e liev in g . T h o se w h o fo rm e rly w ere ch an n els fo r g ifts to th e O rd er are n ow cu t off ; th e y n eglect th e w ell b e h a v e d m on ks, an d th e d ep rav ed m on ks s ta y on. I t w ere good , L o rd , if th e L o rd w o u ld send m onks to K ita g ir i, so th a t th is residence a t K ita g ir i m a y b e se ttle d / "

“ V e ry w ell, s ir ," and th a t m o n k h a v in g an sw ered th e la y fo llow er in assent, risin g from h is seat d e p a rted fo r S a v a tth I. G ra d u a lly he a p p ro a ch ed S a v a tth i, th e J e ta G ro ve , A n a th a - pin^iika's m o n a stery an d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed and greeted th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. N o w it is th e cu sto m fo r A w a k e n e d O nes, fo r L o rd s to exch a n g e g reetin g s w ith in -com in g m on ks. So th e L o rd sa id to th is m on k :

" I hope, m o n k, th a t it is g o in g w e ll w ith y o u , I hope th a t y o u are keep in g go in g , I hope y o u h a v e acco m p lish ed y o u r jo u rn e y w ith litt le fa tig u e ? A n d w h ere do y o u com e from , m on k ? "

“ T h in g s go w ell, L o rd , I am k e ep in g goin g, L o rd , an d I , L ord , accom p lished m y jo u rn e y w ith lit t le fa tig u e . N o w , I , L o rd , h a v in g sp en t th e ra in s a m o n g th e p eo p le o f K asI, and w hile com in g to S a v a tth i to see th e L o rd , a rriv e d a t K ita g ir i. T h en I, L o rd , dressing e arly , a n d ta k in g m y b o w l a n d robe, entered K ita g ir i for a lm sfood . T h e n , L o rd , a c e rta in la y fo llow er saw m e as I w as w a lk in g in K ita g ir i fo r a lm sfoo d , [1 1 ] a n d seeing m e, he ap p ro ach ed , a n d h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h e

13.5-6] C U L L A V A G G A I

greeted m e an d sa id : ' H o n o u red sir, are a lm s o b ta in a b le ? '' N o, sir, a lm s are n o t o b ta in a b le ', I said. ‘ C om e, honoured sir, w e w ill go to (m y) house ", he said. T h en , L o rd , th a t la y fo llow er, ta k in g m e to h is house a n d feed in g m e, sa id : ‘ W h ere, honoured sir, w ill th e m a ste r go ? ' I sa id : ‘ I w ill go toS a v a tth i, sir, to see th e L o rd / T h e n he sa id : ' T h e n , honoured sir . . . m a y b e se ttle d \ T h erefo re , L o rd , do I c o m e ." || 5 ||

T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is con n ection , h a v in g h ad the O rd er o f m on ks co n ven ed , a sk ed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, is it tru e , a s is said , th a t m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f A ssa ji a n d P u n a b b a su , resid in g in K ita g ir i, are u n scrup ulous an d d e p ra v e d an d in d u lge in th e fo llo w in g b ad h a b its : th e y p la n t sm all flo w erin g trees . . . in d u lg e in a v a r ie ty o f b ad h a b its . . . an d th o se m en . . . an d th e d e p ra v ed m onks s ta y on ? "

I t is tru e, L o rd ."T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd , reb u ked th em , sa y in g :" H o w , m onks, can th ese fo o lish m en in d u lge in b a d h ab its

such as these ? H o w ca n th e y p la n t a n d cau se sm all flow ering trees to be p la n ted , an d w a te r th em a n d h a v e th em w atered , an d p lu ck th em a n d h a v e th em p lu ck e d , a n d h o w ca n th e y tie th em u p in to (garlands) an d h a v e th em tied u p ? H o w can th e y m ake a n d h a v e g arlan d s m ad e . . . ? H o w ca n th e y ta k e an d send . . . ? H o w can th e y e a t . . . d rin k . . . sit . . . sta n d . . . eat . . , d rin k . . . run . . . d an ce a n d sin g an d p la y m u sical in stru m en ts a n d sp o rt . . . p la y , . . tra in th em ­selves . . . run . . . run rou n d fa c in g . . . ? H o w ca n th e y w h istle an d sn ap th e ir fingers an d w restle a n d fig h t w ith fists, an d h a v in g sp read out th eir u p p er robes as a stage, s a y to a d a n c in g -g ir l: ‘ D a n ce here, sister \ an d a p p la u d an d in d u lge in a v a r ie ty of b a d h a b its ? I t is n o t, m on ks, fo r p leasin g those w ho are n ot (yet) p leased . . an d h a v in g reb u k ed th em an d g iv en reasoned ta lk , he addressed S a r ip u tta an d M oggallan a, s a y in g :

“ D o yo u go, S a r ip u tta an d M o ggallan a, a n d h a v in g gone to K ita g ir i, c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t1 fro m K ita g ir i again st those m on ks w h o are fo llow ers o f A ssa ji a n d P u n a b b a su ; these are th o se w h o sh are y o u r c e lls ."

1 pabbajaniyahatnma. Cf. MV. I. 25. 22 ; IX. 7. 7.

i 8 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" H ow , L o rd , d o w e c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f b an ish m en t fro m K ita g ir i ag a in st those m o n k s w ho are fo llo w ers o f A ssa ji an d P u n a b b a su ? T h ese m o n ks are fierce an d ro u g h .'J

“ W e ll th en , S a r ip u tta an d M o ggallan a, go to g e th e r w ith m a n y m o n k s ."

“ V e r y w ell, L o rd ,” S a r ip u tta a n d M o g g a lla n a an sw ered the L o rd in assen t. || 6 ||

" A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld it be ca rried o u t. F irs t, th e m on ks w ho are fo llow ers o f A s sa ji an d P u n a b b a su [12] sh o u ld be rep ro ved ; h a v in g rep ro ved th e m , th e y sh o u ld be m ad e to re m e m b e r ; h a v in g m ad e th em rem em ber, th e y sh o u ld be accused o f an offence ; h a v in g accu sed th e m o f th e offence, th e O rd er sh ould be in form ed b y an e xp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h ese m onks w ho are fo llow ers o f A s sa ji an d P u n a b b a su are those w ho b rin g fam ilies in to d isrep u te a n d are o f e v il c o n d u c t; th e ir e v il co n d u ct is seen a n d a lso h eard a n d resp ecta b le fam ilies co rru p ted b y th em are seen a n d also h eard . I f it seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er sh o u ld c a r ry o u t a (form al) a ct o f ban ish m en t fro m K ita g ir i a g a in st th e m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f A ssa ji an d P u n a b b a su b y w h ich th e m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f A s sa ji an d P u n a b b a su sh o u ld n o t rem ain in K ita g ir i. T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h ese m on ks w ho are . . . seen a n d also h eard . T h e O rd er is ca rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t from K ita g ir i a g a in st th e m onks w h o are fo llow ers o f A s sa ji a n d P u n a b b a su b y w h ich th e m on ks w h o are fo llow ers o f A s s a ji a n d P u n a b b a su sh ould n o t rem ain in K ita g ir i. I f th e c a rry in g o u t o f th e (form al) a c t o f b an ish m en t from K it a g ir i a g a in st th e m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f A s s a ji an d P u n a b b a su b y w h ich th e y sh o u ld n o t rem ain in K ita g ir i is p leasin g to th e v e n e ra b le ones, th e y sh o u ld b e silen t ; he to w h om it is n o t p le a sin g sh o u ld sp e a k . A n d a secon d tim e 1 sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . T h e (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t from K ita g ir i a g a in st th e m o n ks w h o a re fo llo w ers o f A s s a ji a n d P u n a b b a su b y w h ich th e y sh o u ld not re m a in in K ita g ir i is carried o u t b y th e O rder. I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er, th ere­fo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d e rsta n d th is .1 i| 7 || 131|

" M onks, i f it is possessed o f th ree q u a litie s a (form al) a ct

14.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I 19of b an ish m en t com es to b e n o t le g a lly v a lid , n o t d isc ip lin a rily v a lid an d one th a t is h a rd to se ttle . . .1 again st th e one w h o sp eaks d ispraise o f th e O rder. M onks, i f an O rd er desires, it m a y c a rry out a (form al) a ct o f b a n ish m en t a g a in st th ese th ree (kinds of) m on ks.

"A n d , m on ks, if a m o n k is possessed o f th ree fu rth e r q u a li­ties a n O rder, i f it so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t of ban ish m en t a g a in st h im : if he is possessed o f b o d ily fr iv o lity ,2 if he is possessed o f v e rb a l fr iv o lity , i f h e is possessed o f b o d ily an d v e rb a l fr iv o lity . M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f th ese three q u a lities an O rd er, if it so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct o f b an ish m en t a g ain st h im . A n d , m o n ks, i f a m on k is possessed o f three fu rth e r q u a litie s . . . a g a in st h im : if he is possessed of b o d ily b a d h a b its ,3 i f h e is possessed of v e rb a l b a d h a b its , i f h e is possessed o f b o d ily a n d v e rb a l b ad h ab its. M onks, i f a m o n k . . . a (form al) a ct o f b a n ish m en t ag ain st him . A n d , m on ks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th ree fu rth er q u a litie s . . . ag a in st h im : i f he is possessed o f h a rm ­in g 4 b y m ean s o f b o d y , i f h e is possessed o f h a rm in g b y m eans of speech, i f he is possessed o f h a rm in g b y m ean s o f , b o d y and speech. M onks, i f a m o n k . . . a g a in st h im . A n d , m on ks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th re e fu rth e r q u a lities , an O rd er, i f it so desires, m a y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t a g ain st him : i f he is possessed o f a w ro n g b o d ily m od e o f live lih o o d , if he is possessed o f a w ro n g v e rb a l m ode o f live lih o o d , i f he is possessed o f a w ro n g b o d ily a n d v e rb a l m od e o f live lih o o d . M onks, i f a m on k is possessed o f th ese th fe e q u a litie s an O rder, i f it so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f b an ish m en t ag ain st him . || 1 || [13]

M onks, i f an O rd er so desires, i t m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) act o f b an ish m en t a g a in st th ree (kinds of) m o n k s : a g a in st the one w h o is a m a k e r o f s tr ife . . . {as in 1 . 4 . 2) . - . a g a in st

1 A s in C V . I . 2- 4 , r e a d in g “ a c t o f b a n is h m e n t " f o r ** a c t o f c e n s u r e C h . 14 a b o v e d o e s n o t o c c u r in S a n g h . X I I I .

a k d y ik e n a d a v e n a ; V A . IT 5 7 s a y s t h is m e a n s p h y s ic a l e n jo y m e n t . P e r ­h a p s h e t a k e s fo o d f o r f u n o r a m u s e m e n t o r in s p o r t , cf. A . i. 1 1 4 , ii, 40, 145* iv- i 67-

8 V A . 1 1 5 7 s a y s t h is m e a n s a t r a n s g r e s s io n o f t h e ru le s o f t r a in in g la id d o w n c o n c e r n in g t h e d o o rs o f t h e b o d y .

4 V A . 1 1 5 7 s a y s t h is is c a lle d in ju r y t h r o u g h n o t b e in g t r a in e d in t h e ru le so f t r a in in g la id d o w n c o n c e r n in g t h e d o o rs o f t h e b o d y . I t m e a n s e x p u ls io n ,tiasa n a, a n d r u in , v in d sa n a .

20 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

the one w h o sp eaks d ispraise o f th e O rd er. M onks, i f a n O rd er so desires, it m a y c a rry out a (form al) a c t o f b an ish m en t again st these three (kinds of) m on ks. A n d , m o n ks, i f an O rd er so desires it m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t ag ain st three fu rth e r (kinds of) m o n ks : a g a in st th e one w h o is possessed o f b o d ily fr iv o lity , a g a in st th e on e w h o is possessed o f v e rb a l fr iv o lity , a g a in st th e one w h o is possessed of b o d ily a n d v e rb a l fr iv o lity . . . again st th e one w h o is possessed o f w ro n g b o d ily a n d v e rb a l m ode o f livelihood - M onks, if an O rd er so desires, it m a y c a rry out a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t a g a in st these three (kinds of) m on ks. [| 2 || 14 || „

" M onks, a m o n k a g a in st w h om a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t h as been carried o u t sh ould co n d u ct h im se lf p ro p e rly . T h is is th e proper co n d u ct in th is case . . . (as in C V . I. 5) . . . he should n o t q u arrel w ith m o n k s ." j| 1 j|

T o ld are th e E ig h te e n O b se rva n ce s co n n ected w ith a (For­m al) A c t o f B a n ish m en t. || 15 |j

T h e n S a r ip u tta a n d M o g g allan a a t th e head o f an O rd er o f m onks, h a v in g a rr iv e d a t K ita g ir i,1 ca rried o u t a (form al) a c t o f b an ish m en t from K ita g ir i a g a in st th e m o n k s w h o w ere fo l­lo w ers o f A s sa ji and P u n a b b a su , b y w h ich th e m o n k s w h o w ere fo llow ers o f A s sa ji a n d P u n a b b a su sh o u ld n o t s ta y in K ita g ir i. W h en th e (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t h a d been carried o u t b y th e O rd er, th ese d id n o t co n d u ct th e m selv e s p ro p erly , th e y w ere n o t su b d u ed , th e y d id n o t m en d th e ir w a y s, th e y d id n o t a sk th e m o n ks fo r fo rg iv en ess, th e y abu sed th em , th e y re v ile d th em , th e y o ffen d ed b y fo llo w in g a w ro n g course th ro u g h desire, b y fo llo w in g a w ro n g co u rse th ro u g h h atred , b y fo llo w in g a w ro n g course th ro u g h s tu p id ity , b y fo llo w in g a w ro n g course th ro u g h fe a r ; a n d th e y w e n t a w a y a n d th e y le ft th e O rder. T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks lo o k ed d ow n on, criticised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w ca n th e m on ks w h o are fo llo w ers o f A s sa ji an d P u n a b b a su , a g ain st w h om a (form al) a ct o f b an ish m en t h as b een ca rrie d o u t b y th e O rd er, n o t co n d u ct th e m selv e s p ro p e rly , n o t b e su b d u ed ,

. . .* F r o m h e r e t o t h e w o r d s , ** I t is t r u e , L o r d ** = S a n g h . X I I I . 1. 8 ( V i n . iii- i 83“ 4» t r a n s la t e d w it h n o t e s a t B . D . i . 3 2 2 -4 ) .

16- 17.1] C U L L A V A G G A I 21

not m en d th eir w a y s ? W h y do th e y n o t a sk fo r forgiven ess from th e m on ks ? W h y do th e y abuse a n d re v ile th em ? W h y do th e y , fo llo w in g a w ro n g course th ro u g h desire . . . h a tre d . . . s tu p id ity . . . fear, go a w a y and le a v e th e O rd er ? ” T h en these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n the L o rd on th is occasion, in th is con n ection , h a v in g h ad th e O rd er o f m onks co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

" Is it tru e , as is said , m on ks, th a t m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f A ssa ji an d P u n a b b a su , ag ain st w h o m a (form al) a ct of ban ishm en t has been carried o u t b y th e O rder, d o n o t co n d u ct them selves p ro p erly , are n o t su b d u ed , . . . a n d le a v e th e O rder ? ”

" I t is tru e, L o rd .”" H o w , m onks, ca n th ese fo o lish m en, a g ain st w h om a

(form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t has been carried o u t b y th e O rd er, n ot co n d u ct th em selves p ro p e rly . . . a n d le a v e th e O rd er ? I t is n o t, m on ks, fo r p leasin g those w h o are not (yet) p leased . . . ” A n d h a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

" W e ll then, m onks, do n o t le t th e O rd er re v o k e th e (form al) a ct o f ban ish m en t. || i [|

" M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u a litie s [14] th e (form al) a c t o f ban ish m en t ag ain st h im sh ould n o t be re vo k e d : if he o rd ain s . . . (<zs in I . 6 . 2- 7) . . . i f he does n o t q u arrel w ith m onks. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th ese e ig h t q u a lities th e (form al) a c t o f b an ish m en t m a y b e re vo k e d . j| 2 ||

T o ld are th e E ig h te e n C ases w h ere a (F orm al) A c t o f B a n ish ­m ent m a y be revo k ed . || 16 [|

" A n d th u s, m on ks, sh ould it be re v o k e d : M onks, th a t m on k again st w h o m th e (form al) a c t o f ban ish m en t h as been carried out, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rder, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ve r one shoulder, h a v in g sa lu ted th e feet o f th e senior m onks, h a v in g sa t d ow n on his hau n ch es, h a v in g stretch ed fo rth his jo in ed palm s, sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to it : 'A (form al) act o f ban ish m en t, h onoured sirs, w as carried o u t a g a in st m e b y th e O rder, b u t I am co n d u ctin g m y se lf p ro p e rly , I am subdued, I am m en d in g m y w a y s. I a sk fo r th e revo catio n of th e (form al) a c t of ban ish m en t ’ . A n d a second tim e it should be asked for, an d a th ird tim e it sh ould be asked for.

22 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h e O rd er sh o u ld b e in form ed b y a n e xp erien ced , co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : || I [|

" ‘ H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h is m on k So-and-So, a g a in st w h om a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t w as carried o u t b y an O rd er, is c o n d u c tin g h im self p ro p e rly , he is su bd u ed , he is m en d in g his w a y s , an d he a sk s fo r th e re v o c a ­tion o f th e (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t. I f i t seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y re v o k e th e (form al) a c t c f b a n ish ­m en t a g ain st th e m o n k so-and-so. T h is is th e m otion . H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k so-and-so . . . a n d he a sk s fo r th e re v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f ban ish m en t. T h e O rd er is re v o k in g th e (form al) a c t o f b a n ish ­m ent fo r th e m o n k so-and-so. I f th e re v o ca tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f b an ish m en t fo r th e m o n k so-and-so is p le a sin g to th e v en era b le ones, th e y sh o u ld be s ile n t ; h e to w h om it is n o t p leasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . A n d a seco n d tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is .' " || 2 j| 17 |j

T o ld is th e T h ird (F orm al) A c t : th a t o f B a n ish m e n t.

N o w a t th a t tim e th e ve n e ra b le S u d h a m m a 1 w a s a resid en t in th e hou seh old er C it ta 's 2 M a cch ik a sa n ^ a ,3 an o verseer o f new bu ild in gs, a co n sta n t a d v ise r .4 W h e n e v e r th e h o u seh o ld er C itta w ish ed to in v ite an O rd er or a g ro u p or an in d iv id u a l6 he d id not in v ite th e O rd er o r th e g ro u p or th e in d iv id u a l w ith o u t h a v in g a sk e d th e v en era b le S u d h a m m a fo r perm ission. N o w a t th a t tim e se ve ra l m o n ks w h o w ere eld ers— th e ve n e r­able S a r ip u tta an d th e ve n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G re a t a n d th e v e n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t a n d th e ve n e ra b le [15] K o t th ita th e G re at an d th e v e n e ra b le K a p p in a th e G re a t a n d th e ve n e r­able C u n d a th e G reat, an d th e v en era b le A n u ru d d h a an d th e

1 . C f , D k A ii. 74 f f .# A A . i. 386 f f . D h p . 73 is s a id t o h a v e b e en s p o k e n o n S u d h a m m a 's a c c o u n t .

* A t A . i . 26 c a lle d c h ie f o f l a y fo llo w e r s w h o a r e s p e a k e r s o n d h a m m a . H e is f u l l y d e s c r ib e d in t h e C itta -sa m y u tta , S . iv . 2 8 1 ff. A t A . i. 88 = S . ii. 2 35 h e is n a m e d a s a s t a n d a r d b y w h ic h t o m e a s u r e d is c ip le s w h o a r e la y fo llo w e r s .

* A w o o d la n d g r o v e , v a n a sa n g a , a c c o r d in g t o S A . i ii. 9 1 ; a t o w n a c c o r d ­in g t o D h A . i i . 74 a n d A A . i. 386, t h e la t t e r a d d in g * ‘ in t h e r e a lm o f M a g a d h a .* *

d h u va bha ttika u s u a l ly m e a n s a r e g u la r o r c o n s t a n t d in e r ." B u t bha ttika is g iv e n t h is o th e r m e a n in g a t T h i g A . 2 6 7 (cf. P E T ) ) , a n d s e e m s ju s t if ie d a b o v e .

pw ggala, h e r e m e a n in g " m o n k

18.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I 23

venerable R e v a ta an d th e ve n e ra b le U p a li an d th e ven erab le A n a n d a an d th e ven era b le R a h u la 1— w a lk in g on to u r in K asI a rriv ed in M acch ikasan d a. T h e h ouseh old er C itta h eard th a t these m o n ks w h o w ere elders h ad reach ed M acchikasancja. T h e n th e househ old er C itta ap p ro a ch ed these m o n ks w ho w ere elders ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th ese m o n ks w h o w ere elders, he sat d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s th e h ouse­holder C it ta w a s s ittin g d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce, th e ven erab le S a rip u tta d e lig h ted , re jo iced , roused , g la d d en ed him w ith ta lk on dham m a . T h e n th e h ouseh old er C itta , d e ligh ted . . . g la d d en ed w ith th e v en era b le S a r ip u tta 's ta lk on dhamma 9 spoke th u s to th e m o n ks w h o w ere eld ers : “ H on ou red sirs, le t th e eld ers co n sen t to com e to a m eal w ith m e on th e m or­ro w .” T h e m o n ks w h o w ere elders co n sen ted b y b ecom in g silent. || 1 ||

T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er C itta , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e co n sen t o f th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders, risin g fro m his sea t, h a v in g greeted th e m o n ks w ho w ere eld ers, k e ep in g h is r igh t side tow ard s th em , a p p ro a ch ed th e v en era b le S u d h a m m a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e v e n e ra b le S u d h a m m a, he sto o d at a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s h e w a s sta n d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e hou seh old er C itta sp oke th u s to th e v en era b le Su d h am m a : -

“ H o n o u red sir, m a y m a ste r S u d h a m m a con sen t to a m eal w ith m e on th e m orrow to g e th e r w ith th e e ld ers .”

T h en th e ven era b le S u d h a m m a th o u g h t : " F o rm e rly , w hen the househ old er C itta w ish ed to in v ite a n O rd er o r a g ro u p or an in d iv id u a l, he d id h o t in v ite th e O rd^r or th e g ro u p or th e in d iv id u a l w ith o u t h a v in g asked m e fo r perm ission ; b u t n ow he in v ite s m on ks w h o are elders w ith o u t h a v in g ask ed m e for perm ission. T h is househ old er C itta is n o w co rru p ted , he is in ­d ifferent to m e, d e ta ch ed fro m m e ” , a n d he sp ok e th u s to th e househ older C itta : " N o, househ old er, I do n o t co n se n t.”A n d a second tim e . . . A n d a th ird tim e d id th e househ old er C itta sp ea k th u s to th e v e n e ra b le S u d h a m m a : “ H on ou red sir, m a y m aster S u d h a m m a con sen t to a m ea l w ith m e on th e m orrow to g eth er w ith th e e ld ers .”

“ N o, househ older, I d o not co n sen t.”

1 T h is s a m e l is t o f g r e a t t h e r a s a ls o o c c u r s a t V i n . iv . 66 . F o r n o te s a n d fu r th e r r e fe r e n c e s , see B . D . i i . 2 9 5 .

24 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h en th e householder C itta th in k in g : W h a t ca n m asterS u d h am m a, e ith er co n sen tin g o r n o t co n sen tin g , do to m e ? '' h a v in g greeted th e ven era b le S u d h a m m a, d ep a rted k eep in g his r igh t side to w a rd s him . || 2 ||

T h en , to w a rd s th e end o f th a t n ig h t, th e h o u seh o ld er C itta h ad su m p tu o u s foods, so lid an d so ft, p rep a red fo r th e m on ks w ho w ere elders. T h e n th e v en era b le S u d h am m a, th in k in g :" Suppose I were to see w h a t h as been p rep ared on b e h a lf o f th e h ouseh old er C it ta fo r th e eld ers ? ” [16] h a v in g dressed in th e m orning, ta k in g his b o w l a n d robe, a p p ro a ch ed th e d w ell­in g of th e hou seh old er C it ta ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sa t d o w n on an a p p o in ted seat. T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er C itta ap p ro ach ed th e ven erab le S u d h a m m a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g reeted th e ven erab le S u d h a m m a, he sa t d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce. T h e ven erab le S u d h a m m a sp o k e th u s to th e h o u seh o ld er C itta as he w a s s itt in g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce :

“ T r u ly a b u n d a n t, h o useh old er, is th is so lid a n d so ft food p repared b y yo u , b u t one th in g is n o t here, th a t is to sa y sesam um c a k e / '

“ A lth o u g h , honoured sir, m u ch treasu re is to be fou n d in th e A w a k en e d O n e 's w o rd s, ju s t th is is m en tio n ed b y m a ste r S u d h am m a, th a t is to s a y sesam u m ca k e. F o rm e rly , h on oured sir, som e m erch a n ts o f th e D e c c a n 1 w e n t to a n eastern d is tr ic t2 y- fo r tra d in g an d from th ere th e y b ro u g h t b a c k a h en . T h en , honoured sir, th a t hen m a ted w ith a cro w a n d p ro d u ced a ch ick . A n d w h en ever, h on oured sir, th a t c h ic k w a n te d to u tte r th e c r y o f a cro w it u tte red a ** co ck ad o o d le-d o o ” , w h e n ev er it w a n te d to u tte r th e c r y o f a c o ck it u tte red a " c a w ” . In th e sam e w a y , honoured sir, a lth o u g h m u ch treasu re is to be found in th e A w a k en e d O n e 's w ord s, ju s t th is is m en tion ed b y m a ster S u d h am m a, th a t is to s a y sesam u m c a k e .” 3 || 3 [|

“ Y o u , householder, are re v ilin g 4 m e, y o u , hou seh old er, are a b u sin g 4 m e ; th is is y o u r residence, hou seh old er, I w ill go a w a y .”

“ H on oured sir, I am n o t re v ilin g an d a b u sin g m a ster Su d h am m a ; honoured sir, le t m a ste r S u d h a m m a rem ain in

1 D a k k h tp d p a tk a k a . O n t h e S o u t h e r n r e g io n , D a k k h in a p a t h a , see B . C . L a w , I n d ia as described in E a r ly T e x ts o f B u d d h is m a n d J a in is m , p . 7 7 ff.

■ p u ra tth im a ja n a p a d a .9 V A . 1 1 5 8 s a y s h e s p e a k s n e ith e r a s a m o n k n o r a s a h o u s e h o ld e r .* a h k o sa ii a n d p a rib h a sa ti a r e d e fin e d a t V i n . iv . 309 ( B .D . iii- 344^«

I 8.4- 6] C U L L A V A G G A I 25

M acch ikasan d a, d e lig h tfu l is th e W ild M ango G ro v e 1 ; I w ill m ake an effort for m a ster Su d h am m a in resp ect o f th e req u isites o f robes, a lm sfood , lod gings a n d m ed icines fo r th e s ic k .” A n d a second tim e . . . A n d a th ird tim e d id th e v en era b le S u d h am m a sp e a k th u s to th e househ old er C i t t a : “ YoU jhouseholder, are re v ilin g m e . . . I w ill go a w a y .”

“ W h ere , h onoured sir, w ill m aster S u d h a m m a go ? ”“ I , householder, w ill g o to S a v a tth i to see th e L o rd .”“ W e ll th en , honoured sir, te ll th e L o rd e v e ry th in g th a t w as

said b y y o u an d th a t w a s said b y m e. B u t th is , h on oured sir, w ill n o t be su rp risin g : th a t m aster S u d h a m m a sh o u ld com e b a c k ag ain to M a cch ik a sa n d a .” || 4 ||

T h e n th e ven era b le S u d h a m m a, h a v in g p a ck ed a w a y his lod gings, ta k in g h is b o w l a n d robe, set o u t fo r S a v a tth i. In d ue course he ap p ro a ch ed S a v a tth i, th e J e ta G ro v e , A n a th a - p in d ik a 's m o n a stery , th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , he sa t d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g dow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, th e ven era b le S u d h am m a [17] to ld th e L o rd e v e ry th in g th a t h a d b een said b y h im self an d th a t h ad been sa id b y th e hou seh old er C itta . T h e A w a k en e d O ne, th e L o rd reb u k ed h im , sa y in g :

“ I t is not su itin g , foo lish m an , it is not b ecom in g, it is n ot fittin g , it is n o t w o rth y o f a recluse, it is n o t a llo w ab le , it is not to be done. H o w ca n y o u , foo lish m an , je e r a t2 th e house­holder C itta , w h o has fa ith an d is b e liev in g , w h o is a b en efacto r, a w o rker, a su p p o rter o f th e O rder, w ith a lo w th in g , a n d scoff a t3 h im w ith a lo w th in g ? I t is n o t, foo lish m an , fo r p leasin g those w h o are not (yet) p leased . . a n d h a v in g re b u k ed h im , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :

" W e ll th en , m on ks, let th e O rd er c a r r y o u t a (form al) a ct o f reco n cilia tio n 3 fo r th e m on k S u d h a m m a, s a y in g : ‘ T h eh ouseholder C it ta sh ou ld b e a sk e d to fo rg iv e y o u / || 5 ||

“ A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld it b e ca rrie d o u t : F irs t , th e m o n k S u d h am m a sh o u ld be rep ro ved , h a v in g rep ro ved h im , he sh ould

1 A m b d ta k a v a n a . P . E . D . g iv e s " h o g - p l u m , S p o n d ia s M a n g ife r a (a k in d o f m a n g o ) '* f o r am bataka, C . P . D . a d d in g ** w ild m a n g o ." C f . S . iv . 2 8 1 ff*

8 k h u m se tit va m bketi ; o c c u r r in g a ls o a t V in . iv . 7 ( B .D . ii. 1 7 8 ) .3 p a tisa ra n iy a k a m m a . C f . M V . X. 25. 22 , a n d I X . 7. 8. A t t h is la t t e r

p a s s a g e t h e m o n k is s a id , n o t t o je e r a n d s c o ff a t th e h o u s e h o ld e r , b u t t o r e v i le a n d a b u s e h im , w h ile a t C V . I . 18. 5 a b o v e , i t is th e h o u s e h o ld e r w h o is a c c u s e d , b y t h e m o n k , o f r e v i l in g a n d a b u s in g h im .

C

26 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

be m ad e to rem em ber, h a v in g m a d e h im rem em ber, h e sh ould b e accu sed o f th e offence, h a v in g accu sed h im o f th e offence, th e O rd er sh o u ld b e in form ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p e ten t m on k, sa y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e.T h is m o n k S u d h a m m a je e red a t th e h o u seh o ld er C it ta w h o h as fa ith a n d is b e lie v in g , a b e n e fa cto r, a w o rker, a su p p o rter o f th e O rd er, w ith a lo w th in g , he scoffed a t h im w ith a lo w th in g . I f i t seem s r ig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f reco n ciliatio n fo r th e m o n k S u d h a m m a, sa y in g : " T h e hou seh old er C it ta sh o u ld be ask ed to fo rg iv e y o u J\ T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h is m o n k S u d h a m m a je e red a t th e h o u seh o ld er C it ta . . . scoffed a t h im w ith a lo w th in g . T h e O rd er is c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f re co n cilia tio n fo r th e m o n k S u d h am m a, sa y in g ; " T h e hou seh old er C itta sh o u ld b e a sk e d to fo rg iv e y o u I f th e c a rry in g o u t o f th e (form al) a c t o f reco n cilia tio n fo r th e m o n k S u d h a m m a, sa y in g : " T h e h o u seh o ld er C itta sh o u ld b e ask ed to fo rg iv e y o u ” is p le a sin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w h o m it is n o t p lea sin g sh o u ld sp eak . A n d a second tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . y o u sh o u ld sp e a k . A (form al) a c t o f reco n cilia tio n fo r th e m o n k S u d h a m m a , sa y in g : “ T h e h o u seh o ld er C itta sh o u ld be a sk ed to fo rg iv e y o u " is carried o u t b y th e O rd er. I t is p le a sin g to th e O rd er, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is . ’ || 6 || 18 ||

M onks, if it is possessed o f th ree q u a lities , a (form al) a c t of reco n ciliatio n . . . ( = I . 2, 3) . . . a n d is e a s ily se ttled . Ii i II19 II

“ M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f five q u a litie s , th e O rder, if i t so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f reco n ciliatio n fo r h im 1 : i f h e tries fo r n o n -rece iv in g (of gains) b y h o u se­h o ld ers2 ; i f he tries fo r n o n -p ro fitin g b y househ old ers ; i f he tries fo r non-residence fo r h ou seh old ers ; if he rev iles and abu ses householders ; [18] if he causes hou seh old er to b reak w ith hou seh old er. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed of these five

1 C f , A . i v . 3 4 5 .1 C f . V in . i. 84 ( B .D . iv . 10 6 ), i i . 1 2 5 a n d A . iv . 3 4 5 - 6 : C h . 87 (m o n k s ;,

88, 89 (h o u s e h o ld e rs ) .

20.1— 21.1] C U L L A V A G G A I 2 7

q u a lities . . . a c t of reco n ciliatio n fo r h im . A n d , m on ks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u a litie s , th e O rd er, i f it so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f reco n ciliatio n fo r h im : i f h e sp eaks d ispraise of th e A w a k e n e d O ne to householders, if he sp ea k s d ispraise o f dhamma to h o u seh old ers, i f he sp eaks d ispraise o f th e O rd er to househ old ers, if he jeers a t a house­hold er w ith a lo w th in g , i f h e scoffs a t h im w ith a lo w th in g , i f he does n o t fu lfil, a cco rd in g to ru le , h is assen t (given) to househ old ers.1 M onks, i f a m o n k . . a c t o f reco n ciliatio n fo r him . A n d , m o n ks, an O rder, i f it so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f reco n cilia tio n fo r five (kinds of) m on ks : for th e one w h o tries fo r n o n -rece iv in g (of gains) b y h o useh old ers ; for th e one w h o tries fo r n o n -p ro fitin g b y househ old ers ; fo r th e one w h o tr ies fo r non-residence fo r househ old ers ; fo r th e one w h o re v iles a n d abu ses househ old ers ; for th e one w h o causes hou seh old er to b re a k w ith h o useh old er. M onks, an O rder . . . fo r th ese five (kincis of) m o n ks. A n d m o n ks, an O rder, i f it so desires, m a y c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f recon cili­ation for five fu rth e r (kinds of) m o n ks : for th e one w h o sp eaks d ispraise o f th e A w a k e n e d O ne to househ olders . * . o f dhamma to househ old ers . . . o f a n O rd er to hou seh old ers, fo r th e one w h o jeers a t a h ouseh old er w ith a lo w th in g , scoffs a t h im w ith a lo w th in g , fo r th e one w h o d oes n o t fu lfil, acco rd in g to rule, h is assen t (given) to househ old ers. M onks, an O rder, if it so desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f reco n ciliatio n for th ese five (kinds of) m o n ks. || x ||

T o ld are th e F o u r tim es F iv e C ases on B e in g D esiro u s.II 20 ||

" M onks, a m o n k fo r w h o m a (form al) a c t of reco n ciliatio n has been ca rrie d o u t sh ould co n d u ct h im self p ro p e rly . . . ( = I. 5, reading a c t o f reco n cilia tio n fo r a c t o f censure) . . . he sh ould n o t q u a rrel w ith m o n k s.” || x ||

T o ld are th e E ig h tee n O b se rva n ce s co n n ected w ith a (Form al) A c t o f R e co n cilia tio n || 2 1 ||

1 O n t h is la s t c la u s e , s e e G .S . iv . 2 28, n . 3 . S e e e s p e c ia l ly V in . i . 15 3 f . , w h e r e t h e m o n k U p a n a n d a b r e a k s h is w o r d a n d a ls o t e l ls a c o n s c io u s He t o a h o u s e h o ld e r . T h e p a r t ic u la r t y p e o f o ffe n c e in c u r r e d b y t h is m o n k fo r b r e a k in g h is w o r d in r e g a r d t o r e s id e n c e is f o r m u la t e d a s o n e o f w r o n g ­d o in g . V A . v i . 1 1 5 8 in s ta n c e s h a v in g a c c e p t e d a r a in s -re s id e n c e , a n d th e n n o t g o in g t o i t .

28 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h e n th e O rd er carried o u t a (form al) a c t o f reco n cilia tio n fo r th e m o n k S u d h a m m a, sa y in g : T h e h o u seh o ld er C ittash o u ld b e a sk e d to fo rg iv e y o u H e, h a v in g gone to M acch- ikasanqla w h en th e (form al) a ct of reco n cilia tio n h a d been carried o u t b y th e O rd er, b e co m in g ash am ed , w as u n a b le to a sk th e h o u seh o ld er C it ta to fo rg iv e h im , a n d he w e n t b a ck a g ain to S a v a tth i. M onks sp o k e th u s : " D id y o u a sk th eh o u seh o ld er C it ta to fo rg iv e y o u ? ”

“ N o w , I , y o u r reveren ces, h a v in g gone to M a cch ik a sa n d a , b ecom in g ash am ed , w a s u n a b le to a sk th e h o u seh o ld er C itta to fo rg iv e (m e).” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . || i ||

H e sa id : “ W e ll th en , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er g iv e a co m p an io n m essenger1 to th e m o n k S u d h a m m a to a sk th e h o u seh o ld er C itta to fo rg iv e h im . A n d th u s, m o n k s sh o u ld he b e g iv e n : F irs t, a m on k sh o u ld be a sk ed ; h a v in g ask ed h im , th e O rd er sh o u ld be inform ed b y a n e xp erien ced , c o m p e te n t m o n k, s a y ­in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s r igh t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y g iv e th e m o n k so-and-so as a com pan ion m essen ger to th e m o n k S u d h a m m a to a sk th e h ou seh old er C it ta to fo rg iv e h im . T h is is th e m o tio n . H o n ­oured sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h e O rd er [19] is g iv in g th e m o n k so-an d -so as a co m p an io n m essen ger to th e m onk S u d h a m m a to a sk th e h o u seh o ld er C it ta to fo rg iv e h im . I f th e g iv in g of th e m o n k so-and -so as a co m p an io n m essen ger to th e m o n k S u d h a m m a to a sk th e h o u seh o ld er C it ta to fo rg iv e h im is p leasin g to th e v e n e ra b le ones, le t th e m be silen t ; he to w h o m it is n o t p leasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . T h e m o n k so-and-so is g iv e n b y th e O rd er to th e m o n k S u d h a m m a as a com pan ion m essen ger t o a s k th e h o u seh o ld er C it ta to fo rg iv e h im . I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er ; th e re fo re it is silen t. T h u s d o I u n d er­sta n d th is / || 2 |1

“ M onks, w h en th e m o n k S u d h a m m a , to g e th e r w ith th e com pan ion m essenger m o n k , h a s reach ed M a cch ik a sa n d a , th e h o u seh o ld er C it ta sh o u ld b e a sk e d to fo rg iv e h im (S u d h am m a u sin g th e w ords), ‘ F o r g iv e m e, h ou seh old er, I am a t peace to w a rd s y o u \ I f , w h ile he is b e in g sp o k en to th u s, h e fo rg iv es

1 a n u d u ta t t r a v e l l in g c o m p a n io n , a n d o n e w it h a d e fin ite f u n c t io n t o fu lf i l in c a s e o f n e e d , a s a p p e a r s b e lo w . C f . V in . i i . 2 9 5 w h e r e a m o n k Y a s a fo r w h o m a n a c t o f r e c o n c il ia t io n h a d b e e n c a r r ie d o u t , r e fe r s t o t h is r u lin g a n d a s k s f o r a n a n u d u ia b h ik k h u .

22*3— 23.2] C U L L A V A G G A I 29

him , th a t is go o d ; if he does not fo rg iv e , he sh o u ld b e sp oken to b y th e co m p an ion m essenger m on k, sa y in g : ' F o rg iv e th is m on k, househ older, h e is a t peace to w a rd s y o u / If, w h ile h e is bein g sp oken to th u s, h e fo rg iv es h im , th a t is g o o d ; if he does not fo rg iv e , he sh o u ld be sp oken to b y th e co m p an ion m essenger m on k, sa y in g , * F o r g iv e th is m on k, househ older, fo r I am a t peace to w a rd s y o u .' I f . . . th a t is g o o d ; if he does not fo rg iv e , he sh o u ld be sp oken to b y th e com pan ion m essen ger m on k, sa y in g : * F o rg iv e th is m on k, househ old er, (1 a sk it)in th e nam e o f th e O rd er \ I f . . . th a t is g o o d ; i f he does not fo rg iv e , th e co m p an ion m essen ger m o n k, n o t h a v in g ca u sed th e m o n k S u d h a m m a to b e dism issed fro m reach o f th e sig h t1 o f th e h ouseh old er C itta , n ot h a v in g cau sed h im to be dism issed from reach o f th e h earin g, h a v in g m ad e h im arran ge h is u p p er robe o v e r one sh ould er, h a v in g m ad e him sit d ow n on his haunches, h a v in g m a d e h im sa lu te w ith jo in e d p a lm s ,2 sh ould cause th a t offence to b e co n fessed .” || 3 j| 22 ||

T h e n th e m o n k S u d h a m m a, to g e th e r w ith th e co m p an ion m essenger m o n k, h a v in g reach ed M a cch ik a sa n d a ,, a sk ed th e househ old er C itta to fo rg iv e him . H e co n d u cted h im self pro p erly , he w a s su b d u ed , he m en d ed his w a y s, a n d h a v in g ap p ro ach ed m on ks, he sp o k e th u s : “ I , y o u r reveren ces, fo r w hom a (form al) a c t o f reco n cilia tio n w a s carried out b y a n O rder, am co n d u ctin g m y se lf p ro p e rly , I am su b d u ed , I am m endin g m y w a y s. N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh o u ld b e fo l­low ed b y m e ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er re v o k e th e (form al) a ct of reco n ciliatio n fo r th e m o n k S u d h a m m a. || 1 ||

“ M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u alities, th e (form al) act o f reco n ciliatio n sh o u ld not b e re v o k e d . . . ( — C h s . 6. 2- 7) - . . does n o t q u a rrel w ith m on ks. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed of th ese e ig h t q u a lities th e (form al) a ct o f reco n cili­ation m a y b e re v o k e d . || 2 ||

T o ld are th e E ig h te e n C ases w h ere a (Form al) A c t o f R e c o n ­ciliation m a y b e revo ked . || 23 |] [20]

3<> B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld it b e re v o k e d : M on ks, th a t m o n k S u d h a m m a, h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e O rd er . . . (see C h. 12). . . . T h u s do I u n d e rsta n d th is / ” || x || 24 ||

T o ld is th e F o u rth (F orm al) A c t : th a t o f R e co n cilia tio n .

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O n e, th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g a t K o sa m b l in G h o s ita 's m o n a ste ry . N o w a t th a t tim e th e ve n e r­ab le C h a n n a ,1 h a v in g fallen in to an offence, d id n o t w a n t to see th e o ffen ce .2 T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks lo o k ed d ow n u pon , critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w ca n th e ve n e r­able C h a n n a , h a v in g fa llen in to a n offence, not w a n t to see th e offence ? ” T h e n these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasion , in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g had th e O rd er o f m o n ks co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :

“ I s it tru e , as is sa id , m o n ks, th a t th e m o n k C h a n n a . . . d id n o t w a n t to see th e offence ? ”

“ I t is tru e, L o r d / ' T h e A w a k e n e d O n e, th e L o rd reb u k ed th em , sa y in g :

“ H o w , m o n ks, can th is fo o lish m an , h a v in g fa llen in to an offence, n o t w a n t to see th e o ffen ce ? I t is n o t, m on ks, fo r p leasin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p leased . . / ' A n d h a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , h e ad d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rd er c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f suspension3 a g a in st th e m o n k C h a n n a fo r n o t seein g h is o ffence, (and th ere sh o u ld be) no e a tin g w ith a n O rd e r .4 || i ||

" A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld it be ca rried o u t. F irs t , th e m on k C h a n n a sh o u ld be rep ro ved , h a v in g re p ro v e d h im , he sh ould b e m ade to rem em ber, h a v in g m ad e h im rem em ber, h e sh ould be accu sed o f th e offence ; h a v in g accu sed h im o f th e offence, th e O rd er sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y an e xp erien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e.

1 F o r f u r th e r r e fe r e n c e s , s e e B . D . i . 2 6 6 , n . 3.* C f . M V . I X . 1. 3, 8 .9 u k k h e p a n iy a k a m m a . C f . M V . 1. 25. 2 2 , a n d M V . I X . 7- 9 .4 asam bhogam sa m gh ena. C f . M V . I . 79. 2 - 4 . A t V in . i v . 13 8 i t is a n

o ffe n c e o f e x p ia t io n t o e a t w ith a m o n k w h o is s u s p e n d e d . T w o k in d s o f sam bhuga , e a t in g fo o d a n d e a t in g d h a m m a , a r e d e fin e d a t V in . iv . 1 3 7 ( B .D . i ii. 2 9 ). T h e m o n k in t h e a b o v e C V . p a s s a g e is n o t d e p r iv e d o f “ b e in g in c o m m u n io n / * sa tnvasa , w ith t h e o t h e r m o n k s fo r n o t s e e in g h is o ffe n c e . C f . b e lo w , V . 20. 3*

25.2— 27.1] C U L L A V A G G A I 3iT h is m o n k C h an n a, h a v in g fa llen in to an offence, does n ot w a n t to see th e offence* I f it seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f suspension again st th e m o n k C h an n a for not seein g th e offence (and there sh ould be) no e a tin g w ith an O rder. T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k C h an n a, h a v in g fallen in to an offence, does n ot w a n t to see th e offence. T h e O rd er is ca rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f suspension a g ain st th e m o n k C h an n a fo r n o t seeing th e offence (and th ere sh o u ld be) no e a tin g w ith an O rder. I f th e c a rry in g o u t b y th e O rd er o f a (form al) a c t of suspension a g a in st th e m o n k C h a n n a for not seeing his offence (and w ith) n o e a tin g w ith an O rder, is p leasin g to th e ven erab le ones, th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w h om it is n o t p leasin g sh o u ld sp eak . A n d a second tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e 1 sp ea k fo rth th is m a t t e r : H o n o u red sirs, . . * [21] sh ould sp eak. A (form al) a ct o f suspension fo r n o t seein g his offence (and w ith) no e a tin g w ith an O rd er, is ca rried o u t b y th e O rd er ag ain st th e m o n k C h an n a. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er ; th e re ­fore it is silent. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is/ A n d , m on ks, procla im in residence a fte r residence : 'A (form al) a c t o f sus­pension fo r n o t seeing an offence (and w ith) no e a tin g w ith an O rd er h as been carried out a g ain st th e m o n k C h a n n a / |[ 2 j| 25 j|

" M onks, if a (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n o t seeing an offence is possessed o f th ree q u a lities it com es to b e a (form al) a c t n o t b y ru le . . . (see C h. 2-4) . . . M onks, if an O rd er so desires, it m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r not seeing an offence a g a in st th ese th ree (kinds of) m o n k s / ' |j 1 ||

T o ld are th e S ix C ases on B e in g D esiro u s in co n n ectio n w ith a (Form al) A c t o f Suspen sion fo r N o t Seein g

an O ffen ce. || 26 ]|

" M onks, a m onk a g a in st w h o m a (form al) a c t o f suspension for n o t seeing h is offence h as b een ca rried o u t sh o u ld co n d u ct him self p ro p erly . T h is is p ro p er co n d u ct in th is case1 : he sh ould n o t o rd ain , he sh ould n o t g iv e g u id a n ce , a n o v ic e sh ou ld not a tte n d h im , th e agreem en t to e x h o rt nuns sh ould n o t b e

1 I h i s d if fe r s fr o m t h e " p r o p e r c o n d u c t ” o f t h e o th e r fo r m a l a c t s (C h s. 5 10, 15, 21). C f . C V . I I , 1. 2.

32 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N Eco n sen ted to (b y him ), e v e n if h e is agreed upon nuns sh o u ld n ot be e x h o rte d b y him , h e sh ould n o t fa ll in to th a t sam e offence fo r w h ich th e (form al) a c t of suspension fo r n o t seeing his offence w as carried o u t a g a in st h im b y a n O rd er, n or in to an o th er th a t is sim ilar, nor in to one th a t is w orse, he should n o t find fa u lt w ith th e (form al) a c t, he sh o u ld n o t find fa u lt w ith th o se w h o are c a rry in g o u t th e (form al) a c t, he sh ould n ot consent to a regu lar m o n k 's g ree tin g h im , sta n d in g up before him , sa lu tin g him w ith jo in e d p alm s, p erfo rm in g th e proper d u ties, b rin g in g fo rw a rd a sea t, b rin gin g fo rw a rd a sleepin g-p lace, w a te r fo r (w ashing) th e feet, a fo o tsto o l, a foot- sta n d , th e rece iv in g o f b o w l an d robe, tre a tin g his b a c k b y m assagin g, he sh ould n o t d efam e a regu la r m o n k w ith fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it, he sh o u ld n o t d efam e h im w ith fa llin g a w a y from g o o d h a b its , he sh o u ld n o t d efam e him w ith fa llin g a w a y fro m (right) v ie w s, h e sh o u ld n o t d efam e him w ith fa llin g a w a y from a r ig h t m ode o f liv e lih o o d , he sh o u ld n o t cause m o n k to b re a k w ith m on k, he sh o u ld n o t w e a r a h ou seh old er's em blem , he sh o u ld n o t w ear an em blem o f m em bers of o th e r sects,1 he sh ould n ot fo llo w m em bers o f o th er sects, he should fo llo w m onks, he sh ould tra in in th e tra in in g fo r m on ks, he sh o u ld n ot s t a y 2 in a residence u n d er one roofing w ith a regu la r m on k, he sh o u ld not s ta y in w h a t is n o t a resid en ce3 u n d er one roofing (w ith him ), he sh ould n o t s ta y in a residence or in w h a t is n o t a residence u n d er one ro o fin g (w ith him ), h a v in g seen a regu la r m on k he sh ou ld g e t u p fro m h is sea t, he sh ould n o t u p b ra id a regu la r m on k e ith e r inside or o u tsid e ,4 h e sh ould not suspend a regu la r m o n k 's O b se rv a n c e ,6 he sh o u ld n ot suspend his In v ita tio n , he sh ou ld n o t issue co m m an d s, [22] he sh ould n o t set u p a u th o r ity , h e sh ould n o t a s k fo r le a v e , he sh ould not rep ro ve, he should n o t m a k e rem em b er, he sh ould not q u arrel w ith m on ks. |j i j|

T o ld are the F o rty -T h re e O b se rva n ce s co n n ectedw ith a (Form al) a c t o f Suspen sion fo r N o t Seein g

an O ffen ce. || 27 |j

1 C f. V in . i . 306.3 C f . b e lo w , I I . 1. 4.* C f . V in . i. 13 4 , a n d B .D . iv . 17 8 , n . 3.4 In s id e a n d o u ts id e a d w e llin g -p la c e , a c c o r d in g t o V A . 1 1 5 9 .6 F r o m h e re t o t h e e n d o f || 1 || = C V . I . 5. 1 .

28.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I 33

T h e n th e O rder carried o u t a (form al) a c t o f suspension for not seeing his offence again st th e m o n k C h a n n a (and w ith) no eatin g w ith an O rder. H e, w hen th e (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n o t seeing his offence h ad been carried o u t ag ain st h im b y th e O rder, w en t from th a t residence to an o th er residence ; there th e m on ks n eith er greeted him , nor stood u p before him , nor sa lu ted w ith jo in ed p alm s, nor p erform ed th e proper duties, nor revered , respected, esteem ed or honoured h im .1 H e, not bein g revered , resp ected , esteem ed or honoured b y these m onks, th en w ent u n revered from th a t residence to an o th er residence ; th ere too th e m o n k s n e ith er greeted him . . . he th en w en t from th a t residence to a n o th er residence ;there too th e m on ks n eith er g reeted him . . . he, u n revered , w ent b a c k again to K o sa m b L H e co n d u cted h im self p ro p erly , he w as subd ued , he m ended his w a y s ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed m onks, he sp ok e th u s : " I , y o u r reveren ces, again st w hom a (formal) a ct o f suspension fo r n o t seein g a n offence w a s carried out b y an O rder, am co n d u ctin g m y se lf p ro p erly , I am subd ued , I am m en d in g m y w a y s. W h a t line o f co n d u ct sh ould be fo llow ed b y m e? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

" W ell th en , m o n ks le t th e O rd er re v o k e th e (form al) a ct o f suspension fo r n o t seein g his offence ag ain st th e m o n k C h an n a. |j i ||

“ I f , m onks, a m o n k is possessed o f five q u alities, a (form al) act o f suspension fo r n o t seeing his offence sh ould n o t b e re­vo k e d ; i f he ordains, if he g iv e s g u id an ce, if a n o vice a tte n d s him , if he con sen ts to th e agreem en t to e x h o rt nuns, if, a lth o u g h agreed upon, he e x h o rts nuns. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed of these five q u alities . . . sh o u ld n o t be re vo k e d . A n d m onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u alities . . . sh ould n o t be re v o k e d : if h e fa lls in to th a t sam e offence fo r w h ich a (formal) a ct o f suspension fo r n o t seeing h is offence w as carried out again st h im b y th e O rder, or in to a n o th er th a t is sim ilar, or in to one th a t is w orse, if he finds fa u lt w ith a (form al) act, if he finds fa u lt w ith those w h o c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f th ese five q u alities . . . should not b e revo k ed . A n d , m onks, if a m o n k is possessed of five fu rth er q u alities . . . sh ould n o t be re v o k e d : if he consents to a regu lar m o n k 's g reetin g him , sta n d in g u p before

^ A s a t Mv7x. 6 T .

C*

34 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

him , sa lu tin g w ith jo in ed palm s, d o in g th e p ro p er d u ties, b rin g in g fo rw a rd a seat. M onks, if a m o n k . . . sh o u ld not be revo k ed . A n d , m onks, i f a m o n k is ,p o s s e s s e d o f five fu rth er q u alities . . . sh o u ld n ot be r e v o k e d : [23] if he consents to a regu lar m o n k ’s b rin g in g fo rw a rd a sleepin g-p lace, w a te r fo r (washing) th e feet, a fo o tsto o l, a fo o t-sta n d , to receivin g his b o w l an d robe, to tre a tin g his b a ck b y m assagin g. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th ese five q u a lities th e (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n o t seein g his offence should not be revoked.

** A n d , m on ks, i f a m o n k is possessed of five fu rth e r q u alities . . . sh o u ld not be re v o k e d : i f he d efam es a re g u la r m o n k w ith fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it, if he d efam es h im w ith fa llin g a w a y from go od h a b its , i f h e d efam es h im w ith fa llin g a w a y from (right) v ie w s, if he d efam es h im w ith fa llin g a w a y from a (right) w a y o f liv in g , i f he causes m o n k to b re a k w ith m on k. M onks, i f a m o n k . . . sh o u ld n ot be revoked* A n d , m onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u alities . . . sh ould not be revo k ed : i f he w ears a h ou seh old er's em blem , if he w ears an em blem o f o th er sects, i f he fo llo w s m em bers o f o th e r sects, i f he does n o t fo llo w m onks, i f he does n o t tra in in th e tra in in g fo r m onks. M onks, if a m o n k * . . sh ould not be revo k ed . A n d , m on ks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth er q u a lities . . . sh o u ld n o t be re vo k e d : if, in a residence, he sta y s under one roofing w ith a regu lar m o n k, if in w h a t is n ot a residence he s ta y s u n d er one roofing w ith him , i f in e ith er a residence or in w h a t is n o t a residence he sta y s u n d er one roofing w ith him , if, h a v in g seen a regu lar m o n k, he does n o t g e t u p fro m his seat, i f he u p b ra id s a regu la r m on k e ith er inside o r outsid e. M onks, i f a m o n k . . . sh o u ld n ot be revo k ed . M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f e ig h t q u alities . . . should not b e re v o k e d : i f h e suspen d s a regu lar m o n k ’s O bservan ce, if he suspends his In v ita tio n , i f he issues co m ­m ands, i f h e sets up a u th o rity , if h e asks for le a ve , i f h e reproves, if h e m akes rem em ber, i f he qu arrels w ith m on ks. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f these e ig h t q u a lities a (form al) a c t of suspension fo r n o t seein g his offence sh ould n o t be revo ked . \\2 ||

T o ld are th e F o rty -th re e C ases (w here a F o rm a l A c t o f Suspension for N o t S ee in g an O ffence sh o u ld not

be revo ked ), || 28 ||

29.1— 32.1] C U L L A V A G G A I 35

" M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f liv e q u alities, a-(form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n ot seeing his offence m a y be re v o k e d : if he does n o t o rd ain . . . (T h is Chapter is the exact opposite o/28 . a). . . i f he does not q u arrel w ith m on ks. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed of th ese e ig h t q u alities a (form al) a ct o f suspension fo r not seeing h is offence m a y b e re v o k e d . |( x ||

T o ld are th e F o rty -th re e C ases (w here a F o rm a l A c t o f Suspension fo r N o t Sein g an O ffence m a y be

revo ked ). || 29 ||

" A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it be r e v o k e d : T h a t m on k C h anna, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er . . . (see C h . 12 . Instead o f a c t o f censure read a c t o f suspension for n o t seein g his offence) . . .‘ . * . T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is/ ” || x |[ 30 ||

T o ld is th e F ifth (F orm al) A c t : th a t of Suspension fo r N o t S eein g an O ffence. [24]

A t th a t tim e th e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd w as s ta y in g a t K o sam b l in G h o sita 's m o n a stery . N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven er­ab le C h an n a, h a v in g fa llen in to an offence, d id not w a n t to m ake am en d s fo r th e o ffen ce .1 . . . ( = Ch. 25-30* Instead o f sec read m ak e am en d s for ; instead o f a c t o f suspension for n ot seeing his offence read a c t o f suspension for not m a k in g am ends fo r his offence) . . . ' . . . T h u s do I u n d erstan dth is/ ' ' || 3 1 [|

T o ld is th e S ix th (Form al) A c t : th a t o f Suspension fo r N o t m a k in g A m e n d s fo r a n O ffence.

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O n e, th e L o rd w as s ta y in g a t S a v a tth i in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a 's m o n astery. N o w a t th a t tim e a w ro n g v ie w h a d arisen to a m o n k nam ed A r itth a w h o h ad fo rm erly been a v u ltu re-tra in er, lik e th is2 :

In so fa r as I u n d ersta n d dhamma ta u g h t b y th e L o rd , it is th a t in fo llo w in g th o se th in g s c a lle d stu m b lin g -b lo ck s b y th e L o rd , th ere is no stu m b lin g -b lo ck a t a ll/ '

1 C f . M V . I X . 5. 1-9 *2 D ow n, t o t h e p h r a s e , " I t is n o t , fo o lis h m a n , f o r p le a s in g th o s e w h o a r e

n o t (y e t) p le a s e d . . . " ( to w a r d s t h e e n d o f || 3 J|) = P a c . 6 8 . 1 (Vin. i v . 1 3 3 - 1 3 5 ) w h ic h th e n fo r m u la t e s a “ r u le o f t r a in in g .” T r a n s la t e d a t B . D ' iii. 2 1 - 2 4 , w ith n o te s .

36 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N ES e ve ra l m on ks h ea rd : " A w ro n g v ie w h as arisen to th e m o n k

n am ed A r itth a w h o w a s fo rm e rly a v u ltu re-tra in er, lik e th is : "In so fa r as I u n d ersta n d . . . th ere is no stu m b lin g -b lo ck at a ll/ ”

T h en th ese m o n ks a p p ro a ch e d th e m o n k A r it th a w h o h ad fo rm erly been a vu ltu re-tra in er, a n d h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , th e y sp ok e th u s to th e m o n k A r it th a w h o h a d fo rm e rly been a v u ltu re-tra in er :

" Is it tru e , as is sa id , reveren d A r itth a , th a t a w ro n g v ie w h a s arisen to y o u , lik e th is ; * In so fa r as I u n d ersta n d . . . th ere is no stu m b lin g -b lo ck a t a ll ' ? "

" U n d o u b te d ly , y o u r reveren ces, as I u n d ersta n d dhamma ta u g h t b y th e L o rd , i t is th a t in fo llo w in g those th in g s ca lled stu m b lin g -b lo ck s b y th e L o rd , th ere is no stu m b lin g -b lo ck a t all/* || i ||

#f D o n o t sp ea k th u s, reveren d A r itth a , do n o t m isrepresen t th e L o rd ; ‘m isrep resen tatio n o f th e L o rd is n o t a t a ll seem ly , an d th e L o rd c e rta in ly w o u ld n o t sp ea k th u s. R e v e re n d A r itth a , in m a n y a figure are th in g s th a t are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s ca lled stu m b lin g -b lo ck s b y th e L o rd , a n d in fo llo w in g these th ere is a v e r ita b le stu m b lin g -b lo ck . Sense-pleasures are d eclared b y th e L o rd to be (things) a ffo rd in g litt le sa tisfa ctio n , o f m uch p ain , of m u ch tr ib u la tio n , w h ere in is m ore d an ger. Sense-pleasures are d eclared b y th e L o rvd to b e lik e a sk eleto n , o f m uch pain , o f m u ch tr ib u la tio n , w h erein is m ore d an ger. Sense-pleasures are d eclared b y th e L o rd to b e lik e a lu m p of m eat . . . to be lik e a fire-b ran d o f d ry g ra ss . . . to be like a p it o f g lo w in g em bers . . . to b e lik e a d ream . . . to be lik e so m eth in g b o rro w ed . . . to b e like th e fru its of a tree [25] . . . to be like a slau g h ter-h o u se . . . to b e lik e an im p a l­in g sta k e . . . Sense-pleasures are d eclared b y th e L o rd to be lik e a sn ak e ’s head , of m uch p ain , of m u ch trib u la tio n , w h erein is m ore d a n g er/ '

Y e t th e m o n k A r itth a w h o h a d fo rm e rly been a v u ltu re- tra in er, on b e in g sp oken to th u s b y th ese m onks, exp ressed th a t w ron g v ie w as before, o b stin a te ly h o ld in g to it, ad h erin g to it : “ U n d o u b te d ly , y o u r reveren ces, as I u n d ersta n ddhamma ta u g h t b y th e L o rd , it is th a t in fo llo w in g th o se th in g s ca lle d stu m b lin g -b lo ck s b y th e L o rd , th ere is no stu m b lin g- b lo ck at a l l/ ’ || 2 ||

32.3-4] C U L L A V A G G A I 37A n d since those m on ks w ere u n a b le to d issu ad e th e m o n k

Arittha. w ho h ad fo rm erly been a v u ltu re -tra in e r from th a t w rong v ie w , th en th o se m on ks ap p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; and h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , th e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h en the L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g h a d th e O rder o f m onks co n ven ed , qu estion ed th e m o n k A r it th a w h o h a d fo rm erly been a vu ltu re-tra in er, sa y in g :

" Is it true, as is sa id , th a t to yo u , A r itth a , a w ro n g v ie w like th is arose : ' I n so fa r as I u n d ersta n d dhamma . . . th ere is no stu m b lin g -b lo ck a t a ll ’ ? ”

e< U n d o u b te d ly , L o rd , as I u n d erstan d dhamma . . . no stu m b lin g-b lock a t a ll .”

“ T o w h om then d o yo u , foolish m an, u n d erstan d th a t dhamma w as ta u g h t th u s b y m e ? A re n o t, foo lish m an, th in gs th a t are stu m b lin g-b locks ca lled in m a n y a figure stu m b lin g-b locks b y m e, an d in fo llo w in g these is th ere n o t a ve rita b le stu m blin g- b lo ck ? Sen se-pleasures are d eclared b y m e to be th in gs afford in g little sa tisfa ctio n , o f m uch p ain , of m uch trib u la tio n , w herein is m ore d an g er . . . Sense-pleasures are declared b y me to be lik e a sn a k e 's h ead , o f m u ch p ain , o f m u ch trib u la tio n , w herein is m ore d an ger. A n d y e t y o u , foolish m an, n o t o n ly m isrepresent m e because o f y o u r ow n w ro n g g rasp , b u t y o u also in ju re yo u rself, and g iv e rise to m uch d em erit w h ich fo r a lo n g tim e w ill be fo r yo u , foolish m an, o f woe an d pain . I t is n ot, foolish m an, fo r p leasin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p leased . . . ” A n d h a v in g reb u ked him , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , he addressed th e m o n ks sa y in g :

" W e ll then, m onks, le t th e O rd er c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct of suspension fo r not g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w 1 again st th e m o n k A r itth a w h o w as fo rm e rly a v u ltu re-tra in er, (and w ith) no e a t­ing w ith an O rder, jj 3 [|

" A n d thus, m onks, sh ould it b e carried o u t : F irs t, th e m on k A r itth a sh ould be rep ro ved , h a v in g rep ro ved h im he should be m ade to rem em ber, h a v in g m ade h im rem em ber he sh ould be accused o f th e offence, h a v in g accused him o f th e offence, th e O rder sh o u ld b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced ''co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : ‘ H on ou red sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. A w ro n g v ie w h as arisen to th e m on k A r it th a w h o w as fo rm erly a

1 C/. M V . I X . 5. 1 - 9 .

38 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N Evu ltu re-tra in er, lik e th is : [26] In so fa r as I u n d erstan ddhamma ta u g h t b y th e L o rd . . . th ere is no stu m b lin g -b lo ck a t a ll. H e does not g iv e u p th is v ie w . I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, le t th e O rd er c a rry out a (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n ot g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w a g a in st th e m o n k A r it th a w ho w as fo rm e rly a v u ltu re-tra in er (and w ith ) no e a tin g w ith a n O rder. T h is is th e m otion . H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. A w ron g v ie w h as arisen . . . H e does n ot g iv e up th is v iew . T h e O rd er is c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n ot g iv in g u p a w ron g v ie w a g a in st th e m on k A r it th a w ho w as fo rm e rly a v u ltu re-tra in er (and w ith ) no e a tin g w ith an O rder. I f th e c a rry in g o u t o f th e (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n ot g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w a g a in st th e m o n k A r it th a w ho w as fo rm e rly a v u ltu re -tra in e r (and w ith) no e a tin g w ith a n O rd er is p leasin g to th e v e n e ra b le ones, le t th em be silen t ; he to w h om it is n o t p leasin g sh o u ld sp eak . A n d a seco n d tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r • . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is / A n d , m on ks, p ro cla im in residence a fte r residen ce : ‘ A (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w h a s been carried o u t ag ain st th e m o n k A r itth a w h o w a s fo rm e rly a v u ltu re -tra in e r (and with) no e a tin g w ith an O rd er.' || 4 |j 32 ||

“ M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f three q u a litie s . . . ( = L 2- 5. Instead o f a c t o f censure read a c t o f suspension fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g view ) . . . i f he does n o t q u arrel w ith m o n k s.”

T o ld are th e E ig h te e n O b se rva n ce s (connected w ith) a (Form al) A c t o f Suspen sion fo r N o t G iv in g U p a

W ro n g V ie w . || 33 ||

T h e n th e O rd er carried o u t a (form al) a c t o f suspension for not g iv in g u p h is w ro n g v ie w a g a in st th e m o n k A r itth a w ho w as fo rm erly a v u ltu re-tra in er, (and w ith ) no e a tin g w ith an Order* H e, w h en th e (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n o t g iv in g u p his w ro n g v ie w h ad been carried o u t a g a in st h im b y th e O rd er, le ft th e O rder. T h o se w h o w ere m od est m o n ks looked d o w n upon, critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can th is m o n k n am ed A r itth a w h o w a s fo rm e rly a v u ltu re -tra in e r le a v e th e O rder w h en a (form al) a c t of suspension fo r n o t g iv in g

34.x— 35.i] C U L L A V A G G A I 39up a w rong v ie w is carried o u t a g ain st h im b y th e O rd er ? ” T h en these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , T h e n the L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g h ad th e O rder o f m onks co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ Is it tru e , as is sa id , m onks, th a t th e m o n k A r itth a w h o w as fo rm erly a vu ltu re-tra in er le ft th e O rd er w h en a (form al) a c t of suspension fo r n ot g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w w as carried ou t again st h im b y th e O rd er ? " [27]

“ I t is tru e. L o rd .” T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd reb u ked them , sa y in g ;

" H o w , m onks, can th is fo o lish m an le a v e th e O rd er w h en a (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n ot g iv in g up a w ro n g v ie w w as carried o u t again st him b y th e O rd er ? I t is n o t, m on ks, fo r pleasing those w h o are n ot (yet) p leased . . A n d h a v in g reb u ked th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed the m onks, sa y in g :

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er re v o k e 1 th e (form al) a ct o f suspension fo r not g iv in g up a w ro n g view . [| i|j

“ M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u alities . . . ( = I. 6 . 2- 7) . . . th e (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r not g iv in g up a w ro n g v ie w m a y be revo k ed . || 2 |]

T o ld are th e E ig h te e n C ases w h ere a (Form al) A c t of Suspension fo r N o t G iv in g U p a W ro n g V ie w m a y

b e R e v o k e d . j| 34 |j

“ A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it be re vo k e d . M onks, th a t m onk again st w hom a (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ron g v ie w h as been carried o u t, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rder . . . (see I . 12 . Instead o f a c t o f cen su re read a c t o f suspension for n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w . Instead o f S e y y a s a k a read th e m on k so-and-so) . . . ‘ . . . T h u s d o 1 u n d erstan d th is V ’iii 113511

T o ld is th e S e v e n th (Form al) A c t : th a t o f Suspension fo r N o t G iv in g U p a W ro n g V ie w .

T o ld is th e F irs t S ectio n ; th a t on (Form al) A c ts .

In th is S ectio n are seven item s : th is is its k e y :

1 A s O ld e n b e r g , V in . ii. 3 10 —3 1 1 r e m a r k s , " w e s h o u ld e x p e c t " m d (or na) p a tip p a ssa m b h e tu , le t n o t r e v o k e ; cf. C V . I . 16. 1.

40 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N EM onks w ho are fo llow ers o f P a n d u k a a n d L o h ita k a , th em selves

m akers o f strife , ap p ro ach ed sim ilar ones a n d in c ite d th em to strife , /A n d strifes not arisen w ere b o m a n d those arisen exp an d ed . M odest, w ell b e h a v e d m o n ks lo o k e d d ow n upon. T h e

exp o u n d er1, /T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, sta n d in g on w h a t is v e r ily dham m a, self-

d eve lo p in g, fo rem ost o f m en, conqueror, en jo in ed a (form al) a c t o f censure a t S a v a tth i. / A n d w h a t is carried o u t n o t in th e presen ce of, w h en there is

no in terro g atio n , no a ck n o w led g m en t, an d w h a t is carried o u t fo r no offence, fo r one n o t (leading on

to) confession, fo r one con fessed , /A n d w h a t is carried o u t n o t h a v in g rep ro ved , n o t h a v in g m ad e

to rem em ber, n o t h a v in g accu sed, an d too w h a t is ca rried o u t n o t in th e presence of, n o t b y rule,

b y an in com p lete a ssem b ly, /A g a in w h a t is carried o u t w h en th ere is no in terro g a tio n , not

b y ru le, b y an in com p lete a ssem b ly, an d to o w h a t is carried o u t n o t on th e a ck n o w le d g m e n t, not

b y ru le, b y an in com p lete a ssem b ly , /A n d too w h a t is carried o u t w h en there is no offence, n o t b y

rule, b y an in com p lete a ssem b ly , an d also fo r (an offence) w h ich does n o t le a d on to confession

w h en it is n o t b y rule an d th e a ssem b ly is in com p lete, / A n d likew ise fo r one th a t is confessed, if also not b y ru le, b y

an in com p lete a ssem b ly, [28] a n d lik ew ise n o t h a v in g rep ro ved him , if also not b y ru le, b y

an in com p lete assem b ly , /A n d likew ise n o t h a v in g m ad e h im rem em ber, n o t b y rule, b y

an in com p lete a ssem b ly , / an d likew ise n o t h a v in g accu sed h im , n o t b y ru le, b y an in com ­

p lete a ssem b ly. /T h e b rig h t occasion s2 sh ould also b e in ferred e x a c t ly a cco rd in g

to th e d a rk occasion s.2 A n d th e O rder, so desiring, m a y c a r r y o u t censure a g a in st th is

one : /

1p a d a ssa k a (S k r t . praday& aka). S in h . e d n . r e a d s p a ra ssa to ] S ia m . e d n . pa*l$ato (v. II. p a d a ssa k o , p a d a ssa to ).

a su kka v a ra . . . k a n h a v ara , fig . p u r e a n d im p u r e , r ig h t a n d w r o n g .

C U L L A V A G G A I 41T h e q u arrel (-m aker), th e ign oran t, th e liv e r in co m p a n y w ith . T he O rder m a y c a rry out a (form al) a ct o f censure in regard to

m oral h a b it, go od h ab its, again st one w ho h as fa llen a w a y from righ t v ie w s1, /

A n d again st w h o ever sp ea k s d ispraise o f th e A w a k e n e d One, dhamma, th e O rder,

and th e O rd er m a y also c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct o f censure a gain st th ree (kinds of) m o n ks : /

T h e one w h o is a m a k e r o f strife , th e ign o ra n t one, th e one in ten t on liv in g in co m p a n y ;

likew ise in regard to m o ral h a b it, good h a b its , righ t v iew s, / A n d a g a in st w h o ev er sp ea k s d ispraise o f th e A w a k e n e d O ne,

dham m a , th e O rder.T he one again st w hom a (form al) a ct o f censure h as been

carried o u t co n d u ctin g h im self p ro p erly , th u s ; / O rd in ation , gu id an ce, a tten d an ce b y a n o vice, th e one again st w h om censure h as b een carried o u t sh ould do n o th in g in regard to e x h o rta tio n , e v e n a lth o u g h agreed upon, / H e sh ould not fa ll in to th a t sam e offence, in to a sim ilar one, or

in to one h igh er2 th a n it, and such a one w o u ld n eith er find fa u lt w ith a (form al) a c t, nor

w ith those w h o c a rry it o u t, /H e sh ould not suspend a regu lar (m onk's) O b servan ce ,

In v ita tio n ,such a one sh ould not h a v e to do w ith com m an d s, a u th o rity , / L e a v e , rep ro vin g , m a k in g rem em ber an d quarrels.O rd in ation , g u id an ce, a tte n d a n ce b y a n o vice , /E x h o rta tio n a n d e v e n if agreed u pon : th e five q u a lities are

n ot th e en d .3I f he fa lls in to th a t sam e offence and in to a sim ilar one and

one th a t is h igh er th an it, /A n d finding fa u lt b o th w ith a (form al) a c t an d w ith those w h o

c a rry it out : th is is n o t th e e n d .3 O bservan ce, In v ita tio n , coijim ands, a u th o rity , /L ea v e , rep ro vin g too, m a k in g rem em ber, qu arrellin g,

1 a d h is lla m a jjh d ca re a tid itth iv ip a n n a s s a .* H e r e tato p a ra m , h ig h e r , fu r th e r , a s a g a in s t tato p d p itth a ta ra o f C V . I . 5. 1 . 9 na sa m m a ti, m e a n in g d o e s n o t c e a s e , is n o t a p p e a s e d , a n d s ig n if y in g h e r e

t h a t a fo r m a l a c t c a n n o t b e r e v o k e d b e c a u s e th e r e a r e m o re t h a n th e s e f iv e q u a lit ie s to c o n sid e r , a n d w h ic h m a y s ta n d in t h e w a y o f th e r e v o c a t io n . C f. sa m m a n ti a t D h p . 5 .

42 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

w h o ev er is b o u n d b y th ese e ig h t q u a litie s , censure is n o t a lla ye d fo r h im .1 /

T h e b rig h t occasions sh ould also be in ferred e x a c t ly acco rd in g to th e d a rk occasions.

A n d S e y y a s a k a too, ign o ra n t, fu ll o f offences, liv in g in com ­p a n y : /

T h e S e lf-A w ak en e d O ne, g re a t sage, en jo in ed a (form al) a ct of gu id an ce.

(F ollow ers of) th e tw o m o n k s, A s sa ji an d P u n a b b a su , a t K ita g ir i /

In d u lg ed in a v a r ie ty o f b a d h a b its a n d w ere not ta lk e d round. T h e se lf-A w a k en ed O ne, th e C o n q u ero r (enjoined) a t S a v a tth i

a (form al) a c t o f b an ish m en t. /S u d h a m m a w as a residen t in C itta 's M acch asan d a,S u d h a m m a je e red a t th e la y fo llo w er C itta w ith ta lk on b irth . / T h e T ru th -fin d er en jo in ed a (form al) a c t o f reco n ciliatio n .A t K o sa m b l w h en th e m o n k C h a n n a , n o t w a n tin g to see an

offence, / [29]T h e in com parable C o n q u ero r en jo in ed (the O rder) to suspend

him fo r n o t seeing.C h a n n a d id n o t w a n t to m a k e am en d s fo r th a t sam e offence. / T h e lead er en jo in ed a (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n o t m a k in g

am en d s for.T h e w ro n g v ie w o f A r itth a w as fo u n d ed on ign oran ce. / Suspension fo r n o t g iv in g u p th e w ro n g v ie w w a s procla im ed

b y th e C onqueror.A (form al) a ct o f g u id a n ce , b an ish m en t, lik ew ise reco n cilia tio n , I A (form al) a c t fo r n ot seeing, fo r n ot m a k in g am en d s fo r, and

fo r n o t g iv in g up a w ro n g v ie w .F r iv o lity , b a d h a b its , h a rm in g , an d also a w ro n g m ode of

live lih o o d : /T h ese are a d d itio n al cases in th e (form al) a ct o f ban ish m en t. T w o fives (beginning) : n o n -receiv in g , d ispraise, are tw o

p en ta d s p a rtic u la r ly n a m ed 2, /T h ese are a d d itio n al cases in th e (form al) a c t o f recon ciliation . A n d tw o am o n g th e (form al) a c ts are sim ilar : censure an d

gu id a n ce ; /

1 n* u p a sa m m a ti.a a tin a m a k a ; a ti-t m e a n in g v e r y m u c h , s p e c ia l ly .

C U L L A V A G G A I 43A n d th ere are th e rem ain in g cases : b an ish m en t an d recon cilia­

tion .T h e three (form al) a cts o f suspension are a like in th e ir d iv ision . W h a t rem ains in a n y (form al) a c t is to u n d ersto o d as in th e

case of censure. / [30]

44

A t one tim e, th e A w a k en e d O n e, th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g a t S a v a tth i in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a ’s m o n a stery . N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks u n d er p ro b a tio n 1 con sen ted to regu lar m on ks g reetin g th em , sta n d in g u p befo re th em , sa lu tin g w ith jo in ed palm s, d oin g th e p ro p er d u ties, b rin g in g fo rw a rd a seat, b rin g in g fo rw a rd a sleep in g-p lace, w a te r fo r (w ashing) th e feet, a fo o tsto o l, a fo o t-sta n d , re ce iv in g th e b o w l an d robe, tre a tin g th e ir b a ck s b y m assagin g . T h o se w h o w ere m odest m onks lo o ked dow n upon, critic ised , sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w can these m o n ks w h o are u n d er p ro b a tio n co n sen t to regu lar m o n ks g reetin g . . . tre a tin g th e ir b a c k s b y m assagin g ? " T h e n th ese m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g h a d th e O rd er o f m on ks co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

“ I s it tru e , as is said , m o n ks, th a t m o n ks w h o are u n d er p ro b a tio n con sen t to re g u la r m o n ks g ree tin g . . . tre a tin g th e ir b a ck s b y m assagin g ? "

“ I t is tru e . L o rd .” T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd reb u ked th em , sa y in g :

“ H o w , m on ks, can th ese m o n ks w h o are u n d er p ro b atio n con sen t to re g u la r m o n ks . . . tre a tin g th e ir b a c k s b y m assag­in g ? I t is n o t, m onks, fo r p le a sin g th o se w h o are not (yet) p leased . . . ” A n d h a v in g reb u k ed th e m , h a v in g g iv en reason ed ta lk , h e ad d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ A m o n k w h o is u n d er p ro b a tio n , m o n ks, sh o u ld n o t consent to regu la r m o n ks g ree tin g him . . . tre a tin g his b a c k b y m assagin g. W h o e v e r sh o u ld co n sen t to (an y o f th ese action s), there is a n offence o f w ro n g-d o in g. I a llo w , m onks, th e m u tu a l2 greetin g, sta n d in g u p b efo re . . . tre a tin g o f b a c k s b y m assag­in g betw een m o n ks w h o are u n d er p ro b a tio n a cco rd in g to th eir sen io rity . I a llo w , m onks, five th in g s fo r m o n ks u n d er

THE LESSER D IVISION (CULLAVAGGA) II

1 C f. V in . i. 14 3 , a ls o V in . 1 . 13 6 , iv . 3 3 5 —6 . V A . 1 1 5 9 n o t ic e s fo u r k in d s o f p r o b a tio n , p a r iv d s a , a l l m e n t io n e d b e lo w : t h e u n c o n c e a le d (a s o f fo rm e r m e m b e r s o f o t h e r s e c ts , a n d see C V . I I I . 1. 1 ) , t h e c o n c e a le d (see C V . I I I . 3. 1 ) , t h e p u r i f y in g (C V . I I I . 26. 1 f f .) , a n d t h e c o n c u r r e n t (C V . I I I . 14- 1 f f .) .

1 m i t hit.

1 .1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I I 45

p ro b atio n , acco rd in g to th e ir s e n io r ity : O b servan ce, In ­v ita tio n , c lo th s for the rains, g ifts (to th e O rd er1), rice.iii n .

** W e ll now , m onks, I w ill la y d o w n th e c o n d u c t2 fo r m onks under p ro b a tio n , so th a t m o n ks u n d er p ro b a tio n [31] m a y con ­d u ct th e m selve s3 acco rd in g to it. A m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n , m onks, sh ould co n d u ct h im self p ro p e r ly .4 T h is is th e proper c o n d u c t5 in th is c a s e 6 : he sh ould n o t ordain, he should not g iv e gu id an ce, a n o vice sh ould not a tte n d him , he sh ould not consent to an agreem en t to e x h o rt nu n s, e ven if agreed upon he sh ould n ot e x h o rt nuns, he sh ould n o t fa ll in to th a t sam e offence fo r w h ich he w as g ra n ted p ro b a tio n , nor in to an o th er th a t is sim ilar, nor in to one th a t is w orse, he sh ould n o t find fa u lt w ith th e (form al) a c t, he sh ould n ot find fa u lt w ith those w ho c a rry o u t th e (form al) a c t, he sh ould n o t suspend a regu lar m o n k's O b serva n ce , he sh o u ld n o t suspen d his In v ita tio n , he he sh ould n o t issue com m an d s, sh o u ld n o t set u p a u th o r ity , he should n o t a sk fo r le a ve , he sh ould n o t rep ro ve, he should not m ak e rem em ber, he sh o u ld n o t q u a rre l w ith m onks. N or, m onks, sh ould a m on k u n d er p ro b atio n w a lk in fro n t o f a regu lar m on k, n or s it d o w n in fro n t o f h im .7 W h a te v e r is th e O rd er's la st seat, la st sleep in g-p lace, la st d w e llin g -p la ce 8— th a t should be g iv e n to him an d he sh ould co n sen t to it . M onks, a m onk u n d er p ro b a tio n sh o u ld n o t a p p ro a ch th e fam ilies o f a regu lar m o n k 9 e ith er as th e n o vice w h o w a lk s in fro n t o f h im or as th e n o vice w h o w a lk s b eh in d him . H e sh o u ld not u n d er­ta k e th e fo rest-p ractice , he sh o u ld n ot u n d e rta k e th e a lm sm a n ’s

1 onojana. V A , 1 1 6 1 e x p la in s b y vissajjana, b e s to w in g . Cf. onojesi a t Vin . i . 39 a n d ort-ojetha a t Vin. iv . 1 5 6 , b o t h m e a n in g '* t o g iv e , t o d e d ic a t e . ' '

1 vatta, c u s to m , s e r v ic e , s o m e th in g t o b e d o n e . Cf. C V . I. 27. 1 .• vattitabbam.4 sammdvattitabbam.6 sammdvattand.• cf. cv. r. 5.7 T h e s e t w o a c t io n s a r e p a r t o f ” in te n t io n a l c a u s in g o f d is c o m fo r t " a t

Vin. iv . 290.8 pariyanta. ** L a s t " is u s e d in t h e s a m e s e n s e a t N is s a g . X X I I . S e e

B.D. i i . 120 , n . 5 . I n re fe r e n c e a ls o t o th e s e t h r e e th in g s " th e la s t " w o u ld m e an t h e la s t a v a i la b le a s t h e y w e r e b e in g a s s ig n e d o r d is t r ib u t e d t o m e m ­bers o f th e O r d e r . B u t see dpattipariyanta, rattipariyanta, a t C V . I I I . 26. i , a n d b e lo w , p . 76 , n . 1 .

• I.e. th e fa m ilie s w h o s u p p o r t h im a n d w h o m h e v is i t s fo r a lm s fo o d .

46 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N Ep ra ctice ,1 h e sh o u ld n o t h a v e a lm sfo o d ta k e n b a c k 2 fo r th is reason :3 th a t he th in k s, ' D o n o t le t th e m fin d o u t a b o u t m e .’4 M onks, a m o n k under p ro b a tio n sh o u ld an n o u n ce i t 5 w h en he is in-com ing, he sh o u ld an n o u n ce it to (an oth er w h o is) in ­com in g, h e sh ould an n ou n ce it a t th e O b serva n ce , he sh o u ld an n ou n ce i t a t th e In v ita tio n , i f h e is ill he sh o u ld also an n oun ce it b y m eans o f a m essen ger.6 || 2 ||

M onks, a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n sh o u ld n o t g o fro m a resid ­ence w h ere th ere a re m o n ks to a residen ce w h ere th ere are no m onks, e x ce p t w ith a re g u la r (m onk), unless th ere is a d a n g e r .7 M onks, a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n sh o u ld n o t go from , a residence w h ere there are m o n ks to w h a t is n ot a resid en ce w h ere th ere are no m on ks, e x ce p t w ith a re g u la r (m onk), u n less th ere is a d anger. M onks, a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n sh o u ld n o t go from a residence w h ere th ere a re m o n k s to a residen ce or to w h a t is not a residence w h ere th ere are n o m onks, e x ce p t w ith a regu la r (m onk), unless th ere is a d an g er. M onks, a m o n k u n d er p ro ­b a tio n sh o u ld n o t g o from w h a t is n o t a residen ce w h ere th ere are m o n ks to a resid en ce w h ere th e re are no m o n k s . . . to w h a t is not a residence w h ere th e re are no m o n ks . . , to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a resid en ce w h ere th ere are no m onks, e x c e p t w ith a re g u la r (m onk), unless th ere is a d an ger. M onks, a m o n k u n d e r p ro b a tio n sh o u ld n o t g o fro m a residence, or from w h a t is not a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks to a residence w h ere th ere are no m o n k s . . . to w h a t is not a residen ce w h ere th ere are no m o n k s . . . to a residen ce or to w h a t is n o t a residen ce w h ere th e re are no m o n k s, e x c e p t w ith a re g u la r (m onk), unless th e re is a d anger.

1 H e s h o u ld n o t s t a y a lo n e in th e fo r e s t a n d h e s h o u ld n o t g o t o a v i l la g e f o r a lm s . T h e s e t w o a iig a o r p r a c t ic e s , p a r t o f th e dh u ta fig a , a s c e t ic p r a c t ic e s ,a r e e x p la in e d in d e t a i l a t V is m . 5 9 ff. S e e V in . i. 2 5 3 , a n d B .I> . iv . 3 5 1 , n . 2 .

1 n ih a rap eta b b o , i .e . f r o m a v i l la g e t o a m o n a s t e r y . C f . tato n lh a r itv d a t V i n . iv . 80 ( B .D . i i . 3 2 4 ).

* ta p p a cca y a . A c c o r d in g t o V A . 1 1 6 5 m o n k s r e t u r n in g t o t h e m o n a s te r y w o u ld s e e h im s i t t in g d o w n a r a e a t in g , a n d i f h e d id n o t te U t h e m h e w a s u n d e r p r o b a t io n h is p e r io d o f p r o b a t io n m ig h t b e c u r t a i le d .

* I .e . t h a t h e is u n d e r p r o b a t io n . V A , 1 1 6 5 s a y s , '* * D o n o t le t o n e m o n k fin d o u t a b o u t m e a n d w ith t h is in m in d h e s h o u ld n o t e a t , h a v in g h a d i t (i.e . t h e a lm s fo o d b r o u g h t b a c k ) co o k e d , in t h e d w e ll in g - p la c e b y a n o v ic e . H e m u s t e n te r a v i l la g e f o r a lm s f o o d / '

* I .e . t h e f a c t t h a t h e is u n d e r p r o b a t io n .6 1 1 6 6 s a y s t h a t t h e m e s s e n g e r m u s t n o t b e a n y o n e w h o is n o t

o rd a in e d , h e m u s t b e a m o n k .7 C f ; M V . I I . 35.

1*3-4] C U L L A V A G G A I I 47

" M onks, a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n sh o u ld not go from a resid­ence w h ere there are m on ks to a residence w h ere th ere are m onks if th e m o n ks th ere sh ould b e lo n g to a d ifferent co m ­m union, e x ce p t w ith a regu lar (m onk), [32] unless there is a danger. M onks, a m o n k u n d er p ro b atio n sh ould n o t g o from residence w h ere th ere are m onks to w h a t is not a residence w here there are m o n ks . . . sh ould not g o fro m a residence o r from w h a t is not a residence w here there are m on ks to a residence or to w h a t is n ot a residence w h ere there are m onks if th e m on ks th ere sh ould b elo n g to a d ilferen t com m union, e x ce p t w ith a regu lar (m onk), unless there is a danger.

"M o n k s , a m o n k under p ro b a tio n m a y go from a residence w here th ere are m o n ks to a residence w here there are m onks if th e m on ks th ere sh ould belon g to th e sam e com m un ion and if he kn ow s, ' I a m able to arriv e th is v e r y daj^.’ M onks, a m onk u n d er p ro b a tio n m a y go fro m a residence w h ere th ere are m on ks to w h a t is not a residence w h ere th ere are m on ks . . . m a y go from a residence or from w h a t is n o t a residence w here there are m on ks to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a residence w here th ere are m onks if th e m on ks thdre sh ould belong to th e sam e com m union a n d if he know s, ' I am able to a rriv e th is v e r y d a y / |[ 3 ||

" M o n k s , a m on k u n d er p ro b atio n sh ould not s ta y in a resid ­ence1 under one roofing w ith a re g u la r m on k, he sh ould not s ta y in w h a t is n o t a residence2 u n d er one roofing (w ith him ), he sh ould n o t s ta y in a residence or in w h a t is n o t a residence un d er one roofing (w ith h im ).3 H a v in g seen a regu lar m on k, he sh ould g e t u p from his seat. H e sh ou ld offer h is se a t to the regu la r m onk. A m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n sh o u ld n o t sit dow n on th e sam e se a t w ith a re g u la r m o n k , he sh o u ld n o t s it dow n on a h igh seat if h e4 is s ittin g d o w n on a lo w s e a t ,5 he should n o t sit d o w n on a seat i f he is s ittin g on th e grou n d , he

1 V A . 1 16 7 h e re d e fin e s " le s id e n c e ,J, d v d s a , a s " a lo d g in g m a d e fo r s t a y in g in.**

1 V A , 1 1 6 7 h e r e d e fin e s " n o t a re s id e n c e " a s a ** s h r in e h o u s e (cetiya g h a rn ),w isd o m -h o u s e (bodhighara ), a p la c e (atta ka ) fo r s w e e p in g s , a p la c e fo r w o o d , ab u ild in g (m ala, see B .D . ii. 1 6 , a . 4) fo r d r in k in g - w a te r , a p r iv y , a g r a n a r y / *

* C f . C V . I . 27. 1 ; I . 28. 2.4 I .e . t h e r e g u la r m o n k ,6 C f . S e k h iy a 69.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

sh ould n o t pace u p an d d o w n in th e sam e p lace fo r p a c in g up a n d dow n in / he sh o u ld n o t p a ce u p a n d d o w n in a h ig h p lace for p a cin g u p a n d d o w n in if he is p a c in g up an d dow n in a lo w p lace for p a cin g u p an d d o w n in , he sh o u ld n o t p ace up a n d dow n in a p la ce fo r p a c in g u p an d d o w n in if he is p acin g up and dow n on th e g ro u n d .2

“ M onks, a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n sh ould n o t s ta y in a residence under one roofing w ith a senior m o n k w h o is u n d er probation . . . w ith a m o n k w h o d eserves to be sen t b a c k to th e begin n in g . . . w ith a m o n k w h o d eserves m dnatta (discipline) . . . w ith a m o n k w h o is u n d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) . . . w ith a m o n k w h o d eserves re h a b ilita tio n , he sh o u ld n o t s ta y in w h a t is n ot a residence u n d er one ro o fin g (w ith him ) . . . he sh o u ld n ot p ace u p an d d ow n in a p lace fo r p a c in g u p a n d d ow n in if he is p a cin g u p a n d d ow n on th e gro u n d .

I f, m onks, one u n d er p ro b atio n as th e fo u rth (m em brr)3 sh o u ld g ra n t p ro b a tio n , sh ould send b a c k to th e b egin n in g, sh o u ld in flict m dnatta (d iscip lin e), if, as tw e n tie th (m em ber) he sh o u ld re h a b ilita te , it is not a (form al) a c t an d o u g h t n o t to be ca rried o u t/ ' [| 4 ||

T o ld are th e N in e ty -fo u r O b se rva n ce s for one u n d er P ro ­b a tio n . ][ 1 ||

T h e n th e v en era b le U p a li ap p ro a ch ed th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ct­fu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n at a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e ven erab le U p a li sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " N ow , L o rd , h o w m a n y (kinds of) in te rru p tio n s4 are th ere fo r a m on k u n d er p ro b a tio n ? ”

" T h ere are th ree (kinds of) in terru p tio n s, U p ali, fo r a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n : [33] d w e llin g w ith 5 ; d w ellin g a w a y .

1 ca n k a m a , m o n k s ' w a lk , c lo is te r . A t f ir s t , t h is s e e m s n o t t o h a v e b e e np r e p a r e d o r le v e l le d ; t h e n i t w a s a l lo w e d t o b e m a d e le v e l o r e v e n , t h e n t ob e ro o fe d o v e r . Cf. C V . V . 14. 2. 3.

1 S h o w in g t h a t " p a c in g u p a n d d o w n " , ca n k a m a n ta , n e e d n o t a lw a y sh a v e t a k e n p la c e iD a ca n k a m a .

* Cf. M V . I X . 4. 6 . O n e u n d e r p r o b a t io n d o e s n o t c o m p le t e a g r o u p o r a n O r d e r , g a p a a n d sa m g h a .

• ra tticched a , l i t . ** b r e a k in g o f n ig h t s " , t im e h a v in g b e e n r e c k o n e d b y n ig h t s in s te a d o f b y d a y s .

6 saha vdsa, w h ic h V A . 1 1 6 8 —9 e x p la in s t o m e a n a n y o f th e th in g s g iv e n in C V . I I . 1. 4.

2.i— 3.2] C U L L A V A G G A I I 49

sep arated from 1 ; not an n o u n cin g .2 T h ese , U p a li, are th e th ree (kinds of) in terru p tio n s fo r a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n ." || i || 2 f|

N o w a t th a t tim e a la rg e O rd er o f m o n ks h a d gath ered to g eth er a t S a v a tth i ; m onks u n d er p ro b a tio n w ere not able to c a rry th ro u g h 3 th eir p ro b a tio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to p o stp o n e4 p ro b a tio n . A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it be p o stp o n ed : T h a t m o n k w h o is u n d er p ro ­b a tio n , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed one m onk, h a v in g a rran ged his upper robe o ve r one shoulder, h a v in g sa t dow n on his haunch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed palm s, sh ould sp ea k th u s to h im : ' I am p o stp o n in g p ro b a tio n J— p ro b a tio n com es to be p o st­p o n ed ; ‘ I am p o stpon in g th e o b s e r v a n c e ',5— p ro b atio n com es to be p o stp o n ed .” 6 [| i |j

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks w en t a w a y fro m S a v a tth i to th is p lace a n d th a t7 ; m onks under p ro b a tio n w ere n ot ab le to c a rry th ro u g h th e ir p ro b a tio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said :

" I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to ta k e u p 8 p ro b a tio n . A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it b e ta k e n u p : I f th a t m on k w h o is under p ro b atio n , h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed one m o n k . . . h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed p alm s, should sp ea k th u s to h im : ' I am ta k in g up p ro b atio n '— p ro b a tio n com es to b e ta k e n up ; ' I am ta k in g up th e o b servan ce '— p ro b atio n com es to b e ta k en u p ." I f 2 I f 3 f |

T o ld is th e O b serva n ce for one u n d er P ro b a tio n .

1 v ip p a v d sa , a s in C V . I I . 1 . 3. C f . v ip p a v d sa in e .g . N is s a g . I I . S e e B ~ D . ii., p . 13 , n . 1 a n d p . 14 , d . i fo r fu r th e r r e fe r e n c e s , a n d a ls o N is s a g . X X I X .

■ androcan d, a s in t h e w a y s s p e c ifie d a t e n d o f C V . I I . 1. 2.* sod hetum , t o p u r i f y , c le a n s e , c le a r , so : t o c le a r o n e s e lf o f, t o fin is h , t o

c a i r y th r o u g h . I t w a s p e r h a p s im p o s s ib le fo r a m o n k t o a n n o u n c e t h a t h e w a s u n d e r p r o b a t io n i f t h e O r d e r w a s v e r y la r g e o r i f i t w a s d is p e r se d .

4 n ik k h ip itu m , t h e u s u a l w o r d fo r “ t o la y a s id e , t o l a y d o w n , t o d e p o s it " ,b u t h e re m e a n in g t o la y a s id e t e m p o r a r i ly o n ly , u n t i l a f a v o u r a b le t im e c o m e s fo r u n d e r t a k in g t h e p r o b a t io n a r y p e r io d a g a in .

6 vatta. S ee t h e 94 vattd t o b e o b s e r v e d b y t h o s e u n d e r p r o b a t io n a t C V .I I . 1. 2 —4.

• I h i s a n d t h e c o r r e s p o n d in g p h r a s e a t e n d o f |] 2 H b e lo w , a lth o u g h a p p a r ­e n t ly m e a n t t o h a v e b e e n u t t e r e d b y G o ta m a , d o n o t e n d , a s w o u ld b e e x p e c te d , w ith t i,

7 takam -taha m , h e re a n d th e r e .■ s a m d d itu m , t o t a k e u p o r u n d e r t a k e a g a in t h e p r o b a t io n im p o se d o n t h e

o ffe n d in g m o n k .

50 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s w h o d eserved to be sen t b a c k to th e b egin n in g1 co n sen ted to re g u la r m o n ks g reetin g th em . . . ( = I I . 1 . x, 2 . Instead o f m o n ks u n d er p ro b a tio n read m on ks w ho d eserve to b e sent b a c k to th e begin n in g) . . . ' D o not le t th em find o u t a b o u t m e.' M onks, a m o n k w h o deserves to b e sent b a c k to th e b egin n in g sh ould not go fro m a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks to a residen ce w h ere th e re are m onks, e x ce p t w ith a re g u la r (m onk), u n less th ere is a d an g er . . . from a residence or from w h a t is not a residence w here there are m on ks to a residen ce or to w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th ere are m onks, e x ce p t w ith a re g u la r (m onk), unless th ere is a d an ger. M onks, a m o n k w h o d eserves to be sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g m a y g o fro m a residence w h ere th ere are m on ks to a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks . . . fro m a residence or fro m w h a t is not a residence w h ere th ere are m onks to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere there are m o n ks if th e m o n ks th ere sh o u ld b e lo n g to th e sam e com m u n ion and if he kn ow s, ‘ I am a b le to a rriv e th is v e r y d a y .'

M onks, a m o n k w h o d eserves to b e sen t b a ck to th e b e g in ­n in g sh ould n o t s ta y in a residen ce u n d er one ro o fin g w ith a regu lar m on k . . . ( = C V . I I . 1 . 4) . . . h e sh o u ld n o t pace u p a n d d ow n in a p la ce fo r p a c in g u p an d d ow n in if he is p acin g u p and dow n on th e grou n d . [34]

M onks, a m o n k w h o d eserves to b e sen t b a c k to th e b e g in ­ning sh ould n o t s t a y in a residen ce u n d er one roofing w ith a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n . . . w ith a senior m o n k 2 . . . w ith a m on k w h o d eserves m dnatta (discip line) . . . w ith a m on k u n d ergoin g m dnatta (discipline) . . . w ith a m o n k w h o deserves re h a b ilita tio n . . . he sh o u ld n o t p a ce u p an d d ow n in a p lace to pace u p an d d o w n in i f h e is p a c in g u p a n d d o w n on th e g ro u n d .

I f , m on ks, one w h o d eserves to b e sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g as th e fo u rth (m em ber) sh o u ld g ra n t p ro b a tio n , sh o u ld send b a d e to th e b egin n in g, sh o u ld in flict m dnatta (d iscip lin e), if, as th e tw e n tie th (m em ber), h e sh o u ld re h a b ilita te , it is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to b e ca rried o u t .3 || 1 || 4 j|

1 Cf. MV. III. 6. 7.* F o r fo llo w in g ite m s , se e CV. II. 1. 4.1 Cf. MV. IX. 4. 6.

5 .1— 6.i] C U L L A V A G G A I I 51

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks d e se rv in g mdnatta (d iscip lin e)1 con ­sented to regu la r m on ks g reetin g th em . . . ( = 11 . 1 . 1 , 2) “ . . . ‘ D o n o t le t th em find o u t a b o u t m e \ M onks, a m onk d eservin g mdnatta (discipline) sh o u ld n o t go from a residence w here there are m on ks to a residence w h ere th ere are no m onks, e xcep t w ith a re g u la r (m onk), unless th e re is a d a n g e r . . . ( = 1 . 3 , 4) . . . he sh ould not p a ce u p an d d ow n in a p la ce for p a cin g up an d dow n in if he is p a cin g u p an d d ow n on the ground. M onks, a m o n k w h o d eserves mdnatta (discipline) should n ot s ta y in a residence u n d er o n e roofing w ith a m o n k w ho is u n d er p ro b a tio n . , . w ith a m o n k w h o d eserves to be sent b a ck to th e b eg in n in g . . . w ith a senior m o n k w ho d eserves mdnatta (discipline) . . . w ith a m o n k u n d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) . . . w ith a m o n k w h o d eserves re h a b ili­ta tio n . . . a n d o u g h t n o t to b e carried o u t .” || 1 || 5 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks u n d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) consented to regu lar m o n ks g reetin g th em . . . ( = 11 . 1 . 1 , 2 Instead o f under p ro b a tio n read u n d ergoin g mdnatta (d isc ip lin e)) “ . . . f D o n o t le t th em find o u t a b o u t m e.' M onks, a m o n k un d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) sh o u ld an n ou n ce it w h en he is incom ing, he sh ould an n oun ce it to (an o th er w h o is) in com in g, he should an n o u n ce it a t th e O b serva n ce , he sh ou ld an n ou n ce it a t th e In v ita tio n , he sh o u ld an n o u n ce it d a ily ,2 if he is ill he should an n ou n ce it b y m ean s o f a m essenger.

M onks, a m o n k un d ergoin g 'mdnatta (discipline) sh ou ld not go from a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks to a residence w h ere there are no m on ks, e x ce p t w ith an O rd er ,3 unless th ere is a d an ger . . . sh ould n ot go fro m a residen ce or from w h a t is not a residence w h ere th ere are m on ks to a residence o r to w h at is n o t a residence w h ere th ere are no m onks, e x ce p t w ith an O rder, unless th ere is a d a n g er . . . sh ould n o t go fro m a residence o r fro m w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks [35] to a residence or to w h a t is not a residence w h ere there are m o n ks i f th e m o n ks there sh ould b elo n g to a d ifferent com m union, e x c e p t w ith an O rder, unless there is a d an ger. M onks, a m o n k u n d ergoin g mdnatta (d iscipline) m a y go from

1 C f . M V . I I I . 6 . 8.1 T h is is a n e x t r a c la u s e p e c u lia r t o t h e m o n k u n d e r g o in g m d n a tta . * In s te a d o f " a r e g u la r m o n k ” , a s in t h e o th e r c a s e s .

52 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks to a residen ce w h ere th ere are m o n ks . . . fro m a residen ce or fro m w h a t is n o t a resid­ence w h ere th ere are m o n ks to a residen ce or to w h a t is not a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks if th e m o n ks th ere sh ould belon g to th e sam e co m m u n io n a n d if he kn ow s, ' I a m ab le to a rriv e th is v e r y d a y /

M onks, a m o n k u n d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) sh ould not s t a y in a residen ce u n d er one roofin g w ith a regu lar m o n k . . . ( = I I . 1 . 4) . . . he sh o u ld n o t pace u p an d d ow n in a p lace to p a ce u p and d ow n in i f h e is p a c in g u p an d d o w n on th e ground . M onks, a m o n k u n d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) sh ould n o t s ta y in a residen ce u n d er one roofing w ith a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n . . . w ith a m o n k w h o d eserves to be sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g . . .w ith a m o n k w h o d eserves mdnatta (d iscip­line) . . . w ith a senior m o n k w h o is u n d erg o in g mdnatta (discipline) . . . w ith a m o n k w h o d eserves reh a b ilita tio n . . . an d o u g h t n o t to be carried o u t/ ' |j 1 j| 6 ||

T h en th e ven era b le U p a li a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a resp ect­fu l d ista n ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce, th e v en era b le U p a li sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " N o w , L o rd , h ow m a n y (kinds of) in terru p tio n s are th ere fo r a m o n k w ho is u n d ergoin g mdnatta (d iscip line) ? ”

w T h e re are fo u r (kinds of) in terru p tio n s, U p a li, fo r a m o n k w h o is u n d erg o in g mdnatta (d iscip line) : d w e llin g w ith ; d w ell­in g a w a y , se p a ra te d fro m ; n o t a n n o u n cin g ; g o in g a b o u t w ith less th a n a g ro u p .1 T h ese , U p a li, are th e fo u r (kinds of) in ter­ru p tio n s fo r a m o n k w h o is u n d erg o in g mdnatta (d iscip lin e)/ ' ! | i II 7 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a la rg e O rd er o f m o n ks h a d g a th e red to g e th e r a t S a v a tth i ; m o n ks u n d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) w ere u n a b le to c a r ry th ro u g h th e ir m dnatta (discipline) . . . (see I I . 3. 1 , 2) . . . mdnatta (d iscip line) com es to be ta k en u p / ' ||x || 8 ||

1 u n e g a p e ca ra p a m , a g a p a , g r o u p u s u a l ly c o n s is t in g o f t w o , th r e e o r fo u r m o n k s . B u t V A . 1 1 7 0 s a y s ; ‘ 'h e r e a g a n a m e a n s fo u r (m o n k s ) o r m o re . T h e r e fo r e , i f h e is s t a y in g w ith t h r e e m o n k s , t h a t i t s e lf is a n in te r r u p t io n .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks w ho d e se rve d re h a b ilita tio n co n ­sented to regu lar m on ks greetin g th em . * . ( = 11 . 1 . 1 , 2) " . . . ‘ D o not le t h im fin d out a b o u t m e .' M onks, a m on k w ho d eserves reh a b ilita tio n sh o u ld not go from a residence w here th ere are m o n ks to a residence w h ere th ere are n o m o n ks . . . from a residen ce o r from w h a t is not a residence w h ere there are m o n ks to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a residence w here there are no m on ks, e x ce p t w ith a re g u la r (m onk), unless there is a d anger. M onks, a m on k w h o d eserves reh a b ilita tio n m a y go from a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks to [36] a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks . , . m a y go from a residence or from w h a t is n o t a residence w here th ere are m o n k s to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th ere are m onks, i f th e m o n ks th ere sh ould b e lo n g to th e sam e com m un ion , a n d i f he kn ow s, ‘ I a m a b le to a rr iv e th is v e r y d a y / M onks, a m on k w h o d eserves re h a b ilita tio n sh o u ld n o t s ta y in a resid ­ence u n d er one roofing w ith a regu lar m o n k . . . he sh o u ld n ot pace u p a n d dow n in a p lace fo r p a c in g u p a n d d ow n in if he is p a c in g u p an d d ow n on th e gro u n d . M onks, a m on k w ho d eserves re h a b ilita tio n sh o u ld n o t s ta y in a residence u n d er one roofing w ith a m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n . . . w ith a m o n k w h 6 d eserves to b e sent b a c k to th e b eg in n in g . . . w ith a m onk w h o d eserves manatta (discipline) . . . w ith a m on k un d ergoin g manatta (discipline) . . , w ith a senior m o n k w ho d eserves re h a b ilita tio n . . . an d o u gh t n o t to be carried o u t .”il 1 !l9 II

T o ld is th e S eco n d S ectio n : th a t o n B ein g underP ro b a tio n .

9.i]____________ C U L L A V A G G A I I _____________ 53

In th is S ectio n are five item s. T h is is its k e y :

T hose u n d er p ro b a tio n co n sen t to a re g u la r m o n k 's greetin g, sta n d in g up before, jo in ed palm s, proper d u tie s ,1 seat, / B rin g in g fo rw ard a sleepin g-p lace, w a te r fo r th e feet, a fo o t­

stool, a fo o tsta n d , the bow l, tre a tin g th e b a c k b y m assagin g, and w ell-b eh a v ed

ones lo o ked d o w n u p o n .2 /

1 O ld e o b e r g ’s e d n . r e a d s : a n ja li-sd m ty a m d sa n a m ; S in h . e d n . re a d s :a H ja lin ca sd m lciy a m ; S ia m . e d n . re a d s : a n ja liH c 'ev a s d m ic im . S in h . a n d S ia m , b e g in n e x t lin e w ith d sa n a m .

a O ld e n b e r g ’s e d n . h a s a lin e less t h a n S in h . a n d S ia m ., w h ic h I fo llo w .

54 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N EI f one consents th ere is w ro n g-d o in g ,1 m u tu a l, five th in g s

acco rd in g to se n io rity 2 :O b serva n ce , In v ita t io n , (cloths for) th e ra in s, g ifts , fo o d .3 / A n d p ro p er co n d u ct, th e c a rria g e th ere, in rega rd to a regu la r

m o n k ,4an d w h a te v e r is th e la st, n e ith er as th e n o vice in fro n t o f nor

b eh in d ,5 /F o rest, b rin g in g b a c k food , w h en co m in g in, a t th e O b serva n ce , an d a t th e In v ita tio n , an d b y a m essen ger,6 a n d he m a y go

to w h ere there are m onks. /U n d e r one ro o fin g a n d g e ttin g u p a n d lik e w ise in re g a rd to

o fferin g ,7 /on a sea t, in a h igh p la ce fo r p a c in g u p a n d d o w n in , on th e

gro u n d a n d n o t in a p la ce fo r p acin g u p a n d d ow n in, /

W ith a se n io r— n o t a (form al) a c t , in terru p tio n s8 an d c a rry in g s th ro u gh ,

p o stp o n in g, ta k in g u p sh o u ld b e s ta te d (by) one under p ro b a tio n .9 /

T o th e b egin n in g, those d e se rv in g m dnatta , lik e w ise those un d ergoin g m dnatta ,

an d a lso he w h o d eserves re h a b ilita tio n — a g a in th e com posin g b y th e m eth o d . /

T h re e 10 fo r th o se u n d er p ro b a tio n , fo u r10 fo r one u n d ergoin g m dnatta .

1 B o t h S in h - a n d S ia m , r e a d d u k k a ta m , a s a g a in s t O ld e n b e r g 's d u k k a ia .* S in h . a n d S ia m , r e a d y a th a v u d d h a m (as C V . I I . 1. i ) ; O ld e n b e r g 's e d n .

h a s p u n d p a r e ; c f . p u n d p a r e a t S n . 10 0 4.0 O ld e n b e r g 's a n d S in h . e d n s . r e a d v a ss ik -o n o ja -b k o ja n a m ; S ia m . e d n .

v a ssik a h ca v a n o ja n a rn , a n d i t b e g in s t h e n e x t l in e w ith bhattam (o m itte d b y O ld e n b e r g a n d S in h .) , w h ic h is t h e w o r d u s e d a t e n d o f C V . I I . 1. i , bhoja n a n o t o c c u r r in g t h e r e a t a ll.

, 4 p a k a ta tta ssa ga cch a n a m , O ld e n b e r g ; p a k a ta tte n a gacchare, S in h . a n d S ia m , e d n s . T h is r e fe r s t o n o t w a lk in g o r s i t t in g d o w r in f r o n t o f a r e g u la r m o n k(C V . I I . 1. 2 ).

6 S in h . a n d S ia m , e d n s : n a p u r e p a cch d sa m a p e n a ; O ld e n b e r g : p u rep a cch d ta th ’ eva ca.

* S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s . : d u ten a ; O ld e n b e r g ; d u to .7 S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s . r e a d : e k a cch a n n e n a (S in h . ca) vatthabbam na

cham aya m n is a jjite .8 S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s . r e a d ra tticched d ; O ld e n b e r g : ra tiicck ed o.9 S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s . r e a d : n ik k ip a n a tn sa m a d a n a tn na tabbam p d r iv d sik a ;

O ld e n b e r g : n ik k h ip a n a tn sam d dan atn , r a tti va p a r iv d s ik e .10 R e fe r r in g t o *' in te r r u p t io n s ” , a s a t C V . I I . 2. 1 ; I I . 7. 1 .

C U L L A V A G G A I I 55

A s w ith th e th ree in terru p tio n s, so th ere is ' d a ily ' fo r those un d ergoin g manatta *

T w o (form al) a c ts are sim ilar, th e rem ain in g th ree (form al) a cts are e x a c t ly th e sam e. [37]

1 satnan tira tticch ed esu n ia n a ttesu ca devast (O ld e n b e r g a n d S in h .) . m e a n in g ,I t a k e i t , t h a t a s t h e r e is a n e x t r a ** in te r r u p t io n ** f o r o n e u n d e r g o in g m a na tta , so h e h a s t o m a k e a n e x tr a “ a n n o u n c e m e n t " (b e g in n in g o f I I . 0. i ) . S ia m , e d n . r e a d s : n a sa m en ti ra tticcked d m d n a ttesu ca dev d sika n t, " t h e in te r r u p ­tio n s d o n o t a g r e e (o r, a r e n o t in a c c o r d a n c e , n o t o n a l l fo u r s ) a n d t h e r e is

d a i ly * fo r th o s e u n d e r g o in g m anatta

56

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O n e, th e L o rd , w as s ta y in g a t S a v a tth i in th e J e ta G ro ve in A n a th a p in d ik a 's m o n astery. N ow ' a t th a t tim e th e ven erab le U d a y in 1 cam e to h a v e fallen in to one offence : th e in ten tio n a l em ission o f sem en ,2 n o t co n ­cealed . H e an n o u n ced to m o n ks : " I , y o u r reveren ces, h a v e fa llen in to one o ffen ce . . . n o t co n cealed . N o w w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y m e ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er in flict m anatta (discipline) for s ix n ig h ts3 on th e m on k U d a y in fo r th e one offence . . . not concealed* j| x [|

“ A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it b e in flicted : M onks, th a t m o n k U d a y in , h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed th e O rd er, h a v in g a rran ged his u p p er robe o v e r one sh ould er, h a v in g h o n o u red th e fe e t o f th e senior m on ks, h a v in g sa t d ow n o n h is hau n ch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed palm s, sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to it : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, I fe ll in to one offence . . . not con cealed . So I , honoured sirs, a sk th e O rd er fo r m anatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t con cealed . I , honoured sirs, fe ll in to one offence . . . n o t co n cealed . A n d a second tim e I a sk th e O rd er . . . n o t co n cealed . -I, h on oured sirs, fe ll in to o n e offen ce . . . n o t co n cea led . A n d a th ird tim e I a sk th e O rd er fo r m anatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on a cco u n t o f th e one offence : th e in ten tio n a l em ission o f sem en, notco n cea led / || 2 ||

“ T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an e x p e rie n ced , co m ­p eten t m o n k, sa y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k U d a y in fe ll in to one offence . . . n o t co n ­cealed . H e is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r m anatta (discipline) fo r s ix

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CU LLAVAG G A) III

1 A s e n s u a l m o n k . S e e I n d e x t o N a m e s in B.D. i , i i, iii.1 F o r m a l M e e t in g I ( V in . iii. 1 1 2 , B .D . i. 19 6 ) . Cf. a ls o P a c . I X , L X I V ,

a n d V in . iv . 19 4 f . N.B. a t B.D. i i . 2 1 9 ( P a c . I X ) t h e s e n te n c e , “ H e , b e in g u n d e r p r o b a tio n , s a t d o w n in t l ie r e f e c t o r y a t t h e e n d o f a seat* ’ (d sa n a p a riy a n te ) s h o u ld b e c o r r e c te d t o “ s a t d o w n . . . o n t h e la s t s e a t " , in a c c o r d a n c e w it h C V . I I . 1. 2.

* V A . 1 1 7 0 m e n tio n s fo u r k in d s o f m a n a tta : t h e u n c o n c e a le d , t h e c o n ­c e a le d , t h e f o r t n ig h t 's d u r a t io n , t h e c o n c u r r e n t .

1*3—2.2] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 57n igh ts on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t co n cealed . I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rder m a y in flict mdnatta (dis­cipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on th e m on k U d a y in on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n ot con cealed . [38] T h is is th e m otion . H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k U d a y in fe ll in to one offence . . . n o t con cealed . H e is a sk in g the O rd er fo r mdnatta (discipline) . . . n ot concealed . T h e O rd er is in flictin g mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on th e m o n k U d a y in on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t con cealed . I f th e in fliction of mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on th e m o n k U d a y in on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t con cealed is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w h om it is n o t pleasing sh ould sp eak. A n d a second tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r : H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k U d a y in . . . sh ould sp eak . M dnatta (discipline) is b e in g in flicted b y th e O rd er fo r s ix n igh ts on the m onk U d a y in fo r th e one offence : in ten tio n a l em ission of sem en, n o t concealed. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is .' " II 3 II 1 II

H e, h a v in g p erform ed mdnatta (discipline), announced to m on ks : “ I , y o u r reverences, fe ll in to one offence : th e in ten ­tio n al em ission o f sem en, n o t co n cealed ; so I asked th e O rd er fo r mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t co n cealed ; th u s th e O rd er in flicted mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on m e on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t co n cealed . I h a v e n ow p erform ed mdnatta (discipline). N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh ould be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ W e ll, th en , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er re h a b ilita te th e m on k U d a y in . || x j|

" A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld he be re h a b ilita te d : T h a t m on k U d a y in , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rder, h a v in g a rran ged his u p p er robe o v e r one sh ould er, h a v in g h o n o u red th e feet o f th e senior m onks, h a v in g sa t d ow n on his hau n ch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed palm s, sh ould sp ea k th u s to i t : ' I , h on oured sirs, fell in to one offence . . . n o t co n cealed ; so I asked th e O rd er for mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts o n a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t con cealed ; th u s th e O rd er in flicted mdnatta

D

58 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

(discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on m e on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n ot con cealed . N o w I , h on oured sirs, h a v in g perform ed manatta (d iscip line), ask th e O rd er fo r re h a b ilita tio n . I , h onoured sirs, fe ll in to one offence . . . S o I , honoured sirs, h a v in g p erform ed manatta (d iscip lin e), a s k th e O rd er a second tim e a lso fo r re h a b ilita tio n . I , h on oured sirs, fe ll in to one offence . . . S o 1, h o n o u red sirs, h a v in g p erfo rm ed manatta (d iscip line), a sk th e O rd er a th ird tim e also fo r re h a b ilita ­tio n / || 2 ||

" T h e O rd er sh ou ld be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m ­p e te n t m on k, sa y in g : [39] ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m on k U d a y in , fe ll in to one offence : th e in ten ­tio n a l em ission o f sem en, not co n cea led ; so he asked th e O rd er fo r manatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts o n a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n ot concealed- T h e O rd er in flicted manatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on th e m o n k U d a y in on a cco u n t of th e one offence . . . not con cealed . H e, h a v in g p erform ed manatta (d iscip line), is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r re h a b ilita tio n . I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y re h a b ilita te the m o n k U d a y in . T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k U d a y in fe ll in to one offence . . . . is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r re h a b ilita tio n . T h e O rd er is re h a b ilita tin g th e m o n k U d a y in . I f th e re h a b ilita tio n o f the m on k U d a y in is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y should b e silen t ; he to w h o m it is not p leasin g sh o u ld sp eak . A n d a second tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e . . . sh o u ld sp eak . T h e m o n k U d a y in is reh a b ilita ted b y th e O rd er. I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silent. T h u s d o 1 u n d ersta n d th is/ ” II 3 II 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le U d a y in ca m e to h a v e fallen in to one offence : th e in ten tio n a l em ission o f sem en, concealed fo r one d a y . H e an n o u n ced to m on ks, sa y in g : " I , yourreveren ces, h a v e fa llen in to one offence . . . co n cealed fo r one d a y . N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh o u ld b e fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er im pose p ro b a tio n fo r one d a y on th e m o n k U d a y in on a cco u n t o f th e offence . . . concealed fo r one day* || i ||

3.2— 6.i] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 59

" A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it b e im posed : . . . [40] (The matter which here follow s is precisely as in 1 . 2, 3 , with the neces­sary changes in the wording o f (a) the offence, (b) the penalty)• ■ - ” II 2, 3 II 3 ||

H e, h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b a tio n , an n o u n ced to m o n ks : " I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offence . . . con cealed for one d a y ; so I ask ed th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r one d a y on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . co n cealed fo r one d a y ; th u s the O rd er im posed p ro b a tio n fo r one d a y o n m e on acco u n t o f the one offen ce , . . co n cea led fo r one d a y . I h a v e n ow sta y ed u n d er p ro b a tio n . N o w w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh ould be fo llow ed b y m e ? J* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" W e ll th en , m on ks, le t the O rd er in flict manatta (discipline) for s ix n igh ts on th e m o n k U d a y in on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . co n cea le d fo r one d a y . || 1 |[

(Here follow s precisely the same m aterial as in 1. 2 , 3 , reading co n cealed fo r one d a y instead o f n o t co n cealed . . . [41] . . .) II 2, 3 II 4 ||

H e, h a v in g perform ed manatta (d iscip line), an n o u n ced to the m o n k s : " I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offen ce . . .( = I I I . 4. 1) . . . I , h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b atio n , asked the O rd er fo r manatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on acco u n t o f the one offence . . . co n cealed fo r one d a y . I h a v e now perform ed manatta (discipline). N o w w h at line o f co n d u ct sh ou ld be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said :

" W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er re h a b ilita te th e m onk U d a y in . |j 1 ||

(Here follow s precisely the same m aterial as in 2. 2, 3 , reading con cealed fo r one d a y instead o f n ot concealed) . . . [42]■ . - II 2, 3 II 5 H

♦

N ow a t th a t tim e th e v en era b le U d a y in fe ll in to one offence : the in ten tio n a l em ission o f sem en, co n cealed fo r tw o d a y s . . . three d a y s . . . fo u r d a y s . . . five d a y s . H e an n o u n ced to m onks : “ I, y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offence . . .concealed fo r tw o . . . five d a y s . . . ( = I I I . 3. Instead o f

6o B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

con cealed fo r one d a y , p ro b a tio n fo r one d a y , read co n cealed fo r tw o . . . five d a y s , p ro b a tio n fo r tw o . . . five d ays) . . . T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is / ” [| x |! 6 |J

W h ile he w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n h e fe ll in to one offence : th e in ten tio n a l em ission o f sem en, n o t co n cealed . H e an n oun ced to m o n ks : " I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one o ffen ce . . . co n ­cealed fo r five d a y s ; so I ask ed th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r five d a y s on a cco u n t o f th is offence . . . co n cea led fo r five d a y s ; th u s th e O rd er g ra n te d m e p ro b a tio n fo r five d a y s on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . co n cea led fo r fiv e d a y s. N o w w h ile I w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n I fe ll in to on e offen ce . . . n o t con cealed . N o w w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh ould b e fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

" W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er send th e m o n k U d a y in b a c k to th e b eg in n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t con cealed , w h ile (he w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n ). || i ||

“ A n d th u s, m on ks, should h e b e sen t b a c k to th e b eg in ­n in g : T h a t m o n k U d a y in , h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e O rd er . . . sh ould sp ea k th u s to i t ; * I , h o n o u red sirs, fe ll in to one offence . . . con cealed fo r five d a ys. S o I a sk e d th e O rd er fo r p ro b a ­tio n fo r fiv e d a y s on a cco u n t o f th e one o ffen ce . . . con cealed fo r five d a y s ; th u s th e O rd er g ra n ted m e p ro b a tio n fo r five d a y s . . . co n cealed fo r five d a ys. W h ile I w a s d o in g p ro b a ­tio n I fe ll in to one offence . . . n o t con cealed . So I am a sk in g th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b e g in n in g on acco u n t o f th is o ffen ce . . . n o t co n cea le d / [43] A n d a secon d tim e it sh ould b e ask ed fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld b e ask ed fo r . . . || 2 ||

“ T h e O rd er sh ould b e in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m ­p e te n t m o n k, s a y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k U d a y in . . . a sk ed th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r fiv e d a y s . . . {cf, I I I . 2 . 3) . . . T h e O rd er g ra n ted p ro ­b a tio n fo r five d a y s . . . W h ile he w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n he fell in to one offence . . . n o t co n cealed . H e is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b eg in n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n ot con cealed , w h ile (he w a s u n d er p ro b atio n ). I f i t seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y send th e m o n k U d a y in b a ck to th e b egin n in g on a cco u n t o f . . . n o t co n cealed , w h ile (he w a s u n d er p ro b atio n ). T h is is th e m otion . H on ou red sirs, let

7-3—8-2] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 6rth e O rder listen to m e. T h is m on k U d a y in . . . is a sk in g th e O rder fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b egin n in g on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t con cealed , w h ile (he w a s u n d er p ro b atio n ). T h e O rder is sen d in g th e m on k U d a y in b a c k to th e begin n in g . . . w hile (he w as u n d er p ro b atio n ). I f th e sen d in g b a c k to th e begin n in g of th e m o n k U d a y in . . . is p lea sin g to th e ven erab le ones, th e y sh ould b e silent ; he to w h o m it is not p leasin g should sp eak. A n d a second tim e 1 sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo r th th is m a tte r . . . T h e m o n k U d a y in is sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y th e O rder. T h e sending b a c k to th e b egin n in g fo r th e m on k U d a y in on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . not co n cealed is p leasin g to th e O rd er ; therefore it is s ilen t. T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is / "113 ii7 II

H e, h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b atio n , w hile he w as d eservin g manatta (d iscip lin e), fe ll in to an offence . . .not con cealed . H e an n o u n ced to m o n ks : " I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a y s ; so I asked th e O rd er . . . ( = I I I . 7 . i ) . N o w w h ile I w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n I fe ll into one offence . . .not con cealed . So I asked th e O rd er fo r sending b a c k to th e b eg in n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . n o t co n cealed . T h e O rd er sent m e b a c k to th e b egin n in g on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . not co n cealed , w h ile (I w as under p ro b atio n ). N o w I , h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b a tio n w hile I w as d eservin g manatta (d iscip line), fe ll in to one offence . . . not con cealed . N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y m e ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" W e ll, th en , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er sen d th e m o n k U d a y in b a ck to th e begin n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . not concealed, w h ile (he w as u n d er p ro b a tio n )/ ' || i j|

" A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld h e be sen t b a c k 1 : T h a t m on k U d a yin , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er . . . sh ould sp ea k th u s to it : ' I , h o n o u red sirs, fe ll in to one offence . . . con cealed for five d a y s . . . H a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b a tio n , w h ile I w as deservin g manatta (discipline), I fe ll in to one offence . . . [44] not concealed . So I, honoured sirs, a sk th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b ack to th e b egin n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . not

1 m u ld y a , t o t h e b e g in n in g , n o t in O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t h e re . C f . I I I . 7. 2.

62 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N Econcealed , h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b a tio n a n d w h ile 1 w as d eservin g mdnatta (d iscip lin e).’ A n d a secon d tim e it sh o u ld be asked fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld be ask ed fo r. . . II 2 II _

" T h e O rd er sh o u ld b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p e ten t m on k, sa y in g : ‘ H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h is m o n k U d a y in . . . a sk s fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b e g in ­n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offen ce . . . n o t co n cealed , w h ile he w as d eservin g 'mdnatta (d iscip lin e), h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b atio n . I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y send th e m on k U d a y in b a c k to th e b eg in n in g . . . h a v in g s ta y e d under p ro b a tio n . T h is is th e m o tio n : H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k U d a y in a sk s . . . T h e O rd er is sen d in g th e m o n k U d a y in b a c k to th e b egin n in g . . . I f th e sen d in g b a c k to th e b eg in n in g fo r th e m o n k U d a y in on a cco u n t o f . . . is p leasin g to th e v e n e ra b le ones, th e y sh o u ld be silen t ; h e to w h o m it is n o t p le a sin g sh o u ld sp ea k . A n d a second tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . T h e m o n k U d a y in is sen t b a c k to th e begin n in g b y th e O rd er. T h e sen d in g b a c k to th e b e g in ­n in g . . . is p le a sin g to th e O rd er, th erefo rr it is s ilen t. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is . ’ ” 11 3 II 8 ll

H e, h a v in g s ta y e d u n d e r p ro b a tio n , an n o u n ced to m o n k s : " I , y o u r reverences, fe ll in to one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a y s. . . . (as in I I I . 4. i ) . . . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" W e ll th en , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er in flict m dnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on th e m o n k U d a y in on acco u n t o f th ese offences.H i II

. . . (as in I I I . 4 2, 3) [45] . . . " . . . T h u s do I u n d er­sta n d th is . '.” || 2, 3 || 9 ||

W h ile he w as u n d ergoin g m dnatta (discipline) he fe ll in to one offence . * . n o t co n cealed . H e an n o u n ced to m on ks : “ I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offen ce . . . co n cealed fo r five d a y s . . . (as in I I I . 8. x) . . . " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :. " W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er, h a v in g sen t th e m o n k

U d a y in b a c k to th e b egin n in g on acco u n t o f th e one o ffen ce

10. r—12 .2] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 3. . . w h ile he w as un d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline), n o t co n ­cealed, in flict mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts. A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould he be sent b a ck to th e b eg in n in g . . . A n d th u s, m onks, should mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts be in flicted . . . M dnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts is in flicted b y th e O rder on th e m on k U d a y in fo r th e one offence . . . I t is p leasing to th e O rd er ; therefore it is s ilen t. T h u s do I u n d er­sta n d th is / ” J| 1 f| 10 ||

H e, h a v in g perform ed mdnatta (discipline) an d w h ile he d eserved reh a b ilita tio n , fell in to one offence . . . n o t co n ­cealed. H e announced to m o n ks . . . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

" W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rder, h a v in g sen t th e m o n k U d a y in b a ck to th e begin n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . w h en he h a d p erform ed mdnatta (d iscipline) an d w h ile he d eserved re h a b ilita tio n , in flict mdnatta (discipline) on h im fo r six n ights. A n d thus, m onks, sh ould he be sen t b a c k to th e beginning . . . A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld mdnatta (discipline) for s ix n ig h ts b e in flicted . . - ' . . . T h u s d o I u n d e rsta n dth is.' ” II r |j 1 1 II

H e, h a v in g perform ed mdnatta (discipline), an n ou n ced to m onks : " I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offence . . . co n ­cealed fo r five d a y s. [46] . . . (as in I I I . 2 x). I h a v e now perform ed mdnatta (d iscip line). N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct should be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rd er re h a b ilita te th e m on k U d a yin . || 1 ||

" A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld he b e re h a b ilita te d : T h a t m on k U d a yin , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er . . . sh o u ld sp ea k th u s to it : ' I , h on oured sirs, fe ll in to one offence . . * co n cealed for five d a ys. So I a sk ed th e O rd er for p ro b atio n fo r five d a y s on acco u n t of th e one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a ys. T herefore th e O rd er g ra n te d m e p ro b a tio n fo r five d a y s on accoun t o f th e one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a ys. W h ile I w as d o in g p ro b atio n I fe ll in to one offence . . . not con­cealed. S o I ask ed th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b eg in ­ning on a cco u n t o f th e on e offence . . . w h ile I w as doing probation , n o t concealed . T h e O rd er sen t m e b a c k to th e

64 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N Eb egin n in g * . . B u t th en I , h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b atio n an d w h ile I d eserved mdnatta (d iscip lin e), fe ll in to one offence . . . not con cealed . So I ask ed th e O rd er fo r sending b a c k to th e b egin n in g . . . T h e O rd er sent m e b a c k to th e b eg in n in g . . . n ot con cealed . So I asked th e O rd er fo r mdnatta (discipline) for s ix n ig h ts on acco u n t o f th e th ree offences. B eca u se o f th is, th e O rd er in flicted mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on m e on acco u n t o f th e th ree offences. B u t w h ;le I w a s u n d er­go in g mdnatta (discipline) I fe ll in to one offence . . . not con ­cealed. So I asked the O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e beginning . . . T h u s th e O rd er sen t m e b a c k to the b egin n in g . . . So I asked th e O rd er fo r mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on acco u n t o f th e one offen ce . . . w h ile I w a s un d ergoin g mdnatta (d iscip line), n o t co n cealed . T h e O rd er in flicted mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on m e. W h en I h ad p er­form ed mdnatta (discipline) an d w h ile I d eserved re h a b ilita ­tion , I fe ll in to one offence . . . n o t co n cealed . So 1 ask ed th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b e g in n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . w h ile I d eserved re h a b ilita tio n , n o t co n cealed . T h u s th e O rd er sen t m e b a c k to th e b eg in n in g . . . A n d I ask ed th e O rd er fo r mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . w h ile 1 d e served reh a b ilita - ion, not co n cealed . B eca u se o f th is, th e O rd er in flicted m dnatta, (discipline) fo r s ix n igh ts on m e . . . So I , honoured sirs, h a v in g p erform ed mdnatta (discipline) a sk th e O rd er fo r re­h a b ilita tio n .' A n d a second tim e sh o u ld it b e a sk ed fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e sh o u ld it be as^ked fo r . . . [| 2 ||

" T h e O rd er sh ould b e in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m ­p e te n t m onk, sa y in g : [47] ' H o n o u red sirs, . . . (as in 12 . 2) . . . H e, h a v in g p erfo rm ed mdnatta (d iscip line), a sk s th e O rd er fo r re h a b ilita tio n . I f i t seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r , . T h e m o n k U d a y in is re h a b ilita te d b y th e O rd er. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er . . . T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is . ’ ” |j 3 || 1 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven era b le U d a y in fe ll in to one offence . . . con cealed fo r h a lf a m o n th . . . (as in I I I . 3. Instead o f co n cealed fo r one d a y , p ro b a tio n fo r one d a y read con cealed fo r h a lf a m o n th , p ro b atio n fo r h a lf a m onth) . . . e . . .T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is .’ ” [| x j| 1 3 [j

14 .1—3] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 65W h ile he w a s under p ro b atio n he fe ll in to one offence . , .

concealed for five d a ys. H e an n o u n ced to m o n ks : " 1 , y o u r reverences, fe ll in to one offen ce . . . co n cealed fo r h a lf a m onth. So I ask ed th e O rd er fo r p ro b atio n fo r h a lf a m o n th on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . co n cealed fo r h a lf a m on th . B ecau se o f th is th e O rd er g ra n ted m e p ro b a tio n fo r h a lf a m onth. T h e n w hile I w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n , I fe ll in to one offence . . - co n cealed fo r five days* N o w w h a t line o f co n ­d u ct sh ould be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id ;

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rder, h a v in g sen t th e m o n k U d a y in b a ck to th e b eg in n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . * . con cealed fo r fiv e d a y s , g ra n t h im p ro b atio n con cu rren t1 w ith th e form er offence. || i ||

" A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld h e be sent b a c k to th e b eg in n in g :. . . (as in I I I . 7 . 2 , 3 . R ead co n cea le d fo r h a lf a m o n th , p ro b atio n for h a lf a m o n th , and then co n cealed fo r five d a y s instead o f co n cealed fo r five d a ys, p ro b a tio n fo r five d a y s , and then n ot concealed) . . . ' . * . T h u s do I u n d erstan dt h i s / ” || 2 ||

“ A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld p ro b a tio n c o n cu rre n t w ith th e form er offence be g r a n t e d ; T h a t m o n k U d a y in , h a v in g approach ed th e O rd er . . . sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to it : ‘ I ,honoured sirs, ask ed th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b eg in ­n in g . . . ( — || 2 j|) . . . T h e re fo re th e O rd er se n t m e b a c k to th e b eg in n in g on a cco u n t o f th e on e offen ce . . . w h ile I w as u n d er p ro b a tio n fo r h a lf a m o n th , co n cea le d fo r five d a y s. So I, h onoured sirs, a sk th e O rd er fo r con cu rren t p ro b a tio n w ith th e form er offence . . . w h ile I w a s u n d er p ro b atio n for h alf a m o n th , co n cealed fo r five d a y s / A n d a seco n d tim e . . - A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld be a sk ed for. T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in form ed A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is

1 sa m o d h d n a p a riv a sa . D u t t , E a r ly B u d d h is t M o n a c h is m , p . 16 9 , s a y s , " W h e n a n o th e r o ffe n c e is c o m m it t e d d u r in g t h e c o n t in u a n c e o f t h e P a r iv a s a p e r io d , a fre sh p e i io d b e g in s t o r u n f r o m t h e d a t e o f t h e c o m m is s io n o f t h e se co n d o fie n c e a n d i t e x t e n d s o v e r a s m a n y d a y s a s w e r e c o v e r e d b y t h e P a r iv a s a p e r io d p r e s c i ib e d f o r t h e f ir s t o ffe n c e o r t h e P a riv J tsa p e r io d p r e - s c i ib e d fo r t h e s e c o n d o ffe n c e , w h ic h e v e r p e r io d m a y b e lo n g e r / * A s V in . T e x ts ii. 405, n . 1 p o in t s o u t , “ t h e p e n a lt ie s fo r t h is n e w o ffe n c e a n d fo r t h e o ld o n e w e r e n o t a c c u m u la t iv e b u t c o n c u r r e n t . T h e o ffe n d e r lo s t t h e a d v a n ­ta g e o f t h e p r o b a t io n h e h a d a lr e a d y u n d e r g o n e , h e w a s th r b w n b a c k t o t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t o f h is t e r m o f p r o b a t io n , a n d h a d t o b e g in a g a i n ." T h e m anatta t o w h ic h h e w a s l ia b le fo r t h e firs t offeDce w a s n o t a ffe c te d .

D*

66 B O O K O F [ D I S C I P L I N E

m a tte r . - . C on cu rren t p ro b a tio n w ith th e fo rm er offence is g ra n te d b y th e O rd er to th e m o n k U d a y in on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . w h ile he w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n fo r h a lf a m o n th , co n cealed fo r five d a y s . I t is p le a sin g . . . T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is / ' [| 3 || 14 ||

H e, h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b a tio n , w h ile d eserv in g mdnatta (d iscip line), fe ll in to one offen ce . . . co n cealed fo r five d a y s . . . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" W e l l th en , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er, h a v in g sen t th e m o n k U d a y in b a ck to th e b eg in n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a y s , g ra n t h im p ro b a tio n co n cu rren t w ith th e fo rm er offence. A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld he b e sent b a c k to th e b eg in n in g . . . (<zs in 14. 2, 3) . . . A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld p ro b a tio n co n cu rren t w ith th e fo rm er offence be g ra n te d . . . ‘ . . . T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is / J' || x || 15 || |

H e, h a v in g s ta y e d u n d er p ro b a tio n , an n o u n ced to m o n ks :• . . (as in I I I . 4. x reading co n cealed fo r fiv e d a y s instead o f c con cealed fo r one d a y ). . . . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : [49]

“ W e ll th en , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er in flict mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on th e m o n k U d a y in on a cco u n t o f th e th ree offences. A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it be in f lic te d : T h a t m on k U d a y in , h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed th e O rd er . . . ' . . . A n d ath ird tim e I sp e a k fo r th th is m a tte r . . . M dnatta (discipline) is in flicted b y th e O rd er fo r s ix n ig h ts on th e m o n k U d a y in on a cco u n t o f th e th ree offences. I t is p le a sin g . . . T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is / ” || 1 || 16 j|

W h ile he w a s u n d erg o in g mdnatta (d iscipline) he fe ll in to one offence, co n cea led fo r five d a y s . H e an n o u n ced to m o n ks :“ I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offen ce . . . con cealed for h a lf a m o n th . . . ' (and he told a ll that had happened fro m 13 onwards) . . . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er, h a v in g sen t th e m o n k U d a y in b a c k to th e b egin n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a y s, h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n co n cu rren t w ith th e fo rm er offence, in flict mdnatta (discipline) on h im fo r s ix n igh ts. A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld h e be sen t

17.i —19.i] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 67

back to th e begin n in g . . . A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld p ro b a tio n con cu rren t w ith th e fo rm er offence be g ra n te d . . .A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts b e in flicted . . . ' M dnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts is in flicted b y th e O rder on th e m on k U d a y in on acco u n t o f th e one offence . . . w hile he w a s u n d ergoin g mdnatta (d iscip line), co n cealed for five d a ys. I t is p leasin g . . . T h u s do I u n d e rsta n d th is .’ ”II 1 II I? II

H e, h a v in g p erform ed mdnatta (d iscip line), w h ile he d eserved reh a b ilita tio n fe ll in to one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a y s. H e announced to m on ks : * I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offence, con cealed fo r h a lf a m o n th . . . (he repeats a ll that Jtas happened from 1 3 onwards) . . . W h en I h ad p erfo rm ed mdnatta (discipline) an d w h ile I d eserved re h a b ilita tio n , I fe ll in to one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a y s. N o w w h a t line of co n d u ct sh ould be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ W ell th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er, h a v in g sen t th e m on k U d a y in b a c k to th e b eg in n in g on a cco u n t o f th e one offence . . . co n cealed fo r five d a ys, h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b atio n concurrent w ith th e form er offence, in flict mdnatta (discipline) fo r s ix n ig h ts on h im * . . (as in 1 7 . 1). ' . . . T h u s do Iu n d erstan d th is .’ " || 1 j| 1 8 || [50]

H e, h a v in g p erform ed mdnatta (discipline), an n o u n ced to m o n k s: “ I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to one offence . . . co n ­cealed fo r h a lf a m o n th . . . (as from 1 3 onwards) I h a v e now perform ed mdnatta (d iscip line). N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct is to be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rd er re h a b ilita te th e m o n k U d a yin . A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld he be re h a b ilita te d : T h a t m o n k U d a y in , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er, . . . sh ould sp ea k th u s to it : * I , h o n o u red sirs, fe ll in to one offence, . . . con cealed fo r h a lf a m on th . S o I . . . B u t I , honoured sirs, h a v in g p erform ed mdnatt'i d iscip lin e, a sk th e O rd er for reh ab ili­ta tio n . . . ' A n d a second tim e . . . A n d a th ird tim e it should b e a sk ed fo r . . . T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed . . .

. . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp eak fo rth th is m a tte r . . . T h e

68 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

m o n k U d a y in is re h a b ilita te d b y th e O rd er. I t is p leasin g . . . T h u s d o I u n d ersta n d th is / || I || 19 [|

C o n clu d ed (are th e p ro ceed in gs co n n e cted w ith ) In te n tio n a l E m ission .

N o w at th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k ca m e to h a v e fa llen in to se v e ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er : one offence w as co n cealed fo r one d a y , one offence w a s con cealed fo r tw o d a y s . . . th ree . . . fo u r . . . five . . * s ix . . . seven . . . e ig h t . . . n ine d a y s, one offen ce w a s co n cea le d fo r ten d a ys. H e an n o u n ced to m on ks : “ I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rd er ; one offence w a s co n cea led fo r one d a y . . * one offence w a s co n ­cealed fo r ten d a y s . W h a t lin e of co n d u ct sh ou ld b e fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rd er g ra n t th is m o n k co n cu rren t p ro b atio n , its d u ra tio n d ep en d in g1 on w h ich ev er w a s th e offence am o n g th ese offences th a t w a s co n cealed fo r ten d a y s . || i ||

" A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld it be g ra n te d : T h a t m on k,h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed th e O rd er . . . sh o u ld sp ea k th u s to it : ' I , revered sirs, h a v e fa llen in to se v e ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er ; ' . . . one offence w as con cealed fo r te n d a ys. So I , ho n o u red sirs, a sk th e O rd er for co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n , its d u ra tio n d ep en d in g on w h ic h e v e r w as th e offence am o n g th ese o ffences th a t w a s co n cea led for ten d a y s / A n d a secon d tim e it sh o u ld be ask ed fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh ould be a sk ed fo r . . . T h e O rd er sh ould b e in fo rm ed b y an e xp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k , s a y in g : * H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k So-and-so fe ll in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g of th e O rd er ; [51] one w as co n cealed fo r . . . te n d a y s. H e is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r co n ­cu rren t p ro b a tio n , its d u ra tio n d ep en d in g on w h ich ev er w as th e offence am o n g th ese offen ces th a t w as co n cealed fo r ten d a y s . I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er sh ould g ra n t th e m o n k So-an d -so co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n . . . fo r ten d a y s.

1 tassd agghenat l i t . a c c o r d in g t o t h e v a lu e o r w o r th , i .e . o f t h e p r o b a t io n a r y p e r io d n e c e s s ita te d b y t h e n u m b e r o f d a y s t h e o ffe n c e w a s c o n c e a le d . H e r e p r o b a t io n h a d t o b e -u n d e rgo n e fo r t e n d a y s , s in c e t h is w a s t h e g r e a t e s t n u m b e r o f d a y s fo r w h ic h o n e o f t h e o ffe n c e s h a d b e e n c o n c e a le d . V A . 118 2 s a y s th e r e a r e t h r e e k in d s o f c o n c u r r e n t p r o b a t io n : odhdna, aggha, a n d missafca, a l l o f w h ic h i t e x p la in s .

20.2— 21.x] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 69

T h is is th e m otion . . . . C on cu rren t p ro b a tio n is b ein g g ra n ted b y th e O rd er to th e m on k So-and-so, its d u ra tio n d ep en d in g on w h ich ev er w as th e offence a m o n g th ese o ffences th a t w as con cealed fo r ten d a ys. I t is p leasin g . . . T h u s do I u n d er­sta n d th is/ ” || 2 |! 20 ii

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k h a d fa llen in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g o f th e O rd er ; one offence w as con cealed fo r one d a y , tw o offences w ere co n cealed fo r tw o d a ys, three offences w ere co n cealed fo r th ree d a y s, fo u r . . . fo r fo u r d a y s , five . . . fo r five d a y s . . . s ix fo r s ix d a y s . . . seven fo r seven d a ys, e igh t . . . fo r e ig h t d a ys, n ine . . . for nine d a y s, ten offences w ere con cealed fo r te n d a ys. H e an n ou n ced to m on ks, sa y in g : “ I , y o u r reveren ces, h a v e fa llen in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er ; one offence w as con cealed fo r one d a y . . . ten offences w ere con cealed fo r ten d a ys. N o w , \yhat lin e o f co n d u ct sh ould be fo llo w ed b y m e ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rd er g ra n t th is m o n k co n ­cu rren t p ro b a tio n , its d u ratio n d ep en d in g on w h ich ev er w ere th e offences am o n g th ese offences th a t w ere each co n cealed th e lo n g e st.1 A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it be g ra n te d : T h a t m on k, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er . . . sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to it : ' I , honoured sirs, h a v e fa lle n in to se v e ra l offences e n ta ilin g a form al m eetin g o f th e O rd er ; one offence w as co n cealed fo r one d a y . . . ten offences w ere co n cea led fo r te n d a ys. T h e re ­fore I , honoured sirs, a sk th e O rd er fo r co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n , its d u ratio n d epen din g on w h ich ev er w ere th e offences am on g these offences th a t w ere each con cealed th e lo n g e st/ A n d a second tim e it sh o u ld be a sk ed fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh ould be asked fo r . . . T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an experien ced , co m p eten t m on k, s a y in g : * . . . A n d a th irdtim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . C o n cu rren t p ro b a tio n is g ra n ted b y th e O rd er to th is m o n k, its d u ra tio n d ep en d in g on w h ich ev er w ere th e offen ces am o n g th ese offences th a t w ere each con cealed th e lo n gest. I t is p lea sin g . . . T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is / ” || 1 |[ 2 1 || [52]

1 sa b b a cira p a ticch a n n d y o . T h is lo o k s a s i f p r o b a t io n w o u ld h a v e t o la s t o r te n t im e s t e n d a y s .

70 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N EN o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k fe ll in to tw o offences e n ta il­

in g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er ; th e y w ere co n cealed fo r tw o m on th s. I t occu rred to h im : ** I h a v e fa llen in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rd er ; th e y w ere co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. S u p p o se I w ere to a s k th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s fo r on e offence co n cealed fo r tw o m on th s ? ” H e a sk e d th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s fo r one offence co n cea led fo r tw o m o n th s. T h e O rd er g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s fo r one offence co n ­cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. W h ile h e w a s u n d er p ro b atio n a feelin g o f sham e o vercam e him , an d h e th o u g h t : " I fe ll in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er ; th e y w ere co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. I t o ccu rred to m e : I h a v e fa llen in to tw o o ffen ces . . . S u p p o se I w ere to a sk th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s fo r one offence co n cea led fo r tw o m o n th s ? I ask ed th e O rd er . . . T h e O rd er g ra n te d m e p ro ­b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s fo r one offence co n cea led fo r tw o m onths. W h ile I w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n a feelin g o f sh am e o vercam e me. S up pose I w ere a lso t o a sk th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s fo r th a t o th e r offence co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s ? ”Hi II

H e an n o u n ced to m o n ks : “ I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to tw o offences . . . " . . . S u p p o se I w ere a lso to a sk th e O rd er fo rp ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s fo r th a t o th e r offence co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s ? * N o w , w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id . || 2 J|

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er g ra n t th is m o n k p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on a cco u n t also o f th a t o th e r o ffen ce con cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld it be g ra n te d : T h a t m o n k, h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e O rd er * . . sh o u ld sp ea k th u s to it : * I , h o n o u red sirs, h a v e fa lle n in to tw o offen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er . . . ( = || 2 ||) . . . S u p p o se I w ere also to a sk th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on a cco u n t o f th a t o th e r offence co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s ? So I , h on oured sirs, am also a sk in g th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n for tw o m o n th s on acco u n t o f th a t o th e r o ffen ce co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s/ [53] A n d a second tim e it sh o u ld be a sk e d fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld be a sk ed for. || 3 ||

“ T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m ­p e te n t m o n k, sa y in g : * H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to

22 ,4— 2 3 .2 ] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 71m e. T h is m o n k So-and-so has fa llen in to tw o offences e n ta il­ing a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder, co n cealed fo r tw o m on th s. I t occurred to h im : . . . H e is also a sk in g th e O rd er fo r pro­b ation fo r tw o m on th s on a cco u n t o f th a t o th e r offence co n ­cealed fo r tw o m on th s. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y also g ra n t th e m o n k So-and -so p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m onths on acco u n t o f th a t o th e r offence co n cea led fo r tw o m o n th s. T h is is the m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k So-and -so . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m atter. P ro b a tio n is a lso b e in g g ra n ted th e m o n k S o-an d -so b y th e O rd er fo r tw o m o n th s on a c co u n t o f th is o th e r offence con cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. I t is p le a sin g . . . T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is .' W e ll th en , m on ks, th a t m o n k sh o u ld d o p robation fo r tw o m o n th s fro m th a t d a te .1 jj 4 || 22 jj

" T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k h as fa llen in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g of th e O rder, co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s . . . (as above) . . . T h e O rd er a lso g ra n ted h im p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on a cco u n t o f th a t o th er offence concealed fo r tw o m on th s. W e ll th en , m on ks, th a t m on k should do p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s from th a t d ate. ]| x ||

" T h is is a case, m onks, w here a m o n k h as fa lle n in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g o f th e O rd er, co n cealed for tw o m o n th s. H e k n o w s th a t one is a n offence, he d oes n ot kn o w th a t th e o th e r is an offence. H e a sk s th e O rd er fo r p ro ­b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s o n a cco u n t o f th a t offence, co n cealed for tw o m on th s, w h ich he k n o w s to be a n offence. T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s an a cco u n t o f th a t offence concealed fo r tw o m o n th s. W h ile h e is u n d er p ro b a tio n , he finds th a t th e o th e r is a lso an offence. I t o ccu rs to h im : * I h a ve fa llen in to tw o offences . . . I k n e w th a t one w a s an offence, I d id not k n o w th a t th e o th e r w a s a n offence. S o I asked th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on a cco u n t o f th a t offence w h ich I k n e w to be an offence, co n cealed fo r tw o m onths. T h e O rd er g ra n te d m e p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on accoun t o f th a t offence, co n cea led fo r tw o m o n th s. B u t w h ile I w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n , I fo u n d th a t th e o th er w a s also a n offence. Sup pose I [54] w ere also to a sk th e O rd er fo r p ro b a ­tion fo r tw o m o n th s on a cco u n t o f th is o th e r o ffen ce, co n cealed

1 ta d u p d d d y a .

72 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

for tw o m o n th s ? * H e a sk s th e O rd e r fo r p ro b a tio n . * . T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on a cco u n t o f th is o th e r offence also, co n cea led fo r tw o m o n th s. W e ll th en , m onks, th is m o n k sh o u ld d o p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s from th a t d ate. |[ 2 ||

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k h as fa lle n in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g o f th e O rder, co n cea led fo r tw o m on th s. H e rem em bers one offence, he does not rem em ber th e o th e r offence. H e a sk s th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m on th s o n a cco u n t o f th a t o ffence, co n cealed fo r tw o m onth s, w h ich he rem em bers . . . ( = |j 2 ||. R ead rem em bers, re­m em bered instead o f finds, found) . . . fo r tw o m o n th s from th is d a te . || 3 ||

“ T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k h as fa llen in to tw o o ffences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rd er, co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. H e is in no d o u b t th a t one is an offence, he is d o u b tfu l w h e th e r th e o th e r is an offence. H e a sk s th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on a c co u n t o f th a t offence a b o u t w h ich he is in no d o u b t , . . ( = || 2 ||. Read is d o u b tfu l fo r does n o t kn ow ) . . . fo r tw o m o n th s from th is d a te . |] 4 ||

" T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k h as fa llen in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er, co n cealed fo r tw o m onth s. O n e offence is k n o w in g ly co n cealed , th e o th e r offence is u n k n o w in g ly co n cealed . H e a sk s th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on a c co u n t o f th o se o ffences con ­cea led fo r tw o m on th s. T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on a c co u n t o f th o se o ffences co n cealed fo r tw o m onth s. W h ile he is u n d er p ro b a tio n , a c e rta in m o n k a rriv es — one w h o h a s h e a rd m u ch , to w h om th e tra d itio n h a d been h an d ed d o w n , e x p e rt in dham m a , e x p e rt in d iscip lin e, e x p e rt in th e sum m aries, c le v e r, exp erien ced , w ise, con scien tious, scrupu lous, d esirou s o f tra in in g . H e sp ea k s t h u s : ‘ W h a t, y o u r ' reverences, h a s th is m o n k fa llen in to ? W h y is th is m o n k d o in g p ro b a tio n ? * T h e y sp e a k th u s : * T h is m o n k, y o u r reveren ce, h as fa llen in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rd er, co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. O n e offence w a s k n o w in g ly co n cealed , th e o th e r offence w as u n k n o w in g ly co n cealed . H e a sk ed th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on acco u n t o f th ese offences co n cealed fo r tw o m on th s. T h e O rd er g ra n ted him p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on acco u n t o f

23.5— 24.x] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 73these offences, co n cealed fo r tw o m on th s. T h is m on k, y o u r reverence, h as fa llen in to th ese, th is m o n k is u n d er p ro b a tio n on acco u n t o f th e se / H e sp eaks th u s : ' T h e g ra n tin g o f p ro b atio n , y o u r reverences, fo r th a t offence w h ich he k n o w in g ly co n cealed is le g a lly v a lid 1 ; b ecau se it is le g a lly v a lid 3 it is e ffe c tiv e 3 ; b u t th e g ra n tin g o f p ro b a tio n , y o u r reverences, fo r th a t offence w h ich he u n k n o w in g ly co n cealed is n o t le g a lly v a lid ; b ecau se it is n o t le g a lly v a lid it is n o t e ffective . F o r th is offence, y o u r reveren ces, th e m o n k d eserves mdnatta (d iscip lin e)/ || 5 ||

" T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er, co n cealed fo r tw o m onth s. O ne offence is co n cealed , he rem em b erin g it , th e o th er offence is co n cealed , he n ot rem em b erin g it. . . , O n e offence is co n cealed , he b e in g not in d o u b t (abou t it), th e o th e r offence is con cealed , he b ein g in d o u b t (about it) .F o r th is offence, y o u r reverences, th is m o n k d eserves mdnatta (d iscip lin e)/ ” [| 6 || 23 || [55]

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k h a d fallen in to tw o offences en ta ilin g a form al m eetin g o f th e O rder, con cealed for tw o m onths. I t occu rred to h im : " I h a v e fa llen in to tw o offences . . . con cealed fo r tw o m on th s. S u p p o se th a t I w ere to a sk th e O rd er for p ro b atio n fo r one m o n th on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences, co n cea led fo r tw o m o n th s ? " H e a sk e d th e O rd er . . . T h e O rd er g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n fo r one m o n th on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences, co n cealed for tw o m on th s. A s he w as u n d er p ro b a tio n sh am e o vercam e h im , an d he th o u g h t ; " I h a v e fa llen in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder, con cealed fo r tw o m onth s. I t occu rred to m e : . . . I ask ed th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r one m o n th . . . T h e O rd er g ra n te d m e p ro b a tio n fo r one m o n th on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences co n cealed fo r tw o m onth s. A s I w as u n d er p ro b atio n sham e o vercam e m e. W h a t n ow , i f I sh o u ld also ask th e O rd er for p ro b a tio n fo r a fu rth e r m o n th on acco u n t o f th e tw o offences con cealed fo r tw o m o n th s ? ” || x ||

1 dhammikam.* dhammattd.* rUhati. A s a t C V . I I I . 25, 3 ; 27, e tc . C f. Vin+ ii. 203 a n d M V , V I . 14. 5 .

Ruhati m e a n s s o m e th in g l ik e “ i t c o u n ts **.

74 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

H e an n ou n ced to m o n ks : " I , y o u r reveren ces, h a v e fa llen in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er, co n ­cealed fo r tw o m o n th s . . . I t o ccu rred to m e : . . . W h a t n o w if I sh o u ld also a sk th e O rd er for p ro b atio n fo r a fu rth e r m o n th on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s ? N o w , w h a t lin e of co n d u ct sh ould b e fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . || 2 ||

H e said : " W e ll th en , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er also g ra n t th is m o n k p ro b a tio n fo r a fu rth e r m o n th on acco u n t o f th ese tw o offences co n cea led fo r tw o m o n th s. A n d th u s, m on ks, sh ould it b e ask ed fo r : T h a t m on k, h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed th e O rd er . . . sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to it : ‘ I , h o n o u red sirs, h a v e fa llen in to tw o offences . , . W h a t now if I sh o u ld also a sk th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r a fu rth e r m o n th on acco u n t o f th e tw o offences, con cealed fo r tw o m o n th s ? So I, h on oured sirs, am also a sk in g th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r a fu rth e r m o n th on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s/ [56] A n d a second tim e . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld be a sk ed for* T h e O rd er sh ould be in fo rm ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, s a y ­in g : * H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k So-and-so fe ll in to tw o offen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g of th e O rd er, co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. I t occu rred to h im : ' . . . Su p p ose I w ere a lso to a sk th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r a fu rth e r m o n th on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences, co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s ? ' H e is a sk in g „ . . I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er . . . I f th e g iv in g o f p ro b a tio n to th e m on k So-and-so fo r a fu rth e r m o n th a lso on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences con cealed fo r tw o m o n th s is p lea sin g to th e ven era b le ones . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . P ro b a tio n is g ra n te d b y th e O rd er to th e m o n k So-and -so fo r a fu rth e r m o n th also on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences, con cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. I t is p lea sin g . . . T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is / M onks, th a t m o n k sh o id d d o p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m on th s from th e earlier d a te . || 3 || 24 |j

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er, co n cealed fo r tw o m onth s. I t o ccu rs to h im : * I h a v e fa lle n in to tw o offences . . . con cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. S u p p o se I w ere to a sk th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r one m o n th on acco u n t o f th e tw o

25.1-3] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 75offences con cealed fo r tw o m on th s ? ' . . . ( — |j 24 || i ||) . . . T h e O rd er also g ra n ts h im p ro b a tio n fo r a fu rth er m o n th on a cco u n t o f th e tw o offences, co n cealed fo r tw o m onth s. M onks, th a t m o n k sh ould do p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s from th e earlier d a te . I! x M

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w here a m o n k fa lls into tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rder, con cealed fo r tw o m onths. H e k n o w s th e one m on th , he does n o t k n o w th e o th er m on th . . . he rem em bers th e one m o n th , he d oes n o t re­m em ber th e o th er m o n th . . . he is n o t d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e one m on th , he is d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e o th er m o n th . H e asks th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r th a t m o n th on acco u n t o f th e tw o offences, con cealed fo r tw o m on th s, a b o u t w h ich h e is not d o u b tfu l. T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im p ro b a tio n . . . n ot d o u b tfu l. A s he is d o in g p ro b a tio n he com es to b e d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e fu rth er m on th also. I t o ccu rs to h im : ' I h a v e fa llen in to tw o offences . . . co n cealed fo r tw o m o n th s. I w a s not d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e one m on th , [57] I w as d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e o th e r m o n th . . . Su p p ose I w ere to a s k th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n fo r a fu rth e r m o n th a lso on acco u n t o f th e tw o offences con ­cealed fo r tw o m o n th s ? ' H e a sk s th e O rd er . . . < T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im p ro b a tio n fo r a fu rth e r m o n th also on a cco u n t of th e tw o offences, con cealed fo r tw o m onth s. M onks, th a t m on k sh ould d o p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s fro m th e earlier d a te . || 2 j|

T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er, co n cealed for tw o months* O ne m o n th is k n o w in g ly con cealed , th e o th e r m on th is u n k n o w in g ly con cealed . . . O ne m o n th is con cealed , he rem em bering it , th e o th e r m on th is co n cealed , h e n o t rem em ber­in g it * . . O ne m on th is con cealed , he b e in g not in d o u b t (about it) , th e o th er m o n th is con cealed , he b e in g in d o u b t a b o u t it. H e a sk s th e O rd er for p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on acco u n t o f th e tw o offences con cealed fo r tw o m on th s. T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im p ro b atio n for tw o m o n th s . . . co n cealed fo r tw o m on th s. A s he is u n d er p ro b a tio n , a n o th er m o n k a rriv es1 — one w h o h as h eard m u ch . . . desirous o f training* H e sp eaks th u s : ' In to w h a t, y o u r reveren ces, h as th is m on kfa llen ? W h y is th is m o n k u n d er p ro b a tio n ? ' T h e y sp ea k

» A s in C V . I I I . 23. 5.

76 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th u s : ' T h is m on k, y o u r reveren ce, h a s fa llen in to tw o offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rd er, co n cealed fo r tw o m onths. H e co n cea led one m o n th (although ) he w a s not d o u b tfu l (ab o u t it) , he co n cealed th e o th e r m o n th (because) he w a s d o u b tfu l (abou t it). H e a sk e d th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n . . . T h e O rd er g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n fo r tw o m o n th s on acco u n t of th e tw o offences, co n cealed fo r tw o m on th s. T h is m on k, y o u r reveren ce, h a s fa llen in to th ese, th is m o n k is doing p ro b atio n on a cco u n t o f th e se .' H e sp ea k s th u s : ' T h e g ra n t­in g o f p ro b a tio n , y o u r reveren ces, fo r th a t m o n th w h ich he co n cealed (although) he w as n o t d o u b tfu l (ab o u t it) is le g a lly v a lid ; b ecau se it is le g a lly v a lid , i t is e ffe c tiv e ; b u t th e g ra n t­in g o f p ro b a tio n , y o u r reveren ces, fo r th a t m o n th w h ich he con cealed becau se h e w a s d o u b tfu l (ab o u t it) is n o t le g a lly v a lid ; b ecau se it is n o t le g a lly v a lid , it is n o t e ffectiv e . F o r th a t m on th , y o u r reverences, th a t m on k d eserves mdnatta d isc ip lin e/ ” j| 3 || 25 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k cam e to h a v e fa llen in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er ; he d id n o t k n o w a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, he d id n ot k n o w a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts1 . . . H e d id not rem em ber . . . H e w a s d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, he w a s d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n of th e n igh ts. H e an n o u n ced to m o n ks : " I , y o u r reveren ces, fe ll in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder. [58] I d o n ot k n o w a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, I d o n o t k n o w a b o u t

1 dpattipariyanta . . . rattipariyanta. Pariyanta m e a n s l i t . l im it , e n d , b o u n d a r y , l im it a t io n . O n t h e u s e o f th e s e w o r d s h e r e B u . le a d s u s t o s u p p o s e t h a t a m o n k m ig h t b e in a s t a t e o f p u r if ic a t io n in r e g a r d t o v a r io u s o ffe n c e s t h a t h e h a d c o m m it t e d b e c a u s e h e h a d u n d e r g o n e a d e q u a t e p r o b a tio n . T h is m ig h t l a s t fo r a d a y , a h a lf-m o n th , a m o n th o r a y e a r . H e s h o u ld th e n co n s id e r fo r h o w m a n y m o n th s h e s t i l l h a s t o d o p r o b a t io n so a s t o s e c u r e h is p u r if ic a t io n , t h a t is , t h e r e m o v a l o f t h e o ffe n c e . A s o ffe n c e s a r e r e m o v e d , t h e a m o u n t o f t im e s t i ll t o b e s p e n t o n p r o b a t io n a u t o m a t ic a l ly b e c o m e s less. M o re o v e r , w h o e v e r d o e s n o t k n o w o r r e m e m b e r o r is in d o u b t a s t o th e e x p ir a t io n o f t h e n ig h t s s h o u ld , i f h e h a s u n d e r t a k e n t o d o p r o b a t io n , c o u n t t h e n ig h t s fr o m t h a t d a y b a c k t o t h e d a y o f h is o r d in a tio n , a n d t h e n d o p r o b a t io n fo r t h is n u m b e r o f n ig h ts . I n thii> w a y , i t a p p e a r s , h e w o u ld b e q u it e c e r t a in o f d o in g p r o b a t io n fo r a ll t h e p o s s ib le n ig h t s w h ic h m ig h t b e n e c e s s a r y f o r t h e r e m o v a l o f t h e o ffe n c e . S e e dpattipariyanta a n d kula- pariyanta ('* l im ite d t o fa m ilie s ” ) a t Vin. i v . 31 (B .D . i i . 2 20 ), w h e r e d e fin e d ; a n d bhesajjapariyanta (“ l im it e d t o m e d ic in e s ” ) a n d rattipariyanta a t Vin.iv . 103 (jB.D. ii. 3 7 1 ) . S e e a lso a b o v e , C V . I I . 1. 2 , w h e r e pariyanta s e e m s u se d in a d if fe r e n t sen se . ’

26.1—3] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 77the e xp ira tio n o f th e n igh ts . . . I am d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e e xp ira tio n of th e n igh ts. N o w , w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh ould be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

W e ll then, m on ks, le t th e O rd er g ra n t th e p u r ify in g p ro b a ­tio n 1 to th is m on k on a cco u n t o f th o se offences. || I |j

A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it be g ra n ted : T h a t m o n k, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er . . . sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to it : " I ,honoured sirs, h a v e fa llen in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a form al m eetin g o f th e O rder. I do n ot k n o w a b o u t th e e x p ira ­tion o f th e offences . . . I am d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts. So I , honoured sirs, am a sk in g th e O rd er fo r th e p u rify in g p ro b atio n on a cco u n t o f th ese o ffen ces/ A n d a second tim e . , . A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld b e ask ed for. T h e O rd er sh o u ld b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e.T h is m o n k So-and -so h as fa llen in to se v e ra l offences . . . he is d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n of th e n ig h ts. H e is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r th e p u r ify in g p ro b atio n on a cco u n t of those offences. I f i t seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y g ra n t th e m o n k So-and-so th e p u rify in g p ro b a tio n on acco u n t o f those offences. T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m on k So-an d -so . . . T h e O rd er is g ra n tin g th e m o n k So-and-so th e p u r ify in g p ro b a tio n on accou n t o f those offences. I f th e g ra n tin g to th e m o n k So-an d - so o f th e p u rify in g p ro b a tio n on acco u n t o f th o se offences is p leasin g to th e ven erab le ones, th e y sh o u ld be silen t ; he to w hom it is n o t p leasin g sh ould sp eak ; A n d a second tim e . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . T h e p u rify in g p ro b a tio n is g ra n ted b y th e O rd er to th e m o n k So- and-so on a cco u n t o f those offences. I t is p leasin g . . . T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is / || 2 j[

“ T h u s, m on ks, sh o u ld th e p u r ify in g p ro b a tio n b e g ra n te d , th u s sh ould p ro b a tio n b e g ra n ted . A n d how , m o n ks, sh o u ld th e p u rify in g p ro b a tio n be g ra n te d ? I f h e does n o t k n o w a b o u t the e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he d oes n o t k n o w a b o u t th e exp ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts, i f he does n o t rem em b er a b o u t th e exp iratio n o f th e offences, i f h e d oes n ot rem em b er a b o u t th e

1 su d d h a n la p a riv d sa .

7 8 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

e x p ira tio n of th e n ig h ts, i f he is d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e ex p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he is d o u b tfu l a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n of th e n ig h ts, th e p u rify in g p ro b a tio n m a y be gra n ted .

" I f he k n o w s a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he does n o t kn o w a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts, i f he rem em bers a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he d oes n o t rem em ber a b o u t th e e x p ira tio n o f n ig h ts, i f he is n o t in d o u b t as to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, if he is in d o u b t as to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n igh ts, th e p u r ify in g p ro b a tio n m a y be gra n ted .

“ I f he kn ow s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e o ffen ces in som e cases, if he does n o t k n o w it in oth ers, i f he does not k n o w th e e x p ira ­tio n o f th e n ig h ts, i f he rem em bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences in som e cases, i f he does not rem em ber it in o th ers, if he does n o t rem em ber th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n igh ts, if he is in d o u b t as to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offen ces in som e cases, if he is in no d o u b t as to it in oth ers, if he is in d o u b t as to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts, th e p u r ify in g p ro b a tio n m a y be g ra n ted .

“ I f h e does n o t k n o w th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, if he kn ow s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts in som e cases, if he does not k n o w it in o th ers, i f he does n o t rem em b er th e e x p ira tio n of th e offences, if he rem em bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts in som e cases, if he d oes n o t rem em b er it in o th ers, if he is in d o u b t a s to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f in som e cases he is in d o u b t as to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts, if h e is not in d o u b t in o thers, [59] th e p u r ify in g p ro b a tio n m a y be gran ted .

“ I f he k n o w s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he k n o w s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts in som e cases, if he d oes n o t k n o w it in o th ers, i f he re m em b ers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, if he rem em bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts in som e cases, if he does not rem em b er i t in o th ers, if he is n o t in d o u b t as to the e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f h e is in d o u b t in som e cases as to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts , i f he is n o t in d o u b t in others, th e p u r ify in g p ro b a tio n m a y b e g ra n te d .

" I f he k n o w s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e o ffen ces in som e cases, if he does n o t k n o w it in o th ers, i f he k n o w s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts in som e cases, i f he d o es n o t k n o w it in oth ers, i f be rem em bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e o ffences in som e cases, i f he does n o t rem em b er it in o th ers, if he rem em bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts in som e cases, i f he does n o t rem em b er it in o thers,

26.3— 27.i ] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 79if he is in d o u b t as to som e offences, i f he is not in d o u b t as to others, i f he is in d o u b t as to som e n igh ts, if he is n o t in d o u b t as to others, th e p u r ify in g p ro b a tio n m a y b e gra n ted . || 3 ]|

" A n d how , m o n ks m a y p ro b a tio n b e g ra n ted ? I f he k n o w s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he k n o w s th e e x p ira tio n of the n igh ts, i f h e rem em bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, if he rem em bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n igh ts, i f he is n o t in d o u b t as to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he is n o t in d o u b t as to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts, p ro b a tio n m a y b e g ra n ted .

“ I f he d oes n o t k n o w th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he kn ow s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts, i f he does not rem em ber th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, if he rem em bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n igh ts, i f he is in d o u b t as to the e x p ira tio n o f th e offences, i f he is n o t in d o u b t a s to th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts, p ro b atio n m a y b e g ra n ted .

0 I f he k n o w s th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences in som e cases, i f he does n o t k n o w it in o thers, i f h e k n o w s th e e x p ira tio n of th e n ig h ts, if he rem em b ers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e offences in som e cases, if he does n o t rem em ber it in o th ers, if he rem em ­bers th e e x p ira tio n o f th e n ig h ts, i f h e is in d o u b t as to th e e xp ira tio n of th e offences in som e cases, i f he is n o t in d o u b t in others, i f he is n o t in d o u b t as to th e e x p ira tio n of th e n ights, p ro b a tio n m a y b e g ra n ted . T h u s, m on ks, m a y p ro b a ­tion be g ra n te d ." || 4 || 26 ||

T o ld is P ro b a tio n .

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m onk, w h ile doing p ro b atio n , le ft th e O rder. H a v in g com e b a c k ag ain , h e ask ed th e m on ks for ord in ation . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m on k, d o in g p ro b a tio n , lea ves th e O rder. M onks, th e p ro b a tio n o f one w h o le a v e s th e O rd er is n o t e ffective . I f he is ord ain ed a g ain , th e earlier g ra n t­in g o f p ro b a tio n is ju s t as it w as fo r h im 1 : w h a te v e r p ro b atio n is g ra n te d is p ro p e rly g ra n ted , w h o ev er d oes p ro b a tio n does p ro b a tio n th o ro u g h ly , he m u st do p ro b a tio n (for a n y p o rtion o f tim e) rem aining.

1 I .e . o n b e in g r e -o r d a in e d , h e is t o t a k e u p h is p e r io d o f p r o b a t io n a g a in w h e re h e le f t i t o ff, so a s t o c o m p le t e t h e n u m b e r o f n ig h t s fo r "which p r o b a ­t io n w a s o r ig in a lly g r a n t e d h im . P r o b a t io n is ** n o t b r o k e n ” , a n o th e r m e a n ­in g o f ru h a ti.

So B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" T h is is a ca se , m on ks, w h ere a m o n k , w h ile d o in g p ro b atio n , b ecom es a n o v ice . M onks, th e p ro b a tio n o f a n o v ic e is not effective- I f h e is ordained a g a in . - . (as in preceding para­graph) . . . rem ain in g.

" T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k , w h ile d o in g p ro b a ­tio n , b ecom es m ad . M onks, th e p ro b a tio n o f one w h o is m a d is n o t e ffe ctiv e . I f he becom es sane a g ain , th e earlier g ra n tin g o f p ro b a tio n is ju s t as it w a s fo r h im : w h a te v e r p ro b a tio n is g ra n te d is p ro p e rly g ra n te d , w h o e v e r d o es p ro b a tio n does p ro b a tio n th o ro u g h ly , he m u st d o p ro b a tio n (for a n y portion o f tim e) rem aining.

" T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k, w hile d o in g p ro b a ­tio n , becom es u n h in ged in m in d . M onks, th e p ro b a tio n o f one w h o is u n h in ged in m in d [60] is n ot e ffectiv e . I f he becom es n o t u n h in ged in m ind a g ain . - . T h is is a case , m on ks, w here a m o n k, d o in g p ro b a tio n , becom es a fflic ted b y pain . M onks, th e p ro b a tio n o f one a fflic ted b y p ain is not e ffectiv e . I f he b eco m es n o t a fflicted b y p ain a g ain . . . he m ust do p ro b a­tio n fo r (a n y p o rtio n o f tim e) rem ain in g .

" T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k , w h ile d o in g p ro b a ­tio n , is suspen d ed fo r n o t seein g an offence . . . for n o t m a k in g am en d s fo r a n offen ce . . .fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g view . M onks, th e p ro b a tio n o f one w h o is su sp en d ed is n ot e ffectiv e . I f h e is resto red a g a in , th e earlier g ra n tin g o f p ro b a tio n is ju st as it w as fo r h im : w h a te v e r p ro b a tio n is g ra n te d is p ro p e rly g ra n te d , w h o e v e r does p ro b a tio n d oes p ro b a tio n th o ro u g h ly , h e m u st do p ro b a tio n fo r (an y p o rtio n o f tim e) rem ain in g, jj i |f

" T h is is a ca se , m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k w h o d eserves to be sen t b a c k to th e b e g in n in g le a v e s th e O rd er. M onks, th e sen d in g b a c k to th e b eg in n in g is n o t e ffe c tiv e fo r one w ho le a v e s th e O rd er. I f he is o rd ain ed a g a in , th e earlier g ra n tin g o f th e p ro b a tio n is ju s t as it w a s fo r h im : w h a te v e r p ro b atio n is g ra n te d is p ro p e rly g ra n te d , th a t m o n k m u st be sent b a ck to th e b egin n in g.

T h is is a case , m on ks, w h ere a m o n k w h o d eserves to be sen t b a c k to th e b egin n in g b ecom es a n o v ic e . . . becom es m ad . . . {as in || i ||) . . . i s suspend ed for not g iv in g up a w ro n g v ie w . M on ks, th e sen d in g b a c k to th e b eg in n in g of one w h o is suspen d ed is n o t e ffe ctiv e . I f he is resto red again , th e earlier g ra n tin g o f th e p ro b a tio n is ju s t as it w as fo r h im :

27.2-5] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 81

w h a te v e r p ro b atio n is g ra n ted is p ro p e rly g ra n ted , th a t m o n k m ust be sent b a c k to th e b egin n in g. [| 2 |{

'* T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m on k w h o d eserves manatta (discipline) le a ve s th e O rder. M onks, th e im p o sin g o f manatta (discipline) on one w h o le a ve s th e O rd er is not e ffe ctiv e . I f he is ord ain ed ag ain , th e earlier g ra n tin g o f p ro b a tio n is ju s t as i i w a s fo r h im : w h a te v e r p ro b a tio n is g ra n te d is p ro p e rly "granted, w h o ever does p ro b a tio n does p ro b a tio n th o ro u g h ly , manatta (discipline) sh ould be im posed on th a t m onk.

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k w h o d eserves manatta (discipline) becom es a n o v ice . . . becom es m ad . . . is sus­pen d ed fo r not g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w . M onks, th e im p o sin g o f manatta (discipline) on one w h o is su sp en d ed is n ot e ffectiv e . I f he is resto red again , th e earlier g ra n tin g o f p ro b a tio n is ju st as it w a s fo r h im : w h a te v e r p ro b a tio n is g ra n te d is p ro p e rly g ra n ted , w h o ev er does p ro b atio n does p ro b a tio n th o ro u g h ly , manatta (discipline) sh o u ld be im p o sed on th a t m onk. |j 3 |j

“ T h is is a case , m on ks, w h ere a m o n k w h o is un d ergoin g manatta (discipline) le a ve s th e O rd er . . . is su sp en d ed fo r not g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w . M onks, th e u n d erg o in g o f manatta (discipline) fo r one w h o is su sp en d ed is not e ffective . I f he is restored ag ain , th e earlier g ra n tin g o f p ro b a tio n is ju s t as it w as fo r him : w h a te v e r p ro b a tio n is g ra n te d is p ro p erly gra n ted , w h o ever does p ro b a tio n does p ro b atio n th o ro u g h ly , w h a te v e r manatta (discipline) is im posed is p ro p e rly im posed , w h a te v e r manatta (discipline) is un d ergon e is u n d ergon e th o ro u g h ly , it m ust be undergone fo r (an y p o rtion o f tim e) rem aining. ||4 |(

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k w ho d eserves reh ab ili­ta tio n le a v e s th e O rd er . . . is su sp en d ed fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ron g v ie w . M onks, re h a b ilita tio n o f one w h o is suspended [61] is not e ffective . I f he is restored a g ain , th e earlier g ra n t­ing o f p ro b a tio n is ju st as it w a s for h im : w h a te v e r p ro b atio n is g ra n te d is p ro p erly gra n ted , w h o ev er does p ro b atio n does p ro b atio n th o ro u g h ly , w h a te v e r manatta (discipline) is im posed is p ro p erly im posed, w h a te v e r manatta (discipline) is un d ergon e is undergone th o ro u g h ly , th a t m on k m a y be re h a b ilita te d . || 5 ||

C o n clu d ed are th e F o r ty C a ses.1 || 27 ||1 T h e r e a re e ig h t p o s s ib il it ie s ( le a v in g t h e O r d e r d o w n t o th e th r e e re a so n s

fo r b e in g s u s p e n d e d ) u n d e r e a c h o f t h e f iv e h e a d in g s (d o in g p r o b a tio n , d e s e r v ­in g t o b e s e n t b a c k t o t h e b e g in n in g , d e s e r v in g m a n a tta , u n d e r g o in g m a n a tta , d e s e r v in g r e h a b il i ta t io n ) .

82 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k , w h ile d o in g p ro b a ­tion , fa lls in to se v e ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rd er, those n o t co n cealed n o t b e in g m a n y .1 T h a t m o n k sh ou ld be sen t b a c k to th e b egin n in g. T h is is a case, m onks, w here a m on k, w h ile d o in g p ro b a tio n , fa lls in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder, th o se con cealed not bein g m a n y . T h a t m o n k sh o u ld be sen t b a c k to th e begin n in g an d con cu rren t p ro b a tio n sh o u ld be g ra n te d h im on a cco u n t o f th e earliest offence o f th e offen ces th u s con cealed .

" T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k, w hile d o in g p ro b atio n , fa lls in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rder, those co n cealed as w e ll as th o se n o t co n cealed n o t b ein g m a n y . T h a t m o n k sh o u ld be sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g an d co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n sh o u ld be g ra n ted h im on acco u n t o f th e earliest offence o f th e o ffences th u s con cealed .

" T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m onk, w h ile d o in g p ro b a ­tion , fa lls in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g of th e O rder, th o se n o t co n cealed b ein g m a n y . . . . th o se co n ­cea led b ein g m a n y . . . th o se co n cealed as w ell as those n ot con cealed b e in g m a n y . . . th o se n o t co n cea led not b ein g m a n y as w ell as b e in g m a n y . . . th o se co n cealed n o t b ein g m a n y a s w e ll as b e in g m a n y . . . those co n cealed as w ell as th o se n o t co n cealed n o t b ein g m a n y as w e ll a s b e in g m an y. T h a t m o n k sh o u ld be sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g an d co n ­cu rren t p ro b a tio n sh o u ld be g ra n te d him on a cco u n t o f th e earliest offence o f th e o ffences th u s co n cealed . |[ i j|

“ T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k w h o d eserves mdnatta (discipline) . . . w h o is u n d e rg o in g mdnatta (discipline) . . . w h o d eserves re h a b ilita tio n m ea n tim e fa lls in to se ve ra l offences en ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder, th o se n o t con cealed n o t b ein g m a n y . . . th o se co n cea le d as w e ll as th o se not co n ­cealed n o t b e in g m a n y a n d b ein g m a n y . T h a t m o n k sh ould be sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g a n d co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n sh ould be g ra n te d h im on a cco u n t o f th e earliest offence o f th e offences th u s co n cea led . |j 2 ||

C o n clu d ed are th e T h ir ty -s ix C ases. || 28 |)

" T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g fa llen in to

1 parimazidt b u t t h e m e a n in g is n o t a t a l l c le a r . S e e a ls o b e lo w : C V . I I I . 88.

29.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 83

severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder, le a v e s the O rd er not h a v in g co n cealed th em . H e, b ein g ord ain ed again , does not co n ceal those offences. M onks, mdnatta (disci­pline) sh o u ld be im posed u p o n th a t m on k.

" T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k , [62] h a v in g fa llen into severa l o ffences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g of th e O rder, le a ve s th e O rd er n o t h a v in g co n cealed th em . H e, on b ein g o rd ain ed again , con ceals th o se offences. M onks, mdnatta (discipline) sh ould b e im posed on th a t m on k, h a v in g g ra n ted h im p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f th e set o f offences th u s la te r concealed.

" T h is is a case, m on ks, w here a m o n k, h a v in g fa llen . . . leaves th e O rder h a v in g co n cealed th em . H e, on b ein g or­d ain ed again , does n ot co n ceal those offences. M onks, mdnatta (discipline) sh o u ld b e im posed on th a t m on k, h a v in g g ra n ted h im p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f th e set o f offences th u s earlier concealed.

“ T h is is a case, m onks, w here a m o n k, h a v in g fa llen . . . lea ves th e O rder, h a v in g co n cealed th em . H e, on b ein g or­d ain ed again , con ceals those offences. M onks, mdnatta (d isci­pline) sh ould be im posed on th a t m o n k, h a v in g g ra n ted him p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f th e set o f offences th u s earlier and la te r con cealed . || x l|

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er. H is offences are b o th con cealed and n ot con cealed . H e, h a v in g le ft th e O rder, on b ein g ordained again , does n o t a fte rw a rd s con ceal those offences w h ich fo rm e rly he con cealed , a fte rw a rd s he co n ­ceals those offences w h ich fo rm e rly he d id n o t co n ceal. M onks, mdnatta (discipline) sh ould be im posed on th a t m o n k, h a v in g g ra n ted h im p ro b a tio n on acco u n t o f th e set o f offences th u s earlier and la te r con cealed .

“ T hi* is a case, m onks, * . . on b e in g ord ain ed again , d oes n o t a fte rw a rd s co n ceal th o se offences w h ich fo rm erly he con ­cealed , does n o t1 a fte rw a rd s co n ceal th o se offen ces w h ich fo rm erly h e d id n o t co n ceal. M onks, mdnatta (discipline) should be im posed on th a t m on k, h a v in g g ra n ted h im p ro b atio n on acco u n t o f th e set o f offences th u s earlier an d la te r con cealed .

1 S e e V in . T e x ts ii. 4 2 3 , n , 2, o n t h e r ig h t w a y o f m a k in g u p t h e h u n d r e d c a se s m e n tio n e d a t t h e e n d o f 80 .

8 4 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" T h is is a case, m on ks, . . . on b ein g o rd ain ed a g ain , a fte r­w ard s co n ceals th o se offen ces w h ich fo rm e rly he con cealed , a fte rw a rd s co n cea ls th o se o ffences w h ich fo rm e rly he d id n o t co n cea l. M onks, mdnatta (discipline) sh o u ld be im posed on th a t m o n k on a c co u n t of th e set o f o ffences th u s earlier an d la te r co n cea led . || 2 |j

“ T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to se ve ra l offen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rd er. H e k n o w s som e to be offences, he d oes n o t k n o w o th e rs to b e offences. T h e offences w h ich he k n o w s to b e o ffences h e co n ceals, those offences [63] w h ich h e does n o t k n o w to b e o ffences he does n o t co n ceal. H e , h a v in g le ft th e O rd er, on b e in g o rd ain ed a g ain , co n ceals th o se offen ces w h ich earlier he h ad k n o w n , does n o t co n cea l those o ffen ces w h ich la te r he h ad k n o w n , d o es n o t co n ceal those offen ces w h ich e a rlie r he h a d not k n o w n , does n o t co n ceal th o se o ffen ces w h ich la te r he h ad kn o w n . M onks, mdnatta (d iscip line) sh o u ld b e im p o sed on th a t m o n k, h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b atio n on a c co u n t o f th e se t o f o ffences th u s earlier co n cealed .

" T h is is a case, m o n ks, . . . on b e in g o rd ain ed ag ain , does n o t co n cea l th o se offences, (although ) k n o w in g th em , w h ich fo rm e rly , k n o w in g th em he co n cea led , a fte rw a rd s con ceals those offences, k n o w in g th em , w h ich fo rm e rly , n o t k n o w in g th em , he d id n o t co n cea l. M onks, m dnatta (discipline) sh o u ld b e im ­p osed o n th a t m o n k, h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f th e set o f offen ces th u s earlier a n d la te r co n cea led .

“ T h is is a case , m o n ks, . . . o n b e in g o rd ain ed ag ain , a fte r ­w a rd s co n cea ls th o se offences, k n o w in g th em , w h ich fo rm e rly , k n o w in g th em he co n cealed , a fte rw a rd s d oes n o t co n cea l th o se offences, k n o w in g th em , w h ich fo rm e rly he d id n o t co n ceal, not k n o w in g th e m . M on ks, m dnatta (d iscip line) sh o u ld b e im posed on th is m o n k, h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n o n a cco u n t o f th e set o f o ffen ces th u s earlier a n d la te r co n cealed .

“ T h is is a case, m o n k s . . . on b e in g o rd ain ed ag ain , a fte r ­w a rd s co n cea ls th o se offences, k n o w in g th em , w h ich fo rm erly , k n o w in g th em , h e co n cea led ; a fte rw a rd s co n cea ls those offences, k n o w in g th e m , w h ich fo rm e rly , n o t k n o w in g th em , he d id n o t co n ceal. M onks, mdnatta (discipline) sh o u ld b e im ­po sed on th a t m o n k , h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f th e set o f offences th u s earlier a n d la te r co n cea le d . || 3 j[

29.4—30.1] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 85“ T h is is a case, m onks, w here a m o n k fa lls in to se ve ra l

offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rder. H e rem em ­bers som e to b e offences . . . ( = || 3 fl- Instead o f he know s, kn o w in g, n o t kn o w in g, read he rem em bers, rem em bering, not rem em bering) . . . th u s earlier a n d la te r con cealed . (| 4 |j

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w here a m o n k fa lls in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rder. H e is in no d o u b t as to som e o f th e offences, he is in d o u b t as to oth ers of th e o ffences . . . th u s earlier a n d la te r co n cealed . |] 5 || 29 ||

" T h is is a case , m on ks, w h ere a m o n k, h a v in g fa llen in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rder, b e ­com es a n o vice . . . becom es m a d . . . becom es un h in ged in m in d . . . th is sh ould b e e x p la in ed in d e ta il as b e lo w .1 H e com es to be in p ain . H is offences are co n cea led as w ell as un­concealed . H e k n o w s th a t som e are offences, he does n o t kn ow th a t others are offences. H e rem em bers th a t som e are offences, [64] he does not rem em ber th a t others are offences. H e is in no d o u b t th a t som e are offences, he is in d o u b t as to w h eth er others are offences. H e con ceals those o ffences a b o u t w h ich he is in no d o u b t, he does n o t co n cea l those offences a b o u t w h ich he is in d o u b t. H e com es to b e in p ain . H a v in g com e to b e ag ain n ot in pain , those offences w h ich fo rm e rly he co n ­cealed because he w as in no d o u b t, h e a fte rw a rd s does not con ceal a lth o u g h he is in no d o u b t ; th o se offences w h ich fo r­m erly he d id not co n ceal, b e in g in d o u b t, he a fte rw a rd s does not con ceal a lth o u g h he is in d o u b t, th o se offences w h ich fo r­m erly he co n cealed , b ein g in no d o u b t, he a fte rw a rd s does not conceal, bein g in no d o u b t, those o ffen ces w h ich fo rm e rly he did n o t co n ceal, b e in g in d o u b t, he a fte rw a rd s co n ceals , n o t being in d o u b t, th o se offences w h ich fo rm e rly he con cealed , being in no d o u b t, he a fte rw a rd s con ceals, b e in g in n o d o u b t, those offences w h ich fo rm erly he d id n o t co n ceal, b e in g in d o u b t, he a fte rw a rd s does n o t co n ceal, b e in g in no d o u b t, th o se offences w h ich fo rm erly he con cealed , b e in g in no d o u b t, he a fterw a rd s con ceals, b ein g in no d o u b t, those offences w h ich fo rm erly he d id n o t conceal, b e in g in d o u b t, he a fte rw a rd s conceals, b ein g in no d o u b t. M onks, manatta (discipline) sh ould

1 I .e . in I I I . 27, " b e lo w '* c o r r e s p o n d s t o o u r ** a b o v e ** in s u c h c o n t e x ts , a s it re fe r s t o th e p a lm - le a f M S S .

86 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

be im posed on th is m on k, h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f th e set o f offences th u s earlier a s w ell as la te r co n ­c e a le d / ' || i || 30 ||

T h e H u n d re d on M dnatta .

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k , w h ile d o in g p ro b a ­tion , h a v in g fa llen in to se ve ra l o ffen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eet­in g o f th e O rd er, lea ves th e O rd er n o t h a v in g co n cea led th em . O n b e in g o rd ain ed ag ain , he does n ot co n cea l th ese offences. T h a t m o n k sh o u ld be sent b a c k to th e begin n in g.

“ T h is is a case, m o n ks . . . n ot h a v in g co n cealed th em . O n b ein g o rd ain ed ag ain , he co n cea ls th ese offences. T h a t m o n k sh o u ld be sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g a n d co n cu rren t p ro b atio n sh o u ld be g ra n te d h im on a cco u n t on th e earlier o ffences am on g th e offences th u s co n cealed .

“ T h is is a case, m o n ks . . . h a v in g co n cea led th em . O n bein g o rd ain ed a g ain , he does not co n cea l these o ffen ces. T h a t m o n k sh o u ld be sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g . . . th u s con cealed .

“ T h is is a case, m o n ks, . . . h a v in g co n cealed th em . O n b e in g o rd ain ed ag ain , he co n cea ls these offences. T h a t m o n k sh o u ld b e sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g . . . th u s co n cealed . [| i ]|

“ T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k, w h ile d o in g p ro b a tio n , fa lls in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er. H is [65] offences are b o th co n cea led a n d n o t co n cealed . H a v in g le ft th e O rd er, he, on b e in g ord ain ed again , does n ot a fte rw a rd s co n ceal th o se offences w h ich fo rm e rly he con cealed , does n o t a fte rw a rd s co n cea l th o se offences w h ich fo rm e rly he d id not co n ceal. T h a t m o n k sh o u ld b e sen t b a c k to th e b egin ­n in g an d co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n sh o u ld be g ra n te d h im on a cco u n t of th e earlier offences o f th e o ffences thu& con cealed .

" T h is is a case, m o n ks . . . H is offences are b o th co n cealed an d not con cealed . H a v in g le ft th e O rd er, he, on being ordained again , does n o t a fte rw a rd s co n cea l th o se offences w h ich fo rm e rly h e co n cealed , a fte rw a rd s co n ceals th o se offences w h ich fo rm e rly he d id n o t co n ceal. T h a t m on k sh ou ld b e sent b a ck to th e b eg in n in g . . . th u s co n cealed .

' f T h is is a case, m o n ks, . . . on b ein g ord ain ed a g ain , a fte r­w ard s con ceals th o se o ffen ces w h ich fo rm e rly he co n cealed , a fte rw a rd s does not co n cea l th o se offences w h ich fo rm e rly he

31.2— 33.1] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 87

did not co n ceal. T h a t m o n k sh o u ld b e sen t b a c k to th e b e g in ­ning . . . th u s con cealed .

" T h is is a case, m on ks, . . . o n b e in g o rd ain ed ag ain , a fte r­w ard s co n ceals those offences w h ich fo rm e rly he con cealed , a fte rw a rd s co n ceals those offences w h ich fo rm e rly he d id not co n ceal. T h a t m o n k sh ould b e sent b a c k to th e begin n in g . . . th u s con cealed . || 2 ||

" T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k, w h ile d oin g p ro b a ­tion, fa lls in to severa l o ffences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder. H e k n o w s som e are offences, he d oes n ot k n o w th a t o thers are offences . . . ( = 29. 3 , 4 , 30. The penalty is always the same : th a t m o n k sh ould be sent b a c k to th e b egin n in g an d co n cu rren t p ro b atio n g ra n ted him on acco u n t o f th e earlier offences o f th e offences th u s concealed) . . . || 3 j| 3 1 ||

“ T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k d eservin g mdnatta (discipline) . . . u n d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) . . . d eserv­in g re h a b ilita tio n , h a v in g m ean tim e fa llen in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder, le a ve s th e O rder, not h a v in g co n cealed th em . . . T h e one d eservin g mdnatta (disci­pline) a n d th e one u n d ergoin g mdnatta (discipline) an d th e one d eservin g re h a b ilita tio n sh o u ld be e x p la in e d in d e ta il s im ila rly to th e one d oin g p ro b a tio n .1

" T h is is a case , m on ks, w h ere a m o n k d eservin g re h a b ilita ­tion , h a v in g m ean tim e fa llen in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e p r d e r , an d n o t h a v in g con cealed th em , becom es a n o vice . . . b ecom es m ad . . becom es u n h in ged in m ind . . .becom es a fflic ted b y pain . H is offences are b o th co n cealed an d n o t co n cealed . . . ( = 30) . * . he a fte rw a rd s con ceals, b e in g in n o d o u b t. T h a t m o n k sh ould be sent b a ck to th e b egin n in g [66] an d con cu rren t p ro b a tio n g ra n ted him on acco u n t o f th e earlier offences o f th e offences th u s con ­cealed . || 1 || 32 ||

“ T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k h a v in g fa llen in to several offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder, not h a v in g co n cealed not m a n y , n o t h a v in g co n cealed m an y, not h a v in g con cealed one k in d , n o t h a v in g co n cealed d ifferent

1 c v , III. 31.

88 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

kin d s, n ot h a v in g co n cealed th o se o f a lik e d iv is io n ,1 n o t h a v ­in g co n cealed th o se o f th e o th er d iv is io n ,1 not h a v in g con cealed sep arate on es,2 n o t h a v in g co n cealed co n n ected on es,3 lea ves th e O rd er.4 f| x || 33 ||

" T w o m o n ks com e to h a v e fa lle n in to a n offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder. T h e y com e to b e o f th e opin ion th a t th e offence is one e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rder. O ne co n ceals it , th e o th e r does not co n cea l it. W h o e v e r con ­ceals it sh o u ld b e m ad e to co n fess an offence of w ron g-d oin g, an d h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n fo r as lo n g as it w as co n ­cealed , mdnatia (discipline) sh o u ld b e im p o sed on b o th .

“ T w o m o n ks com e t o h a v e fa lle n in to an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder. T h e y are d o u b tfu l w h eth er th e offence is one e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g of th e O rd er. O ne co n ceals it . . . (as above) . . . sh o u ld be im p o sed on b o th .

“ T w o m o n ks com e to h a v e fa lle n in to a n offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g o f th e O rd er. In rega rd to th is offence th e y are of th e opin ion th a t it is a m ix e d offen ce.5 O ne co n ceals it . . . («s above) . . . sh o u ld be im p o sed on b o th .

“ T w o m o n ks com e to h a v e fa lle n in to a m ix ed offence. In regard to th is m ix ed offence th e y are o f th e opin io n th a t i t is an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er. O ne co n ­ceals it . . . sh o u ld b e im posed on b o th .

“ T w o m o n ks com e to h a v e fa lle n in to a m ix ed offence. In

1 sabhdga . . . visabhaga, p o s s ib ly r e fe r r in g t o t h e t w o d iv is io n s o f o ffe n c e s e n t a il in g a fo r m a l m e e t in g o f t h e O r d e r ; t h a t w h e r e o ffe n c e s a re o ffe n c e s a t o n c e , a n d t h a t w h e r e o ffe n c e s b e c o m e so a f t e r (u n s u c c e s s fu l) a d m o n it io n u p t o t h e t h ir d t im e .

* vavatthitd.* sambhinnd. F o r e x a m p le , t h e r e a r e n o o t h e r F o r m a l M e e t in g s s im ila r

t o X* V , X I I o r X J I I . T h e s e , t h e r e fo r e , a r e " s e p a r a te / * F o r m a l M e e t in g s I I —I V a r e *' c o n n e c te d ** b e c a u s e t h e y d e a l w i t h t h e s a m e s u b je c t m a t t e r a n d t o s o m e e x t e n t u s e t h e s a m e w o r d in g ; t h e s a m e is a ls o t r u e o f F o r m a l M e e t­in g s V I , V I I a n d V I I I ; I X , X a n d X I . V A . 1 1 9 1 s a y s t h a t vavatthitd a n d sambhinnd a r e pariydyavacana o f sabhdga a n d visabhaga.

4 T h is is t h e w h o le o f t h is p a r a g r a p h a s i t s t a n d s . S e e n o t e a t Vin. Texts i i . 4 3 1 w h ic h s a y s t h a t t h e c o n c lu s io n s h o u ld b e s u p p lie d a s in J] 28 If, w i t h t h e e x c e p t io n t h a t t h e p e n a l t y in e a c h c a s e is " a p r o b a t io n c o r r e s p o n d in g in le n g t h t o t h e p e r io d w h ic h h a s e la p s e d s in c e t h e f ir s t o f th o s e o ffe n ce s w h ic h t h e r e -o r d a in e d B h ik k h u h a s c o n c e a le d . T h e d e t a i ls a r e o n ly w o r k e d o u t in |f 28 [|, o f t h e f ir s t o f t h e s e v e r a l p a ir s h e r e e n u m e r a te d , a n d a r e in te n d e d t o b e s u p p lie d h e r e f o r e a c h o f t h e o th e r p a ir s in a s im ila r w a y . A l l t h e p a ir s r e c u r in C h a p s . 35, 30. "

* missaka, w h ic h V A . 1 1 9 1 s a y s m e a n s ** m ix e d w it h a g r a v e o ffe n c e a n d s o o n ."

34.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 89

regard to th a t m ix ed offence th e y a re o f th e opin ion th a t it is a m ixed offence. O ne con ceals it . . . sh o u ld be im posed on b o th .

" T w o m on ks com e to h a v e fa llen in to a slig h ter o ffen ce .1 In rega rd to th is s lig h ter offence th e y are o f th e opin ion th a t it is an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er. O ne con ceals it , th e o th e r does n o t co n ceal it . W h o e v e r co n ceals it sh ould be m ad e to con fess a n offen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g a n d b o th sh o u ld be d e a lt w ith acco rd in g to th e ru le .3

" T w o m o n ks com e to h a v e fa lle n in to a slig h ter offence. In regard to th is slig h ter offence th e y are o f th e opin ion th a t it is a s lig h ter offence. O ne co n ceals it . . . a cco rd in g to th e rule, i! 1 ||

" T w o m o n ks com e to h a v e fa llen in to a n o ffen ce e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g of th e O rd er. I n rega rd to th is offence e n ta il­in g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er th e y are o f th e opin io n th a t it is a n offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rder. I t o ccu rs to one, ‘ 1 w ill te ll a b o u t i t / it occurs to th e o th er, * I w ill n o t te ll a b o u t i t / [67] H e co n ceals it d u rin g th e first w a tc h an d he co n ceals it d u rin g th e secon d w a tc h an d h e co n ceals it d u rin g th e th ird w a tc h . I f th e offence is (still) co n cealed a fte r th e sun h as risen, w h o ev er con ceals it sh ould b e m ad e to confess a n offence o f w ro n gd o in g, an d h a v in g g ra n ted him p ro b a tio n fo r as lo n g as it w a s co n cealed , mdnatta (discipline) sh ould b e im posed on b o th .

" T w o m o n ks co m e to h a v e fallen in to an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er. In rega rd to th is offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rd er th e y are o f th e opin ion th a t i t is an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rder. T h e y g o a w a y , th in k in g , f W e w ill te ll a b o u t i t / O n th e w a y , b a ck slid in g1 arises in one and he t h in k s , ' I w ill n o t te ll a b o u t it/® H e co n ceals it d u rin g th e first w a tch a n d . . . he co n ceals it d u rin g th e th ird w a tch . I f th e offence is (still) co n cealed a fte r th e su n h as risen, . . . sh ould b e im posed on b o th .

" T w o m on ks. . . . T h e y becom e m ad, an d la te r th e y , h a v in g

1 su d d h a ka . V A . 1 1 9 1 s a y s t h e g r o u p o f l ig h t e r o ffe n c e s , n o t t h o s e e n t a il ­in g a fo r m a l m e e tin g o f t h e O r d e r .

* I .e . t h e r u le fo r w h a t e v e r o ffe n c e i t w a s , fo r a s i t w a s n o t a n o ffe n c e e n ta ilin g a fo r m a l m e e tin g o f t h e O r d e r , p r o b a t io n a n d m dn atta w o u ld n o t e n te r in to t h e p e n a lt y .

* m akkh ad ha tn m a , h y p o c r is y . P e r h a p s i t h e re m e a n s t h a t h e d e c e iv e d t h e o th e r m o n k .

E

go B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

becom e sane ag ain , one co n ceals it, th e o th er does n o t co n ceal it. W h o e v e r co n ceals it sh o u ld be m ad e to confess an offence of w ro n g-d o in g an d , h a v in g g ra n te d h im p ro b a tio n fo r as lo n g as it w as co n cealed , manatta (discipline) sh ould be im posed on b o th .

“ T w o m o n ks co m e to h a v e fa llen in to an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder. A ? th e P a tim o k k h a is being recited , th ese sp ea k th u s : ‘ O n ly n o w d o w e u n d erstan d th a t th e ru le, as is said , is h a n d ed d o w n in a clau se, co n ta in e d in a clau se (and) com es u p fo r re c ita tio n e v e ry h a lf-m o n th /1 In regard to th a t o ffen ce e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g o f th e O rder th e y are of th e opin ion th a t it is an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rder. O ne co n ceals it, th e o th er does not co n ceal it . W h o e v e r co n ceals it sh o u ld be m ad e to confess an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g, an d h a v in g g ra n ted h im p ro b a tio n for as lo n g as it w a s co n cealed , manatta (discipline) sh o u ld be im posed on b o th . || 2 || 34 ||

" T h i s is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er : m a n y and n o t m a n y an d o f one k in d a n d o f d ifferent k in d s a n d of a like d iv isio n a n d o f a d ifferen t d iv is io n an d sep a ra te a n d co n n e cted .2 H e asks th e O rd er fo r co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f these offcnces. T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n on acco u n t o f th ese offences. W h ile he is d o in g p ro b a tio n he falls in to se ve ra l in terv en in g offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rder, m a n y , n ot co n cealed . O n acco u n t o f th e in terv en in g offences, he a sk s th e O rd er for sen d in g b a c k to th e begin n in g. O n a cco u n t of th e in terv en in g offences th e O rd er sen d s h im b a ck to th e b egin n in g b y a (form al) a ct th a t is le g a lly valid , irreversib le , fit to sta n d , (but) it im p o ses manatta (discipline) n o t b y ru le, it re h a b ilita te s h im n ot b y ru le. M onks, th a t m o n k is not pu re in re g a rd to those offences.

" T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g of the O rd er : not m a n y a n d m a n y a r d of one k in d a n d o f d ifferen t k in d s a n d o f a like d iv isio n an d o f a d ifferen t d iv is io n [68] a n d sep arate ones an d

1 S e e t h e " r u le " in P a c . 7 3 ( V i n . iv . 14 4 ).* A s in C V . I I I . 33 . U h e d e ta ils o f t h e fir st p a ir , n o t m a n y a n d m a n y ,

are w o r k e d o u t in r e la t io n t o " c o n c e a le d , n o t c o n c e a le d ” a t C V . I I I . 28 .

35.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 9icon n ected ones. H e a sk s th e O rd er fo r co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n on acco u n t o f these offences. T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im co n cu rren t probation on a cco u n t o f th ese offences. W h ile he is u n d er p ro b atio n , he m ean tim e fa lls in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a form al m eetin g o f th e O rd er, n o t m a n y , co n cealed . . . . O n acco u n t o f th e offences (fallen into) m ean tim e, th e O rd er sends him b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a c t th a t is le g a lly v a lid , irreversib le , fit t o stan d . I t g ra n ts co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n b y rule, it im poses mdnatta (discipline) n o t b y ru le, it re h a b ilita te s him n ot b y ru le. M onks, th a t m o n k is n ot p u re in regard to those offences. || 1 ||

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rd er : not m a n y . . . a n d co n n ected ones. H e a sk s th e O rd er . . . W h ile he is u n d er p ro b a tio n , he m ean tim e fa lls in to severa l offences en ­ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er : m a n y , n o t co n cealed . . . m a n y , co n cealed . . . m a n y , co n cealed a n d not co n cealed . . . n ot m a n y a n d m a n y , n o t con cealed . O n a cco u n t o f th e offences (fallen into) m ean tim e, he a sk s th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b egin n in g. O n a cco u n t o f th e offences (fallen into) m ean tim e, th e O rd er sends him b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a ct th a t is le g a lly v a lid , irreversib le , fit to stan d . I t g ra n ts con cu rren t p ro b a tio n b y ru le, it im p o ses mdnatta (d isci­pline) n o t b y ru le, it re h a b ilita te s h im not b y ru le . M onks, th a t m o n k is n o t pu re in rega rd to th o se offences.

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k . . . a n d co n n ected ones. H e a sk s th e O rd er fo r co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f these offences. T h e O rd er g ra n ts h im co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n on a cco u n t o f th ese offences. W h ile he is u n d er p ro b a tio n , he m ean tim e fa lls in to se v e ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rd er : n o t m a n y a n d m a n y an d co n cea led . O n a cco u n t o f these offences (fallen into) m ean tim e he a sk s th e O rd er for send ing b a c k to th e begin n in g. O n a cco u n t o f these offences (fallen into) m ean tim e th e O rd er sends h im b a ck to th e b e g in ­ning b y a (form al) a ct th a t is le g a lly v a lid , irreversib le , fit to stand. I t g ra n ts him co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n b y ru le, [69] it im poses mdnatta (discipline) n ot b y ru le , it re h a b ilita te s h im not b y ru le. M onks, th a t m o n k is n o t pu re in regard to th o se offences.

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, . . . a n d co n n ected ones. O n

92 B O O K OP D I S C I P L I N E

a cco u n t o f these offences, h e a sk s th e O rd er fo r con cu rren t p ro b a tio n . O n a cco u n t o f th ese offences, th e O rd e r g ra n ts h im co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n . W h ile he is u n d e r p ro b a tio n , h e m ea n ­tim e fa lls in to se ve ra l o ffen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g of th e O r d e r : n o t m a n y a n d m a n y a n d co n cealed a n d n o tco n cealed . O n acco u n t o f th ese o ffences (fallen into) m ean ­tim e, h e a sk s th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b egin n in g. O n a cco u n t o f th ese offences (fallen into) m ea n tim e, th e O rd er sends h im b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a c t th a t is le g a lly v a lid , irreversib le , fit to sta n d . I t g ra n ts co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n b y ru le , it im poses m anatta (discipline) n o t b y ru le, i t re­h a b ilita te s h im n o t b y ru le . M on ks, th a t m o n k is n o t pure in regard to those offen ces. || 2 ||

T o ld are th e N in e C ases w h ere (a M o n k on b e in g sent b a c k to) th e B eg in n in g is N o t P u re . |j 35 [|

“ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k fa lls in to severa l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rd er : n o t m a n y a n d m a n y . . . a n d se p a ra te ones a n d co n n ected ones. O n a cco u n t o f th ese offences h e a sk s th e O rd er fo r co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n . O n a cco u n t o f th ese offences, th e O rd er g ra n ts h im co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n . W h ile h e is u n d er p ro b a tio n , he m ean ­tim e fa lls in to se v e ra l offen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g of th e O rd er : n o t m a n y , n o t co n cea led . O n a cco u n t o f th ese offences (fallen into) m ea n tim e h e a sk s th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e begin n in g. O n a c co u n t o f these o ffences (fallen into) m ean tim e th e O rd er sen d s h im b a c k to th e b egin n in g b y a (form al) a c t th a t is n o t le g a lly v a lid , reversib le , n o t fit to stan d , it im poses mdnatta (discipline) b y ru le, i t re h a b ilita te s h im b y rule* M onks, th a t m o n k is n o t p u re in regard to th o se offences.

€* T h is is a case, m o n ks, . . - W h ile h e is u n d er p ro b a tio n h e m ea n tim e fa lls in to se v e ra l o ffences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er : n o t m a n y an d co n cealed a n d n o t co n ­cea led . . . n o t m a n y , co n cea led „ . . O n a cco u n t o f th ese offences (fallen into) m e a n tim e th e O rd er sends h im b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a c t th a t is n o t le g a lly v a lid , reversib le , n o t fit to sta n d , it g ra n ts co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n not b y ru le , im poses mdnatta (d iscip line) b y ru le, i t re h a b ilita te s

36.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I I I 93

him b y ru le . M onks, th a t m o n k is n o t pure in rega rd to those offences. || r ||

" T h is is a case , m o n ks, . . . W h ile he is u n d er p ro b a tio n he m ean tim e fa lls in to se ve ra l offences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eet­in g of th e O rd er : n o t m a n y , co n cea led . O n a cco u n t o f these offences (fallen into) m ean tim e he a sk s th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b egin n in g. O n a cco u n t o f th ese o ffences (fallen into) m ean tim e th e O rd er sen d s h im b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a c t th a t is n o t le g a lly v a lid , reversib le , n o t fit to stan d . I t g ra n ts h im co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n n o t b y ru le . [70] H e, th in k in g : ' I a m u n d er p ro b a tio n V m ea n tim e fa lls in to severa l o ffences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er, not m a n y , co n cealed . H e , a rr iv e d a t th a t sta g e , rem em bers am o n g th e earlier offen ces o ffences (fallen into) m ean tim e, h e rem em bers am on g th e su b seq u en t offen ces o ffences (fallen into) m ean tim e. I t occu rs to him , * N o w , I h a v e fa lle n in to se v e ra l offences en ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er, n o t m a n y a n d m a n y . . . a n d sep a ra te ones a n d co n n ected ones. O n a cco u n t o f th ese o ffences I a sk ed th e O rd er fo r co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n . O n acco u n t o f th e se o ffences th e O rd er g ra n te d m e co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n . W h ile I w a s u n d er p ro b a tio n , 1 m ean tim e fe ll in to severa l o ffences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er, n o t m an y, co n cealed . S o on a cco u n t o f th ese o ffences (fallen into) m ean tim e, I a sk ed th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e begin n in g. O n a cco u n t o f these offen ces (fallen into) m ean tim e, th e O rd er sent m e b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a ct th a t w a s n o t le g a lly v a lid , reversib le , not fit to sta n d . I t g ra n te d co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n n o t b y ru le. T h e n I , th in k in g " I a m u n d er p ro b a ­tio n ," m ean tim e fe ll in to se v e ra l o ffences e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rder, n o t m a n y , co n cea led . T h e n I , a rr iv e d a t th is stage, rem em bered am on g th e earlier o ffences o ffences fa llen in to m ean tim e, I rem em b ered am o n g th e su b se q u en t o ffences offences fa llen in to m ean tim e. S u p p o se th a t I , on acco u n t o f those offences am o n g th e e a rlie r o ffen ces, a n d on a cco u n t o f those offences am o n g th e su b sequ en t offences, sh o u ld a sk th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a c t th a t is le g a lly v a lid , irreversib le , fit to sta n d , fo r con cu rren t p ro b a ­tion b y ru le, fo r manatta (d iscipline) b y ru le, fo r reh a b ilita tio n b y ru le ? ' H e a sk s th e O rd er . . . T h e O rd er, on a c co u n t of those o ffences am o n g th e earlier o ffences an d o n a cco u n t o f

94 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

those offences am o n g th e su b se q u en t o ffen ces, sen d s h im b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a c t th a t is le g a lly v a lid , irre ­ve rsib le , fit to sta n d , i t g ra n ts co n cu rren t p ro b a tio n b y rule, it im p o ses m dnatta (d iscip lin e) b y ru le , it re h a b ilita te s h im b y rule. M onks, th a t m o n k is p u re in regard to th o se offences.

" T h is is a case, m o n ks, . . . (T h is case is ide?itical with the preceding , but instead o f co n cea le d read co n cea le d an d not con cealed ) . . . || 2 ||

“ T h is is a case , m o n k s . . . W h ile h e is u n d er p ro b a tio n , h e m ea n tim e fa lls in to se v e ra l o ffen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eet­in g of th e O rd er, m a n y , n o t co n cea le d , m a n y , co n cealed . . . n o t m a n y an d m a n y , n o t co n cea le d . O n a c co u n t o f th e offences (fallen into) m e a n tim e [71] he a sk s th e O rd er fo r sen d in g b a c k to th e b egin n in g. O n a c co u n t o f th e o ffen ces (fallen into) m ean tim e, th e O rd er sends h im b a c k to th e b e g in n in g b y a (form al) a c t th a t is n ot le g a lly v a lid , re v e rsib le , n o t fit to stan d . I t im poses mdnatta (d iscip line) b y ru le , re h a b ilita te s b y ru le . M onks, th a t m o n k is n o t pu re in regard t o th o se offences.

“ T h is is a case , m o n ks, . . . W h ile h e is u n d er p ro b a tio n , he m ea n tim e fa lls in to se v e ra l o ffen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eet­in g o f th e O rd er, n o t m a n y a n d m a n y , a n d co n cealed . . . n o t m a n y an d m a n y a n d co n cea le d a n d n o t co n cea led . . . O n a cco u n t o f th ese o ffences (fallen into) m ea n tim e, th e O rd er sends h im b a c k to th e b eg in n in g b y a (form al) a ct th a t is not le g a lly v a lid , reversib le , n o t fit to s ta n d , it g ra n ts h im con ­cu rren t p ro b a tio n n o t b y ru le , it im p oses m dnatta (discipline) b y ru le, it re h a b ilita te s h im b y ru le . M onks, th a t m o n k is not p u re in re g a rd to th o se offences. || 3 ||

“ T h is is a case, m o n k s . . . (The two cases given here are identical with those specified in || 2 ||; instead o f n o t m a n y read m an y) . . . M onks, th a t m o n k is p u re in re g a rd to those o ffe n ces/ ' || 4 || 36 ||

T o ld is th e T h ird S e c tio n : th a t on A c c u m u la tio n (of O ffences).

T h is is its k e y :N o t co n cealed , a n d one d a y , tw o d a y s , th ree d a y s , fo u r d a y s and five d a y s, an d fo r a fo rtn ig h t, ten d a y s1 : th e G re a t Sage

sp ea k s o f an offence, /

1 d a sd n a m s h o u ld p e r h a p s r e a d d a sa h a , o r d a sa n n a m . T h e r e fe r e n c e is p r o b a b ly t o 2 1 . 1 : te n o ffe n c e s c o n c e a le d fo r t e n d a y s .

C U L L A V A G G A I I I 95A n d slig h ter ones, le a v in g th e O rder, a b o u t f n ot m a n y

tw o m on ks there agree, tw o are d o u b tfu l, are o f th e opinion th a t it is a m ix ed offence, / T h e y are o f th e opinion th a t it is a h e a v ier offence w hen it is

a slig h ter on e ,2 likew ise o f th e opinion th a t it is a slig h ter o n e .3 /O ne con ceals, a n d th en a b o u t b a c k s lid in g ,4 a n d confessing fo r one w h o w as m ad, (sending back) to th e

begin n in g, he is p u re .5 /T h e re c ita tio n 6 is fo r th e m ain ten an ce o f tru e dhamma am on g

th e teach er? o f th e V ib h a jja d o ctrin es,7 an d w ho, dw ellers in th e M a h a v ih a ra ,8 illu m in a te T a m b a p a n ­

n id lp a .9 [72]

1 ReadiDg w ith Siah. edn, p a rim d n d sa ca instead of O ldenberg’s p a r im d p a - m ukha tn, for -tn u k h a m is hard to account for.

1 R eading w ith Sinh. edn. su d d h a k e g a r u k a d itth in o , and referring to th e end of 34. i where tw o monks think th a t th ey h ave fallen into a S a n g k d d ise sa offence when really it is a slighter one.

8 Reading should probably be s u d d h a k a d itth in o instead of s u d d h a d itth in o of Oldenberg's te x t, and su d d a d itth i of Sinh. edn.

4 A s Oldenberg suggests ( V in . ii. 312) the p a k k h a m ite n a ca should perhapsread m a kkh a d ka m m en a as in I I I . 34. 2. The Sinh. edn. reads p a k k a m i ten a c a .

6 Reading with Sinh. edn. m u ld y a p a tiv isu d d h a k o (for m u ld y a p a tik a s s a ii -f* v isu d d h a ko ) instead of Oldenberg's rnuld, p a n n a r a sa v isu d d h a to . O n th e other hand, there seem to be fifteen cases of sending back to the beginning made up of nine to w hich reference is m ade a t th e end of 35, w ith six in 36.

• vacand.7 v ib h a jja p a d d n a m , which Oldenberg suggests ( V in . ii. 312) should read

v ib h a jja v d d a n a m . Sinh. edn. reads v ib h a jja v a d d n a m .• The great m onastery a t Anuradbapura, for m any centuries the chief seat

of Buddhism in Ceylon.• Tam bapannidlpa was a district in Ceylon, w ith Anuradhapura as its

centre. According to S A . ii. 11 1, it w as a hundred yojanas in extent, b u t V b h A . 444 says it was three hundred yojanas in exten t. See also V A . i. 102 where M ahinda tells Tissa th a t although th e sd sa n a is established in Tam bapannidlpa, it will not take root until a boy, born in Tam bapannidlpa of parents belonging there, goes forth there, learns the V in aya there, and recites it there. Tam bapannialpa also cam e to be a name for the whole of the Island of Ceylcn. I t seems strange to insert references to Anuradhspura and Ceylon here, as though this were, even if not an ending, y e t referring to the tim e when the sd sa n a had reached this Island.

96

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd , w as s ta y in g at S a v a tth i in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a 's m o n a stery . N o w a t th a t t im e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks ca rried out (form al) a c ts o f cen su re a n d g u id a n ce a n d b a n ish m en t a n d reco n cilia ­tio n a n d suspen sion a g a in st m o n ks w h o w ere not p resen t. T h o se w h o w ere m od est m o n ks lo o k e d d o w n upon, criticised , sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ H o w c a n th is g ro u p o f s ix m on ks c a rry o u t (form al) a c ts o f cen sure . . . a n d suspension again st m o n ks w h o are n o t presen t ? " T h e n th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" Is it tru e , as is said , m on ks, th a t th ese m o n ks ca rried o u t (form al) a cts o f cen sure . * . a n d suspension a g ain st m on ks w h o w ere n o t p resen t ? "

" I t is tru e , L o r d .” T h e A w a k e n e d O n e, th e L o rd , reb u ked th em , sa y in g :

" I t is n ot fitt in g , m o n ks, in these fo o lish m en, it is not becom in g, it is n o t su ita b le , it is n o t w o rth y o f a recluse, i t is not a llo w a b le , it is n o t to b e done. H o w , m on ks, ca n these fo o lish m en c a r ry o u t (form al) a c ts o f cen sure . * . a n d sus­pension a g a in st m o n k s w h o are n o t p resen t ? I t is n ot m onks, fo r p leasin g th o se w h o a re n o t (yet) p lea sed . . . " H a v in g re b u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , h e ad d ressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, a (form al) a c t o f cen su re or g u id a n ce or b a n ish ­m en t o r re co n cilia tio n or suspension sh o u ld not b e ca rrie d o u t a g ain st m o n k s w h o are n ot p re se n t. W h o e v e r sh o u ld c a rry one o u t, th e re is a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g. |j i j] 1 j|

" A n in d iv id u a l w h o professes n o n-dhamma m a k es kn o w n to an in d iv id u a l w h o professes dham m a , d isposes h im fa v o u ra b ly , m a k es h im consider, m a k es h im reconsider, tea ch es him , tea ch es h im ag ain , sa y in g : ' T h is is dham m a , th is is d iscip line, th is is th e T e a c h e r 's in stru ctio n , choose th is, [73] a p p ro v e of th is .' I f th is le g a l q u estio n is se ttle d th u s , it is se ttle d b y w h a t

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) IV

2—4.1] C U L L A V A G G A I V 97is not rule, b y w h a t has th e ap p earan ce o f a v e rd ic t in th e presence o f .1

“ A n in d iv id u a l w h o professes non-dhamtna m akes kn ow n to severa l w h o profess dham m a , . . A n in d iv id u a l w h o professes non-dhamma m akes kn o w n to an O rd er w h ich professes dhamma . . . S e ve ra l w h o profess n o n -dhamma m a k e kn o w n to an in d i­v id u a l w h o professes dhamma . . . S e v e ra l w h o profess non- dhamma m a k e kn o w n to severa l w h o profess dhamma . . . S evera l w h o profess non -dhamma m a k e kn o w n to an O rd er w h ich professes dhamma . . . A n O rd er w h ich professes non- dhamma m akes kn o w n to an in d iv id u a l w h o professes dhamma . . . A n O rd er w h ich professes n o n-dhamma m a k e s kn o w n to severa l w h o profess dhamma . . . A n O rd er w h ich professes non- dhamma m akes kn o w n to an O rd er w h ich professes dhamma9 disposes it fa v o u ra b ly , m akes it co n sid er, m a k es it reconsider, teach es it, teach es it again , sa y in g ; ' T h is is dham m a , th is is d iscip line, thip is th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n , choose th is, a p p ro ve o f th is .' I f th is le g a l q u estio n is s e ttle d th u s, it is se ttle d b y w h a t is n o t ru le, b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n ce o f a v e rd ic t in th e presence of."'

T o ld are th e N in e C ases o f th e D a rk F a ctio n . ’ [| 2 [|

“ A n in d iv id u a l w h o professes dham m a m akes k n o w n to an in d iv id u a l w h o professes non-idhamma * . . A n O rd er w h ich professes dhamma m akes k n o w n to an O rd er w h ich professes non-dhamma . . . I f th is le g a l q u estio n is se ttle d th u s, it is se ttle d b y rule, b y a v e rd ic t in th e presence o f.”

T o ld are th e N in e C ases o f th e B r ig h t F a c tio n , j| 3 ||

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd , w a s s ta y in g a t R a ja g a h a in th e B a m b o o G ro ve a t th e sq u irre ls ' feeding-place.* A t th a t tim e p erfectio n h a d been realised b y th e v e n e ra b le D a b b a th e M allian seven y e a rs a fte r h is b irth . A ll th a t sh o u ld be a tta in e d b y a d iscip le h ad been fu lly a tta in e d b y h im ; fc r him there w as n o th in g fu rth e r to b e done, no in crease to (be ad d ed

1 sa m tn u k h a v in a y a p a tiru p a k a . O n sa m m u k h a v in a y a , see V i n . ii. 93 0 ., and B .D . iii. 153, n. 2 for further references.

* From here to towards th e end of || 9 |j is alm ost word for word the same as V i n . iii. 158 -16 3 ; translated a t B . D . i. 2 71—281. I give the translation again in full here, but I h ave not repeated th e notes, for which readers should refer to the earlier volume.

E *

98 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

to) th a t w h ich h ad been done. T h e n th is reaso n in g arose in th e m in d o f th e ven era b le D a b b a th e M allian as he w as m e d ita t­in g in so litu d e :z “ P e rfe c tio n w a s realised b y m e seven yea rs a fte r m y b irth . A ll th a t sh ould b e a tta in e d b y a d iscip le has been fu lly a tta in e d b y m e ; fo r m e th ere is n o th in g fu rth er to be done, no in crease to (be a d d e d to) th a t w h ich h as been done. N o w , w h a t se rv ice co u ld I ren d er th e O rd er ? " T h e n it occu rred to th e v en era b le D a b b a th e M allian : " Su p p ose th a t I w ere to [74] assign lo d gin gs to th e O rd er an d issue m eals ? '* H i II

T h e n th e v en era b le D a b b a th e M allian , em ergin g from his m ed ita tio n in th e even in g, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , he sa t d ow n a t a resp ect­fu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g a t a resp ectfu l distance:, th e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : “ N o w , L o rd , as I w as m e d ita tin g in so litu d e , th is reason in g arose in m y m in d : c . . . W h a t se rv ice co u ld I ren d er th e O rd er ? * T h en , L o rd , it o ccu rred to m e : ' Sup pose I w ere to assign lo d gin gs to th e O rd er a n d issue th e m eals ? ' I w a n t, L o rd , to assign lo d gin gs to th e O rd er a n d issue m e a ls/ '

" I t is good , it is good , D a b b a . W e ll then, d o y o u , D a b b a , assign lo d gin gs to th e O rd er a n d issue m e a ls ."

“ V e r y w ell, L o r d ," th e ve n e ra b le D a b b a th e M allian an sw ered th e L o rd in assen t. || 2 ||

T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion , in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : “ W ellth en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er a g ree upon D a b b a th e M allian as assigner o f lo d g in g s a n d issuer o f m eals. A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld he be ag reed u p o n : F irs t, D a b b a sh o u ld b e a sk ed ; h a v in g a sk ed him , th e O rd er sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y an e x p e ri­enced , co m p e ten t m o n k, sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y agree upon th e v e n e ra b le D a b b a th e M allian as assign er of lo d gin gs a n d issuer o f m eals. T h is is th e m otion . H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h e O rd er is ag ree in g u pon th e v en era b le D a b b a th e M allian as assign er o f lo d gin gs an d issuer o f m eals. I f th e agreem en t upon th e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian as assign er o f lo d g in g s a n d issuer o f m eals

1 The story is given in brief outline a t ThagA. i. 44.

4-3-4] C U L L A V A G G A I V 99is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh o u ld be silent ; he to w hom it is n ot p leasin g sh ou ld sp eak . T h e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian is agreed u pon b y th e O rd er as assigner o f lod gin gs a n d issuer o f m eals. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er, therefore it is silen t. T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is/ ” || 3 ||

A n d th e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian , (thus) ag reed upon, assigned lo d g in g s in th e sam e p la ce fo r th o se m o n ks w ho belonged to th e sam e co m p a n y. F o r th o se m on ks w h o k n ew th e S u tta n ta s he assign ed lo d gin gs in th e sam e p lace , th in k in g : “ T hese w ill be ab le to ch a n t o v e r th e S u tta n ta s to one a n o th e r.” F o r th o se m on ks w h o w ere e x p e rt in d iscip lin e he assigned lo d g in g s in th e sam e p lace, th in k in g : “ T h e y w ill decide upon d iscip lin e to g e th e r/ ' F o r th o se m on ks w ho w ere ta lk ers on dhamma he assigned lo d g in g s in th e sam e p lace , th in k in g : “ T h e y w ill discuss dhamma w ith one a n o th e r/ ’ F o r those m onks w h o w ere m users he assigned lod gings in th e sam e p lace, th in k in g : " T h e y w ill n o t d is tu rb one a n o th e r.” [75] F o r those m o n ks w ho were ta lk e rs on in ferio r m a tte rs an d w h o w ere a th le tic he assign ed lo d gin gs a t th e sam e p lace, th in k in g : “ T h ese reveren d ones w ill liv e acco rd in g to th e ir p le a su re .” F o r those m o n ks w h o cam e in la te a t n ig h t, he, h a v in g a tta in e d the co n d itio n o f h eat, assigned lo d gin gs b y th is lig h t. So m uch so, th a t th e m o n ks cam e in la te a t n ig h t on purpose, th in k in g : " W e w ill see a w on d er o f th e p sy c h ic p o te n c y o f th e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian .” A n d these, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e ve n e r­able D a b b a th e M allian, sp oke t h u s : “ R e v e re n d D a b b a , assign us lo d gin gs.” T h e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian sp ok e th u s to th em ; “ W h ere do y o u r reveren ces desire th em ? W h ere sh all I assign th em ? ” T hese ^monks) w o u ld q u o te a d is ta n t p lace on purpose, sa y in g :

“ R e ve re n d D a b b a , assign us lo d g in g s on th e V u ltu re s ' P e a k ; y o u r reveren ce, assign us lo d g in g s on th e R o b b e r 's C liff; y o u r reveren ce, assign us lo d gin gs on th e slopes o f Is ig ili H ill on th e B la c k R o c k ; y o u r reveren ce, a ss ig n u s lo d g in g s on th e slopes o f V e b h a ra a t S a tta p a n n i C a v e ; y o u r reveren ce, assign us lod gin gs in S lta ’s W o o d on th e slopes o f th e S n a k e P o o l ; yo u r reverence, assign u s lo d gin gs at th e G o m a ta G len ; y o u r reverence, assign us lo d gin gs a t th e T in d u k a G len ; y o u r reverence, assign us lo d g in g s a t th e T a p o d a G len ; y o u r re v e r­ence, assign us lo d gin gs a t th e T a p o d a P a rk ; y o u r reverence,

IOO B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

assign u s lo d g in g s a t J T vak a ’s M an go G ro v e ; y o u r reveren ce, assign u s lo d g in g s a t M a d d a k u cch i in th e d e e r-p a rk ."

T h e v en era b le D a b b a th e M u llian , h a v in g a tta in e d th e co n ­d itio n o f h e a t, w e n t in fro n t o f th ese (m onks) w ith h is finger g lo w in g , an d th e y b y th is lig h t w e n t b eh in d th e v en era b le D a b b a th e M allian . T h e ve n e ra b le D a b b a th e M allian assign ed th em lo d g in g s th u s : " T h is is th e cou ch , th is th e ch a ir, th is th e m a ttre ss , th is th e sq u a ttin g m a t, th is a p r iv y , th a t a p r iv y , th is th e d rin k in g w a te r , th is th e w a te r fo r w ash in g , th is th e s ta ff, th is is (the fo rm of) th e O rd er 's agreem en t, th is is th e tim e it sh o u ld b e e n te re d u p o n , th is th e tim e it sh o u ld be d e p a rte d fro m ." T h e v e n e ra b le D a b b a th e M allian , h a v in g assign ed lo d g in g s t o th ese, w e n t b a c k a g a in to th e B a m b o o G ro v e . || 4 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks w h o w ere th e fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a w ere n e w ly o rd ain ed a n d o f lit t le m erit ; th e y o b ta in e d w h a te v e r in ferio r lo d g in g s b elo n g ed to th e O rd er a n d in ferio r m eals. A t th a t tim e p eo p le in R a ja g a h a [76] w a n te d to g iv e th e m o n k s w h o w ere eld ers a lm sfoo d 1 h a v in g a s p e c ia lly g o o d season in g, a n d gh ee a n d o il a n d d ain ties. B u t to th e m o n k s w h o w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a th e y g a v e sufficient o rd in a ry fo o d , b ro ken rice acco m p an ied b y so u r gruel.® T h ese, on re tu rn in g fro m a lm s-g a th erin g a fte r th e ir m eal, ask ed th e m o n ks w h o w ere e ld e r s : “ W h a t d id y o u , y o u r reveren ces, g e t a t th e re fe c to ry ? W h a t d id y o u ? "

S om e eld ers sp o k e t h u s : " T h e re w a s gh ee fo r us, y o u rreveren ces, th ere w as o il fo r us, th e re w ere d a in ties fo r u s ."

B u t t h e m o n k s w h o w e r e f o l lo w e r s o f M e t t i y a a n d B h u m m a ja k a sp ok e th u s : “ T h e re w as n o th in g fo r us, y o u r reveren ces, e x c e p t sufficien t o rd in a ry food , b ro k e n rice a cco m ­p an ied b y so u r g r u e l." || 5 (|

N o w a t th a t tim e a h o u seh o ld er w h o h a d nice food g a v e th e O rd er in co n tin u o u s fo o d su p p ly m eals co n sistin g o f fo u r in­gred ien ts.3 H e, w ith h is w ife a n d ch ild ren , a tte n d e d a n d served in th e re fe cto ry . T h e y offered b o iled rice to som e (m onks),

1 A lm s fo o d , p ip $ a p a ta t is o m it t e d a t V in . ii. 7 7 a b o v e , b u t o c c u r s a t V i n . i i i . 160.

* A t A . i . 1 4 5 c a l le d fo o d g iv e n t o s e r v a n t s .* “ A m e a l fo r fo u r m o n k s " a t B . D . i . 2 7 6 s h o u ld b e c o r r e c te d t o t h e a b o v e

r e n d e r in g .

4.6-7] C U L L A V A G G A I V 101

th e y offered c u r r y to others, th e y offered o il to others, th e y offered d ain ties to o th ers. N o w a t th a t tim e a m eal g iv e n b y th e househ old er w h o h a d n ice food w as a p p o rtio n ed fo r th e fo llo w in g d a y to th e m o n ks w h o w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a and B h u m m a ja k a . T h e n th e househ old er w h o h ad n ice food w en t to th e m o n a stery on som e business or o th er a n d ap p ro a ch ed th e ven era b le D a b b a th e M allian ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian , h e sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s th e househ old er w h o h ad n ice food w as s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e ven era b le D a b b a th e M allian d e ligh ted , re jo iced , roused, g lad d en ed h im w ith ta lk on dham m a. T h e n w h en th e h ouseh old er w h o h a d n ice food h ad been d e lig h ted - - . g lad d en ed b y th e v en era b le D a b b a th e M allian w ith ta lk on dham m a , h e sp ok e th u s to th e v en er­able D a b b a th e M allian : “ F o r w h om , h onoured sir, is th e m eal ap p o rtion ed fo r to m o rro w in m y h o u se ? ’

" H ouseholder, th e m eal a p p o rtio n ed in y o u r house fo r to ­m orrow is fo r m o n ks w h o are fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m aj a k a .' ’

T h en th e hou seh old er w h o h a d n ice fo o d w as so rry a n d sa id : " W h y sh o u ld these d e p ra v e d m o n ks e n jo y th em selves in m y h ouse ? ” A n d h a v in g gon e to h is house he en jo in ed a s la v e- w om an , sa y in g : “ H a v in g p rep ared a se a t in th e porch fo rth o se w h o co m e to e at to-m orrow , serve th em w ith b ro k en rice♦ 9acco m p an ied b y so u r g ru e l.”

" V e r y w ell, m a ste r ,” th e w o m a n -sla ve an sw ered to th e h ou seh old er w h o h a d n ice food, in assen t. [| 6 ||

T h e n th e m o n k s w h o w e re fo llo w e r s o f M e t t iy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a sa id to one a n o th e r : " Y e s te rd a y , y o u r re v e r­ences, a m eal w as a p p o rtio n ed to u s b y th e househ old er w h o h as nice food. T o -m o rro w th e househ old er w h o h as n ice food a tte n d in g w ith his w ife an d child ren , w ill serve u*. T h e y w ill offer boiled rice to som e, th e y w ill o ffer c u rry to o th ers, [77] th e y w ill o ffer o il to o th ers, th e y w ill o ffer d ain ties to o th e rs .’ * T hese, because o f th e ir h app in ess, d id n o t sleep th a t n ig h t as m uch as e x p e cte d .

T h e n th e m o n k s w h o w e re fo llo w e r s o f M e t t iy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a , dressing in th e m orn in g an d ta k in g th e ir bo w ls and robes, ap p ro ach ed th e d w ellin g o f th e h ouseh old er w h o h a d n ice food . T h a t w o m a n -sla ve sa w th e m onks w h o w ere

102 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a co m in g fro m a f a r ; seein g th em , h a v in g p rep ared a se a t in th e p o rch , she sa id to th e m onks w h o w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a : “ S it dow n, honoured s irs/ ' T h e n it o ccu rred to th e m o n ks w h o w ere fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a : " B u t u n d o u b te d ly th e food w ill n o t be re a d y as w e are m ad e to sit in th e p o rc h .” T h en th e w o m an -slave cam e u p w ith th e b ro ken rice acco m ­p an ied b y sou r g ru el. " E a t , h onoured sirs,” she sa id .

" B u t, sister, w e are those w h o e n jo y a co n tin u o u s su p p ly o f fo o d .”

" I k n o w th a t th e m a sters e n jo y a co n tin u o u s su p p ly o f food. B u t o n ly y e s te rd a y I w a s en jo in ed b y th e h o u seh o ld er : * H a v ­in g p rep ared a seat in th e p o rch fo r th o se w h o com e fo r a m eal to -m o rrow , serve th e m w ith b ro ken rice acco m p an ied b y sour g ru e l/ E a t , h on oured sirs,” she said .

T h e n th e m o n k s w h o w e re fo llo w e r s o f M e t t iy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a th o u g h t : " Y e s te r d a y , y o u r reveren ces, theh ouseh old er w h o h as n ice fo o d w e n t to D a b b a th e M allian in th e m o n a stery . D o u b tless, D a b b a th e M allian h as se t th e hou seh old er a t v a ria n ce w ith u s .” T h ese (m onks), on a cco u n t o f th e ir d istress, d id n o t eat as m u ch as e x p e cte d .

T h e n th e m o n k s w h o w e re fo llo w e r s o f M e t t iy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a , retu rn in g fro m a lm s-g a th erin g a fte r th e m eal, h a v in g a rriv e d a t th e m o n a ste ry , h a v in g p u t a w a y th e ir bow ls a n d robes, sa t d o w n o u tsid e th e g a te w a y o f th e m o n a stery , sq u a ttin g a g ain st th e ir o u te r c lo a k s, silen t, ab ash ed , th eir sh ould ers b en t, th e ir h ead s low ered , b ro o d in g, speechless. || 7 ||

T h e n th e nun M e ttiy a a p p ro a ch e d th e m o n ks w h o w ere fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , she sp ok e th u s to th e m o n k s w h o w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a ; " I sa lu te y o u , m a ste rs .” W h en she had sp oken th u s, th e m o n ks w h o w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a d id not respond . A secon d tim e . . . A th ird tim e th e m o n ks w h o w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a d id n o t respon d .

“ D o I offend a g ain st th e m a sters ? W h y do th e m asters n o t respond to m e ? ” sh e said .

“ I t is because yo u , sister, n eg lected us w h en w e w ere bein g g o t into d ifficu lties b y D a b b a th e M a llia n .”

“ W h a t ca n I do, m asters ? ” she said.

4.8-9] C U L L A V A G G A I V 103

" I f y o u w o u ld lik e , sister, th is v e r y d a y y o u could m ake the L o rd e x p e l D a b b a th e M allian .”

“ W h a t can I do, m asters ? H o w a m I ab le to do th a t ? ” “ Y o u com e, sister, app roach th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed ,

sa y to th e L o rd : [78] ' N ow , L o rd , it is n o t proper, it is n ot becom in g th a t th is q u a rter w h ich sh ou ld be w ith o u t fear, secure, w ith o u t d an ger, is th e v e r y q u a rter w h ich is fu ll o f fear, insecure, fu ll o f d anger. W h ere th ere w as a ca lm , now there is a g a le . I t seem s th e v e r y w a te r is b la z in g . I h a v e been assau lted b y m a ster D a b b a th e M a llian .' ”

“ V e ry w ell, m a sters,” and th e n u n M e ttiy a h a v in g answ ered th e m o n ks w h o w ere fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a in assent, ap p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , she sto o d a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s she w as sta n d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e nun M e ttiy a sp oke thus to th e L o rd : “ N o w , L o rd , it is n o t p ro p er . . . I h a v e been a ssau lted b y m aster D a b b a th e M a llia n .” || 8 ||

T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasion, in th is con n ection , h a v in g h ad th e O rd er o f m o n ks co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian , sa y in g :

“ D o yo u , D a b b a , rem em ber d o in g as th is nun sa y s ? ”“ L o rd , th e L o rd k n o w s in regard to m e .” A n d a second

tim e . . , A n d a th ird tim e . . . “ L o rd , th e L o rd k n o w s in regard to m e .”

“ D a b b a , th e D a b b a s do n o t g iv e e v a s iv e answ ers lik e th a t .1 I f w h a t w a s done w as done b y yo u , s a y so ; i f i t w a s n o t done (by yo u ), sa y it w as n o t .”

" Since I , L o rd , w as born , I ca n n o t c a ll to m ind ever in d u lg ­ing in se x u a l in tercou rse eve n in a dream , m u ch less so w hen I w as a w a k e .”

T h e n th e L o rd ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : “ W e ll then, m onks, e x p e l th e nun M e ttiy a , a n d ta k e these monk^ to ta s k .” H a v in g sp o k en th u s, th e L o rd , risin g from his seat, en tered a d w elling-p lace. T h e n th ese m o n ks exp e lle d th e nun M e ttiya . T h en th e m onks w h o w ere fo llow ers of M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ­ja k a sp oke th u s to these m o n k s : “ Y o u r reverences, do not exp el th e nun M e ttiy a ; in no w a y h as she offended ; she w as

1 Quoted T hagA . 1. 45, which explains dabbo as drabyot bhabbo (with a number of v. IL).

104 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

u rged on b y us b ecau se w e w ere a n g ry , d isp leased an d w a n ted him o u t o f th e w a y .”

“ B u t are n o t y o u , y o u r reveren ces, d efam in g th e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian w ith an u n fou n d ed ch arge o f fa llin g a w a y from m o ral h a b it ?

“ Y e s , y o u r re v e re n c e s ." T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks lo o ked d ow n u pon , cr itic ise d , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w ca n th ese m o n ks w h o are fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a d efam e th e ve n e ra b le D a b b a th e M allian w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch arg e of fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it ? ” T h e n these m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" Is it tru e , as is sa id , m o n ks, th a t th e m o n k s w h o are fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a d efam ed D a b b a th e M allian w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch a rg e o f fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it ? ”

“ I t is tru e, L o r d ." H a v in g re b u k e d th em , h a v in g g iv en reason ed ta lk , he ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : |[ 9 ||

“ W e ll th e n , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er g iv e a v e rd ic t o f in n o cen ce2 to D a b b a th e M allian w h o h as rem em b ered fu lly .3 A n d th u s, [79] m on ks, sh o u ld it b e g iv e n : M onks, D a b b a th e M allian , h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed th e O rd er, h a v in g a rran ged h is u p p er robe o ve r one should er, h a v in g h o n o u red th e feet of th e senior m o n ks, h a v in g sa t d o w n on his h au n ch es, h a v in g sa lu te d w ith jo in ed p alm s, sh ould sp e a k th u s to it : ‘ H on ou red sirs, these m on ks, fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a , d efam ed m e w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch a rg e o f fa llin g a w a y from m o ral h a b it. B u t I , h on oured sirs, h a v in g rem em b ered fu lly , a sk th e O rd er fo r a v e rd ic t o f in n o cen ce.' A n d a second tim e it sh o u ld be ask ed fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e it sh ould b e ask ed f o r :‘ H o n o u red sirs, th ese m o n k s w h o are fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a d efam ed m e w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch arge o f fa llin g a w a y from m o ra l h a b it. So I , ho n o u red sirs, h a v in g rem em ­b ered fu lly , fo r a th ird tim e a sk th e O rd er fo r a v e rd ic t o f in n o cen ce/ T h e O rd er sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k , sa y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen

* A t S a n g h . V I I I . 1 . 9 h e i s d e f a m e d w i t h a n u n f o u n d e d c h a r g e in v o lv i n g d e f e a t . T h e t w o v e r s io n s p r o c e e d d i f f e r e n t l y a f t e r t h e e n d o f t h i s p a r a g r a p h .

1 sa tiv in a y a . S e e B . D . i i i . 1 5 3 , n . 3 .* S e e V in . T e x ts i i i . 1 6 , n . 1 o n sa tiv e p u lla p a tta . T h i s m e a n s a r r i v e d a t

(o r a t t a i n e d t o ) f u ln e s s o f m e m o r y — t h u s o n e w h o s e c o n s c ie n c e i s q u i t e c l e a n , a s a t V in . T e x ts i i i . 1 6 . C f . b e lo w , I V . 27 .

4 .io — 5 .i] C U L L A V A G G A I V

to m e. T h ese m o n ks w h o are fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a d efam ed the ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian w ith an u n foun d ed ch arge o f fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it. T h e ven era b le D a b b a th e M allian, h a v in g rem em bered fu lly , is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r a v e rd ic t o f innocence. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y g iv e th e v en era b le D a b b a th e M allian , w h o h as rem em bered fu lly , a v e rd ic t o f innocence. T h is is th e m otion . H onoured sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. T h ese m on ks w ho are fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a . . . is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r a v e rd ic t o f innocence. T h e O rd er is g iv in g th e ven era b le D a b b a th e M allian, w h o h as rem em bered fu lly , a v e rd ic t o f innocence. I f th e g iv in g o f a v e rd ic t of innocence to th e v en era b le D a b b a th e M allian , w h o h as re­m em bered fu lly , is p leasin g to th e ve n e ra b le ones, th e y should be silen t ; he to w h om it is n o t p leasin g sh ould sp eak. A n d a secon d tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A v e rd ic t o f innocence is g iv en b y th e O rd er to th e ven era b le D a b b a th e M allian , w h o has rem em bered fu lly . I t is p leasin g to th e O rder, therefore it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is/ || 10 ||

“ M onks, th ere are th ese five le g a lly v a lid p ro p erties in g iv in g a v e rd ic t o f innocence : if th e m o n k is pure an d w ith o u to ffen ces ; an d if th e y rep ro ach h im ; a n d i f he asks ; if th e O rd er g iv es h im a v e rd ic t o f in n ocen ce ; if it is b y ru le, th e assem b ly b e in g co m p lete . T h ese , m on ks, are th e five le g a lly v a lid p ro p erties in g iv in g a v e rd ic t o f in n p ce n ce." || x i |[ 4 |j

N o w a t th a t tim e th e m o n k G a g g a 1 w as m ad , o u t o f his m in d ,3 a n d w h ile he w a s m ad , o u t o f h is m in d he p e rp e tra ted m uch and sp oke in a w a y 3 th a t w a s n o t w o rth y o f a recluse. M onks rep ro ved th e m on k G a g g a because of o ffences done (b y him ) w hile he w a s m ad , o u t of his m ind, sa y in g : " D oes th e ve n e r­able one rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence lik e th is ?” H e sp oke th u s : “ I, [8Q] y o u r reveren ces, w a s m ad , o u t of m y m in d ; w h ile I w a s m ad , o u t o f m y m ind, m u ch w as

1 T y p i f y i n g a m a d m o n k , a l s o a t V in . i . 1 2 3 .9 citta v ip a riy d sa k a ta ; c f. cetaso v ip a riy d sa a t A / , i i . 2 4 8 ; ' v ip a riy a d ik a ta

citta a t T h a g . 1 8 4 , a n d v ip a riy a tth a citta a t J d . v . 3 7 2 . F o r t h i s w h o le p a s s a g ecf. A f , ii* 2 4 8 .

* bh d sita p a rih a n ta . S e e P E D . , u n d e r p a r ik a n ta . I t s a y s t h i s p a s s a g e i s e v i d e n t l y f a u l t y .

io6 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

p e rp e tra ted a n d sp o k en b y m e th a t w a s n ot w o rth y of a recluse. I do not rem em ber th a t. T h a t w a s done b y m e w h ile I w as in sa n e .”1 A lth o u g h b ein g sp ok en to th u s b y h im , th e y still rep ro ved him , sa y in g : “ D o es th e v en era b le one rem em berh a v in g fallen in to an offence lik e th is ? ” T h o se w h o w ere m od est m o n ks lo o k ed d o w n u pon , cr itic ise d , sp read it ab o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can these m o n ks rep ro ve th e m o n k G a g g a b e ­cau se o f offences done (by him ) w h en he w a s m ad , o u t of his m ind, sa y in g : ' D o es th e v en era b le one rem em ber h a v in gfa llen in to an offence lik e this ? ’ an d he sp ok e th u s : ‘ I , y o u r reverences, w a s m ad , o u t o f m y m in d ; w hile I w a s m ad , out o f m y m ind, m u ch w a s p e rp e tra te d an d sp o k en b y m e th a t w as n o t w o rth y o f a recluse. I d o n o t rem em b er th a t. T h a t w as done b y m e w h ile I w a s in sa n e / A n d a lth o u g h bein g sp oken to b y him th u s, th e y still re p ro ve d him , sa y in g : ‘ D o es th e ve n e ra b le one rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence lik e th is ? ' ” T h en these m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ Is it tru e , as is sa id , m o n ks . . . ? ”

" I t is tru e, L o rd .” H a v in g re b u k e d th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, le t th e O rd er g iv e a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity 2 to th e m o n k G a g g a w h o is no longer insane. || i |j

“ A n d thus, m on ks, sh o u ld it be g iv e n : M onks, th a t m o n k G a g g a, h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed th e O rder, h a v in g a rran ged his u p p er robe o ve r one sh o u ld er, h a v in g h o n o u red th e feet of the senior m o n ks, h a v in g sa t d o w n on his hau n ch es, h a v in g raised his jo in ed p alm s in sa lu ta tio n , sh o u ld sp ea k th u s to it : ' I , honoured sirs, w a s m ad , o u t o f m y m in d ; w h ile I w a s m ad , ou t of m y m in d , I p e rp e tra te d m u ch an d sp o k e in a w a y th a t w as not w o rth y o f a recluse. M onks rep ro ved m e b ecau se of offences done (b y me) w h ile I w a s m ad , o u t o f m y m ind, s a y in g : “ D o es th e ven era b le one rem em ber h a v in g fallenin to an offence lik e th is ? ” So I sp o k e th u s : “ I , y o u r re v e r­ences, w a s m ad , o u t o f m y m in d . W h ile I w as m a d , o u t of m y m ind, m u ch w a s p e rp e tra te d a n d sp ok en (b y me) th a t w as n o t w o rth y o f a recluse. I do not rem em ber th a t. T h a t w as done b y m e w hile I w as in sa n e .” A n d even a lth o u g h th e y were sp oken to th u s b y m e, th e y s till rep ro ved m e, sa y in g : “ D o es

1 tn ulha , a s t r a y , e rr in g .3 atn u lh a v in a ya . C f . V in . iv . 2 0 7 (B . D . iii. 1 5 3 , n . 4 ).

5 .2— 6.x] C U L L A V A G G A I V 107

th e ven erab le one rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence lik e th is ? ” So I , honoured sirs, no lo n g er insane, am a sk in g th e O rder fo r a ve rd ic t of p a st in sa n ity / A n d a second tim e it sh ould b e a sk ed fo r . . . A n d a th ird tim e i t sh o u ld be asked for, sa y in g : f I , h o n o u red sirs, w a s m ad . . . even a th ird tim e am I a sk in g th e O rd er fo r a v e rd ic t o f p a st in s a n ity / T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m on k G a g g a w as m ad, o u t of his m ind. W h ile he w as m ad , out of h is m ind, m uch w as p erp e tra ted and sp o k en (b y him ) th a t w as n ot w o rth y o f a recluse. M onks rep ro ved th e m on k G a g g a fo r offences done (b y him ) w h ile he w a s m ad, o u t o f his m ind, sa y in g : " D oes th e v en era b le one rem em ber . . . ? ” H esp oke th u s : “ I, h onoured sirs, [81] do n o t rem em ber . . . T h is w as done b y m e w hile I w as in san e.” E v e n on bein g sp oken to b y h im th u s, th e y s till rep ro ved him , sa y in g : “ D oes th e ven erab le one rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to a n offence like th u s ? ” H e, no lon ger insane, is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r a v e rd ict of p a st in sa n ity . I f i t seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y g iv e th e m o n k G a g g a, w h o is no lo n g er insane, a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity . T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m on k G a g g a . . . is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r a ve rd ic t of p a st in sa n ity . I f th e g iv in g o f a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity to th e m on k G a g g a w h o is no lon ger in san e is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh ould b e silen t ; he to w h o m it is n o t p leasin g sh ould sp e a k . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tter. A ve rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity is g iv en b y th e O rd er to th e m o n k G a g g a w h o is no lo n g er insane. I t is p leas­in g to th e O rd er, therefore it is silen t. T h u s do I un d erstan d th is/ || 2 |[ 5 ||

“ M onks, th ere are these th ree n o t le g a lly v a lid p roperties in g iv in g a v e rd ict o f p a st in sa n ity , th ree th a t a re le g a lly v a lid . W h a t are th e three p ro p erties th a t are n o t le g a lly v a lid in g iv in g a v e rd ic t o f p ast in sa n ity ? T h is is a case, m on ks, w here a m o n k h as fa llen in to an offence. T h e O rd er or severa l (monks) or one in d iv id u a l reproves h im fo r it, sa y in g : ' D oes th e ven erab le one rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence like th is ? ’ I f he, a lth o u g h rem em bering, sp ea k s th u s : ‘ 1 do not, yo u r reverences, rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence like

io8 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th a t/ an d if th e O rd er g iv e s h im a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity , th e g iv in g o f th e v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity is n o t le g a lly va lid .

" T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k h a s fa llen in to an offence . . . ‘ D o es th e ve n e ra b le one rem em b er h a v in g fallen in to an offence like th is ? 1 I f he, a lth o u g h rem em berin g, sp eaks th u s : * I , y o u r reveren ces, rem em ber it a s th o u g h fro m a d rea m / an d i f th e O rd er g iv e s h im a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity , th e g iv in g o f th e v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity is n o t le g a lly va lid .

" T h i s is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k h as fa llen in to an offence . . . * D o es th e ve n e ra b le one rem em b er h a v in g fa llen in to a n offence lik e th is ? ' I f he, a lth o u g h n o t m ad , p reten d s to b e m ad , sa y in g : ‘ I a c t th u s, do y o u also a c t thus, th is is a llo w ab le fo r m e, a n d it is also a llo w ab le fo r y o u / a n d if th e O rd er g iv es h im a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity , th e g iv in g o f the v e rd ict o f p a st in sa n ity is n o t le g a lly v a lid . T h ese three p ro p erties in g iv in g a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity are n o t le g a lly v a lid . || i ||

“ W h a t are th e th ree p ro p erties in g iv in g a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k is m ad , o u t o f his m in d . W h ile he is m ad , o u t o f h is m in d , he p erp e tra tes m u ch an d sp ea k s in a w a y th a t is n o t w o rth y o f a recluse. A n O rd er o r severa l (m onks) or one in d i­v id u a l rep ro ves h im fo r it, sa y in g : * D o es th e v en era b le one rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence lik e th is ? ' I f he, not rem em bering, sp ea k s th u s : ‘ I do n o t, y o u r reveren ces, re­m em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence lik e th a t/ a n d if th e O rd er g iv e s h im a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity , th e g iv in g o f th e v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity is le g a lly v a lid .

" T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k is m ad , [82] . . . ‘ D o es th e ven era b le one rem em ber h a v in g fallen in to an offence lik e th is ? ' I f he, n o t rem em berin g, sp ea k s th u s : ‘ I, y o u r reveren ces, rem em b er as th o u g h from a d rea m / a n d if th e O rd er g iv e s h im a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity , th e g iv in g of th e v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity is le g a lly va lid .

" T h is is a case, m o n ks, w here a m o n k is m a d . . . ' D oes th e v en era b le one rem em b ers h a v in g fallen in to a n offen ce lik e th is ? * I f he is m a d a n d p reten d s to be m a d a n d says, ' I a ct th u s, do y o u also a c t th u s, th is is a llo w ab le fo r m e, it is also a llo w ab le fo r y o u / a n d i f th e O rd er g iv e s h im a v e rd ic t o f p ast in sa n ity , th e g iv in g o f th e v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity is le g a lly

6 .2— 8. i ] C U L L A V A G G A I V 109

v a lid . T h ese th ree p ro p erties in g iv in g a v e rd ict o f past in sa n ity are le g a lly v a lid ." || 2 I| 6 jj

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s carried o u t (form al) a cts of censure an d g u id an ce a n d ban ish m en t an d reco n cilia­tion and suspension a g a in st m o n k s w ith o u t th e ir a ck n o w led g ­m en t.1 T h o se w h o w ere m odest m o n ks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can th is g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks c a r ry o u t (form al) a cts of censure an d . . . suspension a g ain st m on ks w ith o u t th eir a ck n o w led g m en t ? ” T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " I s it tru e as is said , m o n ks

? ”" I t is tru e, L o r d / ' H a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n

reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :“ M onks, a (form al) a c t o f censure o r o f gu id an ce or of b an ish ­

m en t or of reco n ciliatio n or of suspension should n o t b e carried out ag ain st a m o n k w ith o u t h is ack n o w led g m en t. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) c a rry (one) o u t, there is an offence of w ron g­d oin g. || 7 ||

“ M onks, th e c a rry in g o u t (of a fo rm al act) on th e a c k n o w ­led gm en t o f (a m onk) is not le g a lly v a lid th u s, it is le g a lly v a lid th u s. A n d how , m onks, is th e c a rry in g o u t on th e a ck n o w led g m en t n o t le g a lly v a lid ? A m o n k com es to h a v e fa llen in to a n offen ce in v o lv in g d efea t. T h e O rd er or severa l (m onks) or one in d iv id u a l rep ro ves h im fo r it , sa y in g ; * T h e ven era b le one h as fa llen in to an offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t/ I f he sp eaks th u s : * I h a v e n o t, y o u r reveren ces, fa llen in to an offence in v o lv in g d e fea t, I h a v e fa llen in to an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er/ a n d if th e O rd er h a s h im d ealt w ith fo r an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rder, the c a rry in g o u t on th e a ck n o w le d g m e n t is not le g a lly va lid .

“ A m o n k com es to h a v e fa llen in to an offence in v o lv in g d efeat . . . I f he sp eaks th u s : * I h a v e not, y o u r reverences, fa llen in to a n offence in v o lv in g d e fea t, I h a v e fa llen in to a g ra v e offence, in to an offence in v o lv in g e x p iatio n , in to an

1 I . e . o f t h e i r o f f e n c e : a p a tin n d y a . C f . p a t in n d y a karetabbatjt a t V in . i v . 2 0 7 ( B .D . i i i . 1 5 3 , n . 5)-

n o B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

offence w h ich o u g h t to be con fessed , in to a n offence o f w ro n g­d o in g , in to an offence o f w ro n g sp ee ch / an d if th e O rd er has h im d e alt w ith fo r a n offence o f w ro n g sp eech, th e c a rry in g o u t on th e a ck n o w led g m en t is n ot le g a lly v a lid .

" A m on k com es to h a v e fa llen in to an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g o f th e O rd er . . . in to a g ra v e offence, in to an offence in v o lv in g e x p ia tio n , in to an offence w h ich o u g h t to be confessed, in to a n offence o f w ro n g-d o in g, in to a n p ffence o f w ro n g sp eech . T h e O rd er or se ve ra l (m onks) or one in d i­v id u a l rep ro ves h im fo r it, sa y in g : ‘ T h e v en era b le one [83] has fa lle n in to a n offence o f w ro n g sp ee ch / I f he sp ea k s th u s: ‘ I h a v e n o t, y o u r reveren ces, fa llen in to an offence o f w ro n g sp eech , I h a v e fa lle n in to a n offen ce in v o lv in g d e fe a t/ an d if th e O rd er h as h im d e a lt w ith fo r a n offence in v o lv in g d efeat, th e c a rry in g o u t on th e a ck n o w le d g m e n t is n ot le g a lly v a lid .

“ A m o n k com es to h a v e fa llen in to an offence of w ro n g sp eech . . . I f he sp ea k s th u s : 1 I h a v e n o t, y o u r reveren ces, fa llen in to an o ffen ce o f w ro n g sp eech, I h a v e fa llen in to a g ra v e offen ce, in to a n offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er . . . in to a n offence in v o lv in g e x p ia tio n , in to an o ffen ce w h ich o u g h t to be con fessed , in to a n offence o f w ro n g­d o in g / a n d if th e O rd er h as h im d e a lt w ith fo r a n offence o f w rong-d oing, th e c a rry in g o u t on th e a ck n o w le d g m e n t is not le g a lly v a lid . j| x ||

“ A n d h ow , m o n ks, is th e c a rry in g o u t o n th e a c k n o w le d g ­m en t le g a lly v a lid ? A m o n k co m es to h a v e fa llen in to an offence in v o lv in g d efea t. T h e O rd er or severa l (m onks) or one in d iv id u a l rep ro ves h im fo r it, s a y in g : ‘ T h e v e n e ra b le oneh a s fa llen in to a n offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t/ I f he sp eaks th u s :' Y e s , y o u r reveren ces, I h a v e fa llen in to a n offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t/ a n d if th e O rd er h as h im d e a lt w ith fo r a n offence in v o lv in g d e fea t, th e c a rry in g o u t on th e a ck n o w le d g m e n t is le g a lly v a lid .

“ A m o n k com es to h a v e fa llen in to a n offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g o f th e O rd er . . . in to a g ra v e offence * . . in to a n offence o f w ro n g sp eech . . . I f he sp ea k s th u s : ‘ Y e s , y o u r reverences, I h a v e fa lle n in to an offence of w ro n g sp eech / a n d if th e O rd er h as him d e alt w ith for an offence o f w ro n g sp eech, th e c a rry in g out on th e a ck n o w le d g m e n t is le g a lly valid /* || 2 (I 8 ||

9—10.1] C U L L A V A G G A I V i n

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks were str iv in g , qu arrellin g, d isp u t­in g in th e m id st o f an O rder, th e y w ere w o u n d in g one a n o th er w ith th e w eapons o f th e to n gu e ; th e y w ere u n able to se ttle th a t legal question . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I a llo w y o u m onks, to se ttle th is k in d o f leg a l qu estionb y th e decision o f th e m a jo r ity / 1 A m o n k possessed o f five q u alities sh ou ld be agreed u pon as d is tr ib u to r o f (voting) tic k e ts2 : one w h o w o u ld n ot fo llo w a w ro n g course th ro u g h fa vo u ritism , w h o w ou ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g course th ro u g h h a tred . . . th ro u g h stu p id ity . . „ th ro u g h fear, w h o w ould kn o w w h a t is ta k e n a n d w h a t is n o t.3 A n d th u s, m onks, should he be agreed upon : F ir s t a m o n k sh o u ld be asked . H a v in g asked him , th e O rd er sh o u ld be in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er sh o u ld agree u pon th e m o n k So-an d -so as d is tr ib u to r of (voting) tick ets . T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e O rd er is agreein g upon th e m o n k So-and -so as d istr ib u to r o f (voting) tick ets . I f th e agreem en t u p o n th e m o n k So-and -so as d is tr ib u to r o f (voting) tick e ts is p leasin g to th e ven erab le ones, th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w h o m it is h o t p leasin g sh ould sp eak. T h e m on k So-and-so is agreed u pon b y th e O rd er as d istrib u to r o f (voting) tick ets . I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silent. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is/ |j 9 || [84]

" M onks, th ere a re ten d istrib u tio n s o f (voting) tic k e ts th a t are not le g a lly v a lid , te n th a t are le g a lly v a lid . W h a t are th e te n d istrib u tio n s o f (voting) t ic k e ts th a t are n o t le g a lly v a lid ? W h en th e legal qu estion is o n ly triflin g, and w h en it h as not gone its cou rse ,4 an d w h en it is not rem em bered or ca u sed to be rem em bered ,5 an d w h en he k n o w s th a t those w h o profess non -dhamma are m ore (in num ber), w h en he even th in k s th a t th o se w h o pro fess non -dhamma m a y b e m ore (in num ber), i f

1 y eb h u y y a sik d . S e e V in . i v . 2 0 7 ( B .D . i i i . 1 5 3 , n . 6 ) . “ A s lo n g a s t h e m a j o r i t y a r e s p e a k e r s o f d h a m m a ,u V A . Z 19 2 .

* sa ld k a g d h a p a k a„ C f . b e lo w , I V . 14 . 24.* R e f e r r i n g t o t h e v o t i n g t i c k e t s .4 gatigata. S e e V in . T e x ts i i i . 2 6 . V A . 1 1 9 2 s a y s , i f i t h a s n o t g o n e t o t w o

o r t h r e e r e s i d e n c e s , o r h a s n o t b e e n d e t a i l e d , a v in ic ch ita , h e r e a n d t h e r e t w oo r t h r e e t im e s .

6 V A . 1 1 9 2 s a y s : " t w o o r t h r e e t i m e s i t i s n o t r e m e m b e r e d b y t h e s e m o n k s t h e m s e lv e s , o r c a u s e d t o b e r e m e m b e r e d b y o t h e r s / '

1X2 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

he k n o w s th a t th e O rd er w ill be d iv id e d , if he eve n th in k s th a t th e O rd er m a y b e d iv id ed , i f th e y ta k e (the tick ets) n o t b y ru le ,1 if th e y ta k e th e m in an in co m p lete a ssem b ly , a n d if th e y ta k e th em n o t a cco rd in g to th e ir v ie w s .2 T h ese ten d is tr ib u ­tion s of (voting) t ic k e ts are n o t le g a lly v a lid . |f I ]|

,f W h a t are th e ten d istr ib u tio n s o f (voting) tic k e ts th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? W h en th e leg a l q u estio n is n ot m e re ly triflin g, an d w h en it h as gone its course, a n d w h en it is rem em bered arid cau sed to be rem em bered , a n d w h en he kn ow s th a t th o se w ho profess dhamma are m ore (in num ber), w h en he e v e n th in k s th a t those w h o profess dhamma m a y be m ore (in num ber), w h en he k n o w s th a t th e O rd er w ill n o t b e d iv id ed , w h en he e ven th in k s th a t th e O rd er w ill n o t be d iv id ed , w h en th e y ta k e (the tick ets) b y ru le, w h en th e y ta k e th em in a co m p lete assem ­b ly , a n d w h en th e y ta k e th em a cco rd in g to th e ir v iew s. T h ese ten d istrib u tio n s of (voting) t ic k e ts are le g a lly v a lid .” || 2 j| 10 ||

N o w at th a t tim e th e m o n k U v a la , on b e in g e x a m in e d fo r o ffences in th e m id st of th e O rd er, h a v in g d en ied ,3 a ck n o w ­led g ed , h a v in g ack n o w led g ed , d en ied , he sh e lv e d th e q u estio n b y (asking) an o th er, he to ld a con scious lie . T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n k s . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w ca n th is m o n k U v a la , on bein g e xam in ed . . . te ll 9 con sciou s lie ? T h e n th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I s it tru e , as is said , m o n k s . . . ? ”

“ I t is tru e , L o rd .” H a v in g re b u k e d th em , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , h e ad d ressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

“ W e ll th e n , m o n ks, le t th e O rd er c a r ry o u t a (form al) a ct fo r th e decision fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity 4 a g a in st th e m on k U v a la . |j 1 ||

A n d th u s , m on ks, sh o u ld it be ca rrie d o u t : F irs t, th e m on k U v a la sh o u ld be rep ro ved , h a v in g rep ro ved h im , he sh o u ld be m ad e t o rem em ber, h a v in g m ad e h im rem em ber, he sh o u ld be m ad e to con fess5 th e offence, h a v in g m ad e h im con fess th e offence, th e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced ,

1 T h e y e a c h t a k e t w o t i c k e t s , s a y i n g : *' T h u s w e , s p e a k e r s o f w h a t i sn o t dham m a, w i l l b e c o m e t h e m a jo r i t y / * V A . 1 1 9 3 .

* C h a n g in g t h e i r v i e w s s i m p l y s o a s t o b e o n t h e s id e o f t h e m a j o r i t y .• A s a t V in . i v . 1 ; s e e B . D . i i . 1 6 4 I4 ta ssa p d p iy y a sik d . S e e B . D . i i i . 1 5 4 , n . 1 ; M . i i . 2 4 9 .6 ro p eti.

11 .2 12.2] C U L L A V A G G A I V 113

co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : * H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me. T h is m o n k U v a la , on b e in g e xam in ed for offences in th e m idst of th e O rder, h a v in g denied, ack n o w led g ed . . . he to ld a conscious lie. I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, th e O rder m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct fo r th e d ecision for sp ecific d e p ra v ­i t y again st th e m o n k U v a la . T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k U v a la . . . to ld a conscious lie . T h e O rd er is c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t for th e decision fo r specific d e p r a v ity again st th e m o n k U v a la . I f th e c a rry in g o u t o f a (form al) a c t for th e decision fo r specific d e p ra v ity a g a in st th e m o n k U v a la is p leasin g to th e ve n e ra b le ones, th e y sh o u ld b e silen t ; he to w h o m it is not p leasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A (form al) a c t fo r th e decision fo r sp ecific d e p ra v it} ' is carried o u t b y th e O rd er a g a in st th e m o n k U v a la . I t is p lea s­in g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is .' || 2 || 1 1 || [ 8 5 ]

" M onks, th ese five gro u n d s fo r a (form al) a c t fo r specific d e p r a v ity are le g a lly v a lid ; i f he becom es im pure, a n d if he is un con scien tious, a n d if he is fa u lt-fin d in g ,1 if an O rd er carries o u t a (form al) a ct fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity a g a in st h im , if it is b y ru le a n d in a co m p lete a ssem b ly. T h ese five groun d s, m onks, fo r a (form al) a ct fo r specific d e p r a v ity a re le g a lly v a lid . || 1 ||

“ M onks, i f a (form al) a c t fo r specific d e p ra v ity is possessed o f th ree q u a lities it com es to b e a (form al) a c t n o t b y ru le, a (form al) a c t n o t b y discip lin e, a n d one th a t is h a rd to se ttle : i f it is carried o u t n ot in th e presen ce of, i f i t is ca rried out w ith o u t in terro gatio n , i f it is ca rried o u t not w ith th e a ck n o w ­led gm en t . . .2 i f it is carried o u t n o t b y ru le, if i t is carried o u t in an in com p lete a ssem b ly. M onks, i f a (form al) a c t for specific d e p r a v ity is possessed o f these th ree q u a lities , i t com es to b e a (form al) a c t n o t b y ru le, a (form al) a c t n ot b y d iscip line, an d one th a t is h a rd to se ttle .

“ M onks, if a (form al) a c t fo r specific d e p ra v ity is possessed of th ree q u a lities it com e to b e a (form al) a c t b y rule a n d a

1 sd n u va d a , c f. an u vd d a a t V in . i i . 5 . B u . g l o s s e s b y sa -u p a v d d a .* A s a t C V . I . 2 . 1 .

i i 4 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

(form al) a ct b y d iscip lin e, an d one th a t is e a s ily se ttle d : if it is carried out in th e presence of, if it is carried o u t on the in terro gatio n , if it is carried out w ith th e ack n o w led g m en t . . i f it is carried o u t b y ru le, i f it is carried out in a co m p lete a ssem b ly. M onks, if a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity is possessed o f these th ree q u a lities , it com es to be a (form al) a ct b y ru le, a (form al) a c t b y d iscip lin e, a n d one th a t is easily se ttled . || 2 |!

" M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f three q u a litie s ,2 th e O rder, if it desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p ra v ity ag ain st h im : if he is a m a k e r o f strife , if he is a m a k er of qu arrels, if he is a m a k e r o f d isp u tes, i f he is a m a k e r o f c o n te n ­tion , if he is a m a k e r o f leg a l q u estio n s in th e O rd er ; i f he is ign oran t, in exp erien ced , fu ll o f offences, n o t rid of th em ; if he liv e s in a ssociatio n w ith h o useh old ers in u n b eco m in g association w ith householders. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th ese three q u a lities, th e O rd er, i f it desires, m a y c a rry o u t a (form al) act fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity a g a in st him . || 3 j|

" A m o n k ag ain st w h o m a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity 3 h as been carried o u t sh o u ld co n d u ct h im self p ro p erly . T h is is proper co n d u ct in th is case : he sh o u ld not o rd ain , he sh ould n o t g iv e g u id a n ce , a n o v ice sh o u ld n ot a tte n d him , he should n o t con sen t to th e agreem en t to e x h o rt nuns, even if he is agreed upon he sh o u ld n o t e x h o rt nuns . . . he sh ould not q u arrel w ith m o n k s ." || 4 ||

T h e n th e O rd er carried o u t a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p ra v ­i t y a g ain st th e m o n k U v a la . |j 5 J| 12 ||

Now’ a t th a t tim e, w h ile m o n ks w ere s tr iv in g , qu arrellin g, d isp u tin g , m u ch w a s p e rp e tra te d an d sp oken th a t w as not w o r th y o f a recluse.4 T h e n it o ccu rred to th ese m o n ks : " W h ile w e w ere s tr iv in g . . . n o t w o rth y of a recluse. I f w e should d eal w ith one a n o th er fo r th ese offences, it m ig h t eve n b e th a t th a t leg a l qu estion w o u ld co n d u ce to harshness, to tro u b le , to schism . N o w , [86] w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh ould be fo llo w ed b y us ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

1 A s a t C V . I . 3. 1 .* A s a t C V . I . 4.8 A s fo r a n a c t o f b a n is h m e n t c a r r ie d o u t a g a in s t a m o n k , a t C V . I . 5.4 A s a t C V . I V . 5. 1.

13.1-3] C U L L A V A G G A I V ii5“ T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere w h ile m o n ks w ere s tr iv in g

. . . m uch w as p erp etra ted and sp oken th a t w as n ot w o rth y o f a recluse. T h en it o ccurred to these m onks : ‘ W h ile w e w ere s tr iv in g . . . i t m ig h t even be th a t th a t le g a l question w ou ld con d uce to harshness, to tro u b le , to sch ism .' I a llow , m onks, a leg a l qu estion su ch as th is to be se ttle d b y th e co v e r­in g u p (as) w ith g ra ss .1 || x ||

“ A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it be se ttle d : O ne an d a ll sh ou ld g a th e r to g eth e r in th e sam e p la ce ; h a v in g g a th e red to geth er, the O rd er sh ould b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : * H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e.W h ile w e w ere s tr iv in g it m ig h t even be th a tth is legal q u estio n w ould co n d u ce to harshness, to tro u b le , to sch ism / ' I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y settle th is le g a l question b y th e co ve rin g up (as) w ith grass, unless it is a h e a v y sin ,2 unless it is co n n ected w ith th e la i t y .'3 T h e on e sid e4 sh o u ld be in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m ­p e te n t m onk fro m am o n g th e m o n ks sid in g in w ith th e one (side) : * L e t th e v en era b le ones lis te n to m e. W h ile w e w ere s tr iv in g . . . n o t w o rth y of a recluse . . . to schism . I f it is p leasing to th e v en era b le ones, I w o u ld confess w h a te v e r is th e offence of th e ven erab le ones as w ell as w h a te v e r is m y ow n offence b o th fo r th e sa k e o f th e ven era b le ones an d fo r m y ow n sake, unless it is a h e a v y sin, unless it is co n n ected w ith th e la ity , (so as to obtain ) a co v e rin g u p (as) w ith grass in th e m id st of th e O rd er/ A fte rw a rd s , th e o th e r side sh ould b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k from am on g th e m o n ks sid in g in w ith th e o th er (side) : ‘ L e t th e v en era b le ones listen to m e. W h ile w e w ere s tr iv in g . . . a co ve rin g up (as w ith) grass in th e m id st o f th e O rd er.' jf 2 ||

" T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in form ed b y an exp erien ced co m p et- ten t m on k sid in g in w ith th e one (side) : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. W h ile w e w ere s tr iv in g . . . n o t w o rth y of a recluse . . . to schism . I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, I w ou ld confess w h a te v e r is th e offence o f th e ven era b le

1 tin a va tth d ra k a. A s a t V in . i v . 2 0 7 , M . i i . 2 5 0 . S e e B . D . i i i . 1 5 4 .* th u la v a jja , V A . 1 1 9 4 , e x p l a i n i n g a s P a r a j i k a a n d S a n g h & d i s e s a .• V A . s a y s : u n l e s s i t i s a n o f le n c e w h e r e h e r e v i l e s a n d d e s p i s e s h o u s e ­

h o ld e r s b y m e a n s o f a lo w t h i n g ; s e e u n d e r ” i n s u l t i n g s p e e c h " a t V in . i v . 6 ( B .D . i i . 1 7 3 f f . ) ; a l s o a b o v e , p . 2 5 .

4 sa k a p a k k h a , o n e 's o w n s id e .

n 6 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

ones as w e ll as w h a te v e r is m y o w n offence, b o th fo r th e sake o f th e ven era b le ones and fo r m y o w n sak e, u n less it is a h e a v y sin, unless i t is co n n e cted w ith th e la ity , (so as to obtain) a co ve rin g u p (as) w ith grass in th e m id st o f th e O rder. T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. W h ile w e w ere s tr iv in g . . . n o t w o r th y o f recluse . . . to sch ism .I am con fessin g w h a te v e r is th e offence o f th ese ve n e ra b le ones and w h a te v e r is m y ow n offen ce . . . unless it is a h e a v y sin, unless it is co n n e cted w ith th e la ity , (so as to obtain) a c o v e r­in g u p (as w ith ) grass in th e m id st o f th e O rder. I f th e co n ­fession of th ese offences o f ours, unless th e y are h e a v y sins, unless th e y are co n n ected w ith th e la ity , (so as to obtain) a co v e rin g u p (as) w ith grass in th e m id st o f th e O rd er is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh ould b e silen t ; he to w h o m it is n o t p leasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . T h e se offences o f ours are co n ­fessed (b y m e), e x c e p t h e a v y sins, e x c e p t th o se co n n ected w ith th e la ity , (so as to o btain ) a c o v e rin g up (as) w ith grass in th e m id st o f th e O ld e r . [87] I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d this.*

“ A fte rw a rd s th e O rd er sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k fro m am o n g th e m o n k s sid in g in w ith th e o th er (side) : * H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e.W h ile w e w ere s tr iv in g . . . T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is .' || 3 ||

“ A n d th u s , m on ks, do th ese o ffen ces com e to b e rem o ved from th ese m o n k s,1 e x c e p t fo r a h e a v y sin, e x c e p t fo r w h a t is co n n e cted w ith th e la ity , e x c e p t fo r (those w h o m ake) an open sta te m e n t of th e ir v ie w s ,2 e x c e p t fo r th o se w h o are n o t th e re / '3II 4 II1 3 I[

N o w a t th a t t im e m o n ks d isp u ted w ith m o n ks a n d nuns d isp u ted w ith m o n ks a n d th e m o n k C h an n a, in tru d in g in to th e n u n s’ (quarters), d isp u ted to g e th e r w ith th e m o n ks an d w as

1 te b h ik k h u td h i d p a ttlh i vu tth itd k o n ti, l i t . " t h e s e m o n k s a r e r i s e n u p ( o r , r e m o v e d ) f r o m t h e s e o f f e n c e s / '

a d itth d v ik a m m a . V A . 1 1 9 4 s a y s “ t h o s e w h o s a y , * I t i s n o t p l e a s i n g t o m e 1 a n d e x p l a i n t h e i r v i e w s t o o n e a n o t h e r , o r , h a v i n g f a l l e n in t o a*_ o f f e n c e t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e s e w h o h a v e n o t c o m e t h e r e , o r w h o h a v e c o m e a n d g i v e n ( s o m e o n e 's ) l e a v e f o r b e in g a b s e n t w h i l e s i t t i n g d o w n in c e l l s a n d so o n — t h e s e h a v e n o t r i s e n f r o m t h o s e o f f e n c e s . T h e r e f o r e i t i s s a i d : e x c e p t f o r ( t h o s e w h o m a k e ) a n o p e n s t a t e m e n t o f t h e i r v i e w s , e x c e p t f o r t h o s e w h o a r e n o t t h e r e . "

* tkapetvd y e n a tattha h o n ii. S e e p r e v i o u s n o t e .

14.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A I V i i 7

p reju d iced on th e side o f th e nuns. T h o se w h o w ere m odest m onks lo o ked d o w n upon, criticised , sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w can th is m o n k C h an n a, in tru d in g in to th e nuns' (quarters), d isp u te to g eth e r w ith m o n k s a n d b e p re ju d iced on th e side o f th e nuns ? ” T h en th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " Is it tru e, as is said , m onks, . . . ? ”

“ I t is tru e, L o rd .” H a v in g re b u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : |j x )|

" M onks, th ere a re these fo u r k in d s o f le g a l qu estion s : leg a l questions a risin g o u t o f d isp u tes, le g a l q u estio n s arisin g o u t of censure, legal qu estion s arisin g out o f offences, le g a l questions arisin g o u t o f o b lig atio n s .1" W h a t is here a le g a l qu estion arisin g o u t o f d isp u tes ? T h is is a case, m onks, w here m on ks d isp u te , s a y in g 2: ‘ I t is dhamma * o r ‘ I t is n o t dhamma ’ or ‘ I t is d iscip lin e ' or * I t is n o t d isci­p line * or ' I t is sp oken , u tte re d b y th e T ru th -fin d er ', or ‘ I t is n o t sp ok en , n o t u tte re d b y th e T ru th -fin d er ’ o r * I t is p ractised b y th e T ru th -fin d er * or ’ I t is n o t p ra ctise d b y th e T ru th -fin d er 3 or ‘ I t is la id d ow n b y th e T ru th -fin d er ' or 1 I t is n o t la id d ow n b y th e T ru th -fin d er ’ o r e I t is a n offence ' or ‘ I t is not an offence ' or * I t is a s lig h t offence ’ br * I t is a serious offence ' or ‘ I t is an offence th a t can be done a w a y w ith J or * I t is an offence th a t ca n n o t be done a w a y w ith ’ or ‘ I t is a b a d offence ’ or ‘ I t is n o t a b a d o ffen ce.’ W h a te v e r here is strife , qu arrel, co n ten tio n , d isp u te , difference o f opinion, o th er opinion, b ecau se th e com m on a p p ella tio n o f heated n ess3 is ‘ q u a rre l4 th is is ca lle d a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from d ispu tes.

“ W h a t is here a leg a l qu estion arisin g fro m censure ? In th is case, m onks, m o n ks censure a m o n k fo r fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it or fo r fa llin g a w a y fro m go o d h a b its or fo r fa llin g a w a y fro m rig h t v ie w or fo r fa llin g a w l y fro m a r ig h t m od e o f live lih o o d . W h a te v e r here is censure, fa u lt-fin d in g , ta lk in g to , sco ld in g, b ick erin g , in citin g , in stig a tin g , th is is ca lled a legal q u estio n a risin g fro m censure.

" W h a t is here a le g a l q u estio n arisin g fro m offences ? B o th

1 A s a t V i n . i i i . 1 6 4 .* C f . t h e f o l l o w in g w i t h V in . i . 3 5 4 .* vip a cca ta y a voha.ro. V A . 1 1 9 4 s a y s " t h e c o m m o n a p p e l l a t i o n i s d u e t o

m e n t a l u n e a s in e s s , c itta d u k k h a . T h e m e a n in g i s h a r s h s p e e c h / '4 m edhaka .

n 8 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th e five classes o f offen ces1 (yield) leg a l q u estio n s a risin g from offences, a n d th e seven classes o f o ffen ces2 (yield) leg a l q u es­tio n s arisin g fro m offences. T h is is ca lled [88] a leg a l qu estion a ris in g fro m offences.

" W h a t is here a le g a l q u estio n a ris in g from o b lig atio n s ? W h a te v e r is an O rd e r ’s business a n d o u gh t to b e d on e (b y it) : a (form al) a c t fo r w h ich le a v e o u g h t to be a sk e d ,3 a (form al) a ct a t w h ich a m o tion is p u t, a (form al) a c t a t w h ich a m o tion is p u t an d fo llo w ed b y one reso lu tio n , a (form al) act a t w h ich a m o tion is p u t a n d fo llo w ed b y a reso lu tio n m ad e th ree tim es.4 T h is is ca lled a leg a l q u estio n a ris in g from o b lig atio n s. [| 2 ||

" W h a t is th e source o f a le g a l q u estio n a ris in g from dis­p u tes ? S ix sources o f d isp u te are th e source of a le g a l qu estion arisin g fro m d isp u tes : th ere are th ree u n sk illed sou rces w h ich are th e source o f a leg a l q u estio n a risin g fro m d isp u tes a s w ell as th ree sk illed sou rces w h ich are th e source o f leg a l qu estion s arisin g from d ispu tes.

" W h ic h a re th e s ix sou rces o f d isp u te w h ich are th e source o f a leg a l q u estio n a risin g from d isp u tes ? In th is case, a m o n k becom es a n g ry a n d b ears ill-w ill.5 M onks, w h a te v e r m on k becom es a n g ry a n d b ears ill-w ill, he live s w ith o u t deference, d isresp ectfu l to w a rd s th e T ea ch e r, an d h e lives w ith o u t d efer­ence, d isresp ectfu l to w a rd s dham m a , an d he liv e s w ith o u t d efer­ence, d isresp ectfu l to w a rd s th e O rd er, an d he does n o t co m ­p lete th e tra in in g . M onks, w h a te v e r m o n k liv e s w ith o u t d efer­ence, d isresp e ctfu l to w a rd s th e T ea ch e r, dham m a , an d th e O rd er a n d does n o t c o m p le te th e tra in in g , he cau ses d isp u te in an O rd er, a n d th a t d isp u te co m es to b e fo r th e h a rm o f th e m a n y -fo lk , fo r th e la c k o f ease o f th e m a n y -fo lk , fo r th e la ck o f th e go al fo r th e m a n y -fo lk , fo r th e h arm a n d d issa tisfa ctio n

1 T h a t is t o s a y , t h o s e o f D e f e a t , t h o s e e n t a il in g a F o r m a l M e e t in g o f t h e O r d e r , t h o s e o f E x p ia t io n , th o s e w h ic h o u g h t t o c o n fe s s e d a n d t h o s e o f w r o n g ­d o in g .

* T h e a b o v e f iv e , w ith g r a v e o ffe n c e s a n d t h o s e o f w r o n g s p e e c h a d d e d .3 a p a lo ka n a k a tn tn a . V A . 1 1 9 5 s a y s " h a v in g p u r if ie d t h e O r d e r l iv in g in

t h e b o u n d a r y , h a v in g b r o u g h t t h e le a v e o f a b s e n c e o f t h o s e w h o d e s e r v e t o s e n d le a v e o f a b s e n c e , t h e ( fo rm a l) a c t s h o u ld b e c a r r ie d o u t , h a v in g a n n o u n c e d i t t h r e e t im e s f o r t h e a p p r o v a l o f a c o m p le t e O rder.** V A . 1 1 9 5 r e fe r s fo r a l l th e s e t y p e s o f fo r m a l a c t s t o t h e P a r iv a r a , i .e . t o V in . v . 2 2 9 ff.

4 T h e s e t y p e s o f fo r m a l a c t s a r e a ls o m e n t io n e d a t V in . iv . 15 2 in d e fin it io no f '* le g it im a t e (fo rm a l) a c ts .* ' S e e B . D . i i i . 59 , 60 fo r f u r th e r re fe r e n c e s .

6 T h is r e c u r s a t A . i i i . 334 ; D . i ii. 2 4 6 ; M . i. 9 6 , ii . 2 4 5 . S e e P u g . I I . 1 w h e r e ko d h a a n d u p a n d h i fo r m t h e s u b je c t s o f q u e s tio n s .

14.3-5] C U L L A V A G G A I V 119

o f devas an d m an kin d . I f y o u , m on ks, sh o u ld p erceive a source o f d isp u te lik e th is am o n g yo u rselves or am on g others, yo u , m onks, sh o u ld s tr iv e therein fo r th e d estru ctio n o f p recise ly th a t e v il source o f d isputes. I f y o u , m onks, sh o u ld p erceive no source o f d isp u te lik e th is am o n g yo u rselves or am on g others, y o u , m on ks, sh ould th erein fo llo w a course (to stop) there b ein g fu tu re effects o f p re c ise ly th a t e v il source o f dis­p utes. T h u s th ere com es to be d e stru ctio n o f th a t e v il source of d ispu tes, th u s th ere com e to be no fu tu re effects o f th a t e v il source o f d isputes.

" A n d again , m onks, a m on k becom es h arsh 1 an d u n m ercifu l, he becom es en vio u s an d g ru d g in g , he becom es c r a fty an d d ece itfu l, he com es to h a v e e v il desires a n d w ro n g v iew s, he com es to be in fected w ith w orld liness, o b stin ate , s tu b b o rn .2 M onks, th a t m on k w h o liv e s w ith o u t d eference, d isresp ectfu l to w a rd s th e T ea ch e r . . . th u s th ere com e to b e n o fu tu re e ffects of th a t e v il source o f d isp u tes. T h ese s ix sources o f d isp u te are th e source o f a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from disputes. II 3 Ii

" W h ich th ree u n sk illed sources are th e sou rce o f a legal q u estion arisin g fro m d isp u tes ? In th is case, m on ks d isp u te co veto u s in m ind, th e y d isp u te co rru p t in m ind, th e y d isp u te erring in m in d , sa y in g : ‘ I t is dhamma 1 or ‘ I t is n o t dhamma ’ or . . . 4 I t is not a b ad offen ce .'3 T h e se th ree u n skilled sources are th e source o f a le g a l qu estion a risin g fro m disputes.

" W h ic h three sk illed sources are th e sou rce of a leg a l qu estion a risin g from d isp u tes ? In th is case, m o n ks d isp u te not co v e to u s in m ind, th e y d isp u te n o t co rru p t in m in d , th e y d is­p u te not errin g in m ind, [89] sa y in g : ‘ I t is dhamma 9 or ' I t is n o t dhamma ' . . . or ' I t is n o t a b a d o ffen ce/ T h ese three sk illed sources are th e so u rce o f a le g a l q u estio n arising from d isp u tes, [j 4 jj

“ W h a t is th e source of a le g a l q u estio n arisin g fro m censure ? S ix sources o f censure are th e sou rce o f a le g a l qu estion arisin g from censure : th ere are three u n skilled sources w h ich are the source o f a legal q u estio n arisin g from censure as w e ll as three

1 T h e f irs t s ix w o r d s o c c u r a t M . i. 9 6 (cf. M . 1. 43) a n d t h e y fo r m s u b je c ts o f q u e s tio n s a t P u g . IT . 2 -4 . T h e f ir s t f iv e o c c u r a t J d . iti. 2 59.

2 C f. M . i. 43, 96 , 402 ; L>. iii. 2 4 7 ; A . iii. 3 3 5 , v . 15 0 .3 A s a t C V . I V . 14, 2.

120 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

sk illed sources w h ich are th e so u rce o f a le g a l qu estion a risin g from cen su re ; b o d y , to o , is a source o f a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from censure ; sp eech, too, is a source of a le g a l question arisin g fro m censure.

“ W h ich are th e s ix sources o f cen su re th a t are th e source o f a leg a l question arisin g from censure ? In th is case , m on ks, a m on k becom es a n g ry and bears ill-w ill . . . (as in || 3 ||). Instead o f d isp u te read censure, so u rce o f censure, etc.) . . . T h ese s ix sources o f censure are th e source o f a leg a l q u estio n arisin g fro m censure.

“ W h ic h three u n sk illed sources are th e source of a legal q u estio n arisin g fro m censure ? In th is case , m on ks, co v e to u s in m ind, censure a fn on k, co rru p t in m in d th e y censure (him ), errin g in m in d th e y censure h im w ith fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it or. w ith fa llin g a w a y fro m g o o d h a b its or w ith fa llin g a w a y fro m righ t v ie w or w ith fa llin g a w a y from a righ t m ode o f live lih o o d . T h ese th ree u n skilled so u rce are th e sources of a legal q u estio n arisin g fro m censure.

" W h ich th ree sk illed so u rces are th e so u rce of a leg a l qu es­tion a risin g from censure ? In th is case m o n ks, n o t co v e to u s in m ind, censure a m on k ; n o t c o rru p t in m in d * . . n o t erring in m ind, th e y censure h im w ith fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it . . . w ith fa l l ir g a w a y fro m a r ig h t m ode o f liv in g . T hese th ree sk illed sources a re th e so u rce o f a leg a l q u estio n arising fro m censure.

“ W h ic h (kind of) a b o d y is a source o f a le g a l q u estio n aris­in g fro m censure ? In th is case som eone com es to b e o f a b&d co lo u r ,1 u g ly , d eform ed , v e r y ill or b lin d of one eye or p a ra lysed d o w n one side or la m e or a crip p le , on a cco u n t o f w h ich th e y censure h im . T h is (k in d of)* b o d y is a source o f a leg a l q u es­tio n arisin g fro m censure.

" W h ich (kind of) sp eech is a so u rce of a leg a l q u estio n a ris­in g from censure ? In th is case som eone com es to b e su rly , stu tterin g , o f hoarse e n u n ciatio n , on acco u n t o f w hich th e y censure him . T h is (kind of) sp eech is a source o f a legal qu estio n a ris in g fro m censure. || 5 ||

** W h a t is th e source o f a leg a l q u estio n arisin g fro m offences? S ix origins of offences are th e so u rce o f a le g a l q u estio n a risin g

1 A s a t A i. 10 7 = ii. 85 = 5 . i. 94 = M . iii- 16 9 = P u g . 5 1 .

14.6—9] C U L L A V A G G A I V 121

from offences : there is th e offence w h ich originates from the b o d y , not from speech, not from m in d ; th ere is th e offence w h ich origin ates from speech, not fro m b o d y, not from m ind ; there is th e offence w h ich o rig in ates from b o d y and from speech, n ot from m in d ; th ere is th e offence w h ich orig in ates from b o d y and from m ind, n o t from sp eech ; there is th e offence w h ich o rig in ates from speech an d m ind, not fro m b o d y ; there is th e offence w h ich o rig in ates from b o d y a n d from sp eech an d from 'm ind. T h ese s ix origins o f offences are th e source o f a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from offences. || 6 j|

“ W h a t is th e source o f a leg a l qu estion arisin g fro ih o b lig a ­tion s ? T h e O rd er is th e sole source o f a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from obligation s. || 7 \\ [90]

“ A le g a l q u estio n arisin g from d isp u tes : is it sk illed , un­sk illed , in d eterm in ate ? A leg a l q u estio n arisin g from d isp u tes m a y be sk illed , it m a y b e u n skilled , it m a y be in d eterm in ate. W h a t here is a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from d isp u tes th a t is sk illed ? In th is case m o n ks w h ose th o u g h ts are sk illed dispute, sa y in g , ' T h is is dhamma ' or ‘ T h is is not dhamma * or . . . ' T h is is n o t a b a d o ffen ce.’ W h a te v e r th ere in is strife , qu arrel, co n ten tio n , d isp u te , difference o f opin ion, o th er opin ion, b e ­cause th e com m on ap p ella tio n o f heated n ess is * q uarrel ’ , th is is ca lled a leg a l question arising from dispute? th a t is sk ille d .

“ W h a t here is a leg a l qu estion a risin g fro m d isp u tes th a t is un skilled ? In th is case, m on ks w hose th o u g h ts are un skilled d isp u te, sa y in g : * T h is is dhamma ' o r ‘ T h is is not dhamma ' or ' T h is is n o t a b a d offence ’ . . . b ecau se th e com m ona p p ella tio n o f heated n ess is ' q u a rre l,' th is is ca lled a leg a l question arisin g from d isp u tes th a t is unskilled .

“ W h a t here is a le g a l qu estion a risin g fro m d isp u tes th a t is in d eterm in ate ? I n th is case, m o n k s w hose th o u g h ts are in d eterm in ate d isp u te , sa y in g : * I t is dhamma ’ or . . . " I t is n ot a b a d offence ' - . . ca lled a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from d isp u tes th a t are in d eterm in ate. || 8 |j

“ A leg a l q u estio n arisin g from censure : is it sk illed , un­sk illed , in d eterm in a te ? A leg a l question arisin g from censure m a y be sk illed , it m a y be un skilled , i t m a y be in d eterm in ate. W h a t here is a leg a l qu estion arisin g from censure th a t is sk illed ? In th is case m o n ks w hose th o u g h ts are sk illed censure a m on k w ith fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it or w ith fa llin g

F

122 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a w a y from go o d h a b its c r w ith fa llin g a w a y from rig h t v ie w s or w ith fa llin g a w a y fro m a r ig h t m ode o f live lih o o d . W h a te v e r herein is cen sure, b lam in g , ta lk in g to , sco ld in g , b ick erin g , in c it­in g, in stig a tin g , th is is ca lle d a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from censure th a t is sk illed .

,f W h a t here is a le g a l q u estio n a risin g from censure th a t is u n s k ille d ? In th is case, m o n ks w h ose th o u g h ts are u n skilled censure a m o n k . . . W h a t is here a leg a l q u estio n a risin g from censure th a t is in d ete rm in a te ? In th is case, m o n ks w hose th o u g h ts are in d eterm in a te censure a m o n k w ith fa llin g a w a y from . . . a r igh t m ode o f live lih o o d . W h a te v e r herein is censure, b la m in g . . . in stig a tin g , th is is ca lle d a le g a l q u es­tion a ris in g fro m censure th a t is in d eterm in a te . || 9 ||

“ A leg a l q u estio n a risin g from offences : is it sk illed , u n ­sk illed , in d ete rm in a te ? A leg a l q u estio n a ris in g from offences m a y be u n sk illed it m a y b e in d eterm in a te . T h ere is no legal q u estio n arisin g from offences th a t is sk illed . W h a t is here a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from offences th a t is u n sk illed ? A tran s­gression c o m m itted k n o w in g ly , co n scio u sly , d e lib e ra te ly 1 is one th a t is ca lled a leg a l q u estio n a ris in g fro m offences th a t is u n skilled .

" W h a t is here a le g a l q u estio n arisin g fro m offences th a t is in d eterm in ate ? A transgression co m m itte d n o t k n o w in g ly , n ot co n sciou sly , not d e lib e ra te ly is one th a t is ca lled a leg a l q u estion a risin g from offences th a t is in d eterm in a te . || xo |[

" A le g a l q u estio n a risin g from o b lig atio n s : is it sk illed ,u n skilled , in d eterm in ate ? A le g a l q u estio n a ris in g from o b ligatio n s m a y be sk illed , it m a y be u n skilled , it m a y b e in ­d eterm in ate . W h a t is here a leg a l q u estio n a risin g from o b lig a ­tion s th a t is sk illed ? W h a te v e r (form al) a c t th a t an O rd er, go od in m in d , carries o u t : a (form al) a ct fo r w h ich le a ve o u g h t to be a sk ed , a (form al) a c t a t w h ich a m o tion is p u t, a (form al) a ct a t w h ich a m o tio n is p u t a n d fo llo w ed b y o n e resolution , a (form al) a c t a t w h ich a m o tion is p u t an d fo llo w ed b y a reso lution m ad e th ree tim es2— th is is ca lled a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from o b lig atio n s th a t is sk illed .

" W h a t is here [91] a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from o b ligatio n s

1 A s a t V in . i i i . 7 3 , 1 1 2 , iv . 290.* A s a b o v e , I V . 14. 2 .

14.H -I3] C U L L A V A G G A I V 123

th a t is u n skilled ? W h a te v e r (form al) a c t th a t an O rd er, bad in m ind, carries o u t . . . W h a t is here a leg a l qu estion a risin g from o b lig atio n s th a t is' in d eterm in a te ? W h a te v e r (form al) a ct th a t a n O rd er, in d eterm in ate in m ind, carries o u t . . . th is is ca lled a leg a l q u estio n a ris in g from o b ligatio n s th a t is in d eterm in ate. || x i ||

“ (Can th ere be) a d isp u te an d a le g a l q u estio n a risin g from d isputes, a d isp u te (but) no legal q u estio n , a leg a l question (but) no d isp u te, a le g a l q u estio n as w ell as a d isp u te ? T h ere m a y be a d isp u te a n d a leg a l qu estion arisin g from d isp u tes, there m a y be a d isp u te (but) no le g a l question , th ere m a y be a legal qu estion (but) no d isp u te , th ere m a y be a le g a l q u estio n as w ell as a d ispute.

" W h a t is here a d isp u te a n d a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from d isp u tes ? In th is case, m o n ks d isp u te , sa y in g : ‘ T h is isdhamma ' o r . . . ‘ T h is is n o t a b a d offence W h a te v e r herein2 is strife , qu arrel, co n ten tio n , d isp u te , d ifference of opinion, o th er opin ion, because th e com m on a p p e lla tio n of heatedn ess is ' q u arrel ’ th is is c a lle d a d isp u te a n d a legal question a ris in g from d isputes.

" W h a t is here a d isp u te (but) n ot a le g a l q u estio n ? M other d isp u tes w ith son an d son d isp u tes w ith , m other, an d fa th e r d isp u tes w ith son an d son d isp u tes w ith fa th er, a n d b ro th er d isp u tes w ith b ro th er a n d b ro th er d isp u tes w ith sister and sister d isp u tes w ith b ro th er, a n d frien d d isp u tes w ith friend . T h is is a d isp u te (but) n ot a leg a l question .

“ W h a t is here a leg a l q u estio n (but) n o t a d isp u te ? A legal qu estion arisin g from censure, a legal qu estion a ris in g from offences, a leg a l q u estio n a ris in g fro m o b ligatio n s. T h is is a leg a l qu estion (but) n o t a d isp u te.

“ W h a t is here a le g a l q u estio n a s w e ll as a d isp u te ? A legal question a risin g fro m d isp u tes is a leg a l q u estio n as w e ll as a d isp u te . || 1 2 1|

“ (Can there be) censure a n d a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from censure, censure (but) no legal question , a leg a l qu estion (but) no censure, a leg a l q u estio n as w ell as censure ? T h e re m a y be censure an d a leg a l q u estio n a ris in g from censure, there m a y be censure (but) no leg a l q u estio n , th ere m a y be a leg a l

1 A s in I V . 14. 2*1 A s in I V . 14. 8.

124 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

qu estion (but) no censure, th ere m a y b e a le g a l q u e stio n as w ell as censure.

" W h a t is here censure a n d a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from censure ? In th is case m o n ks cen su re a m o n k w ith fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it or . . . w ith fa llin g a w a y from a righ t m ode o f liv in g . W h a te v e r herein is censure, b la m in g . . . in stig a tin g , th is is censure a n d a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from censure.

" W h a t is here censure (but) n o t a le g a l q u estio n ? M oth er cen sures son an d son cen sures m o th er . . . a n d frien d cen ­sures frien d . T h is is cen sure (but) n o t a le g a l question .

“ W h a t is here a le g a l q u estio n (but) n o t censure ? A leg a l q u estio n a risin g from offences, a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from o b ligatio n s, a le g a l q u estio n a ris in g fro m d isp u tes. T h is is a leg a l q u estio n b u t n ot censure.

" W h a t is here a le g a l q u estio n a s w e ll as cen su re ? A leg a l q uestion a risin g fro m censure is a le g a l question as w ell as censure. || 13 j|

“ (Can th ere be) a n offence and a le g a l q u estio n a risin g from offences-, a n offence (but) n o le g a l q u estio n , a le g a l qu estion (but) n o offence, a le g a l q u estio n as w e ll as an offence ? T h ere m a y b e a n offence an d a leg a l q u estio n a risin g from offences, there m a y b e an offence (but) no le g a l q u estio n , th ere m a y be a leg a l q u estio n (but) no offence, th ere m a y be a leg a l qu estion as w ell as an offence. [92]

“ W h a t is here an offence an d a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from offences ? T h e five classes o f o ffences (yield) a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from offences an d th e se ve n classes o f offences (yield) a le g a l q u estio n arisin g fro m offences. T h is is a n offence an d a leg a l q u estio n arisin g from offences.

" W h a t is here an offence (but) n o t a le g a l q u estio n ? S trea m - a tta ir m e n t an d A tta in m e n t.1 T h is is “ fa llin g ” b u t n o t a leg a l qu estio n .

“ W h a t is here a le g a l q u estio n (but) n o t an offence ? A le g a l q u estio n a ris in g fro m o b lig a tio n s, a le g a l q u estio n arising fro m d isp u tes, a leg a l q u estio n a ris in g fro m cen sure. T h is is a le g a l q u estio n (but) n o t a n offence.

“ W h a t is here a le g a l q u estio n as w ell as a n offence ? A

1 F o r t h is p l a y o f w o r d s o n a p a tt i , so t-d p a tti a n d sa tn -d p a iti s e e B . D . i i . 1 7 7 , n . 5,

14.14-16] C U L L A V A G G A I V 125leg a l qu estion arisin g from offences is a leg a l q u estio n as w ell as an offence. U14 j|

“ (Can there be) a n o b ligatio n an d a leg a l qu estion arisin g from o b lig atio n s, a n o b lig atio n (but) no leg a l question , a legal question (but) no o b lig atio n , a leg a l question as w ell as an o b lig atio n ? T h ere m a y be a n o b lig a tio n an d a legal question arising from obligation s, there m a y b e an o b lig atio n (but) no legal question , th ere m a y be a leg a l qu estion (but) no o b lig a­tion , th ere m a y be a leg a l question as w ell as a n ob ligatio n .

“ W h a t is here an o b lig atio n a n d a legal question arising from o b ligatio n s ? W h a te v e r is an O rd er's business a n d ough t to be done b y it : a (form al) a ct fo r w h ich lea ve o u gh t to be asked , a (form al) a ct a t w h ich a m o tion is p u t, a (form al) a ct a t w h ich a m otion is p u t an d fo llo w ed b y one reso lution , a (form al) a ct a t w h ich a m otion is p u t an d fo llo w ed b y a resolu­tion m a d e three tim es— th is is an o b lig a tio n and a leg a l ques­tio n arisin g from obligation s,

“ W h a t is here an o b lig atio n (but) no leg a l qu estion ? A n o b lig atio n to a teach er, an o b lig atio n to a p recep tor, a n o b lig a­tion to one w ho h as th e sam e p recep tor, a n o b lig atio n to one w h o h as th e sam e teach er. T h is is a n o b lig atio n ' (but) n ot a leg a l question .

" W h a t is here a leg a l question (but) n o t an o b ligatio n ? A leg a l qu estion arisin g fro m d isp u tes . . . arisin g from censure . . . a ris in g from offences. T h is is a legal qu estion (but) n ot an ob ligation .

“ W h a t is here a leg a l q u estio n a s w ell as an o b lig atio n ? A legal qu estion arisin g from o b lig atio n s is a legal qu estion as w ell as an ob ligatio n . |j 15 ||

“ B y h o w m a n y k in d s o f decision is a leg a l qu estion arising from d isp u tes agreed upon ? A legal question a risin g from d isp u tes is (agreed upon) b y tw o (kinds of) decisions : b y a v e rd ic t in th e presence o f an d b y th e d ecision o f th e m a jo rity . I f one sa y s : ‘ C an it be th a t , in resp ect o f a legal question arising from disputes, w ith o u t h a v in g recourse to one (kind of) decision— th e decision o f th e m a jo r ity — one m a y agree upon it b y th e o th er (kind of) d ecision— th e ve rd ic t in th e presence o f ? J he sh o u ld b e to ld : * I t can b e / I t is lik e th is : In th is case m o n ks d isp u te , sa y in g : ‘ I t is dhamma * . . . or ‘ I t is a b ad offen ce/ I f , m onks, th ese m o n ks are ab le to se ttle th a t

126 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

le g a l qu estio n , th is, m o n ks, is c a lle d a le g a l q u estio n th a t is se ttle d . B y w h a t is it se ttle d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presence of. A n d w h a t here (is needed) fo r a ve rd ic t in th e presence of ? T h e presen ce of an O rd er, th e presence of rule, th e presence of d iscip lin e, th e presence o f in d iv id u a ls .

“ A n d w h a t here is th e presen ce of a n O rd er ? W h en as m a n y m o n ks as are co m p e ten t fo r (form al) a cts h a v e arriv ed , w h en th e consent of th o se d e se rv in g (to send their) consent h a s been b ro u g h t, w h en b e in g face to fa ce th e y do n o t p ro test. T h is is here th e presence o f an O rd er.

" A n d w h a t is here th e presence of ru le, [93] th e presence of d iscip lin e ? I f th a t le g a l q u e stio n is se ttle d b y w h a te v e r is ru le ,1 b y w h a te v e r is d iscip lin e, b y w h a te v e r is th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n , th a t is h ere th e presence o f ru le, th e presence of discipline*

" A n d w h a t is here th e presen ce o f in d iv id u a ls ? W h o e v e r q u arrels a n d w h o ev er h e qu arrels w ith , b o th , h ostile a b o u t th e m a tte r ,2 com e face to face. T h is is here th e presen ce of in d iv id u a ls.

M onks, i f a le g a l q u estio n is se ttle d th u s, an d if one w h o carries it o u t o p en s it u p ag ain , in o p en in g up th ere is a n offence o f e x p ia tio n .3 I f one w ho h as g iv e n his c o n se n t4 critic ises it, in c ritic is in g th e re is a n offence o f e x p ia tio n .5 jj 16 ]|

“ I f , m o n k , th ese m o n ks are n o t a b le to se ttle th a t legal q u estio n in th a t residence, th e n , m o n ks, the^e m o n ks sh o u ld go to som e residen ce w h ere th ere are m ore m on ks. I f , m onks, th ese m o n ks as th e y a re g o in g to th a t resid en ce are ab le to se ttle th a t le g a l q u estio n on th e w a y , th is, m on ks, is ca lled a le g a l q u e stio n th a t is se ttle d . B y w h a t is it se ttle d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presen ce o f . . . (as in || i6||) . . . in cr itic is in g th ere is a n offen ce o f e x p ia tio n . || 1 7 ||

" I f, m o n ks, these m o n k s as th e y are g o in g to th a t residence are not a b le to se ttle th a t le g a l q u estio n o n th e w a y , th en ,

1 dh am m en a.* O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t r e a d s a tta p a cca tth ik d . I t s h o u ld p r o b a b ly b e attha

P e r h a p s t h e r e fe r e n c e is t o " t h e t w o w h o a r e l i t i g a t i n g a b o u t t h e m a tt e r .* * T h e p h r a s e is n o t u s u a l ly r e p e a t e d in t h e s u b s e q u e n t p a r a l le l p a s s a g e s ; b u t see p . 12 9 b e lo w .

3 P a c . 63.4 ch a n d a d d ya k a, p r o b a b ly m e a n in g h a s g iv e n h is c o n s e n t fo r t h e fo r m a l a c t

t o b e c a r r ie d o u t w i t h o u t h im a s , t h r o u g h illn e s s , h e c a n n o t b e p r e s e n t fo r it .• P U c. 79 .

14.18] C U L L A V A G G A I V 127

m onks, these m onks, h a v in g a rriv ed a t th a t residence, sh ould sp eak th u s to th e resident m onks : ‘ T h is legal qu estion , y o u r reverences, h as arisen thus, h as sp ru n g u p thus. I t w ere good if th e ven erable ones could se ttle th is legal question b y rule, b y d iscip line, b y th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n , so th a t th is legal question m a y be p ro p e rly se ttle d / If, m onks, th e resident m onks are th e senior an d th e in-com ing m onks th e m ore n ew ly ordained, th en , m onks, th e in -com ing m on ks sh ould be sp oken to th u s b y th e resident m onks : ‘ P lea se do y o u , ven erab le ones, rem ain a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce fo r a m om en t u n til we h a v e co n sid ered / B u t if, m onks, th e resident m on ks are the m ore n ew ly ord ain ed an d th e in -com in g m onks are the senior, th en , m onks, th e in -com in g m onks sh ould be sp oken to th u s b y these resident m o n ks : ‘ W e ll th en , d o y o u , ven erableones, rem ain ju s t here fo r a m om ent u n til w e h a v e co n sid ered / If, m onks, it o ccu rs to these residen t m o n ks w h ile th e y are th u s consid ering : ‘ W e are n o t ab le to se ttle th is le g a l question acco rd in g to ru le, acco rd in g to discip lin e, acco rd in g to the T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n ,’ th a t le g a l q u estio n sh ould n o t b e ta k en up. B u t if, m on ks, it occu rs to th e resident m o n ks w h ile th e y are th u s consid ering : ' W e are ab le to se ttle th is legal question acco rd in g to ru le, acco rd in g to discip lin e, acco rd in g to the T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n ,’ m onks, th e in com in g m on ks sh ould be spoken to th u s b y these resident m onks : ' I f y o u , ven erable ones, [94] w ill te ll u s h o w th is leg a l qu estion has arisen , h o w it has sp ru n g u p , th en in so fa r as w e se ttle th is leg a l qu estion a cco rd in g to rule, acco rd in g to d iscip lin e, acco rd in g to the T e a c h e r 's in stru ctio n , so w ill it be s e tt le d .1 In th is w a y w e w ill ta k e u p th is leg a l question . B u t if y o u , ven erab le ones, w ill n ot te ll u s how th is leg a l q u estio n h as arisen , how it has sp ru n g u p , th en in so fa r as w e se ttle th is leg a l question acco rd in g to . . . th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n , so w ill i t be settled . B u t we w ill n o t ta k e u p th is leg a l q u e stio n / ’ H a v in g th u s a rran ged it p ro p e rly , m on ks, th a t leg a l qu estion sh ould be ta k en up b y th e residen t m onks. M onks, th e residen t m onks sh ould b e sp ok en to th u s b y th e in com in g m on ks : ‘ W e w ill te ll th e ven erab le ones how th is legal q u estio n h as arisen, how it h as sp ru n g up. I f the ven erab le ones are able w ith or

1 M e a n in g t h a t th e in c o m in g m o n k s m u s t a b id e b y th e d e c is io n .

128 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

w ith o u t th is m u c h 1 to se ttle th is le g a l q u estio n acco rd in g to ru le , a cco rd in g to d iscip lin e, a cco rd in g to th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru c­tion , th e n w ill it b e p ro p e rly se ttle d , an d w e w ill th erefo re g iv e th is legal q u estio n in to th e ch a rg e o f th e ve n e ra b le ones* B u t i f th e ven erab le on es are n o t a b le w ith or w ith o u t th is m u ch to se ttle th is le g a l q u estio n a cco rd in g to . * . th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n , th e n w ill it b e n o t p ro p e rly se ttle d a n d w e w ill not g iv e th is le g a l qu estion in to th e ch a rg e o f th e ve n e ra b le ones — w e ou rselves w ill becom e th e m a ste rs2 in regard to th is le g a l q u e stio n .1 H a v in g th u s a rran ged it p ro p e rly , m on ks, th e in co m in g m o n ks sh o u ld g iv e th a t le g a l q u estio n in to th e ch arge of th e residen t m on ks. M onks, i f .these m o n ks are a b le to se ttle th a t le g a l q u estio n , th is, m o n ks, is c a lle d a le g a l question th a t is se ttle d . B y w h a t is it s e ttle d ? . * . (as in || 16 || . . . in cr itic is in g , th ere is a n offence o f e x p ia tio n . || 18 ||

“ If , m on ks, w h ile those m o n ks arfc in v e stig a tin g th a t leg a l q u estio n b o th end less d isp u ta tio n s arise ,3 a n d o f n o t one sp eech is th e m ean in g clear, I a llo w y o u , m onks, to se ttle a le g a l qu estion lik e th is b y m ean s o f a re fere n d u m .4 A m o n k possessed o f te n q u a lities sh o u ld be agreed u pon fo r th e referen d u m : one w h o 'is m oral in h a b it ,6 w h o liv e s restra in ed b y th e restra in t o f th e P a tim o k k h a , w h o, possessed o f g o o d co n d u ct, sees d an g er in th e s lig h test fa u lts , w h o ta k e s u p a n d tra in s h im self in th e rules o f tra in in g , w h o h as -heard m u ch , a n e x p e rt in th e h eard , a storeh ou se o f th e h eard ; th o se th in g s w h ich , lo v e ly a t th e b eg in n in g , lo v e ly in th e m iddle a n d lo v e ly a t th e ending, d eclare w ith th e sp irit, w ith th e le tte r th e B ra h m a -fa rin g u tte r ly fu lfilled , w h o lly p u rified — th in gs lik e th is are m u ch h eard b y him , le a rn t b y h eart, re p e a te d out lo u d , pon d ered upon , con sid ered c a re fu lly , w ell p e n e tra ted b y v isio n ; b o th th e P a tim o k k h a s are p ro p e rly h a n d ed d o w n to h im in d eta il, p ro p e rly sectio n ed , p ro p e rly re g u la ted , p ro p e rly in v e stig a te d c la u se b y clause [95] as to th e lin g u is tic fo rm ; he com es to be

1 ettakena vd antaren a.* sdm ino> re n d e r e d a s ** w e s h a ll r e t a in t h e c u s t o d y ” a t V in . T e x ts iii. 49.* a nagg dn i c ’ eva b k a s sd n i , V A . 1 1 9 7 r e a d s a n a n td n i f o r a n a g g d n i, a n d

g lo s s e s b y a p a r im a n d n i, l im it le s s . S e e V in . ii. 305.* u b b d h ik d y a t a c o m m it t e e . S e e C V . X I I . 2. 7 . T h e fo llo w in g p a s s a g e

= A . v . 7 1 .6 A s a t V in . i v . 5 1 t o ** l in g u is t ic f o r m ** b e lo w ; a n d a s a t A . ii. 2 2 —23

t o ** v is io n ” b e lo w . F o r fu r t h e r re fe r e n c e s se e B . D . ii. 2 6 5 —26 6 . S e e a ls o C V . I X . 5. 1 .

1 4 .19—2 1 ] C U L L A V A G G A I V 129

c le v e r in d iscip lin e, im p e rtu rb a b le ; he co m es to be co m p eten t in co n v in c in g b o th o f those w h o are h o stile a b o u t th e m a tter, in w in n in g th em over, in m a k in g th em consid er, in u n d erstan d ­ing, in reco n cilin g th em ; he com es to be sk illed in se ttlin g a leg a l qu estion th a t h as arisen ; he kn qw s w h a t is a leg a l question ; he k n o w s th e u p risin g o f a le g a l qu estion ; he know s th e sto p p in g o£ a le g a l q u estio n ; he k n o w s th e course lead in g to th e sto p p in g o f a le g a l qu estion . I a llo w , m onks, a m o n k possessed o f these te n q u a litie s to b e ag reed u pon fo r a referend um . |[ 19 ||

" A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld he be agreed u p o n : F irs t , a m on k sh ould be a sk ed ; h a v in g ask ed h im , th e O rd er sh ould be in form ed b y a n e x p erien ced co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g ;' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. W h ile w e w ere in v e stig a tin g th is le g a l qu estion b o th endless d isp u ta tio n s arose and of n ot one sp eech w a s th e m ean in g clear. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y agree u pon th e m o n k So-and-so an d So-and-so to se ttle th is legal q u estio n b y m eans o f a referend um . T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. W h ile w e w ere in v e stig a tin g th is le g a l qu estion . . , w a s th e m eanin g clear. T h e O rd er is agreein g upon th e m on k So-and-so a n d So-and-so to se ttle th is leg a l question b y m ean s o f a referen d um . I f th e agreem en t upon th e m onk So-and-so an d So-and-so to se ttle th is legal qu estion b y m eans of a referen d um is p leasin g to th e v en era b le ones, th e y sh ould b e silen t ; h e to w h o m it is n o t p lea sin g sh ould sp eak . T h e m o n k So-and-so an d So-and-so is agreed upon b y th e O rder to se ttle th is le g a l q u estio n b y m eans o f a referen d u m . I t is p leasin g. . . . T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is / || 20 |j

" I f, m on ks, these m on ks are a b le to se ttle th is leg a l qu estion b y m ean s o f a referen d u m , th is, m on ks, is ca lled a leg a l question th a t is settled . B y w h a t is it se ttle d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presence of. A n d w h a t is here n eeded fo r a v e rd ic t in th e presence of ? T h e presence of ru le, th e presen ce o f d iscip lin e, th e presence o f th e in d iv id u a ls . . . (as in | | i6 ||). . . . I f, m onks, th e leg a l q u estio n is se ttle d th u s , an d if one w ho carries it out opens it up a g ain , in open in g u p th ere is an offence of e x p ia tio n .1 || 21 ||

1 P a c . 63.F *

130 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ I f , m on ks, w h ile th ese m o n ks are in v e stig a tin g th a t leg a l q u estio n th ere sh o u ld b e th ere a m o n k w h o is a sp ea k e r of dhamma b u t to w h o m n e ith e r th e ru le1 com es to h a v e been h a n d ed d o w n n or th e a n a ly s is o f th e ru le ,2 i f he, not consid ering th e m ea n in g, h o ld s b a c k th e m ea n in g u n d er th e sh a d o w o f the le tte r , th ese m o n ks sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, sa y in g : ‘ L e t th e v en era b le ones listen to m e. T h is m on k So-and-so is a sp ea k e r of dham m a, b u t he is one to w h o m n e ith e r th e ru le nor th e a n a ly s is of th e ru le h as been h a n d e d d o w n ; n o t co n sid erin g th e m ean in g, h e hold s b a c k th e m ean in g u n d er th e sh a d o w of th e le tte r . I f it seem s r ig h t to the v en era b le ones, [96] le t th e rem ain d er, h a v in g h a d th is m o n k re m o ve d ,3 se ttle th a t leg a l q u e stio n / If, m o n ks, these m on ks, h a v in g h a d th a t m o n k rem o ved , are ab le to se ttle th a t legal q u estio n , th is, m o n ks, is ca lled a le g a l q u estio n th a t is se ttled . B y w h a t is it se ttle d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presence of. A n d w h a t is here needed fo r a v e rd ic t in th e presen ce o f ? T h e p resen ce o f ru le, th e presence o f d iscip lin e, th e presence of in d iv id u a ls . . . (as in || 16 ||). . . . M onks, i f a le g a l q u estio n is se ttle d th u s, a n d if one w h o ca rries it o u t opens it up again , in o p en in g u p th ere is an offen ce o f e x p ia tio n . |J 22 ||

“ I f , m on ks, w h ilst th o se m o n ks are in v e stig a tin g th e le g a l q u estio n th e re sh o u ld b e th ere a m o n k w h o is a sp ea k er o f dhamma a n d one to w h o m th e ru le h as been h an d ed dow n b u t n o t th e a n a ly s is o f th e ru le, if he, n o t co n sid erin g the m ean in g, h o ld s b a c k th e m ean in g u n d e r th e sh a d o w o f th e le tte r , th ese m o n k s sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p e ten t m o n k , sa y in g : ‘ L e t th e ve n e ra b le ones listen to m e. T h is m o n k So-and-so is a sp ea k er o f dhamma an d he is one to w h o m th e ru le h a s b een h an d ed d ow n b u t n o t th ea n a ly s is o f th e ru le ; n o t co n sid erin g th e m e a n in g ....................in o p en in g u p th ere is a n o ffe re e o f e x p ia tio n . || 23 ||

“ I f, m o n ks, th ese m o n k s are n ot a b le to se ttle th a t leg a l

1 su tta , in t h e s in g u la r . I t c a n n o t w e ll m ean , h e r e t h e " t r a d it io n **, agam a, o r t h e s a y in g s in w h ic h d h a m m a w a s s e t fo r t h . F 0 1 t h is m o n k e v id e n t ly k n e w dh a m m a , w h ic h , a b o v e , m u s t b e d if fe r e n t f r o m su tta . T h e r e is a ls o a d if fe r e n c e b e tw e e n k n o w in g a r u le o r c la u s e , su tta (in t h e s e n se in w h ic h it is s o m e tim e s u s e d in V in .) a n d i t s a n a ly s is , w h ic h im p lie s a w id e r k n o w le d g e a s o f t h e m a te r ia l s u r r o u n d in g a r u le o f t r a in in g . O n s u tta . a s u se d in V in . se e B . D . i. I n t r . p . x . V A . 1 1 9 7 s a y s su tta is m a tik d , h e a d in g o r s u m m a r y .

* su tta v ibh a n g a ; V A . 1 1 9 7 s a y s " n o t v e r s e d in d is c ip lin e " (v in a y a ).■ v n tth a p etv d .

14 .24- 25] C U L L A V A G G A I V

qu estion b y a referendum , m onks, th a t le g a l q u estio n sh ould be g iv e n in to th e ch arge o f an O rd er b y these m on ks, sa y in g : 4 W e, honoured sirs, are not ab le to se ttle th is le g a l question b y a referend um . L e t th e O rd er itse lf se ttle th is leg a l q u estio n .' I a llo w y o u , m onks, to se ttle a le g a l q u estio n lik e th is b y th e decision o f th e m a jo r ity .1 A m o n k possessed o f five q u alities sh ould be agreed upon as d is tr ib u to r o f (voting) t ic k e ts . . . (as in IV . 9). . . . . . T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is .' T h em on k w h o is th e d is tr ib u to r o f (votin g) tick e ts sh ould m ake th e (voting) t ic k e ts p ass round . A c c o rd in g to th e w a y in w h ich th e g rea te r n u m b er o f m on ks w h o profess dhamma sp eak , so sh ould th is le g a l qu estion be se ttle d . T h is, m onks, is ca lled a leg a l q u estio n th a t is se ttle d . B y w h a t is it s e t t le d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presen ce o f an d b y th e decision o f th e m a jo rity . A n d w h a t is here (needed for) a v e rd ic t in th e presence o f ? T h e presence o f an O rd er, th e presence o f ru le, th e presence of d iscip lin e, th e presence o f th e in d iv id u a ls . A n d w h a t is here th e presen ce o f an O rd er ? . . . (as in 14 . 16). . . * T h is is here th e presence o f th e in d iv id u a ls .

" A n d w h a t is h ere th e d ecision o f th e m a jo r ity ? W h a te v e r is th e c a rry in g o u t of, th e p erfo rm an ce of, th e u n d e rta k in g of, th e assen tin g to , th e a cce p ta n ce of, th e n o n -p ro testin g again st a (form al) a c t (settled) b y th e decision o f th e m a jo rity , th is is here th e decision o f th e m a jo rity . I f, m onks, a legal qu estion is se ttled thus, an d if one w h o carries it o u t opens it u p again , in o p en in g u p th ere is an offence o f e x p ia tio n ; if one w h o has g iv e n h is co n sen t criticises it, in cr itic is in g there is an offence o f e x p ia tio n / '2 j| 24 || [97]

N o w a t th a t tim e a t S a v a tth I a le g a l question h a d arisen th u s, h ad sp ru n g u p th u s. T h e n th ese m o n ks w ere d ispleased w ith th e se ttle m e n t o f th e leg a l q u estio n b y th e O rd er a t S a v a tth I. T h e y h eard it sa id : " In a c e rta in residence several elders are s ta y in g w h o h a v e h eard m u ch , to w h o m th e tra d itio n has been h a n d ed d ow n , e x p e rts in dham m a , e x p e rts in d iscip lin e, e x p e rts in th e h ead in gs, learn ed , e xp erien ced , c le v e r, con scien ­tiou s, scru p u lou s, d esirous o f tra in in g ; i f these eld ers w ould settle th is leg a l q u estio n a cco rd in g to ru le , a cco rd in g to d isc ip ­line, acco rd in g to th e T e a c h e r 's in stru ctio n , th u s w o u ld th is

1 y cb h u y y a s ik a y a . S e e C V . I V . 9.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

le g a l q u estio n be p ro p e rly s e tt le d / ' T h e n th ese m onks, h a v in g gone to th a t residence, sp o k e th u s to th o se eld ers : “ T h isle g a l q u estio n , h on oured sirs, arose th u s, sp ran g up th u s. I t w ere go od , h o n o u red sirs, i f th e e ld ers w ere to se ttle th is legal qu estion a cco rd in g to ru le, a cco rd in g to d iscip lin e, acco rd in g to th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n , so th a t th is leg a l qu estion m igh t b e p ro p e rly s e tt le d / ' T h e n th ese elders th o u g h t : “ B eca u se th is le g a l qu estion w a s se ttle d b y th e O rd er a t S a v a tth I, it w as th erefo re p ro p e rly s e tt le d / ' a n d th e y se ttle d th a t le g a l qu estion in th e sam e w a y . T h e n these m o n ks w ere d isp leased w ith th e settlem en t o f th e leg a l q u estio n b y th e O rd er a t S a v a tth I, th e y w ere d isp leased w ith th e se ttle m e n t o f th e le g a l question b y th e se ve ra l elders.

T h e y h eard it sa id : “ In a c e rta in residen ce th ree eldersare s ta y in g . * . tw o eld ers are s ta y in g . . . one e ld er is s ta y in g w h o h as h eard m uch , to w h o m th e tra d itio n h a s been h a n d ed dow n . . . desirous o f tra in in g ; i f th is e ld er w o u ld se ttle th is le g a l qu estion a cco rd in g to . , . th e T e a ch e r 's in stru ctio n , th u s w o u ld th is le g a l q u estio n b e p ro p e rly se tt le d / ' T h en these m o n ks, h a v in g gon e to th a t residence, sp oke th u s to th a t e ld er : “ T h is le g a l q u estio n , h on oured sir, arose th u s, sp ran g u p th u s. I t w ere go o d , h on oured sir, i f th e e ld er w ere to se ttle th is leg a l question a cco rd in g to . * . th e T e a c h e r 's in stru ctio n , so th a t th is leg a l q u estio n m ig h t b e p ro p e rly s e tt le d / ' T h e n th a t e ld er th o u g h t : “ B e c a u se th is legalqu estio n w a s se ttle d b y th e O rd er a t S a v a tth I, because th is le g a l qu estion w as se ttle d b y se v e ra l eld ers, b ecau se th is le g a l qu estio n w as se ttle d b y th ree elders, b ecau se th is le g a l q u estio n w a s se ttle d b y tw o elders it w as th erefo re p ro p e rly s e tt le d / ' an d he se ttle d th a t le g a l q u estio n in th e sam e w a y . T h e n these m onks, d isp leased w ith th e se ttle m e n t o f th e legal q u estio n b y th e O rd er a t S a v a tth I , d isp lea sed w ith th e se ttle ­m en t o f th e le g a l q u estio n b y th e se v e ra l eld ers . . . b y the th ree eld ers . . . b y th e tw o elders, d isp leased w ith th e settlem en t o f th e le g a l q u estio n b y th e one eld er, a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , th e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, th is le g a l q u estio n is done w ith , it is e x h a u ste d ,1 it is se ttle d , it is p ro p e r ly se ttle d . j| 25 ||

1 sa v ta is b o t h w o r n o u t , e x h a u s t e d a n d (m o r e c o m m o n ly ) a p p e a s e d , t r a n q u il lis e d .

14.26-27] C U L L A V A G G A I V 133<r I a llo w , m onks, in ord er to co n vin ce th ese m onks, th re e

m eth o d s o f ta k in g vo te s i1 th e secret, th e w h isp erin g in th e ear, the open. A n d w h a t, m onks, is th e secret m eth od of ta k in g vo te s ? T h e m on k w h o is th e d is tr ib u to r o f v o tin g tick ets , [98] h a v in g m ad e th e tic k e ts d ifferen t2 (from one an o th er), h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed each m onk, sh o u ld sp ea k to him th u s : ' T h is tick e t is fo r one of su ch a v ie w , th is t ic k e t is for one o f su ch a v ie w . T a k e w h ich ev er y o u lik e .' W h en h e has ta k e n it, he sh o u ld be to ld : ‘A n d do not sh o w it to a n y b o d y .' I f h e finds th a t th e m a jo r ity profess w h a t is n o t -dhamma and th in k s (the v o tin g is) w ro n g ly ta k e n (the result) sh o u ld be re je c te d .3 I f he finds th a t th e m a jo r ity profess dhamma and th in k s (the v o tin g is) r ig h tly ta k e n (the result) sh o u ld be an n oun ced. T h is, m on ks, is th e secret (m ethod of) ta k in g vo tes.

" A n d w h a t, m onks, is th e m eth o d o f ta k in g vo tes b y w h isp erin g in th e ear ? T h e m o n k w h o is th e d is tr ib u to r o f v o tin g t ic k e ts sh o u ld sp e a k in to th e e a r o f each m on k, sa y in g :' T h is t ic k e t is fo r one o f su ch a v ie w , th is tick e t is for one o f su ch a v iew . T a k e w h ich ev er y o u lik e .' W h e n he has ta k en it, he sh ou ld be to ld : 'A n d do n ot te ll a n yo n e a b o u t i t . ' I f h e finds th a t th e m a jo r ity profess w h a t is n o t-dhamma and th in ks (the v o tin g is) w ro n g ly ta k e n (the result) sh ould be rejected- I f he finds th a t th e m a jo r ity profess dhamma an d th in k s (the v o tin g is) r ig h t ly ta k e n (the result) sh o u ld be announced. T h is, m on ks, is th e m eth o d o f ta k in g v o te s b y w h isp erin g in th e ear.

“ A n d w h a t, m onks, is th e open m eth o d o f ta k in g v o te s ? I f he finds th a t those w h o profess dhamma are in th e m a jo r ity , because of h is v e r y confidence he sh ould m a k e th em ta k e o p en ly . T h is, m on ks, is th e open m eth o d o f ta k in g vo te s. T h ese, m onks, are th e th ree m eth o d s of ta k in g v o te s . || 26 ||

" B y h o w m a n y (k in d s of) d ecisio n s is a le g a l question arising from censure ag reed upon ? A le g a l q u estio n arisin g

1 sa la ka g a h a , m o re l i t e r a l ly " d is t r ib u t in g (o r, m a k in g p a s s ) t h e (v o tin g ) t ic k e ts .* ’

a v a n n d v a n n a . V A . 1 1 9 8 s a y s t h a t t h e t ic k e t s fo r t h o s e w h o p ro fe s s dh a m m a a n d fo r t h o s e w h o p r o fe s s n o n -d h a m m a s h o u ld b e m a r k e d b y d if fe r e n t s ig n s , n im itta (n o t d if fe r e n t c o lo u r s , a s a t V in . T e x ts i ii. 5 6 ).

a p a ccjukka4 $ h itab bam . V A . 1 1 9 8 s a y s ( th e d is t r ib u t o r ) " h a v i n g s a id t h e t ic k e t s w e r e w r o n g ly t a k e n , h a v in g d is t r ib u t e d t h e m a g a in , m a y d is t r ib u t e th e m u p t o a t h ir d tim e .* '

134 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

fro m censure is ag reed upon b y fo u r (k in d s of) d ecision s : b y a v e rd ic t in th e presen ce of, b y a v e rd ic t o f in n ocen ce, b y a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity , b y a d ecision fo r sp ecific d e p ra v ity . I f one sa y s : ‘ C a n it b e th a t , in resp ect o f a le g a l qu estion arisin g fro m cen sure, w ith o u t h a v in g recourse to tw o (kinds of) d ecisio n s— th e v e rd ic t of p a st in s a n ity a n d th e decision fo r specific d e p r a v ity — one m a y agree upon it b y tw o (kinds of) d ecisions— th e v e rd ic t in th e p resen ce o f a n d th e ve rd ic t o f in n ocen ce ? ' he sh o u ld be to ld : 4 I t ca n b e / I t is lik eth is : T h is is a case w h ere m o n ks d efam e a m o n k w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch arg e o f fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it. M onks, a v e rd ic t o f in n o cen ce sh o u ld b e g iv e n to th a t m o n k w h o h as rem em bered fu lly .1 A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it be g iv e n : T h a t m o n k, h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e O rd er, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o v e r one sh ould er, h a v in g h on oured th e feet o f th e senior m on ks, h a v in g sa t d o w n on h is hau n ch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in e d p alm s, sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to it : ' H o n o u red sirs, m o n ks d efam ed m e w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch a rg e o f fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it. B u t I , h on oured sirs, h a v in g re­m em bered fu lly , a sk th e O rd er fo r a v e rd ic t o f in n o cen ce/ A n d a seco n d tim e it sh o u ld be a sk e d for. A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld be ask ed for. T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced co m p e ten t m onk, s a y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. M onks d efam ed th e m o n k So-and-so w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch arg e o f fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it ; he, h a v in g rem em b ered fu lly , is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r a v e rd ic t o f innocence. [99] I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rd er . . . (as in I V . 4 . io ) . . . . T h u s d o I u n d e rsta n d th is / T h is , m onks, is ca lled a le g a l q u estio n th a t is se ttle d . B y w h a t is i t settled ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presen ce o f a n d b y a v e rd ic t o f innocence. A n d w h a t is here n eed ed fo r a v e rd ic t in th e presence o f ? T h e presen ce o f th e O rder, th e presence o f ru le , th e presence o f d iscip lin e a n d th e presence of th e in d iv id u a ls . . . (#s at IV . 14. 16). . . . A n d w h a t is h ere th e presence o f th e in d iv id u a ls ? W h o e v e r q u arrels a n d w h o e v e r he q u arrels w ith , i f b o th co m e fa ce to fa c e ,2 th is is here th e presen ce of th e in d iv id u a ls .

1 C f . a b o v e , I V . 4. i o ,2 A s a t C V . I V . 14. 16 , b u t o m it t in g " h o s t i le a b o u t t h e m a t t e r .”

1 4 .2 7 -2 8 ] C U L L A V A G G A I V 135“ A n d w h a t is here n eeded fo r a v e rd ic t o f innocence ?

W h a te v e r is th e c a rry in g o u t of, th e p erform an ce of, the u n d e rta k in g of, th e assen tin g to , th e a ccep ta n ce of, th e non­p ro te stin g again st a fo rm al a c t fo r a v e rd ic t o f innocence, th a t is w h a t is needed here fo r a ve rd ic t of innocence. I f, m onks, a leg a l question is se ttle d th u s, an d one w h o carries it o u t opens it u p a g ain , in opening u p th ere is an offence o f exp iatio n . I f one w h o h as g iv e n h is con sen t critic ises it, in critic is in g there is an offence o f e x p ia tio n . || 27 ||

" I f one sa y s : * C an it be th a t, in resp ect o f a le g a l question arisin g from cen sure, w ith o u t h a v in g recourse to tw o (kinds of) decisions— th e v e rd ic t o f in nocence an d th e decision for specific d e p r a v ity — one m a y agree u p o n it b y tw o (k in d s of) decisions— th e v e rd ic t in th e presence o f an d th e ve rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity ? ' he sh o u ld b e to ld : ‘ I t ca n b e .’ I t is lik e th is : T h is is a case w h ere a m o n k b ecom es m ad , o u t o f h is m in d ,2 an d w h ile h e w a s m ad, o u t o f h is m ind, he p erp e tra ted m uch an d sp oke in a w a y th a t w a s n o t w o rth y o f a recluse. M onks rep ro ve him becau se o f offences done b y him w h ile he w as m ad , o u t o f h is m ind, sa y in g : ‘ D oes th e ven erab le onerem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence lik e th is ? H e sp eaks th u s : * I , y o u r reveren ces, w as m ad , o u t o f m y m in d ; w h ile I w as m ad , o u t o f m y m ind, m u ch w a s p e rp e tra ted an d sp oken b y m e th a t w a s n o t w o rth y o f a recluse. I do n o t rem em ber th a t. T h a t w as d one b y m e w h ile I w as in sa n e / A lth o u g h bein g sp oken to th u s, th e y s t ill rep ro ve h im , sa y in g : ' D oes th e ven era b le one rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to an offence like th a t ? * M onks, a ve rd ic t o f past in sa n ity sh ou ld be g iv e n to th a t m on k w ho is no lo n g er insane.

“ A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it be g iv e n : M onks, th a t m onk, h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed th e O rder, h a v in g a rran ged his u p p er robe o v e r one sh o u ld er . . . sh ould sp ea k th u s to it : ‘ I , honoured sirs, w as m ad . . . (as in I V . 5. 2 , Instead o f G a g g a read th e m on k So-and-so). . . . T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is/ T h is, m on ks, is ca lle d a le g a l q u estio n th a t is se ttled . B y w h a t is i t se ttle d ? B y a ve rd ic t in th e presence o f a n d b y a ve rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity . A n d w h a t here (is needed) fo r a ve rd ic t in th e presence o f ? T h e presence o f th e O rd er . . . (as in

* A s a t I V . 5- 1 - 2 , fo r t h e m o n k G a g g a .

I36 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

IV . 14 . 16). . , . A n d w h a t is here (needed for) a v e rd ic t o f p a st in sa n ity ? [100] W h a te v e r is th e c a rry in g o u t of, th e p erfo rm an ce o f . . . th e n o n -p ro te stin g a g a in st a v e rd ic t of p ast in sa n ity , th a t here is w h a t (is n eeded for) a v e rd ic t o f past in sa n ity . I f , m onks, a le g a l q u estio n is se ttle d th u s an d one w h o carries it o u t o p en s i t u p ag ain , in o p en in g u p th ere is an offence o f e x p ia tio n . I f one w h o h as g iv e n h is co n sen t critic ises it, in c r itic is in g th ere is an offence o f e x p ia tio n . II 28 ||

“ I f one s a y s : 1 C a n it be th a t , in re sp e ct o f ,a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from cen sure, w ith o u t h a v in g reco u rse to tw o (kinds of) d ecision s— th e v e rd ic t o f in n o cen ce and th e v e rd ic t o f p ast in sa n ity — one m a y agree u p o n it b y tw o (kinds of) d ecisions — th e v e rd ic t in th e presence o f a n d th e decision fo r specific d e p r a v ity ? * he sh o u ld b e to ld : ' I t can b e / I t is lik e th is : T h is is a ca se w h ere a m o n k rep ro ves a m o n k in th e m id st o f th e O rd er fo r a seriou s offence, s a y in g : * D o es th e ven era b le one rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to a serious o ffen ce lik e th is — one in v o lv in g d e fe a t or b o rd erin g on one in v o lv in g d e fea t ? H e sp ea k s th u s : ' I do n o t rem em ber, y o u r reveren ce , h a v in g fa llen in to a serious offence lik e th is— one in v o lv in g d efea t o r b o rd erin g on one in v o lv in g d e fe a t/ A lth o u g h d e n y in g th is, he presses h im , s a y i n g : ‘ P le a se , v en era b le one, find o u tp ro p e rly w h e th e r y o u rem em b er h a v in g fa llen in to a serious offence lik e th is— one in v o lv in g d e fe a t or b o rd erin g on one in v o lv in g d e fe a t/ H e sp ea k s th u s ; ‘ I , y o u r reveren ce, do not rem em b er h a v in g fa lle n in to a serious offence lik e th is — one in v o lv in g d e fe a t or b o rd erin g o n on e in v o lv in g d efea t. B u t I , y o u r reveren ce, rem em b er h a v in g fa llen in tb a triflin g offence lik e th is/ A lth o u g h d e n y in g th is, he presses h im , sa y in g : ‘ P lease , v en era b le one, find o u t p ro p e rly w h e th e r y o u rem em ber . . . b o rd erin g on one in v o lv in g d e fe a t/ H e sp ea k s th u s : * Y o u r reveren ce, u n a sk ed I ack n o w led g e h a v in g fa lle n in to a tr iflin g offen ce lik e th is ; h o w co u ld I , w h en a sk ed , n ot a ck n o w led g e h a v in g fa lle n in to a serious offence lik e th is— one in v o lv in g d efea t or b o rd erin g on one in v o lv in g d efeat ? H e sp ea k s th u s : * B u t , y o u r reveren ce , u n a sk ed y o u d id n ot a ck n o w le d g e h a v in g fa lle n in to a tr iflin g offence, so h o w w ill y o u , u n a sk ed , a ck n o w le d g e h a v in g fa llen in to a serious^offence lik e th is— one in v o lv in g d e fea t or b o rd erin g o n one in v o lv in g

1 4 .2 9 -3 0 ] C U L L A V A G G A I V 137d efeat ? P lease, ven erab le one, find o u t p ro p e rly w h e th e r y o u rem em ber h a v in g fa llen in to a serious offence lik e th is— one in v o lv in g d efeat or bord erin g on one in v o lv in g d e fe a t.1 ^Je sp eaks th u s : ‘ Y o u r reveren ce, 1 do rem em ber h a v in g fallen in to a serious offence like th is— one in v o lv in g d efeat or bo rd er­ing on one in v o lv in g d e fea t. W h en I sa id : I do n o t rem em b er h a v in g fallen in to a serious offence like th is— one in v o lv in g d efeat or bord erin g on one in v o lv in g d efea t— th is w as said b y m e in je s t ,1 th is w a s said b y m e in h a s te .’1

" M onks, a (form al) a c t fo r th e decision o f sp ecific d e p r a v ity sh ould be carried o u t again st th is m on k. A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould it be carried o u t. T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in form ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g . . . (as in I V . 11. 2. Instead o f th e m o n k U v a la read th e m o n k So-and-so ; instead o f o ffences read serious offences). . . . T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is .' T h is, m on ks, is ca lled a [101] legal question th a t is se ttled . B y w h a t is i t se ttle d ? B y a ve rd ic t in th e presence of an d b y a d ecision fo r specific g r a v ity . A n d w h a t is here (needed for) a ve rd ic t in th e presence o f ? T h e presence o f th e O rd er . * . (as in I V . 14. 16). . . . A n d w h a t here is (needed for) a d ecision fo r specific d e p r a v ity ? W h a te v e r is th e c a rry in g o u t of, th e p erfo rm an ce of, th e u n d e rta k in g of, th e assen tin g to , th e a c ce p ta n ce o f, th e n o n -p ro testin g again st a decision fo r sp ecific d e p ra v ity , th a t is here w h a t i.c needed fo r a decision fo r sp ecific d e p ra v ity . I f , m onks, a leg a l question is se ttle d th u s a n d one w h o carries i t o u t opens it u p ag ain , in o p en in g u p th ere is an offence o f e x p iatio n . I f one w h o has g iv e n his co n sen t critic ises it, in critic is in g th ere is an offence o f e x p ia tio n . || 29 ||

“ B y h o w m a n y (kinds of) decisions is-a legal qu estion arising fro m offences ag reed upon ? A le g a l question a risin g fro m offences is agreed upon b y th ree (kinds of) decisions : b y a v e rd ic t in th e presence of an d b y th e c a rry in g o u t o f it on his a ck n o w led gm en t1 an d b y th e co verin g up (as) w ith gra ss.2 I f one sa y s : ' C a n it be th a t, in respect o f a leg a l question arisin g from offences, w ith o u t h a v in g recourse to one (kind of) decision— th e co ve rin g u p (as) w ith grass— one m ay. agree

1 C f. V in . iv . 4 fo r dava, rava.* S e e B .D * iii. 1 5 3 , 15 4 .

138 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

upon it b y tw o (kinds of) decisions— th e ve rd ic t in th e presence o f an d th e c a rry in g o u t o f it on his a ck n o w led g m en t ? ' he sh ould be to ld : ‘ I t can b e / I t is lik e th is : T h is is a case w h ere a m o n k com es to h a v e fa llen in to a sligh t offence. M onks, th a t m o n k, h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed one m o n k, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ve r one sh ould er, h a v in g sat dow n on his h aun ch es, h a v in g stre tch e d fo rth his jo in ed palm s, sh ould sp ea k th u s to him : * I, y o u r reveren ce, fa llen in to such a n d su ch an offence, confess i t/ I t sh ould be sa id b y h im :' D o yo u see it ? ’ ' Y e s , I see i t/ 4 Y o u sh o u ld be restrain edin th e fu tu re / T h is, m on ks, is ca lle d a leg a l qu estion th a t is se ttle d . B y w h a t is it se ttle d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presence o f an d b y th e c a rry in g o u t o f it o i h is ackn ow led gm en t* A n d w h a t here is (needed for) a ve rd ic t in th e presence o f ? T h e presence o f ru le1 and th e presence o f d iscip lin e an d th e presence o f in d iv id u a ls . A n d w h a t here is th e presence o f in d iv id u a ls ? I f b o th w h o ev er confesses a n d he to w h om he confesses are face to face, th is here is th e presence o f in d iv id u a ls . A n d w h a t here is (needed for) th e c a rry in g out on his a ck n o w le d g ­m ent ? W h a te v e r is th e c a rry in g o u t . . . th e n o n -p ro testin g a g ain st h is m a k in g an a ck n o w le d g m e n t, th a t is here w h a t is n eeded fo r h is m a k in g an a c k n o w le d g m e n t. If, m onks, a legal q u estio n is se ttle d th u s, a n d th e one w h o a cce p ts (the co n fes­sion) opens it up ag ain , in o p en in g u p there is an offence of e x p ia tio n , jj 30 ||

“ I f he m an ag es th is th u s, it is good . B u t i f he does not m an age it, m on ks, th a t m onk, h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed severa l m o n ks, h a v in g a rran ged his u p p er robe o v e r one shoulder, h a v in g honoured th e feet o f th e senior m on ks, h a v in g sa t dow n on h is hau n ch es, h a v in g stre tch e d fo rth his jo in ed palm s, should sp ea k th u s to th em : ' I , h on oured sirs, fa llen in to su ch an d su ch an offence, confess i t / T h ese m on ks [102] sh ould be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p e ten t m onk, sa y in g : ‘ L e t th e v en era b le ones listen to m e. T h is m on k So-and-so rem em bers an offence, he d iscloses it, he d eclares it, he confesses it. I f it seem s righ t to th e v en era b le ones, I w ill a cce p t (the confession) o f th e m o n k S o -an d -so ’s o ffen ce/ H e sh ould s a y :

1 P r e s e n c e o f t h e O r d e r n o t r e q u ir e d h e re , a s t h e m o n k h a s co n fe s s e d t o o n e m o n k o n ly .

14.31-33] C U L L A V A G G A I V 139‘ D o y o u see it ? * * Y e s , I see i t / * Y o u sh ould be restrain edin th e fu tu re / T h is, m onks, is ca lle d a leg a l question th a t is se ttle d . B y w h a t is i t se ttle d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presence of . . . (as in |j 30 ||) . . . in open in g up there is an offence of exp iatio n . H31 ||

“ I f he m an ages th is th u s, it is go od . B u t if he does not m an age it, m onks, th a t m onk, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed an O rd er . . . sh ould sp ea k th u s to it : ‘ I , h onoured sirs, fa llen into such an d su ch an offence, confess i t / T h e O rd er sh ould be in form ed b y an experien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g : H o n ­oured sirs, let the O rder listen to m e. T h is m o n k So-and-so rem em bers an offence, he d iscloses it, he d eclares it , he confesses it. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder I co u ld a cce p t (the confession) o f th e m onk So-an d -so 's offence/ H e sh ould s a y : ‘ D o y o u see i t ? * f Y e s , I see i t / * Y o u sh o u ld be restra in ed in th e fu tu re / T h is, m onks, is ca lled a leg a l question th a t is settled . B y w h a t is it se ttle d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presence o f an d b y th e c a rry in g o u t on h is ack n o w led g m en t. A n d w h a t here is (needed for) a ve rd ic t in th e presence of ? T h e presence o f th e O rder, th e presence of ru le, th e presence o f d iscip lin e a n d th e presence o f the in d iv id u a ls, . . . I f, m onks, a leg a l question is se ttle d th u s, an d th e one w ho a cce p ts (the co n fes­sion) opens it up ag ain , in opening u p th ere is an offence o f e x p iatio n . I f one w ho h as g iv en his consent criticises it, in critic is in g th ere is an offence o f e x p iatio n . || 32 ||

“ I f one sa y s : ‘ C an it be th a t , in resp ect o f a le g a l question a risin g from offences, w ith o u t h a v in g recourse to one decision — th e c a rry in g o u t on h is ack n o w led g m en t— one m a y agree upon it b y tw o (kinds of) decisions— th e ve rd ic t in th e presence o f an d th e co ve rin g u p (as) w ith grass ? 1 he sh ou ld be to ld , * I t ca n b e / I t is lik e th is : * T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere w h ile m o n ks w ere s tr iv in g . . . (as in I V . 13 . 1—3). - . . T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is/ T h is is ca lled , m onks, a leg a l question th a t is settled . B y w h a t is it se ttle d ? B y a v e rd ic t in th e presence o f an d b y a co verin g u p (as) w ith grass. A n d w h a t here is (needed for) a ve rd ic t in th e presence o f ? T h e presence of th e O rder, th e presence o f rule, th e presence o f d iscip lin e, the presence o f th e in d iv id u als. A n d w h a t here is th e presence of th e O rd er ? W h en as m a n y m on ks as are co m p eten t for (form al) a cts h a v e a rriv ed , w hen th e consent of those d eservin g

140 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

(to send their) con sen t h as been b ro u g h t, w hen b e in g face to face th e y do n o t p ro test. T h is is here th e presence of th e O rder.

“ A n d w h a t is here th e presence o f ru le , th e presence of d iscip lin e ? I f th a t le g a l q u estio n is s e ttle d b y w h a te v e r is ru le, b y w h a te v e r is d iscip lin e, b y w h a te v e r is th e T ea ch e r 's in stru ctio n ,th a t is here th e presence o f ru le, [103] th e presence of d iscip lin e.

“ A n d w h a t is here th e presence of in d iv id u a ls ? I f b o th w h o ev er confesses a n d he to w h o m h e confesses are face to face, th is is here th e presence o f th e in d iv id u a ls .

“ A n d w h a t here is (needed for) th e co v e rin g u p (as) w ith grass ? W h a te v e r is th e c a rry in g o u t o f, th e p erfo rm an ce of, th e u n d e rta k in g of, th e assen tin g to , th e a cce p ta n ce of, th e n o n -p ro testin g a g a in st th e c o v e rin g u p (as) w ith grass, th a t is here w h a t is (needed for) th e c o v e rin g u p (as) w ith grass. I f , m on ks, a le g a l q u estio n is se ttle d th u s, an d i f th e one w h o a cce p ts (the confession) open s it up , in o p en in g u p th ere is an offence o f e x p ia tio n . I f one w h o h a s g iv e n h is con sen t critic ises it , in cr itic is in g th ere is an offence o f e x p ia tio n . || 33 ||

“ B y h o w m a n y (k in d s of) d ecisio n s is a le g a l q u estio n arisin g from o b lig a tio n s agreed upon ? A le g a l q u estio n arisin g from o b lig atio n s is agreed u p o n b y one (k in d of) d ecision : th e v e rd ic t in th e presence o f ." || 34 || 14 ||

T o ld is th e F o u rth S ectio n : th a t on S e ttle m e n ts .1 [104]

1 T h e r e is n o u d d d n a , s u m m a r y o r k e y t o t h is S e c t io n .

141

A t one tim e th e A w a k en e d O ne, th e L o rd w as s ta y in g at R a ja g a h a in th e B a m b o o G ro ve a t th e squ irrels ' feed in g place. N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m onks, w h ile th e y were b ath in g , ru b b ed th e ir bodies again st a tree and th e ir th igh s an d th eir arm s and th e ir ch ests an d th eir b ack s. P eop le looked dow n upon, criticised , sp read it a b o u t sa y in g : “ H o w canthese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, w hile th e y are b ath in g , rub th eir bodies a g ain st a tree . . . an d th e ir b a ck s, like boxers an d w restlers and y o u n g v illagers ? M onks h eard these people w h o were . . . sp rea d in g it a b o u t. T h en these m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is con n ection , h a v in g h ad th e O rder o f m on ks con ven ed, q u estio n ed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : “ Is it true, as is said , m on ks, th a t th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks . . . an d th eir b a ck s ? ”

“ I t is tru e, L o rd .” T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd rebuked them , sa y in g :

“ M onks, it is n o t su ita b le in these foolish m en, it is not becom in g, it is n o t fittin g , it is not w o rth y o f a recluse, it is not a llo w ab le , it is n o t to be done. H o w , m onks, can these foolish m en, w h ile th e y are b a th in g , ru b th eir bodies again st a tree . . . an d th eir b a ck s ? I t is n o t, m onks, fo r p leasin g those w ho are n ot (yet) p leased . . and h a v in g reb u ked th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, w hile a m o n k is b a th in g he sh ould n ot ru b his b o d y again st a tree. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) ru b it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g ." 2 || i ||

1 g a m a podda vd. W o r d v e r y u n c e r ta in , a n d s e e m s t o s h o w c o n fu s io nb e tw e e n gam a a n d ka m a J v .l. b e in g k a m a p u d a v d . A c c o r d in g t o V in . i i. 3 15 ,B u . e x p la in s : ka m a p u d a v d it cha v ira g a m an g a n d n u y u ttd ndgariliam anu& sa /gdm arnpodavd i i p i p a d h o es*ev'atlho ; t h e m e a n in g o f k a m a p u d a v d is u r b a np e o p le a d d ic t e d t o o r n a m e n tin g a n d d y e in g t h e s k in : gdm atn (v i lla g e ) -podavdis a ls o a r e a d in g . T a k a k u s u a n d > Jagai’ s e d n ., V A . v i . 1 1 9 9 , r e a d s : g a m a pu tavd (v.l. gam am uddavd) H chavirag am aijtg andn uyultd n a g a rika m a n u ssa .ga m a pota hd ( y o u n g v i l la g e m e n ) t i p i p a lh o .

8 N o te t h a t i t is n o t a c t u a l l y m a d e a n o ffe n c e t o r u b t h e o th e r p a r t s o f t h e p e r s o n m e n tio n e d ; b u t d o u b t le s s t h e s e a r e m e a n t t o b e in c lu d e d .

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) V

142 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks, w h ile th e y w ere b a th in g , ru b b e d th e ir bo d ies ag ain st a p o st . . . («s in || i ||, F o r tree read post) offence of w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks, w h ile th e y w ere b a th in g , ru b b e d th e ir bod ies a g ain st a w a ll1 offenceo f w ro n g -d o in g / ’ j| 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks used to b a th e on a ru b b in g -b o a rd .2 P e o p le sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e h ouseh old ers [105] w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e se n ses/ ' M onks h eard th ese p eo p le w h o . * . sp read it a b o u t. . . . H a v in g re b u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , he ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : " M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t b a th e on a ru bbin g- b o ard . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) b a th e , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks used to b a th e u sin g a gandhabba-ha.nd (in stru m en t)3 . . . " . . . M onks, y o ush ou ld n o t b a th e usin g a gandhabba-hand (instrum ent). W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) b a th e , th ere is a n offen ce o f w ro n g ­d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks used to b a th e usin g a s tr in g o f ve rm ilio n c o v e red b e a d s .4 M onks,y o u sh o u ld n o t b a th e u sin g a str in g o f verm ilio n co ve red beads. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) b a th e , th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' II 3 II

N o w a t th a t t im e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks, h a v in g p lu n ged in to 5 (w ater) , ca u sin g a ru b b in g to b e m a d e.6 . . . " M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t, h a v in g p lu n g ed in to (w ater), cau se a ru b b in g

1 T h r e e k in d s o f w a l ls a r e m e n t io n e d a t V in . i v . 2 6 6 . V A . 1 1 9 9 s a y s t h a t i t is o n e o f th e s e .

* a ttd n a . V A . 1 1 9 9 r e a d s a tth a n a , a n d e x p la in s t h is a s a t r e e m a d e lik e a p la n k o f w o o d , c u t in t o r o w s o f s q u a r e s a n d s u n k in to t h e g r o u n d a t a b a t h in g fo rd . P e o p le r u b th e ir b o d ie s th e r e , h a v in g s p r in k le d o n c h u n a m .

* g and habbahatth aka . V A . 1 1 9 9 s a y s 44 b y m e a n s o f a w o o d e n h a n d s e t u p a t a b a t h in g fo r d ; h a v in g t a k e n c h u n a m w it h th e m , p e o p le ru b th e ir b o d ie s .”

4- k u r u v in d a k a s u tia . Q u o t e d a t M A . i ii. 280. V A . 12 0 0 s a y s , “ i t is c a lle d a s tr in g o f b e a d s m a d e b y g r in d in g v e r m ilio n c h u o a m s a n d s to n e s w ithla c d y e s . H o ld in g t h is a t b o t h e n d s , t h e y l u b t h e b o d y / ’ C f. k u r u v in d a k a - c u n n a a t J d . i i i . 282 (v e r m ilio n c o lo u r e d c h u n a m ) .

6 vig a yha . P . E . D . u n d e r v ig d h a ti s a y s , “ A t V in . i i . 10 6 w e s h o u ld p r e fe r t o r e a a viggayha fo r v i g a y h a V A . 12 0 0 h a s t h e r e a d in g vigga yha . O n e o f m e a n in g s o f v ig rah in t h e S a n s k r i t D ic t io n a r ie s is “ t o l a y h o ld o f .”

6 b h ik k h ii v ig a y h a p a r ik a m m a n i k d r a p e n ti, e x p la in e d b y V A . 12 0 0 a s " e a c h o n e ru b b e d u p h is b o d y a g a in s t t h e b o d ie s o f t h e o th e r s ” — n o d o u b t s o m e k in d o f e n jo y a b le m a s s a g e o r fr ic t io n .

1.4— 2.1] C U L L A V A G G A V 143to be m ade. W h o ever sh ould (so) cause it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n ks used to b a th e using a scru b b er.1 . . . " M onks, y o u sh ou ld n o t b a th e using a scru bber. W h o e v e r sh ou ld (so) b ath e, th ere is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g.”

N o w at th a t tim e a certa in m o n k cam e to be a fflicted b y a scab disease, an d th ere cam e to be no com fort for h im w ith o u t a scru bber. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I allow , m onks, one w h o is ill (to use) an unshaped scru b b e r/ ’2 j|4 |j

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m onk, w e a k th ro u g h age, w as not able w h ile b a th in g to rub his ow n b o d y. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m onks, a strip o f c lo th / '3

N o w a t th a t tim e th e m o n ks w ere d o u b tfu l h o w to g iv e a ru b b in g to th eir b a c k s .4 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, th e o rd in a ry m ode w ith th e h a n d / '* ||5 111 II

N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p of s ix m o n ks w ore ear ornam ents, th e y w ore ch a in s ,6 th e y w ore o rn am en ta l strin g s-o f bead s for th e th ro a t,7 th e y w ore ornam ents a t th e w a is t,8 th e y w ore b an gles,9 th e y w ore a rm le ts ,10 th e y w ore b ra cele ts ,11 th e y w ore

I mallaka. V A . 12 0 0 s a y s “ h a v in g c u t s w o r d fis h te e t h , i t is c a lle d a s h a p e d s c r u b b e r , katamallakah o w in g t o i t s mallaka f o r m (o r c o n fig u r a t io n , mallaka- mula)."

8 akatamallaka. S e e p r e v io u s n o te ; a n d V A . 12 0 0 w h ic h s a y s " i t is m a d e n o t h a v in g c u t t h e te e th . I t m u s t b e a b ro k e n p ie c e o f w o o d o r o f to rto ise s h e ll.* '

3 ukkasika, e x p la in e d a t V A . 12 0 0 a s vatthavatti. Vattha is c lo th , c lo t h in g ; vatti, a s tr ip , b a l l, p a d . O ld e n b e r g 's v e r s io n o f t h e C o r n y , r e a d s vatta (fo r vattha) w h ic h re n d e r e d t h e w o r d “ u n i n t e l l ig i b l e " (see Vin. Texts iii. 68, n . 3) a n d h e s e e m s n o t t o h a v e h a d a c c e s s t o t h e f u l l e x e g e s i s : tasma nahdyantassa yassa kassaci nahdnasdtakavattiya pitthim ghamsitum vattati : th e r e fo r e w h e n a n y o n e is b a th in g h e m a y r u b h is b a c k w ith a s t r ip (or p a d ) o f a c lo t h fo r b a th in g .

4 pitthiparikamma, a s a t S A . i. 2 96 .6 puthupaniya, e x p la in e d a t VA . 1200 b y hatthaparikamma, h a n d t r e a t m e n t .e pamanga. S e e B .D . i. 7 7 , n . 9 . V A . 12 0 0 o n w o r d in a b o v e p a s s a g e

s a y s w h a t e v e r is a pamangasutta.7 kanthasuttaka. A s a t B .D . i. 78.8 kafisuttaka. S e e B .D . i. 78 , n . 2.9 ovattika, p e r h a p s ro u n d t h e a n k le s . Ovattika h a s a d if fe r e n t se n se a t

m v . v i i . 1. 5.10 kdyura, o r b r a c e le ts fo r a b o v e t h e e lb o w . Cf. keyura a t D h A . ii. 220.

B u t a s n o te d a t Vin. Texts iii. 69 , n . 5 . t h e J a . Corny, s a y s t h a t kayura is a n o r n a m e n ta l d e c o r a t io n fo r t h e t h r o a t .

II N o d o u b t ro u n d t h e w r is t s in c e t h e y a re c a l le d hatthdbharana.

144 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

fin ger rings. P eo p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g . . . he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g : “ M onks, e ar orn am en ts should not be w orn, ch a in s . . . o rn a m en ta l strin g s o f b ead s fo r th e th ro a t . . . o rn am en ts a t th e w a ist . . . ban gles . . . arm lets . . . b ra c e le ts . . . finger rin g s sh o u ld not be w orn. W h o ­e v e r sh ould w e a r (an y of these th in g s), th e re is a n offence of w ro n g -d o in g / ' || I |]

N o w a t th a t tim e [106] th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks w ore th e ir h a ir lo n g. P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t . . . he addressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : " M onks, lo n g h a ir sh o u ld not b e w orn. W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r it (long), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g­doing. I a llo w it to be o f a tw o m o n th s' g ro w th or tw o fin ger-b read th s (in le n g th )/ ' || 2 |[

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks sm o o th ed th e ir h a ir w ith a co m b , th e y sm oo th ed th e ir h a ir w ith a n in stru m en t sh ap ed lik e a sn a k e 's h o o d ,1 th e y sm oo th ed th e ir h a ir w ith th e ir h an d s used as an in stru m en t sh ap ed lik e a sn a k e 's h o o d ,2 th e y sm oo th ed th e ir h a ir w ith o il o f b e e sw a x ,3 th e y sm oo th ed th e ir h a ir w ith o ily w a te r. P e o p le lo o k ed d o w n u pon , critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e h o useh old ers w h o e n jo ypleasures o f th e sen ses." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, th e h a ir sh o u ld n o t b e sm oo th ed w ith a co m b . . . th e h a ir sh o u ld n o t b e sm o o th ed w ith o ily w a ter. W h o e v e r sh o u ld sm oo th it (in a n y of th ese w a y s), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' |j 3 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks e xam in ed a m a rk on th e fa ce in a m irror an d in a w a te r-b o w l.4 P eo p le sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res of th e sen ses." T h e y to ld th is .m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M onks, a m a rk on th e fa ce sh o u ld n o t be exam in ed in a m irror o r in a w a te r-b o w L W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) exam in e it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k h a d a sore on his face. H e ask ed m o n ks, sa y in g : “ W h a t k in d o f sore h a v e I , y o u r reveren ces ? " T h e m on ks

1 p h a n a k a . V A . 12 0 0 o n ly s a y s s o m e th in g m a d e o f iv o r y a n d so o n . V in . T e x ts i ii. 70, n . 2 s a y s " i t w a s a k in d o f v e r y p r im it iv e b ru s h , b u t w ith o u t b r is t le s / ’

8 h a tih a p h a n a k a . T h e h a n d s w o u ld b e h e ld a s a s n a k e 's h o o d w ith t h e f in g e r s c u r v in g fo r w a r d s a n d t h e h a ir w o u ld b e s m o o th e d w ith t h e fin g e rs . C f . p h a n a k a tth a k a a t V i n . i . 9 1 , a n d se e B . D . iv . 1 1 6 , n . 2.

* A llo w e d a t V in . ii. 15 2 fo r u s e in a v ih a ra .4 C f . D . L 80, S . i ii. 10 5 .

2.4—3.i] C U L L A V A G G A V 145spoke th u s : “ T h e sore is o f su ch and su ch a k in d , y o u rreveren ce .” H e d id not b e liev e th em . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow y o u , m onks, on acco u n t o f a disease, to exam in e a m a rk on th e face in a m irror or in a w a te r-b o w l.” || 4 [|

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks a n o in ted th eir faces,1 th e y ru b b ed (paste) in to th e ir faces, th e y pow dered th e ir faces w ith ch u n am , th e y sm eared th e ir faces w ith red arsenic, th e y p a in ted th e ir lim bs, th e y p a in te d th eir faces, th e y p a in ted th e ir lim b s an d faces. P eo p le sp read it ab o u t, s a y in g : " L ik e householders w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th esenses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, th e face sh o u ld n o t be an o in ted , th e face sh ould not be ru b b ed (w ith paste), th e face sh o u ld n o t b e pow dered w ith ch u n am , th e face sh ould n o t be sm eared w ith red arsenic, the lim b s should n o t be p ain ted , th e face sh ould n o t be pain ted , lim bs a n d faces sh ould n o t be p ain ted . W h o e v e r sh ou ld do (an y o f these th in gs), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g.”

N ow a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k w a s a fflicted b y a disease o f th e eyes. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, on a cco u n t o f d isease, to an o in t th e fa c e .” || 5 II

N o w at th a t tim e th ere w a s a fe s tiv a l on a m o u n tain -top in R a ja g a h a .2 T h e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks w en t to see th e fe s tiv a l on th e m o u n tain -top . P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can th ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s com e to see d an cin g a n d sin gin g and m usic [10 7] lik e householders w h o e n jo y pleasures o f th e senses ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : “ M onks, y o u sh ould n o t go to seed an cin g3 or sin gin g or m usic. W h o e v e r sh ould go, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” || 6 |[ 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks sa n g dhamma w ith a lo n g-d raw n plain-SQng so u n d .4 P eo p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ E v e n as w e sing, so d o these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s sin g dhamma w ith a long-draw n plain-song

1 C f . V in , ii. 2 6 6 , iv , 3 4 2.a C f . V in . iv . 85 (B , D . i i . 3 3 5 , a n d n .) a n d iv . <267 (w h e re t h e g r o u p o f

s ix n u n s a ls o g o t o th e f e s t iv a l , m a d e in to a n o ffe n c e o f e x p ia t io n fo r th e m ).* E v e n t o See a p e a c o c k d a n c in g is a n o ffe n c e , V A . 1 2 0 1 .4 C f. A . iii. 2 5 1 .

146 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

s o u n d / ' T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks lo o k e d d ow n upon, critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w ca n th is g ro u p of s ix m o n ks sin g dhamma w ith a lo n g -d raw n p la in -so n g sound ? ” T h e n these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " Is it tru e , as is sa id . . . ? ”

“ I t is tru e , L o r d / ' . * . H a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : " M onks, th ere are these five d isa d v a n ta g e s to one sin gin g dhamma w ith a lo n g-d raw n p la in -so n g sou n d : he is p leased w ith h im self in rega rd to th a t sound, a n d o th ers are p leased in regard to th a t sound, and h ousep eople lo o k d ow n upon, a n d w hile he is h im self s tr iv in g a fte r a c c u ra c y in th e sou n d 1 th ere is an in terru p tio n in his co n cen tra tio n , a n d p eo p le co m in g a fte r fa ll in to th e w a y of (wrong) v ie w s .2 T h ese, m o n ks, are th e five d isa d v a n ta g e s to one sin gin g dhamma w ith a lo n g -d raw n p lain -so n g sound. M onks, dhamma sh o u ld n o t be su n g w ith a lo n g -d raw n plain- so n g sound. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) sin g it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ’ || 1 |]

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks w ere d o u b tfu l a b o u t in to n in g .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, I a llo w in to n in g / ’ J[ 2 || 3 [|

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks w ore w oollen clo th es w ith th e fleece outsid e. P e o p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e h ou seh old ers w h o e n jo y p lea su re of th e se n se s/ ’ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : ” M onks, w oollenclo th es w ith th e fleece o u tsid e sh o u ld n o t be w orn. W h o e ve r sh o u ld w ear th e m , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” 4 || 4 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e m an go trees in th e p a rk o f K in g S e n iya B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a w ere b earin g fru it an d it w a s m ade kn ow n b y K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M ag ad h a : " L e t th em asters m a k e a s m u ch use o f th e m an go es as th e y p le a s e / ’

1 sa ra k u tti.* V A . 12 0 2 s a y s t h e p e o p le w h o c o m e a f t e r w i ll s a y " o u r t e a c h e r s a n d

p r e c e p t o r s s a n g i t th u s / * a n d t h e y w i ll s in g i t in t h e s a m e w a y . C f . A . iii- 108, 2 56 , S . ii. 203.

a s a ra b h a n n a . C f . V in . i. 19 6 , J a . ii. 10 9 , D h A . i . 15 4 . E x p la in e d b y B u . a s sa ren a bha^ anarn, s p e a k in g (o r r e p e a t in g ) b y m e a n s o f in to n a t io n .

4 V A . 12 0 2 h e r e r e fe r s t o t h e C o m m e n t a r y o n t h e b h u ta g a m a sik k h a p a d a . T h is is P a c . 1 1 . ( V i n . iv . 3 4 ; s e e B . D . i i . 2 2 7 , n . 1 .) a n d t h e Corny is a t V A .759 a. '

5 .1 -2 ] C U L L A V A G G A V 147

T h e g ro u p o f s ix m onks, h a v in g m ad e even y o u n g m angoes fa ll, m ade use o f th em . A n d [108] K in g S e n iya B im b isara o f M agad ha w a n te d a m an go. T h e n K in g S en iya B im b isara o f M agad h a en jo in ed people, sa y in g : “ G o, good sirs, h a v in g gone to th e p a rk , b rin g b a ck a m ango.*'

“ V e r y w ell, y o u r m a je s ty ,” and these people h a v in g an sw ered K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M ag ad h a in assent, h a v in g gone to th e p a rk , sp oke th u s to th e p a rk k e e p e r: " G ood sir, hism a je sty w a n ts a m an go, g iv e (us) a m a n g o / '

“ T h ere is n ot a m an go, m asters ; th e m o n ks h a v in g m ade even yo u n g m angoes fa ll, h a v e m ad e use o f th e m / ’ T h en these people to ld th is m a tte r to K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad ha. H e sa id : “ G o o d sirs, m an go es are m uch e n jo ye d b y th e m asters, y e t it is m od eration th a t th e L o rd e x to ls / ’ P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ H o w ca n theserecluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, n o t k n o w in g m od eration , m ake use o f th e k in g ’s m an go es ? ” M onks h eard th ese people w ho . . . sp read it a b o u t. T h en these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ M onks, m angoes sh o u ld n o t be m ad e use of. W h o e v e r sh ould m a k e use o f th em , th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g / '1 || 1 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in g u ild ca m e to h a v e food fo r an O rd er.2 M ango peels w ere p u t in to th e c u rry . M onks, being scrupulous, d id n o t a cce p t. (The L o rd s a i d :) “ A c c e p t it, m onks, m a k e use o f it . I a llo w y o u , m on ks, m an go p e e ls/ 1 N ow a t th a t tim e a Certain g u ild ca m e .to h a v e food fo r an O rder. T h e y d id n o t k n o w how to p rep are th e peels ; th e y w a lk ed in to th e re fe cto ry w ith th e m an goes w hole. M onks, being scru p u lou s, d id n o t a ccep t. (The L o rd said :) " A c c e p t them , m onks, m a k e use o f th em . I a llo w yo u , m onks, to m ake use o f fru it th a t in five w a y s is a llo w ab le fo r recluses :3 i f it is d a m a ged 4 b y fire, d a m a g e d b y a kn ife , d a m a ged b y (one’s) nail, if it is seedless, a n d th e fifth is if th e seeds are d isch a rg ed .6 I a llo w yo u , m onks, to m ak e use of fru it th a t in th ese five w a y s is a llo w ab le to reclu ses.” * |j 2 || 5 |[

1 C f . B . D . i. 10 1 f . , 108.* A s a t C V . V I I I . 4. 1 .a Q u o t e d V A . 7 6 7 .4 T h e s e f iv e c la u s e s a r e e x p la in e d in d e ta i l a t V A . 7 6 7 , w h ic h r ig h t ly re a d s

p a r ijt la (d a m a g e d ) in s te a d o f t h e a b o v e p a r ic ita .6 C f . M V . V I . 21. 1 fo r t h e la s t t w o ite m s .

148 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k , b itte n b y a sn ak e, passed a w a y .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e lord . H e sa id : “ M onks, th is m o n k c e rta in ly d id n o t suffuse w ith lo v in g -k in d n ess o f m in d th e fo u r ro y a l sn ak e fam ilies. F o r if, m o n ks, th is m o n k h a d su ffu sed w ith lo v in g -k in d n ess o f m in d th e fo u r ro y a l sn ak e fam ilies, th en th is m o n k, a lth o u g h b itte n b y a sn ak e, w o u ld n o t h a v e passed a w a y . W h a t are th e fou r ro y a l sn ak e fam ilies ? T h e ro y a l sn ak e fa m ily o f V iru p a k k h a ,2 th e ro y a l sn ak e fa m ily o f E ra p a th a , th e ro y a l sn ak e fa m ily o f C h a b y a p u tta , th e ro y a l sn ak e fa m ily o f K a n h a g o ta m a k a . [109] M onks, th is m o n k c e rta in ly d id n o t su ffu se w ith lo v in g -k in d n ess o f m in d th ese fo u r ro y a l sn a k e fam ilies. F o r if, m on ks, th is m o n k h ad suffused w ith lo v in g -k in d n ess o f m in d th ese fo u r ro y a l sn ak e fam ilies, th en th is m o n k , a lth o u g h b itte n b y a sn ak e, w o u ld not h a v e passed a w a y . M onks, I a llo w y o u to suffuse w ith lo v in g ­kin d n ess o f m in d th ese fo u r ro y a l sn ak e fam ilies, (and) to m a k e a ch a rm 3 fo r th e se lf fo r se lf-p ro te ctio n , fo r self-gu ard in g . A n d th u s , m o n k s, sh o u ld it b e m a d e :

‘ L o v e fro m m e fo r th e V ir u p a k k h a s ,4 L o v e fro m m e fo r th e E r a p a th a s ,L o v e fro m m e fo r th e C h a b y a p u tta s ,L o v e fro m m e fo r th e K a n h a g o ta m a k a s .

L o v e fro m m e fo r th e fo o tless,L o v e fo r th e tw o -fo o te d fro m m e,L o v e fro m m e fo r th e fo u r-fo o te d .L o v e fo r th e m a n y -fo o te d fro m m e.

D o n o t le t th e fo o tless h a rm m e.D o n o t le t th e tw o -fo o te d h a rm m e,D o n o t le t th e fo u r-fo o ted h a rm m e,D o n o t le t th e m a n y -fo o te d h a rm m e.

1 C f . A . i i . 7 2 (w h ic h l a y s t h e s c e n e in S a v a t t h I ) a n d J a . ii. 1 4 4 —7.1 C f . G .S . i i. 82, n . 1 . V ir t ip a k k h a is a ls o t h e n a m e o f o n e o f t h e F o u r G r e a t

K in g s , t h e r e g e n t o f t h e w e s te r n q u a r t e r a n d lo rd o f t h e N a g a s .5 O n p a r tita , c h a r m , s p e ll , r u n e , a n d m etta-bk& vana, c f . M r s . R h y s D a v id s ,

D ia l« iii. 18 5 f ., S a k y a , 2 2 1 ff. A b o v e r e a d in g is atta p a rittam ka tu m ; a t A . i i . 72 i t is a tta p a rittd y a , “ fo r s e l f - w a r d in g / 1

4 L o v in g - k in d n e s s o r lo v e , m ettd , a n d t h e t h r e e o t h e r m o d e s o f t h e brah m avihdras a re t r a n s fe r r e d f r o m t h e m in d o f t h e s u ffu s e r t o t h a t o f t h e b e in g w h o is s u ffu s e d o r in fu s e d .

6— 8.1] C U L L A V A G G A V 149

M a y a ll b ein gs, a ll breath ers, a ll crea tu res e v e ry one,See a ll lu c k y th in g s j1 m a y no e v il w h a te v e r com e.

Im m easu rab le is th e A w ak en ed O ne, im m easu rable dhamma, im m easu rab le th e O rder.

L im ite d are creep in g th in g s : sn akes, scorpions, cen tip ed es, sp in n in g spiders, lizard s, m ice.

A p ro te ctio n h as been m ad e b y m e, a ch arm m ade b y m e ;

L e t th e crea tu re s w ith d ra w .I , even I, h o n o u r th e L o rd ,I h o n o u r th e seven fu lly se lf-a w a k en ed O nes.'

I a llow yo u , m onks, to le t b lo o d .” 2 || 6 [|

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k, to rm en ted b y d issatisfac­tion, cu t off h is ow n m ale organ. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " T h is fo o lish m an , m on ks, c u t o ff one th in g w h en a n o th er sh ould h a v e been cu t off. M onks, one sh ould n o t cu t off o n e ’s o w n m ale o rgan . W h o e v e r should cu t it off, th ere is a g ra v e o ffe n ce.” j| 7 [j

N o w a t th a t tim e a ‘ b lo ck of san d al-w o o d o f c o stly choice san d al-w o o d h ad a ccru ed to a (great) m erch an t o f Rajagaha.® T h en it occu rred to th is (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a : " Su p p ose th a t I w ere to h a v e a b ow l c a rv e d o u t o f th is b lo ck o f san d al-w ood ? T h e ch ip s w ill be fo r m y en jo ym en t, an d I can also g iv e a w a y th e b ow l as a g if t .” T h e n th a t (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a , h a v in g h a d a b o w l c a rv e d o u t o f th a t b lo ck o f san d al-w ood , h a v in g p u t a strin g round i t ,4 h a v in g hun g it u p on th e to p o f a b am boo (-pole), h a v in g tied it to a series o f b am boo (-poles),* sp oke th u s : " L e t w h a te v e r recluse or brahm in w ho is a p e rfected one as w ell as o f p sych ic p ow er g e t dow n th is b o w l an d (to him ) it is g iv e n .” 5 [110 ] T h e n P u ra n a

1 sabbe bhadrdni passantu. C f. D . i i . 89, sadd bhadrdni passaii.a A llo w e d a ls o a t Vin. i. 205.* T h is s t o r y is le fe r r e d t o a t D A . ii. 388 a s t h e Rajagaha-setthi-vaithu.4 A t C V . V . 24. 1 s o m e w h a t s im ila r a c t io n s a r e a s c r ib e d t o a m o n k .* Cf. t h e w o r d s o f t h e r o b b e r c h ie f a t Vin. ii i . 208.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

K a ss a p a 1 a p p ro a ch ed th e (great) m e rch a n t o f R a ja g a h a ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he sp o k e th u s to th e (great) m erch a n t of R a ja g a h a :

“ N o w I, h o useh old er, am a p e rfe cte d one as w e ll as of p sy c h ic p o w er ; g iv e m e th e b o w l.”

" I f , revered sir, th e v en era b le one is a p erfected one as w ell as o f p sy ch ic p o w er, le t h im fe tc h dow n th e b ow l a n d it is g iv e n (to h im .)”

T h e n M a k k h a li G o sa la , A j it a K e sa k a m b a lin , P a k u d h a K a c c a y a n a , S a n ja y a B e la tth ip u tta , N a ta p u tta th e J a in a p p ro a ch e d th e (great) m erch an t of R a ja g a h a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d it is g iv e n (to h im ).”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e ve n e ra b le M o g g allan a th e G re a t an d th e ve n e ra b le P in d o la th e B h a r a d v a ja ,2 h a v in g dressed in th e m orn in g, ta k in g (each) his b ow l a n d robe, en tered R a ja g a h a fo r a lm sfo o d . T h e n th e ve n e ra b le P in d o la th e B h a r a d v a ja sp o k e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G re a t :

“ T h e v en era b le M o g g a lla n a th e G re a t is a p e rfe cte d one as w ell s s o f p s y c h ic p o w er. G o a lo n g, reveren d M o g g allan a, fe tc h d o w r th is b ow l ; th is b o w l is fo r y o u .”

“ T h e v en era b le P in d o la th e B h a r a d v a ja is a p e rfe cte d one as w ell a s o f p sy c h ic p o w er. G o a lo n g, reveren d B h a ra d v a ja , fe tc h d o w n th is b o w l ; th is b o w l is fo r y o u .”

T h e n th e v en era b le P in d o la the B h a r a d v a ja , h a v in g risen a b o v e th e g ro u n d ,3 h a v in g ta k e n h o ld o f th a t b o w l, c ircled th ree tim es ro u n d R a ja g a h a . N o w a t th a t tim e, th e (great) m erch a n t o f R a ja g a h a w a s sta n d in g w ith his w ife a n d ch ild ren in h is ow n d w ellin g h o ld in g up his jo in e d p alm s in sa lu ta tio n , p a y in g h o m age, a n d sa y in g : “ H o n o u red sir, le t m a sterB h a r a d v a ja com e to rest ju s t here a t o u r d w e llin g .” T h e n th e v e n e ra b le P in d o la th e B h a r a d v a ja cam e to rest a t th e d w ellin g o f th e (great) m e rch a n t o f R a ja g a h a . T h e n th e (great) m e rch a n t o f R a ja g a h a , h a v in g ta k e n th e b ow l from

1 H e a n d t h e f iv e o th e r s w e r e t h e s ix g r e a t 44 h e r e t ic a l *' t e a c h e r s in G o t a m a 's t im e s . T h e ir v ie w s a r e g iv e n a t D . i. 52 fF.

a V e r s e s a t T h a g . 12 3 , 12 4 . A t A . i. 23 h e is c a l le d c h ie f o f t h e d is c ip le s w h o a r e lio n -r o a r e r s . A A . i. i q 6, w h ic h g iv e s h is s t o r y in c lu d in g t h e a b o v e e p is o d e , h o ld s t h a t h e w a s c a l le d S c r a p - h u n t e r , P in d o la , fro m h is g r e e d in s e a r c h in g fo r c o n je y a n d r ic e . O t h e r C o m y s (5 4 . i i . 393, U d A . 2 52 ) a s c r ib e h is n a m e t o t h e la r g e s iz e o f h is b o w l. F o r n o te s o n t h e n a m e P in d o la see P s s . B r e t h p . n o , n . 4 , a n d p . 4 1 5 ; K . S . iv . 68, n . 1 .

3 vehdsa. S e a B . D . i. 79 , n . 6.

8.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A V

the han d o f th e ven erab le P in d o la th e B h a ra d v a ja , h a v in g filled it w ith c o s tly so lid foods, besto w ed it on th e ven erab le P in d ola th e B h a ra d v a ja . T h en th e v en era b le P in d o la th e B h a ra d v a ja , h a v in g ta k e n h old of th a t bow l, w en t off to the m o n astery. || I j|

P eop le h eard : " I t is sa id th a t th e b o w l o f th e (great)m erchant o f R a ja g a h a w a s fe tch ed d ow n b y m aster P in d ola th e B h a r a d v a ja / ' a n d th ese p eo p le (m aking) a lo u d noise, a great noise, fo llo w ed close a fte r th e ven erab le P in d o la th e B h a ra d v a ja . T h e n th e L o rd heard th e lou d noise, the great noise, and h a v in g heard it, he ad dressed th e ven erab le A n a n d a , sa y in g : “ W h a t on earth , A n a n d a , is th is lo u d noise, th isg rea t noise ? ”

" L o rd , th e b o w l o f th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a has been fe tch e d d ow n b y th e v en era b le P in d o la th e B h a ra d v a ja . L o rd , people h eard : * I t is sa id th a t th e b ow l o f th e (great) m erchant o f R a ja g a h a w as fe tch ed d ow n b y th e ven erable P in d ola th e B h a ra d v a ja , an d , L o rd , these people (m aking) a loud noise, a g rea t noise, h a v e fo llo w ed close a fte r th e ven erab le P in d ola th e B h a ra d v a ja ' ; this, L o rd , is th e lou d noise, the great noise w h ich th e L o rd (h ears)." .

T h en th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g had th e O rd er o f m on ks co n ven ed , [1 1 1 ] qu estion ed th e ven erable P in d o la th e B h a ra d v a ja , sa y in g :

" I s it tru e , as is said , B h a ra d v a ja , th a t th e b o w l o f th e (great) m erch an t o f R a j& ga h a w a s fe tch e d dow n b y y o u ? ”

“ I t is true, L o rd .” T h e A w a k e n e d one, th e L o rd reb u ked him , sa y in g :

“ I t is n o t su itin g, B h a ra d v a ja , i t is n o t becom in g, it is not fittin g , it is not w o rth y of a recluse, it is n o t a llow able, it is not to be done. H o w can y o u , B h a ra d v a ja , on a cco u n t of a w retch ed w ooden b ow l e x h ib it a co n d itio n of fu rth er-m en ,1 a w onder o f p sy ch ic p o w er to householders ? A s, B h a ra d v a ja , a w om an e x h ib its her lo in -cloth on acco u n t o f a w retch ed stam ped m dsaka,2 even so b y y o u , B h a ra d v a ja , w as a co n d itio n of further-m en, a w on d er o f p sy c h ic p o w er e x h ib ite d to householders on acco u n t o f a w retch ed w ood en bow l. I t is not,

1 u tta rim a n u ssa d h a m m a . S e e D e fe a t I V , P a c . V I I I , a n d B . D . i. I n t r . x x i v . ■ m a sa k aru p a . S e e B . D . i. 72 , n» 1 , a n d 7 1 , n . 2 . T h e w o rd a ls o o c c u r s

a t V in . ii. 294.

152 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

B h a ra d v a ja , fo r p leasin g th o se w h o are n o t (yet) p leased . . . / ' H a v in g reb u ked him , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, a co n d itio n o f fu rth er-m en , a w o n d er o f p sy ch ic p o w er is n o t to be e x h ib ite d to h o u seh o ld ers.1 W h o e v e r sh ould e x h ib it th em , th ere is an offen ce o f w ron g-d oin g. B re a k , m onks, th is w o o d en b o w l ; h a v in g red u ced it to frag m en ts, g iv e th em to m o n ks as p erfu m e to m ix w ith o in tm e n t.2 A n d , m on ks, a w ood en b o w l sh o u ld n ot be u se d .3 W h o e v e r sh ould use one, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” || 2 || 8 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s used va rio u s kinds o f bo w ls, m a d e o f go ld , m a d e of silver. P eo p le . «. . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e h o useh old ers w h o e n jo y pleasuresof th e se n ses/ ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" M onks, a b o w l m ad e o f go ld sh ould n o t be u sed ,4 a b ow l m ad e o f s ilv er sh o u ld not be used, a b o w l m ad e o f pearls . . . m a d e o f b e ry l . . . m ad e o f c ry s ta l . . . m ad e o f bron ze . . . m ad e o f g la ss . . . m ad e o f tin . . . m ad e o f lead . . . a b ow l m a d e o f co p p er sh o u ld not be used. W h o e v e r sh o u ld use (an y o f these), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g. I a llo w yo u , m on ks, tw o (k in d s of) b o w ls : a n iron b o w l, a c la y b o w l/ ' 6II ill

N o w a t th a t tim e th e bases o f th e bow ls w ere ru b b ed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a c ircu la r b o w l-re st.”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s u sed v a rio u s k in d s o f c ircu la r bow l-rests, m ad e o f g o ld , m a d e o f silver. P e o p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e househ olders w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses/ ’ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ M on ks, v a rio u s k in d s o f c irc u la r bo w l-rests sh o u ld n o t be used. W h o e v e r sh o u ld use one, th ere is an offence of w ro n g ­d oing. I a llo w y o u , m on ks, tw o (kinds of) c ircu la r b o w l-rests ;

1 V A . 12 0 3 s a y s a m ir a c le is o b je c t e d to , n o t p s y c h ic p o w e r t h a t is v o l i t io n a l in n a tu r e .

* Cf. V in . i . 203, w h e r e s a n d a l-w o o d w a s a l lo w e d a m o n g f iv e p e r fu m e s (any a n u p a p is a n a ) .

* Cf. B . D . i i . 1 1 5 , 4 1 5 (a n d n . 1 ) , a n d C V . V . 37.4 Cf. M V . V . 8, 3.* A s a t V in . i ii. 2 4 3 , iv . 12 3 , 2 4 3 .

9.2-3] C U L L A V A G G A V ‘ 153m ade o f tin , m ade of le a d / 1 T h e th ic k c ircu la r rests co u ld n ot be in se rte d .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to p lan e th e m .” T h e re w ere ja g s (on th em ).2 [112 ] T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to c u t sw ordfish te e th .” 3

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n ks u sed c a rv e d 4 c ircu lar bow l-rests, lo a d ed w ith litt le figures, m a d e w ith orn am en tation s, an d th e y to u red a b o u t sh o w in g these on carriage-road s. P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e householders w h o e n jo y p leasures o f th e sense?.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, c a rv e d c ircu la r b o w l-rests sh ould n o t be used. W h o e v e r sh o u ld use one, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g­doing. I a llo w y o u , m on ks, o rd in a ry c ircu la r rests .” 5 || 2 |j

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks (each) p u t a w a y h is b o w l w ith w a te r in it a n d a b o w l w a s sp oiled . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, a b o w l sh ou ld n ot be p u t a w a y w ith w a te r in it. W h o e v e r sh ou ld (s:o) p u t it a w a y , there is an offen ce o f w rong-d oing. I a llo w y o u , m onks, to p u t a w 9y a b o w l h a v in g d ried it in th e su n .”6

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks (e3ch) dried his b o w l in th e sun w ith w a ter in it a n d a b o w l cam e to sm ell n a sty . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, a b o w l w ithw a te r in it sh ould n o t b e d ried in th e sun. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) d r y it, th ere is an offence of w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w yo u , m onks, to p u t a w a y a b o w l h a v in g e m p tied it o f water,® h a v in g dried it in th e su n .”

N o w at th a t tim e m o n ks (each) la id aside h is b o w l in th e h ea t an d th e co lo u r o f a b o w l w as sp oiled . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, a b o w l sh o u ld not be la id asid e in th e h ea t. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) la y it aside, there is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to

1 a cch u p iy a n ti. C f . M V . V I I I . 14. 1 , w h e r e t h e w o r d is u s e d o f " in s e r t in ga o a t c h in to a ro b e .* ’ T h e m e a n in g a b o v e m a y b e " t h e c ir c u la r r e s t s w e r et h ic k a n d t h e y (i.e . t h e b o w ls ) c o u ld n o t b e in serted .** ^

* v a lim h o n ti. P . E . D . s u g g e s ts r e a d in g v a liy o . P e r h a p s v a li is h e re j a g o r s c ra tc h , t h e p la n in g o r a d z in g n o t h a v in g b e e n w e ll d o n e . T h e ja g s c o u ld th e n b e m a d e t h e b e s t o f b y c o n v e r t in g t h e m in t o c r o c o d ile t e e th to h o ld t h e b o w ls . B u t t h is r e n d e r in g is a s c o n je c t u r a l a s t h a t g iv e n a t V in . T e x ts i i i . 8 3 .

3 S e e a ls o C V . V . 11. 6 . ,4 C itr a , v a r ie g a t e d o r p a in t e d , b u t n o t a lw a y s , a n d a b o v e i t a p p e a r s t o b e

m o re l ik e ly “ c a r v e d / * a8 B u . s a y s ** i u s t (o r, o n ly , eva) t h e c ir c u la r r e s ts c u t w it h s w o r d fis h te e t h .• C f. V in . 1 . 46.

G

154 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

p u t .a w a y a b o w l, h a v in g d ried it fo r a sh o rt tim e in th e su n 's h e a t .” 1 || 3 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m a n y b o w ls cam e to be la id asid e in th e open a ir w ith o u t a p rop. H a v in g been b low n again st one a n o th er b y g u sts o f w in d , th e b o w ls w ere b ro ken . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id ; " I a llo w y o u , m on ks,a litt le p ro p fo r b o w ls .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s (each) la id asid e h is b o w l a t the ed ge o f a solid b e n ch .2 H a v in g fa llen d ow n , a b ow l w as broken. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, a b ow l sh ould n o t be la id asid e a t th e edge o f a solid bench. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) la y it asid e, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ’

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks (each) la id aside his b ow l a t th e ed ge of a p la ste r flo o rin g .3 H a v in g fa llen d o w n , a b o w l w as bro ken . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, a b o w l sh o u ld n o t be la id aside a t th e ed ge o f a p la s te r floorin g. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) la y it aside, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s (each) tu rn e d his b o w l upside d o w n 4 on th e g ro u n d . A rim w a s ru b b ed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, a grass m a t .” 5 T h e grass m a t w as e aten b y w h ite an ts. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a p iece o f c lo th .” T h e p iece o f c lo th w as eaten b y w h ite an ts. [113 ] T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w yo u , m on ks,a b o w l-s ta n d .”6 H a v in g fa llen d ow n from a b o w l-sta n d , a

1 C f: V in . i . 4 6 .* tn id k a n te. A t V in . i i . 14 3 vnigdhi. V in . T e x ts i i i . 16 3 s a y t h a t i t is b u i l t

a g a in s t t h e w a ll o f a r o o m o r o n t h e v e r a n d a a g a in s t t h e o u te r w a ll o f a h o u s e o r h u t . O ft e n m a d e o f h a r d e n e d m u d w ith t w o w o o d e n le g s in f r o n t , i t is a b e n c h u s e d t o s i t o r s le e p o n . V A . 1203 s a y s d lin d a k a - ( v e r a n d a ) tn ig h a k a d in a m ante , a n d im p lie s t h a t s o m e tn id h is a r e n a r r o w . A llo w e d a t V in . ii. 14 9 w h e n g r a s s m a t s h a d b e e n e a te n b y r a t s a n d so o n , a n d w h e r e m id h i a p p e a r s a s s o m e th in g h a r d a n d a ls o a s s o m e th in g t o s le e p o n . T h e m e a n in g is n o t c e r ta in .

* p a rib h a rid a . M e a n in g u n c e r t a in . V A . 12 0 3 —4 s a y s " o n t h e o u t e r s id e , o n t h e e d g e o f a t r e a t e d (or, m a d e , e r e c te d , ka ta) n a r r o w m id h i.” O n t h e w o r d a t V in . i i . 1 7 2 t h e C o r n y , s a y s i t is m a d e o f c o w d u n g a n d o f p a s t e , k d sa v a , fo r c o lo u r in g f lo o rs , w a lls , e tc . ; a n d o n t h e w o r d a t V in . i i . 220 i t s a y s ba hi ja g g a ti, h e lie s a w a k e (o r, w a t c h e s ) o u ts id e . I n e x p la in in g " p ie c e o f c l o t h ," co la k a , b e lo w , V A . 12 0 4 s p e a k s o f m a ttik a -p a rib h a n d a k a td b h u m it w h ic h s e e m s t o m e a n " e a r th t r e a t e d w ith c l a y a n d p la s te r .* '

* S e e C V . V . 20. 3.5 A llo w e d a t C V . V . 11. 3 b e lo w ; a ls o a t V in . ii. 14 8 , t o s a v e lim b s a n d ro b e s

fr o m b e in g c o v e r e d w it h d u s t .6 p a ita m & la k a . V A . 12 0 4 s a y s *' m a d e o f b r ic k o r m a d e o f w o o d ."

9-4“5] C U L L A V A G G A V 155b o w l w a s b ro ken . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : 11 I a llo w y o u , m onks, a w ick e r sta n d fo r b o w ls/ ’1 Ab o w l w a s ru b b ed on th e w ic k e r sta n d fo r th e bo w ls. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, a b a g fo r bow ls.*' T h ere w a s no s tra p a t th e edge. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, a stra p at th e ed ge, a th re a d fo r ty in g / ’2 |{ 4 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s (each) h u n g h is b o w l on a p e g in th e w a ll3 a n d on a n <r e le p h a n t-tu sk ” (peg).3 H a v in g fa llen dow n, a b o w l w a s bro ken . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, a b o w l sh o u ld n o t b e h u n g u p . W h o e v e r should h a n g one u p , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks (each) la id asid e his b o w l on a couch. S ittin g d o w n h eed lessly , th e y b ro k e a b o w l h a v in g sa t d o w n (hard) on i t .4 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, a b o w l sh o u ld n o t b e la id aside on a cou ch . W h o e v e r sh ould (so) la y it asid e, th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' . . . (The same repeated fo r la y in g asid e a b o w l on a ch air). . . .

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks (each) la id asid e his b o w l on his lap. T h e y g o t u p h eed lessly a n d a b o w l, h a v in g fa llen dow n, w as b ro ken . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, a b o w l sh o u ld n o t b e la id asid e on a la p . W h o e v e r sh ou ld (so) la y it aside, th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks (each) la id asid e h is b o w l in a su n sh ad e . 5 A su n sh ad e w a s lifte d u p b y g u sts o f w in d 6 an d h a v in g fa llen d o w n a b o w l w a s b ro k e n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, a b o w l sh o u ld n o t b e la id aside in a su n sh ad e. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) la y it aside, there is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks (each) opened a d oor7 w h en he h a d a b o w l in h is h an d . A s a d oor w a s b lo w in g to a n d fro, a b o w l w as b ro ken . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, a d o or sh o u ld n o t b e o pen ed w h en one h as a b o w l

1 p n ita k a n d o lik a .* C f . M V l V I . 12. 4 , C V . V . 11. 5 . S e e B . D . i v . 2 76 , n . 8 .3 A s a t V in . i i i . 48. A l lo w e d a t V in . i i . 15 2 .4 C f . V in . iii. 7 9 ( B .D . i . 1 3 7 a n d n . 4 ).* chatta . N .B . a t V i n r i . 15 2 t h i s w o r d a p p e a r s t o m e a n a la r g e v e s s e l

o r r e c e p ta c le .* C f. a b o v e V . 9. 4 a n d V in . i v . 345.* S e e l? ./ } , i. 19 9 , n . 3.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

in o n e 's h an d . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) open it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” || 5 || 9 ||

N o w a t th a t t im e m o n ks w e n t a b o u t fo r a lm sfo o d (to be put) in to a g o u rd .1 P e o p le . . . sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g ; " L ik e m em b ers o f o th e r se c ts ." 2 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M on ks, y o u sh o u ld n o t g o a b o u t fo r a lm sfo o d (to be p u t) in to a g o u rd . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) g o a b o u t, th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s [114 ] w en t a b o u t fo r a lm sfoo d (to b e p u t) in to a w ater-pot* P e o p le . . . (as above) . . offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." [[ x [|

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k cam e to b e a w e a re r o f n o th in g b u t ra g -ro b es ;3 h e ca rried a b o w l m ad e fro m a sku lL A c e rta in w o m an , terrified a t h a v in g seen h im , u tte re d a screa m o f h o rro r ;4 f< H o w terrib le fo r m e, in d eed it is a d e m o n 5 a fte r m e ." P e o p le . . . sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w can th ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s c a r ry a b o w l m ad e fro m a sk u ll, lik e d em o n -w o rsh ip p ers ? " 6 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M on ks, a b o w l m ad e fro m a sk u ll sh o u ld n o t be carried . W h o e v e r sh o u ld c a r ry one, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. N o r, m o n k s, sh o u ld y o u b e a w e a re r o f n o th in g b u t rag-robes. W h o e v e r sh o u ld be, th ere is a n offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g ." |j 2 J|

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s to o k b a c k in th e ir b o w ls od d b its a n d b on es a n d im p u re w a te r .7 P e o p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " T h a t v e r y th in g fro m w h ich th ese recluses, sonso f th e S a k y a n s eat, th a t is s im p ly th e ir w a s te -tu b ."8 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, o d d b its a n d bones a n d im p u re w a te r sh o u ld n o t b e ta k e n b a c k in a bow l. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) ta k e (these things) b a c k , there is a n offence o f w ro n g-d o in g. I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a w a s te - tu b ." |[ 3 j| 10 ||

1 Cf. V in . i. go ( B .D . i v . 1 1 4 ) = i ii . 2 4 5 ( B . D , ii. 119) w h e r e t b e y w e n t a b o u t f o r a lm s fo o d t o b e p u t in t o t h e ir h a n d s .

■ S e e B . D . i i . 119, n . 4.* 15u . s a y s t h a t in t h i s c a s e h is r o b e s , c o u c h a n d c h a ir w e r e fr o m a r a g - h e a p .4 Cf. M . i. 448.* p is d c a . a s a t M . i . 4 48 . M A . i i i . 16 5 e x p la in s , " a d e m o n (p isd ca ) h a s

c o m e t o e a t m e / '* p is a c i i l ik a . W o r d o c c u r s a t V in . i. 1 5 2 , ii . 13 4 , S n A . 3 5 7 .7 S a m e l i s t fo u n d a t V in . i v . 266 in d e fin it io n o f vig h d sa , *' s c r a p s o f fo o d /*8 p a iig g a h a , a r e c e p ta c le , a r e c e iv in g t h in g . W o r d o c c u r s b e lo w V . 11 . 5.

(m e a n in g t h im b le ) , b u t cf. u d a k a p - a t V in . ii. 2 1 3 .

11.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A V 157N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks w ere sew in g ro b e-m ateria l, h a v in g

ripped it up w ith th e ir h an d s. T h e ro b e-m ateria l becam e u n s ig h tly .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a sm all k n ife , a p iece o f fe lt2 (to w ra p round i t ) / ' N o w a t th a t tim e a sm all k n ife w ith a h a n d le3 accru ed to th e O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a sm all k n ife w ith a h a n d le .” N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks used v a rio u s k in d s of sm all k n iv e s w ith hand les, m ad e o f g o ld , m ad e o f silver. P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e househ old ersw ho e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses/ ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, v a rio u s k in d s o f sm all k n iv e s w ith h an d les sh o u ld n o t b e used . W h o e v e r sh o u ld use (one), there is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w th em , m onks, to be m ad e o f bone, m ad e of iv o ry , m ad e o f h orn , m ade o f reeds, m ade o f bam b o o , m ad e o f p ieces o f s tic k , m ad e o f lac , m ade o f c ry s ta l, m ad e o f co p p er, m ad e o f th e inside o f a co n ch -sh ell/ '4 II x ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks sew ed ro b e-m a teria l w ith a c o ck 's fea th er an d w ith b a m b o o -rin d 5 an d th e ro b e-m ateria l cam e to be b a d ly sew n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, I a llo w y o u a n eed le .'' T h e needles becam e rusty.® 0 I a llo w y o u , m onks, [115 ] a tu b e fo r (holding) th e n eedles/ '7 E v e n in th e tu b e s th e y b ecam e ru sty . “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, to fill th em w ith y e a s t/ '8 E v e n in th e y e a st th e y b ecam e ru sty . " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to fill th e m w ith b a rle y -m e a l.” 9 E v e n in th e b a rle y -m e a l th e y b ecam e rusty* " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, p o w d ered s to n e .” E v e n in th e p o w d ered sto n e th e y becam e ru sty . “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to h a v e it m ixed w ith

1 v ilo m a.* n am ataka , a l lo w e d a g a in a t V i n . i i. 12 3 , 13 4 - W o r d a ls o fo u n d a t V in . ii.

2 6 7.* da n g asa tth a ka .4 C f . M V . V I . 12. 1 , a n d s e e B . D . i v . 2 7 6 f o r n o te s .• v e lu p e s ik a . W o r d fo u n d a t D . i i . 32 4.* k a n n a k ita , s p o ile d in s o m e w a y , p r o b a b ly ru s ty * b lu n t o r s ta in e d . T h e

w o r d a p p e a r s t o b e u s e d in t h e s e n s e o f s t a in e d (o f t h e g r o u n d a n d o f a w a ll) a t M V . I . 25. 1 5 = C V . V I I I . 1 . 3 ; a n d in t h e se n se o f s ta in e d , s o ile d o r s p o ile d (o f ro b e s ) a t N u n s ' P a c . 2 4 . V A . 12 0 5 e x p la in s a s m a lla g a h ita h o n ti (v. I m alagga h itd) . M a la m a y m e a n r u s t . V in . T e x ts i i i . 9 1 t r a n s la t e s a s " b l u n t ."

7 s u c in d lik a . P a c . 86 m a k e s i t a n o ffe n c e t o h a v e a su cig h a ra m a d e o f b o n e , iv o r y o r h o r n .

• k in n a , e x p la in e d a t V A . 12 0 5 a s k in n a cu n y ia .• O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t r e a d s sa tthu , C f . B . D . i i . 3 2 2 , n . 4.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

b e e s w a x ." T h e p o w d e re d sto n e b ro k e up. “ I a llo w yo u , m on ks, p o w d e re d sto n e (m ixed) w ith g u m ."1 J| 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks, h a v in g d riv e n in p o sts here an d th ere , h a v in g tie d th e m to g e th e r, sew ed ro b e-m a teria l. T h e ro b e-m a te ria l b ecam e m issh apen a t th e c o rn ers .2 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a kathina-fraiae3 (and) strin gs fo r th e kathina-iram e4 (and) to sew ro b e-m a te ria l h a v in g tie d it d o w n here an d th e re / ' Tl}.ey sp read o u t a kaihina-fraLme in an u n e v e n p la ce ; th e kathina- fra m e w a s sp lit. " M on ks, a kathina-fram e sh ould n o t be sp rea d o u t in a n u n e ve n p lace . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) sp read on e o u t, th ere is an o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' T h e y sp read o u t a kathina-lT&m e on th e g ro u n d . T h e kathina-irssrve w a s soiled b y d u st. “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a grass m a t ." 5 A n ed ge o f th e kaihina-ivssae w a s in ju re d .6 “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to p u t on a b ra id in g , a b in d in g .” 7 T h e kathina-ivaxne w as n o t larg e e n o u g h .8 “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a s t ic k in th e kathina-iv^m e^

1 saritasipdtika ; cf, hingusipdtika a t V in . i . 20 1 (M V . V I . 7). B u t V A . 12 0 6 e x p la in s a s madhusitthakapilotikam satthakosakam, a l i t t l e c lo t h fo r t h e b e e s w a x , a l i t t l e s h e a t h fo r a k n ife . C f. a ls o b e lo w , p . 18 5 , n . 4 .

* vikatina, a s a t Vin. i. 2 9 7 .3 kathina h e re , a s p o in t e d o u t a t V in , Texts i i i . 92, n . 8 “ is e v i d e n t ly a s o r t

o f f r a m e w o r k .” V A . 12 0 6 s a y s i t “ is a n*sseni ( la d d e r , f r a m e ?) a n d a n o t h e r s h o u ld b e s p r e a d (attharati) t h e r e fo r t h e m a ts / * O r t h e t r a n s la t io n o f t h is m a y b e : ** t h e nisseni s h o u ld b e s p r e a d o u t th e r e a n d a n o t h e r fo r t h e m a t s ." T h e v e r b u s e d h e re in c o n n e c t io n w it h kathina is pattharati, t o sp re a d o u t , t o e x t e n d ; w h e r e a s attharati is t h e v e r b u s e d in c o n n e c t io n w it h t h e fo r m a l m a k in g u p o f t h e kathina-c lo t h ; s e e B .D . i i . 2 6 , n . 3 a n d M V . V I I .

4 kathinarajja (v.t.-rajju). V A . 12 0 6 s a y s " t h o s e w h o a r e s e w in g ro b e - m a t e r ia l d o u b le , t i e t h e r o b e - m a te r ia l t o t h e kathina ( - f r a m e ) / '

* A s a t C V . V . 9. 4 a b o v e .* jlra ti , o r " w o r e o u t ( w ith a g e )/ * T h is w o u ld b e g in a n e w id e a , a n d

p e r h a p s t h is is in te n d e d . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , t o s a y t h a t i t w a s h u r t o r d a m a g e d w o u ld im p ly t h a t t h e g r a s s m a t w a s r o t b ig e n o u g h t o p r o t e c t t h e e d g e s o f t h e fr a m e , a n d t h u s t h e s a m e id e a w o u ld b e c o n tin u e d .

* anuvata paribhapda. S e e B .D . ii . 409, n . 7, 8 (w h e re a ls o f u r th e r r e fe r e n c e s a r e g iv e n ) . T h e s e t w o w o r d s o c c u r a t Vin. i . 2 5 4 a s r e p r e s e n t in g t h in g s w h ic h m u s t h a v e a p la c e in t h e m a k in g o f t h e kathina-cloth in t o r o b e s ; a n d a g a in a t Vin. i. 2 9 7 a s r e p r e s e n tin g t h in g s t o b e u s e d in s tr e n g th e n in g ro b e s .

* V A . 12 0 6 s a y s t h e f r a m e w a s m a d e a c c o r d in g t o t h e h e ig h t o f a t a l l m o n k , b u t w h e n t h e r o b e - m a te r ia l w a s b e in g ( fo r m a lly ) m a d e th e r e , i t d id n o t s u ffice fo r (e v e n ) a s h o r t m o n k .

* daxulakaihina. P .E .D . s a y s t h a t t h is is kathina-oloih. s t r e tc h e d o n a s t ic k ( fo r t h e p u r p o s e o f m e a s u r in g ) . V A . 12 0 6 s a y s , ** i t m e a n s : # I a l lo w y o u t o b in d a n o t h e r f r a m e (nisseni) o f t h e h e ig h t o f s u c h a n d s a c h a m o n k in t h e m id a le o f t h a t o n e ' " ( i.e . o f t h e o r ig in a l nissent, b y w h ic h V A . h a s a lr e a d y e x p la in e d kathina).

H*3“5] C U L L A V A G G A V 159a sk ew er,1 a slip o f w o o d ,2 a cord for ty in g ,3 a th re a d for ty in g ,4 an d h a v in g tied th e ro b e-m ateria l, to sew i t / ' T h e spaces b etw een th e th read s b ecam e u n e q u a l.5 “ I a llo w yo u , m on ks, a m a r k 6 (to keep th e sp aces betw een th e th read s e q u a l)/ ’ T h e th read s b ecam e cro ok ed . “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, a false th re a d / ’7 || 3 |j

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks tro d on a kathina-fram r w ith un­w ashed fe et ; th e kathina-fram e w a s d a m a ged . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, a kathina-irzLme sh ould not be tro d d en upon if y o u r fe e t are u n w ashed . W h o ­e ver sh ould (so) tre a d u p o n (one), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g­d o in g / ' -

N o w at th a t tim e m o n ks tro d on a kathina-fram e w ith d am p feet. . . . H e said : “ M onks, a kathina-iraime sh o u ld not be trodden u p o n if y o u r fe et are d am p . W h o e v e r sh ould (so) tread u pon (one), there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks tro d on a kathina-tr&m e w ith th eir san d als o n .8 . . . H e said : “ M onks, a kathina-ir3.me sh ould n ot b e tro d d en u pon if y o u h a v e y o u r san d als on. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) tre a d u p o n (one), th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g­d o in g ." j| 4 || ' ,

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, sew in g robes, p r ic k e d 9 th eir fingers ; th e ir fingers b ecam e p a in fu l. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id . “ M onks, I a llo w a th im b le ."10 N o w at th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m o n ks used va rio u s k in d s of th im bles, m ade o f gold , m ad e of silver. [116 ] P e o p le . . . sp read it

1 p id a la k a ( V A . 12 0 6 v id a la k a ) . V A . 12 0 6 s a y s , " i t is fo r m a k in g d o u b le , h a v in g d r a w n b a c k t h e e n d s (p a riy a n te) o f t h e m a t in a c c o r d a n c e w it h th e m e a s u r e o f t h e s t ic k in t h e & a jm n a -fr a m e .”

* sa la k a . V A . 12 0 6 e x p la in s a s a s lip o f w o o d g o in g in b e tw e e n a d o u b le p ie c e o f r o b e - m a te r ia l.

3 v in a n d k a n a r a jju . V A . 12 0 6 s n y s “ a c o r d t y i n g t h e s m a lle r fr a m e (n issen i) t o g e th e r w ith t h e la r g e f r a m e th e re .* '

4 v in a n d h a n a su tta k a . V A . 1206, “ t h r e a d f o r t y i n g t h e r o b e -m a te r ia l t o t h e s m a lle r f r a m e ."

* v isa m a . V A . 12 0 6 s a y s t h a t s o m e w e r e la r g e , s o m e s m a ll.* k a lim b h a ka . V A . 12 0 6 s a y s “ t a l ip o t p a lm le a v e s a n d so o n — w h a t e v e r

d o e s fo r k n o w in g t h e (r ig h t) m e a s u r e ."7 m oghasuttaka. V A . 12 0 6 s a y s “ fo r r e c o g n it io n b y a y e l lo w th r e a d , as

c a r p e n te r s g o b y a b la c k t h r e a d o n a p ie c e o f w o o d .* ' S e e B .D . iv . 354 a n d cf. V A . 1 1 1 0 in e x p la n a t io n o f b a n d h a n a m a tten a . I n b o th c a s e s t h e fa ls e th e a d is a g u id e .

8 S e e B .D . i i i . 14 4 , n . 1 .9 p o tig a n h a n ti.

10 patiggaka. Cf. a b o v e , p

i 6o B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a b o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e h ou seh old ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res ofth e senses.*' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, va rio u s k in d s of th im b le s sh o u ld n o t b e used. W h o ­e v e r sh o u ld u se th e m , th e re is an o ffen ce o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w th em , m on ks, to b e m ad e o f b o n e . . . m ad e o f th e in sid e o f a co n ch -sh ell."

N o w a t th a t tim e needles a n d sm all k n iv e s a n d th im b les w ere lo st. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a sm all b o w l to h o ld (these th in g s in )."1 (The co n te n ts of) th e sm all b o w ls g o t in a m u d d le . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a b a g fo r th im b le s ." T h e re w as no s tra p a t th e edge. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, a s tra p a t th e ed ge, a th re a d fo r t y in g ."2 || 5 )|

N o w a t th a t tim e as m o n k s w e re sew in g robes in th e open a ir th e y w ere b o th e re d b y co ld a n d h e a t .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id ; “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a h a ll fo r th e kathina-ira.tne, a h u t fo r th e kathina-iva.me.+” A h a ll fo r th e kathina-ivaxne w as lo w to th e g ro u n d ,4 i t w as flooded b y w a te r. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to m a k e it h ig h t o th e g ro u n d ." T h e p ilin g co lla p sed . “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to p ile u p th ree (kinds of) p ilin gs : a p ilin g o f b rick s, a p ilin g o f ston es, a p ilin g of w o o d ." 6 T h e y w ere in co n ve n ie n ce d as th e y w ere ascend ing. “ I a llo w , m on ks, th ree (kinds of) sta ircases : a sta ircaee of b rick s, a sta irca se o f sto n es, a sta ircase o f w o o d ." A s th e y w ere ascen d in g th e y fe ll off. " I a llo w , m onks, a b a lu stra d e ." 6 P o w d e red g ra ss7 fe ll in to th e h a ll fo r th e kathina-fram e. “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, h a v in g la s h e d 8 on (a ro o f9), to g iv e a

1 av esa n a v itth a h a . A v e s a n a is d w e llin g , v itth a a b o w l, a s in su rd v itth a a t J a . v . 4 2 7 , D h A . i i i . 6 6 . V A . 12 0 6 e x p la in s b y p a d - (b o w l) cangotahd di (b o x a n d so o n ) .

* A s a t M V . V I . 12. 4.* C f . t h is p a s s a g e w it h C V . V . 14. 2 , 3 : V I . 3. 6 .4 C f . t h is p a s s a g e w it h C V . V . 14- 2.* A s a t C V . V . 16. 2 ; 17. 2 ; V I . 3. 3.s d la m b a n a b d h a . A la m b a n a b y i t s e l f is *' t h e p l in t h o f a r a i l in g o r

b a lu s tr a d e / * A . K . C o o m a r a s w a m y , I n d ia n A r c h ite c tu r a l T e rm s, f . A . O . S . , V o l . 48, N o . 3, p . 2 5 1 .

7 ti% ia cu w a f a s a t V in , i. 203.8 ogu m phetvd . C f . o g u m p h iy a n ti a t V in . i . IQ4.* S o V A . 12 0 7 , chad an an t o d h u n itv d .

1 1 .6— 12 ] C U L L A V A G G A V 161

sm earing inside an d o u tsid e ,1 w h itew a sh ,2 b la c k co lourin g, red ch a lk , w rea th -w o rk , creeper-w ork, sw ordfish te e th , th e five (pieces of) c lo th design , a b am boo fo r h a n g in g up ro b e-m a teria l,3 a co rd fo r h an gin g u p ro b e-m a teria l/ 13 || 6 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g sew n ro b e-m ateria l, w en t a w a y h a v in g le ft th e kathina-fra.me a t th a t v e r y p lace , an d it w as eaten b y ra ts an d w h ite an ts. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to fo ld u p thekathina-ivaxne.” A kathina-ivaxne w a s sp lit. " I a llow you, m onks, to fo ld u p th e kathina-ira.me b y usin g a w ooden ro d .*'4 A kathina-fram e w a s tw iste d out o f p o sitio n .5 “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, a cord fo r ty in g i t . ” N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g lifte d up th e kathina-fram e on to w alls an d posts, w en t a w a y and th e kathina-iva.me, h a v in g fa llen d ow n, w as sp lit. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to h an g it on a p eg in a w a ll o r on an ‘ e lep h a n t-tu sk ’ (peg).” || 7 il 1 1 II

T h en th e L o rd h a v in g s ta y e d in R a ja g a h a fo r as lo n g as he found su itin g set o u t on to u r fo r V esa ll. N o w a t th a t tim e [117 ] th e m onks w en t alon g (each) ta k in g h is needle a n d sm all kn ife an d m edicine in his bow l. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a b a g fo r m ed icin e .” T h e re w as no stra p a t th e edge. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e lo r d . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a stra p a t th e edge, a th rea d fo r ty in g .”

N ow a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k, h a v in g tie d his san d als to his g ird le en tered a v illa g e fo r alm sfood. A certa in la y - fo llow er, g ree tin g th a t m onk, k n o ck e d up again st th e sandals w ith his head . T h a t m o n k b ecam e ash am ed. T h en th a t m onk, h a v in g a rr iv e d a t a m o n a stery , to ld th is m a tte r to th e m onks. T h e m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

1 ullitdvalitta, a s in d e fin it io n o f “ h u t ** a n d " d w e ll in g - p la c e " a t Vin. iii. 14 9 , 1 5 6 r e s p e c t iv e ly (see B .D . i. 2 6 7 , n . 3 ) . #

* T h is a n d t h e fo llo w in g te r m s , a s f a r a s " f iv e (p ie c e s o f) c lo t h d e s ig n ," m e n tio n e d a g a in a t Vin. ii. 1 2 1 , iv . 4 7 . C f. Vin. i i . 1 7 2 . F o r n o te s s e e B .D . i i . 259. .

s A llo w e d a t Vin. i. 286.* goghamsika. I d o n o t fo llo w t h e m e a n in g a s g iv e n a t Vin. Texts iii. 98,

fo r m o n k s w e r e n o t a llo w e d t o u s e c o w h id e s (Vin. i. 1 9 3 ) . V A . 12 0 7 s a y s ,h a v in g a r r a n g e d (katva) a b a m b o o o r a s t ic k (dap^aha) f ro m a t r e e in sid e ,

to fo ld it u p (i.e . t h e fr a m e ) to g e th e r w ith t h a t . ”5 vivethiyati.

G *

i 62 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a b a g fo r s a n d a ls ." T h e re w as no s tra p a t th e edge. ** I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a stra p a t th e edge, a th rea d fo r ty in g ." || 12 j[

N o w a t th a t tim e on a c e rta in ro a d th ere w a s w a te r th a t w as n o t a llo w ab le1 (for) th ere w as no strain er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : “ I a llow , m on ks, a s tra in e r ." A little p iece o f c lo th w a s n o t en ough. “ I a llow , m o n ks, a stra in e r on a la d le ." T h e litt le p iece o f c lo th w a s n o t en ou gh . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w a re gu latio n w a te rp o t.” 2 |j x ||

N o w a t th a t tim e tw o m o n ks w ere g o in g a lo n g a h igh ro ad in th e K o sa la n c o u n try . O r e m o n k in d u lg ed in b a d h a b its .3 T h e o th er m on k sp o k e th u s to th a t m o n k : " D o n o t do th a t, y o u r reveren ce, it is n o t a llo w a b le ." H e g ru m b led a t him . T h e n th a t m o n k, to rm e n te d b y th irst, sp oke th u s to th e m o n k w h o h ad g ru m b led : “ G iv e m e th e s tra in e r ,4 y o u r reveren ce, I w ill d rin k (some) w a te r ." T h e m o n k w h o h ad g ru m b led did n o t g iv e it. T h a t m o n k p assed a w a y , to rm e n te d b y th irst. T h e n th a t m o n k, h a v in g a rriv e d a t a m o n a ste ry , to ld th is m a tte r to th e m on ks. T h e y sa id : " B u t d id y o u , y o u rreveren ce, (although ) b e in g a sk ed , not g iv e a stra in er ? "

“ N o, y o u r re ve ren ce s.” T h o se w ho w ere m odest m on ks lo o k ed d o w n upon, critic ised , sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can th is m o n k, w h en b e in g asked fo r a stra in er, n o t g iv e it ? " T h e n these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g h a d th e O rd er o f m o n ks co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th is m o n k, sa y in g :

‘ Is it tru e , as is sa id , th a t y o u , m o n k, w h en b ein g asked fo r a stra in er, d id n ot g iv e it ? ”

" I t is tru e , L o r d .” T h e e n lig h te n ed one, th e L o rd re b u k ed h im , sa y in g :

“ I t is n o t su ita b le in yo u , fo o lish m an, it is not becom ing, it is n o t fittin g , it is n o t w o rth y of a recluse, it is n ot a llo w ab le,

1 D o u b t le s s m e a n in g t h a t i t h a d '* l iv in g c r e a tu r e s ** in i t — a n o ffe n c e t o m a k e u s e o f w a t e r l ik e th is , P a c . L X I I , a n d c f. P a c . X X .

% d h a m m a ka ra ka , a s a t V i n . i i . 1 7 7 , 302. C f . D h A . iii. 290.* C f . V in . i v . 83 ( B .D . i i . 3 3 2 ).4 I t lo o k s a s i f t h e s tr a in e r , a t t h e d a t e o f t h is e p is o d e , w a s c o m m u n a l, o n e

s e r v in g a n u m b e r o f m o n k s . A t V i n . i i . 302 i t is p iv e n a m o n g a “ r e c lu s e 's r e q u is i t e s .”

13.2— 14.i] C U L L A V A G G A V

it is not to be done. H o w ca n yo u , foo lish m an, w h en being asked fo r a stra in er, n o t g iv e it ? I t is n ot, [118 ] foolish m an, for p leasin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p leased . . . . ” H a v in g reb u k ed him , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , he addressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, i f a m onk is go in g a lo n g a h igh ro ad and is bein g ask ed fo r a strain er, he sh ould n ot not g iv e it. W h o e v e r sh ould not g iv e it , th ere is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g. N or, m onks, sh ould y o u g o a lo n g a h igh ro ad w ith o u t a stra in er. W h o e ve r sh ould (so) go , th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing* I f th ere is n ot a stra in er nor a regu la tio n w a te r-p o t, th en a co m e r o f th e o u ter c lo a k sh ould be d eterm in ed u p o n w ith th e w ords, * I w ill d rin k (water) h a v in g stra in ed it w ith th is V || 2 ||

T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r g ra d u a lly a rr iv e d a t V esa ll. T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere in V e sa li in th e G re a t G ro ve at th e H a ll o f th e G a b led P illars. N o w at th a t tim e m on ks w ere m ak in g repairs. T h e w a te r-stra in er d id n o t cease (to be in use2). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m onks, a d ou ble w a te r-stra in er.”2 T h e d o u b le w a ter-stra in er d id n o t cease (to be in use). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a filte r .”3 N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks w ere pestered b y m osquitoes. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m onks, a m osquito- n e t.” 1 || 3 I! 13 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a t V e sa ll a succession of m eals o f su m ptu ou s foods cam e to be a rra n g e d .5 M onks, h a v in g e aten th e

1 na sammati, d id n o t r e s t , c e a s e . T h e m e a n in g m u s t b e t h a t t h e t h i r s t y m o n k s m a d e s u c h c o n s t a n t d e m a n d s u p o n i t t h a t i t d id n o t m e e t t h e ir n e e d s a n d t h a t th e r e fo r e s o m e th in g la r g e r w a s w a n te d t o g iv e m o re w a t e r a n d m o re q u ic k ly .

1 dandaparissdvana. C f. dandasatthaka a n d daxtdakathina a t C V . V , 11.i , 3 . Vin. Texts iii. 102 g iv e s d o u b le s tr a in e r w ith n o te t h a t i t is" a p p a r e n t ly a lo n g b o x , b o t h e n d s o f w h ic h s tr a in t h e w a t e r w h ic h is p o u r e din to t h e m id d le b y m e a n s o f a p ip e (dangaka).” Dangakathina c e r t a in ly h a sn e a r ly t h e m e a n in g o f a “ d o u b le kathina-irs.me.'* V A . 12 0 7 s a y s “ l ik e d y e r s ' s t r a in e r s fo r a lk a l in e d y e s , h a v in g t ie d a p ie c e o f c lo t h t o t h e fo u r e n d so f a fr a m e , w a t e r s h o u ld b e p o u r e d in to a p ip e (dandaka) in t h e m id d le .T h e n y o u s tr a in , h a v in g fille d b o t h t h e d iv is io n s / *

8 ottharaka, a k in d o f s tr a in e r . I t s e e m s, fr o m B u 's r e m a r k s , t h a t t h is is a s tr a in e r w h ic h b y m e a n s o f fo u r p ip e s f ilte rs w a t e r t h a t m o n k s c a n th e n t a k e in a p itc h e r .

4 makasakutika, o r m o s q u ito -c u r ta in . V A . 12 0 7 e x p la in s b y clvarakutika. D o e s t h is m e a n a l i t t le h u t (m a d e o f r o b e - m a te r ia l) ? "

6 A s a t Vin. i v . 75 ; i. 5 7 ( R a ja g a h a ) , i. 248 ( K u s in a r a ) . '

164 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

su m p tu o u s foods, becam e v e r y ill w ith th e ir bodies fu ll o f (bad) h u m o u rs .1 T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a w e n t to V e sa li on som e business or oth er. J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a sa w th e m onks w h o w ere v e r y ill w ith th e ir bod ies fu ll o f (bad) h u m ou rs ; seein g th em , he ap p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd :

“ A t presen t, L o rd , m onks are v e r y ill w ith th eir bodies fu ll o f (bad) hu m ou rs. I t w ere w ell, L o rd , if th e L o rd a llo w ed th e m o n ks a p lace fo r p a c in g u p an d dow n in a n d a b a th ro o m .2 T h u s w ill th e m o n ks co m e to h a v e fe w a fflic tio n s ."3 T h en th e L o rd g la d d en ed , re jo iced , roused, d e lig h ted J iv a k a K o m a r­a b h a c c a w ith ta lk on dham m a . T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cca , g la d d en e d . . . d e lig h ted b y th e L o rd w ith ta lk on dham m a , r isin g from his se a t, h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , d e p a rted keep in g his r ig h t side to w a rd s h im . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

“ I a llo w , m on ks, a p la ce fo r p a c in g u p an d d o w n in , and a b ath ro o m *" || 1 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e [119 ] m o n ks p a ce d u p an d d ow n in an u n even p la ce fo r p a c in g u p an d d o w n in ; th e ir feet b ecam e p a in fu l. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to m a k e it le v e l/ ’ A p la c e fo r p a cin g u p a n d d o w n in w as lo w to th e g ro u n d ; i t w as flooded b y w ater. " I a llo w yo u , m on ks, to m a k e it h ig h to th e gro u n d . . . (as in V . 1 1 . 6). . . . I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a b a lu s tra d e ."

N o w a t th a t tim e, m on ks, as th e y w ere p a c in g u p a n d dow n in th e p lace fo r p a c in g u p a n d d o w n in , fe ll off. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llow , m on ks, a ra ilin g rou n d th e p la ce fo r p a c in g u p a n d d o w n in ."4 N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks, p a c in g u p an d d o w n in th e op en air, w ere b o th ered

1 A s a t V in . i . 206.* ja n ta g h a ra , a s a t M V . I . 25. 1 2 ; see B . D . i v . 62, a n d V i n . T e x ts i ii. 10 3,

n . 2.a ap p& badha. J i v a k a w a s p r o b a b ly t a k in g a w id e r v ie w o f m a in t a in in g

t h e m o n k s ' h e a lt h t h a n t h e c o n v a le s c e n t *' o f V i n . T e x ts i i i . 10 3 a l l o t s fo r .4 ca n k a m a n a v ed ik a . A s n o t e d b y A . IC. C o o m a r a s w a m y in In d ia n

A r c h ite c tu r a l T e r m s , J . A . O . S ., V o l . 48, N o . 3, p . 2 7 3 {q.v. fo r fu r th e r re fe r e n c e s ) , D . ii. 1 7 9 g iv e s t h e c o m p o n e n t p a r t s o f a v ed ik a ; t h e u p r ig h ts , t h e c r o s s -b a r s a n d t h e c o p in g . C f . v ed ik a v a ta p a n a a t C V . V I . 2. 2.

14.2-3] C U L L A V A G G A V

b y co ld an d heat. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I a llow , m onks, a h all in th e p lace fo r p a cin g up and dow n in ." P o w d ered grass fe ll in to th e h a ll in th e p lace fo r p acin g u p an d d o w n in. “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, h a v in g lashed on (a roof) . . . (as in V . 1 1 . 6) . . . a co rd fo r h a n g in g u p ro b e-m a teria l.” |[ 2 ||

A b ath ro o m w a s lo w to th e g ro u n d ; it w as flooded b y w ater. " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to m a k e it h igh to th e gro u n d . . . (as in V . 1 1 . 6) . . . a b a lu stra d e ." T h ere w as n o d o or1 to a b ath ro o m . “ I a llow , m on ks, a d oor, a d oorp ost and lin te l,3 a h ollow lik e a m o rta r (for th e d oor to re v o lv e in 3), a sm all u p p er p ro je ctio n ,4 a post fo r th e b o lt ,5 a * m o n k e y 's h e a d ,'6 a pin (to secure th e b o lt),7 a (stick used as a) b o lt,8 a k e y h o le ,9 a hole fo r p u llin g th ro u gh (th e co rd ),10cord for p u llin g th ro u g h .” 11

T h e lo w er p art o f th e la th an d p la ster w a ll12 o f a b ath ro o m d ecayed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to m ak e a fa c in g (round i t ).” 13 T h e

1 kavata, t h e d o o r i t s e lf , t h a t w h ic h c lo s e s t h e a p e r tu r e .2 p itth a sa m g h a ta . A l lo w e d a g a in w ith t h e t w o fo llo w in g ite m s a t C V .

V I . 2. i .* u d u k k h a lik a . I fo l lo w t r a n s la t io n a t V in . T e x ts i ii. 10 5 .4 u tta rap d sa ka . V in . T e x ts iii. 1 0 5 - 6 " p r o je c t io n s t o r e v o lv e in th e s e

hollow s.**6 aggalavatti. V A . 12 0 7 s a y s , t h e s a m e m e a s u r e a s t h e d o o r p o s t ,

dvdrabahd , i t is s im p ly c a lle d aggalatham bha (p o s t fo r a b o lt o r b a r ) . H a v in g m a d e t h r e e o r fo u r h o le s th e r e , t h e y p u t in p in s *' (su c i, o r c r o s s -b a r s ) .

6 k a p is ls a k a . V A . 12 0 7 s a y s , " t h i s m e a n s , h a v in g p e r fo r a t e d t h e d o o r p o s t , i t is c a lle d a b o lt - p r o je c t io n , a g g a la p d sd ka , p u t in t h e r e .” C .P .D . { u n d e r a gg alapdsdka) n o te s t h a t ** a c c o r d in g t o V A . ( V in . i i. 12 0 ) = k a p is ls a k a , q u a d r a n g u la r e n d o f t h e b o lt o f a d o o r , S . B .E . X X . p . 10 6 ).*1 C f. D . ii. 14 3 , k a p is ls a m a la m bitvd th ito , w h ic h D A . 58 4 e x p la in s a s k a p is ls a k a n i i dvdrabahakotiyam thitarn a g g a la ru kkh a m , ** a p ie c e o f w o o d fo r t h e b o lt f ix e d a t t h e t o p o f t h e d o o rp o s t/ * I t m u s t b e a h o le o r c a v i t y t o r e c e iv e t h e b o l t . T h e w o r d a ls o o c c u r s a t J a . iii. 23.

7 su c ik a . V A . 12 0 7 s a y s , " i t is p u t in , h a v in g m a d e a h o le in t h e m id d le t h e ie " (i.e . in t h e " m o n k e y 's h e a d *'). C f . a g g a la su ci a t M . i. 12 6 , " t h e p in fo r t h e b o lt/ *

8 g h a tikd . V A . 12 0 7 m e r e ly s a y s ** jo in e d a b o v e , ’ * u p a r i y o jitd . C f . g h a tika m ugghdletvd, h a v in g u n d o n e t h e b o lt , a t V in . ii. 2 0 7, a n d sH cighatika a t V in . ii. 2 3 7 , 5 . iv . 290 U d . 5 2 . I t is e x p la in e d a t U d A , 298 : su cig h a tik d m e a n s h a v in g f ix e d (d dahitva, v .l. a d itn katvd) t h e p in f o r t h e b o lt , a g g a ja su ci, a n d t h e u p p e r b o lt , u p a r ig h a tik a r h a v in g c lo s e d i t f ir m ly . T h e g h a tikd w o u ld a p p e a r t o b e a s u b s id ia r y b o lt , t h e m a in o n e b e in g t h e aggala.

* C f. b e lo w , p . 207.10 d v in ch a n a ch id d a . T h is a n d t h e n e x t a l lo w e d a g a in a t C V . V I . 2. 1

b e c a u s e th e r e d o o rs c o u ld n o t b e m a d e t o m e e t ( th e d o o r p o s ts ) , n a p h a s s ly a n ti.11 d v iiic h a n a r a jju .12 k u4$ a p d d a ; a ls o b e lo w V I . 3. 4 o f a d w e llin g -p la c e a n d w h e r e a d if fe r e n t

r e m e d y w a s " a llo w e d / *1* maxi4,alikaTn ka tutn. V A . 12 0 7 s a y s n lca v a tth u k a m c in itu m , " t o p i le lo w

to t h e g r o u n d ," fo r w h ic h e x p r e s s io n c f , V . 11 . 6.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

b a th ro o m h a d no p ip e fo r th e ste a m .1 “ I a llo w , m on ks, a p ipe fo r th e s te a m .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks m a d e a firep lace in th e m id dle o f a sm all b a th ro o m , a n d th ere w a s no access .2 “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to m a k e a firep lace a t one side of a sm all b a th ro o m , in th e m id dle o f a la rg e o n e .” T h e fire in th e b a th ro o m sco rch ed th e ir faces. " I a llo w , m o n ks, c la y for th e fa c e .” 3 T h e y m o iste n e d th e c la y w ith th e ir h an d s. " I a llow , m onks, a tu b fo r th e c la y .” T h e c la y cam e to sm ell n a sty . “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to c u re 4 i t . ” T h e fire in th e b a th ro o m scorched th e ir bodies. " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to ta k e in w a te r .” T h e y to o k in w a te r in d ishes an d bo w ls. I a llo w y o u , m onks, a rece p ta cle fo r w a te r ,5 a sa u c e r6 fo r th e w a te r .” A b ath ro o m w ith a g ra ss ro o fin g d id n ot m a k e th e m sw e at. " I a llo w yo u , m on ks, h a v in g la sh ed on (a ro o f),7 to g iv e it a sm earin g inside an d o u tsid e .” T h e b a th ro o m b ecam e sw a m p y . " I a llo w yo u , m on ks, to sp read th ree (kinds of) sp read in gs : a sp rea d in g o f b rick s , a sp rea d in g o f stones, a sp read in g o f w o o d .” 8 E v e n so it b ecam e sw a m p y . " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to w ash i t . ” W a te r rem ained . “ I a llow , m on ks, a d rain fo r th e w a te r .” 9 N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks sa t d o w n [120] on th e g ro u n d in a b a th ro o m a n d th e y g o t p in s an d needles in th e ir lim bs. “ I a llo w , m o n ks, a ch a ir fo r th e b a th ro o m .” N o w a t th a t tim e a b a th ro o m w a s n o t fe n ced in. “ I a llow , m on ks, th ree (kinds of) fen ces to fen ce it in w ith : a fence of b rick s, a fen ce of stones, a fen ce o f w o o d .” 10 j| 3 [|

T h e re w a s no p o rc h .11 “ I a llo w , m onks, a p o rc h .” T h e po rch w a s lo w to th e g ro u n d ; it w a s flood ed b y w a te r . c' I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to m ak e it h igh to th e gro u n d * . . (as in

1 d h u m a n etta . C f . M V . V I . 13. 2 . V A . 12 0 7 s a y s a h o le fo r le t t in g o u t th e s te a m .

* u p a ca ra a s in C V . V l . 3. 3.3 m u k h a m a ttik a . C f . M V . I . 25. 12 .* va setu m , in t h e s e n s e o f t o p r e p a r e , t o t r e a t , a s a t M V . V I . 17. B u . s a y s

*' t o c u r e w ith p e r fu m e s .*'6 u d a k a tth a n a . B u . r e a d s u d a k a rtid h a n a , a r e c e p t a c le f o r w a t e r , a n d

e x p la in s , " a p la c e fo r p u t t in g w a t e r ; h a v in g p u t t h e w a t e r in a p it c h e r (ghata) th e r e , o n e c a n u s e i t b y m e a n s o f a s a u c e r " {or c u p ) .

* sa rd v a ka , a s a t V in . i . 20 3 . C f . a ca m a n a sa rd v a ka a t C V . V . 35. 4 .7 S e e a b o v e , C V . V , 11. 6 .* A s in C V . V . 17. 1 .* A s a t e n d o f C V . V . 14. 5 ; 17. 2.

10 A s a t V . 17. 1 ; c f. V i n . i v . 2 66 .11 kotfhaka. V A . 12 0 8 s a y s t h is m e a n s dva ra ko ttha ka , g a t e w a y in t h e p o r c h .

S e e C V . V . 35. 4 . '*

14-4— 16. 1] C U L L A V A G G A V 167

V . 1 1 . 6) . . . a b a lu stra d e / ' T h ere w as no door to th e porch. “ I a llow , m on ks, a door, d oorp osts an d lin te l . . . (as in V . 14. 3) . . . a hole for p u llin g th ro u g h (the cord), cord for p u llin g th ro u g h / ’ P o w d ered grass fe ll on to th e p orch. " I a llo w y o u , m onks, h a v in g lash ed on (a roof), to g iv e it a sm earing inside a n d ou tsid e, w h itew ash , b la c k colouring, red ch alk , g a rla n d design, creeper design, sw ordfish teeth , th e five (pieces of) c lo th d esign / '1 || 4 [|

A ce ll becam e sw a m p y .2 " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to sprinkle g ra v e l/ '3 T h e y d id n ot su cceed in d o in g so. " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to la y dow n fla g sto n e s/ ' W a te r rem ained , <c I a llo w , m onks, a d rain for th e w a te r / '4 [| 5 || 1 4 ||

N o w at th a t tim e m onks, w hile n a k e d ,5 g reeted others w ho were n a k ed and cau sed o th ers w h o w ere n a k e d to greet th em ; did a service to oth ers w ho w ere n a k ed an d m ade oth ers do a serv ice to those w h o w ere n a k ed ; w h ile n a k ed th e y g a v e to others w h o w ere n aked , a cce p te d n aked , a te n aked , p a rto o k of n aked , ta ste d n aked , d ran k n aked . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ M onks, one w h o is n aked sh ould n eith er greet npr be greeted b y one w h o is n ak ed ; one w h o is n a k e d sh ould not cause an oth er to greet nor to be greeted b y one w ho is n a k ed ; a service fo r one w h o is n aked sh ould n o t be done b y one who is n aked , a service for one w h o is n a k e d sh ould not b e cau sed to be done b y one w h o is n a k e d ; one w h o is n a k e d sh ou ld not g iv e to a n a k e d one, one w ho is n a k e d sh ould not a ccep t, one w ho is n a k e d sh o u ld n o t eat, one w h o is n a k e d sh ould not p a rta k e of, . . . sh ould n ot ta ste . . . sh o u ld not d rin k. W h o ­e ver sh ould (so) d rin k , there is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g .”1115 I!

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks la id aside th e ir robes on th e grou n d in a b a th ro o m ; th e robes b ecam e soiled w ith d u st .6 T h e y

1 A s a t C V . V . 1 1 . 6.* A s a t C V . V . 35. 4 : V I . 3. 8.3 tnarum ba, a s in P a c . X in d e fin it io n o f " n a t u r a l g r o u n d " (see B .D .

ii. 224 a n d n . 1 ) .* A s in C V . V . 14- 3.* T h a t is, in t h e b a th r o o m .* A s a t C V . V . 11. 3.

i68 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m onks, a b am b o o fo r robes, a co rd fo r ro b e s / ' W h en it ra in ed th e robes g o t w et. " I a llo w , [12 1] m o n ks, a h a ll in th e b a th ro o m / ' T h e h all in th e b a th ro o m w as lo w to th e g ro u n d . " I a llo w , m onks, . . . (as in V . 1 1 . 6) . . . a b a lu stra d e .” P ow d ered grass fell on to th e h a ll in th e b a th ro o m . “ I a llo w yo u , m on ks, h a v in g lash ed on (a roof) . . . ( a s i n V . 1 1 . 6) . . . a b a m b o o for robes, a cord fo r ro b es .” J| I ||

N o w at th a t tim e m o n ks w ere d o u b tfu l a b o u t d oin g a serv ice b o th w hen in a b a th ro o m a n d in th e w a te r. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : ' ‘ I a llo w , m on ks, th ree (kinds of) c o v e rin g s : a c o v e rin g to th e b a th ro o m , a co v e rin g to th e w a te r, a c o v e rin g b y c lo th e s .1

N o w a t th a t tim e th ere w a s no w a te r in a b ath ro o m . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a w e ll.” T h e fa c in g o f th e w ell fe ll in .2 “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to pile up th ree (kinds of) p ilin gs : a p ilin g o f b rick s, a p ilin g o f ston es, a p ilin g o f w o o d .” T h e w ell w as low to th e ground . . . (as i n V . 1 1 . 6) “ . . . I a llo w , m onks, a b a lu stra d e .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks d rew w a te r b y m eans of ju n g le rope, an d b y m eans o f a w a istb a n d . " I a llo w y o u , m onks, a cord fo r d ra w in g w a te r .” T h e ir h an d s b ecam e p ain fu l. “ I allow , m o n k s,-a w e ll-sw eep ,3 a h a n d -w h e el,4 a w h eel a n d b u c k e ts .” 5 M a n y vessels w ere b ro ken . I a llo w m onks, th ree (kind s of) ja rs : a co p p er ja r , a w ooden ja r, strip s o f an im als' h id e .” *

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, d ra w in g w a te r in th e open air, w ere b o th ered b y co ld an d h ea t. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " I a llo w , m on ks, a h all fo r a w e ll/ ’P o w d ered grass fell on to th e h a ll fo r a w ell. " I a llo w , m onks,

1 V A . 12 0 8 s a y s t h a t t h e t w o fo r m e r a r e fo r d o in g a s e r v ic e , b u t n o t fo rg r e e t in g , e t c . , t h e la s t is fo r d o in g a l l k in d s o f s e r v ic e s .

3 A s a t C V . V . 17. 2.8 tu la . V A . 12 0 8 s a y s '* a p o le fo r l i f t in g u p (or p u ll in g u p , u b b d h a n a )

t h e w a t e r l ik e t h a t u s e d fo r v e g e t a b le s , p a n n i k a n a v n A . K . C o o m a r a s w a m y s a y s i t m e a n s h e r e " w e ll- s w e e p / ' In d ia n A r c h it . T e r m s , p . 2 7 1 , w h ic h a lso see , loo. t i t . fo r t h e t w o fo llo w in g te r m s . T h e t h r e e te r m s in d ic a t e d if fe r e n t m e th o d s o f p u l l in g u p w a t e r . E d d . V in , T e x ts , i ii. 1 1 2 h a d a c o r r u p t c o p y o f V A . b e fo r e th e m .

* ka ra k a ta k a . K a ta k a is a n y t h in g c ir c u la r , so a w h e e l. V A . 1208 s a y s ** e it h e r h a v in g h a rn e s s e d it t o b u llo c k s o r h a v in g t a k e n i t w ith t h e h a n d s , i t is a n in s t r u m e n t w it h a lo n g s tr a p fo r p u l l in g u p *’ (a b u c k e t o f w a te r ) .

6 ca kka v a tta ka . V A . 12 0 8 s a y s " i t is a c o n t r iv a n c e fo r ja r s t o b e t a k e n o ff t h e s p o k e s o f a w h e e l/ ' a ra hatag h a tiyan ta m (v .l. arahatta gh ati- ) .

* V A . 1208, " a h id e v e s s e l t h a t c a n b e jo in e d t o t h e w e ll-s w e e p o r t h e h a n d -w h e e l.* '

16.2---17.2] C U L L A V A G G A V 169

. . . ( a s i n V . 1 1 . 6) . . . a b am b o o fo r robes, a cord fo r ro b es.” T h e w ell w as n ot co vered . I t w as litte re d w ith pow dered grass an d w ith d ust. “ I a llo w , m onks, a l id / '1 T h e re w a s no vessel fo r the w a ter. “ I a llow , m onks, a tro u g h fo r w ater,a p o t2 fo r w a te r/ ' |[ 2 |[ 16 |j

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks b a th e d here, th ere a n d everyw h ere in a m o n a ste ry ; th e m o n a ste ry b ecam e sw a m p y . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id : " I a llo w , m onks, a p o o l/ ’ T h e pool w as p u b lic . “ I a llo w , m onks, three (kinds of) fen ces to fen ce it in : a fen ce o f b rick s, a fen ce of stones, a fen ce of w o o d / '3 T h e pool becam e sw am py* " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to sp read three (kinds of) sp read in gs : a sp read in g o f b ricks,a sp read in g o f stones, a sp read in g o f w o o d .” 3 T h e w a te rrem ained. “ I a llow , m on ks, a d ra in / '4 N o w a t th a t tim e m onks' lim bs cooled d ow n. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a w ip er (w ith w h ich to w ip e off) th e w a te r5 an d to sponge yo u rselves d ow n w ith a c lo th *”6 [|i ||

N o w a t th a t [122] tim e a certa in la y fo llo w e r w a s a n x io u s to b u ild a ta n k for an Order* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m onks, a ta n k .” T h e fa c in g o f th e ta n k fell in .7 “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to p ile u p three (kinds of) pilings : a p ilin g o f b rick s, a p ilin g of stones, a p ilin g o f w o o d .”8 T h e y w ere in con ven ien ced as th e y w ere ascending. " I a llow , m onks, three (kinds of) sta ircases : a sta ircase o f b rick s, a sta ircase of stones, a sta ircase o f w o o d .” ® A s th e y w ere a scen d ­in g th e y fe ll off. " I a llow , m on ks, a b a lu stra d e .” T h e w a te r in the ta n k becam e sta le . “ I a llo w , m on ks, a p ip e fo r th e w a te r ,0 a d rain fo r th e w a te r .”

1 a p id h a n a „ a s a t M V . V I . 12. 2.3 kata ka, o r r e c e p ta c le .3 A s a t C V . V . 14. 3.4 A s a t C V . V . 14. 3, 5 .B u d a k a p u n c h a n l. I n v ie w o f t h e f a c t t h a t B u . s a y s " m a d e o f iv o r y ,

m a d e o f h o r n , m a d e o f w o o d ,” i t c a n n o t u n h e s it a t in g ly b e re n d e r e d t o w e l " {as a t V in . T e x ts i i i . 1 1 4 ) . Y e t t h e th r e e s o r ts a llo w e d a t V in . ii. 1 7 4 a re th o s e o f b e a r s k in , d r a p e r y a n d c lo t h a n d B u . m e n tio n s co la k a p d d a p u n ch a n a in Corny. o n C V . V I , 2. 2 . C f . p a d a p u n c h a n l a t V in . iv . 40. T h e w o r d a ls o o c c u r s a t V in . iv . 16 8 ( B .D . i ii .8 9).

* co la k en a p a ccu d d h a ritu m a s a t C V . V I . 3. 1.’ A s a t C V . V . 16. 2.8 A s a t C V . V . 11. 6.9 u d a k d y a tik a . V A . 12 0 8 (re a d in g u d a k a m a tik a , a c h a n n e l, c o u r s e , a s d o e s

C in g . e d n . o f V in .) s a y s t h is is a m a tik a fo r b r in g in g w a te r in . T h e d r a in w ill h a v e b e e n t o le a d i t a w a y .

170 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k w a s a n x io u s to b u ild a b ath ro o m w ith a c u rv in g ro o f1 fo r an O rd er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a b ath ro o m w ith a c u rv in g r o o f." || 2 |[ 1 7 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks w ere a w a y , sep ar­a te d fro m 2 th e ir p ieces o f c lo th to sit u p o n 3 fo r fo u r m onths. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t be a w a y , sep a ra ted from y o u r p ieces o f c lo th to sit upon fo r fo u r m on th s. W h o e v e r sh o u ld be (so) a w a y , sep arated from , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n ks la y d o w n to sleep on b ed s w h ich w ere sc a tte re d o v e r w ith flow ers. P eop le, to u rin g th e d w ellin g-p lace , h a v in g seen th e m . , . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g ; “ L ik e h o useh old ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res ofth e sen ses." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, y o u sh ould not lie d ow n to sleep on b ed s sca tte red o v e r w ith flow ers. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) lie d o w n to sleep, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e p eo p le, ta k in g scen ts a n d g a rla n d s, cam e to a m o n a stery . M on ks bein g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t a ccep t th em . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ Ia llo w y o u , m on ks, h a v in g ta k e n th e scen ts, to g iv e th e five- fin ger m a rk 4 on th e d o o r ; h a v in g ta k e n th e flow ers, to la y th e m d o w n in a d w ellin g -p la ce a t one s id e ." || 18 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a piece o f fe lt5 a ccru ed to an O rd er. T h e y

1 T h is r e n d e r in g is t a k e n fr o m V A . 12 0 8 w h ic h s a y s t h a t nillekha is c a lle d " a p r o je c t io n c u r v in g a t t h e s id e , aviddhapakkhapasaka ; h a v in g f ix e d th e s id e p r o je c t io n s in t h e u p p e r ro u n d p a r t , uparimandale, o f t h e b e a m s , t h is (i.e . nillekha) is t h e n a m e o f t h e fin is h e d c o v e r in g ro o f.* ' O n e m ig h t c o m p a r e t h e ** c u r v e d h o u s e ,,J addhayoga, o f V in . i. 58 a n d o t h e r p a s s a g e s . S e e B .D . iv . 7 5 .

2 vippavasati ; se e N is s a g . I I .3 S e e N is s a g . X V , Vin. ii i . 232 w h e r e nisldana is d e fin e d , a n d B .D . i i. 87,

n . 2, 3* _ .4 kavdte pancangulikam datum» S e e a r t : pancangulika in P .K .D . I t is

e it h e r a m a g ic a l a n d p r o t e c t iv e o r a d e c o r a t iv e m a r k . A t t h e p r e s e n t d a y im p r e s s io n s o f t h e h u m a n h a n d a r e s t i l l m a d e o n w a lls in I n d ia , t h e h a n d h a v in g b e e n f ir s t d ip p e d in s o m e c o lo u r in g m a t t e r . S e e a ls o J .P .T .S . 18 84 , p . 84 f . Pancangulikam datva o c c u r s a t Jd . i . 16 6 in c o n n e c t io n w it h s la y in g a g o a t ; a t Jd . i. 19 2 (gandhena pane- datva) o f a n o x ; a t Jd . ii. 10 4, ii i . 23 o f a t r e e , a n d a ls o a s lohitapanc- o f a t r e e a t Jd . i i i . 16 0 .

h namataka, a s a t Vin. ii. 1 1 5 , 1 3 4 . V A . 12 0 8 on i t s m e a n in g a b o v e s a y st h a t i t is m a d e o f s h e e p 's w o o l (or g o a t s ' h a ir , elakaloma).

1 9 .x— 20 .i] C U L L A V A G G A V 171

to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ 1 a llo w , m on ks, a p iece of fe lt ." T h en it o ccu rred to m o n ks : “ N o w , sh o u ld a piece o f fe lt b e a llo tte d or sh o u ld it be assign ed ? " x “ A piece o f fe lt, m on ks, sh o u ld be n e ith er a llo tte d n or a ssig n e d ."

N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p of s ix m o n ks a te (leaning against) ch ased cush ion s.2 P eo p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : ' ‘ L ik e householders w ho e n jo y p leasures o f th e sen ses." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, y o u sh o u ld not e a t (leaning against) ch ased cushions. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) eat th ere is an offence [123] o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k cam e to b e ill. W h ile he w as e a tin g h e w a s n o t a b le to h o ld a b ow l in his h an d . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I a llo w , m onksa s ta n d .” 3 | j 1 | |

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks a te fro m one d ish 6 an d d ra n k from one b e a k er4 a id sh ared one c o u c h 5 an d sh ared one c lo th 5 an d sh ared one c o v e r in g 5 a n d sh ared one co verin g- c lo th .0 P eo p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e h ouse­holders w h o e n jo y p leasures o f th e sen ses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t eat from one dish nor d rin k from one b e a k er nor share one couch nor sh are one c lo th n or share one co v e rin g nor share one co verin g -clo th . W h o e v e r sh o u ld sh are (one), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” || 2 || 19 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a w as a frien d o f th e m onks w h o w ere fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a .7 T h en th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a a p p ro a ch ed th e m o n ks w ho were fo llow ers of M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp oke th u s to th e m o n ks w h o w ere fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a and B h u m m a ja k a : <f I sa lu te y o u , m a ste rs ." W h en he h a d sp oken th u s, th e m onks w h o w ere fo llow ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ­ja k a d id not respond. A n d a second tim e. . . , A n d a th ird

1 N o t in c lu d e d a m o n g t h e a r t ic le s a b o u t w h ic h t h e s a m e q u e s t io n w a s a s k e d a t V in . i. 2 9 6 -7 .

a asittakupadhdna. V A . 1208 s a y s t h a t a s y n o n y m f o r t h is is “ a peld (b a s k e t, c h e s t ?) m a d e o f c o p p e r o r s i l v e r / ’

9 malorika, V A . 1208 e x p la in s as a p ro p (m a d e o f) s t ic k s , daipifddhd aka.4 A s la x m o n k s d id a t V in . ii, 10 , iii. 180.6 A s t h e la x m o n k s a n d a s t w o n u n s d id a t Vin. iv . 288 (see B . D . iii. 304).4 A s t h e la x m o n k s a n d a s t h e t w o n u n s a t Vin. iv . 289 (see B . D . iii. 30 5 n .) .7 C f. Vin. ii . 78 f . , i ii. 16 2 .

172 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N Etim e d id th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a sp ea k th u s to th e m on ks w ho w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a : " I sa lu te y o u , m asters.'* A n d a th ird tim e th e m o n k s w h o w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a d id n o t respond. H e sa id : " D o I o ffen d a g a in st th e m asters ? W h y d o th e m asters not respond to m e ? "

" I t is b ecau se y o u , fr ien d V a d d h a , w ere in d ifferen t w h en w e w ere b e in g m o lested b y D a b b a th e M a llia n ."

" W h a t can I , m asters, d o ? "" I f y o u , frien d V a d d h a , w ere w illin g y o u co u ld g et th e L o rd

to e x p e l th e v e n e ra b le1 D a b b a th e M allian th is v e r y d a y ."“ W h a t ca n I, m asters, do ? H o w am I ab le to do th a t ? " " C om e y o u , frien d V a d d h a , g o u p to th e L o rd ; h a v in g gone

u p , sp e a k th u s to th e L o rd : ' T h is , L o rd , is n o t su ita b le , it is not b eco m in g th a t th is q u a rte r w h ich sh o u ld b e w ith o u t fear, secure, w ith o u t d an g er, is th e v e r y q u a rte r w h ich is fu ll o f fear, insecu re, fu ll o f d an ger. W h ere th ere w a s a ca lm , n o w th ere is a gale . I t seem s a s i f th e v e r y w a te r is b la zin g . M y w ife h as been sed u ced b y m a ster D a b b a the M a llia n / " || 1 ||

" V e r y w ell, m a ste rs ," a n d th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a , h a v in g an sw ered th e m o n k s w h o w ere fo llo w ers o f M e ttiy a an d B h u m m a ja k a in assen t, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p ­p ro ach ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n at a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s h e w a s s itt in g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d is ta n ce [124], the L ic c h a v i V a cjd h a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : “ T h is, L o rd , is n o t su ita b le . . . . M y w ife h a s b een sed u ced b y m a ster D a b b a th e M a llia n .”

T h e n th e L o rd on th is o ccasio n , in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g h a d th e O rd er of m o n k s c o n v e n e d , q u estio n ed th e v e n e ra b le D a b b a th e M allian , s a y in g : " D a b b a , d o y o u rem em berd o in g as th is V a d d h a sa y s ? "

" L o rd , th e L o rd k n o w s in re g a rd to m e ." A n d a second t im e th e L o rd . . . . A n d a th ird tim e th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le D a b b a th e M allian : “ D a b b a , d o y o u rem em ber d o in g as th is V a d d h a sa y s ? "

" L o rd , th e L o rd k n o w s in rega rd to m e,” h e said ." D a b b a , th e D a b b a s do n o t g iv e e v a siv e an sw ers thus.

1 H e is n o t c a l le d a y a sm a b y t h e m o n k s a t t h e p a r a lle l p a s s a g e a t V in . i i i . 16 2 , b u t h e is a t V in . i i . 78 .

2 0 .2 -4 ] C U L L A V A G G A V *73I f w h a t w as done w as done b y y o u , s a y so ; if it w a s n ot done b y yo u , s a y it w as n o t .”

“ L o rd , since I w a s b o m I ca n n o t c a ll to m ind in d u lgin g in sexu a l in tercourse eve n in a d ream ; m uch less so w hen I w as a w a k e .” || 2 ||

T h en th e L o rd ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g : " B eca u se of th is, m onks, le t th e O rd er turn th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a 's b o w l upside d o w n ,1 le t it im pose n o n -eatin g w ith th e O rd er .2 M onks, i f a la y fo llo w e r is possessed o f e ig h t q u alities his bow l m a y be tu rn ed upside dow n ;3 if he tries fo r n o n -receivin g (of gains) b y m onks, i f he tries for n on -profitin g b y m onks, i f he tries fo r non-residence for m onks, i f he reviles an d abuses m onks, if he causes m on k to b re a k w ith m o n k ,4 i f he sp eaks d ispraise o f th e A w a k e n e d O n e, if he sp eaks dispraise o f dhamma, if he sp eaks dispraise o f th e O rder. I a llo w yo u , m onks, to tu rn a la y fo llo w e r ’s b o w l u p sid e d ow n if he is possessed o f these eigh t q u alities. || 3 ||

A n d thus, m onks, sh o u ld it be tu rn ed upside d o w n : T h e O rd er sh ould be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m on k, s a y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me. T h eL ic c h a v i V a d d h a is d efam in g th e ven erab le D a b b a th e M allian w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch arge o f fa llin g a w a y from m o ral h a b it .5 I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y tu rn th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a 's b o w l upside d ow n , it m a y im pose n o n -eatin g w ith th e

1 aSrot a l i t e r a l tu r n in g u p s id e d o w n , b u t a s y m b o lic a l o n e p e r fo r m e d b y a fo r m a l a c t o f t h e O r d e r fo r tu r n in g d o w n , n ik k u jja n ji , a b o w l, a s d e s c r ib e d b e lo w in || 4 |j. V A . 12 0 9 s a y s “ h e re , if a p e r s o n is p o ss e s se d o f a n y o n e o f th e se e ig h t q u a lit ie s , h a v in g g o n e w it h in t h e b o u n d a r ie s o r o u ts id e t h e m (th e O rd e r) m a y t u r n i t d o w n . W h e n a n y o n e 's b o w l is tu r n e d u p s id e d o w n th u s , n o a lm s m a y b e t a k e n in h is h o u s e . . . . I t is s e t u p r ig h t (a g a in ) b y a fo rm a l a c t c o n s is t in g o f a m o tio n a n d a r e s o lu t io n , n a ttid u tiy a k a m m a .** A A . iv . 15 9 e x p la in s , ( th e O rd e r) m a y t u r n i t u p s id e d o w n b y a p r o c la m a t io n , kam m avaca fo r tu r n in g a b o w l u p s id e d o w n , o n a c c o u n t o f w h ic h t h e r e is n o r e c e iv in g o f a lm s g iv e n — n o t b y p la c in g i t f a c e d o w n w a r d s / * T h e p h r a s e p a tta m n ik k u jja t i a lt h o u g h u s e d in t h e o r d in a r y s ig n if ic a t io n a b o v e , V . 9. 4 ( V in , T e x ts iii. 1 1 9 , n . 2) is n o t h e re . A la y m a n c e r t a in ly w o u ld h a v e h a d n o b e g g in g b o w l t h a t c o u ld h a v e b e e n , l i t e r a l ly , tu r n e d u p s id e d o w n .

2 asatnbhogam sa m g h en a ka ro tu . S e e a b o v e , C V . I . 25. 1 w h e r e n o n -e a t in g w ith a n O r d e r g o e s w it h a n d is a m a r k o f a n a c t o f s u s p e n s io n .

3 T h is p a s s a g e r e c u r s a t A . iv . ^4S. T h e f ir s t f iv e q u a lit ie s a r e a ls o fo u n d a t V in . i. 84, ii . 18 . .

4 A t V in . i i. 18 a fo r m a l a c t o f r e c o n c ilia t io n m a y b e c a r r ie d o u t fo r a m o n k if h e h a s t h e f ir s t f iv e o f t h e s e q u a lit ie s in r e s p e c t o f h o u s e h o ld e r s ; a n d i t m a y b e t o o i f h e h a s s p o k e n d is p r a is e o f t h e a w a k e n e d o n e , e tc . ,t o h o u s e h o ld e r s .

6 A s a t V in . i i . 7 9 , w h e r e a “ v e r d ic t o f in n o c e n c e " is g iv e n fo r D a b b a .

174 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N EO rd er. T h is is th e m o tion . H o n o u red sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a is d e fa m in g . . . o f fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it. T h e O rd er is tu rn in g th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a ’s b o w l u psid e d ow n , it is im p o sin g n o n -eatin g w ith an O rder. I f th e tu rn in g u p sid e d ow n o f-th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a 's b o w l an d th e im p o sin g of n o n -eatin g w ith th e O rd er is p leasin g to th e ve n e ra b le ones th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w hom it is not p leasin g, sh o u ld sp ea k . T h e L ic c h a v i V ad d h a*s b o w l is tu rn ed u psid e d o w n b y th e O rd er (and th ere is to be) n o n -eatin g w ith th e O rd er. I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is / ” |J 4 ||

T h e n th e v en era b le A n a n d a , h a v in g dressed in th e m orn in g, ta k in g h is b o w l an d robe, w e n t u p to th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a ’s d w e ll in g ; h a v in g gone up , he sp o k e th u s to th e L ic c h a v i Va<^lha : " Y o u r bow l, fr ien d V a d d h a , is tu rn ed u psid e d ow n b y a n O rd er, y o u are n o n -eatin g w ith th e O rd e r ." [125] T h e n th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a , th in k in g : " I t is sa id th a t m y b ow l is tu rn e d u p sid e d o w n b y an O rd er, it is sa id th a t I am n o n ­e a tin g w ith th e O rd e r ,” fa in te d an d fe ll on th a t v e r y sp ot. T h e n th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a ’s frien d s a n d in tim a te s, h is k ith a n d k in 1 sp ok e th u s to th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a ;

" E n o u g h , V a d d h a , do n o t g r ie v e , d o n o t la m e n t, w e w ill reco n cile2 th e L o rd a n d th e O rd er o f m o n k s ." T h e n th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a w ith his w ife a n d ch ild ren , w ith his friends a n d in tim a te s, w ith his k ith an d k in , h is clo th es w et, his h a ir w et a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd :

" L o rd , a tran sgression h a s o verco m e m e ,3 in th a t I , foolish, m isgu id ed , w ro n g th a t I w as, d efam ed m a ste r D a b b a th e M allian w ith a n u n fo u n d ed ch a rg e o f fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it. F o r th is, L o rd , le t th e L o rd a ck n o w le d g e m y tra n s­gression as a tran sgressio n fo r th e sa k e o f restra in t in th e fu tu r e ."

" T r u ly a tran sgressio n o v e rca m e yo u , fr ien d V a d d h a , in th a t y o u , foo lish , m isgu id ed , w ro n g th a t y o u w ere, d efam ed D a b b a th e M a llia n w ith a n u n fo u n d ed ch arg e o f fa llin g a w a y

1 C f . A . i . 2 2 2.* A s n o te d a t V in . T e x ts i i i . 1 2 2 , n . 1 t h is s a m e v e r b is u se d in C V . I . 22. 3

w h e n a m o n k h a s o ffe n d e d a g a in s t a la y m a n .

20.5-7] C U L L A V A G G A V 175from m oral h a b it. B u t if y o u , frien d V a d d h a , h a v in g seen the transgression as a transgression , con fess acco rd in g to th e rule, w e1 ackn o w led ge it fo r y o u . F o r, frien d V a d d h a , in th e disci­pline of th e noble, th is is g ro w th : w h o ever h a v in g seen a transgression as a transgression , confesses it acco rd in g to th e rule, he a tta in s restra in t in th e fu tu re .” || 5 ||

T h en th e L o rd ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g : " W ell, now m onks, le t th e O rder set u p rig h t th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a Js bow l, let it g ra n t e a tin g w ith th e O rder. M onks, if a la y fo llo w e r is possessed of e ig h t q u alities his b ow l m a y be set u p righ t : if he does not t r y fo r n o n -receiv in g (of gains) b y m onks, if he does not t r y for n on -profitin g b y m o n ks, i f he does n o t t r y for non-residence fo r m onks, if he does n o t rev ile an d abuse m onks, if he does n o t cause m o n k to b re a k w ith m on k, if he does n ot sp eak d ispraise o f th e A w a k e n e d O n e, i f he does n o t sp ea k dis­praise o f dhamma , i f he does n o t sp ea k d ispraise o f th e O rder. I a llo w y o u , m onks, to se t u p righ t a la y fo llo w e r 's bow l if he is possessed of these e ig h t q u alities. |j 6 ||

ff A n d th u s, m on ks, sh ould it be se t u p righ t : M onks, th a t L ic c h a v i V a d d h a , h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed th e O rder, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ve r one shoulder, h a v in g honoured the m on ks’ feet, h a v in g sa t d ow n on his haunch es, h a v in g sa lu ted them w ith jo in ed palm s, sh o u ld sp ea k th u s to th em :' H onoured sirs, m y b o w l w as tu rn ed upside dow n b y th e O rder, I am n o t e a tin g w ith th e O rder. B u t I, h on oured sirs, am co n d u ctin g m y se lf p ro p erly , I am subd ued , I am m endin g m y w ays, an d I a sk th e O rd er fo r th e se ttin g u p righ t of the b o w l.' A n d a second tim e it sh ould be ask ed for. A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld be a sk ed for. T h e O rd er sh ould be in ­form ed b y a n experien ced , co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : [126]' H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e L ic c h a v i V a d ^ h a ’s b ow l w as tu rn ed upside d ow n b y th e O rd er, he is n ot eatin g w ith th e O rd er ; b u t he is co n d u ctin g him self prop erly , he is subd ued , he is m en d in g his w a y? ; he a sk s th e O rd er fo r th e settin g u p righ t of th e bow l. I f i t seem s r ig h t to th e

1 I n p a r a lle l p a s s a g e s t h e firs t p e r s o n p lu r a l is l ik e w is e u s e d h e re , p e r h a p s to e m p h a s is e t h a t ** c o n fe s s io n a c c o r d in g t o t h e ru le " is t o b e m a d e t o m o n k s a n d they a c k n o w le d g e i t a n d a r e t h e m e a n s b y w h ic h a tr a n s g r e s s io n c a n b e re m o v e d . A t th e s a m e t im e , s in c e G o ta m a s e ld o m , a s re c o rd e d , a d d re s se d la y p e o p le a s a v u so, fr ie n d , i t is d o u b t f u l w h e th e r h e is o r is in te n d e d t o b e s p e a k in g h e re a t a ll.

176 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

O rder, th e O rd er m a y set u p rig h t th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a 's bow l, it m a y g ra n t e a tin g w ith th e O rder. T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a 's b o w l w a s tu rn ed u p sid e d o w n . . . he asks th e O rd er for se ttin g u p rig h t th e b o w l. T h e O rd er is se ttin g u p ­rig h t th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a 's b o w l, it is g ra n tin g e a tin g w ith th e O rder. I f th e se ttin g u p rig h t o f th e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a ’s b o w l and th e g ra n tin g o f e a t in g w ith th e O rd er is p lea sin g to th e ve n e ra b le ones, th e y sh o u ld be silen t ; he to w h o m it is not p lea sin g sh o u ld sp ea k . T h e L ic c h a v i V a d d h a ’s b o w l is set u p rig h t b y th e O rd er (and th ere is) e a tin g w ith th e O rder. I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is .’ '' || 7 |] 20 ||

T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d in V e sa li fo r as lo n g as he fo u n d su itin g , set o u t on to u r fo r th e B h a g g a s .1 In due course, w a lk in g on tou r, th e L o rd a rr iv e d a t th e B h a g g a s . T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere a m o n g th e B h a g g a s on S u m su m a ra H ill2 in th e B h e s a k a la G ro v e in th e d eer p a rk . N o w a t th a t tim e K o k a n - a d a 3 w a s th e n am e o f P rin ce B o d h i's 4 p a la ce ; it h ad n o t lon g been b u ilt a n d w as as y e t u n in h a b ited b y recluse or b ra h m in or b y a n y h u m an crea tu re . 'T h e n P rin ce B o d h i ad d ressed th e b rah m in y o u th , th e son o f S a n jik a ,6 s a y in g : “ Com e along, go o d son o f S a n jik a , g o u p to th e L o rd ; h a v in g gon e u p , in m y n am e sa lu te th e L o rd 's feet w ith y o u r h ead , a sk w h e th e r he is w ell, not in d isp o sed , o f b o d ily v ig o u r, stro n g, a b id in g in co m fo rt, a n d s a y : ‘ L o rd , P rin ce B o d h i sa lu tes th e L o rd 's feet w ith his h ead a n d a s k s w h e th e r h e is w e ll . . . a b id in g in co m fo rt/ a n d sa y s th is : * L o rd , m a y th e L o rd con sen t to a m eal w ith P rin ce B o d h i to m o rro w to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s.' "

1 y e n a B h a g g d . S e e M . ii. 9 1 w h e r e t h is s t o r y a ls o a p p e a r s , g o in g a s f a r a s p . 17 8 b e lo w , *4 a s h e w a s s ittiD g a t a r e s p e c t fu l d i s t a n c e / ' w h e r e t h e M . v e r s io n p r o c e e d s d i f fe r e n t ly . S e e a ls o 5 . i ii. i a n d B . C . L aiw , T r ib e s in A n c ie n t I n d ia , 19 4 3 , p . 292 f .

* S A . i i. 2 49 s a y s t h a t i t w a s c a lle d C r o c o d ile H i l l b e c a u s e a s i t w a s b e in g b u i l t a c r o c o d ile m a d e a n o is e . T h e B h e s a k a la G r o v e w a s c a l le d a f t e r a y a h k h in i w h o l iv e d t h e r e .

3 L o t u s . S e e B . D . i ii. 13 9 , n . a n d M A » i ii. 3 2 1 .4 D h p . 1 5 7 is s a id t o h a v e b e e n u t t e r e d o n h is a c c o u n t, s e e D k A . iii. 13 4 .B S a n j ik a p u t t a . S e e D h A . iii. 13 4 , w h e r e h e w a r n e d t h e a r c h it e c t t h a t

B o d h i c o n te m p la t e d k i l l in g o r m a im in g h im so t h a t h e c o u ld n e v e r b u ilda n o t h e r p a la c e l ik e K o k a n a d a .

21.1- 2] C U L L A V A G G A V 177“ V e ry w ell, good s ir / ' and th e b ra h m in y o u th , S a n jik a ’s

son, h a v in g an sw ered P rin ce B o d h i in assen t, ap p ro ach ed the L ord ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g e xch an g ed greetin gs w ith th e L o rd , h a v in g co n versed in a co u rteo u s an d fr ien d ly w a y , sat dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g d ow n a t a respectful d istan ce th e b rah m in y o u th , th e son of S a n jik a , spoke th u s to th e L o rd : “ P rin ce B o d h i sa lu tes th e revered G o ta m a ’s feet w ith h is h ead . . . an d sa y s m a y th e revered G o tam a consent to a m eal w ith P rin ce B o d h i to m o rro w to g eth er w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s.” T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y becom in g silent. |] 1 ||

T h en th e brah m in y o u th , S a n jik a ’s son, h a v in g und erstood th e L o rd 's con sen t, risin g fro m his seat ap p ro ach ed P rin ce B odh i ; [127] h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp oke th u s to P rin ceB odhi : " I sp oke, go o d sir, in y o u r nam e to th e L o rd G o ta m a , sayin g : ‘ P rin ce B o d h i sa lu tes . . . to g eth e r w ith th e O rder of m o n ks/ A n d th e recluse G o ta m a co n se n te d .” T h en P rin ce B o d h i to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t n igh t, h a v in g had sum ptuous foods, solid an d so ft, p repared, an d h a v in g had K o k a n a d a p a la ce strew n w ith w h ite c lo th s as fa r as th e la st flight o f sta irs ,1 sp o k e th u s to th e b rah m in yo u tfi, th e son of S a n jik a : “ C om e y o u alon g, good fe llo w , a p p ro a ch th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , announce th e tim e to th e L o rd , sa y in g : 4 I t is tim e, L o rd , th e m eal is re a d y .' ”

“ V e ry w ell, g o o d sir ,” and th e brah m in y o u th , S a n jik a 's son, h a v in g an sw ered P rin ce B o d h i in assen t, ap p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he an n o u n ced th e tim e to th e L o rd , sa y in g : “ I t is tim e, go od G o ta m a , th e m eal is re a d y .” T h e n the L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orning, ta k in g his bow l and robe, approach ed P rin ce B o d h i’s d w ellin g . N o w a t th e tim e when the L o rd w as co m in g P rin ce B o d h i w as stan d in g at th e porch o f th e o u tsid e g a te w a y . P rin ce B o d h i sa w th e L o rd com ing in th e d istan ce, an d seeing him , h a v in g gone fro m there to m eet him , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , h a v in g honoured him , he ap p ro ach ed K o k a n a d a p alace. T h en th e L o rd sto o d still at the la st flig h t o f stairs. T h e n P rin ce B o d h i spoke th u s to the L o rd :

“ L o rd , le t th e L o rd tread on2 th e cloths, le t th e w ell-farer

1 C f . M . ii. 92, iii. 1.2 akka m a tu . M . i i. 92 r e a d s ab h iriih a tu .

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

tre a d on th e c lo th s so th a t it m a y be fo r a lo n g tim e fo r m y b lessin g an d h a p p in ess.” W h e n he h a d sp o k en th u s the L o rd b ecam e silen t. A n d a seco n d tim e. , . * A n d a th ird tim e P rin ce B o d h i sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : “ L o rd , let the L o rd tre a d on . . . fo r m y b lessin g an d h a p p in e ss .” T h en th e L o rd lo o k ed to w a rd s th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a . T h e n th e ven era b le A n a n d a sp o k e th u s to P rin ce B o d h i :

“ L e t th e c lo th s, p rin ce, be p a c k e d a w a y , th e L o rd w ill not tre a d upon th e c lo th c a rp e tin g ,1 th e T ru th -fin d er has c o m ­p assio n 2 fo r th e fo lk w h o com e a fte r .” 3 || 2 |J

T h e n P rin ce B o d h i, h a v in g h a d th e c lo th s p a c k e d a w a y , h a d a seat m ad e re a d y u p sta irs in K o k a n a d a .4 T h e n th e L o rd h a v in g ascen d ed th e K o k a n a d a p a la ce , sa t d o w n to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n ks on th e se a t m ad e re a d y . T h e n P rin ce B o d h i, h a v in g w ith h is ow n h an d se rv e d an d satisfied w ith su m p tu o u s food s, so lid a n d so ft, th e O rd er o f m o n ks w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its head , w h en th e L o rd h a d eaten an d had w ith d ra w n h is h a n d from th e b o w l, sat d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d is ta n c e . 5 T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g g la d d en e d , re jo iced , roused, d e lig h ted P rin ce B o d h i as he w a s s itt in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce w ith ta lk on dham m a , [128] risin g from h is sea t, d ep arted . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : " M onks, y o u sh o u ld not tre a d on a c lo th c a rp e tin g .6 W h o e v e r should tre a d on one, th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” || 3 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in w o m a n w h o h a d h ad a m is­ca rria g e , h a v in g in v ite d m o n ks, h a v in g h a d c lo th p rep ared , sp o k e th u s : " R e v e re d sirs, tre a d on th e c lo th .” T h e m onks, b ein g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t tre a d on it. Sh e sa id : " R e v e re d

1 c e la p a ttik a . F o r a m o n k t o d o so w a s a p p a r e n t ly a n a u s p ic e t h a t t h e h o u s e h o ld e r w o u ld h a v e a c h ild .

a a n u k a m p a ti , M . i i . 9 3 a p a lo k e ti, D h A . i i i . 13 6 o lo k e ii. T h e le g e n d is t h a t G o t a m a k n e w t h a t B o d h i w o u ld h a v e n o c h i ld r e n b e c a u s e in a fo r m e r b ir t h , w h ile h e w a s l iv in g o n a n is la n d , h e a t e a n d c o o k e d b ir d s ( M A . i ii. 322, D h A . i ii. 1 3 7 ) . H e th e r e fo r e w o u ld n o t b r in g m o n k s in to c o n t e m p t b y w a lk in g o n t h e c lo t h s w h e n h e k n e w B o d h i w o u ld h a v e n o c h ild ( V A . 12 0 9 ).

9 p a cch im a ja n a ta . S e e B . D . i . 66 , n . 1 fo r fu r t h e r re fe r e n c e s .4 M . i i. 93 r e a d s K o k a n a d e p d sd d e .* M . v e r s io n g o e s o n d if f e r e n t ly fr o m h e r e .8 Q u o t e d a t M A . i i i . 3 2 3. V A . 12 0 9 s a y s t h a t h e la id d o w n t h is ru le

in c a s e a m o n k s h o u ld t r e a d o n o n e n o t k n o w in g w h e th e r t h e h o u s e h o ld e r w o u ld h a v e a c h i ld o r n o t ; a n d t h a t h e d id i t t o s a fe g u a r d t h e m o n k s f io m t h e h o u s e h o ld e r s ' c o n t e m p t s h o u ld t h e r e n o t b e a c h ild a f t e r t h e y h a d tr o d d e n o n t h e c lo t h c a r p e t in g .

21.4— 22.i] C U L L A V A G G A V 179

sirs, tre a d on th e c lo th fo r go od lu c k 's sa k e / ' T h e m onks, being scrupulous, d id n ot tre a d on it. T h e n th a t w om an sp read it ab o u t, s a y in g : " H o w ca n th ese m asters (although) bein g asked fo r go o d lu c k ’s sake n o t tre a d on th e c lo th ca rp etin g ? " M onks h eard th is w om an w h o . . . sp read it ab o u t. T h e n these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ H o u se­holders, m onks, lo o k o u t fo r lu c k y sig n s.1 I a llo w y o u , m onks, w hen bein g ask ed b y househ old ers fo r go od lu c k 's sake, to tread on a c lo th c a rp e tin g .'*

N o w at th a t tim e m o n ks w ere d o u b tfu l w h eth er to tread on a sh eet fo r u se a fte r feet h a d been w a sh ed .2 T h e y to ld th is m a tter to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onk?, to tread on a sheet fo r use a fte r feet h a v e been w a sh e d ." || 4 I] 21 |j

T h e Secon d P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g 3

T h en th e L o rd h a v in g s ta y e d am o n g th e B h a g g a s fo r as lo n g as he fou n d su itin g set o u t on to u r fo r S a v a tth i. W a lk in g on tour in due course h e a rriv e d a t S a v a tth i. T h e L o rd s ta y e d there a t S a v a tth i in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a 's m onas­tery. T h en V isa k h a , M ig ara 's m oth er, ta k in g a sm all ja r 4 and a (c la y foot-) scru b b er5 an d a b room , ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , she sa t d ow n at a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s she w a s s ittin g dow n a t a resp ect­ful d istan ce, V isa k h a , M ig ara 's m other, sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : “ L ord , m a y th e L o rd a cce p t m y litt le ja r an d (c la y foot-) scrubber an d bro o m so th a t it m a y b e fo r a lo n g tim e fo r m y blessin g an d h a p p in e ss ." T h e L o rd a ccep ted th e litt le ja r and th e b r o o m ; th e L o rd d id n o t a ccep t th e (c la y foot-) scrubber. T h e n th e L o rd g lad d en ed , re jo iced , roused, d e lig h ted V isakh a, M ig a ra 's m o th er, w ith ta lk on dham m a . T h e n

1 g ih l tn a n g a lik d , a s a t C V . V . 33. 3. S e e a ls o V A . o n M V . I . 2. 2. Q u o te d a t M A , i i i . 323.

2 dh otap adaka. V A . 12 0 9 s a y s 41 i t is a s h e e t s p r e a d o u t fo r t r e a d in g on a f t e r t h e fe e t h a v e b e e n w a s h e d a t t h e p la c e fo r w a s h in g f e e t ." M o n k s w e re a llo w e d t o t r e a d o n th is , a n d e v id e n t ly n o s y m b o lic m e a n in g w a s a t t a c h e d .

* A s p o in t e d o u t a t V in . T e x ts i ii. 13 0 , n . 1 " th e r e is n o m e n tio n in t h e t e x t o f w h e re t h e f ir s t s u c h P o r t io n ends.**

4 ghataka.6 ka ta ka . T h is is o n e o f t h e t w o t h in g s m a d e o f c la y n o t a l lo w e d a t C V .

V . 37. V A . 12 0 9 s a y s “ i t is m a d e , h a v in g ra is e d u p p r o tu b e r a n c e s , fo r ru b b in g th e f e e t ; i t m a y b e ro u n d o r fo u r-s id e d ; i t is fo r b id d e n a s a t h in g c o n n e c te d w ith lu x u r y , i t m u s t n o t b e a c c e p t e d n o r m a d e u s e o f .”

i8o B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

V isakh a, M ig a ra 's m other, g la d d en ed . . . d e lig h ted b y the L o rd w ith ta lk on dham m a , rising fro m her seat, h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , d ep arted k eep in g h er righ t side to w a rd s him . T h e n [129] the L o rd on th is occasion , in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , ad d ressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :

“ I a llo w , m onks, a litt le ja r a n d a b room . M on ks, y o u sh ould n ot m ake use o f a (c la y foot-) scru b b er. W h o e v e r sh ould m ake use o f one, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g. I a llow , m onks, three (kinds of) fo o t-ru b b ers r1 a s to n e ,2 a p e b b le ,3 sea-scu m .” 4 || i ||

T h en V isa k h a , M igara 's m oth er, ta k in g a f a n 5 an d a p a lm y ra - w h is k ,6 ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd . . . (as in 22. i ) . . . . T h e L o rd a ccep ted th e fan a n d th e p a lm y ra -w h isk . . . . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , addressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a fa n and a p a lm y ra -w h isk ." || 2 || 22 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a m o sq u ito -fa n 7 accru ed to an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w ,m onks, a m o sq u ito -fa n / J A c h o w ry - fa n 8 accru ed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ M onks, a ch o w ry -fansh ould n o t be used . W h o e v e r sh o u ld use one, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w , m onks, th ree (k in d s of) fans : m ade o f b a rk , m ad e o f k h u s-k h u s ,9 m ad e o f p e a c o c k s ’ ta il fe a th e rs.” |[ i ||

N o w at th a t tim e a su n sh ad e20 a ccru ed to an O rd er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a

1 padaghamsani.1 sa kkha ra . H e r e V A . 12 0 9 s a y s i t is c a l le d a s to n e , p d s d n a . W o r d a ls o

a t V in . i ii. 14 7 = J d . ii. 2 84 ; s e e B . D . i . 250, n . 1 .3 kathala. C f . sa kkh a ra k a th a la a t D . i . 84, A . i. 9.* sa m u d d a p h en a k a . T h is m a y b e t h e n a m e o f a b o n e ; c f. p h e n a k a a m o n g

t h e b o n e s * a t V is m . 2 54, V b h A . 2 3 7. V in . T e x ts i ii. 1 3 1 , n . 2 s a y s t h a tt h e w o rd d e s ig n a te s " t h e b o n e s o f t h e c u tt le - f is h / *

6 v id h iip a n a . S e e B . D . i ii. 2 5 3 , n . 3.8 ta la va n ta . V A . 12 1 0 s a y s t h is is m a d e w it h p a lm y r a p a lm le a v e s o r i t

m a d e w ith b a m b o o , iv o r y a n d b a m b o o c h ip s , o r w ith p e a c o c k s 't a i l fe a th e r s o r w ith h id e s . C f . td la v a n ta ka a t C V . V . 29. 4.

7 m a k a sa v lja n i. V A . 1 2 1 0 s a y s i t is a l i t t l e s t i c k m a d e c f h o r n , m a d eiv o r y . I t is d if f ic u lt t o k n o w t h e d if ie r e n c e in te n d e d b y t h e t w o w o rd s ,

v id h u p a n a a n d v i ja n l , b o th h e re t r a n s la t e d a s “ f a n ." A t V i n . iv . 26^ t h e fo rm e r is d e fin e d b y t h e la t t e r .

8 ca m a ra v lja n l. C a m a ra is a y a k . I t s b u s h y t a i l is m a d e in t o a fa n o r w h is k t o d r iv e t h e flie s a w a y .

* u s ir a ; s e e B . D . i i. 228, n . 1 .10 D e fin e d a t V in . iv . 200, 338.

23.2— 24.1] C U L L A V A G G A V 181

su n sh a d e ." N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks to u red a b o u t h a v in g p u t u p th e ir sun shades. N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in la y fo llo w e r w en t to a pleasure g ro v e 5 to g eth er w ith several d iscip les o f N a k e d A sce tics. T h ese d iscip les o f N a k e d A sce tic s sa w th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks com in g in th e d istance w ith th e ir sunshades u p ; seeing them , th e y sp ok e th u s to th a t la yfo llo w er : <f T h ese revered sirs o f yo u rs, m aster, arecom in g a lo n g w ith th eir sun shades u p like a g ro u p o f ch ie f m in isters."

“ T hese, m asters, are n o t m on ks, th e y are w a n d e re rs ." T h e y m ad e a b e t as to w h e th e r th e y w ere m o n ks or n ot. T h e n th a t la y fo llo w e r, h a v in g recogn ised th em as th e y cam e up, looked dow n upon, criticised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w canthese revered sirs [130] to u r a b o u t w ith th eir sun shades u p ? " M onks h e a rd th a t la y fo llo w e r w h o . . . sp read it a b o u t. T h e n these m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ Is it true, as is said , m on ks, . . . ? "

“ I t is tru e, L o r d ." H a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, a sun shade sh ould n o t be u sed .2 W h o e v e r sh ould use one, th ere is a n offence of w ro n g -d o in g ." || 2 j|

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k cam e to be ill3; th ere cam e to be no co m fo rt for h im w ith o u t a su n sh ad e. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llow , m onks, a su n shad e to one w h o is i ll.” N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, th in k ­in g : “ A sun shade is a llow ed b y th e L o rd to one w h o is ill, bu t n o t to one w h o is n o t i l l ,” w ere d o u b tfu l w h eth er to use a sun shade in th e m o n a ste ry an d m o n a ste ry p re cin cts . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I a llow , m onks, a sunshade to be used in a m o n a ste ry a n d m o n a ste ry p recin cts b o th b y one w h o is ill a n d b y one w h o is n o t i l l ." || 3 j| 23 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m on k, h a v in g tied u p his bow l w ith s tr in g ,4 h a v in g h u n g it on his w a lk in g s ta ff, 5 passed a t th e

1 D e fin e d a t V in . iv . 298.a N u n s a r e n o t a llo w e d t o u se th e m , V in . i v . 338. C f . D . i . 7 w h e r e i t

is s a id t h a t G o t a m a r e fr a in s fr o m u s in g th e m , b u t s e e D ia l . i. 13 , n . 2 w h ic h m a in ta in s “ T h is is n o t q u it e a c c u r a t e ." V A . 1 2 1 0 s a y s in a l l c a s e s a s u n s h a d e m a d e o f o n e le a f is m e a n t.

3 C f . V in . iv . 3 3 7 -8 (o f a n u n ).4 F o r s im ila r p h r a s e o lo g y c f . C V . V . 8. 1 .6 darufa is d e n n e d a t V tn . iv . 200.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

w ro n g tim e1 through- a ce rta in v illa g e g a te w a y . P eop le , sa y in g : " T h is, m asters, is a th ie f w h o is co m in g, his sw o rd is g le a m in g / ’2 h a v in g fo llo w ed him an d seized him , le t h im go on recognising him . T h e n th is m o n k , h a v in g gon e b a c k to th e m o n a ste ry , to ld th is m a tte r to th e m on ks.

“ B u t d id y o u , y o u r reveren ce, c a rry a w a lk in g sta ff w ith strin g on it ?

" Y e s , y o u r re v e ren ce s." T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can th is m o n k c a r ry a w a lk in g sta ff w ith strin g on it ? " T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " Is it tru e , as is said , m onks,

? "" I t is tru e, L o r d / ' H a v in g re b u k e d th em , h a v in g g iv en

reason ed ta lk , he addressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :" M onks, a w a lk in g sta ff w ith s tr in g on it sh o u ld n o t be

carried . W h o e v e r sh ould c a rry one, th e re is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g ." || i ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k ca m e to b e ill ; he w as not able to to u r a b o u t w ith o u t a w a lk in g sta ff. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" I a llo w yo u , m onks, to g iv e an a greem en t as to a w a lk in g sta ff to a m on k w h o is ill. A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld it b e g iv e n : T h a t ill m onk, h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed th e O rd er, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ver one sh ould er, h a v in g h o n o u red th e fe et o f th e senior m onks, h a v in g sa t d ow n on h is h au n ch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed palm s, sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to it : ' I ,h on oured sirs, am ill ; I a m n o t a b le to to u r a b o u t w ith o u t a w a lk in g sta ff, so I, h o n o u red sirs, a s k th e O rd er fo r th e a g ree­m ent as to a w a lk in g s ta ff/ A n d a seco n d tim e it sh o u ld be asked for. A n d a th ird tim e it sh o u ld b e a sk ed for. T h e O rd er sh ould be in form ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p e ten t m on k, sa y in g : [131] ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m o n k So-an d -so is ill ; he is n o t a b le to to u r a b o u t w ith o u t a w a lk in g sta ff ; he a sk s th e O rd er fo r th e a g reem en t as to a w a lk in g staff. I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y g iv e th e agreem en t as to a w a lk in g s ta ff to th e m o n k So-and -so. T h is is th e m otion. H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e.

24.2— 25] C U L L A V A G G A V

T h is m o n k . . . as to a w a lk in g sta ff. T h e O rd er is g iv in g th e m o n k So-an d -so th e agreem en t as to a w a lk in g sta ff. I f th e g iv in g to th e m o n k So-an d -so o f th e agreem en t as to a w a lk ­in g sta ff is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh o u ld be silen t ; he to w h om it is not p leasin g sh ou ld sp eak . T h e agreem en t as to a w a lk in g sta ff is g iv en b y th e O rd er to th e m on k So-and-so. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I un d erstan d th is .' ' ' || 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k cam e to b e ill ; he w as not ab le to c a rry his b o w l a b o u t w ith o u t strin g . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to g iv e an ill m on k th e agreem en t as to strin g. A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld it be g iv en . T h a t ill m o n k . . . (as in || 2 ||. Instead o f to to u r a b o u t w ith o u t a w a lk in g sta ff, e tc ., read to c a rry h is b o w l a b o u t w ith o u t strin g, etc.) ‘ . . . T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is/ ”

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m on k cam e to be i l l ; he w as not able to to u r a b o u t w ith o u t a w a lk in g sta ff nor w as he ab le to c a rry his b o w l a b o u t w ith o u t strin g . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" I a llo w y o u , m onks, to g iv e an ill m o n k th e agreem en t as to a w a lk in g sta ff an d strin g. A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it be g iv e n : T h a t ill m o n k . . . (as in ]| 2 ||. R ead : I am n o t able to to u r a b o u t w ith o u t a w a lk in g sta ff n o r am I ab le to c a r ry m y b o w l a b o u t w ith o u t strin g , etc.) ' . . . T h u s d o 1 u n d er­sta n d th is/ ” || 3 || 24 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k w a s a ru m in a to r1; he a te ru m in a tin g co n tin u a lly . M onks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ T h is m o n k is p a rta k in g of a m eal a t th e w ro n g t im e / '2 T h en these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" M onks, th is m o n k h as re ce n tly passed on fro m th e w om b of a cow . I a llow , m on ks, ru m in atio n fo r a ru m in ato r. B u t, m onks, one sh ould not eat (an yth in g), h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a ck from th e m o u th 3 to o u tsid e of it. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) eat should be d e alt w ith a cco rd in g to th e ru le .4/ ' j| 25 ||

1 rom anthaka.* S e e P a c . 37.3 m u kh a d v a ra as a t P a c . X L a n d S e k h iy a 4 1 .4 I .e . a c c o r d in g t o P a c . 3 7 o r 38.

184 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N ow a t th a t tim e a certa in g u ild h a d food fo r an O rd er ; m a n y heaps o f boiled rice w ere a llo w ed to fa ll in a re fecto ry . P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w can theserecluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, on b e in g g iv e n b o iled rice, not accep t it c a re fu lly P1 E a c h one o f these h eap s o f boiled rice is th e result o f a h u n d red fo ld la b o u r,” M onks [132] h eard these people . . . w h o sp read it a b o u t. T h e n th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

*' I a llo w y o u , m onks, if a n y th in g fa lls th a t i? bein g g iv e n to y o u ,2 to m ak e use o f it h a v in g p ick ed it u p yo u rse lv e s , for it is le ft b eh in d (for yo u ), m on ks, b y b e n e fa c to rs/ ' || 26 ||

N ow a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k w a lk ed fo r a lm sfo o d w ith lon g (finger-) n a ils.3 A certa in w o m an , h a v in g seen h im , sp ok e th u s to th a t m o n k : " C om e, h on oured sir, in d u lge in se x u a l in terco u rse/ '

" N o, sister, th a t is n ot a llo w a b le / '" I f y o u do not, h on oured sir, I w ill n ow , h a v in g scra tch ed

m y lim bs w ith m y ow n nails, m a k e a ro w ,4 sa y in g , T h is m on k has m a ltre a ted m e / '

“ Y o u , sister, u n d erstan d t h a t / ' T h e n th a t w om an , h a v in g scratch ed her lim bs w ith h er ow n n ails, m ad e a row , sa y in g , " T h is m on k h as m a ltre a ted m e / ' P eo p le , h a v in g run u p , to o k h old o f th a t m on k. B u t th ese p eo p le sa w sk in an d b lo o d on th a t w o m a n ’s n ails ; s e e ir g th is, th e y sa id : " T h is is th e w o rk o f th is w om an herself, th e m o n k is in n o c e n t," and th e y let go of th a t m onk. T h en th a t m o n k, h a v in g gon e b a c k to th e m o n astery, to ld th is m a tte r to th e m on ks. T h e y said : “ B u t d o yo u , y o u r reveren ce, w ear lo n g n ails ? "

" Y e s, y o u r re ve ren ce s." T h o se w h o w ere m od est m onks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w ca n th is m o n k w ear long nails ? " T h en th ese m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ M onks, lon g nails sh ould n o t b e w o rn .5 W h o e v e r sh ould w ear them , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." || 1 ||

sakkaccam, d u ly , p r o p e r ly , c a r e fu l ly , r e s p e c t f u l ly .a B u . s a y s t h a t t h is is e x p la in e d in t h e B h o ja n a v a g g a (Vin. iv . 6 9 —90).3 N a ils a r e d e fin e d a t Vism. 250 f.* kuppa, e x p la in e d b y B u . a s sadda, n o is e .

V ^ . 12 1 0 p o in ts o u t t h a t t h e c u t t in g o f t h e n a ils w a s a l lo w e d fo r r e a s o n s o f s e lf -p r o te c tio n .

27.2-4] C U L L A V A G G A V 185

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks c u t1 th e ir n a ils w ith th e ir nails an d th e y c u t th e ir n ails w ith th eir m o u th an d th e y ru bbed th em d ow n on a w a ttle a n d d au b w a ll ; th e ir fingers becam e p ain fu l. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m onks, c u ttin g of th e n a ils .” T h e y c u t th e ir n ails dow n to th e b lood ; th e ir fingers b ecam e p ain fu l. “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, to cu t*you r n ails dow n to th e h e ig h t2 of th e flesh .”

N o w at th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m o n ks h ad th eir tw e n ty (nails) polish ed. P eo p le . . . spread it ab o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e householders w ho e n jo y pleasures of th e senses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, y o u sh o u ld not h a ve y o u r tw e n ty (nails) polished. W h o e v e r should h a v e th is done, th ere is an offence of w rong-d oing. I a llo w yo u ,m onks, to rem ove th e d irt o n ly .” || 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e monks* h a ir3 cam e to b e lon g. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " B u t, m onks, are th e m onks a b le to c u t one a n o th e r 's h a ir ? "

“ T h e y are ab le (to do so), L o rd .” [133] T h en th e L o rd , on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : " 1 a llow , m onks, a razo r, aw h etston e, a razor-case ,4 a piece o f fe lt,5 an d all a b a rb e r 'seq u ip m en t.” 6 j| 3 j]

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n ks h ad th eir beard s trim m ed ,7 th e y m ade th e ir beard s g ro w (long8), th e y h ad th em shaped lik e a g o a t 's b eard ,9, th e y h ad th e m sh ap ed in to four co m ers ,10 th e y h ad th e h air on th eir ch ests sh a p e d ,11 th e y had

1 ckindati, t o c u t o ff, t o c u t d o w n , t o r e m o v e , t o d e s t r o y . B u t a s V A . 12 10 s a y s t h e r e w a s n o o ffe n c e in c u t t in g t h e n a ils b y m e a n s o f t h e n a ils a n d so o n . I d o n o t t h in k w e n e e d t r a n s la t e ckindati b y *' t o r e o ff a s a t Vin. Texts i ii. 13 7 .

a pantdna, m e a s u r e ; o f te n , a s in " t h e patndna o f a n a v e r a g e m a n /* m e a n in g h e ig h t .

* kesa, d e n n e d a t Vism. 249 f.4 khurasipdtika, e x p la in e d a t V A . 1 2 1 0 a s khurakosaka, a l i t t le s h e a th

fo r a r a z o r .* nam ataka, a s a t C V . V . 1 1 . I ; 19 . I ; X . 10 . 4.6 khurabhapd^a, a s a t V in . i. 2 4 9. S e e B .D . i v . 34 5, n. 5 . Cf. tantabhait^a

a t C V . V . 28. 2.7 massum kappapenti. V A . 1 2 1 1 s a y s kattariya massuijt chedapenti, c a u s e d

th e ir b e a r d s t o b e c u t o ff w ith s c is s o rs (or w ith a k n ife ) .8 A d d e d a t V A . 1 2 1 1 .* golomikatft kdrdpenti. V A . 1 2 1 1 s a y s , '* h a v in g m a d e th e m lo n g o n

t h e c h in , t h e y a r e c a lle d : a r r a n g e d a s a g o a t ’s b e a r d , elakamassuka10 caturassakan ti catukoyiam, V A . 1 2 1 1 .11 parimukhatjt kdrdpenti, o f w h ic h V A . 1 2 1 1 s a y s t h is w a s a g r o w in g ,

g a th e r in g , c o l le c t in g (th e re fo r e a c u t t in g ) , samharanat in to lin es o f t h e h a ir o f th e c h e s t .

H

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

the h air on th eir sto m ach s sh a p ed ,1 th e y a rran ged w h iskers, th e y had th e h air on th e ir bodies re m o v e d .2 P e o p le . . . . spread it ab o u t, s a y in g : " L ik e househ old ers w h o e n jo ypleasures o f the sen ses/ ’ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M onks, y o u sh ould n o t h a v e y o u r b eard s trim m ed. . . y o u should n o t h a v e th e h a ir o f y o u r bod ies rem o ved . W h o e v e r sh ould h a v e it rem o ved th ere is an offence o f w ro n g­d o in g / '3

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k cam e to h a v e a sore on a certa in p a rt o f his b o d y ;4 th e m ed ica m en t w o u ld n o t adhere. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w yo u , m onks, to rem ove th e h air o n th e b o d y in th e case o f illness/*

II 4 IIN o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks h a d th e h a ir o f

th eir h ead s c u t off w ith scissors. P e o p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e householders w h o e n jo y p leasures o f th e sen ses/ ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, y o u should n o t h a v e th e h a ir of y o u r h ea d s c u t off w ith scissors. W h o e v e r should (so) h a v e it cu t off, th e re is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g.”

Now' a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k cam e to h a v e a sore on his h ea d ; he w a s not ab le to sh a ve th e h a ir o f his h e a d w ith a razo r. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w yo u , m onks, to c u t off th e h a ir o f th e h e a d w ith scissors in th e case o f illness.”

N o w at th a t tim e m o n ks w ore th e h a ir in th e ir n o strils long. P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e (Jem on-w orship­p ers/ '5 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, y o u should not w ear th e h a ir in y o u r n ostrils lo n g. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) w ear it, th ere is a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g/ 1

1 a d d h a ru ka . V A . 1 2 1 1 s a y s “ a n a r r a n g e m e n t in t o lin e s o f t h e h a ir o n t h e s to m a c h .* '

* sam badhe lom a m sa m h a rd p en ti. S e e n o t e b u t o n e a b o v e o n sarnharapa. C o r re s p o n d in g ru le fo r n u n s a t N u n s* P a c . 2 a n d w h e r e sam b& dha is d e fin e d . I t h in k sa m h a rd p en ti is m o re c o r r e c t ly t o r e m o v e ( th u s c u t t in g in t o a s h a p e ) t h a n “ g r o w " (a m e a n in g g iv e n a b o v e ) , in v ie w o f t h e o t h e r 4‘ s h a p in g s / ' a n d a ls o b e c a u s e o f t h e o b je c t io n s le v e lle d a t t h e n u n s a n d a ls o , a b o v e , a t t h e m o n k s .

3 A s V A . 1 2 1 1 n o te s t h e r e is a d u h k a ta fo r t h e s h a p in g o f t h e b e a r d a n d e v e r y t h in g e ls e . *

4 sambadhe, w h ic h , a s d e fin e d in N u n s ' P a c . 2 m e a n s t h e a r m p it s a n d p r i v a t e p a r ts .

5 p is d c i l lik a , a s a t M V . I I I . 12. 3 , C V . V , 10. 2.

27.5— 28.1] C U L L A V A G G A V 187

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks h ad th e h a ir in th e ir n ostrils ta k e n out w ith pieces of c ry s ta l1 an d b y m eans o f b eesw a x ; th eir nostrils b ccam e p ain fu l. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, tw e e ze rs .” 2

N o w a t th a t tim e the grou p o f s ix m o n ks h ad g r e y h airs3 ta k e n o u t. P eo p le . . . sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " L ik ehouseholders w h o e n jo y p leasures o f th e senses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, y o u sh o u ld not h a v e g re y h airs ta k e n out. W h o e v e r sh ould h a v e th e m ta k e n o u t, there is an offence of w rorig-d oin g.” || 5 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k 's ears w ere sto p p ed w ith w ax. [134] T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m on ks, an in stru m en t fo r rem o vin g d irt fro m th e ears.4

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks used va rio u s kinds o f in stru m en ts fo r re m o vin g d irt from th e ears, m ad e of go ld , m ade o f silver. P eo p le . . . sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e h ouseholders w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, va rio u s k in d s of in stru m en ts fo r rem o vin g d irt from th e ears sh ou ld n o t be used. W h o e v e r sh o u ld use (these), th ere is an offence of w rong-doing. I a llo w th em , m on ks, (to be) m ad e o f bone, m ade o f iv o ry , m ad e of h orn , m ad e of reeds, m ade o f b am b o o , m ade of a p iece o f s tic k , m ad e of la c , m ad e o f c ry s ta l, m ad e of cop p er, m ad e of th e cen tre o f a co n ch sh ell.” 5 || 6 || 27 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks m ad e a la rg e sto re of co p p er goods, of bronze goods. P e o p le to u rin g th e d w ellin g-p lace , h a v in g seen th is, lo o ked d o w n u pon , critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : et H o w can these recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s m a k e a large store o f co p p er good s, of bronze g o o d s lik e d ealers in bronze ? ”6 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : M onks, a storeo f copper goods, of b ro n ze go od s sh o u ld n o t b e m ad e. W h o ­ever sh o u ld m ak e one, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g.”Hi li_________________________________________________________________

1 s a k k h a rik d « C f . M V . V I . 14. 5 , lon a -sa k -.* sa n d d sa a s a t M . ii. 7 5 , J a . i . 13 8 .3 p a lita . C f . p a lita k e s i a t M . i . 88. M A . ii. 60, p a n g a ra k e sa .4 A llo w e d a g a in b e lo w , C V . V . 28. 2 .fi A s a t M V . V I . 12, 1 , 3 ; C V . V . 11, 1 , e tc .6 ka tn sa p a tth a rika . V A . 1 2 1 1 e x p la in s a s k a m sa b h a n tfa va tiija , m e r c h a n ts

in b ro n z e g o o d s .

188 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks w ere (too) scru p u lo u s to use an oin tm en t b o x 1 a n d an o in tm en t s t ic k 2 a n d an in stru m en t fo r rem o vin g d irt from th e e ars3 a n d a h a n d le .4 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m o n ks, an o in tm en t b o x . . . a h a n d le .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s sa t d o w n lo llin g 5 on th e ir o u ter c lo a k s ,6 th e c o tto n c lo th 7 o f th e o u te r c lo aks g a v e w a y .8 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M onks, y o u sh ould n o t sit d o w n lo llin g on o u te r cloaks. W h o ever sh o u ld (so) sit d ow n , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g ­d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k ca m e to b e ill ; th ere w a s no co m fo rt fo r h im w ith o u t a bandage.® T h e y to ld th is rtiatter to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m o n ks, a b a n d a g e ." T h en it occurred to m o n k s : " N o w h o w sh o u ld a b a n d a ge b em ad e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llow , m onks, a loom , sh u ttles, strin g s, t ic k e ts a n d a ll th e eq u ip m en t fo r a lo o m .1' j| 2 || 28 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k en tered a v illa g e fo r a lm s­food w ith o u t his w a istb a n d ; on a ca rria g e ro ad h is in n er robe d ropped d o w n .10 P eop le sh o u ted o u t11 an d th a t m o n k [135] b ecam e ash am ed . T h e n th a t m o n k , h a v in g gon e b a c k to th e m on astery, to ld th is m a tte r to th e m on ks. T h e m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e s a i d : " M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t en ter a v illa g e w ith o u t y o u r w a istb a n d . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so)

1 a n ja n l, a l lo w e d a t M V . V I . 12, I , 2 , 4.1 A llo w e d a t M V . V I . 12, 3.* A llo w e d a t C V . V . 27. 6 .4 band ha na m atta . M e a n in g u n c e r t a in . V A , 1 2 1 1 s a y s a ba n d ha n a m a ita

f o r a v a sika tta ra y a tth ikd d ln a m , a k n ife a r d m e n d ic a n t 's s ta f f . O r s h o u ld haitara r e a d k a tta rl, s c is s o rs ? W e s h o u ld t h e n g e t " a s t ic k f o r k n if e a n d scissors.** C f. bandhanam attatn a t M V . V . 11. i , V I I . 1. 5 , b u t in b o t h p a s s a g e s i t se e m s t o h a v e a d if fe r e n t m e a n in g f r o m a b o v e .

6 C f . S e k h iy a 26 w h e r e " lo ll in g '* is d e fin e d a s lo ll in g o n t h e h a n d s , lo ll in g o n c lo th s .

* A s a t C V . I V . 4 . 7 (e n d ).7 R e a d p a itd in s te a d o f t e x t 's p a tta , a s n o t e d a t V in . T e x ts i ii. 1 4 1 , n . 6 .* A s a t M V . V I I I . 21. 1 w h e r e a r e m e d y is *' a l lo w e d ." ’ S e e B . D . iv . 424.

L u jja n t i , ** g a v e w a y / * o c c u r s a ls o a t C V . V . 16. 2 , 17. 2 a n d is t h e r e t r a n s la t e d " fe ll in .*'

9 ayoga, a s a t V in . i ii. 2 5 7 , iv . 17 0 . S e e B . D . i i . 14 4 , n . 2.10 p a b h a ssitth a , a s a t V in . iv . 15 9 .11 A s a t V in . i v . 3 4 5 .

29.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A V 189en ter one, th ere is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g. I a llow , m on ks, a w a istb a n d .” 1 j| x ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks w ore va rio u s k in d s o f w a is tb a n d s ; th o se of m a n y stra n d s ,2 those lik e th e head o f a w a te r-sn a k e ,3 th o se lik e tam b o u rin e d ru m s,4 those like ch ain s, 6 P eop le . . . sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " L ik e house­holders w h o e n jo y pleasures o f th e sen ses." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M o n k s , va rio u s k in d s ofw aistb an d s sh ould n o t be w orn : th o se o f m a n y stra n d s . . . those lik e chain s. W h o e ve r sh o u ld w ear one, there is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g .6 I a llow , m on ks, tw o (kinds of) w aistb an d s : a strip o f co tto n c lo th ,7 one w ith a w ell m ade e n d ." 8

T h e borders o f a w a istb a n d w ore o u t. “ I a llow , m onks, those lik e ta m b o u rin e drum s, th o se lik e ch a in s ." T h e end of a w a istb a n d w o re o u t. " I a llo w , m on ks, a sew in g round,® a k n o ttin g ." 10 T h e en d o f a w a istb a n d w h ere it w a s lo o p ed 11 w ore out. " I a llow , m onks, a b u c k le ."12

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m on ks w ore va rio u s kinds o f b u ck les, m ad e o f g o ld , m ade o f silver. P eo p le * . . spread it ab o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y p leasures o f th e sen ses." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, va rio u s k in d s o f b u ckles sh o u ld n o t be w orn. W h o ­

I T a k e n fo r g r a n t e d a t M V . I . 25, 9, 10 .* k a ld b u k a . V A . 1 2 1 1 e x p la in s b y b a h u r a jju k a .5 ded4**bhakatn ttdtna u d a k a sa p p is lsa s a d isa m , so V A . 1 2 1 1 .4 m u ra ja . V A » 1 2 1 1 s a y s t h e y a r e m a d e , h a v in g t w is t e d th e s h a p e in to

a ta m b o u r in e d r u m (vatta, c ir c le , r o u n d ) .6 m a d d a v in a . V A . 1 2 1 1 (r e a d in g -v d n a ) s a y s p am an g asa n thd na rf1. Cf.

C V . V . 2. 1 w h e r e p d m a n g a o c c u r s . S e e a ls o B . D . i. 7 7 , n . 9.* B u . s a y s th e r e m u s t n o t b e e v e n o n e o f th e s e , m u c h le s s m a n y .7 p a tt ik d . V A . 1 2 1 1 e x p la in s t h a t h e re i t is a p a itik d t h a t is w o v e n

o r d in a r ily o r t h a t is w o v e n in t h e fish a n d t h o r n d e s ig n (? tn accha ka p tha ka - va yim d), a n d i t c o n tin u e s , " t h e r e a r e t o b e n o d iv is io n s in to k u n ja r a c c h ik d d i.** K u i i ja is a h o llo w .

8 su k a ra n ta k a . V in . T e x ts iii. 14 3 " d o n o t v e n t u r e t o t r a n s la t e t h e te rm / * a n d i t s m e a n in g is e x t r e m e ly d o u b t fu l . V A . 1 2 1 1 h a s v .l. s-ukaran^aka, a n d a ls o (a t V in . ii. 3 1 9 ) su k a ra n ta k a , w h ic h I a d o p t a s t h e m o s t in te llig ib le , a lth o u g h p o s s ib ly n o t t h e m o s t c o r r e c t r e a d in g . V A . 1 2 1 1 e x p la in s b y s a y in g it is fa s h io n e d in to a w e ll m a d e (sukara) ro u n d c a s e fo r a k e y .

* sobhapa. V A . X 212 s a y s “ h a v in g t w is t e d i t , th e r e is th e s e w in g o f a c ir c u la r e n d ," m u k h a v a tfis ib b a n a .

30 g u n a k a . C f . sa g u n a m katvd a t M V . 1 . 25. 9 . V A . 1 2 1 2 s a y s " a s e w in g a fte r t h e s t y le o f m u d d ik d {i.e. a s ig n e t r in g , a b u n c h o f g r a p e s ; o r tn u d d ik a , a n a c c o u n ta n t m a y b e m e a n t— o n e w h o t ie s c o in s , e tc . , in to k n o t s in h is w a is tb a n d ?).

II p a v a n a n ta .14 v id ha , a s a t P a c . 86. 2. 2 . S e e B . D . i i i . 8 9 , n . i„

I9Q B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

e ver should w ear one, th ere is a offence of w ron g-d oin g. I a llow th em , m onks, (to be) m ad e o f b o n e . . . m ad e o f th e inside o f a conchsh ell, m ad e of th r e a d .”1 || 2 ||

N o w at th a t tim e th e ven era b le A n a n d a h a v in g p u t on ligh t-w eigh t upp er robes,2 en tered a v illa g e fo r a lm sfoo d ; h is u p p er robes w ere b lo w n u p b y gu sts o f w in d .3 T h en th e ven erable A n a n d a , h a v in g gon e b a c k to th e m o n a stery , to ld th is m a tte r to th e m on ks. T h e m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m on ks, a b lo c k ,4 so m eth in g tot ie / ’ 5

N o w at th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks used v a rio u s k in d s o f b lo cks, m ade o f g o ld , m ad e o f s ilv er . P e o p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e househ old ers w h o e n jo y p leasures o f th e senses.'1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, va rio u s k in d s o f b lo ck s sh o u ld n o t b e used . W h o ­e v e r sh ould use th em , th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llow them , m onks, (to be) m ad e o f bon e . . . m ad e o f th r e a d / '

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks in serted b lo ck s an d th in g s to tie in to th eir robes ; th e robes w ore o u t. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m o n ks, a sh ield 6 fo r th e b lo cks, a shield fo r th e th in g s to t ie .” [136] T h e y in serted th e sh ields fo r th e b lo c k s an d th e sh ie ld s fo r th e th in g s to tie a t th e edge (of th e robe) ; a co rn er w a s re ve a led . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to insert a sh ield fo r th e b lo ck s a t th e ed ge ; to in sert a sh ield for th e th ings to tie h a v in g ta k e n it b a c k seven finger b re a d th s or e igh t finger b re a d th s.” || 3 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e grou p o f s ix m o n ks dressed in house­holders' u n d er g arm en ts : “ th e e le p h a n t’s tru n k ” ,7 " th e

1 This last, thread, is in addition to the usual list as given above, e.g. at CV. 2 7 . 6.

9 sam ghdtiyo as it is in the plural must refer to more than the outer cloak ; and since the verb p d r u p a ti is used the reference is probably to this and to the upper robe.

* O f. V in . iv. 345.* gatythika. See B .D . iii. 88, n. 4.* p d sa k a , perhaps a bow for the dress. C f , T h lg . 4 1 1 and Morris, J P T S .

1893, p . 4 5 -6 .0 p h a la k a , perhaps a slip of wood or bark as in p h a la h a c lr a , used in making

an ascetic's dress, V in . i. 305, D . i. 167.7 h a tth ison g a k a . V A . 1212 says dressed, having made an appendage

(hanging down) in the form of an elephant's trunk.

29.4— 30] C U L L A V A G G A V

fish’s ta il,”1 “ th e fo u r corn er a rran g e m e n t,” 2 “ th e p a lm y ra w hisk a rran gem en t/ '3 " th e h u n d red ju n g le ro p es .” 4 P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e householders w ho e n jo y pleasures of th e senses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, y o u sh ould n ot dress in househ olders' under g arm en ts : ‘ th e e le p h a n t's tru n k ' . . . ' th e h un dred ju n g le ropes/ W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) dress, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g­d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m on ks p u t o n 6 house­h olders' u p p er garments.® P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y ­ing : " L ik e householders w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, yo u should n o t p u t on househ old ers' u p p er garm en ts. W h o e v e r should p u t one on, there is an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g.” || 4 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p of s ix m on ks dressed in lo in ­c lo th s .7 P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " L ik e ak in g 's sh aven bearers w ith co ils .” 8 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, y o u sh ould n ot dress in lo in­cloths. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) dress, th ere is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g.” |J 5 || 29 ||

N ow a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m onks carried a d ouble carry in g -p o le .8 P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e a

1 tn acchavdlaka . V A . 1212 says dressed, having hung the edge of the border on one side, the edge of the tie on the other.

2 V A . 1212 explains there were two above and two below, hence showing four corners when clothed thus.

3 td la v a n ta ka . C f . CV. V. 2 2 . 2. V A . 1212 says that when clothed one suspends the outer cloak in the manner of a palmrya whisk.

4 sa ta v a llik d . C f . v a llik d at CV. V. 2 . 1 where although the word may mean ear ornaments, these may be formed like jungle ropes. See also CV. V. 1 8 . 2.V A . 1212 says dressed by making a bracelet (-like arrangement), ovattika, having folded over the long outer cloak a number of times ; or, dressed showing continual jungle ropes at the left and right sides. If one or two jungle ropes appear from the knee it is all right. C f . ovattika at CV. V. 2 . 1.

6 On p a r u p a ti and n iv d seti, put on and dress in, see B . D . ii. 32, notes 2, 3.• Bu. enumerates a number of upper garments which he classifies as

householders', including a Jain*,s, a wanderer's,-a one-cloth ascetic's, and a biahman’s.

7 sa m v elliy a m . C f . sa m v elliy a m k a tisu tta k a m at CV. X . 1 6 . 2. V A . 1212 says that they dressed having tied on long grass, ka cch a, like wrestlers and workmen, and that it is explained in the Sekhiyas that a monk must be dressed having covered up the three circles all round. (See Sekhiyas 1, 2).

8 m u n g a v a tti. V A . 1213 (with v .l. -vet h i ) says “ the meaning is people going anywhere for a king and carrying goods and equipment/' The coils vatti, would be the pads they wear on their heads to support the burden.

® I .e . with the weight at each end. C f . k d ja at MV. I. 2 0 . 19.

192 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

kin g 's sh aven bearers w ith c o ils / ’ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e s a id : “ M onks, y o u sh ould n o t c a r r y a d ouble carryin g-p ole. W h o e v e r sh o u ld c a r ry one, th ere is an offence of w rong-doing. I a llow , m onks, a single c a rry in g -p o le , a carryin g-p ole fo r tw o b earers,1 a w eig h t (carried) on th e head , a w eigh t (carried) on th e shoulders, a w eig h t (carried) on th e hips, one h u n g o n / ' || 30 |]

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks d id n o t ch e w 2 to o th -w o o d 3; th e ir m ouths cam e to sm ell n a sty . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M onks, th ere are these five d isa d v a n ta g e s in not ch ew in g to o th -w o o d 4 : it is b a d fo r th e ^yes, th e m o u th becom es n a s ty sm elling, th e ch an n els of ta ste are n o t purified , p h elgm an d m u cu s g e t on food , o n e ’s food is not e n jo y e d . T h ese, m onks, are th e five d isa d v a n ta g e s o f not ch ew in g to o th -w o o d . M onks, there are th ere five a d v a n ta g e s in ch ew in g to o th -w o o d : it is go od for the eyes, th e m o u th does not becom e n a sty sm elling, th e channels of ta ste are pu rified , ph elgm a n d m u cu s do n ot g et on food, o n e’s food [137] is e n jo ye d . T h ese , m onks, are th e five a d v a n ta g es o f ch ew in g to o th -w o o d , I a llow , m onks, to o th -w o o d .” || 1 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks ch ew ed lo n g pieces o f to o th -w o o d ; th e y even flick ed n o vices w ith th ese. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, a lo n g piece o f to o th -w o o d sh ould not b e ch ew ed . W h o e v e r sh o u ld ch e w one, there is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g. I a llo w , m onks, a piece of to o th -w o o d to be e igh t fin g er b re a d th s (in len gth) a t th e m ost. A n d a n ovice sh ould n o t b e flicked w ith it. W h o e v e r sh ould flick him , th ere is an offence of ^wrong-doing.”

N o w a t th a t tim e as a certa in m o n k w a s ch ew in g a piece of to o th -w o o d th a t w as to o sh o rt it b ecam e lo d g ed in his th ro a t. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M on ks, to o sh ort a piece o f to o th -w o o d sh o u ld n o t b e ch ew ed . W h o e v e r should chew one, th ere is a n offence of w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w , m onks, a piece o f to o th -w o o d to b e fo u r finger b re a d th s (in length) a t th e le a s t .” || 2 || 3 1 j|

1 a n ta ra ka ja , which V A . 1213 explains as one having the weight in the middle and that may be transported by two (men).

1 k h a d a n ti, eat.8 dan lakattha , used in cleaning the teeth.4 As at A . iii. 250.

32.1— 33.i] C U L L A V A G G A V 193

N ow a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n ks set fire to a fo re st.1 P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e forest firers/*T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id ; “ M onks, aforest should not b e set on fire. W h o e v e r sh ould set one on fire, there is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g .”

N ow a t th a t tim e d w ellin g-p laces w ere ta n g le d o ve r w ith grass,2 A s th e fo rest fires w ere b u rn in g (forests an d so on) th e y b u rn ed th e d w ellin g-p laces. M onks w ere d o u b tfu l w h eth er to m ak e a co u n ter-fire3 to g iv e p ro tectio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, if a forest fire is b u rn in g, to m a k e a co u n ter-fire to g iv e p ro te c tio n / 'h i 11

N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m o n ks c lim b ed a tree a n d ju m p ed from tree to tree. P eo p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y ­ing : " L ik e m o n k e y s .” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, a tree sh o u ld n o t be clim b ed . W h o e v e r should c lim b one, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ’

N o w a t th a t tim e an e le p h a n t in fested th e w a y of a certa in m onk w ho w as g o in g to S a v a tth I th ro u g h th e K o sa la n d istricts . T h en th a t m on k rush ed u p to th e fo o t o f a ce rta in tree (but) being scru p u lo u s d id n o t c lim b th e tree ; th e e lep h a n t w ent off b y a n o th er (track). T h e n th a t m onk, h a v in g reach ed S avatth I, to ld th is m a tte r to th e m onks. (The m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd ).4 H e said : * I a llo w y o u , m on ks, i f there is a reason, to c lim b a tree to th e h e ig h t o f a m an , a n d as h igh as yo u like in cases o f d istress/ '6 || 2 f| 32 j| [138]

N o w a t th a t tim e Y a m e lu a n d T ek u la * w ere th e n am es o f tw o m on ks w h o w ere b rothers, b ra h m a n s b y b irth , w ith lo v e ly voices, w ith lo v e ly en u n ciatio n . T h e y a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , th e y sa t d ow n

1 A s a t V in . i i i . 85.* A s a t A . i. 15 3 , ii i , 12 8 .* pataggitp d a tu m . C f . J d . i. 2 1 2 . V A . 1 2 1 4 s a y s h a v in g m a d e t h e g r o u n d

sq u a re , i t is p o s s ib le t o c o n v e y g r a s s t h e r e a n d d ig i t in c a r e fu l ly , a n d h a v in g b ro k e n o ff d a m p b r a n c h e s t o c o o l d o w n t h e fire .

4 O m itte d in t h e t e x t .* S u c h a s s e e in g w i ld a n im a ls , fo r e s t fire s , o r a p p r o a c h in g f lo o d s , o r s u c h

a s w a n t in g t o see t h e r ig h t d ir e c t io n i f o n e is on t h e w r o n g r o a d (so V A . 1 2 1 4 ) .8 Y a m e ju t e k u la . T h is c o m p o u n d s h o u ld p o s s ib ly b e r e s o lv e d in to Y a m e la

a n d T Jteku la , b u t is t a k e n a s r e p ro d u c e d a b o v e b y D . P . P . N . (u n d e r T e k u la ) a n d V in . T e x ts i ii. 14 9 , q.v. n o t e 3 . T h e s e m o n k s a r e m e n tio n e d n o w h e re b u t h ere , I t h in k . '

H*

194 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s th e y w ere s itt in g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, these m o n ks sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " A t present, L o rd , m o n ks o f v a rio u s nam es, v a r io u s c la n s, va rio u s social s tra ta h a v e g o n e fo rth fro m va rio u s fam ilies ; these co rru p t th e speech o f th e A w a k e n e d O n e in (using) h is ow n d ia le c t.1 N o w w e, L o rd , g iv e th e sp eech o f th e A w a k e n e d O ne in m etrica l fo rm / ’2 T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd reb u k ed th em , sa y in g : “ H o w ca n y o u , fo o lish m en, sp ea kth u s : ' N o w w e, L o rd , g iv e th e sp eech o f th e A w a k e n e d O ne in m e trica l fo rm ’ ? I t is n ot, fo o lish m en, fo r p lea sin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p leased . . . A n d h a v in g re b u k e d th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , h e ad d ressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

" M onks, th e sp eech o f th e A w a k e n e d O ne sh o u ld n o t be g iv en in m e trica l form . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) g iv e it , th e re is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to learn th e speech o f th e A w a k e n e d O n e a cco rd in g to his ow n d ia le c t ." 11*11

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks le a rn t m e ta p h y sic s .3 P eo p le , . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e h o useh old ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses." M o n k s h eard th ese p eo p le w h o . . . sp read it a b o u t. T h e n th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ N o w , m o n ks, ca n one w h o sees th e essence (as being) in m e ta p h y sic s a tta in to g ro w th , increase, m a tu r ity in th is dham m a a n d d iscip lin e ? "

“ T h is is n o t so, L o r d ."“ O r co u ld one w h o sees th e essence (as being) in th is dhamma

a n d d iscip lin e lea rn m e ta p h y sic s ? "“ T h is is n o t so. L o r d ."“ M onks, m e ta p h y sics sh o u ld n o t be le a rn t. W h o e v e r sh ou ld

learn th em , th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g ."

1 sa kd y a n ir u ttiy d . V A . 1214 says the current Magadhese manner of speech according to the awakened one. Cf. n iru ttx at M. iii. 234.

* cha n daso drop em a. V A . 1214 explains, " we give (d rop em a ) a way of speech according to the honoured dialect (or vernacular, s a k k a ta bhasa) like a Veda.** S a k k a ta , v.t. sa k k a ta , may be Sanskrit. See four reasons for supposmg so at V in . T e x ts iii. 150, n. C f . S d v itth l ch a n d a so tn u k h a m at S n . 568, V in . i. 246, and chan do n id d n a m g d th d n a m at 5 . i. 38.

* lo k d y a ta , name of a branch of brahman learning, probably metaphysics. See D ia l . i. 16 6 —17 2 ; V in . T e x ts iii. 151, n. 2 ; B . D . iii. 83, n. 1. Word also occurs at A . i. *63, 166, iii. 223, S n . p. 105, M . ii. 147. V A . 1214 says " it means everything is rejected, everything is unrejected ; it is the loreof other sects, connected with what is utterly groundless and which says by this or that method a crow is white, a crane is black.*'

33.2— 34.1] C U L L A V A G G A V 195

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n ks ta u g h t m etap h ysics. People offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks le a rn t w o rld ly kn o w led ge .1 P e o p le offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks ta u g h t w o r ld ly know ledge. P eop le offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” || 2 j[

N o w a t [139] th a t tim e th e L o rd , surround ed b y a large assem bly, sn eezed w hile he w a s te a ch in g dham m a . M onks, sa y in g : “ L o rd , m a y th e L o rd liv e (long), m a y th e w ellfarer live (long),” m ad e a lo u d noise, a g rea t noise ; th e ta lk on dhamma w a s in terru p ted b y th is noise* T h en th e L o rd addressed th e m onks, s a y in g : “ N o w , m onks, w h en (thephrase) ‘ L o n g life ’ is sp oken to one w h o h a s sneezed, ca n he for th is reason liv e or d ie ? ”

“ T h a t is n o t so, L o r d .”“ M onks, ‘ L o n g life ' sh o u ld n o t b e said to one w h o h as

sneezed. W h o e v e r sh ould s a y it , th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g­d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t t im e people sa id “ M a y y o u liv^e (long), honoured sirs ” to m o n ks w h o h a d sneezed. T h e m onks, b ein g scru p u ­lous, d id not resp o n d .. P eo p le * . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ H o w can these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s n o t respond w hen (the phrase) ‘ M a y y o u liv e (long), h on oured s i r s ’ is being sp o k en to th e m ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, househ old ers lik e lu c k y sig n s .2 I a llo wyo u , m onks, w h en (the phrase) * M a y y o u liv e (long), h on oured sirs ’ is b e in g sp ok en to y o u b y h o u seh o ld ers to s a y , ' L o n g life ' (to th e m ).” || 3 II 33 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e L o rd , su rrou n d ed b y a larg e a ssem b ly , w as tea ch in g dhamma s itt in g d ow n . A certa in m on k h a d eaten garlic ;3 he sa t dow n to one sid e, th in k in g : “ In ca se th em onks are in co m m o d ed .” T h e L o rd sa w th a t m o n k w h o w as sittin g d ow n a t one sid e ; seein g him , h e ad d ressed th e m on ks, say in g : “ M onks, w h y is th is m o n k s ittin g to one side ? ”

1 tir a c c k d n a v ijjd . Learnt and then taught by the group of six nuns at V in . iv. 305-6; a p a c itt iy a for them. The O ld Corny, on these Nuns* Pacittiyas, Nos. 49, 50, defines both tir a c c k d n a v ijjd and p a r iy a p u n d tit ** learn.” See B . D . iii. 337-9 and notes there.

* As at CV. V. 2 1 . 4.3 la su n a , defined at V in . iv. 259.

“ L o rd , th is m o n k h as e a ten g a rlic , so h e sa t d o w n a t one side, th in k in g : ' In case th e m o n ks are in co m m o d ed V '

“ B u t, m onks, sh o u ld th a t be e a te n w h ich , w h e n eaten , can (m ake th e eater) o u tsid e su ch a dhamma-taNz as th is ? ”

“ T h a t is not so, L o r d .”“ M onks, g a rlic sh o u ld n o t be eaten . W h o e v e r sh o u ld eat

it , there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”1 || i ||N o w a t th a t tim e th e ve n e ra b le S a r ip u tta h a d w in d in

his sto m ach . T h e n th e ve n e ra b le M o g g allan a th e G re at ap p ro ach ed th e v en era b le S a r ip u tta ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he sp oke th u s to th e ven era b le S a r ip u tta : “ W h e n y o u h a d w in d in y o u r sto m ach befo re , reveren d S a rip u tta , b y w h a t m eans did y o u get co m fo rt ? ”

“ I h ad g a rlic , y o u r re v e ren ce .” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to e a t g a rlic in th e case o f illn ess.” 2 || 2 |j 34 J|

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks re lie v e d th e m selve s here, there an d e ve ryw h e re in a m o n a ste ry ; th e m o n a ste ry w as soiled . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : *£ I a llo w y o u m onks, to re lieve y o u rse lve s a t one s id e .” [140] T h e m onas­te r y b ecam e n a s ty sm ellin g. “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a v e sse l.” S ittin g dow n, it w as p ain fu l. “ I a llo w , m onks, u rin a l sh o es.” 3 T h e urin al shoes w ere p u b lic ;4 m o n k s w ere ash am ed to re lieve th em selves. “ I a llo w , m onks, th re e (kinds of) fen ces to fen ce th em in : a fen ce o f b rick s, a fen ce o f stones, a fence o f w o o d .” T h e vessel bein g u n co vered b ecam e n a s ty sm ellin g . 4 4 I allow , m onks, a lid .” || x |J

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s e v a c u a te d here, th ere a n d e v e r y ­w h ere in a m o n a stery . . . . (as in || 1 ||) . . . T h e m o n a ste ry b ecam e n a s ty sm elling. " I a llo w , m o n ks, a c e ssp o o l.” T h e fa c in g o f th e cessp ool fe ll in .5 " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to pile u p th ree (kinds of) p ilin gs : a p ilin g o f b ricks, a p ilin g o f stones, a p ilin g o f w o o d .” T h e cessp ool w a s to o lo w to th e g ro u n d 6 • • ■ ” . . . I a llo w , m on ks, a b a lu s tra d e .” S itt in g inside,

1 A p d c iit iy a fo r n u n s , N u n s ' P a c . 1.* As a medicine, V A . 1214,1 Allowed at MV. V. 8.* C f . CV. V. 1 7 . 1.* As at CV. V. 1 7 . 2.* As at CV. V. 1 1 . 6.

196_________B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E ___________

35.2-4] C U L L A V A G G A V 197

th e y fell off. “ I a llow y o u , m on ks, t o e v a c u a te h a v in g spread (som ething) an d m ad e a h ole in th e m id d le ." S itt in g d o w n , it w as p ain fu l. “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, p r iv y sh o es ." |j 2 |j

T h e y e v a c u a te d outsid e. “ I a llo w , m onks, a tro u g h ." T here w as no w o o d fo r scrap in g . “ I a llow , m onks, w ood fo r scra p in g / ' T h ere w a s no recep ta cle1 fo r scra p in g . " I a llow , m onks, a recep ta cle (for th e wood) fo r sc ra p in g ." T h e cess­pool b ein g u n co vered becam e n a s ty sm ellin g. “ I a llow , m onks, a l id ." E v a c u a tin g in th e open air, th e y w ere b o th ered b y th e co ld and h e a t. “ I a llo w , m o n ks, a h u t fo r th e p riv y .'" T here w as no d oor to th e h u t. “ I a llo w , m on ks, a d oor . . .2 . . . sw ordfish teeth , th e five (pieces of) c lo th design , a b am b o o for robes, a co rd fo r ro b es."3 N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m onk, w e a k th ro u g h age, [14 1] h a v in g e v a cu a te d , fe ll d o w n as he w a s g e ttin g u p . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m on ks, a ch a ir w ith su p p o rts ." T h e h u t w as n ot fenced in. " I a llo w , m onks, th ree (kinds of) fences w ith w hich to fen ce it in : a fen ce o f b rick s, a fen ce o f stones, a fence o f w o o d ." f| 3 f|

T h ere w a s no porch. “ I a llo w , m on ks, a p o rc h ." T h ere w as no door to th e porch. “ I a llo w , m on ks, a door . . .4 . . . a cord to p u ll th ro u g h ." P o w d ered g ra ss fe ll o n to th e porch . . .5 " . . . five (pieces of) c lo th d e s ig n ." A ce ll becam esw a m p y6 . . . “ I a llow , m onks, a drain fo r th e w a te r ." T here w as no vessel fo r th e w a te r fo r rinsing. “ I a llo w , m on ks, a vessel fo r th e w a te r fo r r in s in g ." T h e re w as no sa u cer fo r the w a te r fo r rinsing. “ 1 a llow , m on ks, a sau cer fo r th e w a te r for rin sin g.” T h e y rinsed s ittin g d o w n ; it w as p ain fu l. <f I allow , m onks, shoes to be w orn fo r rin sin g .7 T h e shoes for rinsing w ere p u b l ic ; m on ks w ere ash am ed to rinse. “ I a llow , m on ks, th ree (kinds of) fen ces to fen ce th em in : a fence o f b ricks, a fence o f stones, a fen ce o f w o o d ." T h e vessel fo r th e w a te r fo r rinsing w a s u n co vered ; i t w a s litte red o ver w ith p o w d ered grass an d d u st. " I a llo w , m onks, a l id ." 11 4 II 35 ][__________ ____________________________________

1 p id h a r a .* As at CV. V. 1 4 . 3.* Last two items also at CV. V. 11 , 6.4 As at CV. V. 14 . 3.6 As at CV. V. 11 . 6.4 As at CV. V. 14 . 5,7 Allowed at MV. V. 8. 3.

jgS B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks in d u lg ed in b a d h a b its lik e th is1 : th e y p la n te d a n d ca u sed to b e p la n te d sm all flow erin g trees . . . a n d in d u lg ed in v a rio u s b a d h a b its . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, v a r io u skin d s o f b a d h a b its sh o u ld n ot be in d u lg ed in. W h o e v e r should in d u lge in th em , sh ould b e d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g to th e ru le ."2 || 36 ||

N o w a t th e tim e w h en K a s s a p a o f U ru v e la w en t fo rth m a n y co p p er go od s, w ood en good s, c la y go od s a ccru e d to th e O rder. T h e n it o ccu rred to th e m o n k s : “ N o w , w h a t co p p er good s are a llo w ed b y th e L o rd , w h a t are n o t a llo w ed ? W h a t w ooden good s a re a llo w ed , w h a t are n o t a llo w ed ? W h a t c la y go od s are a llo w ed , w h a t are n o t a llo w ed ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion , in th is con n ection , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g : " I a llo w , m on ks, a ll co p p er go od s e x c e p t a w eap o n ; a ll w ooden go od s e x ce p t a so fa ,3 [142] a d iv a n ,4 a w ood en b o w l,6 w ood en sh o es6; a ll c la y go o d s e x c e p t a (clay-foot-) scru b b er7 a n d a la rg e earth en v e sse l."8 || 37 j|

T o ld is th e F if th S ectio n : th a t on M inor M a tters

T h is is its k e y :

A g a in st a tree, a n d a g a in st a p o st, an d ag ain st a w a ll, on a ru b b in g -b o a rd (using a) gandhci (-bba h a n d in stru m en t), a

strin g,h a v in g p lu n ged in to , a scru b b er, sca b , a n d a g e , o rd in a ry m od e

w ith th e han d .

1 As at CV. I. 1 3 . 2 and For. Meeting. XIII. The passage has been translated at B . D . i. 314-318.

* V A . 1214 says they should be dealt with by a p d c itt iy a for a p d c itt iy a matter and by a d u k k a ja for a d u k k a ta matter.

* d s a n d i. See B . D . iii. 326, n. 1, and B . D . iv. 256, n. 5.4 p a lla n k a . See B . D . iii. 271, n. 3. •6 See definition of bowl at B . D . ii. 1 1 5 , 415, iii. 213. At CV. V. 8 . 2 it is

made a d u kka ta to use a wooden bowl.6 C f. MV. V. 6. 4 (k a tth a p a d u k a ), above d d ru p d d u k a .7 ka ta ka . See CV. V. 2 2 . 1 .* ku m b h a k d rik a . V A . 1215 says “ this is a hut made entirely of clay

like Dhaniya’s.” Dhaniya's story is told at the beginning of Defeat II.

C U L L A V A G G A V 199

A n d also ear-o m a m en ts, ch ain s, o rn am en ta l strin gs o f bead s fo r th e th ro a t1 sh ould n o t be w orn,

orn am en tal g ird les, ban gles, a rm lets, b ra cele ts , finger rings. L o n g, w ith a co m b , w ith a sn a k e 's h o o d in stru m en t, w ith th e

h an d s, w ith b eesw a x , w ith o ily w a te r, sores in a m irror a n d b o w l o f w a ter, o in tm en t, w ith p a ste an d

ch u n an ,T h e y sm eared ,2 a n d p a in tin g th e lim bs, p a in tin g th e faces, b o th

these,disease o f th e eyes, a n d th e m o u n tain to p , lo n g -d raw n , in to n ­

in g ,3 o u tsid e ,3M ango peels, w ith w h ole (m angoes), a sn ak e, an d he c u t off,

sa n d a l w ood, variou s kinds, bases o f bo w ls, go ld , th ic k , ja g s ,C a rved , w a s spoiled 4, n a s ty sm ellin g, in th e h e a t, w ere b ro ken ,

b y a so lid ben ch , p laster floorin g, grass (m at), p iece o f c lo th , a sta n d , a n d on a

w ick e r stan d ,A bag, a n d a s tra p a t th e ed ge, th re a d m a d e fo r ty in g , a peg, an d on a cou ch , a n d on a chair, on a la p , in a sunshade,

opened,A g o u rd , a w a te r-p o t, a sk u ll, od d b its , w a ste-tu b , sp lit op en ,5 handle, g o ld , feath ers a n d rind, a tu b e ,A n d ye a st, b a rley-m ea l, p o w d ered sto n e, b e esw a x , gum , m isshapen at th e co m ers, ty in g , u n even p la ce , on th e ground ,

o ld 5 a n d w as (not) e n o u g h ,6 A m ark , a n d a fa lse th read , un w ash ed , d am p , sand als, fingers, and a th im b le , a sm all b o w l, a b a g , ty in g s ,In th e open air, lo w to th e gro u n d , a n d a lso a p ilin g ,th e y w ere

in con ven ien ced , th e y fe ll off, p o w d ered grass, a sm earin g inside an d o u t,

1 Reading above is kaririasuttam , an ornamental string hanging from the ear Oldenberg at V in . ii. 320 queries whether it should not be kaxtthasuttaip(see CV. V. 2. 1) which is the reading in the Sinh. and Siam, editions.

3 Text here la n c a n ii ; at CV. V. 2 . 5, as also in Sinh. edn. la H ch e n ti. Siam. edn. la n c e n ti.

* These two words, run together as sara-bdhiraryt, stand for sarabhaU H a and bdliiralomi (CV. V. 3. 2 and 4).

4 Reading should be d u s s a ii as at CV. V- 9 . 3 and Sinh. and Siam*, edns., not as with Oldenberg d u ssa n ti.

5 v ip p a r i. Sinh. edn. v ip p h d li and Siam. edn. v ip h a li. At CV. V. 1 1 . 1 it is vipdtetvd.

6 Text reads jir a -p a t o ti c a ; Sinh. edn. jifiria tft p a h o ti ca ; Siam. edn. jir a p p a h o ti ca.

200 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

W h ite w a sh a n d tre a tm en t w ith b la c k co lo u rin g a n d red ch a lk , w rea th w o rk creep erw o rk sw o rd fish te e th strip s (of c lo th )1 A n d a bam boo an d co rd fo r robe*— th e L e a d e r a llo w ed (these). A n d th e y w en t a w a y h a v in g le ft , a kathina fram e w a s sp lit, W a s tw iste d o u t o f p o sitio n ,2 a n d on to a w all, th e y w en t a lo n g

ta k in g in a bow l, a bag, an d a th rea d fo r ty in g , h a v in g tied , sa n d a ls ,3 O n a road w a te r th a t w as not a llo w a b le , stra in er, lit t le p iece o f

c lo th ,regu latio n w a ter-p o t, tw o m on ks, th e S a g e reach ed V esa li, D o u b le (w ater-strain er), filter, he a llo w ed a stra in er.B y m osquitoes, v e r y ill th ro u g h su m p tu o u s (foods) a n d J iv a k a ,

[143]P la ce fo r p acin g u p a n d d o w n in, b a th ro o m , in an u n e ve n place,

lo w to the gro u n d , th ree pilings, th e y w ere in con ven ien ced , sta irs, b a lu stra d e , railing, In the open air, p o w d ered grass, a sm earin g in sid e a n d out w h itew ash a n d tre a tm en t w ith b la c k co lo u rin g a n d red c h a lk W re a th w o rk creep erw o rk sw ord fish te e th strip s (of c lo th )4 bam boo a n d co rd fo r robes, a n d it m a y b e b u ilt h ig h to th e

ground,A p iling, sta ircase an d b a lu stra d e ,5 a d oor, d o o rp o st a n d lin te l, a h o llow lik e a m o rtar, a sm all u p p er p ro je ctio n , a n d a po st,

a " m o n k e y ’s h e a d ,”A pin , a (stick used as a) b o lt, a k e y h o le , a n d p u llin g th ro u gh ,

a cord,a facin g , a n d a p ip e fo r ste a m , a n d in th e m id d le, c la y fo r

th e face,A n d n a s ty sm ellin g ,6 it scorch ed , a re ce p ta c le fo r w a te r ,7 a saucer,

1 Text reads paiika ; Siam. edn. pdtikatn ; Sinh. edn. pattika ; CV. V. 11. 6 and similar passages pancapatthikaip. P .E .D * takes pattika — pattaka “ made of or forming a strip of ciotb ; a bandage, a stiip (of cloth)/* Thus pancapatthika may be a design : the five strips (of cloth) design.

1 vinivethiya ; Siam. edn. vinivethiyati.a Sinh. edn. here inserts upahanattkavikan ca amsabandkanasuttakant, bag

for sandals and thread or tying at the edge ; and Siam. edn. updhanatthavikaH ca arnsavaddhan ca suttakam, bag for sandals and a strap at the edge and thread.

4 Text here reads makarantaka&atikam, but Sinh. edn. makaradantaka- paitikam and Siam, makaradantapatikam.

5 bah a here stands for dlambanabaha.4 Siam. edn. this word is preceded by doni, a tub or a trough, and in

Sinh. edn. by mattikado&i, a tub for clay, as at *CV. V. 14. 3.7 Text reads udakdtara, Siam. edn. udakhdnaiyi, and Sinh. edn. udakddhanarn,

with which cf. Bia’s udakanidhdna on CV. V. 14. 3, p. 166 above (udakafthdna), and also cf. udakddhdna at M . i. 414.

C U L L A V A G G A V 201

and it d id n o t m ak e them sw eat, sw a m p y , to w ash, one m a y m ake a drain ,

A n d a c h a ir ,1 abou t a porch, w o rk ,2 g ra v e l, ston es, a drain, naked, on the grou n d , w hen it ra in ed , three co verin gs there,A w ell, a n d it fe ll in ,3 b y m eans o f a creep er,4 b y m eans of

a w aistb an d ,a w ell-sw eep, h an d -w h eel, a w heel, m a n y vessels w ere broken, C opper, w ooden, strip s of anim als* hides, a h all, grass, a lid, a trough, a pool, a fence, sw a m p y , an d a b o u t a drain ,Cooled d ow n, a ta n k , an d sta le , w ith a c u rv in g roof, for four m onth s, an d la y d ow n to sleep, a n d a piece o f felt,

an d it sh ould n o t be a llo tte d ,C h ased (cushions), a s ta n d ,6 e a tin g th e y w ou ld share one,® Vacjdha, an d B o d h i, tre a d on it, litt le ja r, (c la y foot-) scrubber,

broom ,Stone pebble a n d scum as a fo o t-ru b b er, fan, p a lm yra -w h isk , an d also a m osqu ito fan , a ch o w ry , Sunshade, a n d 7 w ith o u t, in a m o n a ste ry— th e th re e 8— w ith

strin g, agreem ent, rum inator, lum ps o f boiled rice, lon g nails, th e y cu t, p a in fu l fingers. D ow n to th e b lood, a n d to th e h e ig h t, th e tw e n ty , long-haired, razor, w h etsto n e, razor-case, p iece o f fe lt, a b a rb er 's equ ip m en t, T h e y trim m ed beards, th e y le t th em grow , g o a t 's beard , fou r

cornered arran gem en t, on th eir ch ests an d on th e ir sto m ach s, w h iskers, rem o ved the

h air on th e ir bodies,Illness, scissors, a sore, lo n g, a n d w ith a piece of c ry s ta l, g re y hair, sto p p ed , and va rio u s k in d s o f co p p er goods, a store,®

1 R e a d in g p lth a m w ith S in h - e d n . in s te a d o f t e x t 's p lth e .* T h is m u s t r e fe r t o t h e v v re a th w o rk a n d c r e e p e r w o r k m e n tio n e d in C V . V .

14 4* . . . . . .8 R e a d in g lu j ja t i w ith S in h . a n d S ia m , e d n s ., in s te a d o f t e x t 's lu jja - t i& i.4 v a lliy d ; a t C V . V . 10. 2 v a ilik d y a .* C V . V . 19. 1 a n d S ia m . e d n . tn alorika n t ; a b o v e tn alorakam ; S in h . e d n .

m a lo jik a m . b* T e x t r e a d s b h u n ja n to ka tu v a ita y yu m ; S in h . e d n . b h u H ja n t* eka

tu v a ttika m ; S ia m . e d n . bhu n jan t* ekatn tuvaftayufjt.7 R e a d ca w ith S in g , a n d S ia m , e d n s ., in s te a d o f t e x t 's va.8 T h is re fe r s t o t h r e e (of t h e fo u r) r u lin g s la id d o w n a t C V . V . 23. 2, 3

fo r t h e u s e o f s u n s h a d e s : (1 ) a llo w e d , (2) n o t a llo w e d , (3) a llo w e d (o n ly )to a n in v a lid , (4) a llo w e d t o b e u se d b y a m o n k w h e th e r i l l o r w e llin a m o n a s te r y a n d m o n a s te r y p r e c in c ts . ^

* n ica y a , S in h . e d n . n ic a y d , t e x t n isa h a . S ia m . e d n . lo h a b h a n ^ a n k h a n i sa h a . S in h . e d n . in s e rts b e tw e e n t h is w o r d a n d " lo ll in g ” bandhanam aitatjt k u k k u ccd , (to o ) s c r u p u lo u s ( to u se) a h a n d le , see n . a t C V . V . 28. 2 a b o v e .

202 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

A n d lolling, a b an d age, s tr in g s ,1 t ick e ts , (w aist-)b an d , those o f m a n y stran d s, lik e th e h ea d o f a w a te r-sn a k e , like

tam b o u rin e drum s, those lik e c h a in s ,2 P a lm y ra w h isk , h u n d red ju n g le-ro p e s ,3 h a v in g p u t on h o u se ­

h old ers1 u p p er g arm en ts, loin cloth s, d ouble ca rry in g -p o le , to o th w o o d , on flick in g, L o d g ed in th e th ro a t, an d a fo rest, co u n terfire , a tree, an d b y

an e lep h an t,Y a m e lu (and T e k u la ),4 th e y learn t m eta p h y sics , th e y ta u g h t

it* [144]W o rld ly kn o w led ge ,6 he sn eezed, go o d lu ck , a n d he ate, a fflictio n o f w ind, an d it w as soiled , n a s ty sm ellin g, p a in fu l,

shoes,T h e y w ere ash am ed, n a s ty sm ellin g (un-) c o v e re d ,6 a n d th e y

d id it here and th ere, n a sty sm elling, cesspool, it fe ll in ,7 h igh to th e g ro u n d , an d

a b o u t a piling,S ta ircase, b a lu strad e, inside, p a in fu l an d shoes, o utsid e, a tu b a n d w ood , a n d a s t ic k ,8 u n co vered ,A h u t to r th e p r iv y , b o th a d o or a s w e ll as a d oorp ost and

lintel,a hollow lik e a m o rtar, an u p p er p ro je ctio n , a p o st, a n d a

m o n k e y 's h e a d ,”A pin, a b o lt, a k eyh o le, an d a hole fo r p u llin g (cord) th ro u g h

as w ell as

1 T e x t p a ta m ; S in h . e d n . a n d C V . V . 28. 2 v a ta m .8 S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s . h e r e h a v e t h e fo l lo w in g : p a ttik a m (S ia m , p a ttik a )

s iik a ra n ta n c a } dasd m u ra ja -v ep ik d (S ia m , m u r a jja -) p a v a n a n to p i j i r a t i / g a n th ik a m ucca va ca ii ca p h a la k a n te p i ogahe g ih in iv a tth a rn h a ttk iso n g a m m acchakatn catukan nakarn f (S ia m , g ihiv a tth a rn scmdarn m acchavalakarn ca tu k k - a n n a k a m )— a s tr ip o f c o t t o n c lo t h a n d o n e w ith a w e ll m a d e e n d / b o r d e r s , l ik e ta m b o u r in e d ru m s , a t w is t in g (v e n ik d , p r o b a b ly fo r sobh an a a t C V . V . 29. 2 ), a n e n d , a n d k n o t t in g t h e re s t , a ls o w h e r e i t w a s lo o p e d , / i t w o r e o u t , a b lo c k , a n d v a r io u s k in d s , a ls o s h ie ld s a n d e d g e s , t a k in g b a c k , / h o u s e h o ld e r s ' u n d e r ­g a r m e n ts : th e e le p h a n t 's t r u n k , t h e fish a r r a n g e m e n t , t h e fo u r c o r n e r e da r r a n g e m e n t. T h is c o v e r s C V . V . 29. 2 - 4 ( b e g in n in g ) , a n d c le a r ly s h o u ld b e in se rte d .

3 R e a d in g w ith S in h . e d n . sa ta v a llim , in s t e a d o f sa ta v a li a b o v e .4 T e x t re a d s Y a m e je , w h ic h I t a k e t o b e a p lu r a l o f “ Y a m e la a n d T e k u l a . "

B u t S in h . e d n . re a d s Y a m e la . S ia m . S a k a t e , w i t h v .l. Y a m e le . S e e n o te a b o v e t o C V . V . 33. 1 . * *

6 T e x t a n d S ia m . e d n . tira cch d n a k a th d . I fo l lo w S in h . tira ccha n a ga td v ij ja s in c e th e re is n o m e n tio n o f “ t a l k ** in C V . V . 33. 2. '

e p a r u .7 S h o u ld re a d lu j ja t i a s in S in h . a n d S ia m , e d n s ., n o t lu j ja n t i a s in t e x t .8 C V . V . 35. 3 p id h a ro ; a b o v e p id h d r o ; S in h . e d n . p ld h a ro ; S ia m . e d n .

pltha.ro .

C U L L A V A G G A V 203

a cord, a sm earing inside an d o u t, w h itew ash an d b la c k colouring

W re a th w o rk creep erw ork sw ordfish five strips o f c lo th (design) a b am boo an d a cord for robes, w e a k th ro u g h age, a fence,A n d a b o u t a p orch, as before, a n d g ra v e l, flagstones,(water) rem ained , a drain , an d also a vessel, a saucer.P a in fu l, sham e, a lid , a n d th e y in d u lged in b a d habits.H e a llo w ed co p p er goods a w eapon b ein g excep ted .A so fa an d d iv a n , a w ooden b o w l an d shoes bein g e x ce p te d — th e G ra a t S a g e a llo w ed a ll (other) goods m ade o f w ood.A n d th e T ru th -fin d er, a (c la y foot-) scru b b er an d an earth ern

vessel h a v in g been e x ce p te d , com passion ate, a llo w ed also a ll (other) go od s m ad e o f c la y .T h e ch a ra cter of w h a te v e r m a tte r , i f e q u al to th e preced ing, even if it is b rief, is kn o w n from th e c o n te x t in th e k e y .T h u s th e h u n d red a n d ten m a tte rs in th e M inor M atters in

th e discip lineare based on w h a t is dhamma in d eed — also there is h e lp for

th e w ell b e h a ve d .T h e exp ert in d iscip lin e is w ell tra in ed , fr ien d ly in m ind, v e r y

w ell b eh aved ,brin gin g lig h t, s te a d fa st, w o rth y o f honour, one w h o has

h eard m uch. [145]

204

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd w as s ta y in g a t R a ja g a h a in th e B a m b o o G ro ve a t th e sq u irre ls ' feed in g p la ce . N o w a t th a t tim e lo d gin gs h a d not been p e rm itted to m on ks b y th e L o rd . So these m on ks s ta y e d here an d th ere : in a forest, a t th e root o f a tree, on a h illsid e, in a g len , in a m o u n tain c a ve , in a cem etery , in a forest g la d e, in th e op en air, on a h eap o f s tra w .1 E a r ly in th e m orn in gs these w en t o u t from th is and th a t p lace : fro m th e fo rest . . . fro m th e h e a p o f straw , p leasin g w h en ap p ro a ch in g a n d w h en reced in g, w h en lo o kin g before, w h en lo o k in g b a c k , w h en b en d in g b a c k (their arm s), w hen stretch in g th em o u t, th e ir e y e s ca st d o w n an d possessed o f p leasan t b e h a v io u r .2 |j i ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a (great) m e rch a n t o f R a ja g a h a w en t e a r ly one m orning to a pleasure g ro v e .3 T h e (great) m erch a n t o f R a ja g a h a sa w these m o n k s go in g o u t fro m th is a n d th a t p la ce : from a forest . *. . from a h ea p o f s tra w , ? n d seein g th e m he m ad e u p h is m in d ,4 T h e n th e (great) m erch a n t o f R a ja g a h a ap p ro ach ed those m o n ks ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sp o k e th u s to those m on ks : “ I f I , re ve red sirs, w ere to h a v e d w ellin g- p laces b u ilt, w o u ld y o u s ta y in m y d w ellin g -p la ces ? ”

" H ouseholder, d w ellin g -p la ces h a v e n o t b een a llo w e d b y th e L o rd .”

“ W ell th en , revered sirs, h a v in g in q u ire d o f th e L o rd , te ll m e (w h at he s a y s ) .”

" V e ry w ell, h ou seh old er,” a n d th ese m on ks, h a v in g a n sw ered th e (great) m erch an t of R a ja g a h a in assen t, a p p ro a c h e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd , h a v in g g re e te d h im , th e y sat dow n a t a resp ectfu l distance* A s th e y w ere s itt in g d ow n at a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th ese m o n k s sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : “ L o rd > th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a is a n x io u s to h a v e

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) VI

1 Cf. same list at D . i. 71, M . iii. 3, A . ii. 210, and a shorter one at A . i. 241 The- *■ ns are defined at D A ► 209-210, V b h A . 366-7.

\ or less stock; cf. Vin. iii, 181, Z>* i. 70, M . iii. 35, 90, A . ii, 104,

\d at Vin. iv. 298.\ia*n pasidi, his mind became clear or brigbt.

1.2-4] C U L L A V A G G A V I 205

d w ellin g-p laces b u ilt. W h a t line o f co n d u ct should be follow ed b y us, L o rd ? ” T h en th e L o rd on th is occasion h a v in g g iven reasoned ta lk addressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

" I a llo w , m onks, five (kinds of) ab o d es r1 a d w ellin g-p lace, a cu rv e d house, a lo n g h ouse ,2 a m an sion ,3 a c a v e .” 4 || 2 ||

T h en [146] these m o n ks ap p ro ach ed th e (great) m erch an t of R a ja g a h a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , th e y sp oke th u s to th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a : “ H ouseholder, d w ellin g-p laces h a ve been a llow ed b y th e L o rd . D o n ow w h a t seem s r ig h t.1' T hen th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a h ad s ix ty dw elling- p laces estab lish ed on one d a y alone. W h en th e (great) m erchan t of R a ja g a h a h ad h a d th ese s ix ty d w ellin g-p laces finished he ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L ord , he sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w as sittin g dow n at a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : “ L o rd , m a y th e L o rd con sen t toa m eal w ith m e on th e m o rro w to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er of m o n k s.” T h e L o rd con sen ted b y b ecom in g silen t. T h e n th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a , h a v in g un d erstood th e L o r d ’s consent, rising fro m his seat d e p a rted k eep in g his r igh t side tow ard s him . |j 3 || '

T h e n th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a , h a v in g h a d su m p ­tu o u s foods, so lid an d so ft, p rep ared to w a rd s th e end o f th a t n igh t, h ad th e tim e an n o u n ced to th e L o rd , sa y in g : “ I t is tim e, L o rd , th e m eal is r e a d y ." T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orning, ta k in g his b o w l a n d robe, ap p ro a ch ed th e d w ellin g o f th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sa t d ow n on th e a p p o in te d seat to g eth er w ith the O rd er o f m onks. T h e n th e (great) m erch a n t o f R a ja g a h a , h av in g w ith his ow n h a n d served a n d satisfied the O rd er of m onks w ith th e A w a k en e d O ne a t its h ead w ith su m p tu o u s foods, so lid an d so ft, sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce w hen the L o rd h ad eaten a n d h a d w ith d ra w n his h an d from his bow l. A s he w as s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce th e (great)

1 C f. M V . 1 . 80. 4 , a n d a ls o B . D . i i . 16 , n . 6 (o n p . 1 7 ) .1 S e e B . D , i i. 1 6 , n . 5. P d sd d a is a g a in c a l le d d lg h a p d sa d a a t V A . 1 2 1 5 ,

o n a b o v e p a s s a g e . # # ,8 ham m iya . S e e B . D . ii. 16 , n . 6 . V A . 1 2 1 5 s a y s ** a h a m m iy a is l ik e

a p d sd d a w ith a c h a m b e r p la c e d o n t h e t o p m o s t o p e n -a ir f lo o r ." ^4 V A . 1 2 1 5 s a y s a c a v e , g u h d , in b r ic k s , in s to n e s , in w o o d , in la te r it e ,

p a m su . O n p a tjtsu a s m e a n in g " la t e r i t e " in t h is c o n n e c t io n s e e A . K .C o o m a r a s w a m y , In d . A r ch ite c tu r a l T e r m s, J A O S ., v o l. 48, n o . 3 , p . 26 6 .

206 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

m erchant of R a ja g a h a sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : “ L o rd , I h ad these s ix ty d w ellin g-p laces b u ilt becau se I n eed m erit, because I need h eaven . W h a t line o f co n d u ct am I, L o rd , to fo llo w in regard to these d w ellin g-p laces ? ”

“ W e ll now , do yo u , househ old er, esta b lish these s ix ty d w ellin g-p laces fo r (the use of) th e O rd er o f th e fo u r q u a rte rs ,1 present and to c o m e / ’

“ V e ry w ell, L o rd ,” a n d th e (great) m erch a n t o f R a ja g a h a , h a v in g answ ered th e L o rd in assent, h a d th o se s ix t y d w ellin g- p laces estab lish ed fo r (the use of) th e O rd er o f th e fo u r qu arters, present and to com e. || 4 |)

T h en th e L o rd th a n k ed th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a in these verses :2

“ T h e y w ard off co ld a n d h ea t a n d b easts o f p re y from there A n d creepin g th in g s a n d g n a ts a n d ra in s in th e w et season. W h en th e d read ed h o t w in d arises, th a t is w a rd ed off.T o m ed itate an d o b ta in in sigh t in a refuge an d a t ease :— A d w ellin g-p lace is p raised b y th e A w a k e n e d O ne as ch ief

g ift to a n O rder.T h erefo re a w ise m an, lo o k in g to h is ow n w eal,S h ou ld h a v e ch a rm in g d w ellin g -p la ces b u ilt so th a t those

w h o h a v e h eard m u ch ca n s t a y th e re in .3 [147]T o th ese4 fo o d a n d d rin k , ra im en t an d lo d gin gs H e sh ould g iv e , to th e u p rig h t, w ith m in d purified .(Then) these5 te a ch h im dhamma d isp e llin g e v e ry i l l ;H e, kn o w in g th a t dham m a , here a tta in s n ib b an a, can ker-

less.”6T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g g iv en th a n k s to th e (great) m erch an t

o f R a ja g a h a in th ese verses, risin g from his sea t, d ep a rted , tl 5 II1 II

P eop le h eard : “ I t is sa id th a t d w ellin g -p la ces are a llo w ed b y the L o rd ,” an d th e y z e a lo u s ly h a d d w ellin g -p la ces b u ilt. T h ese d w ellin g-p laces d id n o t h a v e doors, a n d sn ak es, scorpions a n d cen tip ed es go t in. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd .

1 S e e S . D u t t , E a r ly B u d . A fo n a c h is m , p p . 83 ff ., 1 3 1 , 14 3 .* A s a t C V . V I . 9* 2 b e lo w , a n d J d . i. 93* D A . i. 304,* C f. M i ln . 2 1 1 .4 F o r t h is l in e a n d n e x t , cf. S . i. 100.6 T h is l in e a n d n e x t a t A . i ii. 4 1 , 43.* C f . th is l in e w ith S n . 76 5 .

2.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A V I 207

H e said : “ I allow , m onks, a d o o r/ ’ H a v in g m ad e a hole in th e w all, th e y tied on th e door w ith ju n gle creeper an d w ith cord, b u t these w ere eaten b y ra ts an d w h ite a n ts an d w hen th e ty in g s w ere eaten th e doors fe ll dow n. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I allow , m onks, a doorpost a n d lin te l, a h o llow lik e a m o rta r (for th e door to re v o lv e in) a sm all u p p er p ro je ctio n .” 1 T h e doors d id not m eet. “ I allow , m onks, a hole fo r p u llin g th ro u g h (the cord), cord fo r p u llin g th ro u g h .”1 T h e doors co u ld n o t be closed. " I a llow , m onks, a p o st fo r th e b o lt, a * m o n k e y ’s h ea d / a p in (to secure th e bolt), a s t ic k (used as a b o lt).” 1

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks w ere n o t ab le to open a door. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llow , m onks, a k e yh o le a n d th ree (kinds of) k e y s : a copper k e y , a w ooden k e y , a horn k e y .” B u t th e d w ellin g-p laces w ere u n g u a rd ed 2 w hen those w ho, h a v in g u n fa sten ed 3 (the doors), entered . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : “ I a llow ,m onks, a b o lt and a pin (to secure th e b o lt).”4 J| x |J

N o w a t th a t tim e d w ellin g-p laces w ere ro o fed w ith grass ; th e y w ere co ld in th e co ld w ea th er, h o t in th e h o t w eath er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : !‘ I a llo w yo u , m onks, h a v in g lash ed on (a roofing), to g iv e it a sm earin g inside an d o u t.” 5 N o w a t th a t tim e d w ellin g-p laces h ad no w in d o w s.6 T h e y w ere b a d fo r th e eyes a n d n a s ty sm elling. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m onks, three (kinds of) w in d o w s : a ra ilin g w in d o w ,7 a la ttic e w in d o w ,8 a s tic k w in d o w .” 9 S q u irrels an d b a ts g o t th ro u g h th e spaces

1 O n t h e s e it e m s see C V . V . 14. 3.2 agutta , a s w e r e t h e lo d g in g s a t C V . V I I I . 3. 1.3 ugghatetvd, a s a t C V . V I I I . 1. 1 o f t h e g h a tik d , s t ic k u s e d a s a b o lt .* y a n ta ka tji s iic ik a m . V A . 1 2 1 6 s a y s W h a t e v e r o n e see s t h a t is a y a n ta k a ,

a n d o n e c a n m a k e a p in t o o p e n it.** C f . y a n ta k a m d eti, t o s e c u re t h e b o lt ,t o lo c k u p , a t D h A . i. 220.

6 A s a t C V . V . 11. 6 : V . 14. 3 , e tc . _* P r o b a b ly w in d o w h o le s , b e c a u s e t h e a b o v e w o r d , v d ta p d n a , is u s e d a t

V in . iv . 4 7 t o e x p la in d lo k a sa n d h i , th e h o le s f o r l ig h t a n d a ir . V d ta p d n a m e n tio n e d a t M V . I . 25. 18 . _

7 ved ikd v d ta p d n a . V A . 1 2 1 6 s a y s l ik e t h e r a i l in g o f a s h r in e . S o , a g r i l le in a ra ilin g p a t t e r n . S e e A . K . C o o m a r a s w a m y , I n d . A r c h ite c tu r a l T erm s, J A O S . v o l. 48, n o . 3 , p . 2 73 f o r s h o r t d is c u s s io n o f th e s e th r e e t y p e s o f w in d o w s .

8 jd la v d ta p d n a . V A . 1 2 1 6 s a y s s o m e th in g t ie d n e tw is e , so a la t t ic e .* sa ld ka vd ta p d n a . V A . 1 2 1 6 s a y s a l i t t le p o s t o r p i l la r w in d o w . T h e s e

w o r d s w ill b e m o re r e a d ily u n d e r s to o d i f i t is re m e m b e r e d t h a t vdtap dna i s a n a p e r t u r e a n d n o t w h a t c lo s e s i t .

208 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

in th e w indow s. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llow , m onks, d ra p e ry 1 across th e w in d o w s." S q u irrels and b a ts g o t in e ven th ro u g h th e d ra p e ry . “ I a llo w , m onks, sh u tte rs2 across th e w in d ow s, litt le b o lsters3 across th e w in- dow<=.” || 2 j|

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks la y d o w n to sleep on th e gro u n d and th eir lim bs a n d robes w ere so iled w ith d u st. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llow , m on ks, a grass m a ttin g .” T h e grass m a ttin g [148] w a s e aten b y ra ts an d w h ite an ts. “ I a llow , m onks, a so lid b e n c h .” 4 B eca u se of th e solid bench th e ir lim bs becam e p a in fu l. “ I a llow , m on ks, a little co u ch of sp lit b a m b o o .” 5

N o w a t th a t tim e a b ierlik e lo n g c o u c h 6 a ccru ed to a n O rd er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m onks, a lo n g c o u ch .” A lo n g ch a ir accru ed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w , m o n ks, a lo n g c h a ir ." N o w a t th a t tim e a b ierlike co u ch w ith s la ts 7 accru ed to an O rd er . . . a ch air w ith s la ts . . . a b ierlike cou ch w ith c u rv e d le g s8 . . . a ch air w ith c u rv e d legs . . . a b ierlike co u ch w ith rem o veab le legs® . . . a ch a ir w ith rem o veab le legs accru ed . “ I a llow , m on ks, a ch a ir w ith rem o veab le le g s .” il 3 II

N o w a t th a t tim e a re cta n g u la r c h a ir10 a ccru ed to an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w , m onks, a rectan gu lar c h a ir .” A ta ll re cta n g u la r ch a ir11 accru ed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m onks,

1 cakkalika. V A , 1216 says " I allow you to tie on cloth used for wiping the feet.’ '

* kavdtaka.

* bhisikd. C f . B .D . ii. 47, n. 1 on bhisi.4 midhi. See C V . V . 9 . 4. V A . 12 16 here explains b y plthaphalaka.

6 bidalamaricaka. Cf. Jd. i. 9, D h A . i. 135 where mentioned as a featu ie in the life of one who has gone forth. V A . 1 216 says a tw ig couch or one woven with bam boo chips.

• mas&raka defined in Pac. 14. For notes on these four kinds of couches and chairs see B .D . ii. 240.

7 bundikabaddha, defined in Pac. 14, as are also the n ext tw o terms.• kuhrapddaka.% ahaccapddaka.

10 asandika. V A . 1216, reading dsandhika, says it is called a four-cornered (or squaie, caturassa) chair. Cf. K h A . 44.

11 uccako asandiko.

2-4-5] C U L L A V A G G A V I 209

e v e n 1 a ta ll re cta n g u lar ch a ir .” 2 A three-sided (couch)8 accrued . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I allow , m onks, a th ree-sided (couch ).” A ta ll three-sided (couch) accru ed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w , m onks, even a ta ll th ree-sided (couch).” A p la ite d ch air4 accrued . . . a c lo th ch a ir6 . . . a sheep-footed® ch air . . . a “ s ta lk s o f th e em b lic m y ro b a la n ” c h a ir7 . . . a w ooden (chair)8 . . . a stool* . . . a stra w ch air accru ed to an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I allow , m onks, a s tra w c h a ir .” || 4 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks la y dow n to sleep on h igh couches. P eop le to u rin g th e lod gin gs, h a v in g seen them . . . sp read it ab o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e householders w ho e n jo y p leasures o f th e sen ses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, y o u sh ould n o t lie d o w n to sleep on high couches. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) lie d ow n to sleep, [149] there is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w at th a t tim e a ce rta in m onk, ly in g d ow n to sleep on a lo w cou ch , w as b itte n b y a sn ake. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m onks, su p p o rts fo r th e co u ch es.”10

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n k s used ta ll su p p o rts

1 p i , also meaning " too, also," but in view of the efforts made to prevent monks from using chairs, couches and beds that were too high, ** even *' seems a permissible translation*

% V A . 1216 says a long chair is on a support eight finger-breadths (high), but if it exceeds that measure it should be called a rectangular chair.

8 sat tan ga, lit. seven limbs/ parts, members 01 constituents. V A . 1216 says that “ it is a couch that is finished, a support having been made towards three (of the) quarters." It therefore occupied three sides ot a square, and had four ends (two outei and two innei), making a total of seven parts.

* baddhapitha. V A . 1216 says a chair made entirely of twigs.5 plthikd. V A . 1216 says just a chair plaited in cloth.4 elakapadaka. V A . 1216 says "having placed the upper parts of the legs

in white woollen cloth round the wood, it is a finished chair like a slab for food, b h o j a n a p h a l a k a C f . kullrapadaka, lit. " crab-footer,” for which see B .D .ii. 240, n. 4.

7 amdlakavantika pitha. V A . 1217 says this is a chair of many legs plaited in the manner (or on the pattern) of emblic myrobalan.

8 phalaka. See phalakapuha at Vin. iv. 40 and B . D . ii. 242, n. 5. Cf. apassenaphalaka at MV. I. 25. 15, CV. VI. 20. 2.

• koccha. See B .D . ii. 239, n. 1* and Old Comy's definition at B .D . ii. 240.On above passage V A . 1217, omitting “ made of bark,’* says madeof khus-khus, made of mwfl/a-grass (which at V A . 1217 reads puHjamaya)t made of reeds.

10 mancapafipddaka, as at MV. I. 25, 16, CV. VIII. 1. 3. See B . D . iv. 64, n. 4.

210 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

for th e couch es ; th e y ro ck ed to a n d fro to g e th e r w ith th e ta ll su p p o rts fo r th e couch es. £f M onks, ta ll su p p o rts fo r couches sh ould n o t b e used. W h o e v e r sh ould use th em , th ere is an offence o f w rong-d oing. I a llow , m on ks, a su p p o rt fo r a cou ch to be eigh t fin ger-bread th s a t th e m o st.”1 j| 5 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th re a d a ccru ed to an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks,to w e a v e a c o u c h / ' T h e ends u sed u p m u ch th rea d . “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, h a v in g p ierced th e en d s,2 to w e a v e sm all sq u ares.” 3 A p iece o f c o tto n c lo th accru ed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to m ake a c a rp e t.” 4 A c o tto n quilt® a ccru ed to a n O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : *' I a llo w y o u , m onks,h a v in g u n ra ve lle d it, to m a k e a sq u a ttin g m a t6 o f th ree (k in d s of) c o tto n :7 c o tto n fro m trees, c o tto n fro m creepers, c o tto n from g ra ss .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks u sed sq u a ttin g m a ts h a lf (the size o f a m an's) b o d y . P eop le , to u rin g th e d w ellin g-p laces, h a v in g seen th em . . , sp rea d it a b o u t, sayin g: “ L ik e househ old ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M onks, sq u a ttin g m ats h a lf (the size o f a m a n ’s) b o d y sh o u ld n o t b e used. W h o ­e ver sh o u ld use one, th ere is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w yo u , m onks, to m ak e a sq u a ttin g m at th e size o f a h e a d .” 8II 6 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th ere cam e to b e a fe s tiv a l on a m o u n ta in to p n ear R a ja g a h a .0 P eo p le a rran ged m a ttresses10 fo r th e

1 C f . Pac. 87.8 ange v ijjh itv d . On this expression see B .D . ii. 240, n. 5 . " Legs ** is

I think a better translation than " sides ” { V in . T e x ts iii. 166-7).3 aithapadaka as at M V . V I I I . 21. i . Perhaps meaning “ in the chequered

board fashion/' attha p ada , on which sea B . D . i. 316, n. 2.4 c ilim ik d . See B .D . ii. 241, n. 8. V A . 1217 on above says " when the

earth is treated with plaster, a c ilim ik d is called a covering, a tth a ran a , for protecting the surface, ch a v i/'

6 tu lik a , as at M V . V . 10. 4.• b im boh an a . Similar allowance made at C V . V I . 14.7 tu la . See similar definition at V in ., iv. 170 ( B .D . iii, 93, q .v . n. 2).

V A . 1217 says cotton from any vegetable growth can be used for squatting mats, but apart from trees, creepers and grasses there is no other vegetable growth.

8 C f . V b h A . 365 which elaborates saying that in width it can be four standard finger breadths, in length the measure of the width of the couch.

* See B . D . ii, 335, n. r. Phrase also occurs at C V . V . 2. 6.10 b h is i. See B . D . ii. 47, n. 1.

2-7] C U L L A V A G G A V I 211

great m in isters : m attresses o f w ool, m attresses of c o tto n c lo th , m attresses o f b ark , m attresses o f tina-grass, m attresses o f le a v e s .1 W h en th e fe s tiv a l w as o v e r th e y c o n v e y e d th em a w a y h a v in g ta k e n off th e covers. M onks saw m u ch w ool an d co tto n c lo th a n d b a rk a n d /iwa-grass a n d le a v e s th ro w n a w a y a t th e fe stiv a l p lace ; a n d seein g it th e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I a llo w , m on ks, five (kinds of) m a tt­resses : a m a ttress o f w o o l . . . o f c o tto n c lo th . . . o f b a rk . . . o f £m«-grass, a m attress o f le a v e s .”

N o w a t th a t tim e w o v en c lo th 2 as a req u isite fo r lo d gin gs accru ed to an O rd er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to c o v e r a m a ttress (w ith i t ) / ’ N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks p a ck e d a w a y a co u ch -m at tress on a ch air, th e y p a ck e d a w a y a ch a ir-m attress on a co u ch ; th e m attresses fell to b its .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, a c o v e red cou ch , a co vered ch a ir/ '4 [150] T h e y p a c k e d th em a w a y w ith o u t h a v in g p u t a co b w eb clo th (b e n e ath 5 a n d th e stu ffing) cam e o u t from below . “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, h a v in g p u t a co b w eb c lo th (beneath th e m attress), h a v in g sp rea d it, to co v e r a m a ttre ss / ' H a v in g rem o ved th e co vers, th e y carried th em a w a y . “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to sp rin k le 6 th e m / ' T h e y still carried th em a w a y . “ I a llo w , m onks, line d e co ra tio n / ' 7 T h e y still ca rrie d th em a w a y . “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, th e o u tlin e o f th e h a n d / ' 8 II 7 II « II________________________________________________

1 S a m e f iv e k in d s g iv e n a t Vin. i v . 40. S e e B .D . i i. 240, n . 7.1 dussa.8 A s a t C V . V . 1 1 . 2.4 onaddhamaiica onaddhapitha. T h is m u s t m e a n c o v e r e d w ith m a ttr e s s e s

t o f it th e m . C f. Vin. i. 19 4 , ii. 270.6 ullokam akaritva, w h ic h V A , 1 2 1 8 e x p la in s b y hetthd cimilikam adaivd.

O n cimilika see a b o v e , p . 2 10 , n . 4 . Ullohd o c c u r s a t Vin. i. 48 = i i . 209.4 positurn, w h ic h s h o u ld re a d phositum a s d o e s V in . i. 205 a n d V A . 1 2 1 8 .

T h is la t t e r s a y s “ to g iv e s p r in k lin g s (o r to u c h e s , phusitdni) o n t o p w ith d y e s o r w ith tu r m e r ic / *

7 bhattikamma. V A . 1 2 1 9 r e a d s bhittikamma, w a ll- w o r k , a n d s a y s it is a bhittikamma o n to p o f t h e m a ttr e s s c o v e r . W h a t e v e r t h e e x a c t m e a n in g o f th e te r m , i t is n o d o u b t a d iffe r e n t p ro c e s s fro m t h e “ s p r in k lin g " w h ic h , as p e r h a p s a fo re ru n n e r t o t h e t ie - a n d - d y e in d u s t r y , w o u ld p r o b a b ly r e s u lt in s p o ts . C f. bhatikamma a t C V , V . 9. 2.

6 hatthabhitti. Bhitti is o f c o u r s e a w a ll . V A . 1 2 1 9 s a y s pancanqulabhitti, th e w a ll o f th e f iv e fin g e rs . A l l th e s e m a r k s w e r e p r o b a b ly a p p lie d so a s to d is f ig u r e t h e m a ttr e s s e s a n d t h u s d is s u a d e m o n k s fro m c a r r y in g th e m o ff ; cf. P a c . 58 . O r t h e y m a y h a v e b e e n id e n t if ic a t io n m a r k s . B u t a ll th e re a d in g s, a n d th e r e fo r e t h e m e a n in g s , a r e u n c e r ta in . R e a d in g in t h e J‘ k e y ,* ' Vin. ii. 17 8 , is hatthabhatti, lin e o f t h e h a n d . O n pancangulikam datwrn cf. a b o v e , p . 170 .

212 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e th e s leep in g p la c e s1 o f m em bers o f other sects were w h itew ash ed , th e g ro u n d w a s co lo u red b la c k , the w alls were tre a te d w ith red c h a lk .2 M an y p eo p le w en t to see th e sleepin g p laces. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m o n ks, w h itew a sh , b la c k co lo u rin g , red ch a lk (to be used) in a d w e llin g -p la c e / ' N o w a t th a t tim e the w h itew ash d id n o t ad here to th e ro u g h w alls. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, h a v in g ap p lied lu m p s of grain -h u sks, h a v in g k e p t som e b a c k w ith a sp oon ,3 to p u t on th e w h ite w a s h ." T h e w h itew a sh w o u ld n o t s t ic k on. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, h a v in g a p p lie d so ft c la y , h a v in g k e p t som e b a c k w ith a spoon, to p u t on th e w h ite w a s h .” T h e w h itew ash w o u ld n o t s t ic k on. " I a llo w , m on ks, w h a t e xu d es from trees4 an d flo u r-p a ste .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e red c h a lk d id not a d h ere to th e rough w alls . . . (as above) . * . T h e red c h a lk w o u ld n o t s t ic k on. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, h a v in g a p p lied th e red p o w d er o f rice h u sk s (m ixed w ith) c la y , h a v in g k e p t som e b a c k w ith a sp oon, to p u t on the red c h a lk ." T h e red c h a lk w o u ld n o t s t ic k on. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w , m onks,m u stard -p o w d er ,5 o il o f b e e s w a x .” I t w as to o thick.® T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to sp on ge it o ve r7 w ith a p iece o f c lo th / '

N o w a t th a t tim e the b la c k co lo u rin g d id n o t ad h ere to th e rough w a lls . . . (as above) . . . T h e b la c k co lo u rin g w ould not stick on. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, h a v in g ap p lied c la y (m ixed w ith th e e x c re ­m en t of) earth w o rm s ,8 h a v in g k e p t som e b a c k w ith a sp oon, to p u t on th e b la c k c o lo u rin g .” T h e b la c k co lo u rin g w o u ld not

1 se y y d , defined at V in . iv. 17 = 20, 41,* See CV. V. 11. 6 for these words.* papika, Bu. says nothing. C/. paniyd at CV. V. 1. 5.4 ik k d s a . V A . 1219 says r u k k h a n iy (y )d s a m va s ile sa m va . Gum, resin,

and juice all exude from trees. C f. n iy y d s a k h d d a n ly a at V A . 832, 837 and n iy y a sa ru k k h a at V is m . 74.

* ~ku44a of text should read -kutfa.e V A . 1219 says it stayed there in drop upon drop.7 fia ccu d d h a ritu m (as at CV- V* 17. 1) explained at V A . 1219 as p u n c h itu m ,

to tyipe." g a p ^ a m a ttik d . V A . 1219, reading with v J . ga# #**-, explains as

above.

3.1-3] C U L L A V A G G A V I 213

stick on. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I allow , m on ks, w h a t e xu d es from trees, an astrin g en t d ecoc­t io n .^ || 1 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks h a d a b o ld d esign 2 m ade w ith figures o f w om en, figures o f m en, in a dw elling- p lace. People to u rin g th e d w ellin g-p laces, h a v in g seen th is, . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e [15 1] househ olders w h o e n jo y pleasures o f th e sen ses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, y o u sh o u ld n ot h a v e a b o ld design m ade w ith figures o f w om en, figures o f m en. W h o e v e r sh ould h a v e one m ad e, th ere is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llow , m onks, w reath -w o rk , creep er-w ork, sw ordfish te eth , th e five strip s (of c lo th design).”3 || 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e d w ellin g -p laces w ere lo w to th e gro u n d . . .4 " . . . I a llo w m on ks, a b a lu s tra d e / ’

N o w a t th a t tim e d w ellin g-p laces w ere th ro n ged w ith people .6 M onks w ere (too) m od est to lie d ow n. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llow , m onks, acu rta in .” 6 T h e y lo o ked in, h a v in g lif te d u p th e cu rta in . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w , m on ks, a sm all h a lf-w a ll.” T h e y lo o k ed in o v e r th e to p o f th e sm all h a lf-w a ll. " I a llo w , m on ks, th ree (kinds of) in n er room s : a p a lan q u in -like inner room ,7 a tu b e -lik e in n er ro o m ,8 an inner room on th e ro o f.” 9 N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks m ad e an inner room in th e m id d le o f a sm all d w ellin g -p la ce ; th ere w as no access.10 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd .. H e s a id : “ I a llow y o u , m onks, to m ak e a n inner room a t one sid e of a sm all d w ellin g-p lace, in th e m id d le o f a larg e o n e .” || 3 |j

1 kasava. C f . MV. VI. 4 , where certain specified ones are allowed as medicines.

% patibhanacitta, as at Vin. iv. 61 (see B . D . ii. 285, n. 5) and iv. 298. V A . 1219 says “ not only the figures of women and men, but also figures of animals, even of an earthworm.*'

8 As at CV. V. 11 . 6.4 As at CV. V. 11. 6:6 dlakamandd. At D . ii. 147, 170 said to be the capital of the devas, with

many people and crowded with yakkhas. Spelt in both passages as Afaka-. V A . 1219 says each open space was crowded with people.

e tirokaranl as at Vin. i. 276.7 sivikagabbha. V A . 1219 calls it a quadrangular (or four-sided) inner room.8 nalikdgabbha. V A . 1 2 1 9 says it is a long room whose length is two

or three times its width.0 hammiyagabbha. See B . D . ii. 16, n. 6 on hammiya. V A . 1219 calls it

a room in the gable on the open air floor or a room on the bare roof.

214 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e th e b ase o f a w a ll o f a d w ellin g -p la ce d is­in teg ra ted . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I allow , m on ks, a tim b e r b u ttre ss .” 1 A w a ll o f a d w ellin g- p lace let in th e ra in .2. “ I a llo w , m o n ks, a p ro te c tin g screen3 (and) p aste an d w a te r .” 4

N o w a t th a t tim e a sn ak e fe ll fro m a g ra ss roofin g on to a ce rta in m o n k 's sh ould er. T errified , h e u ttered a c r y o f d istress. M onks, h a v in g ru n up, sp ok e th u s to th is m o n k : “ W h y did y o u , y o u r reveren ce, u tte r a c r y o f d istress ? ” T h en th is m o n k to ld th is m a tte r to th e m o n ks. T h e m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I a llo w , m on ks, a c a n o p y .”5

II 4 IIN o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks h u n g th e ir b a g s a t th e feet of

couches, an d a t th e fe et o f ch airs : th e y w ere e aten b y ra ts and w h ite an ts. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llow , m onks, a p eg in th e w a ll, an ' e le p h a n t-tu sk ' (peg).” 6 N o w a t th a t t im e m on ks la id asid e th e ir robes on a co u ch a n d on a ch air. T h e robes fe ll to pieces. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a b a m b o o fo r robes, [152] a co rd fo r ro b es.” 7

N o w a t th a t tim e d w ellin g -p la ces h a d no v e ra n d a h s8 a n d w ere w ith o u t shelter.® T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a v e ra n d a h , a c o v e red te rra c e ,10 an inner c o u rt,11 a v e ra n d a h ro o fin g .” 12 T h e v e ra n d a h s w ere

I kulaiikapadaka. S e e M o rr is , J P T S . 18 8 4 , p . 78 ,* ovassati a ls o a t C V . V . 16. 1 .3 pavittanakitika. Cf. satnsaranakitika ugghdtanakitika in U 5 b e lo w .4 uddhasudha. V A . 1 2 1 9 r e a d in g uddha- w i t h v.l. uda-t s a y s c l a y p o u n d e d

t o g e th e r w ith a sh e s a n d c o w d u n g . S in h . e d n . r e a d s udda-.6 vitanA, a n ite m in s o m e o f t h e " n o o ffe n c e '* c la u s e s in t h e S u t t a v ib h a n g a ,

e.g. a t Vin. i i i . 2 2 5 / 2 2 7 , 2 2 9 , 233* i v . 1 7 1 , 2 7 9 .6 Cf. C V . V . 9 . 5 w h e r e m o n k s h u n g t h e ir b a g s o n t h e s e p e g s .7 A ls o a llo w e d a t C V . V . 11. 6 ; 14. 3.8 alinda. V A . 1 2 1 9 e x p la in s a s pam ukha . S e e M V . V I . 36. 4 , a n d B .D ,

i v . 3 4 2, n . 3.9 apatissarapa, S in h . e d n . appatissarand.

10 paghancp. i f A . 12 2 0 , r e a d in g palighana b u t s a y in g i t is a ls o c a l le d paghana, s p e a k s o f it a s a katapadesa, a s h a p e d (a r t if ic ia l) p la c e o r lo c a l i t y . I t w a s a t t h e d o o r o f t h e d w e llin g -p la c e s .

II pakuta, S in h . e d n . pakuggar V A . 12 2 0 r e a d in g pakudda a n d s a y in g pakutta i a ls o a r e a d in g , e x p la in s a s " t h e w h o le o f t h e in n e r ro o m in t h e m id d le is c a lle d pariydgdro ** : pakuddan ti fnajjhe gabbhassa samantd pariydgaro vuccati. W i t h t h is p h r a s e cf. V in . iii. 1 1 9 . Pariydgdra m e a n s " s u r ro u n d e d b y a h o u s e .'*

12 osarika. V A . 12 2 0 re a d s , osarika, w ith v.l. osaraka a n d s a y s " h a v in g p u t a b a m b o o in a d w e llin g -p la c e w it h o u t a v e r a n d a h , h a v in g h a d s m a ll s t ic k s ta k e n fro m t h a t , tato osaretvd, a v e r a n d a h - c o v e r in g , chadanapatnukha, is m a d e .

3-5-9] C U L L A V A G G A V I 215

public. M onks w ere (too) m od est to lie d ow n. “ I a llow , m onks, a m o vea b le screen ,1 a screen th a t ca n b e draw n.** || 5 ||

N o w at th a t tim e m onks p a rtic ip a tin g in a m eal in th e open a ir were b o th ered b y co ld an d h ea t. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I a llow , m on ks, a n a ssem b ly h a ll."T h e a ssem b ly h all w as lo w to th e gro u n d . . .2 “ . . . a cordfor ro b es ." N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks sp rea d o u t th e ir robes in the open a ir on th e grou n d . T h e robes w ere soiled b y d u st. “ I allow , m onks, a b a m b o o fo r robes an d a cord fo r robes in th e open a ir ." || 6 ||

T h e d rin kin g w a te r b ecam e te p id .3 “ I a llo w , m on ks, a hall fo r th e d rin k in g w a ter, a sh ed fo r th e d rin k in g w a te r ." T h e h all fo r th e d rin k in g w a te r w as lo w to th e g ro u n d . . ,a “ . . . a cord for ro b es ." T h ere w as no vessel fo r th e d rin k ­ing w a ter. “ I a llow , m onks, a con chsh ell for d rin k in g w ater, a saucer for d rin k in g w a te r .” || 7 [|

N o w a t th a t tim e d w ellin g-p laces w ere n ot fen ced in. “ I allow , m onks, th ree (kinds of) fences to fence them in : a fence of bricks, a fence o f stones, a fen ce o f w o o d .” T h ere w as no porch. “ I a llow , m onks, a p o rc h ." T h e porch w as lo w to th e ground. I t w as flooded w ith w a ter. “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, to build it h igh to th e g ro u n d .” T h e re w a s no door to th e porch. " I a llow , m onks, a door, a d oor-post a n d lin te l . . . a co rd to pull th ro u g h ."4 P o w d ered grass fe ll from th e p o rch .5 “ T allow , m onks, . . * th e five (pieces of) c lo th d esign ," 4

N o w a t th a t tim e a cell cam e to b e s w a m p y .6 T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to sprinkle g r a v e l." T h e y d id n o t su cceed in d o in g so. " I a llow yo u , [153] m o rk s , to la y d ow n fla g sto n es." W a te r re­m ained. “ I a llow , m on ks, a d rain fo r th e w a te r ." || 8 j|

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks m ad e a firep lace here an d there in a c e l l ; th e cell becam e so iled .7 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to m ake a t on e side a hall for th e fire .” T h e h a ll for th e fire w as lo w to th e gro u n d

1 sa m sa ra n a k itik a . V A . 1220 says ca k k a la y u tta . C f , ca k k a ltk a at CV.VI. 2 . 2 and c a k k a ll at CV. VI. 1 9 .

3 As at CV. V. 1 1 . 6.3 o ia p p a ti, perhaps “ evaporated, dried up.*’ C f . otapeti, to dry in the sun.4 A satC V . V. 1 4 . 4.6 kotthaka above ; kotthake at CV. V. 1 4 . 4.8 A s'at CV. V. 1 4 . 5 I" 3 5 . 4.1 u k ld p a , as at V in . i. 46.

2 l6 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

. . / " I a llow , m on ks, a b a lu stra d e .” T h e h a ll fo r th e fire had n o door. " I a llow , m onk*, a door, a d o orp ost an d lin te l . . .2 a cord fo r p u llin g th ro u g h ,” P o w d ered g r a s s 2 fe ll in to th e h all fo r th e fire. " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, - . * a cord fo r ro b es/ ' || 9 |j

A m o n a stery w a s n o t fen ced in : g o a ts an d c a t t le 3 in ju red th e little p la n ts .4 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w , m onks, th ree (k in d s of) hedges to fen ce it in : a hedge o f b am boo, a hedge o f th o rn s, a d itc h / ' T h e re w a s no porch. A s before, g o a ts an d c a tt le in ju re d th e lit t le p lan ts. " I a llow , m onks, a p o rch , a n in te rla c in g o f s ta k e s and th o rn s ,5 a hedge o f sw a llo w -w o rt,8 a g a te w a y , a d o o r-b a r .” 7 P o w d ered grass fe ll fro m th e p o rch . " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, . . .8 th e five (pieces of) c lo th d e s ig n ." T h e m o n a ste ry b ecam e sw a m p y

a drain fo r th e w a te r / ' || 10 ||N o w at th a t tim e K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a w a n te d

to h a v e a lon g house w ith a sm earin g o f p la ste r a n d c la y b u ilt fo r an O rder. T h e n it occu rred to m o n ks : “ N o w w h a t k in d of roofing is a llo w ed b y th e L o rd , w h a t is n o t a llo w ed ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " I a llo w ,m onks, five (k in d s of) roofings : a roofin g o f tiles, a roofing of stones, a roofing o f p laster, a ro o fin g o f tina-grass, a roofing o f le a v e s/ '10 || 11 |j 3 |[

T o ld is th e F ir s t P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g .

N o w a t th a t tim e th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in ^ ik a w as the h u sb an d of a sister o f a (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a . T h en th e househ older A n a th a p in tfik a w en t to R a ja g a h a on som e business or other. A t th a t tim e th e O rd er w ith th e A w a k en e d O ne a t its h ead h ad b een in v ite d fo r th e m o rro w b y th e (great)

1 As at CV. V. 1 1 . 6.* As at CV, V, 1*. 3.* p a su k a .4 u p a ro p a . C f . u p a ro p a k a at J a . ii. 345, iv. 359.* a p esiy a m . Sinh. edn. ap esin t. V A . 12 2 0 reading a p esi, says “ having

inserted stakes with long pieces of wood, having covered with thorny branches, it is made for Closing up the doorway.*'

6 ahkavd^a. Sinh. edn. reads y a m a k a k a v a ta , a pair of doors.7 p a lig h a . V A . 12 2 0 says '* as in village gateways, it is for closing a door

that is joined to a wheel.*'* As at CV. V. 1 4 . 4.* As at CV. V. 1 4 . 5 ; 8 5 . 4.

10 These five kinds of roofings mentioned at V in . iv. 48.

4 .1 -2 ] C U L L A V A G G A V I 217

m erchant of R a ja g a h a . T h en th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja ­g a h a en jo in ed slaves and se rv a n ts , sa y in g : " W e ll now , good people, g e ttin g u p e a r ly in th e m orning, co o k co n jeys, co o k rice,1 p repare2 curries, p repare v e g e ta b le s .” 3 T h e n it o ccurred to th e hou seh old er A n a th ap in g lik a : " N o w , on m y a rriv a lfo rm erly th is househ old er, h a v in g p u t asid e a ll d u ties, d id n o th in g e x c e p t e x ch a n g e g reetin g s w ith m e, b u t now he seem s e x cite d a n d en jo in s s lav es a n d se rv a n ts , sa y in g : ' W e ll now , good people . . . [154] p repare v e g e ta b le s .' N o w can th ere be fo r th is househ old er a le a d in g to 4 (a b rid e 's hom e) or ca n there be a lea d in g a w a y fro m 5 (a b rid e 's hom e) or is a g rea t o b lation a rran ged or is K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a in v ite d fo r th e m o rro w to g e th e r w ith his tro o p s ? " || x ||

T hen th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a , h a v in g en jo in ed th e s laves an d se rva n ts , a p p ro a ch ed th e hou seh old er A nathapin< Jika; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g e x ch a n g ed g reetin g s w ith th e householder A n a th ap in cjik a , he sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istance. T h e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ik a sp ok e th u s to th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a as he w a s s ittin g dow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce : " F o rm e rly y o u , househ old er, on m yarrival, h a v in g p u t aside a ll d u ties, d id n o th in g e x ce p t exch a n g e greetin gs w ith m e, b u t n o w y o u seem e x c ite d a n d en jo in s laves and serva n ts , sa y in g : ' W e ll now , g o o d p eo p le . . . p rep are v e g e ta b le s/ N o w ca n th ere b e fo r yo u , househ old er, a lead in g to . . . or is K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a in v ited fo r th e m orrow to g e th e r w ith h is tro o p s ? "

“ T h ere is to be fo r m e, househ old er, n eith er a lea d in g to (a b rid e 's hom e), nor is there to b e a le a d in g a w a y fro m (a b rid e 's hom e), nor is K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a in v ited fo r th e m o rro w to g eth e r w ith h is tro o p s. B u t a g rea t o b lation is a rran ged b y m e : th e O rd er is in v ite d fo r th em orrow w ith th e A w a k e n e d O n e a t its h e a d .”

" D id y o u , househ old er, s a y ‘ A w a k en e d O n e ? ' ”“ ‘A w a k en e d O n e ' I d^d sa y , h o u seh o ld er/ '" D id y 6u, househ old er, s a y ‘A w a k e n e d O ne ' ? "

1 bha ttan i. C f . B . D . ii. 149, iii. 11. These four words are, above, all. in the plural suggesting that separate portions should be got ready for each monk.

1 s a m p a d e ti, as at V in , iii. 208.* u ttaribhanga, or tit-bits, dainties. See B . D . i. 275, n* 5.4 As at V i n . iii. 135. See B . D , i. 229, n. 2.* As at V in . iii. 135. See B . D . i. 230, n. 1.

2l8 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" ‘A w a k e n e d O ne ' I d id s a y , h o u se h o ld e r."“ D id y o u , househ old er, s a y 'A w a k e n e d O n e * ? ”“ ‘A w a k e n e d O ne ' I d id sa y , h o u seh o ld er.”“ E v e n th is sound, h ou seh old er, is h a rd to com e b y in th e

w orld, th a t is to s a y 'A w a k e n e d O ne, A w a k e n e d O n e.' N o w w ould it b e possible, househ old er, a t th is tim e1 to go u p and see th is L o rd , a p erfected one, a fu lly S e lf-a w a k e n e d O ne ? ”

" T h is tim e is n o t a r ig h t tim e, h o useh old er, to go u p and see th is L o rd , a p e rfe cte d one, a fu lly S e lf-a w a k e n e d O ne. B u t now , e a r ly to -m o rrow y o u sh a ll g o u p to see th is L o rd , a p erfected one, a fu lly S e lf-a w a k e n e d O n e .”

T h e n th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a , th in k in g : “ E a r lyto -m o rro w I w ill go u p to see th is L o rd . . , fu lly Self- A w a k e n e d O n e ,” la y d o w n w ith m in d fu ln ess (so m uch) d irected to th e A w a k e n e d O n e ,2 th a t he g o t u p th ree tim es d u rin g th e n ig h t th in k in g it w as d a y b re a k . j| 2 ||

T h e n th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a a p p ro a ch e d th e g a te ­w a y to th e C ool G ro v e ,3 an d n o n -h u m an b ein gs o p en ed th e g a te w a y . T h en as th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ik a w a s go in g ou t from th e to w n , lig h t va n ish ed , d arkn ess ap p ea red ; fear, co n stern atio n , [155] h a ir sta n d in g on e n d 4 arose so th a t he w as desirous of tu rn in g b a c k fro m th ere. T h e n th e yakkha STvaka, in visib le , m a d e th is so u n d h ea rd :

“ A h u n d red elephants,® a h u n d red horses, a h u n d red ch ariots w ith sh e-m u les,6

A h un dred th o u sa n d m aid en s a d o rn ed w ith je w elled e ar­rin gs-------

T h ese are not w o rth th e s ix te e n th p a rt o f one len g th o f stride.

A d v a n c e , househ older, a d v a n c e , househ old er.A d v a n c e is b e tte r fo r y o u , n o t re tre a t.”

T h en darkness va n ish ed fo r th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a , lig h t appeared , so th a t his fea r, co n stern atio n , h a ir sta n d in g on end subsid ed . A n d a secon d tim e. . . . A n d a th ird tim e

1 For this episode to the end of H 4 || c f, S . i. 210—12.* buddhagatdya satiy a.* Sltavana. S. i. 211 reads Slvathika, from the name of Slvathika (v .l.

Sivaka) of the y a k k h a who lived in the Sltavana.* As at e.g. V in . iii. 69.* C f . the first three of these lines with V v j 20, 8 ; 43. 8 .* assa ta ri. C f . vaccha tarl at MV. V. 9 . 1, 3.

did the yakkha S lv a k a m ade th is sou n d h e a rd : . . A d v a n c eis b e tter fo r y o u , n ot re tre a t.” A n d a th ird tim e d arkn ess vanish ed fo r th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a , lig h t app eared , so th a t his fear, co n stern atio n , h a ir sta n d in g on end subsid ed .II 3 II

T h e n th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a ap p ro a ch ed th e C ool G rove. N o w a t th a t tim e th e L o rd w a s p a cin g u p an d d o w n in the open air, h a v in g g o t u p in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d aw n . T h en th e L o rd sa w th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a co m in g in the d istan ce ; see in g h im , h a v in g step p ed dow n from th e p lace for p a c in g u p and d o w n in , he sa t d o w n on an ap p o in ted seat, a n d s ittin g d o w n th e L o rd sp ok e th u s to th e househ older A n a th a p in d ik a : “ C om e, S u d a tta .”1 T h e n the househ olderA n a th a p in d ik a , th in k in g : " T h e L o rd ad d ressed m e b y n a m e ,” jo y fu l, e lated , a p p ro a ch ed th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g in clin ed h is h ea d to th e L o rd 's feet, he sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : " I hope. L o rd , th a t th e L o rd is liv in g a t e ase .” H e said :

“ Y e s , a lw a y s a t ease he lives, th e b rahm in , a tta in e d to n ibban a,

W h o is n ot sta in ed b y lu s ts ,2 cooled , w ith o u t a tta c h m e n ts .3H a v in g ren t a ll c lin g in gs, h a v in g a v e rte d h e a rt 's care,T ran q u il he liv e s a t ease, h a v in g w on to p eace o f m in d .” 4

II 4 IIT hen th e L o rd ta lk e d a p ro gressive ta lk 1 to th e householder

A n a th a p in d ik a , th a t is to s a y ta lk on g iv in g , ta lk on m oral hab it, ta lk on h ea ven , he e x p la in e d th e p^ril, th e v a n ity , the d e p ra v ity o f p leasures o f th e senses, th e a d v a n ta g e in renounc­ing (them ). W h en th e L o rd k n ew th a t th e m in d o f th e householder A n a th a p in d ik a w a s read y , m alleab le , d e v o id of

4 .3- 5]__________ C U L L A V A G G A V I ____________ 2x9

1 S A .1.315 says that Anathapindika thinks that there are many other sects, those of Purana Kassapa and so on, who say they are awakened ones ; but if this teacher is the awakened one he will address him by his k u la d a ttik a name, i.e. by the name given him in his family, because no one but Anathapindika himself knows this. See also K . S . i. 273, n. 1.

* y o n a tip p a ti kd n tesu , as at S n . 625. C f . K a th a U p . V. 11 where the Sun is not defiled or contaminated, n a lip y a te , by what he sees outside himself. See A. K. Coomaraswamy, A N o te on the S tic k fa s t M o t i f , J o u r n a l A m e r ic a n F o lk lo re , Vol. 57, No. 224, April-June, 1944, p. 128.

* C f . Sw. 642.4 Besides S . i. 212, where the S . version of this episode ends, this verse

occurs at A . i . 138.1 As at MV, I. 7 . 5. 10 ; V. 1 . 9, 10 ; VI. 2 6 . 8, 9.

220 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th e hindrances, u p lifted , p leased , th en he e x p la in e d to h im th a t te a ch in g on dhamma w h ich th e a w a k e n e d ones h a v e th em selves d iscovered : ill, u p risin g , s to p p in g , th e W a y . A n d as a clean [156] c lo th w ith o u t b la c k sp eck s w ill e a s ily ta k e d ye , even so as h e w a s (sitting) on th a t v e r y se a t, dhamma- vision , d ustless, stain less, arose to th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ­ik a , th a t " w h a te v e r is lia b le to uprisin g, a ll th a t is lia b le to sto p p in g .” T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g seen dhamma, a tta in e d dham m a , k n o w n dham m a , p lu n g ed in to dham m a, h a v in g crossed o v e r d o u b t, h a v in g p u t a w a y u n ­c e rta in ty , h a v in g a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r ’s h elp to fu ll confidence in th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n , sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d :

" E x ce lle n t, L o rd ! E x c e lle n t, L o rd ! E v e n , L o rd , as one m igh t set u p rig h t w h a t h as been u p set, or m ig h t u n c o v e r w h a t w as concealed , or m ig h t sh o w th e w a y to one w h o is a s tra y , or m ig h t b rin g an oil la m p in to th e d arkn ess, th in k in g , * T h o se w ith eye s to see m a y see sh a p es,' eve n so is dhamma exp la in ed in m a n y a figure b y th e L o rd . I m yself, L o rd , go to th e L o rd fo r refuge, to dham m a , a n d to th e O rd er o f m on ks. M a y th e L o rd a ccep t m e as a la y-d isc ip le g o in g fo r refuge from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g a s life lasts . A n d , L o rd , m a y th e L o rd consent to a m eal w ith m e o n th e m o rro w to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s.” T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y b eco m in g silen t. T h e n th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L o rd 's con sen t, risin g fro m h is se a t, h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d ep arted k eep in g his righ t side to w a rd s him . || 5 ||

T h e (great) m erch a n t o f R a ja g a h a h ea rd : “ I t is sa id th a t th e O rd er w ith th e A w a k e n e d O n e a t its h ea d is in v ite d fo r th e m orrow b y th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a .” T h e n th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a sp o k e th u s to th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a : " I t is said, th a t th e O rd er w ith th e A w a k en e d O ne a t its h ead is in v ite d b y y o u , h o useh old er, fo r th e m orrow . B u t y o u are in co m in g .1 I can g iv e y o u , hou seh old er, th e m eans b y w h ich y o u can m ake a m eal fo r th e O rd er w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its h e a d .”

11 T h a n k y o u , househ older, b u t I h a v e th e m ean s b y w h ich I can m a k e a m eal fo r th e O rd er w ith th e A w a k e n e d O n e a t , its h e a d .”

1 As opposed to resident.

4 .6- 8] C U L L A V A G G A V I 221

T h e u rb a n co u n cil o f R a ja g a h a h ea rd : “ T h e O rd er w iththe A w a k e n e d O ne a t its h ea d is in v ite d fo r th e m o rro w b y the householder A n a th a p in d ik a .” T h e n th e u rb a n co u n cil o f R a ja g a h a sp ok e th u s to th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a : “ I t is sa id th a t th e O rd er, . . . W e ca n g iv e y o u , hou seh old er, the m eans b y w h ich y o u ca n m a k e a m eal fo r th e O rd er w ith the A w a k e n e d O ne a t its h e a d ."

“ T h a n k y o u , m asters, b u t I h a v e th e m ean s * . . a t its h ea d .”

K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra of M ag ad h a h ea rd : " T h e O rd er* >

“ T h a n k y o u , sire, b u t I h a v e th e m eans b y w h ich I ca n m a k e a m eal fo r th e O rd er w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its h e a d .” || 6 ||

T hen th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s foods, so lid a n d so ft, p rep a red to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t n ig h t in th e d w ellin g o f th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a , [157] h a d th e tim e an n o u n ced to th e L o rd , sa y in g : “ I t is tim e, L o rd , th e m eal is r e a d y .” T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orning, ta k in g h is b o w l a n d robe, a p p ro a ch ed th e d w ellin g of th e (great) m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sat d ow n on th e a p p o in te d se a t to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er of m onks. T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g w ith his ow n h a n d se rv e d a n d sa tisfied w ith su m p tu o u s foods, solid an d so ft, th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its head , w h en th e L o rd h a d e aten a n d h a d w ith d ra w n his han d from th e b o w l, sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, th e h ouseh old er A n a th a p in d ik a sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : “ L o rd , m a y th e L o rd consent to a rains-resid ence1 fro m m e a t S a v a tth I to g e th e r w ith the O rder o f m o n k s.”

“ B u t, househ old er, T ru th -fin d ers d e lig h t in e m p ty p la c e s .1' “ I t is un d erstood , L o rd , it is u n d ersto o d , W e ll-fa rer.” T h e n

th e L o rd , h a v in g g lad d en ed , re jo iced , roused , d e lig h ted th e householder A n a th a p in d ik a w ith ta lk on dham m a , risin g fro m his seat, d ep arted . || 7 |j

N ow a t th a t tim e th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a h a d m a n y friends, m a n y com panion s, h is w o rd ca rried w e ig h t.2 T h e n

1 vassdvdsa, as in MV. III. 1 . 1, and c f . MV. III. 1 4 .a d dey y a vd ca. V A . 1220 says “ his speech would be taken up by the

many folk thinking, * It seems he should be heard V*

222 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th e householder A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g co n clu d ed th a t business a t R a ja g a h a , set out fo r S a v a tth i. T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a en jo in ed people on th e w a y , sa y in g : “ M asters, bu ild m onasteries, p rep are d w ellin g-p laces, fu rn ish g ifts ; an A w a k en e d O ne h as arisen in th e w orld , an d th is L o rd , in v ite d b y m e, w ill com e a lo n g b y th is r o a d / '

T h en these people, u rged on b y th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ­ika , b u ilt m onasteries, p rep ared d w ellin g -p laces, furn ish ed g ifts . T h en th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g a rriv ed a t S a v a tth i, lo o k e d a ll rou n d S a v a tth i, th in k in g r1 “ N o w w h ere co u ld th e L o rd s ta y th a t w o u ld b e n eith er to o fa r from a v illa g e , nor to o near, su ita b le fo r co m in g and go in g , accessib le to people w h en ever th e y w a n t, not cro w d ed b y d a y , h a v in g litt le noise a t n ig h t, lit t le sound, w ith o u t fo lk s ’ b re a th , seclu d ed fro m people, fittin g fo r m e d ita tio n ? ” || 8 ||

T h e n th e h ouseh old er A n a th a p in d ik a sa w P rin ce J e ta ’s p leasure g ro ve , n eith er too fa r fro m a v illa g e . . . f ittin g fo r m ed itatio n , and seeing it, he a p p ro a ch ed P rin ce J e ta ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed he sp oke th u s to P rin ce J e ta : “ G iv e m e, y o u n g m aster, th e p leasure g ro ve to m a k e a m o n a ste ry .”

" T h e p leasure g ro v e is not to b e g iv e n a w a y , householder, even fo r th e p rice o f a h u n d red th o u sa n d .” 2

“ Y o u n g m aster, th e m o n a ste ry is ta k e n .”“ T h e m o n a ste ry is not ta k e n , h o u se h o ld e r/ ’ T h e y asked

th e ch ief m inisters o f ju s tic e ,3 sa y in g : " I s it ta k e n or is it not ta k e n ? ” T h e ch ie f m in isters sp ok e th u s : [158] “ T h em o n a stery is ta k e n a t th e p rice fix e d b y y o u , y o u n g m a ste r.” T h en th e h ouseh old er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g h a d g o ld co in s4 bro u gh t out b y m eans o f w agon s, h a d th e J e ta G ro v e sp rea d w ith th e price o f a h u n d red th o u s a n d .5 || g ||

T h e g o ld coins th a t w ere ta k e n o u t th e first tim e w ere n o t enough fo r a sm all open sp ace n ea r to th e p orch. T h e n th e

1 As at MV. I. 2 2 . 16, 17 where Bimbisara is giving the Bamboo Grove.* As at J a . i. 94.# C f . similar passage at V in . iv. 223 ( B .D . iii. 178).4 h ir a n n a ; see n. at B . D . i. 28.5 kotisanthararn sa n th ara p esi. V A . 1220 says “ having given a hundred

thousand k a h a p a n a s , having had them spread out (on the ground), having taken the measure of the circumference of trees and ponds there, he gave having had them (i.e. the k a h a p a n a s) spread out in a certain place." Most likely the gold coins were not round but square, see V in . T e x ts iii. 188, n. 1.

4.10— 5.1] C U L L A V A G G A V I 223

householder A n a th a p in d ik a en jo in ed th e people, sa y in g : “ G o b ack , good p eople, b rin g (more) g o ld coins, I w ill sp read th is open sp a c e / ' T h e n it occu rred to P rin ce J e ta : " N o w th is can be no o rd in a ry m a tte r1 in asm u ch as th is h o u seh o ld er bestow s so m a n y g o ld co in s/ ' a n d h e sp ok e th u s to th e householder A n a th a p in d ik a :

" E n o u g h , househ old er ; le t m e sp read th is op en space, g iv e th is open sp ace to m e, it w ill be m y g if t .”

T h en th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a , th in k in g : " T h isP rin ce Jeta, is a d istin gu ish ed , w ell-kn ow n m an ; su rs ly th e fa ith in th is dhamma an d d iscip lin e o f w ell-k n o w n m en like th is is v e r y efficacious/ '2 m ade o ve r th a t open sp ace to P rin ce Jeta . T h en P rin ce J e ta b u ilt a p o rch 3 on th a t open space. T h e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a h a d d w ellin g-p laces m ade, he h ad ce lls4 m ad e . . , p o rch es . . . a tte n d a n ce h alls . . . fire halls . . . h u ts for w h a t is a llo w ab le . . . p riv ies . . . p laces fo r p acin g up a n d d o w n in . . . h alls in th e p laces fo r p acin g u p a n d d ow n in . . , w ells . . . h alls a t th e w ells . . . bath room s . . . h alls in th e b a th ro o m s . . . lo tu s pon d s . . . he h ad sh ed s m ad e. || 10 || 4 ||

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t R a ja g a h a fo r as lo n g as he fou n d su itin g , set o u t on to u r fo r V esa li. In due course, w a lk in g on to u r, he a rr iv e d a t V esa li. T h e L o rd s ta y e d there a t V e sa li in th e G re at G ro ve in th e H a ll o f th e G a b le d P illars. N o w a t th a t tim e people w ere m a k in g repairs c a re fu lly an d th e y w ere also a tte n d in g c a refu lly , w ith th e requ isites of robes, alm sfood, lo d gin gs an d m edicines fo r th e sick, to those m on ks w ho were lo o k in g a fte r th e repairs. T h en it occu rred to a certa in poor ta ilo r : “ N o w th is can b e no o rd in a ry m a tte r inasm uch as these people are m a k in g rep airs c a refu lly . W h a t now if I to o sh ould m a k e repairs ? " T h e n th a t p oor ta ilor, h av in g h im self kn ead ed m ud, h a v in g piled u p b rick s, h ad w a ttle an d d au b w alls erected . B u t b ecau se he w a s not skilfu l th e p ilin g w a s cro o k ed a n d a w a ll fe ll d ow n. A n d a

1 n a orakam bh a vassiti. C f . MV. I. 9 . I, and below CV. VI. 5 . I.8 As atM V. VI. 3 6 , 3.a kotthaka is a word of unsettled meaning. V A . 1221 says that he built

a seven storeyed long house with a porch (or storehouse) at the gateway (d va ra kotth a ka p a sa d a ).

4 C f. this list with that at MV. III. 5 . 6, <).

224 B O O K O * D I S C I P L I N E

second tim e. . . . A n d a th ird tim e . . . a w a ll fe ll d ow n.ii i ii .

T h en th a t poor ta ilo r . . . sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ T h ese recluses, [159] sons o f th e S a k y a n s , e x h o rt, in stru ct th o se w ho g iv e th em th e req u isites o f robes, a lm sfoo d , lod gin gs, m edicines fo r th e sick, an d th ese lo o k a fte r th e ir repairs. B u t I am poor. N o one e x h o rts o r in stru c ts m e o r lo o k s a fte r m y re p a irs ." M onks h eard th is p o o r ta ilo r as he w a s . . . sp rea d in g it a b o u t. T h e n these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion , in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

“ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to p u t rep a irs in ch a rg e (of a m o n k).1 M onks, th e m o n k w h o is in ch arg e of rep airs sh o u ld m a k e an effo rt,2 th in k in g , ‘ H o w can th e d w e llin g -p la ce b e b ro u g h t to a ra p id term in atio n ? ' a n d he sh o u ld restore broken an d d ilap id a te d p a r ts .3 ]| 2 ||

“ A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld th e y b e g iv e n in c h a rg e : F irs t, a m on k sh ould b e a sk e d ; h a v in g a sk e d h im , th e O rd er sh ould be in form ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, sa y in g : ' H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er liste n to m e. I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, le t th e O rd er g iv e th e rep airs to th e d w ellin g-p lace o f th e householder S o-an d -so in ch a rg e o f th e m o n k S o-an d -so . T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e O rd er is g iv in g th e rep a irs . . . in ch a rg e o f th e m on k So-and-so. I f th e g iv in g in ch a rg e o f th e m o n k So-and -so, of th e rep airs to th e d w ellin g-p lace o f th e h o u seh o ld er S o-an d -so , is p leasin g to th e v e n e ra b le ones, th e y sh o u ld b e silen t ; he to w h om it is not p leasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . R e p a irs to th e d w ellin g-p lace o f th e h o u seh o ld er S o -a n d -so a re g iv e n in ch arge o f th e m on k S o-an d -so . I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d e rsta n d th is || 3 ||.5 |)

T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d at VesalT fo r as lo n g as he fou n d su itin g ,4 set o u t on to u r fo r S a v a tth I . N o w a t th a t tim e m onks w h o w ere p u p ils o f th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks, h a v in g gone

1 navakammarp. d a tu m . F o r v a r io u s r u le s fo r m a k in g r e p a ir s see C V . V I .

u ssu k k a m d p a jjis s a t i . C f . u s s u k k a m k a ro ti a t V in . iv . 280, 2 9 1 , 300.* A t A . iii. 263 t h is is o n e o f f iv e t h in g s s a id t o m a k e a r e s id e n t m o n k

v e r y u s e fu l t o h is re s id e n c e .* F o r th e in c id e n t r e la te d h e ie , c f. J d . N o , 3 7 .

6.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A V I 225

along in fron t o f th e O rd er o f m onks w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its h ead , to o k possession o f d w ellin g-p laces, th e y to o k possession of sleeping p laces, sa y in g : “ T h is w ill be for ourpreceptors, th is w ill b e for o u r teach ers, th is w ill be for u s ." T h e n th e ven erab le S a rip u tta , h a v in g go n e a lo n g close behind th e O rder o f m o n ks w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its h ead , not being able to g e t a sleepin g p la ce— th e d w ellin g -p la ces bein g ta k e n possession of, th e sleep in g p la ce s b ein g ta k e n possession o f— sa t d ow n a t th e ro o t o f a c e rta in tree. T h e n th e L ord , g e tt in g u p d u rin g th e n ig h t to w a rd s m orn in g, co u gh ed . T h e ven era b le S a r ip u tta a lso cou gh ed .

" W h o is th ere ? ”" I t is I , L o rd , S a r ip u tta .”" W h y are y o u , S a r ip u tta , s ittin g h e r e ? ” T h en th e

ven erab le S a rip u tta to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd .1 || 1 ||T h e n th e L o rd o n th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g

h ad th e O rd er o f m o n ks co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e m onks, sa y in g : " I s it tru e , as is sa id , m on ks, [160] th a t m o n ks w ho are p u p ils th is w ill be fo r u s * ? ”

" I t is tru e, L o rd .” T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd reb u k ed th em , sa y in g :

" H o w , m on ks, ca n th ese fo o lish m en, h a v in g gone a lo n g in fron t o f * . . sa y in g . . th is w ill be fo r u s * ? I t is n o t, m onks, fo r p leasin g th o se w h o are n o t (yet) p leased . , . A n d h a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

" W h o , m onks, is w o rth y o f th e b est se a t, th e b est w a te r 2 (for w ash in g), th e best a lm s ? ” S o m e m o n ks sp oke th u s :" W h o ever, L o rd , h a s gone fo rth fro m a noble fa m ily , he isw o rth y o f th e best . . . a lm s.” Som e m o n k s sp oke th u s :" W h o ever, L o rd , h as gon e fo rth fro m a b rah m in fa m ily . . -from a h ou seh old er's fa m ily . . . . W h o e v e r, L o rd , k n o w s th e suttantas3 . . . is an e x p e rt on d iscip lin e . . . is a te a ch er of dhamma . . . is possessed o f th e first m e d ita tio n 4 . . . is possessed o f th e second m e d ita tio n . . . is possessed of the third m ed ita tio n . . . is possessed o f th e fo u rth m ed ita tio n

1 C f . a similar passage at V in . iv . 16.1 aggodakatn, explained by d a k k h in o d a k a at V A . 1221 = M A . i. 145. C f .

Af. i. 28, ii. 204.8 With this and the next two items cf. a similar list at V in , iii. 159.4 With this list to the end, cf. V in . iv. 24.

226 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

. . . is a stream -w in n er . . . a o n ce-retu rn er . . . a non­retu rn er . . . one p erfe cte d . . . a th reefo ld w isdom m an . . . a s ix fo ld su p erkn ow led ge m an, he is w o rth y o f th e best seat, th e b est w a te r (for w ash in g), th e b est a lm s .” || 2 ||

T h e n th e L o rd ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : " F o rm e r ly ,1 m onks, th ere used to b e a la rg e b a n y a n on a slop e o f th e H im a la ya s. T h ree frien d s liv e d n ear it : a p a rtrid g e , a m o n k ey an d a bu ll-e leph an t. T h ese liv e d co u rteo u s, d e fere n tia l, p o lite 2 to one another. T h en , m on ks, it o ccu rred to these frien d s : ' N o w le t us find o u t w h ich of u s is th e e ld est b y b irth . W e sh ould respect, revere, reveren ce, h o n o u r him , a n d we sh ould ab id e b y his a d v ic e / T h en , m on ks, th e p a rtrid g e and th e m o n k e y ask ed th e b u ll-e lep h an t : ‘ Y o u , frien d , w h a t long-ago th in g d o yo u rem em ber ? ’

" ' W h en I, friends, w a s y o u n g I used to pass o ve r th is b a n y a n keep in g it b etw een m y th ig h s, a n d th e to p m o st sh oots bru sh ed again st m y b e lly . T h is, friends, is a lo n g-ago th in g th a t I rem em b er/

" T h en , m onks, th e p a rtr id g e a n d th e b u ll-e lep h an t ask ed th e m o n k e y : ‘ Y o u , friend , w h a t lo n g-ago th in g d o y o urem em ber ? *

" ' W h en I , friends, w as y o u n g , h a v in g sa t d ow n on th e ground , I used to eat th e to p m o st sh o ots o f th is b a n y a n . T h is, friends, is a lo n g-ago th in g th a t I rem em b er/

" T h en , m onks, th e m o n k e y a n d th e bu ll-e lep h an t a sk ed th e p a r tr id g e : 'Y o u , friend, w h a t lo n g-ago th in g d o y o urem em ber ? *

“ ‘ F rien d s, in a ce rta in open sp ace th ere w as a g rea t b a n y a n . I , h a v in g e aten one o f its fru its, re lie ve d m y se lf in th a t open space, an d th is b a n y a n h as g ro w n from th a t. S o I , friends, am th e eld est b y b ir th / [16 1]

" T h en , m onks, th e m o n k e y an d th e bu ll-e lep h an t sp ok e th u s to th e p a rtr id g i ; ' Y o u , friend , a re th e e ld est o f us b y b irth . W e w ill respect, revere, reveren ce, h o n o u r y o u an d w e w ill ab id e b y y o u r a d v ice /

“ T h en , m onks, th e p a rtr id g e cau sed th e m o n k e y a n d th e bu ll-e lep h an t to u n d ertak e th e five m oral h a b its an d h im self fo llow ed th e o b servan ce o f th e five m oral h a b its . T h e y ,

1 T h is e p is o d e fo rm s t h e T ittir a jd ta k a , J d . N o . ^7*a A s a t M V . I . 25. 6, V . 4 . 3. ' “

6 .3- 5] C U L L A V A G G A V I 227

h a v in g live d co u rteo u s, d eferen tia l, p o lite to one anoth er, a t th e b re a k in g u p of th e b o d y a fte r d y in g arose in a h a p p y bourn, a h ea ven w orld . T h is, m onks, cam e to be kn o w n as the ‘ P a rtrid g e B ra h m a -fa rin g / 1

“ T h ose w h o reveren ce th e o ld— those m en are sk illed in dham m a ,

W o rth y o f praise here and n ow an d a h a p p y bourn here­after. || 3 ||

" W e ll th en , m on ks, i f an im als, b reath ers, can liv e courteous, d eferen tial, polite to one anoth er, so d o yo u , m onks, le t y o u r lig h t shine fo rth here so th a t y o u , gone fo rth in th is dhamm a and discip line w h ich are w ell ta u g h t, l iv e likew ise courteous, deferen tial, p o lite to one anoth er. I t is n ot, m on ks, fo r pleasing those w h o are not (yet) p leased . . . . " H a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g ;

" I a llow , m onks, greetin g , rising u p for, jo in in g th e palm s in sa lu tatio n , prop er h om age, th e b est seat, th e b est w a te r (for w ashing), th e b est a lm s a cco rd in g to sen io rity . B u t, m onks, w h a t belongs to .an O rd er sh ould n o t be reserved acco rd in g to sen io rity . W h o e v e r sh ould (so) reserve it, th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing. |j 4 ||

“ M onks, there are these ten w h o are n ot to b e greeted ; one ord ain ed la te r is not to b e greeted b y one ord ain ed earlier ; one not ord ain ed is n ot to b e g reeted ; one belon gin g to a different com m u n ion (even) if he is m ore senior (yet) sp eaks w h at is n o t-dham m a is n o t to be g reeted ; a w o m an is not to be g reeted ; a eu n u ch . * . one u n d er p ro b a tio n 2 . . . one who deserves to b e sen t b a c k to th e b e g in n in g 3 * . . one w ho deserves manatta . . , one u n d ergoin g m anatta . . , one d eservin g re h ab ilita tio n is n o t to b e greeted . T h ese , ten , m onks, are not to b e greeted . T h ese three, m on ks, are to b e g ree te d : one ord ain ed earlier is to b e g reeted b y one ord ain ed la te r ; one b elon gin g to a d ifferen t com m union if he is m ore senior and sp eaks w h a t is dham m a is to b e g reeted ; an d , m on ks, a T ru th - finder, a p erfected one, a fu lly S e lf-a w a k e n e d on e4 is to be greeted in th e w orld w ith its devas, w ith its M aras, w ith its

1 T h is s e n te n c e is q u o t e d a t D A . i . 1 7 8 .* S e e C V . XI. 1. 2 .* S e e C V . I I I . 15.* Cf. A. ii. 34j TU p . 8 7 f.

228 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N EB rah m as, b y creatu res w ith recluses an d brah m in s, w ith devas and m ankind . T h ese th ree, m o n ks, a re to be g re e te d ." || 5 || 6 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e p eo p le p rep a red sh eds fo r an O rder, th e y p repared rugs, th e y p rep ared open sp aces. [162] M onks w ho w ere p u p ils o f th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s ,1 sa y in g : “ O n ly w h a t belongs to a n O rd er is n o t a llo w e d a cco rd in g to se n io rity b y the L o rd , not w h a t is m ad e on p urpose fo r i t , " h a v in g gon e alon g in fro n t o f the O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its head , to o k possession o f th e sheds, to o k possession of th e rugs, to o k possession o f th e o p en sp aces, th in k in g : " T h is w ill be fo r o u r p recep tors, th is w ill be fo r o u r teach ers, th is w ill be fo r u s / ' T h e n th e v e n e ra b le S a r ip u tta , h a v in g gone a lo n g close beh in d th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its head , not h a v in g a ch an ce to g et an open sp ace— th e sheds being ta k e n possession of, th e ru gs bein g ta k e n possession of, the open sp aces being ta k e n possession o f— sa t d o w n at the root o f a ce rta in tree. T h e n th e L o rd , g e ttin g up d u rin g the n igh t to w a rd s m o rn in g, co u gh ed . T h e v en era b le S a r ip u tta a lso coughed.

“ W h o is th ere ? "“ I t is I , L o rd , S a r ip u tta ."“ W h y are y o u , S a r ip u tta , s ittin g here ? " T h e n the

ven erab le S a r ip u tta to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g h a d th e O rd er o f m onks co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e m on ks, sa y in g : “ Is it tru e, as is said, m on ks, H a v in g reb u k ed them ,h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

M onks, eve n w h a t is m ad e on purpose fo r an O rd er sh ould n ot be reserved acco rd in g to sen io rity . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) reserve it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." || 7 ||

N o w at th a t tim e in a re fe c to ry insid e a house people ap p o in ted h igh a n d b ro ad th in g s to recline u pon , th a t is to sa y :2 a so fa ,3 a d iva n , a lo n g-h aired co v e rle t, a m a n y-co lo u red co verlet, a w h ite co verlet, a w ool co v e rle t besprent w ith flow ers,

1 A s in C V . V I . 6 . 1 .* L is t a s a t M V . V . 10. 4 . S e e B . D . i v . p . 2 56 fo r n o te s .

D e fin it io n o f a sa n d i a t T h a g A . i . 1 3 7 is t h a t i t is a lo n g - le g g e d fo u r - co rn e re d c h a ir u p o n w h ic h i t is p o s s ib le t o s it b u t n o t t o lie .

8— 9 .i] C U L L A V A G G A V I 229

a co tto n q u ilt, a w ool co v e rle t d eco ra ted w ith an im als’ form s, a w ool co verin g w ith h air on th e u p p er side, a w ool co ve rin g w ith h a ir a t one side, a silken sh eet stu d d ed w ith jew els, a sheet m ade w ith silk th rea d a n d stu d d ed w ith jew els, a d an cer's ca rp et, an elephan t ru g, a horse rug, a ch a rio t rug, rugs o f b la ck an telop e skins, a sp len d id sh eetin g of th e hide of th e kadali-deer, a sh eet w ith an aw n in g a b o ve , a co u ch w ith a red cu sh ion at e ith er end. M onks, b e in g scrupu lous, d id n ot s it d ow n on th e m .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w you , m onks, e x ce p t fo r th e th ree : a so fa , a d iv a n , a co tto n q u ilt, to sit d o w n on w h a t is d isp la y ed b y householders, b u t not to lie dow n on i t ."2

N o w a t th a t tim e in a re fe c to ry inside a house people a p p o in ted a cou ch an d a ch air, b o th c o v e red up w ith c o tto n .3 M onks, bein g scru p u lou s, d id not sit dow n on th em . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w yo u , m onks, to sit d o w n on w h a t is d isp la y ed b y householders, b u t not to lie dow n on i t / ’3 || 8 ||

T h en th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r, in due course a rriv e d a t S a v a tth i. T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere a t S a v a tth i [163} in th e J e ta G ro ve in A n a th a p in d ik a ’s m o n astery. T h e n th e householder A n a th a p in d ik a ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , he sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , m a y th e L o rd consent to a m eal w ith m e on th e m orrow to g eth er w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s / ' T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y b eco m in g silent. T h en th e h ouseh old er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g un d erstood the L o rd 's con sen t, risin g fro m his seat d ep arted k eep in g his righ t side to w a rd s him . T h en th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g had su m p tu o u s foods, solid an d so ft, prep ared to w a rd s the end of th a t n igh t, h ad th e tim e an n o u n ced t o th e L o rd , sa y in g : " I t is tim e, L o rd , th e m eal is r e a d y .” T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orning, ta k in g his b o w l and robe, approached th e d w ellin g of th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a ;

1 M a d e a n o ffe n c e o f w r o n g -d o in g a t M V . V . 10. 5 t o u s e a n y o f t h e s e t h in g s . a C f. V in . i . 19 4 ( B .D . iv . 2 5 9 ).8 tu lo n a d d ha . C f . o n a d d h a m a n ca o n a d d k a p ith a a t C V . V I . 2. 7 , a n d V in .

ii. 2 70 . C f . a ls o V in . i. 19 4 .

230 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

h a v in g ap proached , he sa t d o w n on th e a p p o in ted seat to g eth e r w ith th e O rder of m onks. T h e n th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g w ith his ow n h a r d served a n d sa tisfied th e O rd er of m onks w ith th e A w a k e n e d O ne a t its h ea d w ith su m p tu o u s foods, solid an d so ft, w h en th e L o rd h a d e a ten an d h a d w ith ­d raw n his h an d from h is bow l, sa t d o w n at a resp ectfu l d is ta n ce . A s he w as s ittin g dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce th e h o u seh o ld er A n a th a p in d ik a sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : “ W h a t line of co n d u ct am I, L o rd , to fo llo w in rega rd to th e J e ta G ro v e ? ”

" W ell now , d o y o u , h o useh old er, h a v e th e J e ta G ro ve prep ared fo r (the use of) th e O rd er o f th e fo u r q u a rte rs ,1 present and to c o m e ."

“ V e r y w ell, L o r d ," a n d th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ik a , h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assen t, h a d th e J e ta G ro ve p rep ared fo r (the use of) th e O rd er o f th e fou r q u arters, presen t an d to com e. || x ||

T h e n th e L o rd th a n k e d th e hou seh old er A n a th a p in d ik a in these verses :2

“ T h e y w a rd off co ld an d h e a t a n d b easts of p re y from there . . .

H e, k n o w in g th a t dham m a here, a tta in s n ib b a n a , can ker- less. ” [164]

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g g iv e n th a n k s to th e househ old er A n a th a p in d ik a in th ese verses, r is in g from h is se a t d ep arted . II 2 II 9 j|

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in c h ie f m in ister w h o w a s a d iscip le o f th e N a k e d A sce tic s h a d a m eal fo r an O rder. T h e ven erab le U p an a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s , h a v in g a rr iv e d a fte r (the others) w h ile th e m eal w a s y e t u n fin ished , tu rn e d a w a y th e m on k w h o w a s n e x t to h im ,3 a n d th ere w as a n u p ro ar in th e re fecto ry . T h e n th a t ch ie f m in ister . . . sp read it ab o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w ca n these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s , h a v in g arriv ed a fte r (the others) tu rn a w a y m o n ks w h ile a m eal is y e t unfinished so th a t th ere is a n u p ro ar in th e re fe c to ry ? N o w , is it not possib le, e ven s ittin g som ew here else, to eat

1 S e e M V . V I I I . 27. 5 ; C V . V I . 1. 4.a A s a t C V . V I . 1. 5 a b o v e a n d J d . i. 9 3 .* I .e . in t h e p ro c e s s io n fo r a lm s . T e x t r e a d s h e r e a n d a t V in . iv . 234

a n a n ta rika w h ic h V in . T e x ts iii* 19 8 , n . 4 s a y s ** is a m is p r in t " fo r d n a n ta r ik a . C f . V in . i. 3 2 1 .

10.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A V I 231

as m uch as one p leases ? ” M onks h eard th is ch ief m in ister as he . . . sp read it a b o u t. T h o se w h o w ere m odest m onks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w can th e ven erab leU p an an d a, th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, h a v in g a rr iv e d a fte r (the others), tu rn a w a y th e m on k w h o is n e x t to h im w h ile th e m eal is y e t unfin ished so th a t th ere is an u p ro a r in th e re fe c to ry ? ” T h en these m o n ks to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" Is it tru e, as is said , th a t y o u , U p an a n d a , h a v in g a rrived . . . in th e re fe c to ry ? ”

" I t is tru e, L o rd .” T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd rebuked him , sa y in g :

" H o w ca n yo u , foolish m an, h a v in g a rriv e d . . . in a re fecto ry ? I t is n ot, foo lish m an , fo r p leasin g th o se w h o are not (yet) p leased . . . / ' H a v in g reb u k ed him , h a v in g g iven reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, a m o n k sh o u ld n o t tu rn (another) a w a y w hile a m eal is y e t unfinished. W h o e v e r sh ould tu rn (another) a w a y , th ere is an offence of w rong-d oing. I f he tu rn s (another) a w a y w h o is in v ite d (to th e m eal), he sh ould b e to ld , ‘ Oo an d fe tch w a te r/ I f this is th u s acco m p lish ed , th a t is go o d ; i f it is not accom p lish ed , h a v in g sw allo w ed lu m p s of • b o iled rice pro p erly , his seat sh ould be g iv en to a senior m onk. B u t th is I say , m o n ks : th a t n ot b y a n y m eth o d should a seat bereserved fo r a senior m o n k. W h o e v e r sh ould reserve one, there is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g / ' || 1 l|

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks tu rn ed ill m on ks a w a y . T h e ill ones sp oke th u s : " W e, y o u r reverences, are n ot ab le to g et up, w e a re i ll.” S a y in g , " W e w ill tu rn th e ven erable ones a w a y ,” h a v in g ta k en hold o f them , h a v in g turned them a w a y , th e y le t g o (of them ) w h ile th e y w ere stan d in g. T h e ill ones, on b e in g le t g o of, fe ll d ow n. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e ra id : “ M onks, one w h o is ill sh ould n o t b e tu rn e d a w a y . W h o e v e r sh ou ld tu rn him a w a y, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix [165] m onks, sa y in g : “ W e are ill, w e are n o t to be tu rn ed a w a y ,” k e p t to th e best sleeping p laces. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llow y o u , m onks, to g iv e a su ita b le sleepin g p lace to one w ho is i ll.”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks reserved lod gings

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

on (some slight) p r e te x t .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, a lo d g in g sh ould n o t be reserved on (some slight) p re te x t. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) reserve it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." || 2 || 10 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f seven teen m o n k s2 w ere repairing3 a large d w ellin g-p lace in th e n eigh b o u rh o o d , th in k ­in g : " W e w ill spen d th e rains h e re .” T h e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks saw th e g ro u p o f seven teen m o n ks as th e y w ere rep airin g the d w ellin g-p lace, and seein g th em , th e y sp ok e th u s :

" Y o u r reverences, th e g ro u p o f seven teen m o n ks are repairin g a d w ellin g-p lace. C om e, w e w ill tu rn th em a w a y / ’

Som e sp oke th u s : " W a it , y o u r reveren ces, u n til th e y h ave repaired it ; w hen it is repaired , w e w ill tu rn th em a w a y ." T hen the g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks sp o k e th u s to th e g ro u p o f seventeen m on ks : " G o a w a y , y o u r reveren ces, th e dw elling- p lace w as o b ta in e d 4 b y u s .”

“ Y o u r reveren ces, sh o u ld n ot th is h a v e been ex p la in ed before, and w e w o u ld h a v e rep aired a n o th er ? "

“ Y o u f reveren ces, does n o t a d w ellin g -p la ce b elo n g to th e O rd er P ”

" Y e s , y o u r reveren ces, a d w ellin g -p la ce belon gs to the O rd er/ '

" G o a w a y , y o u r reverences, th e d w ellin g-p lace w as o b ta in ed b y u s/ '

“ Y o u r reverences, th e d w ellin g -p la ce is b i g ; y o u s ta y , and w e to o w ill s ta y .”

“ G o a w a y , y o u r reverences, th e d w ellin g-p lace w a s o b ta in e d b y u s,” a n d a n g ry , d ispleased, h a v in g ta k e n th em b y th e th ro a t, the}' th rew th em o u t. T h ese b ein g th ro w n o u t, w e p t. M onks sp oke th u s :

“ W h y do y o u , y o u r reveren ces, w eep ? ”“ Y o u r reverences, th is g ro u p o f s ix m on ks, a n g ry , d is­

pleased, th rew u s o u t o f a d w ellin g-p lace b elo n gin g to th e O rd er.” T hose w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks lo o k ed d ow n upon, criticised, sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w ca n th is g ro u p o f

1 le sa k a p p a . V A . 12 2 2 s a y s fo r a s m a ll t h in g , n o t h in g m o re t h a n a h e a d a c h e .1 A s a t P i c . 1 7 . T r a n s la t e d a t B . D . ii. 2 50 —1 , q ,v t fo r n o te s .■ p a fisa m k h a ro ti, re s to r e , r e p a ir , m e n d .4 p a p u n a ti.

11.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A V I 233

six m onks, a n g ry , d ispleased, th ro w o u t m onks from a d w elling- p lace b elon gin g to an O rd er ? ” T h en these m onks to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ Js it true, as is said , m onks, th a t th e gro u p of s ix m onks, a n g ry , d ispleased, th rew out m on ks from a d w ellin g-p lace belo n gin g to an O rd er ?

“ I t is true, L o rd .*'1 H a v in g reb u ked th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, a m on k sh ould n ot be th ro w n o u t o f a d w ellin g- p lace belon gin g to an O rder b y one w h o is a n g ry , d ispleased. W h o ever (such) sh ould th ro w h im out sh ould be d ealt w ith accord in g to the ru le .2 I a llo w yo u , m onks, to assign 3 lo d g- in g s.” f| 1 f|

T h en it o ccurred to th e m on ks : " N o w b y w hom sh ould lodgings be assigned ? ”

T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . [166] H e s a i d : “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, to agree upon a m on k en d ow ed w ith five q u a lities as assigner o f lo d gin gs one w h o w ou ld not fo llo w a w ro n g course5 th ro u gh desire, one w ho w ould not follow a w ron g course th ro u gh h a tred , one w ho w ou ld not fo llow a w ro n g course th ro u g h stu p id ity , one * w h o w ou ld not fo llow a w ro n g course th ro u gh fear, a n d one w h o w ou ld kn o w w h a t is ta k e n an d w h a t is n ot ta k en . A n d th u s, m onks, sh ou ld he be agreed upon : F irs t , a m o n k sh ould be asked. H a v in g asked him , th e O rd er sh ould be in form ed b y an experien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g : * H on oured sirs, let the O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er should agree upon th e m o n k So-and-so as assigner o f lodgings. T h is is th e m otion . H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me. T h e O rder is agreein g upon th e m o n k So-and-so as assigner o f lodgings. I f th e agreem en t upon th e m on k So-and-so as assigner o f lod gings is p leasin g to th e ven erab le ones, th e y should be silen t ; he to w h om it is not p leasin g sh ould sp eak. T h e m onk So-and -so is agreed upon b y th e O rd er as assigner

1 C u la vag ga a n d P d c itt iy a v e r s io n s p r o c e e d d i f fe r e n t ly fr o m h e re .8 P a c . 1 7 .* gahetum .4 sen d sa n a g a hd p a ka ; c f . p a tta g d h d p a ka a n d s e e B . D . i i. 12 2 , n . 1 . T o

t h e e n d o f || 2 || is t h e s a m e a s t h e p a s s a g e a t V in . i i i . 2 4 6 - 7 { B .D . i i. 12 2 ) d e a lin g w ith t h e a ss ig n e r o f b o w ls .

* S e e B .D . i i. 12 2 , n . 2.

234 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

o f lodgings. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I un d erstan d th is V ' || 2 ||

T h en it occurred to th e m o n ks w ho w ere th e assigners of lod gings : “ N ow , h o w sh ould th e lo d gin gs be assign ed ? ”T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, first to co u n t th e m o n ks ; h a v in g co u n ted th e m onks, to co u n t th e sleepin g p laces h a v in g co u n te d th e sleep in g places, to assign acco rd in g to th e a cco m m o d a tio n fo r sleep in g p la ce s .” 2 A ssign in g acco rd in g to th e acco m m o d atio n for sleepin g places (some) sleepin g p laces w ere le ft o v e r .3 “ I a llo w you , m onks, t o assign a cco rd in g to the acco m m od ation in d w ellin g -p la ces.” A ssign in g acco rd in g to th e acco m m o d a­tion in d w ellin g-p laces (some) d w ellin g -p la ces w ere le ft o ver. “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, to assign a cco rd in g to th e acco m m od ation in ce lls.” 4 A ssign in g acco rd in g to th e a cco m m o d a tio n in cells (some) cells w ere le ft o ver. " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to g iv e an ad d itio n al sh a re 5 a lso .”

W h en an a d d itio n al share h a d been occu p ied a n o th er m on k a rrived . “ I t need not be g iv en (to h im if th e occupier) is not w illin g .” 8

N o w at th a t tim e m o n ks assigned lo d gin gs to one w h o w as sta n d in g o utsid e a b o u n d a ry . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said ; “ M onks, a lo d g in g sh o u ld not be assigned to one sta n d in g o utsid e a b o u n d a ry . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) assign it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks, h a v in g o ccu p ied lod gin gs, reserved them fo r all tim e. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, h a v in g o ccu p ied a lo d g in g , it sh o u ld not be r'eserved fo r a ll tim e. W h o e v e r sh o u ld reserve it (thus), there is an offence o f w rqn g-d oin g. I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to reserve

1 V A . 12 2 3 c a l ls th e s e t h e p la c e s fo r c o u c h e s .* seyyaggena. V A . 12 2 3 e x p la in s b y sey y a p a ricch ed en a , b y t h e s p a c e ,

ra n g e , a n d s p e a k s o f e a c h m o n k h a v in g a p la c e f o r a c o u c h . C f . b h ih k h a g g en a , a t C V . X I I . 1. i , a p p a r e n t ly m e a n in g t h e n u m b e r o f m o n k s .

* u s s d d iy im s u . C f . V in . iv . 99 a n d B . D . ii. 3 6 4 , n . 1 .* p a riv etia . A ? p o in te d o u t a t V in . T e x ts i ii. 203, n . 1 a *' c e ll ” h e re

a p p e a r s t o b e a u n it la r g e r t h a n a d w e llin g - p la c e . B u t I d o n o t t h in k t h a t th is is n e c e s s a r ily t h e c a s e . P r o b a b ly n o t m o re t h a n o n e m o n k s le p t in a c e ll, b u t a d w e llin g -p la c e m ig h t h a v e b e e n u s e d b y t w o a t le a s t . V A . 12 2 3 in e x p la in in g anu bhdga , s a y s t h a t i f th e r e a r e t o o f e w m o n k s ( fo r t h e a v a i la b le sp ace ) t w o o r th r e e c e lls s h o u ld b e g iv e n t o e a c h m o n k .

5 anubhdga.* n a akdm a a s a t M V . V I I I . 24. 4.

11.4— 12] C U L L A V A G G A V I 235

it for th e th ree m on th s of th e rains b u t n o t to reserve it fo r th e d r y season .*'1 || 3 ||

T h e n it occu rred to th e m on ks : “ N o w , h o w m a n y (tim es for) th e assign m en t o f lo d gin gs are th ere ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, th ere are these three (tim es for) th e assign m en t o f lod gin gs : th e earlier,2 th e la te r ,2 th e in terv en in g .3 T h e earlier on w h ich th e y are to be assigned is th e d a 3' fo llo w in g th e fu ll m oon o f A sa lh a ; th e la te r on w h ich th e y are to be assigned is th e m o n th fo llo w in g th e fu ll m oon of A sa lh a ; th e in te rv e n in g on w h ich th e y are to be assigned is th e d a y fo llo w in g th e In v ita tio n , w ith reference to the n e x t rains-residence. T hese, m on ks, are th e th ree (tim es for) th e assign m en t o f lodgings/* |j 4 || 11 ||

T h e Seco n d P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g . [167]

N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven erab le U p a n a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, h a v in g occu p ied a lo d gin g in S a v a tth I, w en t a w a y to som e v illa g e residence an d o ccu p ied a lo d gin g there too. T h e n it o ccurred to these m o n ks : " N o w y o u r reveren ces, th is ven erable U p an a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s , is a m a k e r of strife , a m a k er o f quarrels, a m a k e r o f co n ten tio n , a m a k er of d isputes, a m a k e r o f legal q u estio n s in th e O rder. I f he w ill sp en d the ra in s here, not one of us can liv e in co m fo rt. Com e, le t u s a sk h im .” T h e n these m o n ks sp oke th u s to th e ven erable U p an a n d a , th e son o f th e S a lty a n s : " H a v e y o unot, reveren d U p an a n d a , occu p ied a lo d g in g in S a v a tth I ? ”

" Y e s , y o u r re ve ren ce s."“ B u t d o y o u , reveren d U p an a n d a , (although) alone reserve

tw o (lodgings) ? ”“ I , y o u r reveren ces, am g iv in g u p th e one here an d o ccu p y in g

th e one th e re .” T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g :

“ H o w ca n th e ven erable U p an a n d a , th e son of th e S a k y a n s,

1 C f , V I . 17. 2 , b e lo w .1 S e e M V . I I I . 2. 2 . T h e s e t w o d a t e s a r e t h e s a m e a s t h e e a r lie r a n d

t h e la te r p e r io d s fo r e n te r in g o n t h e ra in s -re s id e n c e .3 T h e " in te r v e n in g / * a n tardm utta ka, d o e s n o t r e fe r t o a d a t e b e tw e e n

th e s e e a r lie r a n d la te r t im e s , b u t t o t h e t im e b e tw e e n t h e r a in s -re s id e p c e o f o n e y e a r a n d t h e n e x t . T -o d gin gs w o u ld b e c o m e v a c a n t a t t h e e n d o f th e ra in s (see a b o v e || 3 ||) a n d th e n a s s ig n m e n t fo r t h e n e x t r a in s c o u ld t a k e p la c e . I t s e e m s t h a t t h e f ir s t t w o a r e c o m p u ls o r y , t h e th ir d o p tio n a l, see V A . 12 2 3 .

236 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

(although) alone reserve tw o (lodgings) ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion , in th is connection , h a v in g h a d th e O rd er o f m o n k s co n ven ed , questioned th e ven era b le U p a n a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, sa y in g :

" Is it tru e, as is sa id , th a t y o u , U p a n a n d a . . . (lodgings) ? ”“ I t is tru e, L o r d ." T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd , reb u ked

him , sa y in g :" H o w ca n y o u , foo lish m an , (although ) a lo n e reserve tw o

(lodgings) ? T h e one o ccu p ied b y y o u th ere , foo lish m an, is lost here ,1 th e one o ccu p ied b y y o u here is lo st th ere. T h u s are yo u , foolish m an, e x clu d ed from b o th . I t is n ot, foolish m an, for p leasin g those w ho a re n o t (yet) p leased h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :

" M onks, tw o (lodgings) sh o u ld n o t b e re served b y one (m onk). W h o e v e r sh ould reserve (them ), th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing. ” || 12 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e L o rd 2 in m a n y a figu re ta lk e d a ta lk on d iscip lin e to th e m o n ks, he sp o k e in p raise o f d iscip lin e, he spoke in praise o f a cco m p lish m en t in d iscip lin e, he sp oke in praise o f th e ven erab le U p a li, referrin g (to him ) ag ain an d again . M onks sp oke th u s : " T h e L o rd in m a n y a figure ta lk e d a ta lk on d iscip lin e . . . he sp o k e in praise o f th e v en era b le U p ali, referring (to him ) ag ain a n d a g ain . C om e, y o u r reveren ces, let us m aster d iscip lin e u n d er th e ve n e ra b le U p a li,” an d th e y , m a n y m onks— elders an d n e w ly o rd ain ed a n d th o se o f m iddle stan d in g— m astered d iscip lin e u n d er th e ven era b le U p ali. T h e ven erab le U p a li, out o f resp ect fo r th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders, recited stan d in g, an d also th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders, o u t of respect fo r dhamma,3 h a d it recited sta n d in g , so th a t th e m on ks w ho w ere elders were tired as w ell as th e ve n e ra b le U p ali. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, [168] w h en a n e w ly o rd ain ed m on k is recitin g to sit dow n on a seat th a t is th e sam e (height) o r on a h ig h er one out of respect fo r dhamma ; w h en a m on k w h o is an elder

1 T h e o n e tak en , in e a c h p la c e is a u t o m a t ic a l ly lo s t j u s t b e c a u s e a' m o n k h a s ta k e n th e m b o th .

* T h e tw o in tr o d u c t o r y s e n te n c e s o c c u r a ls o a t V in . iv . 14 2 ( B .D . i ii. 40).* C f . S e k h iy a s , N o s . 5 7 - 7 2 a n d e s p e c ia l ly N o . 69 .

13.2— 14] C U L L A V A G G A V I 237is h a v in g it recited to sit d o w n on a seat th a t is th e sam e (height) or on a lo w er one o u t o f resp ect fo r dhamma.” |j r ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m a n y m onks sta n d in g n ea r th e ven erab le U p ali g rew tired w a itin g fo r th e recita tio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to s it d o w n w ith th o se e n titled to seats o f an eq u al (h eigh t).” T h e n it occurred to m o n ks : " N o w , in resp ect o f w h a t is one e n titled to seats o f an eq u al (height) ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to sit d o w n to g eth e r w ith those w h o are w ith in th ree ye a rs (of your) s ta n d in g .'*1

N o w a t th a t tim e severa l m o n ks e n titled to seats o f an eq u al (height), h a v in g sa t dow n on a cou ch , b ro k e th e co u ch ; h a v in g sa t dow n on a ch air, th e y broke th e chair. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w , m onks, a co u ch fo r a g ro u p o f th ree (persons),2 a ch a ir fo r a grou p o f three (persons).” B u t a grou p o f th ree (people), h a v in g sat d ow n on a cou ch , b ro k e th e co u ch ; h a v in g sat d o w n on a chair, th e y broke th e chair. “ I a llo w , m onks, a co u ch fo r a grou p of tw o (persons), a ch a ir fo r a grou p o f tw o (persons).”

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks w ere (too) scru p u lo u s to sit d ow n on a lo n g seat w ith those n o t e n titled to a seat o f an eq u al (height). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " I a llo w yo u , m onks, e x ce p t w ith a eun uch, a w om an , a h erm a ­ph rod ite , to sit d ow n on a lon g seat w ith those n o t en titled to a seat o f an e q u al (h e ig h t).” T h e n it o ccurred to th e m on ks : “ N ow , w h a t is th e m a x im u m (length) o f k ' lo n g seat ’ ?

“ I a llo w , m onks, th e m a x im u m (length) o f a ‘ lo n g se a t ' (to be) w h a te v e r is th e m a x im u m (length) th a t suffices (to seat) three (persons).” || 2 || 13 ||

N o w at th a t tim e V isa k h a , M igara ’s m other, w a n te d to h a v e a lo n g house w ith a vera n d a h o f th e " e lep h an t-n ail ” ty p e 3 b u ilt for an O rd er. T h e n it occu rred to th e m o n k s : " W h a tap p u rten an ces o f a lo n g house are a llo w ed b y th e L o rd , w h a t are not a llo w ed ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w , m onks, a ll th e ap p u rte n a n ce s o f a lo n g h o u se.”

1 I .e . s in c e t h e t im e o f o r d in a tio n . a tivagga, th r e e fo ld .* h a tth in a k h a k a . S e e A . K . C o o m a r a s w a m y , I n d . A r c h . T e r m s , J A O S . ,

V o l . 48, N o . 3, p . 258.

238 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ra n d m o th e r of K in g P asen ad i o f K o sa la passed a w a y .1 O n h er passin g m a n y u n a llo w ab le goods accrued to an O rder, th a t is to s a y 2 a so fa , a d iv a n . . . a co tto n q u ilt . . . a co u ch w ith a red cush ion at e ith er end. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, h a v in g b ro ken o ff3 th e legs o f a sofa, [169] to m a k e use o f it ; h a v in g d e stro yed th e horse-hair (stuffing) o f a d iv a n , to m ake use o f it ; h a v in g u n ra ve lle d th e c o tto n q u ilt, to m ake a sq u a ttin g m at ;4 to m a k e a g ro u n d co v e rin g w ith w h a t is o v e r .” |j 14 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e in a c e rta in v illa g e residen ce n o t fa r from Savatth T th e residen t m o n ks w ere w o rried a t p re p a rin g lod gin gs fo r th e incom ing m o n ks w h o arriv ed . T h e n it o ccu rred to these m o n k s : “ A t p resen t w e, y o u r reveren ces, are w orried a t p rep arin g lo d gin gs fo r in com in g m o n ks w h o arrive. C om e, y o u r reverences, le t us m a k e o ver a ll th e lo d gin gs belon gin g to th e O rd er to one (m onk) a n d w e w ill m a k e use o f th em as belon gin g to h im ." So th ese m ade o ve r to one (m onk) a ll th e lo d g in g s b elo n gin g to th e O rd er. In co m in g m on ks sp oke th u s to th ese m o n ks : " M ake re a d y lod gin gs, y o u rreverences, fo r u s .”

“ Y o u r reverences, th e re are no lo d gin gs b elo n gin g to th e O rd er, w e h a v e m a d e th e m a ll o v e r to one (m o n k ).”

“ B u t h a v e y o u , y o u r reveren ces, d isposed o f lo d gin gs belon gin g to an O rd er ? ”

" Y e s , y o u r reveren ces.” T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m on ks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w ca n th ese m o n ks d ispose o f w h a t belongs to an O rd er ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

1 C f . s. i. 9 7 .* L is t a s a t M V . V . 10. 4 ; C V . V I . 8.* C /. N u n s ’ P a c . 4 2 , w h e r e a n u n m a y u s e a s o fa a n d a d iv a n i f s h e c u t s

d o w n , c k in d itv d , t h e le g s o f t h e fo r m e r a n d c u t s o u t , c h in d itv d , t h e s tu ffin g fro m th e la t t e r . A b o v e b h in d itv a o c c u r s in b o t h p la c e s in s t e a d o f ch in d itv d , ^ e e iii. 32 6, n . 1 ; 3 2 7 , n« 3. D A , 88, q u o t in g a b o v e p a s s a g e , u s e s b o th w o r d s : a sa n d iy a p a d e ch in d itv d . . - p a lla n k a ss a v a le b h in d itv a . A t M V . V , 10. 5 i t is a d u k k a ta f o r a m o n k t o u s e a s o fa , d iv a n o r c o t t o n q u i l t . £ t C V . V I . 8 t h e y fo r m t h e t h r e e e x c e p t io n s t o t h e t h in g s d is p la y e d b y a h o u s e h o ld e r t h a t a m o n k m a y s i t d o w n o n . A b o v e t h e y a r e a l lo w e d i f c e r t a in c o n d itio n s a r e fu lf i l le d .

4 S im ila r a llo w a n c e a t C V . V I . 2. 6 .

15.1— 16.i] C U L L A V A G G A V I 239

“ Is it tru e, as is said, m onks, th a t m onks disposed of lo d gin gs b elon gin g to an O rd er ? ”

" I t is true, L o rd .” T h e A w a k en e d O ne, th e L o rd , rebuked them , sa y in g :

“ H o w , m onks, can these foolish m en dispose of lo d gin gs belongin g to an O rd er ? I t is n o t, m onks, fo r p leasin g those w ho are n o t (yet) pleased. . . A n d h a v in g reb u k ed them , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g :iii 11

“ M onks, these five th in gs n o t to b e disposed o f1 sh ould not be d isposed of b y an O rd er or b y a gro u p or b y an in d iv id u al — even if d isposed o f th e y are n ot (really) d isposed of. W h o e v e r should d ispose of th em , there is a g ra v e offence. W h a t are the five ? A m o n astery, a site fo r a m o n astery. T h is is th e first th in g n o t to b e d isposed of th a t sh o u ld not be disposed of b y an O rd er or b y a g ro u p or b y an in d iv id u a l— even if d isposed o f it is n o t (really) d isposed of. W h o e v e r sh ould dispose o f it, th ere is a g ra v e offence. A d w ellin g-p lace , a site fo r a d w ellin g-p lace. T h is is th e second th in g . . . . A cou ch , a ch air, a m attress, a sq u a ttin g m a t. T h is is th e th ird th in g . . . . A co p p er pot, a co p p er b o x , a co p p er ja r , a co p p er vessel, an ad ze, a h a tch e t, a n axe, a hoe, a sp ad e. T h is is th e fo u rth th in g . . . . Ju n gle-rope, bam b o o , coarse grass, reeds, Una-grass, c la y , w ooden goods, c la y goods. T h is is th e fifth th in g not to b e d isposed of th a t sh ould n ot be d isposed of b y an O rd er or b y a gro u p or b y an in d iv id u a l— even if d isposed of it is n ot (really) disposed of. W h o e v e r sh ould d ispose of it , th ere is a g ra v e offence. M onks, these five th in g s n o t to be disposed of sh ould n ot be d isposed of b y an O rd er or b y a g ro u p o r b y a n in d iv id u a l— even if d isposed of th e y are not (really) disposed of. W h o e v e r should dispose of th em , th ere is a g ra v e o ffen ce." II 2 || 1 5 ||

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t S a v a tth I fo r as lon g as he found su itin g , [170] set o u t on to u r fo r K ita g ir i w ith a large O rd er o f m onks, w ith a t least five h u n d red m on ks an d w ith S a rip u tta a n d M oggallan a. T h e n th e m onks w h o w ere

1 a v is s a jjiy d n i . C f . a v is s a jjik a m a t M V . V I I I . 27. 5 ; a n d a p p a m a tta ka - v is s a jja k a a t V in . ii. 1 7 7 , i v . 38.

240 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

follow ers o f A ssa ji and P u n a b b a su k a h eard : “ T h e y s a y th a t th e L o rd has a rriv e d a t K ita g ir i w ith a larg e O rd er of m onks . . . a n d w ith S a r ip u tta an d M o ggallan a. C om e, y o u r re v e r­ences, le t us d istrib u te all th e lo d g in g s b elo n gin g to th e O rder. S a rip u tta and M o ggallan a are o f d e p ra v ed desires, th e y are u n d er th e influence o f d ep rav ed desires ; w e w ill not m ake re a d y lod gin gs for th e m / ' T h e y d is tr ib u ted a ll th e lo d gin gs belongin g to th e O rder. T h en th e L o rd , w a lk in g on tour, g ra d u a lly reach ed K ita g ir i. T h e n th e L o rd ad dressed severa l m onks, sa y in g :

“ D o y o u go, m onks, an d h a v in g gon e u p to th e m onks w ho are fo llow ers o f A s sa ji an d P u n a b b a su k a , sp ea k th u s : ‘ T h e L o rd , y o u r reverences, h as co m e to g eth e r w ith a large O rd er o f m on ks . . . an d w ith S a r ip u tta a n d M o ggallan a ; so, y o u r reverences, m a k e re a d y lo d gin gs fo r th e L o rd an d for th e O rd er o f m on ks a n d fo r S a r ip u tta an d M o g g allan a ' ” .

" V e ry w ell, L o rd ,” an d th ese m onks, h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assent, w en t u p to th e m o n k s w h o were fo llow ers of A ssa ji and P u n a b b a su k a ; h a v in g go n e u p to th e m onks w ho were fo llow ers of A ssa ji an d P u n a b b a su k a , th e y sp o k e th u s : “ T h e L o rd , y o u r reverences, h as com e . . . m ake re a d y lodgings fo r th e L o rd a n d fo r th e O rd er o f m o n ks a n d fo r S a rip u tta an d M o g g a lla n a .”

" T h ere are no lod gings, y o u r reveren ces, be lo n gin g to th e O rder ; a ll w ere d istrib u ted b y us. T h e L o rd , y o u r reveren ces, is w elcom e, th e L o rd can s ta y in w h a te v e r d w ellin g -p la ce he likes. S a r ip u tta an d M o ggallan a are o f d e p ra v ed desires, th e y are u n d er th e influence of d e p ra v ed desires ; w e w ill n ot m ake re a d y lod gin gs for th e m .” || i J|

“ B u t d id y o u , y o u r reverences, d is tr ib u te lo d gin gs belo n gin g to th e O rd er ? ”

“ Y e s , y o u r reveren ces.” T h o se w h o w ere m odest m on ks - . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g :

“ H o w can th ese m o n ks w ho a re fo llow ers o f A s sa ji a n d P u n a b b a su k a d istrib u te lo d gin gs belo n gin g to an O rd er ? ” T hen these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" Is it tru e , as is said , m on ks, th a t m on ks d is tr ib u te d . . . to an O rd er ? ”

" I t is tru e, L o rd .”" H o w , m onks, ca n these foolish m en d istrib u te lo d gin gs

16.2— 17.i] C U L L A V A G G A V I 241

belon gin g to an O rd er ? I t is n o t, m onks, for p leasin g those w ho are not (yet) pleased. . . H a v in g rebuked them , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, th ese five th in g s n o t to be d iv id ed u p 1 sh ould not be d iv id e d up b y a n O rd er or b y a gro u p or b y an in d iv id u a l — even if d ivid ed u p th e y are n o t (really) d iv id ed up. W h o e v e r should d iv id e th em up, th ere is a g ra v e offence. W h a t are th e five ? A m o n a ste ry 2 - . . a g ra v e o ffen ce.” || 2 || 16 |j [17 1]

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d at K ita g ir i fo r as lo n g as he found su itin g , set out on to u r fo r A la v i. G ra d u a lly , w a lk in g on to u r, he a rriv e d a t A la v i. T h e L o rd s ta y e d there a t A la v i at th e ch ie f shrine o f A la v i.3 N o w a t th a t tim e th e -monks of A la v i g a v e repairs su ch as these in to th e ch a rg e (of a m onk) :4 th e y g a v e repairs in ch arg e w h en th ere w as m e re ly p u ttin g aside in h e a p s6 . . . w h en th ere w a s m e re ly sm earin g a w all . . . w hen th ere w a s m e re ly p la c in g a door . . . w h en there w as m e re ly m a k in g a pocket fo r a b o lt . . . w hen there w as m erely m a k in g a w in d o w -h ole . . . w h en th ere w as m erely tre a tin g w ith w h itew a sh . . . w h en th ere w as m erely tre a tin g w ith b la ck co lo u rin g . . . w h en th ere w as m e rely tre a tin g w ith red c h a lk . , . w h en th ere w as m e re ly roofing . . . w hen there w as m e re ly jo in in g . . . w h en th ere w as m e re ly p u ttin g on a b a r (to a d oorp ost) 8 . . . w h en th ere w a s m e re ly restorin g broken an d d ila p id a te d p a r ts 7 . . . w h en th ere w a s m erely p lasterin g th e floors ;8 and th e y g a v e repairs in ch arg e fo r tw e n ty ye a rs , and th e y g a v e repairs in ch a rg e fo r th ir ty years, and th e y g a v e repairs in ch arg e fo r life , an d th e y g a v e the repairs to a co m p leted d w ellin g-p lace in to th e ch arge (of a m o n k u n til) th e tim e o f h is cremation.®

1 avebha-hgiydni. C f . avebh angika tp a t M V . V I I I . 27. 5 .» A s a t C V . V I . 15. 2 .* S e e B .D . i. 2 4 7 , n . 2 .4 C f . t h e g iv in g in c h a r g e o f r e p a ir s in a g e n e r a l w a y a t C V . V I . 5.* Vin. Texts iii. 2 13 t a k e s t h is t o r e fe r t o " c la y o r e a r t h ."* O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t r e a d s g a n g ik d d h d n a m a tten a ; V A . 12 4 5 r e a d s bha& g ika-

A t . J a . iii. 4 1 b h a n g ik a is v.l« fo r g a ftg ik d . S e e V in . T e x ts iii. p . 2 1 3 , n . 4.7 A s a t C V . V I . 5. 2.* paribhap4a• V A . 12 4 5 s a y s d o in g u p a "* flo ot ” w ith c o w d u n g , w ith

a n a s t r in g e n t d e c o c t io n . Cf. C V . V . 9. 4.* dh U m a ka lik a , s m o k e -tim e , i .e . w h e n t h e s m o k e a r is e s fro m h is fu n e r a l p y r e .

C f . J a . i i i . 4 22. W o r d o c c u r s a t C V . X I . 1. 9 .

242 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h o se w h o w ere m odest m o n ks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can th e m onks of A la v l g iv e rep airs such as these in to th e ch arg e (of a m onk) . * . (until) th e tim e o f his crem atio n ? ” T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ I s it true, as is said , m onks, th a t th e m o n ks o f A la v l . . . the tim e o f his crem atio n ? ”

" I t is tru e, L o r d ." H a v in g re b u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :

“ M onks, repairs w h en th ere is m e re ly p u ttin g asid e in h eap s should not be g iv en in to th e ch a rg e (of a m onk) . . , nor should repairs t o a co m p leted d w ellin g -p la ce b e g iv e n in to th e charge (of a m onk) u n til th e tim e o f h is crem atio n . W h o e v e r should (so) g iv e in ch arge, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w y o u , m onks, to g iv e rep airs to a d w ellin g-p lace in to th e ch arge (of a m onk) if it is n o t (yet) b u ilt or i f it is not (yet) finished -,1 in reference to w o rk on a sm all d w ellin g-p lace , repairs m a y be g iv en in ch arg e fo r s ix or five ye a rs ; in reference to w o rk on a c u rv e d house rep airs m a y b e g iv e n in ch arge for seven or e igh t yea rs ; in reference to w o rk on a large d w ellin g-p lace or a lo n g house, repairs m a y be g iv en in ch arg e for ten or tw e lv e y e a rs .” |j i ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks g a v e th e w h ole o f a d w ellin g-p lace in to ch arge fo r repairs. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, th e w h ole o f a d w ellin g -p la ce sh ould not be g iv en in ch a rg e fo r repairs. W h o e v e r sh o u ld g iv e one in charge, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks g a v e tw o (dw elling-places) in to th e ch arge of one (m onk). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, tw o (dw elling-places) sh o u ld n o t be g iv e n in to th e ch arge o f one (m onk). W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) g iv e in ch arge, th ere i? a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, m ad e an o th er liv e (there). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, [172] h a v in g ta k e n on rep airs, y o u sh o u ld not m ake an o th er liv e (there). W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e (another) liv e (there), there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ’

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, reserved

1 A c c o r d in g t o V A . 1 2 4 5 -6 , i f t h e r a f t e r s h a v e n o t b e e n p u t u p , f o r w h e n t h e y a r e u p m u c h h a s b e e n b u ilt .

17.-2—3] C U L L A V A G G A V I 243

(for th eir ow n use) w h at b elon ged to an O rd er. T h e y to ld this m a tter to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, y o u sh o u ld n ot reserve (for y o u r ow n use) w h at belongs to an O rder. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) reserve it, th ere is an offence of w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w y o u , m onks, to o c cu p y one go od sleep in g p la c e .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks g a v e rep airs in to th e ch arge o f one outside a b o u n d a ry . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, repairs sh ould n o t be g iv en in to th e ch arge of one o u tsid e a b o u n d a ry . W h o e v e r sh ould (so) g iv e th em in ch arge, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs (to a bu ild in g), reserved it fo r a ll tim e. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs (to a b uild in g), y o u sh o u ld n o t reserve it for a ll tim e. W h o e ve r sh ould (so) reserve it , th ere is an offence of w rong-doing. I a llo w yo u , m on ks, to reserve it fo r th e th ree m onth s of th e rains, b u t n o t to reserve it for th e d ry sea so n .”1 || 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, w en t a w a y 2 an d le ft th e O rd er a n d passed a w a y , an d th e y p reten d ed to be n o vices an d th e y p reten d ed to be d isavpw ers o f th e tra in in g . . . to b e co m m itters o f ex trem e offences . . . to be m ad . . . to b e un h in ged . . . to h a v e b o d ily p a in s . . . to be suspend ed fo r n o t seeing an offence . . . to be suspended fo r n o t m a k in g am en d s fo r an offence . . . to be suspended fo r not g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w a n d th e y p reten d ed to b e eunuchs . . . to be liv in g in co m m u n io n as it w ere b y th e ft . . . to h a v e gone o v e r to a sect . . . to b e an im als . . . to be m atricid es . . . to b e p arricid es . . . to be s la y e rs of one * p erfected . . . to be sed ucers o f n u n s . . . to b e sch ism atics . . . to b e sh edders o f a (T ruth-fin d er's) b lo o d a n d th e y preten d ed to be herm aph rod ites. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e sa id :

" T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m on k, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, goes a w a y . T h in k in g , * D o n ot le t th e O rd er su ffer/ (the repairs) sh o u ld b e g iv e n in to th e ch a rg e o f an o th er. T h is is a case, m onks, w here a m on k, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs,

1 C f. V I . 11. 3, a b o v e .* S e e M V . I I . 22. 3 ; 36. 1 - 3 ; I X . 4. 2 . 7 .

244 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

leaves th e O rder, passes a w a y , p reten d s to be . . . a h erm ap h ro ­d ite . T h in k in g , ‘ D o not le t th e O rd er su ffer/ (the repairs) sh ould be g iv e n in to th e ch arg e o f an o th er. T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, goes a w a y w hile th e y are y e t unfin ished . . . p reten d s to be a h erm ap h ro ­d ite. T h in k in g , * D o not le t th e O rd er su ffer/ (the repairs) sh ould be g iv en in to th e ch arg e o f an o th er. T h is is a case, m onks, w here a m on k, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, on th e ir com pletion goes a w a y ; th e y are s t ill in h is (charge).1 T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m on k, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, on th eir com pletion le a v e s th e O rd er . . . p reten d s to h a v e co m m itted an extrem e offence : th e O rd er is th e ow ner. T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, on th eir co m p letion p reten d s to be m a d . . . [173] p reten d s to b e suspended for not g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w : th e y are still in h is (charge). T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k, h a v in g ta k e n on repairs, on th eir co m p letio n p reten d s to b e a eunuch . . . preten d s to be a h erm a p h ro d ite : th e O rd er is th e o w n e r/ ' It 3 II 1 7 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks m a d e use e lsew h ere2 o f lo d gin gs — ap p u rten an ces o f a d w ellin g -p la ce— b elo n gin g to a la y ­fo llow er. T h e n th a t la y fo llo w e r . , . sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g :

H o w can these re ve red sirs m a k e use elsew h ere o f a p p u rte n ­ances belongin g som ew here else ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : “ M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t m ak e useelsew here o f a p p u rten an ces b e lo n g in g som ew here else. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) m ake use o f th em , th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s,3 b e in g (too) scru p u lo u s to c o n v e y to th e O b servan ce house a n d to th e m e e tin g p la ce (things to sit on), sa t dow n on th e gro u n d . T h e ir lim b s a n d ro b es w ere co vered w ith d u st. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to c o n v e y (things) te m p o ra r ily ."

N o w a t th a t tim e a g rea t d w ellin g -p la ce b e lo n g in g to an O rder fell in to d eca y . M onks, b e in g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t ta k eout th e lo d g in g s .4 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e

1 toss* eva tafft. V A . 12 4 8 e la b o r a t e s " f o r t h e ra in s.'*1 A s a t Vin. iii. 6 5 -6 6 . Cf. Vin, i v . 7 6 , 8 1 (b o th “ e a t in g e ls e w h e r e " ) .* A s a t Vin. i i i , 66.4 V A . 12 4 8 e x p la in s t h a t h a v in g c o n v e y e d th e m e ls e w h e r e t h e y d o n o t

m a k e u s e o f th e m .

said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to c o n v e y (things) fo r th e sake of p ro tectin g (th em ).” |j 18 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a c o s tly w oollen b la n k e t— an accessory to a lo d gin g— accru ed to an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to b a rte r1 it fo r (som ething) a d v a n ta g e o u s / ' N o w a t th a t tim e a c o stly w o ven c lo th . . * " to b a rte r it fo r (som ething) a d v a n ta g e o u s/ '

N o w a t th a t tim e a b e a r 's h id e2 a ccru ed to an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to m ake a to w el fo r th e fe e t .” D ra p e ry 3 accru ed . " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to m ak e a to w e l fo r th e fe e t .” C lo th 4 accrued . “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to m a k e a to w e l fo r th e fe e t .” |j 19 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks tro d upon a lo d g in g w h ile th e ir feet w ere u n w ash ed ;6 th e lo d gin g w as soiled. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, a lo d g in g should n ot b e tro d d en u pon w h ile y o u r feet are un w ashed . W h o e v e r sh ould (so) tre a d upon one, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g.” N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks tro d upon a lo d g in g w hile th e ir feet w ere d am p . . . [174] . . . w ith th e ir san d als on .offence o f w ro n g-d o in g.” j| 1 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks sp a t on groun d th a t h ad been tre a te d ;a th e co lo u r w as spoiled. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, y o u sh o u ld not sp it u p o n grou n d th a t h as been treated . W h o e v e r sh ou ld (so) sp it, there is a n offence of w rong-doing. I a llo w y o u , m onks, a sp itto o n / ' N o w a t th a t tim e th e legs o f co u ch es a n d th e legs o f chairs scratch ed groun d th a t h ad been treated . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to w ra p th em round w ith a p iece o f c lo th .”

18— 20.2]________ C U L L A V A G G A V I ____________ 245

1 p a riv a tteti. C f B . D . ii. 5 5 , n . 8. V A . 12 4 8 s a y s t h a t t h e m e a n in g is t o g e t a lo d g in g , c o u c h o r c h a ir o f e q u a l o r g r e a t e r v a lu e .

* A t V i n . i . 19 2 t h is is n o t in c lu d e d a m o n g t h e la r g e h id e s w h ic h w e re n o t a llo w e d .

* c a k k a ll. C f . C V . V I . 2. 2 .* col aka. C f . M V . V I I I . 18.* C f . M V . V . 6. i w h e r e m o n k s a r e a llo w e d to w e a r s a n d a ls s o a s n o t t o

so il c o u c h e s a n d c h a ir s w h e n t h e y g e t u p o n t o th e m .fl E it h e r w ith w h it e w a s h , b la c k c o lo u r in g o r re d c h a lk ; c f. V . 11. 6 ; V I .

3 . i ; 17. i . M V . I . 25. 15 m akefe i t a p p e a r a s i f b la c k w e r e fo r th e g r o u n d a n d red fo r t h e w a lls .

246 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks le a n t a g a in st a w a ll th a t h ad been treated ; th e co lo u r w a s sp oiled . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ M onks, y o u sh ould n o t le a n ag ain sta w all th a t has been tre a te d . W h o e v e r sh o u ld lean again st one, there is an offence o f w ro n g-d o in g. I a llo w y o u , m onks, a reclin in g b o a rd .”1 T h e reclin in g b o a rd scra tch e d th e g ro u n d u n d ern eath , it d e stro ye d th e w a ll a b o ve . “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, to w rap it rou n d w ith a p iece o f c lo th at th e low er an d th e u p p er (end s)/'

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s2 w ere (too) scru p u lo u s to lie dow n on a p lace for tread in g on w ith w a sh e d fe e t .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to lie d ow n (in such a p lace), h a v in g sp rea d a sh e et."4 || 2 || 20 ||

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t A la v i fo r a s lo n g as he found su itin g, se t out on to u r fo r R a ja g a h a . G ra d u a lly , w a lk in g on to u r, he a rriv e d a t R a ja g a h a . T h e L o rd s ta y e d th e fe a t R a ja g a h a in th e G re a t G ro v e a t th e sq u irre ls ’ feed in g place. N o w a t th a t tim e R a ja g a h a w as sh ort o f food. P eop le w ere not a b le to m ake a m eal fo r th e O rd er (but) th e y w a n ted to m ake a m eal fo r special (m onks),6 an in v ita tio n (-m eal),6 food (allow ed by) t ic k e t ,7 (food given ) on a d a y of th a w a x in g or w an in g o f th e m oon, (given) on a n O b se rv a n ce d a y , (given) on th e d a y a fte r an O b se rv a n ce d a y . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a m eal for an O rder, a m eal for a sp ecia l (m onk), an in v ita tio n (meal) . . . (food given ) on th e d a y a fte r a n O b serva n ce d a y .” 8

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks, h a v in g chosen th e sw eet foods fo r th em selves, g a v e poor food s to (other) m onks. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to agree u pon a m on k possessed o f

1 M e n tio n e d a t M V . I . 25. 15 , 16 .1 O m itt e d in O J d e n b e rg 's t e x t .3 dhotap& daka. V A . 12 4 9 g iv e s t h e a b o v e m e a n in g , a n d s a y s t h a t dhota-

p a d a ke is a ls o a r e a d in g .4 pacca ttharitva . O n " sh e e t/* p a cca tth a ra n a , see B . D . ii. 3 4 , n . 1 ; 4 6 , n . 3.6 C f . M V . V I . 19. 1 a n d P a c . 4 6 . *6 D e fin e d a t V in . iv . 100.7 F o r t h is a n d t h e n e x t t h r e e see n o te s a t B . D . i i . 3 1 3 - 3 1 4 .* V A . 12 5 0 s a y s t h a t t h is a llo w a n c e w a s m a d e b y t h e L o r d f o r t im e s

o f p le n t y w h e n p e o p le c a n a g a in g iv e fo o d t o a w h o le O r d e r .

21,1-2] C U L L A V A G G A V I 247

five q u alities as issuer o f m eals i1 [175 ] one w h o w ou ld not fo llo w a w ro n g course fro m desire . . . fro m h a tre d . . . from s tu p id ity . . . from fear, an d one w h o w ou ld k n o w w h at is issued an d w h a t is n ot issued. A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould he be agreed u p o n : F irs t, a m o n k sh ould b e asked . . \ .T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is V '

T h e n it occu rred to th e m o n ks w h o w ere issuers o f m eals : " N o w , h o w sh ould a m eal b e issued ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to issue (the food) a fte r h a v in g p u t it in to h eaps a n d h a v in g tied on a tick e t or a le a f.” 3 || r ]|

N o w a t th a t tim e there w a s no assign er o f lo d g in g s4 fo r an O rd er .5 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to agree u p o n a m o n k end ow ed w ith five q u a lities as assigner o f lo d gin gs . * . a n d one w h o w ou ld kn o w w h a t is assigned an d w h a t is not assigned* A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld he be agreed upon . . . e . . T h u s do I un d erstan d th is V ’

N o w a t th a t tim e there w as no k eep er o f th e sto re ro o m 7 for an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, . . . a n d one w ho w o u ld i k n o w w h a t is g u ard ed an d w h a t is not g u ard ed . A n d th u s, m onks, sh ould he be agreed upon T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is V*

N o w a t th a t tim e th ere w a s no a cce p te r o f ro b e s8 fo r an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " Ia llo w . . . a n d one w h o w o u ld k n o w w h a t is ta k e n an d w h a t is n o t ta k e n T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is V*

N o w at th a t tim e th ere w a s no d istrib u to r o f robe m a te ria l9 . . . no d is tr ib u to r o f c o n je y 10 . . . no d istrib u to r o f fru it10 for an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks . . . a n d one w h o w o u ld k n o w w h a t

1 D a b b a -was a g r e e d u p o n f o r t h is o ffic e a t C V . I V . 4. a b o v e , a n d a t F o r . M e e t. V I I I (Vin. iii. 15 8 = ii. 7 5 ) . S e e a ls o A . i i i . 2 7 5 .

1 A s in C V . I V . B* pattika. B u . , r e a d in g pattika, s a y s i t is a le a f (panpa) o f a b a m b o o ,

reed o r p a lm .4 T h is o ffice w a s a ls o g iv e n t o D a b b a .B T h e fo llo w in g lis t o f o ffices a ls o o c c u r s a t A . i ii. 2 7 4 —5 .* A s in C V . I V . 4 . 3.7 bhart^dgdrika, a s a t Vin . i . 284.8 clvarapatiggahakat a s a t Vin. i. 283.* civarabhajaka, a s a t Vin. i . 285.

10 M e n tio n e d a t Vin. iv . 38, 15 5 .

248 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

is d istrib u ted and w h a t is n o t d is tr ib u te d T h u s doI u n d ersta n d th is

N o w a t th a t tim e th ere w as no d is tr ib u to r o f solid fo o d 1 fo r an O rder. T h e solid food, n ot b e in g d istrib u ted , w a s lo s t . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u . . . and one w ho w o u ld k n o w w h a t is d is tr ib u ted a n d w h a t is not d istrib u ted . T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is V*II 2 II

N o w a t th a t tim e triflin g accessories h a d a ccru e d in th e storeroom o f an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to agree u pon a m o n k en d ow ed w ith five q u a lities [176] as d isp oser o f trifles i1 . . . one w ho w ou ld kn ow w h a t is d isposed o f an d w h a t is n o t d isp o sed of

T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is .' E a c h n eed le is to be g iven b y th e m on k w h o is th e d isposer o f trifles, p airs of scissors are to be g iven , sa n d a ls a re to be g iv en , w a istb a n d s . . . sh oulder stra p s . . . stra in ers « . . regu la tio n w a te r p o ts2 . . . cross-seam s3 . . . sh ort cross-seam s3 . . . c irc u la r seam s3 . . . sh ort c ircu la r seam s3 . . . b ra id in g 4 . . . b in d in g 4 is to be g iven . I f there com es to be ghee o r oil or h o n e y or m olasses fo r a n O rder, it m a y be g iv en to b e p a rta k e n o f a t once ;6 if th ere is need fo r it y e t again , it m a y be g iv e n y e t a g ain ; if th ere is need fo r it y e t again , it m a y be g iv en y e t a g a in .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th ere w as no a c ce p te r of o u te r c lo a k s 6 . . . accep ter o f b o w ls7 fo r an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to agree upon . . .one w ho w o u ld k n o w w h a t is ta k e n an d w h a t is n o t ta k e n . A n d th u s, m onks, . . . \ . . T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is

N o w a t th a t tim e a n O rd er h a d no su p erin ten d en t of m o n a stery a tten d an ts. T h e m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n ts , n o t b ein g sup erintend ed, d id n o t do th e w o rk (p ro p erly). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to agree upon a su p erin ten d en t o f m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n ts . . .

1 M e n tio n e d a t V in . i v . 38 , 15 5 .* M e n tio n e d a t C V . V . 13. 1 .a S e e M V . V I I I . 12. 2.* S e e B .D . i i. 409, n . 7 , 8 ; B . D . iv . 354 , n . 7 , 8 ; a n d C V . V . 11. 3.6 C f . N is s a g . 23 a n d M V . V I . 15. 10 , w h e n t h e s e t h in g s — m e d ic in e s — m a y

n o t b e s to r e d fo r m o re t h a n s e v e n d a y s .* satiya gaha p a ka.7 S e e N is s a g . 22 ( V in . i ii. 2 4 6 - 7 ) .

21.3] C U L L A V A G G A V I 249and one w ho kn ow s w h a t is sup erin ten d ed a n d w h a t is not sup erin ten d ed T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is

N o w a t th a t tim e an O rd er h ad no su p erin ten d en t for th e n ovices. T h e n o vices, not bein g sup erin ten d ed , d id not do th e w o rk (properly). T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is113112111

T h e S ix th Sectio n : th a t on L o d gin gs.

T h is is its k e y :

A t th a t tim e a d w ellin g-p lace h ad not been p erm itted b y th e b est o f A w a k en e d O nes ;

th ese d iscip les o f th e C on queror w en t out from th is and th a t p lace— (their) h a b ita tio n .1 /

A m erchant householder, h a v in g seen them , said th is to th e m onks :

44 I f I w ere to h a v e (dw elling-places) b u ilt, w o u ld y o u s ta y (in them ) ? ” T h e y ask ed th e L ea d er. /

D w ellin g-p lace , cu rv e d house, an d lo n g house, m ansion, ca v e , he allo w ed five (kinds of) abodes. T h e m erch an t h ad dw elling-

p laces b u ilt. /P eop le h ad a d w ellin g-p lace b u ilt doorless, unclosed, door, doorpost an d lin te l, h o llow like a m o rtar a n d so on, / H ole and cord for p u llin g th ro u g h , post fo r a b o lt, an d

" m o n k e y 's h e a d ,” [177 ] a pin, a stick , a k e y of copper, w ood, horn, /A n d ju s t a b o lt an d a pin, roofing sm eared inside and out, railing, la ttic e and stick , c lo th an d a b o u t m a ttin g , /S olid bench, an d co u ch o f sp lit b am b o o , b ierlike lo n g cou ch , w ith slats , an d c u rv e d legs, rem o veab le , recta n g u lar, ta ll ones, / A n d three-sided, p la ite d ch air, c lo th ch air, sh eep -footed , em blic m y ro b a la n ,2 w o o d en ,2 stool, an d ju s t a stra w ch air, / O ne a h igh on e ,3 an d a sn a k e ,3 su p p o rts ,4 a n d su p p o rts o f e igh t

finger-breadth s,

1 T e x t r e a d s d vdsd tam hd te ; S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s . vdsd te. O ld e n b e r g , V in . ii. 323 s a y s " t h e m e te r is q u i t e c o r r e c t i f w e e x p u n g e tam hd te .’ ‘

* S ia m , edn*, w h ic h I fo llo w , re a d s d m a la k d p h a la k d . V i n . ii. 323 s u g g e s ts d m a la k a -p h a la k d . T e x t r e a d s d m a fd m a la k a ; S in h . e d n . d m a ld m a - la k d .

* R e a d in g ucce ca a h i w ith S in h . a n d S ia m , e d n s ., in s te a d o f T e x t 's u ccd h i,4 I s u g g e s t p d d a k d , in s t e a d o f T e x t 's a tip d d a kd a n d S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s.

p d d d n i, leg s.K

250 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

thread , squares, c o tto n c lo th , c o tto n q u ilt, h a lf (the size of a m a n ’s) b o d y , j

F e s tiv a l an d also m attresses, w o v e n c lo th , a n d also lod gin gs, co vered , it fe ll fro m below , an d h a v in g rem o ved th e y carried

a w a y , /A n d line, and th e T ru th -fin d er1 a llo w ed th e o u tlin e o f th e han d , a n d also o th er sects in a d w e llin g -p la ce ,1 g ra in -h u sk , a n d soft

c la y , /W h a t exu d es from trees, a spoon, a w a ll, m u sta rd p ow d er

(and) oil o f b eesw a x , to sponge o ve r th e th ic k (places), ro u gh , c la y (and th e e x cre ­

m ent of) earth w o rm s ,2 /W h a t exu d es from trees, a n d a b o ld design , low , a n d a p iling,

th e y ascended, th e y fe ll off, th ro n g ed , h a lf-w a ll, ag a in th ree, /In a sm all (one), an d a b u ttre ss ,3 le t in th e ra in , c r y of d istre ss,4

peg,a n d b am boo an d cord fo r robes, v e ra n d a h , a n d a b o u t a screen , / B a lu stra d e , pow dered grass— th e m e th o d sh o u ld b e done in

th e w a y b e lo w ,5 in th e open air, b ecam e tep id , h a ll, a n d as b e lo w , vessel, / D w ellin g-p lace, a n d ju s t a p orch, lit t le h a ll fo r a fire in a cell, m onasteries, porches ag ain , th e m eth o d sh ould be d on e ju s t

(as) below . /P la s te r ,8 an d fa ith fu l A n a th a p in d ik a w en t to th e C ool G ro ve , th in gs seen, he in v ite d th e L e a d e r w ith th e O rder. /H e enjoined on th e w a y , a g ro u p b u ilt a m o n a stery , repairs a t V esall, in fro n t o f a n d ta k in g possession of, /W h o is w o rth y of th e b est fo o d ? a n d th e p artrid g e , n o t to be

greeted ,ta k e n possession of, inside a house, co tto n , he v is ite d S a v a tth i, /H e prepared a m o n a stery , a n d an u p ro a r in a re fecto ry ,ill, and a good sleeping p lace, p re te x ts , th e seven teen th ere, /

1 S ia m . e d n . o m its tathagata a n d r e a d s in s t e a d titth iy a setakatavihdre c& p i. S in h . e n d . h a s tathdgato b u t n o t t itth iy a , r e a d in g tathdgato setak a la v ih d re p i .

* S ia m . e d n . re a d s ta n g u m a ttik a m , S in h - la p d a -.8 H e r e k u g d a p a d a . '4 R e a d in g vissaratjt w ith S ia m . e d n . in s t e a d o f sara m .• S e e e .g . " k e y " t o C V . V . ( to w a r d s e n d o f V in . ii. 14 3 a n d a g a in t o w a r d s

to p o f p . 14 4 ).6 T h is s h o u ld re a d su d h a a s in 8. 1 1 a b o v e , a n d a s in S ia m . e d n ,. a n d a s

s u g g e s te d a t V in . ii. 3 2 3, a n d n o t su d d h a .

C U L L A V A G G A V I 251

“ N ow , b y w h o m ? ” " N ow , h o w ? " he d is tr ib u ted acco rd in gto th e acco m m od ation in th e d w ellin g-p laces,

an d in cells, an a d d itio n al sh are, shares*need n ot be g iv en if one is not w illin g , /

O u tsid e a b o u n d a ry , an d for a ll tim e, three (tim es for) assign­m en t o f lod gings,

and U p an an d a, he praised, stan d in g, eq u al seats, /T h ose en titled to seats o f an eq u al (height) b ro k e th em , groups

of th ree (and) for a gro u p o f tw o ,1 a lo n g (seat) fo r th o se not en titled to seats of an e q u al (height),

to m ak e use of a v e ra n d a h ,2 /G ra n d m o th er ,3 and not far, an d d istrib u ted , K ita g ir i, [178] A la v i : in heaps, on w alls, door, so ck e t, /A n d w ind ow -h ole, w h itew ash , b la ck colouring, red ch a lk ,

roofing, jo in in g, bar, b ro ken (parts), doing up , tw e n ty , th ir ty an d fo r life , / C o m p leted , n ot b u ilt, in co m p le te ,4 fo r s ix or five yea rs if it is

a sm all one,an d seven or e igh t if it is a c u rv e d house, ten and tw elv e fo r a

larg e one, /A w hole d w ellin g-p lace, of one, th e y m ade a n o th e r,liv e (there),

w h a t b elo n gs to an O rder, outsid e a b o u n d a ry , an d fo r a ll tim e, he goes a w a y , an d th e y

le a v e th e O rd er, /A n d passed a w a y , an d (pretended to be) a n o vice, d isavo w ers

o f th e tra in in g , ex trem e, m ad, and un h in ged , pains, n o t seeing an offence, /N o t m ak in g am en d s for, w ro n g v ie w , eunuchs, as it w ere b y

th e ft, o th er sects, anim als, (slayers) o f m other, of fa th e r, an d o f one p erfected ,

seducers, /S ch ism atics, shedders o f (a T ru th -fin d er ’s) b lood , a n d then

h erm ap h rod ites,

1 R e a d in g w ith S in h . e d n . ca du vagg ikam , a s s u r m ise d w o u ld b e r ig h t a t V in . ii. 323, in s te a d o f t e x t 's ca tuvag gikam . S ia m , r e a d s ca du vaggika.

1 S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s . a lin d a m p a r ib h u n jitu m , a s fo r C V . V I . 14. in s te a d o f t e x t ’s tam d v ittn a m , p a r ib h u n jis u .

* S in h . ayyaka ca\ a s s u r m ise d w o u ld b e r ig h t a t V in . ii. 3 2 3 . S ia m . a y y ik d ca ; t e x t ayyd ca,„

4 T h e r e is n o sabbarnt w h o le , in t h e c o n t e x t t o w h ic h t h is r e fe r s (i.e . C V .V I . 17. 1 ) . S h o u ld re a d v ip p a m a s d o e s S ia m , (fo r v ip p a k a ta tp ) .

252 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ D o not le t th e O rd er suffer ” — th e w o rk sh ould b e g iv en to an o th er, /

A n d w h en (yet) unfin ished to a n o th er ; i f h e goes a w a y w h en it is b u ilt i t is s till in h is (charge) ;

if he leaves th e O rd er, passes a w a y , a n d p reten d s to b e a n ovice, /

A n d d isavo w s th e tra in in g , (preten d s to h a v e c o m m itte d an) e xtrem e (offence a n d to be) a eu n u ch ,

th e O rd er itse lf b ecom es th e o w n er ; i f he is m a d , u n h in ged , in p ain , /

(Suspended for) n o t seein g, fo r n o t m a k in g am en d s for, (for not g iv in g up) a w ro n g v ie w — th e y are s till in h is (charge) ;

E u n u ch , an d as it w ere b y th e ft , m em ber o f a n o th e r sect, an im al, m a tric id e , p arricid e,

S la y e r o f one p erfected , an d th en a sed u cer, sch ism a tic , sh ed d er o f (a T ru th -fin d er's) b lood , h e rm a p h ro d ite —

if he p reten d s th u s, th e O rd er its e lf becom es th e ow ner. / T h e y co n v e y e d , elsew here, scru p u lo u s, a n d fe ll in to d e ca y ,

w oollen b la n k e t, an d w o ven clo th s, h ide, d ra p ery , a c lo th , a n d th e y tro d u p o n , / D a m p , ’san d als, should n ot sp it, th e y sc ra tc h e d ,1 an d th e y

lea n t again st,reclin ing board , even th en it sc ra tc h e d ,2 a b o u t sp rea d in g w h ere

w ash ed ,3 /T h e y w ere u n able to in R a ja g a h a , poor, issuer o f m eals," N ow , h o w ? ” assigner, a g reem en t u pon a sto rero om keep er, / A n d th en accep ter, d is tr ib u to r, a n d c o n je y , d is tr ib u to r o f fru it, and even a d istrib u to r o f so lid fo o d , d isposer o f trifles, /A n d even an a ccep ter o f o u te r c lo a k s, lik ew ise an a c ce p te r o f

bow ls,and agreem en t u pon a su p erin ten d en t o f m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n ts

a n d o f novices* /T h e L ea d e r w h o h as o vercom e a ll, k n o w er o f th e w o rld s, his

m ind b en evo len t,(is one) to m ed ita te u pon a n d h a v e in sig h t in to th e n eed fo r

abodes a n d ease. [179]

1 S in h . a n d S ia m , l ik h a n ii ; t e x t k h lla n i i ; C V . V I . 20. 2 v ilik h a n t i .1 S ia m , l ik h a t* eva ; S in h . lik h a & e v a ; t e x t k h a lite va ; C V . V I . 20. 2

v ilik h a ii.1 R e fe r r in g t o t h e d hota p a d a ka a t V I . 20. 2.

253

A t one tim e th e A w a k en e d O ne, th e L o rd , w as s ta y in g a t A n u p iy a . A n u p iy a 1 is a lit t le to w n 2 o f th e M a llas .3 N o w a t th a t tim e m a n y d istin gu ish ed S a k y a n y o u n g m en h ad gone fo rth in im ita tio n o f th e L o rd w h o h a d gon e fo rth . N o w a t th a t tim e M ah an am a th e S a k y a n an d A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n w ere tw o broth ers. A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n w as d e lic a te ly nurtured . H e h ad th ree p a la c e s ,4 one fo r th e co ld w eath er, one fo r th e h o t, one fo r th e rains. B e in g w a ited on for fou r m onth s in th e p a la ce fo r th e ra in s b y fem ale m usician s, he d id not com e d ow n from th a t p a la ce . T h e n it o ccurred to M aha­nam a th e S a k y a n :6 “ A t p resen t m a n y d istin gu ish ed S a k y a n yo u n g m en h a v e go n e fo rth in im ita tio n of th e L o rd w h o has gone fo rth , b u t no one from our fa m ily h a s gone fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness. Su p p ose I sh ould go fo rth , or A n u ru d d h a ? ” T h e n M ah an am a th e S a k y a n ap p ro ach ed A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp oke th u s to A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n : “ A t p resen t, d ear A n u ru d d h a , m a n y d istin gu ish ed S a k y a n y o u n g m en . . . b u t n o one from our fa m ily h as gone fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness. W e ll now, e ith er y o u g o fo rth or I w ill go fo r th / ’ 6

“ B u t I h a v e been d e lic a te ly n u rtu red , I am n ot able to go fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness.7 Y o u g o fo r th ." || i ||

“ C om e alo n g, d ear A n u ru d d h a , I w ill in stru ct y o u in w h at belongs to th e household life. F irs t th e fields h a v e to be p lo u g h e d ;8 h a v in g had th e m p lo u g h ed th e y m u st b e s o w n ; h a v in g h ad th em sow n w a te r m ust b e led in to th e m ; h a v in g

T HE L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) VII

1 N e u te r fo r m u s e d h e re , a lt h o u g h t h e l o c a t iv e is fo rm e d a s t h o u g h t h e w o r d w e re fe m in in e . C f . Ja. i. 6 5 —6 6 , B u d v A . 284 w h ic h s a y t h e B o d h is a t t a s p e n t t h e f ir s t w e e k a f t e r h e h a d g o n e fo r t h in t h e m a n g o g r o v e a t A n u p iy S L

a S e e B .D . i i . 6 3 , n . 2-* I t is m o re u s u a l t o n a m e t h e e x a c t lo c a l i t y in t h e p la c e w h e r e t h e L o r d

w a s s t a y in g .4 Cf. M V . I . 7. 1 w h e r e t h e s a m e is s a id o f Y a s a .* A t A . i. 2 6 h e is c a l le d c h ie f o f t h o s e w h o g i v e s u m p tu o u s a lm s.■ Q u o te d D h A . i . 13 3 ; A A . i. 1 9 1 .7 Q u o te d D h A r i . 1 3 5 - 6 .* Q u o te d D h A . i . 13 6 . Cf. s im ila r l is t o f o p e r a t io n s a t JS. i. 2 1 5 a n d

a n o th e r a t A . i. 2 4 1 .

254 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

h ad w a te r led in to th em th e w a te r m u st be led a w a y ; h a v in g led th e w a te r a w a y y o u m ust h a v e th e w eed s d u g u p ; h a v in g h a d th e w eeds d u g up y o u m ust g e t th e cro p reap ed ; h a v in g h ad th e crop reap ed y o u m u st h a v e it h a rv e ste d ; h a v in g h ad it h a rv e ste d y o u m u st h a v e it m ad e in to sto o k s ; h a v in g had it m ade in to sto o k s y o u m ust h a v e it th resh ed ; h a v in g h ad it th resh ed y o u m ust h a v e th e stra w w in n o w ed ; h a v in g had th e stra w [180] w in n o w ed y o u m ust h a v e th e ch aff w in n ow ed ; h a v in g had th e ch a ff w in n o w ed y o u m ust h a v e it sifted ; h a v in g h ad it s ifte d y o u m ust h a v e it1 b ro u g h t in ;2 h a v in g h ad it b ro u g h t in it is to b e done ju s t th e sam e th e n e x t yea r, an d it is to b e done ju s t th e sam e th e n e x t y e a r / '

“ T h e o p eration s do n o t s to p ,3 n o end to th e o p eratio n s is to be seen. W h en w ill th e o p eratio n s sto p ? W h en w ill an end to th e op eration s be seen ? W h en w ill w e, possessed o f an d p ro vid ed w ith th e five fo ld stra n d o f sense pleasures, am use ourselves u n co n cern ed ly ? "

“ B u t, d ear A n u ru d d h a , th e o p eratio n s do n o t sto p , no end to th e op eration s is to be seen. E v e n w h en our fa th e rs and g ran d fath ers passed a w a y th e o p eratio n s w ere not s to p p e d .”

" W e l l now , y o u u n d ersta n d 4 ju s t w h a t belon gs to th e h o u se­hold life. I w ill go fo rth from h o m e in to h om elessn ess/'

T h en A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n ap p ro a ch ed his m o th er ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp ok e th u s to h is m o th er : " I , m oth er, w an t to go fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessness. C onsent to m y go in g fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness.” 5 W h en he h a d sp oken th u s, th e m o th er o f A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n sp oke th u s to A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n :

“ Y o u tw o b o ys, d e a r A n u ru d d h a , are d ear to m e ,6 b e lo ved , agreeable. In th e case o f y o u r d e a th I w o u ld be u n w illin g ly sep a ra ted from y o u . So h o w ca n I , w h ile y o u are s till liv in g , a llo w a go in g fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessness ? ” A n d a second tim e. . . . A n d a th ird tim e A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n sp oke th u s to his m o th er : . . . th e m o th er o f A n u ru d d h a th e

1 I.e. t h e g r a in , o r t h e g o o d g r a s s .1 a tih a ra ti, a s a t N un s* P a c . 7 (a lso o f g r a in ) .* na khiyanti, d o n o t w e a r a w a y , b e c o m e e x h a u s te d o r u se d u p .4 T e x t r e a d s upajdna ; VA . 1 2 7 4 upajandhi.* Cf. D h A . i. 1 3 7 . B o y s u n d e r f if te e n h a d t o o b t a in th e ir p a re n ts* c o n s e n t

f o r g o in g fo r th , V in . i. 7 9 , 83.* Cf. Vin. iii. 13 ; M . ii. 58.

1-2-3] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 255

S a k y a n sp ok e th u s to A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n : . . h owcan I, w hile y o u are s till liv in g , a llo w a going fo rth from hom e into hom elessness ? " || 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e B h a d d iy a 1 th e S a k y a n ch ie fta in w as ru ling over th e S a k y a n s an d w as a frien d of A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n . T h en th e m o th er o f A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n th in k in g : " N o w th is B h a d d iy a * . . is a friend of A n u ru d d h a ; he w ill not be ab le to go fo rth from hom e in to h om elessn ess," sp oke th u s to A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n : “ I f , d e ar A n u ru d d h a , B h a d d iy a the S a k y a n ch ie fta in goes fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness yo u can go fo rth lik e w ise ."2

T h en A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n ap p ro a ch ed B h a d d iy a th e S a k y a n ch ie fta in ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp oke th u s to B h a d d iy a the S a k y a n c h ie fta in : " M y goin g fo rth , friend , is dependent on y o u rs ."

“ I f y o u r go in g fo rth , friend, is d epen den t on m ine, let it be independent. I , w ith y o u . . . .3 G o fo rth acco rd in g to yo u r w ish ."

“ C om e, friend , we w ill b o th go fo rth from hom e into hom elessness."

“ I , friend, am n o t ab le to go fo rth from hom e in to h o m e­lessness. [18 1] W h a te v e r else I am able to d o fo r y o u , th a t w ill I do. Y o u go fo rth .”

“ M y m other, friend, sp oke th u s to m e : ' I f , d ear A n u ru d d h a, B h a d d iy a the S a k y a n ch ie fta in goes fo rth fro m hom e into hom elessness, y o u ca n go fo rth lik e w ise .’ B u t, friend, these w ords w ere sp oken b y y o u : * I f y o u r go in g fo rth is d ependent on m ine, le t it b e in d ep en d en t. I , w ith y o u . . . , G o fo rth accord in g to y o u r w ish .' C om e, friend , w e w ill b o th go fo rth from hom e in to h om elessn ess."

N o w a t th a t tim e p eo p le w ere sp eakers o f tru th , p led g ed to the tru th . T h e n B h a d d iy a th e S a k y a n c h ie fta in spoke th u s to A n u ru d d h a th e S a k y a n : " W a it , frien d , fo r se ve n ye a rs . A fte r seven yea rs w e w ill b o th go fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessn#ess."

1 H e w a s , a s s a id a t U d . I I . 10 , A A . i. 19 2 , t h e so n o f K a l i o f t h e G o d h a s ; see P s s . B re th . p . 3 15 , n. 2 . B h a d d iy a 's v e r s e s a r e a t T h a g . 8 4 2 -8 6 5 . A tA . i. 23 h e is c a lle d c h ie f a m o n g t h e d is c ip le s o f h ig h fa m ily . A A . i. 19 2 s a y s he w e n t fo r th w ith A n u r u d d h a .

2 C f. D h A . i. 13 7 .* V A , 12 7 4 s a y s t h a t o u t o f a ffe c t io n fo r h is fr ie n d h e w a n te d t o s a y ,

4t I , w ith y o u , w ill g o f o r t h ,” b u t h e w a s n o t a b le t o fin ish t h e s e n te n c e a s th e g re e d f o j r u lin g o v e r c a m e h is h e a r t .

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" Seven years are too long, frien d , I am not ab le to w a it for seven y e a rs .”

“ W a it, friend, fo r s ix ye a rs . . . five . . . fo u r . . . three . . „ tw o years . . . fo r one y e a r .”

" O ne y e a r is too long, frien d , I a m not able to w ait one y e a r .” " W a it, friend, for seven m on th s. A fte r seven m onth s we

w ill b o th g o fo rth from hom e in to hom elessn ess.”" S even m o n th s are to o long, frien d , I am not ab le to w a it

seven m o n th s.”" W a it , frien d , fo r s ix . . * five . . . fo u r . . . three . . .

tw o m onths . . . one m onth . . . fo r h a lf a m o n th , a fte r h alf a m onth w e w ill b o th go fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessness.”

“ H a lf a m o n th is too long, frien d , I am n ot ab le to w a it h a lf a m o n th .”

" W a it , friend, for seven d a y s u n til I h an d o ve r th e k in gd om to m y sons and b ro th ers.”

“ S even d a y s are not too lon g, frien d , I w ill w a it .” j| 3 j| T h en 1 B h a d d iy a th e S a k y a n c h ie fta in a n d A n u ru d d h a 2 an d

A n a n d a an d B h a g u 3 an d K im b ila 2 a n d D e v a d a tta w ith U p a li th e b a rb er4 as th e seven th , as th e y h ad o ften p re v io u sly gone o u t to a groun d in a p leasu re g ro v e w ith a fou rfo ld a r m y 6, so d id th e y (now) go out w ith a fo u rfo ld a rm y. H a v in g gone far, h a v in g sent b a ck th e a rm y, h a v in g passed in to o th er te rrito ry , h a v in g ta k e n off th e ir o rn am en ts, h a v in g tied th em u p in to a bundle w ith th eir u p p er ro b es,8 th e y sp oke th u s to U p ali th e b a rb e r : " C o m e , go o d U p ali, retu rn , th is w ill be en ou gh for yo u r liv e lih o o d .” T h en it o ccu rred to U p a li th e b arb er as he w as goin g b a ck : " T h e S a k y a n s are fierce. T h in k in g : ' T h is one has m ade th e y o u n g m en co m e fo rth ,' th e y m a y even k ill m e. B u t if these y o u n g S a k y a n m en w ill g o fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessness, w h y sh o u ld not I ? ”

H a v in g loosened th e bundle, h a v in g h u n g th e good s up on a tree, and h a v in g sa id : " W h o e v e r sees it, it is g iv e n (to him ), [482] le t him ta k e i t ,” 7 he a p p ro a ch e d th e y o u n g S a k y a n m en.

F o r t h e fo llo w in g in c id e n t c f. D H A . i . 1 3 7 f .a S e e B . D . iv . 5 0 1 .• S e e B . D . iv . 428, 500.4 S e e V in . iv . 308 a n d B . D . i i i . 3 44, n . 2.• S e e d e fin it io n o f “ a r m y " a t V t n . i v . 10 5 .• A s a t V in . i ii. 208, iv . 16 2 .7 A s a t V in . iii. 208.

1-4-5] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 257These y o u n g S a k y a n m en sa w U p ali th e b arb er co m in g in th e

d istan ce ; h a v in g seen h im , th en sp oke th u s to U p a li th e barber:“ W h y h a v e yo u , go od U p ali, retu rn ed ? ”

“ N o w , it occu rred to m e, y o u n g g en tlem en , as I w a s go in g b ack , ' T h e S a k y a n s are fierce . . . th e y m a y e ven k ill m e. B u t if these y o u n g S a k y a n m en w ill g o fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness, w h y sh o u ld not I ? ’ So I, y o u n g gen tlem en , h a v in g loosened th e bu n d le . . . ' . . . le t h im ta k e i t/ retu rn ed again from th e r e / ’

“ Y o u d id w ell, g o o d U p a li, in th a t y o u d id not go b a ck . T h e S a k y a n s are fierce . . . th e y m igh t e v e n h a v e k illed y o u / ' T h e n these y o u n g S a k y a n m en, ta k in g U p a li th e barber, ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , th e y sa t dow n at a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s th e y w ere s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, th ese y o u n g S a k y a n m en sp oke th u s to th e L o rd :

" W e, L o rd , are S a k y a n s, w e are p ro u d . L o rd , th is b arb er, U p ali, h as been our a tte n d a n t fo r a lo n g tim e. M a y th e L o rd le t him go fo rth first. W e w ill g reet him , rise up b efo re him , sa lu te h im w ith jo in ed palm s, a n d d o th e proper d u ties. T h u s w ill th e S a k y a n p rid e b e h u m b led in us S a k y a n s ." T h e n th e L o rd let U p a li th e b a rb er g o fo rth first, a n d a fte rw a rd s th ese yo u n g S a k y a n m en. T h e n th e ve n e ra b le B h a d d iy a w ith in one y e a r realised th e th reefo ld k n o w led g e ,1 th e ven erab le A n u ru d d h a o b ta in ed deva-s ig h t,2 th e ven era b le A n a n d a realised th e fru it o f strea m a tta in m e n t, D e v a d a tta acq u ired o rd in ary p sy ch ic p o w er .3 || 4 |j

N o w a t th a t tim e4 th e ven era b le B h a d d iy a , d w ellin g in a forest an d a t th e ro o t o f a tree an d in a n e m p ty p lace , c o n sta n tly u ttered th is u tte ra n c e : " A h , w h a t h ap p in ess I A h , w h a thapp iness ! ” T h e n se ve ra l m on ks a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , th e y sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s th e y w ere s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, th ese m o n ks sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd :

1 A A . i. 19 1 s a y s B h a d d iy a a t t a in e d a r a h a n t s h ip in t h e s a m e y e a r (a s h e w e n t fo r th ) .

1 A t A . i. 23 c a l le d c h ie f o f m o n k s o f deva-s ig h t .8 A A . i. 19 1 s a y s D e v a d a t t a w o n t h e e ig h t a t t a in m e n t s ; a n d a d d s t h a t

B h a g u a n d K im b i la a t t a in e d a r a h a n t s h ip la te r .4 A s a t U d . I I . 10 . T h e fo llo w in g in c id e n t , w ith a s u m m a r y o t t h e p r e c e d in g

s e c tio n s , a ls o fo r m s t h e in t r o d u c t o r y s t o r y t o t h e 10 th J a t a k a .

K *

258 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" L o rd , th e ven erab le B h a d d iy a , d w e llin g in a fo rest . . . u tters th is u t te r a n c e : ‘ A h , w h a t h app in ess ! A h , w h a thappiness ! ’ D o u b tless, L o rd , th e v e n e ra b le B h a d d iy a fares th e B rah m a -farin g d issatisfied ,1 a n d (although) d w ellin g in a forest and a t th e ro o t o f a tree a n d in an e m p ty p lace , he u tte rs th is u ttera n ce, ‘ A h , w h a t h ap p in ess ! A h , w h a t h ap p in ess ! ' w h ile he is reca llin g th e fo rm er jo y s o f k in g sh ip / '

T h e n th e L o rd ad d ressed a c e rta in m o n k, sa y in g : " C om e yo u , m on k, in m y nam e ad dress th e m o n k B h a d d iy a sa y in g : ' T h e T ea ch er, reveren d B h a d d iy a , is su m m o n in g y o u V ' [183]

" V e r y w ell, L o r d / ’ an d th a t m on k, h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assent, ap p ro a ch ed th e v e n e ra b le B h a d d iy a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp ok e th u s to th e ve n e ra b le B h a d d iy a : " T h e T ea ch er, reveren d B h a d d iy a , is su m m o n in g y o u / ' || 5 ||

" V e r y w ell, y o u r re v e re n c e / ' a n d th e ve n e ra b le B h a d d iy a , h a v in g an sw ered th a t m o n k in assen t, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. T h e L o rd sp o k e th u s to th e ven erab le B h a d d iy a as he w as s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce : “ Ts it tru e , as is sa id , th a t y o u , B h a d d iy a , d w e llin g in a forest an d at th e ro o t o f a tree an d in an e m p ty p lace , are c o n sta n tly u tte rin g th is u tte ra n ce , ‘ A h , w h a t h ap p in ess ! A h , w h a t happiness ! ’ ? ”

" Y e s , L o rd / ',r W h a t c ircu m stan ces w ere y o u , B h a d d iy a , ta k in g in to

a cco u n t w h en, d w ellin g in a fo rest an d a t th e root o f a tree an d in an e m p ty p lace , y o u c o n s ta n tly u tte re d th is u ttera n ce,4 A h , w h a t happ in ess ! A h , w h a t h app in ess ! ' ? ”

" F o rm erly , L o rd , w h en I w as a ru ler th ere w as a fu lly a p p o in ted g u a rd b o th w ith in m y p r iv a te q u a rters an d outsid e m y p riv a te q u arters, th ere w as a fu lly a p p o in te d g u a rd b o th w ith in th e to w n and o u tsid e th e to w n , an d th ere w as a fu lly a p p o in ted g u a rd w ith in th e c o u n tr y d is tricts . B u t I, L o rd , a lth o u g h b ein g g u a rd e d and w a rd e d th u s, d w elt a fra id , an xiou s fearfu l, a la rm e d .2 B u t n o w I , L o rd , d w ellin g in a forest an d a t th e ro o t of a tree an d in an e m p ty p la ce , am u n a fra id , not an xious, n o t fea rfu l, not a larm ed. I a m unconcern ed,

1 Q u o te d U d A . 1 6 1 .1 S a m e q u a r t e t o f w o r d s b e lo w , C V . V I I . 2. i ; 3, 4, 7.

1 .6—2.i] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 259unruffled ,1 depen dent on o th ers ,2 w ith a m ind becom e as a w ild crea tu re 's .3 T h is , L o rd , w as th e c ircu m sta n ce I w as ta k in g in to a cco u n t w hen, d w ellin g in a forest an d a t th e root o f a tree an d in a n e m p ty p lace, I c o n sta n tly u tte red th is u tte ra n ce , 'A h , w h a t h app in ess ! A h , w h at h ap p in ess ! ' "

T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th is m a tte r , a t th a t tim e u tte red th is u ttera n ce :

" In w h om th ere in ly lu rk no sp ites, w ho has o vercom e becom in g an d n ot b ecom in g th u s or th u s ,4

H im , gone p ast fear, b lissfu l, sorrow less, th e devas do not w in to se e ." |J 6 || 1 J|

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t A n u p iy a fo r as lo n g as he found su itin g , set out on a lm sto u r fo r K o sa m b l. G ra d u a lly , w a lk in g on to u r, he a rriv ed a t K o sa m b l T h e L o rd s ta y e d there a t K o sa m b l in G h o sita 's m o n a stery . T h en as D e v a d a tta w as m e d ita tin g in p r iv a te a reason in g arose in his m ind th u s : " W h om 5 n o w co u ld I p lease, so th a t b ecau se he is p leased w ith m e, m uch g a in an d h onour w o u ld accru e (to me) ? " 6 T h en it occurred to D e v a d a tta : " T h is P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu is yo u n g [184] an d also h as an au sp icio u s fu tu re . , W h a t n o w if I w ere to m ake P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu p leased , so th a t because he is p leased w ith m e, m u ch g a in an d h on ou r w o u ld accru e (to me) ? "

1 p a n n a lo m a . C f . lotnam p d te ti a s a t C V , I . 6 . 1.* p a ra d a tta v u tta . V A . 1 2 7 5 , M . i . 4 50 , U d . 1 9 r e a d p a ra d a v u tto , w ith

v .ll. U d A . 16 3 s a y s “ l iv in g o n t h e g i f t s o f o t h e r s in r e s p e c t o f ro b e s a n d so o n .“ M A . iii. 16 7 e x p la in s b y p a re h i d in n a v u ttin o p a ra to la d d h en a y d p e n td , w h o s e l iv e lih o o d is g iv e n b y o th e r s , s u b s is t in g o n w h a t is o b ta in e d fr o m a n o th e r . W o o d w a r d , V e r . U p lif t , p . 24, n . 3 s a y s t h a t '* s u c h m e a n in g s a re h a r d ly a p p lic a b le in t h e c o n t e x t . " H e t r a n s la t e s a s " l ig h ts o m e / ' fo llo w in g P . E . D . ’ s s u g g e s t io n t h a t p a va d a is " fo n d o f " w i t h vu tta ** b e in g p re p a re d / * a c t iv e , a le r t . I c h o o s e “ d e p e n d e n t o n o t h e r s / ' fo l lo w in g t h e C o m m e n ta r ie s , a n d a s b a la n c in g h is fo r m e r d e p e n d e n c e o n th o s e o th e r s w h o g u a r d e d h im .

3 S a m e q u a r t e t o f w o r d s a s a t M . i. 450, ii. 1 2 1 . M A . i ii. 1 6 7 see m s t o e x p la in t h e la s t w o r d , m iga b h u ten a ceta sd , a s n o t e x p e c t in g o r h o p in g fo r a n y t h in g .

4 itibhavdbhavatam . H e r e V A . 12 7 5 a n d U d A . 16 4 e x p la in bhava a n d vibkava m u c h a s d o S n A . 20, S A . iii. 2 9 5, M A . i ii. 22 3, a n d s a y t h a t o n eis fr e e d fr o m t h is s t a t e o f b e c o m in g t h is o r t h a t b y m e a n s o f t h e fo u r w a y s .C f. a lso fu lle r e x p la n a t io n a t U d A . 16 4 , t h e r a t h e r d if fe r e n t e x p la n a t io n a t M A . ii. 74, a n d n o te t h a t V A . 1 2 7 5 s a y s t h a t v ibh a va a n d abhava a r e id e n t ic a l in m e a n in g . T h is lin e o c c u r s a t U d . I I . 10 a n d S n . 6. C f . itibh a vd bka va k alkd a t V in . iv . 16 4 a n d p a r a l le l p a s s a g e s m e n tio n e d a t

26o B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h en D e v a d a tta , h a v in g p a c k e d a w a y his lo d gin g , ta k in g his b o w l an d robe, set out fo r R a ja g a h a ; in d u e cou rse he a rriv ed a t R a ja g a h a .1 T h en D e v a d a tta , h a v in g th ro w n off h is ow n form , h a v in g assu m ed th e fo rm 2 o f a y o u n g b o y c la d in a g ird le o f sn ak es,3 b ecam e m an ifest in P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu 's lap . T h en P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu w as a fra id , an xio u s, fea rfu l, a la rm e d .4 T h en D e v a d a tta sp o k e th u s to P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu : “ A re yo u , prin ce, a fra id o f m e ? ”

“ Y e s , I am a fra id . W h o are y o u ? "" I am D e v a d a tta / '" I f y o u , ho n o u red sir, are re a lly m a ste r D e v a d a tta , p lease

becom e m an ifest in y o u r ow n fo rm / ' T h e n D e v a d a tta , h a v in g th row n off th e y o u n g b o y 's form , sto o d , w earin g his o u ter c lo a k a n d (other) robes a n d c a rry in g h is b o w l, b efo re P rin ce A ja ta ­sattu- T h en P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu , g r e a t ly p leased w ith th is w onder o f p sych ic p o w er on D e v a d a t ta ’s p a rt, m orn in g an d e ve n in g6 w en t to w a it on h im w ith fiv e h u n d red ch a rio ts , an d five h u n d red offerin gs o f rice co o k ed in m ilk w ere b ro u gh t as a g ift o f fo o d .6 T h e n th ere arose to D e v a d a tta , overcom e b y gains, honours a n d fa m e ,7 h is m in d obsessed b y th em , som e such lo n g in g as th is : “ I t is I w h o w ill le a d th e O rd er o fm o n ks."8 B u t a t th e v e r y o ccu rren ce o f th is th o u g h t D e v a ­d a tta declined in his p sy c h ic p o w e r .9 |[ i ||

N o w a t th a t t im e 10 K a k u d h a 11 th e K o liy a n ,12 th e ven erab le M oggallan a th e G re a t's a tte n d a n t, h a d ju s t d ied a n d h ad arisen in a certa in m in d -m a d e13 b o d y , a n d su ch w a s th e re in sta tem en t

1 T h is e p is o d e , a s f a r a s w h e r e D e v a d a t t a s t a n d s b e fo r e A ja t a s a t t u . is a ls o to ld a t D h A . i. 13 9 .

* Cf. V in . i. 3 , w h e r e M u c a lin d a a s s u m e d t h e fo r m o f a b r a h m a n y o u t h .* V A . 12 7 5 s a y s h a v in g b o u n d a s n a k e ro u n d t h e h ip s . D h A . i. 13 9

e la b o r a te s t h a t t h e r e w e r e fo u r p o is o n o u s s n a k e s , i .e . o n e on e a c h h a n d a n d f o o t ; a ls o o n e h u n g ro u n d t h e n e c k , o n e w a s m a d e in t o a c o i l o n t h e h e a d , a n d o n e a rra n g e d o v e r o n e s h o u ld e r .

4 A s a b o v e , V I I . 1. 6.6 A s a t S . ii. 2 42.* C f . Vin. iii. 15 .7 A s a t S. ii. 228 f . Cf. Ldbhasakkdra Samyutta, 5 . ii. 2 2 5 -4 4 .s Cf. D h A . i. 13 9 . A t D. i i . 10 0 G o t a m a t e l l s A n a n d a t h a t t h is t h o u g h t

d o e s n o t o c c u r t o t h e T r u th - fin d e r .* S e e E . J . T h o m a s , Life of B u d d h a , p . 13 2 ff.

10 in c id e n t t o t h e e n d o f j| 4 || is a ls o t o ld a t A . iii. 1 2 2 - 1 2 6 .11 S e e n o te a t G.S. iii. 95.11 S p e lt K o l i y a a b o v e . O n t h is tT ib e s e e v o l . I . 1 7 7 a n d B . C . L a w ,

Tribes in Ancient India, 290 ff.13 manomaya, a s a g a in a t A . iii. 192.

2.2-31 C U L L A V A G G A V I I 26l

of his in d iv id u a lity 1 th a t it w as lik e tw o or three M agad h an village field s,2 y e t even w ith th a t re in sta tem en t o f in d iv id u a lity he in ju red n e ith er h im self nor an o th er. T h en K a k u d h a th e yo u n g deva ap p ro ach ed th e ven erab le M o ggallan a th e G re a t ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e v en era b le M o ggallan a the G reat, he sto o d at a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s sta n d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e y o u n g deva K a k u d h a sp o k e th u s to th e ven erab le M o ggallan a th e G reat :

“ T o D e v a d a tta , h on oured sir, o verco m e b y gain s, honours and fam e, h is m ind obsessed b y th em , som e su ch lo n g in g as th is arose : ‘ I t is I w h o w ill lead th e O rd er o f m o n k s.’ B u t, honoured sir, a t th e v e r y occu rren ce o f th is th o u g h t D e v a d a tta declined in his p sy ch ic p o w er .'1 T h u s sp ok e K a k u d h a th e yo u n g deva. H a v in g sp oken th u s, h a v in g greeted th e v en era b le M oggallan a th e G re a t, keep in g his r ig h t side to w a rd s him he van ish ed then an d th ere. T h e n th e v e n e ra b le M oggallan a th e G reat ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; [185] h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , h e sa t dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce. A s he w as sittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, th e v en era b le M oggallan a th e G re a t sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd :

“ K a k u d h a th e K o liy a n , L o rd , m y a tte n d a n t, has ju s t d ied and has arisen in a c e rta in m in d -m ad e b o d y . . . . T h e n K a k u d h a th e y o u n g deva a p p ro a ch ed m e . . . k eep in g his righ t side to w a rd s me, he va n ish ed th en an d th e re ."

“ B u t, M o ggallan a, does K a k u d h a th e y o u n g deva so com pass yo u r m ind w ith his m in d fo r y o u to k n o w th a t w h a te v e r K a k u d h a th e y o u n g deva sa ys, a ll th a t is so an d not oth erw ise ?”

“ L ord , K a k u d h a th e yo u n g deva so com passes m y m ind w ith his m ind for m e to k n o w th a t w h a te v e r K a k u d h a th e yo u n g deva sa y s, a ll th a t is so and n ot o th e rw ise .”

" M ind w h a t y o u sa y , M o ggallan a, m in d w h a t y o u s a y ,3 M oggallana. T h is foolish m an 4 w ill n o w b e tr a y h im self, b y him self. || 2 ||

M oggallana, th ese five teach ers are fo u n d in th e w o rld .5 W h a t five ?

1 attabhd vap atild bha. A A . i i i . 2 7 7 e x p la in s attabhdva b y s a r lra , b o d y .* S iz e s o f th e s e g iv e n a t A A . iii. 2 7 7 .3 A s a t M . i. 502.4 I .e . D e v a d a t t a .6 S e c t io n s jj 3, 4 \\ r e p e a te d b e lo w C V . V I I . 3. 10 .

262 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" T h is is a case, M oggallan a, w h en som e te a ch er, not pure in m oral h a b it, p reten d s ‘ I am p u re in m oral h a b it/ an d he says, ‘ M y m o ral h a b it is p u re , c lean , u n ta rn ish ed / D iscip les k n o w th is a b o u t h im : 4 T h is w o rth y te a ch er, not pure inm oral h a b it p reten d s . . . u n ta rn ish ed / B u t th e y th in k : ' I f w e sh o u ld te ll th is to h o u seh old ers, he w o u ld n ot like it, an d h o w co u ld w e c a rry o u t1 w h a t he w o u ld n o t like ? M o re­o ver he con sen ts to (a ccep t)2 th e req u isites o f robes, a lm sfood , lo d gin gs an d m edicines fo r th e sick . W h a te v e r a n y o n e 3 sh all do, even b y th a t sh all h e3 be k n o w n / M oggallan a, d iscip les p ro te ct su ch a te a ch er in regard to m oral h a b it and su ch a te a ch er exp ects p ro tectio n from d iscip les in re g a rd to m o ral h ab it. || 3 ||

“ A n d again , M o ggallan a, th is is a case w h en som e te a ch er, n ot pu re in m ode o f live lih o o d , p reten d s . . . [186] . . . n ot pure in te a ch in g o f dham m a , p reten d s . . * n o t pu re in exp o sitio n . . . not pure in kn o w led ge an d v isio n , p reten d s . . . M oggallan a, d iscip les p ro te ct su ch a te a ch e r in regard to k n o w ­ledge a n d vision , an d su ch a te a ch er e x p e cts p ro te ctio n from discip les in regard to kn o w led ge an d vision . T h ese , M o ggallan a, are th e five teach ers fo u n d in th e w orld .

“ B u t I, M o ggallan a, am pu re in m o ra l h a b it, I a ck n o w led g e th a t I am pure in m o ral h a b it, th a t m y m oral h a b it is pure, clean, u n tarn ish ed . A n d d iscip les d o n o t p ro te c t m e in rega rd to m o ral h a b it an d I do n o t e x p e ct p ro te ctio n fro m d iscip les in regard to m oral h a b it. I a m p u re in m ode o f live lih o o d . . . I a m pu re in dhamma te a ch in g . . . I a m pu re in exp o sitio n . . . I am pure in kn o w led g e an d visio n . I ack n o w led g e th a t I am pure in kn o w led ge a n d v isio n , th a t m y k n o w led ge an d vision are pure, c lean , u n tarn ish ed . A n d d iscip les do not p ro tect m e in rega rd to k n o w led g e an d v isio n , a n d I d o not e xp ect p ro tectio n fro m d iscip les in rega rd to kn o w led ge an d v is io n / ' || 4 ||

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t K o sa m b I for as lo n g as he fou n d su itin g, se t o u t on a to u r fo r R a ja g a h a . G ra d u a lly , w a lk in g on to u r, he a rr iv e d a t R a ja g a h a . T h e L o rd s ta y e d

1 sam u dacareyya m a, e x p la in e d a t A A . i i i . 278 a s kath ey y a m a t s a y , s p e a k . sa m m a n n a ti, V A . 1275 e x p la in in g a s sa m m a n e ti, a n d A A . iii. 278 a s

sam m anatjt k a ro ti, h e m a k e s o r p r o d u c e s h o n o u r , i .e . b y a c c e p t in g th e s e g i f t s .* tum o, e x p la in e d b y V A . 1275 a s so > a n d b y A A . i i i . 278 a s esa . . .

eso (v .l. 50), t h is o n e . C f. tum o a t S n . 890, 908.

2-5] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 263

there a t R a ja g a h a in th e B a m b o o G ro v e a t th e sq u irre ls ' feeding p la c e .1 T h e n severa l m on ks ap p ro ach ed the L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , th e y sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s th e y w ere sittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th ese m o n ks sp oke th u s to th e L o rd :

" P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu , L o rd , goes m orn in g a n d even in g to w a it on D e v a d a tta w ith five h u n d red ch ariots, a n d five h un dred offerings o f rice co o k ed in m ilk are b ro u g h t as a g ift o f fo o d ."

“ D o n ot, m onks, e n v y D e v a d a tta 's gain s a n d honours an d fam e. F o r as long, m on ks, as P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu goes m orning and eve n in g to w a it on D e v a d a tta w ith five h u n d red ch ariots [187] an d (as long as) five h u n d red offerin gs o f rice co o k ed in m ilk are b ro u g h t as a g ift o f food , th ere m a y b e e x p e cte d for D e v a d a tta d eclin e in sk illed m en ta l sta te s , not g ro w th . I t is as if, m onks, th e y w ere to th ro w 2 a b la d d e r3 a t a fierce d o g 's nose— as th a t d og, m onks, w o u ld becom e m u ch fiercer, even so, m onks, fo r as lo n g as P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu goes m orning an d even in g . . . there m a y b e e x p e cte d fo r D e v a d a tta d eclin e in sk illed m en tal sta te s, n o t g ro w th . D e v a d a tta 's gain s, honours and fa m e 4 b rin g a b o u t his ow n h u rt, D e v a d a tta 's gains, hon our and fa m e b rin g a b o u t his d estru ctio n . A s , m onks, a p la n ta in bears fru it to its ow n h u rt, b ears fru it t o its d estru ctio n , even so, m onks, do D e v a d a tta 's gains, ho n o u rs and fam e b rin g a b o u t his ow n h u rt, do D e v a d a tta 's gain s, honours an d fam e b rin g a b o u t his d e stru ctio n . A s , m onks, a b a m b o o . . . a reed bears fru it to its ow n h u rt . . . even so, m on ks, do D e v a d a tta 's gains, honours a n d fa m e b rin g a b o u t . . . his d estru ctio n . A s, m onks, a she-m ule co n ceives to her ow n h u rt, co n ceives to her d estru ctio n , eve n so, m on ks, do D e v a d a tta 's gains, honours and fam e b rin g a b o u t . . . h is d estru ctio n .

T r u ly its fru it th e p la n ta in does d e stro y ,I ts fru it th e b am b o o , its fru it th e reed ;So h o n o u r d oes d e stro y th e fool,J u st as its e m b ry o th e m u le ." 5 j| 5 || 2 |[

T o ld is th e F ir s t P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g .

1 C f . S . ii. 242 fo r t h is e p is o d e d o w n t o th e e n d o f t h e s im ile o f t h e f ie r c e d o g .* bkin d ey y u tn is e x p la in e d a t S A . ii. 2 1 2 b y p a k k h ip e y y u m .3 p itta . S e e M o rr is , J P T S . 18 9 3 , p . 4 a n d U d A . 6 5 . S / l . i i. 2 12 e x p la in s

p itta a s t h a t o f a b e a r o r a fish .• C f. S . i i. 2 4 1 , A . ii. 73 t o t h e e n d o f th e v e r s e .6 Q u o te d S’, i. 15 4 , M iln . 16 6 , N e tti. 130.

264 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w at th a t tim e th e L o rd w as s ittin g d ow n tea ch in g dhamma surround ed b y a la rg e co m p a n y, b y a co m p a n y w hich in clu d ed th e k in g .1 T h en D e v a d a tta , risin g from his se a t, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ve r one sh ould er, h a v in g sa lu ted th e L o rd w ith jo in ed p alm s, sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : “ L o rd , th e L o rd is n ow old, w orn, strick en in ye a rs , he has liv e d his span and is a t th e close of his life 2 ; L o rd , le t th e L o rd n ow b e co n ten t to liv e d e v o ted to a b id in g in ease here an d n o w ,3 le t h im han d o ver th e O rd er of m o n ks to m e. I t is I w h o w ill le a d th e O rd er o f m o n k s/ '

" E n o u g h , D e v a d a tta , p lease d o n ot le a d th e O rd er of m o n k s.” A n d a seco n d tim e . . . A n d a th ird tim e D e v a d a tta sp oke th u s to th e L o rd ; " L o rd , th e L o rd is n o w old , w orn, strick en in ye a rs . . . I t is I w h o w ill lea d th e O rd er o f m onks/*

" I , D e v a d a tta , w o u ld not h a n d o v e r th e O rd er o f m onks even to S a rip u tta an d M oggallan a. H o w th en co u ld I to y o u , a w retch ed one to b e v o m ite d lik e sp ittle ? ” 4

T h en D e v a d a tta , t h in k in g : [188] “ T h e L o rd in anassem b ly w h ich in clu d ed a k in g d isp a ra ged m e b y (using) th e term , ' one to b e v o m ite d lik e s p itt le / w h ile he e x to lle d S a rip u tta a n d M o g g a lla n a ,” a n g ry , d isp leased , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , d ep a rted keep in g his r ig h t sid e to w a rd s h im .

A n d th is w as th e first tim e th a t D e v a d a tta fe lt m alice to w a rd s th e L o rd . || i||

T h en th e L o rd addressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : “ W e ll th en , m onks, le t th e O rd er c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t of In fo rm a tio n 5 again st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a to th e e ffect th a t w h ereas D e v a d a tta ’s n a tu re w as fo rm e rly of one kin d , n o w it is of an o th er k in d ; an d th a t w h a te v e r D e v a d a tta sh o u ld d o b y gesture a n d b y vo ice, in th a t n e ith e r th e A w a k e n e d O ne n or

1 C f . a n o th e r v e rs io n o f t h is e p is o d e , a s f a r a s ** t h e a c t o f I n fo r m a t io n " a t D h A . i. 13 9 -4 0 .

a S t o c k , a s a t V in . i i i . 2 , M . i . 82, S n . p p . 50 , 9-2.* d itth a d h a m m a su kh a v ih d ra , a s a t V in . i . 3 4 1 .* T e x t r e a d s k h eld p a k a ssa , V A . 1 2 7 5 h h eld sa ka . V A . 12 7 5 e x p l a i n s :

r e q u is ite s a c c r u in g b y m e a n s o f a n e v i l m o d e o f l iv e l ih o o d s h o u ld b e e je c te d l ik e s p it t le b y t h e n o b le o n e s . T h a t is w h y t h e L o r d s a id " t o b e v o m it e d lik e s p itt le / * k h eld sa k a , ( to e x p la in ) t h a t h e ( D e v a d a t t a ) e a t s r e q u is it e s o f t h is n a tu r e .

* p a k d sa n iy a k a m m a . V in . T e x ts i ii. 2 3 9 ,. n . 2 r i g h t l y s a y s " T h is is n o t a m o n g t h e r e g u la r o ffic ia l a c t s o f t h e O r d e r a s d e s c r ib e d in C V . I , " b u t it is w r o n g t o s a y " i t is n o t r e fe r re d t o b y t h e D h p . c o m m e n t a t o r *' fo r i t ism e n tio n e d a t D h A . i. 140.

3 .2 -3 ] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 265dhamma nor th e O rd er sh o u ld b e seen, b u t in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh ould be seen. A n d thus, m onks, sh ould it be carried out : T h e O rd er sh ould be in fo rm ed b y an experien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, let th e O rd er listen to me. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, let th e O rd er c a rry out an a ct of In fo rm a tio n a g ain st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a , to the effect th a t w h ereas D e v a d a tta ’s n a tu re w as fo rm erly o f one kind, n o w it is o f a n o th er k in d , an d th a t w h a te v e r D e v a d a tta sh ould do . . . in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh ould be seen. T h is is th e m otion . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e O rder is c a rry in g out th e (form al) a c t of In fo rm atio n again st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a , to th e effect th a t . . . in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh ould be seen. I f th e c a rry in g out of th e (form al) a ct o f In fo rm a tio n again st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a to th e effect th a t * . . in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh ould b e seen is p leasin g to the ven erab le ones, th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w h om it is not pleasing sh o u ld sp eak . T h e (form al) a c t of In fo rm atio n again st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a to th e effect th a t . . . in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh ould be seen is carried out b y th e O rder. I t is p leasin g to th e O rder, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d er­stan d th is ,

T h e n th e L o rd addressed th e v en era b le S a rip u tta , sa y in g : “ W e ll then, d o y o u , S a rip u tta , in form ag ain st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a .”

“ F o rm erly , L o rd , I sp oke praise o f D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a sa y in g : ‘ G o d h i’s son is o f g rea t p sy ch ic pow er, G o d h i’s son is o f g rea t m a je sty .' H o w can I, L o rd , in form ag ain st D e v a ­d a tta in R a ja g a h a ? ”

“ W as n ot th e tru th sp oken b y y o u , S a rip u tta , w hen yo u spoke praise o f D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a sa y in g : ' G o d h i’s son is o f . . . g rea t m a je s ty ’ ? ”

'* Y e s , L o rd ."“ E v e n so, S a r ip u tta , w h en y o u in fo rm a g a in st D e v a d a tta

in R a ja g a h a it w ill b e ju s t as tru e .”“ V e r y w ell, L o rd ,” th e ven erab le S a r ip u tta answ ered th e

L o rd in assent. |J 2 ||T h en th e L o rd addressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : " W e ll then,

m onks, le t th e O rd er agree fo r S a r ip u tta to in form again st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a sa y in g : * F o rm e rly D e v a d a tta ’s n ature w as of su ch a kind , n ow it is o f an o th er k in d , an d th a t w h a te v e r

266 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

D e v a d a tta should d o b y g e stu re an d b y vo ice , in th a t n eith er the A w a k en e d O ne nor dhamma nor th e O rd er sh ould be seen, b u t in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh o u ld b e seen .' A n d th u s, m onks, should S a rip u tta be agreed u pon : F irs t, S a r ip u tta sh ould be asked ; h a v in g been asked , th e O rd er sh o u ld be in form ed b y an experien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, sa y in g : ‘ H o n o u red sirs,le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y agree for th e v en era b le S a r ip u tta [189] to inform again st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a sa y in g : ‘ F o rm e rly D e v a d a tta 's n atu re w as o f one k in d . . . in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh ould be seen/ T h is is th e m otion . I f th e agreem en t u pon S a rip u tta to in form again st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a , sa y in g : ‘ F o rm e rly D e v a d a tta 's n a tu re w as o f one k in d . . . in th a t o n ly D e v a ­d a tta should be seen ' is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w h om it is not p leasin g sh ou ld sp eak . T h e ven erab le S a rip u tta is ag reed u pon b y th e O rd er to in form again st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a , sayin g: * F o rm e rly D e v a d a tta 's n atu re w as o f one k in d . . . in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta should be s e e n / , . I t is p leasin g to th e O rder, th erefo re it is silent. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is

T h e ven erab le S a rip u tta , (thus) agreed upon, h a v in g entered R a ja g a h a to g eth er w ith se ve ra l m on ks, in fo rm ed a g ain st D e v a d a tta in R a ja g a h a to th e effect th a t : “ F o rm e rly D e v a - d a t ta ’s n atu re w as o f one k in d , now it is o f an o th er kind, and th a t w h a te v e r D e v a d a tta sh o u ld do b y gestu re a n d b y vo ice, in th a t n eith er th e A w a k e n e d O ne n or dhamma n or the O rd er sh ould b e seen, b u t in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh ould be se e n ." T h o se people w h o w ere o f lit t le fa ith , n o t b e liev in g , w h o were o f p oor in telligen ce, sp oke th u s : “ T h ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s are jea lo u s, th e y are jea lo u s o f D e v a d a tta 's gain s an d h o n o u rs/ ' B u t those people w h o h a d fa ith an d were b eliev in g , w h o w ere w ise, in te llig e n t, sp oke th u s : “ T h is can be no o rd in a ry m a tte r in th a t th e L o rd h as D e v a d a tta in form ed a gain st in R a ja g a h a ." || 3 ||

T h en D e v a d a tta ap p ro ach ed P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu ; h a v in g ap proached , he spoke th u s to P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu : " F o rm e rly / prince, people were lo n g -lived , n o w a d a y s th e y are sh o rt-lived , an d it is possible th a t y o u , w h ile s t ill a prince, m igh t pass a w a y .

1 Q u o te d D h A . i. 140, D A . 13 5 .

3 -4- 5] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 267

W ell now, do y o u , prince, h a v in g slain y o u r fa th er, becom e king. I , h a v in g sla in th e L o rd , w ill becom e th e A w a k en e d O n e.” A n d P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu , th in k in g : “ N o w , m asterD e v a d a tta is o f g re a t p sych ic pow er, o f g rea t m a je sty ; m aster D e v a d a tta m ust k n o w (w h at is r ig h t)/ ' h a v in g fasten ed a dagger1 again st his th ig h , a t an e a rly hour (although) afraid , anxious, fearfu l, a larm ed, en tered th e (king's) p r iv a te q u arters fo rcib ly . B u t th e ch ief m inisters in a tte n d a n ce in th e p r iv a te qu arters saw P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu a t an e a rly h o u r (although) afraid , an xiou s, fearfu l, a larm ed, en terin g th e (k in g ’s) p r iv a te quarters fo rc ib ly . Seeing him , th e y la id hold o f h im . T h ese exam in in g him , an d h a v in g seen th e d a gg er bo u n d again st his th ig h , spoke th u s to P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu : “ W h a t is it th a t yo u , prince, w a n t to do ? "

" I w a n t to s la y m y fa th e r / '“ B y w h o m are y o u bein g in cite d ? "“ B y m aster D e v a d a tta ." Som e c h ie f m inisters g a v e th is

opinion : “ T h e P rin ce should be slain a n d D e v a d a tta a n d a ll the m onks sh ou ld be sla in ." 2 Som e ch ief m inisters g a v e th is opinion : “ T h e m on ks sh ould not b e sla in fo r th e m on ks are not g iv in g offence ,3 b u t th e P rin ce sh o u ld b e slain an d D e v a ­d a tta / ' Som e ch ie f m inisters g a v e th is opinion : ** T h e P rin ce should not be slain , nor D e v a d a tta , th e m o n ks sh ould not be slain . T h e k in g sh ould b e to ld a n d w e w ill do w h a te v e r the k in g s a y s ." jj 4 ||

T h e n th ese ch ie f m inisters, ta k in g P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu , approach ed K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a ; [190] h a v in g approached , th e y to ld th is m a tte r to K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra of M agadha. H e sa id : " W h a t opin ion, m y go od m en, h a v e th e ch ief m inisters form ed ? "

“ Som e ch ie f m inisters, S ire, g a v e th is opin ion. . . . Som e chief m in isters g a v e th is opinion. . . . Som e c h ie f m in isters g a v e th is opinion : ‘ T h e P rin ce sh ou ld n o t b e slain , n orD e v a d a tta , th e m on ks sh ould n o t b e slain . T h e k in g sh ould be to ld an d w e w ill do w h a te v e r th e k in g sa y s

" W h a t, m y good m en, ca n th e A w a k e n e d O ne or dhamma or th e O rder h a v e to do (w ith this) ? H a s not th e L o rd a lre a d y

1 p o ith a n ik a rn . A s a t V in . i. 2 1 7 , w h e r e t r a n s la t e d ** b u t c h e r 's k n ife / * a Q u o te d a t D A . 13 5 . a a p a ra jjh a n ti, a s a t V in . i i i . 16 2 .

268 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

h ad D e v a d a tta in form ed a g ain st in R a ja g a h a to th e effect th a t fo rm erly D e v a d a tta ’s n atu re w as o f one k in d , n o w it is of an oth er kind, and th a t w h a te v e r D e v a d a tta m a y do b y gestu re or b y speech, in th a t n eith er th e A w a k e n e d O ne nor dhamma nor th e O rd er is to be seen, b u t in th a t o n ly D e v a d a tta sh ould be seen ?

T hose ch ief m inisters w h o h ad g iv en th e ir opin ion th u s : " T h e P rin ce sh ould b e slain and D e v a d a tta an d a ll th e m on ks should be s la in / ’ these he d isch a rg ed .1 T h o se ch ief m in isters w ho had g iv en th eir opin ion th u s : “ T h e m o n ks sh ould not be slain, fo r th e m o n ks d o not g iv e a n y offence, b u t th e prince should be slain an d D e v a d a tta ,” these he set in lo w ly positions. T hose ch ie f m inisters w h o h ad g iv en th e ir op in ion th u s : “ T h e prince sh ould n o t be slain , nor D e v a d a tta , nor sh ould th e m on ks be slain . T h e k in g sh o u ld be to ld an d w e w ill do w h a tev er th e k in g s a y s ,” th ese he set in h igh positions. T h en K in g S e n iya B im b isa ra o f M ag ad h a sp ok e th u s to P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu :

" W h y d o yo u , prince, w a n t to s la y m e ? ”“ Sire, I h a v e need o f a k in g d o m .”“ I f it be th a t yo u , prince, h a v e need o f a k in gd om , th is

k in gd om is yo u rs ,” a n d he h an d ed o ver th e k in g d o m to P rin ce A ja ta s a ttu . || 5 j|

T h en D e v a d a tta ap p ro ach ed P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu 2 ; h a v in g approached , he sp oke th u s to P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu :

“ Y o u r M a jesty , co m m an d y o u r m en so th a t th e y d ep rive th e recluse G o ta m a o f life .” T h e n P rin ce A ja ta s a t tu co m ­m anded his m en, sa y in g : ” M y go o d m en, d o w h a te v e r m a ster D e v a d a tta s a y s .” T h e n D e v a d a tta en jo in ed th e m en, sa y in g : " G o along, friends, th e recluse G o ta m a is s ta y in g a t a certa in place. H a v in g d ep rived him o f life , com e b a c k b y a certa in ro a d ,” and he set tw o m en on th a t road, sa y in g : " W h a te v e r m an com es alone a lo n g th is ro ad , h a v in g d e p riv ed him o f life, com e b a c k b y th is r o a d / ' an d h a v in g set fo u r m en on th a t road,

1 te abhabbe a k a s i , h e re n d e r e d t h e m in c a p a b le (o f h o ld in g a n o ffic ia l p o s it io n ) .

a V in . T e x ts iii, 243, n . 2 p o in t s o u t t h a t A j a t a s a t t u is n o t c a l le d k in g '* h e re , a n d t h a t th e r e fo r e t h e e v e n t s d e s c r ib e d in t h is p a r a g r a p h t o o k p la c e b e fo r e h e a c t u a l ly b e c a m e k in g , a n d t h a t t h e p a r a g r a p h p r o b a b ly s to o d o r ig in a lly in so m e o th e r c o n n e c t io n . O n t h e o th e r h a n d , i t s h o u ld b e n o t ic e d t h a t D e v a d a t t a a d d re s se s h im as m aha ra ja .

3.6- 7] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 269

sa y in g : W h a te v e r couple o f m en com e alo n g b y th is road,h a v in g d ep rived th em o f life , com e b a ck b y th is road,'* an d h a v in g set e ig h t m en on th a t road, sa y in g : " W h a te v e r fo u r men com e alo n g b y th is road, [19 1] . . . com e b a ck b y th is ro a d / ' and h a v in g set s ix te en m en on th a t road, he said : " W h a te v e r e igh t m en com e alon g b y th is road, h a v in g d ep rived them of life, com e b a c k / ’ |j 6||

T h en th a t m an w h o w as alone, h a v in g g rasp ed a sw ord and shield, h a v in g bo u n d on a b o w an d q u iv e r ,1 ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , w hen he w as q u ite n ear th e L o rd he stood still, h is b o d y q u ite r ig id 2 a fra id , an xiou s, fearfu l, a la rm ed .3 T h e L o rd s a w th a t m an sta n d in g still, his b o d y q u ite rigid, a fra id , . ,a larm ed a n d seeing him , he sp oke th u s to th a t m an : " C om e, friend , do not b e afraid/* T h en th a tm an, h a v in g p u t h is sw ord an d sh ield to one side, h a v in g la id dow n his b o w and q u iv e r, ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap proached , h a v in g in clin ed his head to th e L o rd 's feet, he spoke th u s to th e L o rd :

11 L o rd , a tran sgression has o vercom e m e, foolish, m isguided, w rong th a t I w as, in th a t I w as com in g here w ith m y m ind m a lig n a n t,4 m y m ind on m u rd er .5 L o rd , m a y th e L o rd a ckn o w led ge for m e th e tran sgression as a transgression for the sa k e o f re stra in t in th e fu tu r e / ’

“ T ru ly , frien d , a transgression o vercam e yo u , foolish, m isguided, w ron g th a t y o u w ere, in th a t yo u w ere com in g here, w ith yo u r m ind m a lig n a n t, y o u r m in d on m urder. B u t if yo u , friend, h a v in g seen th e tran sgression as a transgression , confess acco rd in g to th e ru le, w e a ck n o w led g e it for y o u ; for friend in th e d iscip lin e o f th e n oble, th is is g ro w th : w h o ever h a v in g seen a transgression as a tran sgressio n , confesses accord in g to th e ru le, he a tta in s restra in t in th e fu tu re / ’6

T h en th e L o rd ta lk e d a progressive t a lk 7 to th is m an, th a t is to s a y ta lk on g iv in g , ta lk on m oral h a b it, ta lk on h ea ven . . . sorrow , its u p risin g , s to p p in g, th e W a y . J u st as a clean

* S t o c k , a s a t e.g . A . iii. 9 3 - 4 , M . i. 86, i i . 99 .* p a ttha d d ha , a s a t T h a g . 10 7 4 . V A . 1 2 7 5 , d a y s " w ith h is b o d y m o tio n le s s

lik e a f ig u r e m o d e lle d in c l a y . ”■ A s a t C V . V I I . 1. 6 .* d u tthacitta , a s a t A f . iii. 65.* vadhakacitta , a s a t D . i i i . 72 .* C f . V in . iv . 1 8 - 1 9 , e tc .7 A s a t V in . i. 1 5 .

270 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N Eclo th w ith o u t b la ck sp ecks w ill ta k e a d y e easily , even so (as he w as sitting) on th a t v e r y seat d id dhamma- vision, dustless, stainless, arise to th a t m an, th a t “ w h a te v e r is o f a n atu re to arise, a ll th a t is o f a n a tu re to s to p / ’ T h en th a t m a n 1 as one w ho has seen dhamma, a tta in e d dham m a , kn o w n dham m a , p lunged into dhamma, h a v in g crossed o v e r d o u b t, h a v in g p u t a w a y u n ce rta in ty , h a v in g a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r's help to fu ll confidence in th e T e a c h e r ’s in s tr u c tio n sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd :

“ E x ce llen t, L o rd : L o rd , it is ex ce llen t. I t is as i f one w ere to set u p rig h t w h a t h as been u p set . . . th u s is dhamma exp la in ed in m a n y a figure b y th e L o rd . So I , L o rd , [192] am goin g to th e L o rd fo r refu ge an d to dhamma an d to th e O rd er o f m onks. M a y th e L o rd a cce p t m e as a la y -fo llo w e r going for refu ge from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g as life la s ts / ’

T h en th e L o rd sp ok e th u s to th a t m an : " D o not y o u ,friend, go b y th a t road. G o b y th is ro a d ,” a n d he sent him off b y an o th er ro ad . || 7 |j

T h en those tw o m en, th in k in g : W h y is th a t m an w ho isalone so slo w in co m in g ? ” go in g a lo n g to m eet h im sa w th e L o rd s ittin g a t th e root o f a tree. Seein g h im , th e y ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , th e y sat d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. T h e L o rd ta lk e d a pro­gressive ta lk to these . . . to fu ll confid ence in th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ction , sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : “ E x c e lle n t, L o rd . . . M ay th e L o rd a cce p t u s as la y-fo llo w e rs g o in g fo r refu ge from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g as life la s ts .”

T h en th e L o rd sp oke th u s to th ese m en : “ D o n o t y o u ,friends, go b y th a t road. G o b y th is ro a d ,” an d he sen t th em off b y an o th er road. T h e n th o se fo u r m en, th in k in g : “ W h y are these tw o m en so slow in co m in g ? ” . . . an d he sent th em off b y a n o th er ro ad . T h e n th o se e ig h t m en, th in k in g : " W h y are th ese fou r m en so s lo w in co m in g ? ” . . . a n d he sent th em off b y an o th er ro a d . T h e n those six te en m en, th in k in g : " W h y are th ese e ig h t m en so slo w in co m in g ?. .* . M a y th e L o rd rece ive u s as la y fo llo w e rs g o in g fo r refuge from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g as life la s ts .”2 || 8 ||

1 A s a t V in . i. 12 .* A v e rs io n n o tic e d b y O ld e n b e r g ( V in . ii. 3 2 4) a d d s t h a t " t h e L o r d

s p o k e th u s t o t h o s e m e n . . . s e n t th em , o ff b y a n o t h e r r o a d ."

3 -9 - i o ] C U L L A V A G G A V I I

T hen th a t one m an ap p ro ach ed D e v a d a tta 1 ; - h a v in g approached, he sp oke th u s to D e v a d a tta : “ H o n o u red sir, I am not ab le to d ep rive th a t L o rd of life , th a t L o rd is of great psych ic pow er, o f g re a t m ig h t/ '

" A ll righ t, friend, do not y o u d ep rive th e recluse G o ta m a of life. I m y se lf w ill d ep riv e th e recluse G o ta m a of life / '

N o w a t th a t tim e th e L o rd w a s p a c in g up a n d d ow n in th e sh ade2 o f M ount V u ltu re P e a k . T h e n D e v a d a tta , h a v in g clim bed M ount V u ltu re P e a k , h urled d ow n a g rea t ston e, th in kin g : " W ith th is I w ill d ep rive th e recluse G o ta m a of life .” B u t tw o m o u n tain p eak s, h a v in g m et, crush ed th a t stone, a n d (only) a fra g m en t o f it, h a v in g fa llen dow n, d rew blood on th e L o rd 's fo o t .3 T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g lo o ked upw ards, sp oke th u s to D e v a d a t ta : " Y o u h a v e prod ucedgreat d em erit, foolish m an , in th a t y o u , w ith y o u r m ind m align an t, y o u r m in d on m urder, d rew th e T ru th -fin d er's b lo o d / ' T h en th e L o rd ad d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g : “ T h is, m onks, is th e first deed w h ose fru it com es w ith no d e la y 4 a ccu m u lated b y D e v a d a tta since he, w ith his m ind m a lig n a n t, his m ind on m urder, d rew th e T ru th -fin d er's b lo o d / J || 9 j| [193]

M onks h eard : “ I t is sa id th a t D e v a d a tta sch em ed to m urder th e L o rd ,” an d so th ese m on ks p aced u p a n d d ow n on e v e ry side o f th e L o rd 's d w ellin g-p lace d oin g th e ir stu d ies to g eth er w ith a lo u d noise, w ith a g re a t noise fo r th e p ro tectio n , defence an d w a rd in g of th e L o rd . T h e L o rd h eard th e lou d noise, th e great noise, th e noise o f stu d y in g , and h earin g it, he addressed th e ven erab le A n a n d a , sa y in g :

“ W h a t on earth , A n a n d a , is th is lou d noise, th is g rea t noise, th is noise of s tu d y in g ? *'

" L o rd , th e m o n ks h eard th a t D e v a d a tta sch em ed to m urd er the L o rd , an d so, L o rd , th ese m onks are p acin g u p a n d dow n . . . fo r th e p ro tectio n , defence an d w a rd in g o f th e L o rd . T his, L o rd , is th e lo u d noise, th e g re a t n oise/ th e noise of s tu d y in g ."

1 F r o m h e re , c f. J a . v . 333 S .* C f. V in . i. 180.* A n e c h o o f w id e s p r e a d fo lk - t r a d it io n , w h e r e t h e H e r o , o n h is q u e s t ,

p a sses w ith a ll s p e e d t h r o u g h c la s h in g ro c k s , s o m e tim e s s u s ta in in g a n in ju r y .4 d n a n ia rik a k a m m a . C f . V ism . 177*

272 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" W ell now , A n a n d a , ad dress these m on ks in m y nam e, s a y in g : ‘ T h e T e a ch e r is su m m o n in g th e ven era b le o n e s / "

" V e ry w ell, L o r d / ' an d th e ven era b le A n a n d a , h a v in g answ ered th e L o rd in assen t, a p p ro a ch ed those m o n ks ; h a v in g approach ed , he sp oke th u s to th o se m o n ks : “ T h e T ea ch e ris sum m onin g th e ven era b le o n e s.”

“ V e r y w ell, y o u r re v e ren ce ,” an d th ese m on ks, h a v in g answ ered th e ven era b le A n a n d a in assen t, a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , th e y sa t dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. T h e L o rd sp o k e th u s to these m on ks as th e y w ere s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce :

" T h is is im possib le, m onks, it ca n n o t com e to p ass th a t an yon e co u ld d ep rive a T ru th -fin d er o f life b y aggression ; m onks, T ru th -fin d ers a tta in n ib b a n a n ot b ecau se o f a n a t t a c k .1 M onks, there are these five teach ers fo u n d in th e w orld . W h a t five ? . . .z a n d I do n ot e x p e ct p ro tectio n from d iscip les in respect o f kn o w led ge an d v isio n . T h is is im possib le, m onks, it can n o t com e to pass th a t a n y o n e co u ld d e p riv e a T ru th - finder o f life b y aggression ; m on ks, T ru th -fin d ers a tta in n ib b a n a n ot because o f an a tta c k . G o , m o n ks, to y o u r ow n d w ellin g-p laces3 ; T ru th -fin d ers, m on ks, do n o t need to be p ro te c te d / ' (| 10 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th ere w as a fierce e lep h a n t in R a ja g a h a , a m an -slayer, ca lled N a la g iri. T h e n D e v a d a tta , h a v in g en tered R a ja g a h a , h a v in g gone to th e e lep h a n t sta b le , sp o k e th u s to th e m ah o u ts : “ W e, m y good fe llo w s, are re latio n s o f th e k in g. W e are co m p eten t to p u t in a h ig h po sitio n one o c cu p y in g a lo w ly position and to b rin g a b o u t an in crease in food and w ages. W e ll now , go od fe llow s, w h en th e recluse G o ta m a is com ing alon g th is carriage ro a d ,4 th en , h a v in g le t loose th is elephant, N a la g iri, b rin g h im d o w n th is carriage ro a d / '

" V e ry w ell, honoured s ir / ' th ese m a h o u ts an sw ered D e v a d a tta in assent.

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orn in g, ta k in g his

* a n u p a k k a m a , " n o t b y a t t a c k (fro m e x t e r n a l e n e m ie s ) / ' a s a t C . P . D .A s a t C V . V I I . 2. 3, 4 (to e n d ) . R e a d a b o v e " m o n k s " in s t e a d o f

M o g g a lla n a ."• yathavih&ratjt, a s a t V in . i v . 1 5 .4 raccha. S e e B .D . iii. 268, n . 1 .

3.11-12] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 273

bow l and robe, [194] entered R a ja g a h a fo r a lm sfood to g eth e r w ith several m onks. T h en th e L o rd w en t a lo n g th a t c a rria g e road. T h en those m ah o u ts saw th e L o rd co m in g a lo n g th a t c a rria g e -ro a d ; seeing h im , h a v in g le t loose th e e lep h an t N alagiri, th e y b ro u g h t h im dow n th a t carriage-ro ad . T h e elephan t N a la g ir i saw th e L o rd com in g from a fa r ; seeing him , h a v in g lifted u p his tru n k , he rushed to w a rd s th e L o rd , his ears an d ta il erect. T h o se m onks sa w th e e lep h an t N a la g ir i com ing in th e d ista n ce ; seein g him , th e y sp oke th u s to th e L o rd :

“ L o rd , th is e lep h an t N a la g iri, co m in g a lo n g th is carriage- road, is a fierce m a n -slayer ; L o rd , le t th e L o rd tu rn b a ck , let the w ell-farer tu rn b a c k .”

f; W a it, m onks, do not be a fra id ; th is is im possib le, m onks, it can n ot com e to pass th a t a n yo n e sh ould d ep rive a T ru th - finder o f life b y agression ; m onks, T ru th -fin d ers a tta in n ibban a not because o f an a t t a c k ." A n d a second tim e . . . A n d a th ird tim e these m on ks sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : “ L o rd , this elephan t N a la g ir i, . . . le t th e w ell-fa rer tu rn b a c k .”

" W a it, m onks, . . . T ru th -fin d ers a tta in n ib b a n a not because of an a t ta c k .” || 11 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e people, h a v in g m o u n ted u p on to th e lo n g houses and th e c u rv e d houses an d th e roofs, w a ited there* T h o se people w ho w ere o f lit t le fa ith , not b e liev in g , w h o w ere o f poor in telligen ce ,1 these sp oke thus : “ T h is g re a t recluse is indeed lo v e ly ; he w ill b e h u rt b y th e b u ll e le p h a n t.” 2 B u t those people w ho h a d fa ith an d were b e liev in g , w h o w ere w ise an d in telligen t, th ese sp ok e th u s : “ Soon, good sirs, th e bull-elephant w ill com e in to co n flict w ith th e e lep h an t (am ong m en).”

T h en th e L o rd suffused th e e lep h an t N a la g ir i w ith lo v in g - kindness of m ind. T h en th e e lep h an t N a la g ir i, suffused b y th e L ord w ith lo vin g-k in d n ess o f m in d , h a v in g p u t dow n his trunk, ap p ro ach ed th e Loi*d ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he sto o d in front o f th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd , stro k in g th e e lep h an t N alagiri's fo reh ead w ith his r igh t h an d , ad dressed th e e lep h an t N alagiri w ith verses :

1 A s a t cv. vxi. 8. 3.* nd ga. C f . t h e m a tt e d h a ir a sc etics* s p e e c h a t M V . I . 15* 4.

274 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" D o n o t e lep h a n t,1 s tr ik e th e e lep h an t (am ong m en), fo r p a in fu l, e lep h an t, is th e s tr ik in g o f th e e lep h an t (am ong m en),

F o r th ere is no go od bou rn , e le p h a n t,1 fo r a s la y e r o f th e e leph an t (am ong men) w h en he is hence b eyo n d .

B e n ot p ro u d ,2 be not w a n to n ,2 for th e w a n to n reach not a go od b o u rn ;

O n ly th a t sh ould y o u do b y w h ich y o u w ill g o to a good b o u rn .”

T h e n th e e lep h an t N a la g ir i, h a v in g ta k e n th e d u st o f th e L o rd 's feet w ith his tru n k , h a v in g sc a tte re d it o v e r h is h ead , m o ved b a c k b o w in g w h ile he g a zed u pon th e L o rd . T h e n th e e lep h an t N alag iri, h a v in g retu rn ed to th e e lep h a n t stab le , sto o d in his o w n p lace ; an d it w as in th is w a y [195] th a t th e e lep h an t N a la g iri b ecam e ta m ed . N o w a t th a t tim e people san g th is verse :

" Som e are tam ed b y stic k , b y go ad s an d w h ips.T h e e lep h an t w a s ta m e d b y th e g rea t seer w ith o u t a stick ,

w ith o u t a w e a p o n .” 3 || 12 ||

P eop le lo o k ed d ow n u pon , critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w e v il is th is D e v a d a tta , h o w in a u sp ic io u s,4 in th a t he tried to m urd er th e recluse G o ta m a w h o is o f su ch g rea t p sych ic pow er, o f such g re a t m ig h t,” a n d D e v a d a tta 's g a in s an d honours d eclin ed ; th e L o rd 's g a in s a n d ho n o u rs in creased . N o w at th a t tim e D e v a d a tta , gain s a n d honours lo s t ,5 a te w ith his friends, h a v in g a sk ed a n d a sk e d a m o n g h ouseh old s. P eop le looked dow n upon, critic ised , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g :

" H o w ca n th ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s eat, h a v in g a sked an d ask ed am o n g househ old s ? W h o is not fo n d of w ell-cooked th in g s ? W h o does n o t lik e sw eet th in g s ? ”

1 k u n ja r a . V e r s e s a ls o a t J d . v . 3 3 6 .2 m a d a . . . p a m a d a , a ls o a t S n . 2 1 8 .* C f. M . ii. 10 5, T h a g . 878.4 a la k k h ih a . V A . 1 2 7 5 - 6 s a y s " h e r e i t m e a n s h e d o e s n o t d is c r im in a te ,

h e d o e s n o t k n o w . H e d o e s n o t k n o w ' I a m d o in g a n e v i l d e e d V C f. v e rs io n o f V A . g iv e n a t V i n . T e x ts i i i . 250 , n . 1 . I n in te r p r e t in g t h e w o r d Jike t h e c o r r e s p o n d in g S k r t . a la k a tn lk a , a s d o e s V i n . T e x ts i i i , I p re fe r " in a u s p ic io u s , u n lu c k y ,* ' t o th e ir " w r e tc h e d / * w ith t h e s e n s e o f i t s b e in g u n lu c k y fo r d o n o r s t o g iv e a lm s t o D & v a d a tt a .

* D o w n t o '* I t is t r u e , L o r d ** = P a c . 32 w h e r e t h is e p is o d e is u s e d t o le a d u p t o t h e f r a m in g o f a ru le a g a in s t a g r o u p -m e a l, see B . D . i i . 306 f. fo r n o te s .

3 .1 3 -1 4 ] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 275M onks h eard th ese people w h o . . . sp read it a b o u t. T h o se

w ho w ere m odest m on ks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can D e v a d a tta eat w ith h is frien d s, h a v in g asked and ask ed am ong households ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d :

“ Is it tru e , as is said , th a t y o u , D e v a d a tta , a te w ith y o u r friends, h a v in g a sk e d an d a sk ed am on g households ? "

“ I t is tru e, L o r d / ' H a v in g reb u k ed h im , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

“ W ell now , m onks, I w ill la y d ow n for m onks th e eatin g b y a tr ia d (of m o n ks)1 am o n g households— fo u n d ed on three reasons :2 fo r th e restra in t of ev il-m in d ed 3 in d iv id u a ls ; fo r the liv in g in co m fo rt4 o f w ell b e h a v e d m o n k s5 lest those o f evil desires sh ould sp lit th e O rd er b y m eans o f a fa c t io n ;6 out of com passion fo r fa m ilies .7 In e a tin g a g ro u p m eal, one should be d e alt w ith acco rd in g to th e ru le ." 8 |[ 13 ||

T h en D e v a d a tta ap p ro ach ed K o k a lik a ,9 K a ta m o ra k a tissa k a ,

1 tik a b h o ja n a , a m e a l t o b e e a te n b y t h r e e p e o p le , so V A . 1 2 7 6 . S e e a lso S A . ii. 1 7 8 . J u s t a s g a n a b h o ja n a is a g r o u p -m e a l, so tik a b h o ja n a is a t h r e e - p a r t y m e a l. I t is a p p a r e n t ly m e a n t t h a t a " g r o u p " is la r g e r th a n th re e m o n k s , s in c e a t t h e e n d o f || 13 |[ i t is s p e c ia l ly s a id t h a t o n e w h o e a ts a g r o u p -m e a l m u s t b e t r e a t e d a c c o r d in g t o t h e ru le . O n g a n a b h o ja n a seeB .D . i i. 3 0 7, n . 1 .

a T h e s u b je c t o f a q u e s t io n p u t b y K a s s a p a 't o A n a n d a a t S . ii . 2 18 .* S A . i i. 17 8 , A A . i i . 16 3 e x p la in d u m m a n k iin a m b y d u s s l la , b a d m o r a l

h a b it .4 p h a su v ih a ra , c f. V in . i . 9 2 , e tc .* T h is a n d t h e f irs t re a s o n a r e a m o n g t h e te n re a so n s s o m e tim e s a s c r ib e d

to th e L o r d fo r la v in g d o w n a r u le o f t r a in in g , a s a t V in . i i i . 2 1 a n d o th e r V in . p a s s a g e s . C f . a ls o A . i . 99.

* S A . i i. 17 8 e x p la in s t h a t a s D e v a d a t t a a n d h is fr ie n d s s p li t th e O r d e r b y m e a n s o f th e ir e v i l d e s ir e s , so t o o o th e r s o f e v i l d e s ir e s , o n a c c o u n t o f th e ir b o n d a s a g r o u p , h a v in g b e g g e d a m o n g fa m ilie s , w e r e e a t in g h a v in g m a d e th e g r o u p in c re a s e ; so i t w a s s a id “ L e s t t h e y s p li t t h e O r d e r b y m e a n s o f t h a t f a c t io n / '

7 A . i . 10 0 h a s g ih ln a tn a n u k a m p d y a p a p icch a n a trt p a k k h u p a cch ed a y a , t r a n s la te d a t G .S . i . 84 '* o u t o f c o m p a s s io n fo r h o u s e h o ld e r s a n d t o u p r o o t th e fa c t io n s o f t h e e v i l l y d is p o s e d ." I f " t h e id e a is h e re , o f c o u r s e , le s t a n y p a r t ic u la r la y m a n s h o u ld b e b u r d e n e d b y p r o v id in g fo r m a n y b h ik k h u s ** as s t a t e d a t V in . T e x ts i i i . 2 5 1 , ii. 3 , i t is t h e e x a c t o p p o s ite o f t h e o p in io n g iv e n a t S A . ii. 17 8 fo r a l lo w in g th r e e m o n k s t o e a t t o g e th e r a m o n g fa m ilie s . F o r th is is t h a t " h a v in g c a r r ie d o u t t h e O b s e r v a n c e a n d t h e I n v i t a t io n in th e O rd e r o f m o n k s , a n d (th e m o n k s ) b e in g a l l t o g e th e r , p e o p le h a v in g g iv e n (th e m ) m e ? ls b y t i c k e t a n d so o n b e c o m e b o u n d f o r h eaven .** S o th e c o m p a s s io n fo r fa m ilie s is in a l lo w in g t h e m s c o p e t o g iv e a n d t h e r e b y to a c q u ir e m e r it . A A . i i . 16 4 le s s c o g e n t ly s a y s : “ A r u le o f t r a in in g la id d o w n w h e n h o u s e h o ld e r s c o m p la in is c a lle d “ la id d o w n o u t o f c o m p a s s io n fo r h o u s e h o ld e r s ."

* I .e . t o t h e ru le la id d o w n in P a c . 32.* A lm o s t w o r d fo r w o r d t h e s a m e a s F o r . M e e tin g X . 1. 1 , 2 a n d p a r t o f 3.

S e e B .D . i. 2 9 6 -2 9 9 fo r fo o tn o te s .

276 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th e son of th e la d y K h a n d a , a n d S a m u d d a d a tta ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp oke th u s to K o k a lik a , K a ta m o ra k a tiss a k a , th e son o f th e la d y K h a n d a , an d S a m u d d a d a tta : " C om e, we, y o u r reverences, w ill m a k e a schism in th e recluse G o ta m a 's O rder, a b re a k in g o f th e c o n c o rd / ’ W h en he h a d sp oken th u s, K o k a lik a sp oke th u s to D e v a d a tta :

“ B u t, y o u r reveren ce, th e recluse G o ta m a is of g rea t p sych ic pow er, o f g rea t m ig h t. H o w ca n w e m ake a schism in th e recluse G o ta m a 's O rder, a b re a k in g o f th e con cord ?

“ C om e, w e, y o u r reveren ce, h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed th e recluse G o ta m a , w ill ask fo r five item s, sa y in g : * L o rd , th e L o rd in m a n y a figure sp eaks in p raise o f d esirin g litt le , o f bein g co n ten ted , [196] o f ex p u n g in g (evil), o f b ein g p u n ctilio u s, of w h a t is g racio u s, o f d ecrease (in th e o b stru ctio n s), o f p u ttin g fo rth en ergy. L o rd , these five item s are in m a n y a w a y co n d u cive to d esirin g litt le , to co n te n tm e n t, to e x p u n g in g (evil), to b ein g p u n ctilio u s, to w h a t is graciou s, to decrease (in th e obstru ctio n s), to p u ttin g fo rth e n e rg y . I t w ere good , L o rd , if th e m onks, fo r as lo n g as life la ste d , m ig h t b e forest- dw ellers ; w h o ev er sh o u ld b e ta k e h im self to th e n eigh b o u rh o o d of a v illa g e , sin w o u ld b esm irch h im . F o r as lo n g as life la sts , le t th em b e beggars fo r a lm s ; w h o e v e r sh o u ld a cce p t an in v ita tio n , sin w o u ld besm irch h im . F o r as lo n g as life la sts , le t th em be rag-robe w earers ; w h o ev er sh o u ld a cce p t a robe g iv en b y a househ older, sin w o u ld besm irch him . F o r as lo n g as life lasts, le t th e m liv e a t th e ro o t of a tre e ; w h o ev er sh ould go under co ver, sin w o u ld b esm irch him . F o r as lo n g as life lasts , le t th em not e a t fish an d flesh ; w h o ev er sh ou ld eat fish an d flesh, sin w ou ld besm irch h im / T h e recluse G o ta m a w ill not a llo w th ese. T h en w e w ill w in o ve r th e people b} m eans o f these five item s.”

“ I t is possible, y o u r reveren ce, w ith th ese five item s, to m ake a schism in th e recluse G o ta m a 's O rder, a b re a k in g of th e concord. F o r , y o u r reveren ce , people esteem a u s te r ity .”II14 11

T h en D e v a d a tta to g e th e r w ith h is4 frien d s a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , he sa t dow n at a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s h e w as s itt in g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, D e v a d a tta sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd :

3 .i 5- i 0] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 2 77

" L ord , th e L o rd in m a n y a figure sp eaks in praise o f desiring little . . . w h o ev er sh ould eat fish a n d flesh, sin w o u ld besm irch him.**

“ E n o u g h , D e v a d a tta ,” he said. “ W h o e v e r w ishes, le t h im be a fo re s t-d w e lle r ; w h o ev er w ishes, le t h im s ta y in th e n eighbourhood o f a v illa g e ; w h o ev er w ish es, le t h im b e a b eggar fo r alm s ; w h o ev er w ishes, le t h im a ccep t a n in v ita tio n ; w h oever w ishes, let h im be a rag-robe w ea rer ; w h o ev er w ishes, let h im accep t a h o useh old er's robes. F o r e igh t m onth s, D e v a d a tta , lo d g in g at th e root o f a tree is p erm itted b y m e. F ish an d flesh are pure in resp ect o f th ree p oints : if th e y are not seen, h eard or su sp ected (to h a v e been k illed on purpose fo r h im )/'1

T h en D e v a d a tta , th in k in g : " T h e L o rd does not perm it these five ite m s ," jo y fu l, e la te d , risin g fro m h is seat w ith his friends, h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , d e p a rted k eep in g h is r igh t side to w a rd s him . T h e n D e v a d a tta , h a v in g en tered R a ja g a h a w ith his friends, ta u g h t th e people b y m eans o f th e five item s, sa y in g : “ W e, friends, h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed th e recluse G o ta m a , asked fo r five item s, sa y in g : ‘ L o rd , th e L o rd in m a n y a figure speaks in praise o f d esirin g litt le . , . w h o ev er sh ould eat fish and flesh, sin w o u ld b esm irch h im .' T h e recluse G o ta m a does not a llo w these five item s, b u t w e liv e u n d e rta k in g th ese five item s." || 15 ||

T hose people w h o w ere th ere o f li t t le fa ith , n o t b eliev in g , w h o were o f poor in telligen ce, th ese sp ok e th u s : “ T h ese recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s are p u n ctilio u s, are exp u n gers (of evil), b u t th e recluse G o ta m a is fo r ab u n d a n ce a n d str iv e s a fte r ab u n d an ce.” B u t th o se people [197] w h o h a d ’fa ith an d w ere believing, w h o w ere w ise a n d in te lligen t, th ese lo o k ed dow n upon, criticised , sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ H o w can th isD e v a d a tta go fo rw a rd w ith a sch ism in th e L o rd 's O rd er, w ith a b reak in g o f th e co n cord ? " M onks h e a rd th ese people w h o , . . sp read i t a b o u t. T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks . . . spread it a b o u t, sa y in g :

" H o w can th is D e v a d a tta g o fo rw a rd w ith a sch ism in th e Order, a b re a k in g of th e co n cord ? " T h e n th ese m o n ks to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id ;

1 C f. V in . i. 238 ( B .D . iv . 3 2 5 ).

278 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" Is it tru e , as is sa id , th a t y o u , D e v a d a tta , w en t fo rw a rd w ith a sch ism in th e O rd er, a b re a k in g of th e co n cord ? ”

" I t is tru e. L o rd .”" E n o u g h , D e v a d a tta , do not le t th ere be a sch ism in th e

O rder, fo r a sch ism in th e O rd er is a serious m a tte r ,1 D e v a d a tta . W h o ever, D e v a d a tta , sp lits an O rd er th a t is u n ite d , he sets u p d em erit th a t endures fo r an aeon ;a h e is b o iled in h ell fo r an aeon ; b u t w h o ever, D e v a d a tta , u n ites an O r d e r 'th a t is sp lit, he sets u p su b lim e3 m erit, he re jo ices in h e a v e n fo r an aeon. E n o u g h , D e v a d a tta , do n o t le t th ere b e a sch ism in th e O rder, fo r a sch ism in th e O rd er is a serious m a tte r , D e v a d a tta .”111611

T h en th e ven era b le A n a n d a ,4 h a v in g dressed in th e m orning, ta k in g h is b o w l an d robe, en tered R a ja g a h a fo r alm sfood. D e v a d a tta sa w th e v en era b le A n a n d a w a lk in g in R a ja g a h a fo r a lm sfood ; seein g h im , he a p p ro a ch e d th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a ; h a v in g approach ed , he sp o k e th u s to th e v en era b le A n a n d a : “ N o w from th is d a y fo rth w ill I , reveren d A n a n d a , c a rry out O b servan ce b o th in co n tra d istin ctio n t o 5 th e L o rd an d in co n tra d istin ctio n to th e O rd er of m o n ks a n d w ill (so) c a r ry out (form al) a cts o f th e O rd er .” 6 T h e n th e v en era b le A n a n d a , h a v in g w a lk ed in R a ja g a h a fo r a lm sfood , on retu rn in g from th e a lm sroun d, a fte r h is m eal, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e ven erab le A n a n d a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd :

" J u st now , L o rd , I , h a v in g d ressed in th e m orning, ta k in g m y bow l a n d robe, en te red R a ja g a h a fo r a lm sfood . D e v a d a tta , L o rd , sa w m e w a lk in g in R a ja g a h a fo r a lm s fo o d ; seein g m e, he cam e u p ; h a v in g com e u p , he sp ok e th u s to m e : ‘ N o w from th is d a y fo rth w ill I , . , (so) c a r r y out (form al) a cts of th e O rd er .’ 6 T o -d a y , L o rd , D e v a d a tta w ill sp lit th e O rd er.” 7

1 Q u o te d a t V in . i . 15 0 .* k a p p a tth ik a . B u t V A . 1 2 7 6 s a y s t h a t k a p p a is d y u k a p p a , “ f o r th e

d u r a t io n o f l i f e .”3 brahm a = seiih a , V A . 12 7 6 .4 T h is e p is o d e a ls o a p p e a r s a t U d . V . 8 a n d D h A . iii* 15 4 .* a ftn a tr ’ eva.* sa n ghaka m m am . U d . V . 8 r e a d s -k a m m a n i.

a d d in g “ a n d w ill c a r r y o u t O b s e r v a n c e a n d (fo rm a l) a c t s o f th e

3.17— 4 0 ] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 279

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th is m a tte r , a t th a t tim e u ttered th is u tte ra n ce :

“ E a s y is go o d fo r th e go od , go od fo r th e e v il is h ard .E v il for th e e v il is easy, e v il fo r th e n o b le ones is h a rd .''1

I I17 II 3 II

T o ld is th e Seco n d P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g . [198]

T h en D e v a d a tta on th a t O b serva n ce d a y risin g from h is seat gave out vo tin g t ic k e ts ,2 sa y in g : “ W e , y o u r reverences, h a v in g approached th e recluse G o ta m a , asked fo r five ite m s .3 . . . T h e recluse G o ta m a does n o t a llo w th ese, b u t w e liv e u n d er­ta k in g these five item s. I f th ese five item s are p leasin g to the venerable ones, le t each one ta k e a v o tin g t ic k e t .”

N o w a t th a t tim e as m a n y as five h u n d red m onks, V a jjis of V esali, w ere n ew ly ord ain ed and were not p ro p erly versed ;4 and these, th in k in g : " T h is is th e rule, th is is d iscip lin e, th is is th e T e a c h e r 's in stru c tio n / ' to o k v o tin g tick ets . T h en D e v a d a tta , h a v in g sp lit th e O rder, set o u t for G a y a H ead tak in g as m a n y as th e five h u n d red m on ks. T h e n S a rip u tta and M o g g allan a5 ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap proached , h av in g g ree te d th e L o rd , th e y sa t dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, th e ven erab le S a rip u tta sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " D e v a d a tta , L o rd , h a v in g split th e O rder, is se ttin g o u t fo r G a y a H e a d w ith as m a n y as five h un dred m onks/*

“ C an there n o t be fo r y o u , S a r ip u tta a n d M o ggallan a ,6 com passion for th ese n e w ly o rd ain ed m on ks ? G o y o u along, S a rip u tta and M o ggallan a, before th ese m onks fa ll in to trouble and d istress."

" V e r y w ell, L o rd ,” an d S a r ip u tta a n d M o ggallan a h a v in g answ ered th e L o rd in assen t, risin g fro m th e ir sea ts, h a v in g greeted the L o rd , k eep in g th e ir r ig h t sid es to w a rd s him ,

1 C f . D h p . 16 3 , a s c r ib e d b y D J iA . i i i . 1 5 4 t o t h is o c c a s io n .* salaka. M e th o d o f a p p o in t in g d is t r ib u t o r o f v o t in g t i c k e t s la id d o w n

a t C V . I V . 9, 10. O n p ro c e s s t o b e fo llo w e d w h e n v o t in g b y t ic k e t see C V . I V . 14. 26 . T h is in c id e n t is b r ie f ly r e c o u n te d a t D h A . i. 14 2 —3.

8 A s a t C V . V I I . 3. 14 . 15 .4 apakataHnuno, o r , d id n o t k n o w w h a t h a d b e e n a p p o in t e d ; c f. V in . i v .

112, 143*0 S5.riputtamoggaIlS.n5.. " T h e v e n e r a b le *’ is not u s e d in s u c h cases*• S&riputta.

28o B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

ap p ro a ch ed G a y a H ead . N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m on k w as sta n d in g w eep in g not fa r from th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd sp ok e th u s to th a t m on k : " W h y are y o u , m o n k, w eep in g ? ”

“ E v e n those, L o rd , w h o are th e L o rd 's c h ie f d iscip les— S a rip u tta a n d M o g g a lla n a — even these are go in g to D e v a d a tta a p p ro v in g o f D e v a d a tta 's dham m a / '

" T h is is n o t p ossib le, m o n k, it c a n n o t com e to p ass th a t S a rip u tta an d M o ggallan a sh o u ld a p p ro v e D e v a d a tta 's dhamma. T h e y h a v e m e re ly gone so as to co n v in ce th e m o n k s/ '1 || x [[

N o w at th a t tim e D e v a d a tta , su rrou n d ed b y th e large c o m p a n y , w a s te a ch in g dhamma s itt in g d ow n. T h e n D e v a d a tta sa w S a r ip u tta an d M o ggallan a co m in g in th e d is ta n ce ; seein g th em , he ad dressed th e m on ks, s a y in g : “ Y o u see, m onks,h o w w ell ta u g h t is dhamma b y m e th a t eve n these w h o are th e recluse G o ta m a 's ch ie f d iscip les— S a rip u tta a n d M o ggallan a — th a t even th ese are co m in g to m e a p p ro v in g of m y dham m a.'* W h en he h ad sp ok en th u s K o k a lik a sp o k e th u s to D e v a d a tta :

" R e v e re n d D e v a d a tta , do n o t p u t y o u r tru st in S a rip u tta an d M oggallan a, [199] S a r ip u tta a n d M o ggallan a h a v e e v il desires an d are u n d er th e in fluence o f e v il d esires.” 2

" E n o u g h , y o u r reveren ce, let us g iv e a w elcom e to these since th e y a p p ro v e o f m y dham m a .” T h e D e v a d a tta in v ited th e ven era b le S a r ip u tta to h a lf his se a t, sa y in g : " Com e,reveren d S a r ip u tta , sit h e ro .”

" N o, y o u r re v e ren ce ,” a n d th e v en era b le S a r ip u tta , h a v in g ta k e n a n o th e r seat, sa t d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce ; an d th e ven erab le M o ggallan a too, h a v in g ta k e n a n o th e r se a t, sa t dow n at a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. T h e n D e v a d a tta , h a v in g g lad d en ed , re jo iced , rou sed , d e lig h te d th e m o n ks fa r in to th e n ig h t w ith ta lk on dham m a , a sk e d 3 th e v en era b le S a rip u tta , s a y in g :

c< T h e O rd er o f m on ks, re ve ren d S a r ip u tta , is w ith o u t slo th o r drow siness ; m a y a ta lk on dhamma o c cu r to 4 y o u , reveren d S a rip u tta , fo r th e m o n ks. M y b a c k ach es a n d I w ill stre tch i t .” 5___________________________________________________

1 b h ik k h u s a n n a itiy d . C f . s a m e e x p r e s s io n a t C V . X I I . 2. 8. C f . g ih is a n fta tt a t S . i. 19 9 , t r a n s la t e d a t K . S . i. 2 54 “ im p a r t in g m a t t e r s t o t h e la i t y a n d e x p la n a t io n a t S A . i. 2 9 2 , K . S . i . 2 5 4 , n . 1 . A ls o c f. A . i . 7 5 .

1 Q u o t e d a t D h A . i. 1 4 3 .* a jjh e s i , a s a t M V . V * 13. 9.4 p atib h & tu , a s a t M V . V . 18. 9 a n d s e e n o t e a t B . D . i v . 2 6 4, n . 1 .* C f . M+ i* 3 54 , w h e r e th e s e s a m e w o r d s a r e a s c r ib e d t o G o ta m a .

4 .2- 4] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 28l

“ V e r y w ell, y o u r re v e re n c e / ' th e ven era b le S a rip u tta answ ered D e v a d a tta in assen t. T h e n D e v a d a tta , h a v in g la id d ow n his o u ter c lo a k fo ld ed n v fo u r , la y dow n to sleep on his righ t sid e ,1 a n d as he w as tired , fo rg etfu l an d in a tte n tiv e , he fell asleep th a t v e r y m om en t, |( 2 ||

T h e n th e ven erab le S a r ip u tta e xh o rted , in stru cted th e m on ks w ith dham m a-talk b y m eans o f an in stru ctio n on th e w onders o f th o u g h t-re a d in g ;£ th e v en era b le M oggallan a exh o rted , in stru cted th e m on ks w ith dham m a-talk b y m eans o f an in stru ctio n on th e w ond ers o f p sych ic pow er. T h en as th e m onks w ere b ein g exh o rted , in stru cte d b y th e ven erab le S a rip u tta w ith dham m a-talk b y m eans o f an in stru ction on th e w onders o f th o u g h t-re a d in g ; w ere b e in g ex h o rte d , in stru cted b y th e ven era b le M o g g allan a w ith dham m a-talk b y m eans of an in stru ctio n on th e w onders o f p sych ic pow er, dhamma- v ision , dustless, stain less, arose to th em , th a t “ w h a te v e r is of th e n atu re to uprise a ll th a t is o f th e n a tu re to s to p / ' T h en th e ven era b le S a r ip u tta ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : " W e are goin g, y o u r reveren ces, to th e L o rd . W h o e v e r a p p ro ve s o f th is L o rd 's dhamma, le t h im com e a lo n g ." T h e n S a rip u tta and M o ggallan a, ta k in g those five h u n d red m on ks, ap p ro ach ed th e B a m b o o G ro ve . T h e n K o k a lik a w a k en ed D e v a d a tta , sa y in g : " W a k e u p ,3 reveren d D e v a d a tta , those m on ks h a v e been le d a w a y b y S a rip u tta an d M oggallan a. N o w , d id I n ot s a y to y o u , reveren d D e v a d a tta , * R e v e re n d D e v a d a tta , do not p u t y o u r tru st in S a r ip u tta an d M oggallan a, S a r ip u tta and M oggallan a h a v e e v il desires an d are u n d er th e in fluence of e v il desires ' ? " T h e n a t th a t v e r y p la ce h o t b lo o d issued from D e v a d a tta 's m o u th .4 || 3 ||

T h e n S a r ip u tta a n d M o g g allan a a p p ro a ch ed the L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , th e y sat d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s th e y w ere s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e v en era b le [200] S a r ip u tta sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : ' ' I t w ere w ell, L o rd , i f th e m o n ks w h o w ere p artisan s o f th e sch ism atics co u ld b e o rd ain ed a g a in ."

1 Cf. M. i. 3 54 . B u t h e re G o ta m a lie s d o w n m in d fu l a n d c ir c u m s p e c t .9 A m o n g t h e t h r e e " w o n d e rs ** m e n t io n e d a t A . i. 17 0 — 1 , D . i . 2 1 2 - 4

a n d e x p la in e d a t b o t h p a s s a g e s . Cf. A. v . 3 2 7 .a Q u o te d a t D h A . i. 14 3 .4 T h e s a m e is re c o rd e d o f S a f l ja y a a t M V . I . 24. 3.

282 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ B e ca refu l, S a r ip u tta , a b o u t a n y reord in atio n of m on ks w h o w ere p a rtisa n s o f th e sch ism atics. B u t do y o u , S a rip u tta , m ak e th e m on ks w h o w ere p a rtisa n s o f th e sch ism atics confess a g ra v e offence. B u t w h a t line o f co n d u ct, S a r ip u tta , d id D e v a d a tta fo llo w in rega rd to y o u ? ”

“ E v e n , L o rd , as th e L o rd , h a v in g g la d d en e d , re jo iced , roused, d e lig h ted m on ks w ith dhamma-tBXk fa r in to th e n ig h t, he asked m e : ' T h e O rd er o f m o n ks, S a r ip u tta , is w ith o u tsloth or drow siness, m a y a ta lk on dhamma o ccu r to yo u , S a rip u tta , fo r th e m on ks. M y b a c k aches a n d I w ill stre tch it . ' J u st th is, L o rd , w as th e lin e o f c o n d u ct w h ich D e v a d a tta fo llo w ed .” 1| 4 ||

T h e n th e L o rd ad dressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : “ F o r m e r ly ,1 m onks, th ere w a s a g re a t p o n d in a stre tch of fo rest ; b u ll e leph an ts liv e d n ear it a n d th ese, h a v in g p lu n g ed in to th a t p o n d ,2 h a v in g tu g g ed o u t th e lo tu s fibres a n d sta lk s w ith th e ir tru n k s, h a v in g w ash ed th em w ell, an d h a v in g ch ew ed th em free o f m ud, sw allo w ed th em . T h u s th ere cam e to be fo r th em b o th b e a u ty an d stren g th , a n d n ot fo r th is reason did th e y in cu r d e a th or su fferin g lik e u n to d e a th . B u t, m on ks, am on g th ese g re a t b u ll e lep h an ts w ere y o u n g e lep h a n t ca lves an d these, im ita tin g th em , h a v in g p lu n g ed in to th a t pond, h a v in g tu g g ed o u t th e lo tu s fibres an d s ta lk s w ith th e ir tru n k s, b u t n ot h a v in g w ash ed th em w ell, h a v in g ch ew ed th em w ith th e m ud, sw a llo w ed th em . T h u s th ere cam e to be fo r th em n eith er b e a u ty n or stren g th , a n d fo r th is reason th e y in cu rred d e ath or su fferin g lik e u n to d e a th . L ik ew ise , m on ks, D e v a ­d a tta w ill d ie, a w retch ed crea tu re , c o p y in g m e.

" W h ile th e g re a t b e a s t3 is sh a k in g th e earth , g ra zin g onlo tu s sta lk s, k eep in g a le rt am o n g th e w a ters-------

C o p y in g m e, th e w retch ed crea tu re w ill d ie, lik e a c a lf h a v in g eaten m ire, || 5 ]|

“ M onks, a m on k w h o is possessed o f e ig h t q u alities is fit to go a m essag e .4 W h a t are th e e ig h t ? H erein , m on ks, a

1 A s a t S', i i. 269.2 C f. V in , i . 2 1 4 —5 .* tn akavard ha , w h ic h a s p o in t e d o u t a t V in . T e x ts i i i . 2 6 1 , n . 1 c a n a ls o

m e a n a b o a r .4 duteyyam gantum arahati. T h is p a r a g r a p h r e c u r s a t A . iv . 19 6 . C f.

t h e q u a lit ie s o f a m e ss e n g e r , data , a t M a n u , 7 . 63 a n d fT. A ls o see D . i. 5 , 8 w h e r e i t is h e ld b y s o m e o r d in a r y p e o p le t h a t G o ta m a a b s t a in s fr o m s e n d in g m e ss a g e s a n d g o in g o n th e m .

4.6-7] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 283

m onk is a h earer a n d one w h o m akes oth ers h ear an d a learn er and an in stru c to r an d a k n o w er an d a n exp o u n d er a n d one sk illed in (recognising) c o n fo rm ity an d n o n -co n fo rm ity1 and not a m a k e r o f q u arrels. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f these e ig h t q u a lities he is fit to go a m essage. M onks, becau se he is possessed o f th ese e igh t q u a lities , S a r ip u tta is fit to go a m essage. W h a t a re th e e ig h t ? H erein , m onks, S a r ip u tta is a learn er . . . a n d not a m a k er o f qu arrels. [201] M onks, because S a r ip u tta is possessed o f these e ig h t q u a litie s he is fit to go a m essage.

“ W h o , to som e h igh assem bled co u n cil com e,W a v e rs n o t, n o r in d iscourse fa ils, n or hides T h e tea ch in g , n o r sp e a k s2 in d o u b tfu ln ess,3A n d w h o, b ein g qu estion ed , is n o t a g ita te d ------A m on k like th is is fit to go a m essage. || 6 ||

“ M onks, D e v a d a tta ,4 overcom e a n d his m in d co n tro lled b y eight w ro n g co n d itio n s ,5 is d oom ed to th e D o w n fa ll,6 to N ira y a H e ll,6 s ta y in g th ere fo r a n aeon, in cu ra b le .7 W h a t e igh t ? D e v a d a tta , m on ks, o vercom e a n d his m in d co n tro lled b y g a in 8 is doom ed to th e D o w n fa ll . . . in cu rab le . D e v a d a tta , m onks, o vercom e a n d his m in d co n tro lled b y la c k o f g a in . . . b y fam e . . . b y la c k o f fam e . . . b y honours . . . b y la ck -o f honours . . . b y e v il desire . . . b y e v il frien d sh ip is d oom ed to th e D o w n fa ll . . . in cu rab le . M onks, D e v a d a tta , o vercom e a n d his m ind co n tro lled b y th ese e ig h t w ro n g con d itio n s is doom ed to th e D o w n fa ll, to N ir a y a H ell, s ta y in g th ere fo r a n aeon, incurable.

1 I c o p y t h e n o t e a t G .S . iv . 13 5 : sahitdsakita ; cf. D . i. 8 , A . ii . 13 8 ; Dial. i. 14 , n . 6 . S o m e o f t h e s e te r m s r e c u r a t D . i. 5 6 . C f. S .B .E . X X I , 352 f . fo r w h a t m a y b e t h e M a h a y a n a v e r s io n o f t h is s u t t a .

8 akkhdti. A . i v . 19 6 r e a d s bhanati.8 asandiddho. A . i v . 19 6 r e a d s asanditthan, b u t A A . iv . 10 6 h a s

asandiddkam w h ic h i t g lo s s e s a s vigatasantsayant, w it h o u t d o u b ts . V A . 12 7 6 re a d s asandittko ca akkhdti ti nissandeho hutvd akkhdtd anusandkivasena yoyetvd. A t M iln . 2 9 5 sandeka o c c u r s , m e a n in g “ d o u b t.** A t D A . 282 sandiddha o c c u rs w ith tt.l. sandittha. S e e G .S. iv . 13 5 , n . 4 .

4 D o w n t o ** t h u s i t is t h a t y o u , m o n k s , s h o u ld t r a in 99 = A . i v . 16 0 —1 .* asaddhantntehi. S e e Vin. Texts i ii . 2 6 2 , n . 2 .6 apdyika nerayika. S e e V in . Texts ii i . 2 6 2, n . 3.7 T h is q u a r t e t o f w o r d s o c c u r s r t A . i i i . 402, i v . 16 0 , M . i . 3 9 3 a ls o in c o n n e c ­

t io n w ith D e v a d a t t a . V A . 1 2 7 6 s a y s “ n o w i t is n o t p o s s ib le t o c u r e h im e v e n w ith a th o u s a n d B u d d h a s .”

* G a in , la c k o f g a in , fa m e , la c k o f fa m e a r e fo u r o f t h e e ig h t w o r ld ly c o n d itio n s m e n tio n e d a t D . i ii . 260 , A . i i . 18 8 , i v . 1 5 7 .

284 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" M onks, it is w ell th a t a m o n k sh o u ld liv e c o n sta n tly o ve r­co m in g ga in 1 th a t h as arisen , la c k o f g a in th a t h a s arisen, fam e th a t h as arisen , la c k o f fa m e th a t h as arisen , honours th a t h a v e arisen , la c k o f h on ours th a t h as arisen , e v il d esire th a t h a s arisen , e v il frien d sh ip th a t h as arisen . A n d w h y , m onks, fo r w h a t g o o d p urpose sh o u ld a m o n k liv e c o n s ta n tly o verco m in g g a in . . . e v il fr ien d sh ip th a t h as arisen ? M onks, i f a m o n k liv e n o t c o n s ta n tly o v e rco m in g g a in th a t h as arisen , th e can kers, th a t are d e stru c tiv e a n d co n su m in g ,3 m a y arise , b u t i f he liv e s c o n s ta n tly o v e rco m in g g a in th a t h as arisen , th en it fo llo w s th a t th e ca n k ers, th a t are d e stru c tiv e an d con su m in g, w ill n o t b e in h im . . . i f he liv e s c o n s ta n tly o verco m in g e v il frien d sh ip th a t h as arisen , th en it fo llow s th a t th e can kers, d e stru c tiv e a n d con sum in g, w ill n o t b e in him .

" I t is fo r th is go o d p u rp o se, m o n ks, th a t a m o n k sh ould live c o n sta n tly o verco m in g g a in th a t h as arisen . . . e v il frien d ship th a t h as arisen . W h erefo re , m o n ks, sa y in g , ' W e w ill liv e c o n s ta n tly o v e rco m in g g^in th a t h a s arisen . . . e v il frien d sh ip th a t h as arisen *— th u s it is th a t y o u , m on ks, sh o u ld tr a in .3

“ M onks, [202] D e v a d a tta ,4 o ve rco m e a n d his m in d co n tro lled b y th ree w ro n g co n d itio n s, is d o om ed to th e D o w n fa ll, to N ira y a H ell, s ta y in g th ere fo r an aeo n , in cu rab le . W h a t th ree ? E v il desire, e v il frien d sh ip , th e co m in g to a h a lt m id w a y in his career b ecau se h is sp ecia l a tta in m e n ts are o f tr iflin g v a lu e .5 M onks, a m o n k w h o is o verco m e . . . b y th ese th ree w ro n g co n d itio n s is . . . in cu rab le .II 7 II

" N e v e r6 le t a n yo n e o f e v il desires arise in th e w o r ld ;A n d k n o w it b y th is ; as th e b o u rn o f th o se o f e v il desires.

1 A ls o see D . i. 8 w h e r e a n o r d in a r y m a n w o u ld s a y t h a t G o t a m a a b s t a in s fr o m a v a r ic io u s ly a d d in g g a in t o g a in , o r b e n e fit t o b e n e fit .

1 A s a t A . i i . 1 9 7 ; M . i . 9 .• V e r s io n a t A . iv . 16 0 —1 s to p s h e re .4 R e s t o f t h is p a r a g r a p h a n d t h e w h o le o f t h e n e x t ( th e v e r s e s ) g iv e n a ls o

a t I i . p . 8 5 ff.■ C f. A . v . 1 5 7 , 16 4 , D , i i . 78 .• T h e s e v e r s e s o c c i;r a ls o a t I i . p . 8 5 —6 . S e e W o o d w a r d 's t r a n s la t io n

a n d n o te s a t M i n , A n th . I I . p . 1 7 7 —8.

4.8— 5.x] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 285

K n o w n as ‘ sa g e / 1 h e ld as f one w ho m ad e th e se lf becom e/ D e v a d a tta sto o d sh in in g as w ith fam e— I h ea rd te ll.H e, fa llin g in to reck lessn ess,2 a ssailin g th e T ru th -fin d er ,3 A tta in e d A v ic i H e ll,4 fou r-doored , fr ig h tfu l.F o r he w h o w o u ld in ju re one w ith o u t h a tre d , not d oin g

an e v il d eed------T h a t e v il to u ch es o n ly h im o f m in d o f h a te , co n te m p tu o u s .5W h o sh ou ld th in k to p o llu te th e sea w ith p o t o f poison------H e w o u ld not p o llu te it w ith th a t, fo r sublime® is th e

g re a t ocean.S o he w h o w ith a b u se 7 a fflicts th e T ru th -fin d er W h o h as r ig h t ly gone, his m in d tra n q u il— on him th e abuse

h as no effect.A w ise m an sh o u ld m a k e a frien d o f such a one a n d fo llo w

him ,A m o n k fo llo w in g th e w a y of h im 8 sh o u ld a ch iev e d estru c­

tio n o f i l l/ ' || 8 || 4 ||

T h en th e v en era b le U p a li ap p ro ach ed th e L o r d , h a v in g approach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n at a resp ect­fu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e ven erab le U p a li sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , as to th e w ords : D issension in an O rd er,9 d issension in an O rder — to w h a t e x te n t, L o rd , is th ere d issension in an O rd er b u t not schism in an O rd er ? A n d th en to w h a t e x te n t is th ere dissension in an O rd er as w ell as sch ism in a n O rd er ? ”

1 C f . 5 . i . 6 5 .* so p a m d d a m a n u c in n o . I f A , i i . 10 0 —1 s a y s " D e v a d a t t a , s a y in g ' I a m

th e a w a k e n e d o n e ,' a n d s o o n , n o t k n o w in g h is o w n m e a s u r e (atta no p a m d n a m a jd n itv d ) ** fa l l in g in t o re c k le s s n e s s (o r p e r h a p s 'e r r o r / p a m d d a m d p a jja n to ) a s t o h im s e lf a s a n a w a k e n e d o n e , s a id , ' N o w I w i l l b e c o m e a n a w a k e n e d o n e , I w ill le a d t h e O r d e r o f m o n k s / '

9 d s a jja tarn (or n a m ) ta ihdg aiam . T e x t r e a d s d s a jja n a ffi , b u t S in h . a n dS ia m . e d n s . h a v e d s a jja tarn. I t A . i i. 1 0 1 e x p la in s a s dsadetva vihethetvd,h a v in g a s s a ile d ( in s u lte d , o ffe n d e d ) , h a v in g a n n o y e d .

1 D e s c r ib e d a t A . i. 1 4 1 .8 T h is re s e m b le s D h p . 1 2 5 .* H e a d in g bhesm d w ith S in h . a n d S ia m , e d n s ., V A . 1 2 7 7 a n d I t A . i i . 10 1 ,

in ste a d o f t e x t 's bhasm d a n d I t . ta sm d. B h e s m d m e a n s a w fu l , te r r ib le , a n d h e n c e m a y b e t a k e n a s s u b lim e .

7 vadena. I t A . ii. 10 1 e x p la in s b y d o sen a , a n g e r , h a t r e d .s y a ssa m aggdnugo b h ik k h u .9 sa ftg h a rd ji. C f . V in . iv . 3 7 , 12 8 , 1 5 3 , 2 1 7 , V h b A . 428, a n d D u t t , E a r ly

B u d . M o n a c h is m , p . 19 3 ft . O t h e r e x p r e s s io n s f o r d iffe r e n c e s in th e O rd e r o ccu r a t e .g . V in . i. 3 3 9 . T h e r e is a ls o cukka bheda, *' b r e a k in g o f t h e c o n c o rd ,* ' a s a t V in . iii. 1 7 1 , a n d a b o v e C V . V I I . 8. 14 .

286 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ I f , U p ali, th ere is one o n one s id e 1 a n d tw o on a n o th er2 an d if a fo u rth 3 sp eaks o u t4 a n d offers a v o tin g tic k e t, sa y in g ■; ‘ T h is is th e ru le, th is is d iscip lin e, th is is th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru c­tio n , ta k e th is (v o tin g tic k e t) , a p p ro v e o f th is '— this, U p ali, is dissension in an O rd er b u t n o t sch ism in a n Order*

" I f , U p ali, th ere are tw o on one sid e a n d tw o on a n o th er an d if a fifth sp eaks o u t . . . tw o on one sid e an d th ree on an o th er an d if a s ix th sp ea k s o u t . . . th ree on one side a n d th ree on an o th er an d if a se v e n th sp ea k s o u t . . . th ree on one side a n d fo u r on a n o th e r an d if an e ig h th sp ea k s o u t an d offers a v o tin g tic k e t, sa y in g : ' T h is is th e ru le , th is is d iscip ­line, th is is th e T e a c h e r 's in stru ctio n , ta k e th is (v o tin g tick et), a p p ro ve o f th is *— th is, U p ali, is d issension in a n O rd er b u t n o t schism in an O rd er. [203]

“ If, U p ali, th ere a re fo u r on one side a n d fo u r on a n o th er an d a n in th sp ea k s o u t . . . th is, U p a li, is d issension in an O rd er as w ell as sch ism in an O rd er. D issen sion in an O rd er, U p ali, as w ell as sch ism in a n O rd er is (due to th ere being) n ine or m ore th a n n in e .6 U p ali, a nun d oes n o t sp lit an O rd er even if she goes fo rw a rd w ith a sch ism 6 . . . a p ro b atio n er . . . a n o v ice . . . a w o m an n o v ice . . . a la y fo llo w e r . . . a w om an la y fo llo w e r does n o t sp lit a n O rd er even if she goes fo rw a rd w ith a schism . O n ly a re g u la r m on k, U p ali, be lo n gin g to th e sam e com m un ion , s ta y in g w ith in th e sam e b o u n d a ry , sp lits an O rd e r/ ' || i ||

“ L o rd , as to th e w ord s :7 S ch ism in a n O rd er, sch ism in an O rd er— to w h a t e x te n t, L o rd , ca n a n O rd er becom e sp lit ? ”

" A s to th is, U p a li, m o n ks e x p la in non-dhanima as dham m a , th e y e xp la in dhamma as n o n-dham m a, th e y e x p la in non­discip lin e as d iscip lin e, th e y e x p la in d iscip lin e as non-discip line, th e y e x p la in w h a t w as n o t sp o k en , not u tte re d b y th e T ru th - finder as sp oken , u tte re d b y th e T ru th -fin d er, th e y e x p la in

1 V A . 1 2 7 7 , " i f there is one on th e side (or in th e faction or party) of dbaM -im a-speakers.”

* V A . 1 2 7 7 , *' on th e side of n o n -d h a m m a speakers."* V A . 1 2 7 7 , " if there is a fourth, a n o n -d h a m m a speaker, who thinks

' I will split the Order V '4 a n u ssa v eti, not here I think in th e technical sense of m aking a

proclam ation. V A . 1 2 7 7 says, " fawning, he announces, sa ved* T hus for a schism to occur a t least nine m onks m ust break off from

the main bod y of the Order.a Cf. V in . i. 151.7 C f . A . V . 73, 75 .

w h at w as sp oken , u tte red b y th e T ru th -fin d er as n o t spoken, not u ttered b y th e T ru th -fin d er, th e y e x p la in w h a t w a s not practised b y th e T ru th -fin d er as p ra ctised b y th e T ru th -fin d er, th e y e x p la in w h a t w as p ractised b y th e T ru th -fin d er as n ot p ra ctised b y th e T ru th -fin d er, th e y e x p la in w h a t w as not la id d ow n b y th e T ru th -fin d er as la id d o w n b y th e T ru th -fin d er, th e y e x p la in w h a t w as la id d ow n b y th e T ru th -fin d er as not la id d ow n b y th e T ru th -fin d er, th e y e x p la in w h a t is no offence as an offence, th e y e x p la in an offence as no offence, th e y e x p la in a slig h t offence as a serious offence, th e y e xp la in a serious offence as a s lig h t offence, th e y e x p la in a n offence th a t ca n be done a w a y w ith as an offence th a t ca n n o t be done a w a y w ith , th e y e x p la in a n offence th a t ca n n o t be done a w a y w ith as an offence th a t can be done a w a y w ith , th e y e x p la in a b ad offence as not a b a d offence, th e y e x p la in n ot a b a d offence as a b ad offen ce .1 T h ese, in rega rd to these eigh teen p o in ts d raw a w a y a n d sep a ra te (a co m p a n y),2 th e y c a rry o u t a se p a ra te3 O b serva n ce , th e y c a r ry out a sep arate In v ita tio n , th e y c a rry o u t a sep a ra te (form al) a ct o f th e O rder. T o th is e x ten t, U p a li, does an O rd er becom e s p lit/ ’ || 2 ||

‘ L o rd , as to th e w ords :4 H a rm o n y in a n O rder, h a rm o n y in an O rd er— to w h a t e x te n t, L o rd , does an O rd er com e to be harm onious ? ”

" A s t o th is, U p a li, m on ks e x p la in non -dham m a as non- dham m ay th e y e x p la in dham m a as dham m a . . . th e y e x p la in not a b ad offence as n o t a b a d offence. T h ese , in regard to these eigh teen po in ts, do n ot d ra w a w a y , do n o t sep a ra te (a co m p a n y), th e y do n o t c a rry o u t a se p a ra te O b servan ce, th e y do not c a rry o u t a sep arate In v ita tio n , th e y do n ot c a rry out a sep arate (form al) a c t o f th e O rd er. T o th is e x te n t, U p ali, an O rd er com es to be h a rm o n io u s/ ' || 3 ||

" B u t, L o rd ,5 h a v in g split® a n O rd er th a t w as harm onious, w h at does h e set u p ? ”

5.2- 4]__________C U L L A V A G G A V I I ____________287

1 A s a t M V . X . 5 . 4, 5 ; C V . IV . 14. 2. Cf. A. i, 19-20.a Oldenberg’s te x t reads a p a k a sa n ti a v a p a k a sa n ti, which V A . 1280

interprets : th ey draw over a com pany, extract it (v ija te n ti) and set it up (u ssa d en ti) on one side. T h e y m ake it w idely known th a t th e y are separated.A . v. 74, 75 reads a v a ka ssa n ti v a v a k a ssa n ti (with v .l .) . Cf. A . iii. 145.

3 d v en i. V A . 1280 gives visu tn .4 Cf, A . v . 74, 76.6 Cf. A. v . 75.0 bhinditvd. A . v. 75 reads bhetvd w ith v. U. chptvd, bhinditvd.

288 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ N o w , U p a li, h a v in g sp lit a n O rd er th a t w as harm onious, he sets u p d em erit th a t en d ures fo r an aeon a n d he is boiled in hell fo r an aeon.1 [204]

A sch ism atic in th e O rd er, d oom ed to th e D o w n fa ll, to N ira y a H ell fo r a n aeon,

T o d ish a rm o n y p ron e, sta n d in g on n o n -dhamma, fa lls a w a y from peace from bon d age.

H a v in g sp lit an harm on iou s O rd er, he boils fo r an aeon in h e ll.” 8

“ B u t, L o rd ,2 h a v in g u n ited an O rd er th a t w as sp lit, w h a t does he set u p ? ”

“ N ow , U p a li, h a v in g u n ited a n O rd er th a t w as sp lit, he sets u p sublim e m erit a n d he rejo ices in h e a v e n fo r an aeon.

B lessed is h a rm o n y fo r an O rd er, an d th e frien d o f those w ho are harm onious,

T o h a rm o n y prone, sta n d in g on dham m a , fa lls n o t a w a y from p ea ce from bon d age.

M ak in g a n O rd er harm o n io u s, he rejoices fo r an aeon in h e a v e n / '2 || 4 ||

" N o w , co u ld it n o t be, L o rd , th a t a sch ism a tic in th e O rd er is doom ed to th e D o w n fa ll, to N ira y a H ell, rem ain in g th ere fo r an aeon, in cu rab le ? ”

“ I t co u ld be, U p a li, th a t a sch ism a tic in th e O rd er is d oom ed to th e D o w n fa ll * . . in c u ra b le / '

“ B u t co u ld it be, L o rd , th a t a sch ism a tic in th e O rd er is not doom ed to th e D o w n fa ll, n o t to N ira y a H ell, n o t rem ain in g there fo r a n aeon, n o t in cu rab le ? "

I t co u ld be, U p ali, th a t a sch ism a tic in th e O rd er is not d oom ed to th e D o w n fa ll . * . n o t in c u ra b le / ’

*' B u t w h ich (kind of) sch ism atic in a n O rd er, L o rd is d oom ed to th e D o w n fa ll, to N ira y a H ell, rem ain in g th ere fo r a n aeon, in cu rab le ? ”

" T h is is a case, U p a li, w h ere a m o n k e x p la in s non -dham m a as dhamma ; i f he h a s th e v ie w th a t in th is (exp lan ation ) th ere is non -dham m a, if he h as th e v ie w th a t in sch ism th ere is non-dham m a, m isrep resen tin g opin ion , m isrep resen tin g a p p ro ­v a l, m isrepresen tin g p leasu re , m isrep resen tin g in te n tio n ,3 and

Cf. C V . V II . 8. 16 for m a n y of these expressions.C f . A . v . j t . J *O n these fqur psychological m odalities, see B.D. i. 163. n.

5.5- 6] C U L L A V A G G A V I I 289

if he sp eaks out an d offers a v o tin g t ic k e t, sa y in g : ‘ T h is is rule, th is is d iscip lin e, th is is th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ctio n ; ta k e this (vo tin g tick e t), a p p ro v e of th is '— th is sch ism atic in th e O rder, U p ali, is d oom ed to th e D o w n fa ll, to N ira y a H ell, rem aining th ere fo r an aeon, in curable.

' ‘A n d again , U p ali, i f a m on k e xp la in s non -dham m a as dham m a, if he h as th e v ie w th a t in th is (explanation) there is non-dham m a, if he h as th e v ie w th a t in schism there is dhamma, m isrepresenting opinion . . . incurable,

“ A n d again , U p ali, i f he e xp la in s non -dham m a as dham m a ,

if he h as th e v ie w th a t in th is (exp lan ation ) th ere is non -dham m a, if he is d o u b tfu l as to a schism . . . i f he has the v ie w th a t in th is (explan ation ) th ere is dham m a , i f he has th e v ie w th a t in sch ism th ere is n on -dham m a . . . if he has the v ie w th a t in th is (explan ation ) th ere is dham m a , if he is d o u b tfu l as to a schism . . . i f he is d o u b tfu l as to this (explan ation ), i f he h as th e v ie w th a t in schism there is non- dhamma . . . i f he is d o u b tfu l a s to th is (exp lan ation ), if he has th e v ie w th a t in schism th ere is dhamm a * if he is d o u b tfu l as to th is (exp lan ation ), if he is d o u b tfu l as to a schism , m isrepresenting opin ion . . . in cu ra b le .” || 5 ||

" B u t w h ich (kind of) sch ism atic in th e O rder, L o rd , is not doom ed to th e D o w n fa ll, nor to N ira y a H ell, [205] riot rem ain ­ing there fo r an aeon, not in cu rab le ? ”

0 T h is is a case, U p ali, w h ere a m o n k exp la in s non -dham m a as dhamma ; if h e h as th e v ie w th a t in th is (explanation) there is dham m a, if he h as th e v ie w th a t in schism th ere is dham m a , y e t not m isrepresenting opinion, n o t m isrepresenting a p p ro va l, not m isrepresenting p leasu re, n o t m isrepresenting in ten tion , he sp eaks o u t an d offers a v o tin g tick e t, sa y in g , ' T h is is rule, this is d iscip lin e, th is is th e T e a c h e r ’s in stru ction ; ta k e th is (votin g tick e t) , a p p ro ve o f th is '— even th is sch ism atic in th e O rder, U p ali, is n o t doom ed to th e D o w n fa ll, not doom ed to N ira y a H ell, not rem ain in g there fo r a n aeon, not in cu rable.

" A n d again , U p ali, a m o n k exp la in s dham m a as n o t-dham m a . . . exp la in s a n ot b ad offence as a b ad offence, b u t (although) he h as th e v ie w th a t in th is (exp lan ation ) there is dhamm a the v ie w th a t in schism th ere is dham m a, y e t not m isrepresent­ing opinion . . . n o t in cu ra b le .” || 6 || 5 ||

T o ld is th e T h ird P o rtio n fo r R ep eatin g.L *

2go B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T o ld is th e S even th S ectio n : th a t on Sch ism in an O rder.

T h is is its k e y :

In A n u p iy a , d istin gu ish ed , th e d e lic a te ly n u rtu red one did n ot w a n t to ,

p lough in g, sow ing, le a d in g in , led a w a y , d ig g in g u p and reap in g,

H a rv e stin g , m a k in g in to sto o ks, th resh in g a n d w in n ow in g, siftin g , b rin gin g in,

th e n e x t a n d th e y d o n o t sto p , fa th e rs an d gra n d fath ers. B h a d d iy a , A n u ru d d h a a n d A n a n d a , B h a g u , K im b ila , a n d th e S a k y a n prid e, a t K o sa m b I, he d eclin ed , an d a b o u t

K a k u d h a .H e in form ed a g ain st, a n d a fa th e r 's , b y a m an, N a la g ir i, a tr iad , five , a serious m a tte r , he sp lits , an d a b o u t a g r a v e '

offence,three, e ig h t, three again , d issension, sch ism , r‘ C o u ld it not

b e ? ” [206]

2gi

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd , w as s ta y in g a t S a v a tth I in th e J e ta G ro ve in A n a th a p in d ik a 's m o n astery. N o w a t th a t tim e in com in g m on ks en tered th e m o n astery w ith th e ir sand als on ,1 and th e y en tered th e m o n a stery w ith sunshades u p ,2 an d th e y en tered th e m o n a stery w ith th eir heads m uffled u p ,3 a n d th e y en tered th e m o n a stery h a v in g p u t th e ir robes on th eir heads, an d th e y w ash ed th eir feet in th e d rin k in g w ater, an d th e y did n ot greet th e resident m onks w h o w ere senior nor a sk a b o u t lo d gin gs. A n d a certa in incom ing m on k, h a v in g u n fasten ed th e b o lt4 o f an u n o ccu p ied dw elling-place, h a v in g opened th e d o or,5 en tered h a stily . A snake fe ll on to his sh ould er fro m a lin te l a b o v e ; terrified, he u ttered a c ry o f d istress. M onks, h a v in g run up, sp oke th u s to th a t m on k : “ W h y d id y o u , y o u r reverence, u tte r a c ry o f d istress ? " T h e n th is m o n k to ld th is m a tte r to th e m onks. T h o se w h o w ere m od est m on ks lo o k ed dow n upon, criticised, sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w ca n th ese incom ing m onksen ter a m o n a stery w ith th e ir san d als on . . . nor a sk ab o u t lodgings ? ” T h e n these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ Is it tru e , as is sa id , m onks, th a t in com in g m on ks entered a m o n a stery w ith th e ir sa n d a ls on . . , a n d d id n o t ask ab o u t lodgings ? ”

“ I t is tru e , L o r d ." T h e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd , reb u ked them , sa y in g :

“ H ow , m onks, ca n in com in g m onks en ter a m o n a ste ry w ith their sand als on . . . nor a sk a b o u t lo d gin gs ? I t is not, m onks, fo r p leasin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p leased . . . . H a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , he addressed the m onks, sa y in g :

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) V H I

1 A sign of disrespect, see M V . V . 12 and Sekhiyas 61, 62.* See C V . V . 23. 2.3 See Sekhiyas 23, 67 a t the latter of which " head muffled up *' is defined.* ghaiika, as a t C V . V . 14-. 3, V I . 2. 1. See also Vin. iii. 119.* See B . D . i. 199, n. 3.

292 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, I w ill la y d ow n an o b servan ce1 for incom ing m on ks w h ich sh ould be o b served b y in com in g m onks.

I I1 II" M onks, an in com in g m on k, th in k in g , ‘ I w ill n o w en ter

a m o n a ste ry / [207] h a v in g ta k e n off his san d als, h a v in g p u t th em d o w n ,2 h a v in g b e a ten th em , h a v in g ta k e n th em up (again), h a v in g low ered his su n sh ad e, h a v in g u n co v e red his head, h a v in g p u t h is robe o v e r h is sh o u ld er, sh o u ld en ter th e m o n a stery c a re fu lly an d u n h u rrie d ly .3 W h ile he is en terin g th e m o n astery, he sh ould n o tice w h ere th e resident m onks h a v e w ith d ra w n t o .4 W h e re v e r residen t m o n ks h a v e w ith ­draw n to — w h e th e r to a n a ssem b ly h a ll or to a h u t or to th e root of a tree— h a v in g gone th ere , he sh o u ld p u t d o w n his b o w l a t one side, he sh ould p u t d o w n his robe a t one side, and h a v in g ta k e n a su ita b le se a t he sh o u ld sit d ow n . H e sh o u ld ask a b o u t th e d rin k in g w a te r, he sh ould a sk a b o u t th e w ash in g w a te r— w h ich th e d rin k in g w a te r is, w h ich th e w a sh in g w a ter. I f he w a n ts d rin k in g w a te r , h a v in g ta k e n d rin k in g w a te r he sh ould d rin k ; i f h e w a n ts w ash in g w a te r, h a v in g ta k e n w ash in g w a te r he sh o u ld w a sh his feet. W h en he is w ash in g his feet he sh o u ld sp rin k le w a te r (o ver them ) w ith one h an d and w ash h is feet w ith th e o th e r ; b u t he sh ould not sp rin kle w a te r a n d w a sh his feet w ith one an d th e sam e han d . H a v in g asked fo r a p iece o f c lo th to w ip e his sand als, h e sh ould w ipe th e sand als. W h ile he is w ip in g h is sa n d a ls he sh ould first w ip e th em w ith a d r y p iece o f c lo th , a fte rw a rd s w ith a d am p one ; h a v in g w ash ed th e p ieces o f c lo th fo r w ip in g th e san d als he sh ould s p r e a d 6 th e m on one side. I f a resident m on k is senior he sh o u ld g reet h im ; i f he is n e w ly ordained h e sh ould m ake h im g ree t (him ). H e sh o u ld a sk a b o u t lo d g ­ings, sa y in g : * W h ich lo d g in g p e rta in s to 6 m e ? ' H e sh ould a sk w h eth er it is occu p ied o r u n o ccu p ied . H e sh o u ld ask a b o u t resorts fo r a lm s,7 he sh o u ld a sk a b o u t non-resorts fo r

1 vatta, custom, d u ty, habit.1 n lca tjt katva occurs also a t M V . I . 25. 1 1 , 1 5 ; C V . V I I I . 4. 4 ; 6. 2.* a taram anena as a t V i n . i. 248.* V A . 1281, '* h ave assembled.1'* v issa jjeta b b a ip . V A . 1 2 8 1 , a ttha rita bba m ,* p a p u ztd ti. Cf. C V . V I. 11. 3 ; 21 . 2 for rules for apportioning lodgings.1 gocara. V A . 1281 says ** he should ask abo u t w alking for alm s th u s:

Is the village which gives alms, gocatag a m a , near or far ? M a y one walk for alms early, or during the d ay ? ”

1*2- 3] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 293alm s,1 he should a sk a b o u t th e fam ilies w h ich are agreed upon as learners,2 he should a sk a b o u t th e p riv ies, he sh o u ld a sk a b o u t th e d rin k in g w a te r ,3 he sh o u ld a sk a b o u t th e w a te r for w a sh in g ,3 he sh ould a sk a b o u t a sta ff, he sh ould a sk a b o u t (the form of) th e O rd er's agreem en t, s a y in g : r W h a t tim e sh ould it beentered upon, w h a t tim e sh ould it b e d ep a rted from ? || 2 ||

“ I f th e d w ellin g-p lace is u n o ccu p ied , h a v in g k n o ck ed a t th e door, h a v in g w a ite d a m om en t, h a v in g u n fa sten ed th e b o lt, h a v in g opened th e door, he sh o u ld w a tc h o u t w h ile sta n d in g o u tsid e .6 I f th e d w ellin g-p lace is so iled or i f co u ch is p iled on couch or i f ch a ir is p iled on ch a ir a n d lo d gin gs heaped on to p o f th em , he sh ould c lear (the dw elling-p lace) i f he is able to do so. W h ile c le a rin g 6 th e d w ellin g p lace, h a v in g first ta k en o u t th e g ro u n d co v e rin g he sh o u ld la y it to one side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e su p p o rts fo r th e bed s . . . h a v in g ta k e n out th e m a ttress a n d th e sq u a ttin g -m a t . . . th e p iece o f c lo th to sit u pon a n d th e sh eet, he sh ould la y th em to one side. H a v in g lo w ered th e cou ch , h a v in g ta k e n it out c a re fu lly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t k n o ck in g it ag a in st th e d oor or th e posts [208] he sh ould la y it to one sid e. H a v in g lo w ered th e chair, h a v in g ta k e n it o u t c a re fu lly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t k n o ck in g it a g a in st th e door or th e p osts, he should la y it to one sid e. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e sp itto o n , h e should la y it to one side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e reclin in g b o a rd , he sh ould la y it to one side. I f th ere are co b w eb s in th e d w ellin g- p lace, he sh ould first rem ove th e m from th e (floor-) co verin g . H e sh ou ld w ipe th e co m ers o f th e w indow -holes. I f a w a ll th a t w as co lou red red becom es sta in ed , he sh ould w ipe it h a v in g m oistened a ra g , h a v in g w ru n g i t o u t. I f gro u n d th a t w as b la ck e d becom es sta in ed , he sh o u ld wipe* it h a v in g m ois­tened a rag , h a v in g w ru n g it o u t. I f th e gro u n d h as n o t been treated , he should sw eep it h a v in g sp rin k led it a ll o ver w ith

1 agocara. V A . 1 2 8 1 says this is a village of people of wrong view s or a village w ith a lim ited supply of alms. A n d he should ask if it is where alms are given to one or tw o (monks only).

* S e e P a t id e s a n iy a III .* These questions do not th is tim e refer to finding out which is which

but, according to V A . 1 2 8 1 , w hat pond's drinking water it is th a t th ey drink, and w h at washing w ater it is th at th ey use for bathing and so on.

* C f . V in . iii. 16 0 = ii. 76.* For, according to V A . 1 2 8 1 , he m ay h ave seen the path of a snake or

a non-human creature.■ R est of this section also a t M V . I. 25 . 15, C V . V I I I . 7 . 2.

294 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

w ater, th in k in g : * T a k e ca re lest th e d w ellin g-p lace is sullied w ith d u st.' H a v in g lo o k e d fo r (any) ru b b ish , he should rem ove it to one sid e. || 3 [|

" H a v in g dried th e g ro u n d -co verin g in th e sun, h a v in g cleaned it, h a v in g sh aken it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a ck , he sh ould la y it d ow n as it w as b efo re .1 H a v in g d ried th e su p p o rts for th e couch in th e sun, h a v in g w ip e d th em , h a v in g b ro u g h t th em b a ck , he sh ould p lace th em as th e y w ere b e fo re .1 H a v in g dried th e co u ch in th e su n . . . th e ch a ir in th e sun, h a v in g c lean ed it, h a v in g sh aken it, h a v in g lo w ered it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a ck c a re fu lly w ith o u t ru b b in g it , w ith o u t k n o ck in g it a gain st th e d oor or th e p o sts, it sh o u ld be la id d o w n as it w as b efo re .1 H a v in g dried th e m a ttre ss a n d th e sq u a ttin g m at in th e sun, h a v in g c lea n ed th e m , h a v in g sh a k en th em , h a v in g b ro u gh t th em b a ck , th e y sh o u ld be la id d o w n as th e y w ere b efo re .1 H a v in g dried th e p iece o f c lo th to sit u p o n an d th e sh eet in th e sun, h a v in g c lean ed th em , h a v in g sh aken th em , h a v in g b rou gh t th em b a ck , th e y sh o u ld b e la id d o w n as th e y w ere b efo re .1 H a v in g d ried th e sp itto o n in th e sun, h a v in g w iped it, h a v in g b ro u gh t it b a c k , it sh o u ld be p la ce d w h ere it w as b efo re .1 H a v in g dried th e reclin in g-b o ard in th e sun, h a v in g w ip ed it, h a v in g b ro u gh t it b a ck , it sh o u ld be p laced w here it w as b efo re .1 |[ 4 j|

" H e sh ou ld 2 la y aside th e b o w l an d robes. W h en la y in g aside th e bow l, h a v in g ta k e n th e b o w l in one hand , h a v in g fe lt w ith th e o th er u n d er th e co u ch o r u n d er th e ch air, th e bow l sh ould be la id aside, b u t th e b o w l sh o u ld n o t b e la id aside on th e bare g ro u n d . W h en la y in g aside th e robe, h a v in g ta k e n th e robe in one hand , h a v in g stro k e d th e o th er h an d alo n g th e bam b o o fo r robes or a lo n g th e co rd fo r robes, h a v in g go t th e edges a w a y from h im a n d th e fo ld to w a rd s him , th e robe sh ould b e la id aside.

“ I f d u s ty w inds b lo w fro m th e e ast, he sh o u ld close th e eastern w indow s. I f d u s ty w in d s b lo w fro m th e w e st, he sh ould close th e w estern w in d ow s. I f d u s ty w in d s b lo w from th e north , he sh o u ld close th e n o rth ern w in d ow s. I f d u s ty w inds b lo w from th e so u th , he sh o u ld close th e so u th ern w indow s. I f th e w eath er is cool, he sh o u ld open th e w in d o w s

1 yatka bka gam .1 S e e a lso M V . I . 25. 1 1 ; C V . V I I I . 7. 3.

1.5— 2^2] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 295b y d ay, he sh ould close th em b y n igh t. I f th e w ea th er is w arm , he sh ould close th e w in d o w s b y d a y , he sh ould open them b y n igh t,

“ I f a cell [209] is soiled, th e ce ll sh o u ld be sw ep t. I f a porch is soiled, th e porch sh ould be sw ep t. I f an a tten d an ce- hall . . . i f a fire-h all . . . i f a p r iv y is soiled , th e p r iv y should be sw ep t. I f th ere is no d rin k in g w a ter, d rin kin g w a te r sh ould be p ro vid ed . I f th ere is no w a te r fo r w ash in g, w a te r for w ashing sh o u ld be p ro vid ed . I f there is no w a te r in th e p itch er of w a te r fo r rinsing, w a te r sh ould be tip p ed in to th e p itch er o f w a te r fo r rinsing. T h is, m onks, is th e o b servan ce for incom ing m on ks th a t is to be o bserved b y in com in g m o n k s.” II 5 II1 II

N o w a t th a t tim e resident m onks, h a v in g seen in com in g m onks, n eith er a p p o in ted a se a t nor b ro u gh t fo rw ard w a ter fo r th e feet, a footstool, a fo o tsta n d , nor, h a v in g gone to m eet them , d id th e y receive th e ir b o w ls an d robes, th e y d id not offer d rin kin g w ater, th e y d id not greet th e senior incom ing m onks, nor ap p o in t lod gings. T h o se w ho w ere m od est m on ks lo o ked dow n upon, criticised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w canthese resident m onks, h a v in g seen in com in g m onks, n eith er ap p o in t a seat . . . nor ap p o in t lo d gin gs ? ” T h en these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

" Is it true, as is said , m on ks . . . ?" I t is tru e, L o rd .” H a v in g reb u k ed them , h a v in g g iv en

reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m onks, sa y in g :“ W ell now , m onks, I w ill la y d ow n an o b servan ce for

resident m onks th a t sh ould b e o b served b y resident m onks.H i II

" M onks, w h en a residen t m on k h as seen a n in com in g m onk w ho is senior, he sh ould ap p o in t a seat, he sh ould b rin g fo rw a rd w a ter fo r th e feet, a fo o tsto o l, a fo o tsta n d , h a v in g gon e to m eet him he sh o u ld receive his b o w l an d robe, he sh ould offer him d rin k in g w ater, a n d if he is a b le he sh ould w ipe his sandals. W h en he is w ip in g his sand als, he sh o u ld first w ip e th em w ith a d ry piece o f c lo th , a fterw a rd s w ith a d am p one ; h a v in g w ashed th e p ieces o f c lo th fo r w ip in g th e san d als he sh ould spread th em on one side. A n in com in g m o n k sh ould be greeted and a lo d gin g a p p o in ted w ith th e w ords, ' T h is lo d g in g p erta in s

296 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

to y o u .’ H e sh ould e x p la in w h e th e r it is o ccup ied or u n ­occup ied , th e alm s reso rts sh o u ld b e exp la in ed , th e non-alm s resorts . . . th e fam ilies agreed u p o n as learn ers , . . th e privies . . . th e d rin k in g w a te r . . . th e w ash in g w a te r . . . th e sta ff . . . th e form o f th e O rd e r ’s agreem en t sh o u ld be exp la in ed w ith th e w ord s, ‘ T h is is th e tim e to en ter upon it, th is is th e tim e to d ep a rt fro m it.'|| 2 |J [210]

'* I f it is a n e w ly ord ain ed m on k (who is incom ing) th en (the resid en t one) s ittin g d ow n sh o u ld e x p la in : * P u t aside y o u r bow l in th is p lace, p u t a sid e y o u r ro b e in th is p lace, sit on th is s e a t .’ T h e d rin k in g w a te r sh o u ld b e e x p la in ed (to him ), th e w a te r for w ash in g sh o u ld be exp la in ed , th e pieces o f c lo th fo r w ip in g th e san d als sh ould b e exp la in ed . A n d in com in g m onks sh o u ld be m ad e to g ree t (him ). T h e lod gin gs sh ould b e e x p la in ed to h im w ith th e w ords, ‘ T h is lo d gin g pertain s to y o u / H e sh ould e x p la in w h eth er it is occu p ied or u n occupied , a lm s resorts sh o u ld b e e x p la in e d . . . (the form of) th e O rd er’s agreem en t sh o u ld b e e x p la in e d w ith th e w ords, ‘ T h is is th e tim e to en ter u pon it, th is is th e tim e to d ep a rt from it . ' T h is , m onks, is th e o b serva n ce fo r resid en t m on ks th a t sh ou ld be o b served b y resid en t m o n k s ." j| 3 |j 2 j|

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks w h o w ere go in g a w a y se t o u t w ith o u t h a v in g p a ck e d a w a y th e ir w ooden good s a n d c la y goods, h a v in g opened th e doors an d w in d o w s, an d w ith o u t h a v in g asked (for perm ission) as to th e ir lo d g in g s .1 T h e w ooden good s a n d th e c la y good s w ere lo st a n d th e lo d g in g s cam e to b e u n g u a rd ed .2 T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m on ks . . . sp read it ab o u t, sa y in g : " H o w ca n th ese m o n ks w h o are g o in g a w a y set out . . . lo d g in g s cam e to b e u n g u a rd ed ? " T h e n these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

" W e ll then, m onks, I w ill la y d o w n an o b serva n ce fo r m onks w ho are go in g a w a y a n d w h ich sh o u ld b e o b served b y m onks w ho are go in g a w a y . j| x ||

" M onks, w h en a m onk is go in g a w a y , h a v in g p a ck e d a w a y h is w ooden goods, h is c la y good s, h a v in g c lo sed th e doors an d w indow s, he m a y set o u t h a v in g a sk ed (for perm ission) as to his lodgings. I f there is no m o n k, he sh o u ld ask a n ovice

1 C f . P i c . 14 , 1 5 , a n d s e e B .D . ii. 2 38, n . 4 .* aguiia , a s w e r e d w e llin g -p la c e s a t C V . V I . 2. 1 .

3.2— 4 .i] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 297

(for perm ission).1 I f there is no n o vice, he sh ould a sk a m o n astery a tte n d a n t (for perm ission). I f th ere is no m onk or n ovice or m o n a stery a tte n d a n t, h a v in g la id a co u ch d ow n on fou r sto n es,2 h a v in g p iled co u ch on co u ch , h a v in g p iled ch air on chair, h a v in g m ade th e lod gin gs in to a h eap on to p 3 (of them ), he m a y set o u t h a v in g p a ck ed a w a y th e w ooden goods the c la y goods, h a v in g closed th e doors and w in d ow s. || 2 || ,

" I f th e d w ellin g-p lace is le a k in g he sh ould roof it if he is able to do so, or he sh o u ld m ak e an effort, th in k in g , * H o w then can th is d w ellin g-p lace be roofed ? ’ I f he th u s succeeds in this, th a t is good, b u t i f he does not succeed , h a v in g la id dow n a couch on fo u r sto n es in a p lace w h ere it is n ot lea k in g , h a v in g p iled cou ch on cou ch , h a v in g p iled ch a ir on chair,h a v in g m ad e th e lo d gin gs in to a h ea p on to p (of th em ), hem a y set out, h a v in g p a ck e d a w a y his w ooden goods, his c la y goods, h a v in g closed th e d oors an d w in d ow s. I f th e w hole d w ellin g-p lace is le a k in g , i f he is ab le he sh ould c o n v e y the lod gings to a v illa g e , or he sh ould m a k e a n effort, th in k in g , [211] ' H o w th en ca n th is lo d gin g be c o n v e y e d to a v illa g e ? * I f he th u s succeed s in th is, th a t is good. I f he does not succeed, h a v in g la id a cou ch d ow n on fo u r ston es in th e open air,h a v in g piled couch on cou ch , h a v in g p iled ch air on chair,h a v in g m ad e th e lo d gin gs in to a h eap on to p (of them ), h a v in g p acked a w a y his w ooden goods, his c la y goods, h a v in g co vered th em w ith grass or lea ves, he m a y set out, th in k in g , ' So ca n th e d ifferent th in gs su re ly rem a in .'4 T h is, m onks, is th e o b servan ce fo r m onks w ho are go in g a w a y and w h ich sh ould be o bserved b y m onks w h o are g o in g a w a y .” j| 3 || 3 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks d id n o t g iv e th a n k s in a re fecto ry . P eop le lo o k ed d o w n u pon , critic ised , sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, n o t g iv e th a n k s in a re fe c to ry ? ” M onks h eard th ese p eo p le w ho . . / sp read it ab o u t. T h en th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd .

1 C f . PS.c. 1 4 . 2. 1 ; 15 , 2. 1 .* A s a p r o t e c t io n fro m w h ite a n ts .• u p a r ip u n ja tjt ha ritv a ; a b o v e , in c o r r e s p o n d in g p a s s a g e ( V I I I . 1. 3)

u p a tip u n ) a k ita .4 a p p * eva n a m a a iig a n i p i seseyyutjt. V A . 12 8 2 re a d s seyyutjt, w ith v./.

seseyyufft, a n d s a y s t h a t t h e a d v a n t a g e o f le a v in g t h in g s in t h e o p e n a ir is t h a t t h e p r r t s o f b e d s a n d c h a ir s a r e n o t d e s t r o y e d b y g r a s s a n d lu m p s o f c la y fa ll in g o n th e m fr o m a b o v e a s h a p p e n s in a le a k in g h o u s e .

29 3 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h en the L o rd , on th is occasion , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m onks, sa y in g : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to g iv eth a n k s in a re fe c to ry .” T h e n it o ccu rred to th e m on ks : " N o w , b y w h om sh o u ld th a n k s b e g iv e n in a re fe cto ry ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en reason ed ta lk , addressed th e m onks, sa y in g : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to g iv e th a n k s in a re fe cto ry th ro u g h a m onk w h o is an e ld e r .”

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in g u ild h a d food fo r an O rd er ;x th e ven erab le S a r ip u tta w a s th e e ld er in th e O rder. M onks, th in k in g , " T h e L o rd h as a llo w ed th a n k s to be g iv e n in a re fecto ry th ro u g h a m onk w h o is an e ld er,” d ep a rted , lea v in g th e ven erab le S a rip u tta alone. T h e n th e ven erab le S a rip u tta , h a v in g retu rn ed th a n k s to th ese people, la te r w e n t a w a y alone. T h e L o rd sa w th e ven erab le S a r ip u tta co m in g in th e d ista n ce ; seeing him , he sp ok e th u s to th e v en era b le S a r ip u tta : “ Ihope, S a rip u tta , th a t th e m eal w a s successfu l ? ” 2

“ T h e m eal, L o rd , w as su ccessfu l, even th o u g h th e m on ks d ep arted le a v in g m e a lo n e .” T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en reason ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g ;

“ I a llow , m onks, fo u r or five m o n ks w h o are elders or n e x t (in age) to th e e ld ers3 to w a it in a re fe c to ry .”

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in e ld er w a ite d in a re fecto ry a lth o u g h he w a n te d to re lieve him self, an d th ro u g h restra in in g h im self he fe ll d o w n fa in tin g . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : ” I a llo w y o u , m onks, if th ere is a reason, to go a w a y , h a v in g asked (perm ission from ) th e m on k im m e d ia te ly n e x t4 (to y o u ).” || i ||

N o w at th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks, w ro n g ly dressed, w ro n g ly clo th ed , [212] im p ro p e rly a t t ir e d ,5 w en t in to a re fe c to ry an d tu rn in g asid e w en t in close in fro n t o f m o n ks w h o w ere elders, and sat dow n en cro ach in g o n 6 (the sp ace in ten d ed for) th e elders an d k ep t n e w ly o rd ain ed m o n ks fro m a seat and

1 c f . c v . v . 5. 2.2 id d h a , a s in N u n s ' P a c . 5 6 , th e r e r e n d e r e d " e f f e c t iv e .”3 therd nutkera . A t V A . 12 8 3 , D h A . ii. 2 1 1 a n u tkera a p p e a r s to b e in

o p p o s it io n to m ahathera a n d sam ghathera, a n d a t D h A . iii. 4 12 t o m ahathera.4 d n a n ta rik a b h ik k h u , a s a t M V . I X . 4. 8 ; C V . V I . 10. 1 ; V I I . 3. 9 a n d

V in . i v . 234.6 A s a t V in , i. 44.6 a n u p a k h a jja , a s a t P a c . 16 , 43 . S e e B . D . ii. 2 4 7 , n . 3. T h is e x p re s s io n

a n d t h e n e x t a ls o o c c u r a t M V . I . 25. 13 .

sat dow n a m id th e houses h a v in g sp read o u t th eir outer cloaks. T hose w ho w ere m od est m on ks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w ca n th e g ro u p of s ix m onks, w ro n g ly dressed, w ro n g ly cloth ed , im p ro p erly a ttire d , go in to a re fe cto ry . . . sit d o w n en croachin g on . . . an d sit d ow n am id th e houses h a y in g spread out th e ir o u ter c lo a k s ? " T h e n these m on ks to ld th is m a tter to th e L o rd . H e sa id :

“ Is it tru e , as is said , m o n ks, th a t th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks, w ro n g ly dressed . . . h a v in g sp read o u t th e ir o u ter c lo a k s ? ”

“ I t is tru e , L o r d ." H a v in g reb u ked th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ W e ll th en , m on ks, I w ill la y d ow n a re fecto ry o b servan ce for m onks and w h ich sh o u ld b e o b served b y m o n ks in a refecto ry . |] 2 ||

“ I f th e tim e is an n ou n ced in a m o n a stery , (a m onk), h a v in g dressed w ith th e inner robe a ll rou n d h im fo r co v e rin g th e three c irc les ,1 h a v in g tie d on h is w a istb a n d , h a v in g m ad e one bu n d le ,2 h a v in g c lo th ed h im self in h is u p p er robes, h a v in g fasten ed th e b lo c k ,3 h a v in g w ashed , h a v in g ta k e n a b o w l, he m a y en ter a v illa g e c a re fu lly and u n h u rried ly . H e sh ould not, tu rn in g aside, go in close in fro n t of m o n ks w ho are elders, he sh ould g o (sit dow n) am id th e houses p ro p e rly c la d ,4 w ell con tro lled sh ould he go (sit dow n) a m id th e houses, w ith eyes cast d ow n sh ould he go (sit dow n) a m id th e houses, not liftin g up th e robes . . . not w ith lo u d la u g h te r . . . w ith litt le noise . . . not sw a y in g th e b o d y . . . n ot sw a y in g th e arm s . . . n ot sw a y in g th e h ea d . . . n ot w ith th e arm s ak im b o . . . n o t m uffled u p sh ould he g o (sit dow n) am id th e houses, he sh ould n o t g o am id th e houses cro u ch in g d ow n on h is heels, he sh ould n o t g o am id th e houses lo llin g, he should n o t sit dow n a m id th e houses en croach in g (on th e sp ace intended) for m on ks w h o are elders, n e w ly ord ain ed m o n ks sh o u ld n ot be k ep t from a se a t, he sh ould not sit dow n am id th e houses h a v in g sp read o u t his o u ter c lo a k . || 3 ||

" W h en w a te r is being' g iv e n o u t, h a v in g g rasp ed th e b o w l

4.2- 4]_________ C U L L A V A G G A V I T I___________ 299

1 S e k h iy a 1 . M a n y o f S e k h iy a s 1 - 2 6 r e c u r h e r e . F o r n o te s , se e B .D iii. 12 0 ff.

2 sa gu n a m katvd. C f . M V . I . 25. 9.3 g a n th ik a , a s a t C V . V . 29. 3.4 T h e ite m s fr o m h e re t o " lo ll in g " a r e th e s a m e a s th o s e o c c u r r in g a t

S e k h iy a s 1 —26.

300 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

w ith both h a n d s ,1 th e w a te r sh o u ld be rece ived ; h a v in g pu t it dow n ca re fu lly 2 th e b o w l sh o u ld b e w ash ed w ith o u t ru b b in g it. I f there is a rece iver o f (used) w a te r, h a v in g p u t th e b o w l dow n, th e w a te r sh o u ld be sp rin k led in to a w a s te -tu b 3 th in k in g , ‘ B e carefu l n o t to sp lash th e re ce iv e r o f (used) w a te r w ith th e w ater, not to sp lash th e n e ig h b o u rin g m o n ks w ith th e w a ter, n ot to sp lash th e o u ter c lo a k w ith w a te r/ I f [213] th ere is no rece iver o f (used) w a te r, h a v in g p u t d o w n th e bow l, th e w a te r sh o u ld b e sp rin k led on to th e g ro u n d , th in k in g , ‘ B e ca refu l not to sp lash th e n e ig h b o u rin g m o n ks w ith w a te r nor to sp lash th e o u ter c lo a k w ith w a te r .' I f co o k ed rice is b ein g g iv en , h a v in g g rasp ed th e b o w l w ith b o th han d s, th e co ok ed rice sh o u ld b e received . R o o m sh o u ld be le ft fo r th e cu rry . I f there is ghee o r oil or t it-b its an e ld er sh o u ld s a y : ' O b ta in th e sam e fo r a ll . ’ A lm sfo o d sh o u ld be received a tte n tiv e ly 4 . . . th in k in g o f th e b o w l . . . w ith eq u al cu rry , alm sfood sh ould be rece ived a t an e q u a l le v e l. T h e e ld er sh ould not eat u n til th e co o k ed rice h as been se rv e d to a ll. || 4 ||

"A lm sfo o d sh o u ld b e e aten a t te n t iv e ly 5 . . . th in k in g o f th e b ow l * . . on co n tin u ou s a lm srou n d . . . w ith eq u al c u rry . . . n ot h a v in g chosen from th e to p ; n e ith er th e c u rry nor th e con d im en t sh ould b e co ve red u p w ith co o k ed rice, (the m onk) desiring so m eth in g m ore ; n e ith er th e c u r r y nor th e co ok ed rice sh ould b e eaten b y one w h o is n o t ill h a v in g ask ed for it for h im s e lf ; o th e rs ’ b o w ls sh o u ld n o t b e lo o k ed at cap tio u s-m in d ed ly ; to o larg e a m o u th fu l sh o u ld n o t be m ad e up ; pieces (of food) sh o u ld b e m ad e u p in to a ro u n d ; th e door o f th e fa ce sh ould n o t b e o p en ed if th e m o u th fu l is not b ro u gh t close ; w h ile eatin g , th e w h ole h a n d sh ould n o t be p u t in to th e m o u th ; one sh o u ld not ta lk w ith a m o u th fu l in th e m ou th ; one sh o u ld not e a t to ssin g u p b a lls (of food) ; one sh ould not eat b re a k in g u p th e m o u th fu ls . . . stu ffin g the cheeks . . . sh a k in g th e h a n d s a b o u t . . . sc a tte r in g

A c c o r d in g t o V A . 12 8 4 , t h e w a t e r is b e in g g iv e n fo r w a s h in g t h e b o w l, a s is c le a r fr o m t h e c o n t e x t . M o re w a t e r is a p p a r e n t ly g iv e n a f t e r t h e m e a l fo r a g a in w a s h in g t h e b o w l, se e Jj 6 |[ b e lo w .

* V A . 12 8 4 s a y s w ith o u t m a k in g t h e s o u n d o f w a te r .* p a iigg aha, a s a t C V . V . 10. 3.4 C f . S e k h iy a s 2 7 —30.* T h e ite m s in t h is p a r a g r a p h o c c u r a t S e k h iy a s 3 1 —5 5 . F o r n o te s s e e

B .D . iii. 128 ff.

4.5— 5.i] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 301

lum ps o f boiled rice . . . p u ttin g o u t th e to n g u e . . . sm a c k ­ing th e lip s . . . m ak in g a hissing so u n d . . . lick in g the fingers . . . lick in g th e b o w l . . . lic k in g th e lips, one sh o u ld not a ccep t a d rin k in g cu p w ith a h a n d (soiled) w ith food.II 5 I! _

“ A n eld er sh o u ld n ot a cce p t w a te r1 u n til everyo n e h as eaten . W h en th e w a te r is b ein g g iv en , h a v in g grasp ed th e b o w l in b o th h an d s . . .2 \ . . nor to sp lash th e o u te r c lo a k w ith w a te r.' O n e sh ould n o t th ro w o u t a m id st th e houses rinsings o f th e b o w l w ith lum p s o f b o iled r ice .3 W h en th e y are retu rn in g ,4 n e w ly o rd ain ed m o n ks sh o u ld retu rn first, a fte rw a rd s [214] th e elders. O ne sh o u ld g o p ro p e rly c la d am id th e houses, w ell co n tro lled sh o u ld one go a m id th e houses . . .5 . . one sh ould n o t g o am id th e houses cro u ch in g d o w n on th e heels. T h is, m on ks, is th e re fe c to ry o b servan ce fo r m on ks and w h ich m onks sh ould o b serve in a r e fe c to r y ." || 6 || 4 ||

T h e F irs t P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g .

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks w h o w a lk ed fo r a lm sfood w a lk ed for a lm sfood w ro n g ly dressed, w ro n g ly c lo th ed , im p ro p erly a ttire d , an d th e y en tered a d w ellin g w ith o u t d elib eratio n an d th e y le ft w ith o u t d e lib era tio n , a n d th e y en tered v e r y h a s tily an d th e y le ft v e r y h a s tily , an d th e y sto o d to o fa r a w a y a n d th e y sto o d to o close, a n d th e y sto o d to o lo n g a n d th e y tu rn e d a w a y to o soon. A n d a c e rta in m o n k w h o w as w a lk in g for a lm sfood en tered a d w ellin g w ith o u t d e lib e ra tio n ; ta k in g (a d oorw ay) for th e house-door, h e en tered a n inner ch am b er. In th a t inner ch a m b er a w o m an w as ly in g n a k e d on her b a ck . T h a t m on k sa w th a t w o m an ly in g n a k e d on h er b a c k ; seeing her, he th o u g h t : “ T h is is n o t th e house-d oor, th is is aninner ch a m b e r,” a n d he w en t a w a y fro m th a t in n er cham ber. T h a t w o m an 's h u sb a n d sa w th a t w o m a n ly in g n a k e d on her b a ck : seeing her, he th o u g h t : “ M y w ife h as been sed u cedb y th a t m o n k ,” a n d h a v in g seized th a t m o n k, he th rash ed him . T h en th a t w o m an , w a k in g u p a t th e noise, sp oke th u s

1 V A . 128 4 s a y s w a t e r fo r w a s h in g t h e h a n d s is m e a n t h e re .• A s in || 4 || a b o v e .* S e k h iy a 56.4 I .e . le a v in g t h e r e fe c t o r y , r is in g fro m it , s o V A . 12 8 4 .# A s in V I I I . 4. 3.

302 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

to th a t m an : " W h y are y o u , m aster, th ra sh in g th is m o n k ? " *4 Y o u w ere sed u ced b y th is m o n k .”“ I w as n ot, m aster, sed u ced b y th is m o n k. T h is m o n k is

in n o cen t,"1 and she m ad e h im le t go o f th a t m on k. T h e n th a t m onk, h a v in g gone b a c k to th e m o n a stery , to ld th is m a tte r to th e m onks. T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks looked dow n upon, criticised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w can thesem onks w h o w a lk fo r a lm sfood w a lk fo r a lm sfo o d w ro n g ly dressed . . . en ter . . . d ep art . . . s ta n d , . . a n d tu rn a w a y too soon ? " T h en these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I s it tru e , as is sa id , m o n ks . . . ? "

“ I t is true, L o r d ." H a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g :

" W ell then, m onks, I w ill la y d o w n a n o b servan ce fo r m onks w h en th e y are w a lk in g fo r a lm sfoo d and w h ich sh o u ld be o bserved b y m o n ks w h en th e y are w a lk in g fo r a lm sfoo d . || i ||

“ M onks, if a m on k w h en he is w a lk in g fo r a lm sfoo d th in k s : * I w ill en ter th is v illa g e ,' h a v in g dressed h im self2 w ith his inner robe a ll rou n d h im so as to c o v e r th e th ree circles, h a v in g fasten ed his w a istb a n d , h a v in g m ad e one bu n d le, h a v in g c lo th ed h im self in his u p p er robes, h a v in g fa ste n e d th e b lo ck , h a v in g w ashed, h a v in g ta k e n a bow l, he m a y en ter th e v illa g e c a re fu lly an d u n h u rried ly . H e sh o u ld go a m id th e houses p ro p e rly clad [215] . . . 2 he sh ould n o t go am id th e houses cro u ch in g dow n on his heels. W h en he is g o in g a m id th e houses he sh ould consider : ‘ I w ill en ter in th is (fashion), I w ill le a v e in th is .’ H e should not en ter to o h a s tily , he sh ould not le a v e too h a stily , he sh ould n ot sta n d to o fa r a w a y , he sh o u ld n ot sta n d too close, he sh ould not sta n d to o lo n g , he sh o u ld not tu rn a w a y too soon. W h ile he is sta n d in g , h e sh o u ld con sid er : ‘A re th e y w illin g to g iv e alm s or are th e y not w illin g ? ' I f she p u ts aside h er w o rk 3 o r rises fro m h er se a t o r w ip es a spoon or w ipes a dish o r sets it out, h e sh o u ld s ta n d still, th in k in g : 4 I t is as th o u g h she is w illin g to g iv e / W h en alm s are b ein g g iv en ,

1 C f. t h e in c id e n t r e la t e d in P a c . 6 7 .1 A s a t C V . V I I I . 4. 3.8 *285 s a y s " w h e t h e r s h e is s t a n d in g o r s i t t in g a t h e r w o r k — c o t t o n

o r w in n o w in g o r g r in d in g — sh e p u t s a s id e w h a t e v e r i t m a y b e t h a t sh e h a s ch o se n .* ’ V A . 12 8 5 r e a d s n ih k h ip a n t if t h e y p u t a s id e , w i t h v .l . n ik k h ip a ti . T h e w o r k m e n tio n e d s e e m s t o s u g g e s t w o m e n ’s w o r k ; b u t b e lo w , t h e d o n o r o f t h e a lm s fo o d m a y b e a w o m a n o r a m a n .

5.2— 6.x] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 303

h a v in g raised th e o u ter c lo a k w ith th e le ft han d , h a v in g u n ­covered th e b o w l w ith th e righ t han d , h a v in g grasp ed the bow l w ith b o th hands, th e a lm s sh ould be rece ived , b u t one sh ould not lo o k a t th e face o f th e donor o f th e a lm s.1 H e should c o n sid e r: 'A re th e y w illin g to g iv e c u r r y or are th e y notw illing ? ' I f she w ipes a spoon or w ipes a dish or sets it out, he should sta n d still, th in k in g : ‘ I t is as th o u g h she is w illin g to g iv e .' W h en th e alm s h a v e been g iv en , h a v in g co vered the bow l w ith th e o u ter c lo ak , one sh ould tu rn a w a y c a re fu lly and u n h u rried ly . O n e sh o u ld g o am id th e houses p ro p erly clad . . . one sh ould not g o a m id th e houses cro u ch in g dow n on one's heels. || 2 ||

“ W h o ever returns first from th e v illa g e fo r a lm sfood sh ould m ake re a d y a seat, he sh ou ld b rin g fo rw ard w a te r for (washing) the feet, a fo o tsto o l, a fo o tsta n d , he sh o u ld set out a refuse bowl, h a v in g w ashed it, he sh ou ld set o u t d rin k in g w a te r and w a ter fo r w ash in g. W h o e v e r sh ould retu rn la st fro m th e village for a lm sfoo d ,2 if th ere sh ould be th e rem ain s o f a m eal and if he sh ould so desire, he m a y eat th em ; b u t i f he sh ould not so desire, he m a y th ro w th em a w a y w here th ere is b u t little green grass or he m a y drop th em in to w a te r w h ere th ere are no liv in g creatu res. H e sh ou ld p u t u p th e seat, he should put a w a y th e w a te r for (washing) th e feet, th e fo o tsto o l, the fo o tstan d , he sh ould p u t a w a y th e refuse-bow l, h a v in g w ashed it, he sh ould p u t a w a y th e d rin k in g w a te r a n d th e w a te r fo r w ashing, he should sw eep th e re fecto ry . W h o e v e r should see a vessel fo r d rin k in g w a te r or a vessel fo r w ash in g w a te r or a vessel (for w ater) fo r rin sin g a fte r e va cu a tio n , v o id a n d e m p ty , should set out (w ater). I f it is im possib le for h im (to do this) he should set o u t (water) b y sign allin g w ith his hand, h a v in g in v ited a com pan ion (to h elp him) b y a m o vem en t o f his h an d ; but he sh ould not fo r su ch a reason b reak in to speech. T h is, m onks, is th e o b servan ce for m onks w h en th e y are w a lk in g for a lm sfood and w h ich sh ould b e o bserved b y m o n ks w hen th e y are w a lk in g for a lm sfood/" 11 3 II 5 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e severa l m o n ks w ere liv in g in a forest.

1 V A . 12 8 5 s a y s t h a t t h e d o n o r m a y b e a w o m a n o r a m a n . O n e is n o t t o lo o k a t h is f a c e a t t h e t im e w h e n t h e a lm s a re b e in g g iv e n .

2 A s a t V in . i, 1 5 7 , e tc .

304 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h e y n eith er set out d rin kin g w a te r, nor d id th e y set o u t w a te r for w ashing, [216] n or d id th e y set o u t a fire,1 nor d id th e y se t out k in d lin g w o o d ,2 th e y d id n o t k n o w th e position s o f th e lu n ar m ansions, th e y d id not k n o w th e d iv isio n s o f th e quarters. T h ieves, h a v in g gone th ere, sp oke th u s to these m o n ks : Isthere d rin kin g w ater, h on oured sirs ? ”

" T h ere is n ot, fr ien d s."“ Is there w a te r fo r w ashin g. . . . Is th ere a. fire. . . . Is

there kin d lin g w ood, h onoured sirs ?“ T h ere is n ot, friends/*” W h a t is th ere a co n ju n ctio n w ith to -d a y , h o n o u red sirs ? ” " Ind eed , w e do not kn o w , fr ien d s.”“ W h ich q u a rter is th is, h on oured sirs ? ”“ Ind eed , w e do n o t kn o w , fr ien d s.” T hen th ese th ieves

th o u g h t : " T h ese h a v e no d rin k in g w a te r nor w a te r forw ashing, th ere is no fire, th ere is no k in d lin g w ood, th e y do not k n o w th e p osition s of th e lu n a r m ansions, th e y do not k n o w th e d ivisions of th e q u arters. T h e se are th ie ve s, th ese are not m o n ks,” an d h a v in g th rash ed th em , th e y d ep a rted . T h en these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e m o n ks. T h e m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , ad d ressed th e m on ks, s a y in g :

“ W e ll then, m onks, I w ill la y d ow n an o b servan ce fo r m on ks w ho are forest-d w ellers an d W hich sh o u ld b e o b served b y m onks w ho are forest-dw ellers. || i (|

M onks, a m o n k w ho is a fo rest-d w eller, g e tt in g u p early , h a v in g p la ced his b ow l in a b ag , h a v in g h u n g it on his shoulder, h a v in g arran ged his robe3 o v e r his sh ould er, h a v in g p u t on his sandals, h a v in g p a ck ed a w a y th e w ooden goods, th e c la y goods, h a v in g closed th e doors an d w in d ow s, m a y le a v e 4 his lodgings. I f he th in k s : ' N o w I w ill en ter a v illa g e / h a v in g ta k e n off his sandals, h a v in g p u t th em d ow n , h a v in g b e a ten th em , h a v in g p la ced th em in a bag, h a v in g h u n g it on his shoulder, h a v in g dressed h im self a ll ro u n d co v e rin g th e th ree circles, h a v in g fasten ed his w a istb a n d . . . (as in || 5. 2 ||) . . . he

1 C f- P i c . 5 6 w h e r e i t is a n o ffe n c e f o r a m o n k t o k in d le a f ire t o w a r m h im s e lf.

* a ra n tsa h ita . S e e n . 5 a t i ii . 88, a n d V in , T e x ts i i i . 292, n . 2.■ clv ara , n o t s p e c ifie d h e re a s **o u t e r c l o a k " .4 sen dsa nd otaritabbam . V A , 12 8 5 s a y s va san atthdn ato n ikkh a tn ita b b a m ,

s h o u ld d e p a r t fro m t h e p la c e w h e r e h e w a s s t a y in g .

6.2---7.2] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 305should tu rn a w a y ca re fu lly an d u n h u rried ly . H e sh ould go am id th e houses p ro p erly c la d . . . he should not go am id th e houses cro u ch in g d o w n on h is heels. || 2 ||

“ H a v in g set out from th e v illa g e , h a v in g p la ced his bow l in the bag, h a v in g h u n g it on his sh ould er, h a v in g rolled up his robe, h a v in g p laced it on h is h e a d ,1 h a v in g p u t on his sandals, he sh ould go alon g. M onks, a m o n k w h o is a forest- d w eller sh ould set out d rin k in g w ater, he sh ould set out w a ter for w ashing, he sh ould set out a fire, he sh ould set out k in d lin g w ood, he sh ould set out a w a lk in g s ta ff,2 he sh ould learn the positions of th e lu n ar m ansions, e ith er th e w h ole or one p a rt, he should becom e sk illed in th e q u arters. T h is, m onks, is th e observance for m on ks w h o are fo rest-d w ellers and w h ich sh ould be o bserved b y m o n ks w h o are fo rest-d w e lle rs." || 3 || 6 |j

N o w a t th a t tim e severa l m o n ks w ere [217] m ak in g robes in th e open air. T h e g ro u p of s ix m o n ks b e a t th eir lod gings to w in d w ard (of them ) an d in th e op en sp ace ;3 the m on ks were co vered w ith d u st. T h o se w ho w ere m od est m on ks looked d ow n upon, critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : H o wcan th is grou p o f s ix m on ks b e a t th eir lo d gin gs . . . so th a t m onks are co vered w ith d u st ? ” T h e n these m on ks to ld th is m atter to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ Is it tru e , as is said , m onks, th a t th e gro u p o f s ix m on ks b e a t th eir lod gin gs . . . co vered w ith d ust ? ”

“ I t is tru e, L o r d .” H a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

" W e ll th en , m on ks, I w ill la y d o w n an observan ce for m onks in respect of lo d g in g s th a t sh o u ld be o b served b y m on ks in respect o f lod gin gs. || 1 |j

“ In w h a te v e r d w ellin g-p lace he is s ta y in g , if th a t dw elling- place is soiled, he should, i f he is ab le , c lea n i t .4 W h en he is c leaning th e d w ellin g-p lace, h a v in g first ta k e n out th e b o w l and robes, he sh o u ld la y th em to one side. H a v in g ta k e n out

1 S e e M V . V I I I . I S . 1.# kattarada%i4a. See M V . V . 0 . 2 and V in . ii. 76, 208.• arigapa. Vin . Texts iii. 295, n. 1 say th a t this is " a part of the drama

im m ediately in front of the h u t or vihdra, w hich is kept as an open space, and daily swept. . . . T h e term is a com m on one, and its meaning is not doubtful/'

* CJ. this passage with M V . I. 25. 14, 15, C V . V I I I . 1. 3. See B .D . iv. 63, 64 for notes.

306 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th e piece of c lo th fo r to sit u pon an d th e sheet . . . the m attress an d sq u a ttin g m at, he sh o u ld la y th em to one side. H a v in g low ered th e couch , h a v in g ta k e n it out ca refu llyw ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t k n o c k in g it a g a in st th e dooror th e posts, he sh ould la y it to one side. H a v in g low ered th e chair, h a v in g ta k e n it o u t c a re fu lly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t kn o ck in g it again st th e door or th e p o sts heshould la y it to one side. H a v in g ta k e n out th e su p p o rtsfor th e couch, he sh ould la y th em to one side. H a v in g ta k en out th e sp itto o n , he sh o u ld la y it to one side. H a v in g taken out th e reclin in g board , he sh o u ld la y it to one side. H a vin g o b served h o w th e gro u n d c o v e rin g w a s la id d ow n , h a v in g taken it out, he sh o u ld la y it to one side. I f th ere are co b w eb s in th e d w ellin g-p lace, he sh ould first rem o ve th em from the (floor-) co verin g . H e sh ould w ip e th e corn ers of th e w in d ow - holes. I f a w a ll th a t w a s co lo u red red becom es sta in ed , he should w ipe it h a v in g m o isten ed a ra g , h a v in g w ru n g it out. I f g ro u n d th a t w as b la ck e d becom es sta in ed , he sh ould w ipe it h a v in g m oisten ed a ra g , h a v in g w ru n g it o u t. I f th e ground w as n ot treated , he sh o u ld sw eep it ; h a v in g sp rin k led it all o ver w ith w ater, th in k in g : ' T a k e care lest th e d w ellin g-p lace is su llied w ith d u st.' H a v in g lo o k ed fo r (any) ru b b ish , he sh ould rem o ve it to one side. H e sh o u ld n ot b e at th e lodgings near m on ks . . . n ear d w ellin g -p la ces . . . n e a r d rin king- w ater . . . near w a te r fo r w ash in g, he sh o u ld n o t b eat the lod gin gs to w in d w ard in th e op en sp ace, he sh o u ld b e at the lod gin gs to leew ard . || 2 ||

H a v in g dried th e g ro u n d -co ve rin g to one side in th e su n / h a v in g clean ed it, h a v in g sh a k en it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it back, he should la y it dow n as it w as la id d o w n (before). H a vin g dried th e su p p o rts fo r th e co u ch to one side in th e sun, [218] h a v in g 'w ip e d them , h a v in g b ro u g h t th e m b a ck , he should p lace th em w here th e y w ere (before). H a v in g d ried th e couch to one side in th e sun, h a v in g c lea n ed it, h a v in g b eaten it, h a v in g low ered it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a c k c a re fu lly w ith ou t ru bbin g it, w ith o u t k n o ck in g it a g a in st th e d oor or th e posts, he sh ould la y it dow n as it w a s la id d ow n (before). H a v in g dried th e ch air to one side in th e sun , h a v in g c lea n ed it, h a v in g

1 Cf. MV. I. 25. 16 ; CV. VIII. 1. 4.

7.3- 4] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 307shaken it, h a v in g low ered it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a c k ca refu lly w ith ou t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t k n o ck in g it again st th e door or the posts, he sh o u ld la y it d ow n as it w as la id d ow n (before). H a vin g dried th e m a ttress a n d th e sq u a ttin g m a t to one side in th e sun, h a v in g clean ed th em , h a v in g sh aken th em , h a v in g brough t th em b a ck , he sh o u ld la y th e m dow n as th e y w ere laid dow n (before). H a v in g d ried th e piece o f c lo th to sit upon and th e sh eet to one side in th e sun, h a v in g clean ed them , h a v in g sh aken th em , h a v in g b ro u g h t th em b a c k , he sh ould la y them dow n as th e y w ere la id dow n (before). H a v in g dried th e sp itto o n to one side in th e sun, h a v in g w ip ed it, h a v in g brough t it b a c k , he sh ould p lace it w h ere it w a s (before), H a vin g dried th e reclin in g b o ard to one side in th e sun, h a v in g w iped it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a c k , he sh ou ld p la ce it w h ere it w as (before). T h e b o w l an d robe sh ould be la id a sid e .1 W h en he is la y in g aside th e bow l, h a v in g ta k e n th e b ow l in one hand , h a v in g fe lt w ith th e o th e r h a n d u n d er th e couch or under th e ch air, th e b o w l sh ould b e la id aside ; b u t th e b ow l sh ould not be la id aside on th e b a re gro u n d . W h en he is la y in g aside th e robe, h a v in g ta k e n th e robe in one hand, h a v in g stro k ed the o th er a lo n g th e b am boo fo r robes or th e cord fo r robes, h a v in g g o t th e edges a w a y from him an d th e fo ld to w a rd s him , the robe sh ould be la id aside. j| 3 |j

“ I f d u sty w in d s2 b lo w from th e east, th e eastern w in d ow s should be closed. I f d u s ty w ind s b lo w from th e w est . . . from th e n o rth . . . from th e so u th , th e so u th w in d ow s sh ould be closed. I f th e w ea th er is cool, th e w in d ow s sh ould be opened d u rin g th e d a y , closed a t n ig h t. I f th e w ea th er is w arm , the w ind ow s sh ou ld be closed d u rin g th e d a y , opened a t n igh t. I f a cell is soiled, th e cell sh ould be sw ept* I f a p o rch is soiled, th e porch sh ould be sw ep t. I f an a tten d an ce-h a ll . . . a fire- hall . . . a p r iv y is soiled, th e p r iv y sh ould be sw ep t. I f there is no d rin k in g w a ter, d rin k in g w a te r sh o u ld be p ro vid ed . I f there is no w a te r fo r w ash in g, w a te r fo r w ash in g sh ould be provided. I f th ere is no w a te r in th e p itch e r o f w a te r fo r rinsing, w a te r sh ould b e poured in to th e p itch e r o f w a te r fo r rinsing. I f he is s ta y in g in a d w ellin g-p lace to g e th e r w ith a

1 Cf. MV. I. 25. II.* Cf. MV. I. 25. 18, 19, etc.

3°8 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

senior, he sh ould not g iv e a re c ita tio n 1 w ith o u t a sk in g th e senior (for perm ission), he sh o u ld n o t g iv e th e in te rro g a tio n ,1 he sh ou ld n o t s tu d y ,1 h e sh o u ld n ot sp ea k dham m a,2 he sh ould not lig h t a lam p , he sh ould n o t e x tin g u ish a lam p , he sh ould not open w in d ow s, he sh ould n o t close w in d o w s. [219] I f he is p a cin g up a n d d ow n in th e sam e p lace fo r p a cin g up and dow n in w ith a senior, he sh o u ld tu rn w h en th e senior tu rn s, b u t h e sh ould n o t to u ch th e sen ior (even) w ith a corner o f his o u ter c lo a k . T h is, m onks, ,is th e o b servan ce fo r m onks in respect o f lo d gin gs th a t sh o u ld b e o b served b y m onks in respect o f lo d g in g s .” || 4 || 7 ||

N o w at th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks, b e in g h in d ered in (their use o f a) b ath ro o m b y m o n ks w h o w ere elders, h a v in g b ro u gh t, o u t o f d isresp ect, a q u a n tity o f stick s, h a v in g m ade a fire, h a v in g closed th e d o o rw a y , sa t d o w n in th e doorw ay* T h e m onks, overcom e b y th e h ea t, n o t b e in g ab le to g e t th ro u g h th e d o o rw ay, fe ll dow n fa in tin g . T h o se w h o w ere m odest m onks . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ H o w can th is gro u p of s ix m onks, bein g h in d ered (in th e ir use o f a) b a th ro o m b y m onks w h o a re ’ elders . . . s it d o w n in th e d o o rw a y, so th a t m onks . . . fe ll d ow n fa in tin g ? ” T h e n these m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : ,f Is it tru e , as is said, m onks, th a t th e gro u p of s ix m o n ks, b e in g h in d ered in (their use of a) b ath ro o m b y m o n ks w h o are elders , . , sat dow n in th e d o o rw a y so th a t m o n ks . . . fe ll d o w n fa in tin g ? ”

M I t is tru e, L o rd .” H a v in g re b u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m on ks, sa y in g :

M onks, on b ein g h in d ered in (you r use of) a b a th ro o m b y m onks w h o are elders, h a v in g o u t of d isresp ect b ro u g h t a q u a n tity of stick s, a fire sh ould n o t be m ad e. W h o e v e r should m ake one, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. A n d nor, m onks, h a v in g closed a d o o rw ay, sh ould y o u sit dow n in th e d o o rw ay. W h oever should (so) sit d o w n , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g­doing. || x ||

" O n acco u n t o f th is, m on ks, I w ill la y d o w n an o b servan ce for m onks as to a b a th ro o m a n d w h ich sh o u ld b e o b served

1 Cf. M V. I. 20. 1 ; 82. i ; 87. 6, and Vin. iv. 15.1 A s above ; and see definition of dhamma a t Vin. iv. 15 = 22 = 200.

8.2— 9 .i] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 30 9

b y m onks in a b a th ro o m . W h o e v e r goes first to a bath ro o m , if ashes h a v e a ccu m u la ted , sh ou ld th ro w o u t th e ashes. I f the b ath ro o m is soiled, th e b ath ro o m sh o u ld be sw ep t. I f the flooring1 . . . c e ll . . . th e porch . . . th e h a ll in the bath ro o m is soiled, th e h a ll in th e b ath ro o m sh ou ld be sw ept. Chunam sh ould b e k n ead ed , c la y sh ou ld be m oistened, w a ter sh ould b e poured in to th e w a te r-ja r. O n en terin g th e b a th ­room , h a v in g sm eared th e fa ce w ith c la y , h a v in g co vered oneself fr 6n t an d b a ck , one m a y en ter th e b ath ro o m . O ne sh ould not sit d ow n so as to en croach on (the sp ace in ten d ed for) m on ks w ho are elders, nor sh ould n ew ly ord ain ed m on ks be tu rn ed a w a y from a se a t.3 I f one is ab le , a treatm en t should be done in th e b ath ro o m fo r m on ks w h o are elders. O n le a v in g th e b ath ro o m , h a v in g ta k e n th e ch a ir fo r th e b ath room an d h a v in g co vered on eself fro n t an d b a c k , one m a y lea ve th e b ath ro o m . I f one is ab le , a tre a tm en t sh ould also be done in th e w a te r for th e m on ks w h o are elders. O ne should not b a th e before th e m o n ks w h o are elders, [220] nor should one b a th e a b o v e th em . W a y sh o u ld b e m ade b y one w h o has b a th e d an d is g e ttin g o u t (of th e w ater) for those w ho are g e ttin g in to it. W h o e v e r le a v e s th e b a th ro o m la st, i f th e b ath ro o m is sw a m p y , he sh ould w a sh it. H a v in g w ashed the tu b fo r th e c la y , h a v in g p u t a w a y th e ch a ir fo r th e bath room , h a v in g ex tin g u ish ed th e fire, h a v in g closed th e door, he m a y d ep art. T h is, m onks, is th e o b servan ce fo r m onks as to a bath ro o m a n d w h ich sh ould be o b served b y m onks in a b a th ro o m .” || 2 |j 8 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m on k w h o h ad been born a b rah m an , h a v in g re lie ve d him self, d id not w a n t to rinse, th in k in g : " W h o w o u ld to u ch th is fou l e v il sm ell ? ” A w orm rem ained in his rectu m . T h e n th is m o n k to ld th is m a tte r to the m onks. T h e y s a id : " B u t d id y o u , y o u r reveren ce, not rinse a fte r re liev in g y o u r s e l f ? ” “ N o , y o u r re v e ren ce s.” T h o se w h o w ere m odest m on ks . . . sp read it a b o u t. . . . T h en these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ Is it tru e , as is said , th a t y o u , m o n k, d id not rinse a fte r

1 paribhan4a* I t is doubtful whether Bu. has understood this term : he explains it b y bahi jaggati, he lies aw ake outside, V A . 1286.

* C f . M V. I. 25. 12, 13.

3io B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

re lievin g y o u rse lf ? ” “ I t is tru e , L o rd .” H a v in g rebu kedth em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

" M onks, if th ere is w a te r y o u sh o u ld n ot n o t rinse a fte r re liev in g yo u rselves. W h o e v e r sh o u ld n o t rinse, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' |j 9 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks re lie ve d th e m selv e s in th e p r iv y accord in g to sen io rity . N e w ly o rd ain ed m o n ks, h a v in g arriv ed first, w a ite d an d th ro u g h restra in in g th e m selve s, th e y fe ll dow n fa in tin g .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ Is it true, as is said , m o n ks ? ” " I t is tru e , L o rd .” H a v in greb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

" M onks, y o u sh o u ld not re lie v e y o u rse lve s in a p r iv y acco rd in g to sen io rity . W h o e v e r does (this), th ere is an offence o f w rong-d oing. I a llo w , y o u m onks, to re lieve yo u rselves accord in g to th e ord er o f a r r iv a l.” || x ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks en tered a p r iv y v e ry h a stily and th e y entered fo rc ib ly 2 an d th e y relieved th em selves w h ile g ro a n in g 3 a n d w h ile ch e w in g to o th w o o d and outside th e proper vessels an d th e y sp at in to a vessel an d th e y scraped th em selves w ith a ro u g h p iece o f w ood an d th e y dropped a piece o f w ood fo r scra p in g in to a cesspool ; and th e y le ft v e r y h a stily a n d th e y le ft fo rc ib ly an d th e y rinsed sm ack in g th eir lips a n d th e y le ft w a te r in th e sau cer fo r rinsing (-water). T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks [221] . . . sp read it ab o u t, s a y in g : " H o w ca n th is g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks enter a p r iv y v e r y h a s tily . . . an d le a v e w a te r in th e sau cer for rinsing (-water) ? ” T h e n th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ Is it tru e , as is sa id , m o n ks ? ” " I t istru e, L o rd .” H a v in g re b u k e d th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ W e ll then, m onks, I w ill la y d o w n an o b servan ce in respect o f p rivies and w h ich is to b e o b served b y m on ks in privies.

11 2J" W h o e ve r goes to a p r iv y , s ta n d in g o u tsid e sh ould cough,

1 Cf. C V . V I I I . 4. -I.1 ubbhujitva, as a t Vin, iii. 40.* nitthunanta. O r is this " spitting ” ?

10.3— 11.2] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 3 i iand th e one sittin g inside sh ould co u gh too. H a v in g la id aside the robe on a b am b o o fo r robes or on a cord fo r robes, one should en ter th e p r iv y c a re fu lly a n d u n h u rried ly . O n e should not enter too h a stily , one sh o u ld not en ter fo rc ib ly , one should stand firm ly on th e p r iv y shoes. O ne sh ould n o t relieve oneself w h ile g ro an in g . . . y o u sh o u ld n o t d rop a piece o f w ood for scra p in g in to a cesspool. Y o u sh ould g et rid o f it w hile sta n d in g on th e p r iv y shoes. Y o u sh o u ld not d epart too q u ick ly , nor fo rc ib ly . Y o u sh ould sta n d firm ly on the rinsing shoes. Y o u sh o u ld n o t rinse sm ack in g y o u r lips, yo u should n ot le a ve w a te r in th e sau cer fo r rin sin g (-w ater). Y o u should get rid o f it w hile s ta n d in g on th e rin sin g shoes. I f th e p r iv y is d ir ty it sh o u ld be w ashed . I f th e recep ta cle fo r (w ood for) scrap in g is fu ll, th e p ieces o f w ood fo r scra p in g sh ould be throw n a w a y . I f th e p r iv y is soiled , it sh ou ld be sw ep t. I f the p laster flooring . . . i f th e cell . . . if th e p o rch is soiled th e porch sh ould be sw ep t. I f th ere is no w a te r in th e vessel for rin sin g-w ater, w a te r sh ould be tip p e d in to it. T h is, m onks, is th e observan ce for m onks in respect of p riv ies a n d w h ich should be o b served b y m onks in resp ect o f p r iv ie s ." || 3 || 10 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th o se w h o sh ared cells d id not co n d u ct th em selves p ro p e rly to w a rd s th eir p recep tors. T h o se w h o were m odest m on ks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w ca n these w ho share cells not co n d u ct th em selves p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e ir preceptors ? " T h e n th ese m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I s it tru e , as is sa id , m onks, th a t those w h o share cells do not co n d u ct th em selves p ro p e rly to w a rd s th eir p recep ­tors ? ” " I t is tru e , L o rd .” T h e A w a k en e d O ne, th e L o rdrebuked th em , sa y in g :

“ H ow , m onks, can those w h o sh are cells [222] not co n d u ct them selves p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e ir p recep tors ? I t is not, m onks. . . . " A n d h a v in g reb u ked th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g :

“ W e ll then, m onks, I w ill la y d ow n an o b servan ce fo r those who sh are cells to w a rd s th e ir p recep tors a n d w h ich sh o u ld be observed b y those w ho sh are cells to w a rd s th e ir p recep to rs: || 1 ||

“ T h e one w h o sh ares a c e ll,1 m onks, sh ould co n d u ct h im self

1 From here to the end of || 11 || see M V . I. 25. 8-24. and for notes seeB.D. iv. 59 ff.

312 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

pro p erly to w ard s th e p recep tor. T h is is th e p ro p er co n d u ct in th is respect : h a v in g g o t u p e a r ly , h a v in g ta k e n off his sandals, h a v in g a rran ged his u p p er robe o v e r one shoulder, he sh ould g iv e to o th w o o d , he sh o u ld g iv e w a te r fo r rinsing the m outh, he sh ould m a k e re a d y a seat. I f there is co n je y , h a v in g w ash ed a bow l, th e c o n je y sh o u ld be p laced n ea r (the precep tor). W h en he h as d ru n k th e c o n je y , h a v in g g iv e n him w a ter, h a v in g rece ived th e b o w l, h a v in g lo w ered it , h a v in g w ashed it p ro p e rly w ith o u t ru b b in g it , it sh o u ld be p u t a w a y . W h en th e p recep to r h as go t u p , th e seat sh o u ld b e rem oved . I f th a t p lace is soiled, th a t p lace sh o u ld be sw ep t. || 2 ||

" I f th e p recep to r w ish es to en ter a v illa g e , his inner c lo th in g sh ould be g iv en (to him ), th e in n er c lo th in g (th a t he is w earing) sh ould be received (from him ) in re tu rn , th e w a istb a n d should be g iv en (to him ) ; h a v in g fo ld ed th em (into tw o or fo u r folds), th e ou ter robes are to be g iv e n (to him ) ; h a v in g w ash ed it, a b ow l w ith w a te r is to be g iv e n (to him ). I f th e p recep to r desires an a tte n d a n t, (the la tte r) h a v in g p u t on his in n er robei a ll rou n d so as to c o v e r th e th ree circles, h a v in g b o u n d on th e w aistb an d , h a v in g fo ld ed th em , and h a v in g dressed in thej' ou ter robes, h a v in g fasten ed th e ties, h a v in g w ashed , h a v in g 1 ta k e n a bow l, sh ould b e th e p re cep to r 's a tte n d a n t. H e sh ould n ot w a lk to o fa r a w a y (from him ), h e sh o u ld n o t w a lk to o c lo se .f H e sh ould rece ive th e b o w l an d its c o n te n ts. || 3 |j

" H e sh ould n ot in terru p t th e p re cep to r w h en he is sp eak in g . (But) if th e p recep to r is b o rd erin g on an offence, th en , sp ea k in g him self, he sh o u ld w arn h im . W h e n he is re tu rn in g, he sh ould m ake re a d y a seat, h a v in g com e b a c k first ; he sh ould set out w a te r fo r w ash in g th e feet, a fo o t-sto o l, a fo o t-sta n d ; h a v in g gone to m eet h im , he sh ould rece ive h is b o w l a n d robe, he should g iv e b a c k th e in n er c lo th in g (given) in retu rn , he sh ould receive his inner c lo th in g . I f a ro b e is d a m p w ith persp iration , he should d ry it for a sh o rt tim e in th e su n ’s w a rm th , b u t a robe should n o t be la id aside in th e w a rm th . H e sh o u ld fo ld up th e robe. W h en fo ld in g u p th e robe, h a v in g m ade th e com ers tu rn b a c k fo u r fin ger-b read th s, he sh o u ld fo ld u p the robe, th in k in g ' M ind th ere is n o crease in th e m id d le/ T h e w aistb an d should be p la ced in a fo ld (of th e robe). I f there is alm sfood an d th e p recep to r w ish es to eat, h a v in g g iv e n him w ater, a lm sfood sh o u ld b e p la ce d n ear (him ), jf 4 ||

11 .5- 7] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 3 i 3" H e sh ould offer th e p recep to r d rin k in g -w ater. W h en he

has eaten , h a v in g g iv en him w ater, h a v in g received th e bow l, h av in g low ered it, h a v in g w ash ed it p ro p erly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, h a v in g em p tied out th e w a ter, he sh o u ld d ry it fo r a sh ort tim e in th e su n 's w arm th , b u t a b ow l sh ou ld not b e la id aside in th e w arm th . [223] H e sh ould la y aside th e b o w l and robes. W h en la y in g aside th e b o w l, h a v in g ta k e n th e bow l in one hand , h a v in g fe lt w ith th e o th er h a n d under th e couch or under th e chair, th e bow l sh ould be la id aside, b u t th e b ow l should not be laid asid e on th e b are gro u n d . W h en la y in g aside a robe, h a v in g ta k e n th e robe in one hand , h a v in g stro k ed the o th er hand a lo n g th e b a m b o o fo r robes or a lon g th e cord for robes, h a v in g g o t th e ed ges a w a y fro m him and th e fo ld tow ard s him , th e robe sh ould be la id aside. W h en th e precep tor has g o t up, th e seat sh ould b e rem oved , th e w a ter for w ash in g th e feet, th ffc fo o t-sto o l, th e fo o t-sta n d sh ould be p u t a w a y . If th a t p lace com es to be soiled th a t p lace sh ould be sw ep t. I! 5 II

" I f th e p recep to r w ishes to b a th e , he sh ould p repare a b a th . I f he w a n ts a co ld (bath), he sh o u ld p repare a co ld one ; i f he w ants a hot (bath), he sh ould p repare a h o t one. I f th e p recep tor w ishes to en ter a b ath ro o m , he sh o u ld kn ea d ch u n am , sh ould m oisten c la y ; ta k in g a ch a ir fo r th e b ath ro o m , h a v in g gone close behind th e p recep tor, h a v in g g iv en him th e ch air for the bath ro o m , h a v in g rece ived his robe he sh ould la y it to one side. H e sh ould g iv e him th e ch u n am , he sh o u ld g iv e him the c la y . I f he is able to do so, he sh o u ld en ter th e b ath room . W hen he is en terin g th e b a th ro o m , h a v in g sm eared his face w ith c la y , h a v in g co vered h im self fro n t an d b a ck , he should enter th e b ath ro o m . || 6 ||

" H e sh ould not sit d ow n so as to en croach u p o n (the space inten ded for) m on ks w ho are elders. H e sh o u ld not keep n ew ly ordained m onks fro m a seat. H e sh o u ld m ak e p rep aratio n for th e p recep tor in a b ath ro o m . W h en he is le a v in g th e bathroom , ta k in g th e ch a ir fo r th e b a th ro o m , h a v in g co vered him self fro n t a n d b a ck , he sh o u ld le a ve th e b ath ro o m . H e should also m ake p rep a ra tio n fo r th e p recep to r in th e w ater. W hen he is b a th in g , h a v in g com e out o f th e w a te r (first), h a v in g dried his ow n b o d y, h a v in g p u t on his inner robe, he should w ipe off th e w a ter fro m th e p re cep to r 's lim bs, he sh ould

M

3^4 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

g iv e him his inner c lo th in g , he sh o u ld g iv e him his o u te r c lo a k ; ta k in g th e ch air fo r th e b ath ro o m , h a v in g com e b a c k first, he should m ake re a d y a seat, he sh ou ld p u t out w a te r fo r w ash in g the feet, a foot-stool, a fo o t-sta n d . H e sh o u ld offer th e precep tor d rin kin g-w ater. || 7 ||

cc I f he w ishes to m ak e h im recite , he sh ould m a k e h im recite. I f he w ishes to in terro g a te , h e sh o u ld be in terro gated . In w h a tev er d w ellin g-p lace th e p re cep to r is s ta y in g , if th a t dw elling-p lace is soiled , it sh o u ld be c lea n ed if he is a b le (to do so). W h en he is c le a n in g th e d w ellin g -p la ce , h a v in g first ta k en o u t th e b o w l a n d robes, he sh o u ld la y th em to one side. H a v in g ta k e n out th e p iece o f c lo th to sit u p o n an d th e sheet, he sh ould la y th em to one side. H a v in g ta k e n out th e m a ttress and th e sq u a ttin g -m a t, he sh o u ld la y th em to one side. j| 8 ||

" H a v in g low ered th e cou ch , [224] h a v in g ta k e n it o u t care­fu lly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t k n o ck in g it a g a in st th e door or th e posts, he sh ould la y it to one side. H a v in g low ered th e chair, h a v in g ta k e n it o u t c a re fu lly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t k n o ck in g it a g a in st th e d oor or th e posts, he sh ould la y it to one side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e su p p o rts fo r th e cou ch , he sh ou ld la y th em to one side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e sp itto o n , he sh ould la y it to one side. H a v in g ta k e n out th e reclin in g-board , he sh ould la y it to one side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e gro u n d -co verin g , h a v in g o b served h o w it w as la id dow n, he sh ould la y it to one side. I f there com e to be co b w eb s in th e d w elling-p lace, he sh ou ld first rem o ve th em fro m the (floor-) co verin g ; he sh ould w ipe th e co m ers o f th e w indow -holes. I f a w a ll th a t w a s co loured red com es to be sta in ed , he sh ould w ipe it, h a v in g m oistened a rag, h a v in g w ru n g it o u t. I f ground th a t w as b lack ed becom es sta in ed , he sh o u ld w ip e it, h a v in g m oistened a rag, h a v in g w ru n g it o u t. I f th e g ro u n d did n ot com e to be treated , he sh ould sw eep it, h a v in g sp rin k led it all o ver w ith w a te r, th in k in g : ‘ T a k e care lest th e d w ellin g-p lace is sullied w ith d u st.' H a v in g lo o k ed for (any) ru b b ish , he sh ould rem ove it to one side. |[ 9 ||

“ H a v in g dried th e g ro u n d -co verin g in th e sun, h a v in g cleaned it, h a v in g sh aken it, h a v in g b ro u gh t it b a ck , he sh ould la y it dow n as it w as la id d ow n before. H a v in g d ried the sup ports for th e co u ch in th e sun, h a v in g w ip ed th em , h a v in g brought th em b ack, he sh o u ld p lace th em w h ere th e y w ere

before. H a v in g dried th e couch in th e sun, . . . th e ch air in the sun, h a v in g clean ed it, h a v in g sh aken it, h a v in g low ered it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a c k c a re fu lly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t knocking it again st th e door o r th e posts, he sh o u ld la y it dow n as it w as la id d ow n before. H a v in g d ried th e m attress and the sq u a ttin g m a t in th e sun . . . h a v in g dried th e piece of cloth to sit u pon an d th e sheet in th e sun, h a v in g clean ed them , h av in g sh aken th em , h a v in g b ro u gh t th em b a ck , he sh ould la y them d ow n as th e y w ere la id d ow n before. H a v in g d ried th e sp ittoon in th e sun, h a v in g w ip ed it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a ck , he should p lace it w h ere it w as before. H a v in g dried th e reclin ing-board in th e sun , h a v in g w ip ed it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it back, he sh ould p lace it w h ere it w as before. [| xo |[

“ H e sh ould la y aside th e b o w l a n d robes. W h en la y in g aside th e b o w l . . . (as in || 5 j|). . . . W h en la y in g aside a robe . . . th e fo ld to w a rd s him , th e robe sh o u ld b e la id aside.ii 1111

“ I f d u s ty w in d s b lo w from th e east, he sh o u ld close the eastern w in d ow s. I f d u sty w in d s b lo w fro m th e w est , . . the n orth . . . [225] . . , from th e so u th , he sh o u ld close the southern w ind ow s. I f th e w ea th er is cool, he sh o u ld open the w indow s b y d a y , he sh o u ld close th em a t n ig h t. I f th e w ea th er is w arm , he sh o u ld close th e w in d o w s b y d a y , he sh o u ld open them a t n ig h t. || 12 |[

“ I f a cell is soiled, th e ce ll sh o u ld be sw ep t. I f a porch . . . an a tte n d a n ce -h a ll . . . a fire-hall . . . a p r iv y is soiled , the p r iv y sh o u ld be swrep t. I f th ere is no d rin k in g -w ater, d rin kin g-w ater sh ould be p ro v id ed . I f th ere is no w a te r fo r w ashing, w a te r fo r w a sh in g sh ould be p ro v id ed . I f th ere is no w a te r in th e p itch e r o f w a te r fo r rinsing, w a te r sh ould be tipped in to th e p itch e r o f w a te r fo r rinsing. || 13 ||

" I f d issa tisfa ctio n h as arisen in th e p recep to r, th e one w h o shares his c e ll sh o u ld a lla y it or g e t an o th er to a lla y it, or he should g iv e h im a ta lk on dham m a . I f rem orse has arisen in the p recep tor, th e one w h o shares th e c e ll sh o u ld d isp el it or get an o th er to d ispel it, or he sh o u ld g iv e h im a ta lk on dhamma. I f w ro n g v ie w s h a v e arisen in th e p recep tor, th e one who shares his ce ll sh o u ld d issaude h im (from them ) or get another to d issuade him (from them ), o r he sh o u ld g iv e him a ta lk on dham m a. || 14 ||

1 1 . to—14] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 315

3*6 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" I f th e p recep to r h as c o m m itted an offen ce a g ain st an im p o rta n t rule a n d d eserves p ro b a tio n , th e one w h o shares his celJ sh ould m ake an effort, th in k in g : ' H o w th en could th e O rd er g ra n t th e p recep to r p ro b a tio n ? ' I f th e p re cep to r deserves to be sen t b a c k to th e begin n in g, th e one w h o shares his cell sh ould m a k e an effo rt, th in k in g : ' H o w th en co u ld the O rd er send th e p recep to r b a c k to th e b e g in n in g ? ' I f the p recep tor d eserves manatta (d iscip line), th e one w h o shares his cell sh ould m a k e an effort, th in k in g : ‘ H o w th en could the O rd er in flict manatta (discipline) on th e p recep to r ? ’ I f th e p recep to r d eserves re h a b ilita tio n , th e one w h o sh ares his cell sh ould m a k e an effo rt, th in k in g : ' H o w th en could the O rder re h a b ilita te th e p re cep to r ? ' |[ 15 ||

" I f th e O rd er d esires to c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct a g ain st the p recep tor— one o f cen sure or one o f g u id a n ce or one of b a n ish ­m ent or one of reco n ciliatio n or one of suspension— th e one w ho shares h is cell sh ould m ak e an effort, th in k in g : ‘ H o w then co u ld th e O rd er n o t c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t again st th e p recep tor, or ch a n g e it to a lig h te r one ? ’ Y e t if a (form al) a c t— one o f censure * . „ one o f suspension— is carried out b y th e O rd er again st him , th e one w h o sh ares h is c e ll sh ould m ake an effort, th in k in g : ‘ H o w th en co u ld th e p recep to r co n d u ct h im self p ro p erly , be su b d u ed , m en d his w a ys, (so th a t) th e O rder could re vo k e th a t (form al) a c t ? ’ |j 16 ||

" I f th e p re cep to r’s robe sh o u ld b e w a s h e d ,[226] th e one w ho shares his cell sh ou ld w a sh it or he sh o u ld m a k e an effort, th in k in g : ‘ H o w th en co u ld th e p re ce p to r 's robe be w ash ed ? ’ I f th e p re cep to r’s ro b e-m ateria l sh o u ld be m ad e up, th e one w ho shares h is ce ll sh o u ld m a k e it u p or he sh ould m a k e an effort, th in k in g : ' H o w th en co u ld th e p re cep to r 's robe-m ateria l b e m ad e u p ? ' I f d y e sh o u ld be boiled for th e preceptor, th e one w h o sh ares th e cell sh o u ld bo il it or he should m ak e an effort, th in k in g : * H o w th en can th e d y e be boiled ? I f th e p re c e p to r ’s robe sh o u ld b e d ye d , th e one who shares his cell sh ou ld d y e it or sh o u ld m a k e an effort, th in k in g :‘ H o w then can th e p re c e p to r 's robe b e d ye d ? ' W h en he is d yein g th e robe, he sh ou ld d y e it p ro p e rly , tu rn in g it again, and again , nor sh ould he g o a w a y if th e drips h a v e not ceased.II17 Ii

" W ith o u t a sk in g th e p recep to r (for perm ission), he should

11.18— 12.2] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 317not g iv e an alm sbow l to a n yo n e nor sh ould he receive an alm s- bow l from a n yo n e ; he sh ould not g iv e a ro b e to a n yo n e nor should he receive a robe from a n yo n e ; he sh ould not g iv e a requisite to a n yo n e nor sh ould he receive a requ isite from anyone ; he should not c u t off a n y o n e ’s hair, n or should he h ave his h a ir c u t off b y a n yo n e ; he sh o u ld not render a service to an yo n e n or sh o u ld he cause a service to be rendered b y a n y ­one ; he sh ould not e x ecu te a com m ission fo r a n yo n e nor should he cause a com m ission to be ex ecu te d b y a n yo n e ; he sh ould not becom e an a tte n d a n t on an yo n e n or sh ould he ta k e a n y ­one as an a tte n d a n t ; he sh o u ld not b rin g b a ck a lm sfood for anyone nor sh o u ld he h a v e alm sfood b ro u g h t b a ck b y an yo n e. W ith o u t a sk in g th e p recep to r (for perm ission), he should not enter a v illa g e , he sh o u ld not go to a cem etery , he sh ould not leave th e d is tric t. I f th e p recep to r becom es ill, he sh ould tend him fo r as lo n g as life la sts ; he should w a it (w ith him) u n til he recovers. T h is, m onks, is th e o b servan ce for those w ho share ce lls to w a rd s precep tors an d w h ich sh ould be o bserved b y th o se w h o share cells to w a rd s p recep to rs ."1118111111

N o w at th a t tim e p recep tors d id not co n d u ct th em selves properly to w a rd s those w h o sh ared th eir cells. T h o se w h o were m odest m onks . . . sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can these preceptors not co n d u ct th em selves p ro p e rly to w a rd s th o se w ho share th e ir cells ? ” T h e n these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e s a i d : " Is it tru e , as is sa id , m on ks, th a tpreceptors d o not co n d u ct th em selves p ro p e rly to w a rd s those who share th eir cells ? ”

" I t is tru e, L o r d .” H a v in g reb u ked th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m on ks, s a y in g : " W e ll then, m onks, I w ill la y d ow n a n o b servan ce fo r p recep tors to w a rd s those w ho share th e ir cells an d w h ich sh o u ld b e o bserved b y preceptors to w a rd s th o se w ho share th eir cells. || 1 ||

" T h e p recep to r,1 m on ks, sh o u ld co n d u ct h im self p ro p e rly ■ tow ards th e one w h o sh ares h is cell. [227] T h is is th e proper cond uct in th is respect : th e one w ho sh ares th e cell should be furth ered , he sh o u ld be help ed b y th e p recep to r in regard

1 From here to the end of Ch. 12 is th e same as M V . I. 26.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

to recitatio n , in terro g a tio n , e x h o rta tio n , in stru ctio n . I f there is a bow l fo r th e p recep to r b u t no b ow l fo r th e one w h o shares his cell, a b o w l sh ould be g iv e n b y th e p re cep to r to th e one w ho shares his cell, or he sh o u ld m ak e a n effort, th in k in g : * H o w th en co u ld a b o w l be p ro cu red fo r th e one w h o shares m y ce ll ? ' I f th ere is a robe fo r th e p re cep to r . . . if th ere is (another) req u isite fo r th e p re cep to r , . . ‘ H o w th en could (another) req u isite be p ro cu red fo r th e one w h o sh ares m v cell ? ' |j 2 |j

" I f th e one w h o sh ares a c e ll becom es ill, h a v in g g o t up e a r ly he sh o u ld g iv e to o th -w o o d , lie sh o u ld g iv e w a te r for rinsing th e m o u th , he sh o u ld m a k e re a d y a seat. I f th ere is co n jey , h a v in g w ash ed a vessel, c o n je y sh o u ld b e p la ce d near him* W h en he h a s d ru n k th e c o n je y , h a v in g g iv e n h im w ater, h a v in g rece ived th e vessel, h a v in g lo w ered it, h a v in g w ash ed it p ro p e rly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, it sh ould b e p u t a w a y . W h en th e one w h o shares a cell h as g o t u p , th e seat sh o u ld be rem oved . I f th a t p la ce is so iled th a t p lace sh ould b e sw ept. II 3 II

" I f th e one w h o sh ares a ce ll w ish es to e n te r a v illa g e , h is inner c lo th in g sh o u ld be g iv e n (to him ), th e inner c lo th in g (that h e is w earing) sh o u ld be rece ived fro m h im , in retu rn , th e o u ter robes sh o u ld b e g iv e n (to him ), h a v in g fo ld ed them (into tw o or fou r folds) ; h a v in g w ash ed it, a b o w l w ith w a te r is to b e g iv e n to h im . T h in k in g : ‘ H e w ill b e retu rn in ga b o u t n o w ,’ he sh ould m a k e r e a d y a seat, he sh o u ld set out w a ter fo r w ash in g th e feet, a fo o t-sto o l, a fo o t-sta n d ; h a v in g gone to m eet h im , he sh o u ld rece ive h is b o w l an d robe, he should g iv e b a ck th e in n er c lo th in g (given) in re tu rn , he should receive his inner c lo th in g . I f a ro b e is d a m p w ith persp iration , he should d ry it for a sh ort tim e in th e su n 's w a rm th , b u t a robe should n ot be la id asid e in th e w a rm th . H e sh o u ld fo ld u p th e robe. W h en fo ld in g u p th e robe, h a v in g m ad e the co m ers tu rn b a c k fo u r fin ger-b read th s, he sh ould fo ld u p the robe, th in k in g : ' M ind th ere is no crease in th e m id d le.'T h e w a istb a n d sh ould be p la c e d in a fold (of th e robe). I f there is alm sfood an d th e one w h o sh ares a ce ll w ishes to eat, h a v in g g iv en him w a ter, a lm sfo o d sh o u ld b e p la ce d near (him).II4 I!

“ H e should offer th e one w h o sh ares his cell d rin k in g w ater.

12.5-7] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 319W h en he h as eaten , h a v in g g iv e n h im w a te r, h a v in g received the bow l, h a v in g low ered it, h a v in g w ash ed it p ro p e rly w ith o u t rubbin g it, h a v in g em p tied o u t th e w a te r he sh ould d ry it for a sh ort tim e in th e su n ’s w a rm th , b u t a b o w l sh ould not be la id aside in the w arm th . H e sh o u ld la y asid e th e bow l and robes. W h en la y in g aside th e bow l, h a v in g ta k e n th e bow l in one hand , [228] h a v in g fe lt w ith th e o th er u n d er th e cou ch or under th e chair, th e b o w l sh o u ld be la id aside, b u t th e bow l sh ould not b e la id aside on th e b are ground . W h en la y in g aside a robe, h a v in g ta k en th e robe in one hand , h a v in g stroked th e oth er h an d a lo n g th e bam boo for robes or th e cord fo r robes, h a v in g g o t th e edges a w a y from him an d the fo ld to w ard s h im , th e robe should be la id aside. W h en th e one w h o shares a cell h as g o t u p , th e se a t sh ould be rem oved , th e w a te r fo r w ash in g th e feet, the foot-stool, th e fo o t-stan d should be p u t a w a y . I f th a t p lace com es to be soiled, th a t place should b e sw ep t. || 5 ||

" I f th e one w h o shares a cell w ishes to b a th e , he sh ould prepare a b a th . I f he w a n ts a co ld (bath), he sh ould prepare a cold one ; i f h e w a n ts a h o t (bath), he sh o u ld p rep are a hot one. I f th e one w h o shares a cell w ishes to en ter a bathroom , he sh o u ld k n e a d ch u n am , he sh ou ld m oisten c la y ; tak in g a ch air fo r th e b ath ro o m , h a v in g gone (close behind the one w h o shares a cell), h a v in g g iv en h im th e ch air fo r th e bath room , h a v in g rece ived his robe, he sh ould la y it to one side. H e sh ould g iv e h im th e ch u n am , he sh ould g iv e him the c la y . I f he is ab le to do so he sh o u ld en ter the bath ro o m . W h en he is en terin g th e b ath ro o m , h a v in g sm eared his face w ith c la y , h a v in g co vered h im self fro n t a n d b a c k 4 he should enter th e b ath ro o m . || 6 ||

" H e should n ot sit d ow n so as to en croach upon (the sp ace intended for) m on ks w h o are elders. H e sh o u ld not keep n ew ly ordained m o n ks fro m a seat. H e should m ak e p re­p aration fo r th e one w h o shares a cell in th e b ath ro o m . W h en he is le a v in g th e b a th ro o m , .tak in g th e ch a ir fo r th e b ath ro o m , h a v in g co vered him self fro n t an d b a ck , he sh ould le a v e th e bathroom . A n d he sh ould m ake p rep a ra tio n in th e w a te r for th e one w h o shares his cell. W h en he is b a th in g , h a v in g com e out o f th e w a te r first, h a v in g dried his ow n b o d y, h a v in g put on h is inner robe, he sh ould w ipe off th e w a te r from th e

J2G B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N Elim bs o f th e one w h o shares th e cell, he should g iv e him his inner clo th in g , he sh ou ld g iv e him h is ou ter c lo a k ; tak in g th e ch air for th e bath ro o m , h a v in g com e b a c k iirst, he should m ake re a d y a seat, he sh o u ld p u t o u t w a te r for w ash in g the feet, a foot-stool, a fo o t-sta n d . H e sh ould offer th e one who shares a cell d rin k in g -w ater. || 7 ||

“ I f th e d w ellin g-p lace in w h ich th e one w ho shares a cell is s ta y in g is d ir ty , if he is ab le (to do so) he sh ould clean it. W h en he is clean in g it, h a v in g first ta k e n o u t th e bow l and robes, he sh ould la y th em to one side. . . . I f th ere is no w a te r in th e p itch e r o f w a te r for rinsing, w a te r sh ould be tip p e d in to th e p itch e r o f w a te r fo r rinsing. I f d issatisfactio n has arisen in th e one w h o sh ares a cell, th e p recep to r should a lla y it or get a n o th er to a lla y it, or he sh ould g iv e h im a ta lk on dham m a. I f rem orse . . . th e p recep to r sh ould d ispel it or g et a n o th er to dispel it, o r he sh o u ld g iv e h im a ta lk on dhamma. I f [229] w ro n g v ie w s h a v e arisen in th e one who shares a cell, th e p recep to r sh ould d issuade h im (from them ) or get a n o th er to dissuade h im (from them ) or he sh ould g ive him a ta lk on dhamma. || 8 |j

“ I f th e one w h o shares a cell has co m m itte d an offence again st an im p o rta n t ru le . . . th e p re cep to r sh o u ld m ak e an effort, th in k in g : ' H o w th en c o u ld th e O rd er re h a b ilita te the one w ho shares th e ce ll ? ’ || 9 ||

“ I f th e O rd er desires to c a rry out a (form al) a c t again st one w h o shares a cell . . . th in k in g : ‘ H o w th en co u ld the one w ho shares a cell co n d u ct h im self p ro p erly , be subdued, m end his w a y s, (so th a t) th e O rd er co u ld re vo k e th a t (form al) a ct ? ' || 10 ||

** I f th e robe o f one w h o sh ares a cell sh ould be w ashed . . . W h en he is d y e in g th e ro b e, he sh o u ld d y e it properly , tu rn in g it again and again , nor sh ould he go a w a y if th e drips h a ve not ceased. I f th e one w h o shares a cell becom es ill, he should tend him for as lon g as life lasts ; he sh ould w a it (with him) u n til he recovers. T h is, [230] m onks, is th e o bservan ce for preceptors to w ard s th ose w h o share their cells and w hich should be observed b y p recep tors to w a rd s those w h o share th eir ce lls.” || 11 || 12 |[

T h e Second P o rtio n fo r R ep ea tin g .

13 -14] C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 321

N o w a t th a t tim e pup ils d id not co n d u ct th em selves p ro p erly tow ard s th eir teach ers— (as in || 1 1 ||. Instead o f p recep tor read te a c h e r ; instead o f one w ho shares a ce ll read pupil) . . . |j 1 3 1|

N o w a t th a t tim e teach ers d id not co n d u ct th em selves p rop erly to w a rd s th e ir p u p ils . , . (as in |) 1 2 ||. Instead o f preceptor, one w ho sh ares his cell read tea ch er, pupil) . . . ||14||

T o ld is th e E ig h th S ectio n : th a t on O bservan ces.

In th is S ectio n are fifty -fiv e item s, fourteen o bservan ces. T h is is its k e y :W ith san d als an d sunshades, heads m uffled up, d rin k in g w ater, did not g reet, th e y d id n o t ask , sn ak e, th e w ell b e h a ve d looked

dow n upon, /H e to o k off, sunshade, an d o ve r his shoulder, a n d u n h u rried ly ,

w ith d ra w al,la y in g aside b o w l an d robe, an d su itab le , a sk e d ,1 /Should sp rin k le ,2 an d a b o u t w ash in g, san d als w ith a d ry and

a d a m p 3 (cloth), a senior, a n e w ly o rd ain ed one sh o u ld ask , an d w h eth er

o ccup ied , resorts, /L earners, p riv ies, d rin k in g w a ter, w a sh in g ,4 sta ff, agreem en t,

thereupon Rthe tim e, a m om ent, soiled, th e g ro u n d -co verin g sh ould be

ta k e n out, /S u p p o rts, m a ttress an d sq u a ttin g m a t, an d co u ch and chair,

sp itto o n 6,reclining board , cobw ebs, corners, co lou red red, b la c k , not

tre a te d ,7 /A n d ru bbish , gro u n d co ve rin g , su p p o rts, co u ch a n d chair, m a ttre ss ,8 p iece o f c lo th to sit u pon , sp itto o n ,6 a n d reclin ing

board , /

1 p u cch ita .% O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t : a sin cey y a ; S ia m . : d s iH c i.• O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t : alV ; S ia m , a lie n ’ .4 p a rib h o ja n iy a h e re a b b r e v ia t e d t o p a r i.6 O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t ( a fte r w a r d s a b b r e v ia t e d t o O .) : k a tik a n tato ; S ia m .

katika$thitam .• k h eta m a lla ka b e re a b b r e v ia t e d t o m a lla k a .7 O . : g eru k a -k a la , akata ; S ia m . : g eru kd kd la h d k a ia ,8 O . : p a iip a d a h a m tn a n ca -p lth a m , J b h is i ; S i a m . : p a tip d d a k d m atlca ka m

pitham b h isi.

M*

322 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

B o w l and robe, a n d th e g ro u n d , th e ed ges a w a y , th e folds to w ard s,

from E a s t, a n d fro m W e st, fro m th e N o rth , th e n fro m th e S o u th , /

A n d cool, w arm , b y d a y , a t n ig h t, an d a cell, a p orch, atten d an ce- and fire-hall, an d th e cu sto m in p riv ies , /W a te r fo r d rin k in g , fo r w a sh in g , a n d in to p itch e rs o f w a te r

fo r rinsing—F o r th e r h y th m : an o b serva n ce la id d o w n fo r th o se in com in g. / N e ith e r a se a t, nor w a te r, nor m eetin g , n o r d rin k in g w a te r

either,th e y d id n o t g reet, th e y d id n o t a p p o in t ,1 an d th e w e ll b e h a v e d

sp read it a b o u t. /A n d a seat fo r a senior, w a te r , a n d h a v in g gon e to m eet,

d rin k in g w a te r,sandals, on one side, a n d h e sh o u ld be greeted , sh ould be

a p p o in ted , / [231]O ccu p ied , resorts an d a learn er, p r iv y , d rin k in g- a n d w ashin g-

w a te r ,2s ta ff,3 agreem en t, th e tim e , i f h e is s ittin g d o w n before one

n e w ly ordained, /H e sh ould g reet, he sh o u ld e x p la in , th e m eth o d is as below . T h e o b servan ce fo r these resid en t ones w a s p o in te d o u t b y

th e L e a d e r o f th e C a ra v a n . /T h o se go in g a w a y a n d w o o d , c la y ,4 h a v in g op en ed , n o t a sk in g

(for perm ission), an d th e y w ere lo st, a n d u n g u a rd ed , a n d th e w ell b e h a v e d ones

lo o ked d ow n upon* /H a v in g p a ck e d a w a y , h a v in g closed , h a v in g ask ed (for perm is­

sion), so m a y he set out, m on k or n o vice or p a rk -a tte n d a n t or la y fo llo w e r , /O n stones, a h eap , he sh ould p a c k a w a y , a n d he sh ould close, if he is a b le ,6 o r a n effo rt, an d ju s t w h ere it does n o t le a k , /I f th e whole® leak s— to a v illa g e , a n d ju s t th ere in th e op en air,

1 O . : p a n H a p e ; S a m . : p a n n a p e ,* O . : bho ja n i ; S ia m . : bho ja n a m .* O . : kattard ; S ia m . : kattara-m.4 O . : m atti ca ; S ia m . : m a ttikd .* O . : u ssa h a ti ; S ia m . : sace u s s a h a ti .* O . : sa b b e ; S ia m . : sace.

C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 323“ So th e d ifferent th in g s su re ly rem ain " : th e observan ce fo r

m onks w ho are goin g a w a y . /T h e y d id n o t g iv e th a n k s, th ro u g h an elder, le a v in g alone,

a b o u t fou r or five, w an tin g to re lieve h im self, he w as fa in tin g : th ese are th e

observan ces for those g iv in g th a n k s. /T he group o f s ix m onks w ro n g ly dressed an d fu rth e r w ro n g ly

clothed ,and im p ro p erly , tu rn in g aside, en croach in g on1 (the sp ace

in ten d ed for) elders, /A n d n e w ly ord ain ed m onks, o u ter c lo a k s, a n d th e w ell b eh a ved

lo o ked d ow n upon, h av in g dressed w ith th e inner robe a ll round one fo r co verin g

th e three circles, w a istb a n d , one bu n d le, b lo ck , /N ot tu rn in g aside, p ro p e rly c la d , w ell-con tro lled , eye s ca st

d o w n ,2liftin g u p th e robes, w ith lo u d la u g h ter, noise, a n d so th e three

sw a yin g s ,3 /A rm s ak im b o , m uffled up , crouch in g, p ro p erly c la d , w ell

co n tro lled ,liftin g u p th e robes, lou d la u g h te r ,4 litt le noise, th e th ree

sw a yin g s ,3 /A rm s akim bo, m uffled u p , a n d lo lling, en croach in g, not on

a seat,h av in g sp ared (he should) n ot, w hen w a te r ,5 h a v in g low ered,

he sh ould n o t sp lash , /R eceiver, neigh bou rin g, o u ter c lo a k , a n d if co ok ed rice it sh ould

be rece ived , cu rry , tit-b its , fo r a ll, an d an eq u al le v e l,6 /A tte n tiv e ly , an d th in k in g o f th e b o w l,7 an d on co n tin u ou s

a lm srou n d , eq u al cu rry , not from th e to p , co verin gs u p , ask in g , ca p tio u s-m in d ed ly , / L arge, a round, d oor, w h ole han d , one sh ould n o t ta lk ,8

1 O . : a n u p a k h a jja n e ; S ia m . : jja n a fH .a O . : -c a k k h u ; S ia m . : ca k k h u n d .1 p a ca la n d . . . cald.* O . : u k h h iita cittd , u jjh a g g i ; S ia m . : o k h h ittu k k h ittd u jjh a g g h i.* O . : n a ud ake ; S ia m . : ca ud ak e.® O . : s a m a titti ; S ia m . : sa m a h a n ti.9 S ia m , h e r e a d d s : s a m a siip a n ca titth ik a / n a tdva thero b h u n jey y a asam patte

ca odane j sakkacarjx p a tta s a n n l ca sa p a d a n a m ca s u p a k a m .8 O . : na byahare ; S ia m . : n a vohare.

324 B O O K O F D I S C I V L 1 N 1C

ball, b reak in g up, ch eeks, sh a k in g , sca tte rin g lu m p s o f boiled rice, /

A n d then p u ttin g out th e to n g u e, sm a ck in g th e lips, m akin g a hissin g sound,

lick in g th e fingers, th e bow l, th e lips, a c ce p tin g w ith w h at is soiled , /

U n til e v e ry o n e ,1 w hen w a te r ,1 h a v in g low ered, he sh o u ld not splash ,

receiver, neigh bou rin g, o u ter c lo a k , a n d h a v in g low ered on the grou n d , /

W ith lu m p s o f boiled rice, w hen retu rn in g, p ro p erly clad , cro u ch in g ;

this re fecto ry-o b serva n ce w a s la id d ow n b y th e dham m a-kin g. / W ro n g ly dressed, im p ro p erly , and w ith o u t d e lib e ra tio n ,2

h a stily ,far, close, long, soon, here ju s t those w h o w a lk fo r alm s. / [232] H e m a y go p ro p erly c la d ,3 w ell co n tro lle d ,4 his e y e s east

d o w n ,4liftin g u p th e robes, w ith lou d la u g h te r, noise, and so th e three

sw ayin gs, /A rm s a k im b o , m uffled u p , cro u ch in g, and h a v in g considered,

h a stily ,far, close, long, soon, a litt le se a t, a sp oon, /O r a d ish an d if she sets it o u t, h a v in g raised (and) h a v in g

u n co vered ,5(the alms) m a y be rece ived , he sh o u ld not lo o k a t, an d th a t

is a b o u t curries as before, /A m onk sh ould co v e r w ith th e o u ter c lo a k , he sh o u ld go

p ro p erly clad,®w ell controlled , and th e eyes c a st d o w n , lift in g up th e robes,

and w ith lou d la u g h te r, /L ittle noise, th e th ree sw a y in g s, arm s a k im b o , m u ffled up,

crouching,the first th e seat, th e refuse (tub), d rin k in g w a ter, w ashin g

w ater,

O . : yd v a na sabbe, u d a k e ; S ia m . : n a tdva yd v a n a sabbe.O . : asalla kkh e ca sahasd ; S ia m . : asalla kkh etvd sa ha sd .O . : p a ticch a n n en a ; S ia m , p a ticch a n n o va.O . : susarnvut’ o k k h itta ca k k h u ; S ia m . : sa m v u t‘ o k k h itta ca k k h u n d .O . : patidttietva ; S ta m . : p a n a m a k d ,pa iiccha n n ev a .

C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 325the la st if he so desires m a y eat, it m a y be th ro w n in to , he

sh ould rem ove, /He sh ould p u t a w a y , he sh ould sw eep, i f e m p ty (and) d ep leted

he sh ould a tte n d (to them ) b y a sign w ith th e han d , he sh ould n ot b reak in to and th e

o bservan ce fo r those w h o w a lk for alm s. /D rin k in g w ater, w ash in g w a te r, lire, k in d lin g w ood an d lun ar

m ansions (and) q u arters (and) th ieves, th in kin g , “ th ere is n o th in g ” h a v in g th rash ed (them ), a bow l,

on th e shoulder, th en th e robe, /" N o w ,” h a v in g h u n g on th e shoulder, th e th ree circles, all

round,as is th e o b servan ce for those, w h o w a lk fo r alm s so are the

m eanin gs in th a t for fo rest-d w ellers. /A bow l, on th e sh ould er, robe, on th e h ead , and h a v in g p u t on,

d rin k in g w a te r, w ashing w a ter, fire, a n d also k in d lin g w ood , a sta ff, /L un ar m ansions, or th e ir positions, he sh ould becom e sk illed

in th e q u a rters ; the o b servan ce w as la id d ow n fo r these fo rest-d w ellers b y th e

B est o f T each ers. /In the open air, th e y w ere co vered , a n d th e w ell b eh a ved looked

dow n upon.1 f a d w ellin g-p lace is soiled, first th e b ow l an d robe, /M attress an d sq u a ttin g -m a t, couch , a n d ch air, sp itto o n , reclining b oard (and) w in d o w corners, red co lou rin g, b lack ,

not tre a te d , /R ubbish , n ear m onks, lo d gin gs, d w ellin g-p lace , d rin k in g w a te r, near w ash in g w a te r, a n d to w in d w a rd in th e open sp ace, /T o leew ard , c o v e rin g , su p p o rts and c o u c h ,2chair, m attress, p iece o f c lo th to sit upon, sp itto o n , an d reclin ing

board, /And b o w l and robe on th e gro u n d , th e ed ges a w a y from , th e

fold to w ard s,and th e H ast, th e W e st, th e N o rth , th en th e S o u th , /A n d cool and w a rm , b y d a y (and) a t n ig h t, a n d a ce ll, a p orch , a tten d an ce- a n d fire-h all, a p r iv y , d rin k in g w a te r , /

1 O . : h a tih iv ik a re , bh in d eyy a ; S ia m . : hatthakare na b h in d ey y a . a O . : tn an ce ca ; S ia m . : m ancakarn.

326 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

P itch e r o f rin sin g w a te r, seniors, re c ita tio n (and) in terro gatio n , s tu d y /

dhamma, a n d a lig h t, he sh o u ld (not) ex tin g u ish , he should not open, nor sh o u ld he close, /

W h en th e senior tu rn s, he sh o u ld not to u ch h im even w ith a corner ;

th e G reat Sage la id d o w n th is o b serva n ce fo r lo d gin gs. /I f th e y are b e in g h in d ered , d o o rw a y , fa in tin g , th e w e ll b eh a ved

lo o k d ow n upon, [233] he sh ould th ro w o u t th e ashes, b a th ro o m , an d floorin g as

before, /C e ll (and) porch, h all, ch u n am (and) c la y (and) ja r , face, in fro n t, n o t (en croachin g on) elders, n o r2 n e w ly ordained,

if he is ab le , /In fro n t, a b o v e , a w a y , sw a m p y , c la y , a li t t le ch air, a n d h a v in g extin g u ish ed , he m a y d ep a rt :3 th e o b servan ce for

those in b ath ro o m s. /H e d id not rinse, a cco rd in g to se n io rity an d in order, a n d he

fe ll d ow n, h a stily , fo rc ib ly ,4 gro an in g, to o th w o o d , th e y re lie v e d th em selves,

sp ittin g , /R o u gh , cesspool, h a s tily , fo rc ib ly , sm ack in g , th e y le f t ,5 outside an d inside o n e sh o u ld co u g h , a co rd , a n d u n h u rried ly , / H a stily , fo rc ib ly , g ro a n in g ,6 to o th w o o d , an d re lie v in g oneself, sp ittin g , ro u gh , a n d cessp ool, p r iv y shoes, /N o t too h a stily , fo rc ib ly , shoes, sm a c k in g th e lips, one sh ould not le a ve , one sh o u ld n o t2 g e t rid of, d ir ty ,7 and

a b o u t th e re ce p ta c le ,8 /P r iv y , p la ster floorin g, a n d cell, p o rch ,an d w a te r in th e p itch e r fo r rin sin g w a te r : th e o bservan ce

in th e p rivies are th ese. /

1 O . : -p a rip u cch a n d , s a jjh d , j d h a m m o , p a d lp a n ca v ijjh a p e n a viva re , na p i tkake ; S ia m . : p a r ip u cc h a n d / s a jjh d d h am m o p a d lp a H ca n a vivare n a ca thake. I

* S ia m , o m its n a .* O . : v ijjh d p e tv a c a , p a k k a tn e ; S i a m . : v ijjh a p e tv d thaketvd ca.

O . r e a d s u p p a jj i fo r u b b h u jitv d , a n d in t h e l in e b e lo w u b b h a jjh i ; S ia m . u b b h u ji in b o t h p la c e s .

* O . : sethena. A t V I I I . 10. 2 t h e c o r r e s p o n d in g w o r d is sese n ti. S ia m . : sesakant.

* O . : sahasd u b b h a jjiiv a n a ; S ia m . : sa h a sd u b b h u ji th ite .O . : u h a n a t p r e s u m a b ly fo r u h a td o f V I I I . 10. 3 ; S ia m . : iih an d .O . : p id h a ren a ca ; S ia m . : p ith a r e n a ca .

C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 327Sandals, to o th w oo d , an d w a te r fo r rin sin g th e m o u th , a seat, conjey, w a te r, h a v in g w ash ed , he sh ould rem ove, soiled, and

v illa g e , /Inner c lo th in g , w a istb a n d , fo ld , a b o w l w ith w a te r, a tte n d an t, an d p recise ly th e th ree circ les, a ll round, w a ist­

ban d , /F o ld , h a v in g w ash ed , a tte n d a n t, not to o fa r a w a y , he sh ould

receive,w hile h e is sp eak in g , offence, go in g first, a sea t, /W a te r, (foot-) sto o l an d sta n d , h a v in g gone to m eet, inner

clo th in g ,in th e sun, he la id aside, crease, in a fo ld , le t h im e at, he m a y

p la ce ,1D rin k in g w a ter, w a te r, low ered , fo r a m om en t, b u t he sh ould

n ot la y aside,b ow l on th e gro u n d an d robes, edges a w a y , fo ld to w a rd s, J H e sh o u ld rem o ve, he sh ould p u t a w a y , an d soiled , to b a th e , cold, hot, b a th ro o m , ch u n am , c la y , beh in d , /A n d ch air, robe, ch u n am , c la y , i f he is ab le , face, front, elders, n eith er, an d p rep aratio n , w hen le a v in g , /F ro n t, in th e w a te r, w h en b a th in g , h a v in g dressed, th e

p recep tor,and th e in n er c lo th in g , ou ter c lo a k , ch air, an d a b o u t a seat, / F o o tsto o l and sta n d , d rin k in g w a te r, re c ita tio n , in terro g a tio n , if soiled he sh o u ld clean i t ,2 first th e b o w l an d robes /Piece o f c lo th to s it upon a n d sh eet, a n d th e m a ttress and

sq u a ttin g m at,couch, ch air, su p p o rts, sp itto o n , a n d th e reclin in g b o a rd , / G round - (covering), co b w eb s, w in d ow s, red, b la c k , n o t tre a te d , gro u n d -co verin g, su p p o rts, co u ch , ch air, m attress, /Piece o f c lo th to sit u p o n an d sh eet, sp itto o n a n d reclin in g

board , b o w l a n d robe, [234] from th e E a s t, an d fro m th e W e st, fro m th e N o rth , a n d th en

from th e S o u th , /A n d co ol an d w arm , b y d a y an d n ig h t, an d a cell, porch, a tten d an ce- a n d fire-hall, p r iv y , d rin k in g w a te r, w a te r fo r

w ashin g, /

1 n a m e , fo r u p an d m etabbo a t th e e n d o f V I I I . 11. 4. a O ld e n b e r g u k ld p a m su sod heyya ; S ia m . : u k ld p ’ u ssa h a m sod heyya.

328 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N EP itch e r of w a te r for rinsing, d issa tisfa ctio n , rem orse, an d w rong

view , im p o rta n t (rule),1 th e begin n in g, manatta , re h a b ilita tio n , censure, g u id a n c e ,2 / B a n ish m en t, reco n ciliatio n , an d suspension, if it is ca rried out, he should w ash , a n d he sh ould m ak e u p , th e d ye , h e*sh o u ld

d ye , tu rn in g it, /A n d bow l, an d also robe, a n d a req u isite , c u ttin g off, service, com m ission, a tte n d a n t, a lm sfoo d , en terin g , /N o r to a cem etery , an d also fro m a d is tr ic t, he sh o u ld a tte n d

him fo r as lo n g as life la sts ; th is is th e o b serva n ce for one w h o sh ares a cell. T h e se are for

a p recep to r : /E x h o rta tio n , in stru ctio n , re cita tio n , in terro g a tio n , a n d bow l,

robe,an d requisite, ill, he sh o u ld not b e a n a tte n d a n t .3 /T h ese o b servan ces fo r p recep to rs a re a lso so fo r teach ers ; as are th e o b servan ces for those w h o sh are a cell, so th e y are

for pup ils. /T hose observan ces for in com in g ones, a n d ag ain fo r resident

ones,those goin g a w a y , those g iv in g th a n k s, in a re fe c to ry , those

w a lk in g fo r a lm sfoo d , /T h a t o b servan ce fo r fo rest-d w ellers, a n d also th a t fo r lod gings, In a bath ro o m , a p r iv y , a n d th o se fo r p recep to rs an d those

w ho share th e ir cells, /(As is) th a t o b servan ce fo r tea ch ers , so is it fo r pup ils. N ineteen m atters are sp oken o f in s ix te en section s. /B ein g im perfect in o b servan ce one d oes not p erfect m o ra lity , Im pure in m o ra lity , o f poor w isd o m , one k n o w s not one-

pointedness o f m in d , /T h e m ind w a v erin g , n o t o n e-p o in ted , sees n o t dhamma r ig h tly , not seeing tru e dham m ay one is n o t freed fro m ill. /B ein g perfect in o b servan ce, one p erfects m o ra lity too, pure in m o rality , w ith w isd om , one k n o w s to o one-pointedness

of m ind, /

1 O ld e n b e r g d ca m a n am a n a b h ira ti k u k k u cca rn d itth i ca g a ru ; S ia m . : a cam a -a n a bh ira ti ku kku cca rn d itth ik d g a ru .

* O ld e n b e r g h a s n iy a sa k a a b o v e , lo r n is sa y a . S ia m , n iy a ssa ka rji. C f . a ls o A . i. 99 w h e re n iy a ssa k a m m a s h o u ld re a d n issa y a k

* O ld e n b e r g re a d s n a p a cch a sa m a p o sa ve ; S ia m , bhave.

C U L L A V A G G A V I I I 329

T he m ind iin w a verin g , one-pointed, r ig h tly sees dhamma too, beholding tru e dham m a, one is freed fro m ill. /W herefore th e w a tch fu l son o f th e C onqueror sh ould fu lfil th e

o bservan ce,th e exh o rta tio n o f th e best o f B u d d h a s— hence he w ill com e to

n ibban a. / [235]

330

A t one tim e1 th e A w a k e n e d O ne, th e L o rd w as s ta y in g a t S a v a tth i in th e E a ste rn M o n a stery in th e lo n g house o f M igara 's m other. N o w a t th a t tim e th e L o rd w as s ittin g d ow n su r­rou n d ed b y an O rd er of m on ks on a n O b serva n ce d a y . T h en , w h en th e n ight w as fa r sp en t, as th e first w a tc h w as w aning, th e ven erab le A n a n d a , risin g from his se a t, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ve r orie sh ould er, h a v in g sa lu ted th e L o rd w ith jo in ed palm s, sp ok e th u s to th § L o rd :

" L o rd , th e n igh t is fa r sp en t, th e first w a tc h is w a n in g ; th e O rd er o f m o n ks h as been s ittin g d ow n fo r a lo n g tim e ; L o rd , let th e L o rd recite th e P a tim o k k h a to th e m o n k s .” 2 W h en he h ad sp oken th u s th e L o rd b ecam e silen t. A n d w hen th e n ig h t w as fa r sp en t, as th e m id d le w a tc h w as w a n in g , the ven erab le A n a n d a a secon d tim e risin g from his seat, h a v in g a rran ged . . . sp oke th u s to th e L o rd :

" L o rd , th e n ig h t is fa r sp en t, th e m id d le w a tc h is w a n in g ; . . . recite th e P a tim o k k h a to th e m o n k s ." A n d a second tim e th e L o rd becam e silen t. A n d w h en th e n ig h t w a s far spen t, as th e la st w a tc h w a s w a n in g , w h en th e sun h ad risen an d th e n ig h t had a face o f g la d n e ss ,3 a th ird tim e d id th e ven erable A n a n d a , risin g from h is seat, h a v in g a rran ged . . . sp ea k th u s to th e L o rd :

“ L o rd , th e n igh t is fa r sp en t, th e la st w a tc h is w a n in g ; th e sun h as risen, th e n igh t h as a face o f g lad n ess ; th e O rd er o f m onks has been s ittin g d o w n fo r a lo n g tim e ; L o rd , let th e L o rd recite th e P a tim o k k h a to th e m o n k s/ '

“ Ananda, the assem bly is not e n tire ly pure.”4 || I ||T h en it o ccurred to th e ven era b le M o ggallan a th e G re a t :

T HE L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CU LLAVAG GA) IX

T h e w h o le o f th is e p is o d e o c c u r s a ls o a t A . iv . 204 f f . t U d . 5 1 ff.* Q u o te d a t K h A . 1 1 4 ; a n d a t D A . 2 2 7 —8, a n d V v A . 52 , t o " fo r a lo n g

t im e , * a s a n e x a m p le o f kh aya . w a n in g .® C f. M V . V I I I . 13. 2 ; U d . iz7 .* I .e . th e r e is so m e m o n k in i t w h o h a s n o t c o n fe s s e d a n o ffe n c e w h ic h h e

h a s c o m m itte d .

1.2- 3] C U L L A V A G G A I X 331“ N ow , on a cco u n t o f w h ich in d iv id u a l d id -th e L o rd sp eak thus : ‘ A n an d a, th e assem b ly is not e n tire ly pu re ' ? ” T h e n th e ven erab le M oggallan a th e G reat w ith his m in d com passed th e m inds of th e entire O rd er o f m onks. T h en th e ven erable M oggallana th e G re a t saw th a t in d iv id u a l s ittin g in th e m id st of th e O rder o f m on ks— of b a d m oral h a b it,1 d ep raved in ch aracter, of im pure and suspicious b e h a v io u r ,2 of concealed actio n s,3 not a (true) recluse (although) p reten d in g to b e a (true) recluse, n ot a farer of th e B ra h m a -fa rin g (although) preten d in g to b e a farer of th e B rah m a -farin g , ro tten w ith in , filled w ith d esire ,4 f ilth y b y n atu re ; seein g him , he ap p ro ach ed th a t in d iv id u al, [236] h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp oke th u s to th a t in d iv id u a l :

" G et up, y o u r reveren ce, th e L o rd h as seen y o u ; fo r yo u there is n o co m m u n io n 5 to g eth e r w ith th e m o n k s." W h en he had sp oken th u s th a t in d iv id u a l b ecam e silen t. A n d a second tim e. . . . A n d a th ird tim e th e ven era b le M oggallana th e G reat sp oke th u s to th a t in d iv id u a l : " G e t up, y o u r reverence . . . for y o u th ere is no com m union to g eth e r w ith th e m o n k s.” A n d a th ird tim e th a t in d iv id u a l b ecam e silent. T h en th e ven erable M o ggallan a th e G reat, h a v in g ta k e n th a t in d iv id u al b y th e arm , h a v in g th ru st h im o u t th ro u g h th e porch o f th e g a te w a y , h a v in g sh ot th e b o lt ,6 ap p ro ach ed th e L o fd ; h a v in g approach ed , h e sp oke th u s to th e L o rd :

“ L o rd I h a v e th ru st th a t in d iv id u a l o u t ; th e co m p a n y is en tire ly p u re ; L o rd , le t th e L o rd recite th e P a tim o k k h a to th e m onks/*

“ H o w stran ge, M o ggallan a, h ow w on d erfu l, M oggallan a, th a t th a t foo lish m an should h a v e w a ited even u n til he w as ta k en hold of b y th e a rm .” || 2 [|

T h e n th e L o rd addressed th e m o n k s ,7 sa y in g : " M onks,

1 F o r t h is s e t o f e p ith e ts cf. A . i. 108, 12 6 , i i . 239, iv . 2 0 1, 205, P u g . p p . 2 7 , 36 ; U d . 52 ; S . iv . 1 8 0 -1 .

fl S . i. 66, T h a g . 2 7 7 ; c f . D k A . iii. 485.3 S n . 1 2 7 .4 D e fin e d a t V in . iv . 2 1 4 , 2 2 1 , 233 (B .D . i ii. 1 6 1 , 1 7 4 , 1 9 6 ).5 sam vdsa. C f . d e fin it io n a t V in . iv . 3 1 5 , a n d d e fin it io n o f '* t o b e in

c o m m u n io n ” a t V i n „ iv . 13 8 , 2 1 4 . A ls o see P a c . 69.• su cig h a iik a m datva , c f. C V . V . 14. 3 . T h is e p is o d e is re fe r re d t o a t S n A .

3 12 .7 A t A . iv . 198 t h is d e s c r ip tio n o f t h e o c e a n is a s c r ib e d t o th e asura c h ie f ,

P a h a rd d a .

332 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

there are these e igh t stran g e an d w o n d erfu l th in g s a b o u t the g rea t o cean ,1 from c o n s ta n tly h a v in g seen w h ich asnras2 deligh t in th e g re a t ocean. W h a t are th e e ig h t ? T h e great ocean, m onks, d eepens g ra d u a lly , slopes g ra d u a lly , sh elves g ra d u a lly , w ith no a b ru p tn ess lik e a p recip ice . A n d m onks,, th a t th e g re a t o cean deepens g ra d u a lly , slopes g ra d u a lly , sh elves g ra d u a lly w ith no a b ru p tn ess lik e a p recip ice— th is, m on ks, is th e first stran ge a n d w o n d erfu l th in g a b o u t th e g rea t o cean from c o n sta n tly h a v in g seen w h ich asuras d e lig h t in th e g re a t ocean.

" A n d again , m onks, th e g re a t o cean is s ta b le , it does not overflow its m a rg in s.3 A n d , m on ks, th a t th e g rea t ocean is stab le , th a t it does n ot o verflo w its m argin s— th is, m on ks, is the second stra n g e a n d w o n d erfu l th in g . . . .

“ A n d again , m onks, th e g re a t o cean does n ot associate w ith a d ead b o d y, a corpse. W h a te v e r d e a d b o d y , corpse there m a y be in th e g rea t ocean, th a t it ju s t q u ic k ly forces ashore and pushes on to th e d ry la n d .4 T h a t th e g re a t ocean, m onks, does not associate w ith a d ead b o d y , a corpse . . . th is, m onks, is the th ird stran ge an d w o n d erfu l th in g . . . .

" A n d again , m on ks, a ll th e g re a t rivers, th a t is to s a y th e G anges, th e J u m n a , th e A c ir a v a t i, th e S a ra b h u , th e M ahl5 — these, on reach in g th e g rea t o cean lose th e ir form er nam es and id en tities6 and are reckon ed sim p ly as th e g rea t ocean. T h a t a ll th e g re a t r ivers . . . th is, m onks, [237] is th e fo u rth stran ge an d w on d erfu l th in g . . . .

“ A n d again , m on ks, th o se stre a m s w h ich in th e w o rld flow into th e g rea t ocean , and those sh ow ers from th e s k y w h ich fall in to it, y e t is n eith er th e em p tin ess nor th e fullness o f the great ocean a ffected b y th a t. T h a t th o se strea m s w h ich in the w orld . . . th is, m onks, is th e fifth stra n g e an d w on d erfu l th in g . . . .

“ A n d again , m onks, th e g re a t o cean h as one ta ste , th e ta ste

1 A s a t A . iv . 3 9 8 -2 0 4 , 206—208 ; U d . 5 3 —56 .1 A c la s s o f m y t h ic a l b e in g s — n o t a p p a r e n t ly h e re , a s s o m e tim e s , sh o w n

a s th e e n e m ie s o f th e devas.3 In e b b in g a n d f lo w in g , V A . 12 8 7 s a y s .4 C f . M iln . 18 7, 250.0 T h is l is t re cu rs a t A . iv . 10 1 , v . 22 ; S . ii. 13 5 , v . 38 ; M iln , 70, 8 7 , 3S0 ;

V istn . 10.* gotta , c la n . C f, C h a n d . U p . 6 . 10 . 1 , 'i ; M u n d . U p . 3 . 2 . 8, P r a s n a U p .

6 . 5 .

1-3- 4] C U L L A V A G G A I X 3M

of salt. T h a t th e great ocean, m onks, h a s one ta ste . . . th is, m onks, is th e s ix th stran ge an d w o n d erfu l th in g . . . .

“ A n d again , m onks, th e g rea t o cean has m a n y treasu res ,1 d ivers treasures ; th ese treasu res are th ere, th a t is to s a y : p earl,2 c r y s ta l,2 lap is la z u li,2 sh ell,2 q u a r tz ,2 c o ra l,2 s ilver, gold , ruby, c a t 's -e y e .2 T h a t th e g rea t ocean , m onks, h as m a n y treasures . . . th is, m onks, is th e se ve n th stran ge and w o n d er­ful th in g . . . .

“ A n d again , m onks, th e g re a t o cean is th e ab o d e o f g rea t beings ; these bein gs are th ere : th e iim is , th e iim ingalas, the tim itim ingalas> asuras , 3 nagas , gandhabbas. T h ere are in th e great ocean in d iv id u a litie s4 a h un dred y o ja n a s5 (long),6 in d iv id ­ualities tw o hun dred . . . th ree h un dred . . . fo u r hun dred . . . five h un dred yojanas (long). T h a t th e g rea t ocean, m onks, is th e ab o d e o f g re a t bein gs ; th a t th ese beings are th e re : th e tim is . . . in d iv id u a litie s five h u n d red yojanas(long)— this, m onks, is th e e ig h th stra n g e and w o n d erfu l th in g abou t th e great ocean from c o n sta n tly h a v in g seen w h ich asuras deligh t in th e g rea t ocean. T h ese , m on ks, are th e e igh t stran ge and w onderful th in g s a b o u t th e g rea t ocean from c o n sta n tly h a v in g seen w h ich asuras d e ligh t in th e g rea t ocean. |j 3 ||

“ Tn e x a c t ly th e sam e w a y , m on ks, in th is dhamma and d iscip lin e th ere are e ig h t stran ge an d w o n d erfu l th in g s from co n sta n tly h a v in g seen w h ich m on ks d e lig h t in th is dhamma and discip lin e. W h a t are th e e ig h t ?

“ E v e n ,7 m onks, as th e g rea t o cean d eepens g ra d u a lly , slopes g ra d u a lly , sh elves g ra d u a lly w ith no a b ru p tn ess lik e a precip ice, even so, m onks, in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e th ere is a g ra d u a l tra in in g ,8 a g ra d u a l d o in g ,9 a g ra d u a l cou rse ,10 w ith no

1 ratan a.* S e e G .S . i v . 1 3 7 , n o te s .* S e e G .S . iv . 1 3 7 , n . 1 1 .4 attabhdva.6 S e e B .D . i i . 90, n . 8.8 Q u o te d A si. 299.7 Q u o te d K v u . 2 19 .■ A A . iv . i i i s a y s t h is is th e '* th r e e t r a in in g s ," i .e . e it h e r in t h e h ig h e r

m o ra l h a b it , th e h ig h e r m e n t a l it y , th e h ig h e r w is d o m (as a t A . i, 2 3 4 ) , o r in m o ra l h a b it , c o n c e n tr a t io n , w is d o m . F o r th e s e t h r e e w o r d s , c f. M . i . 479. iii. 1 ; A . iv . 20 1 ; U d . 54 .

- k ir iy a . A A . iv . 1 1 1 c a l ls t h is th e th ir t e e n dh u ta n g a s, a s c e t ic p r a c t ic e s (e x p la in e d a t V ism . 59 f f .) .

10 A A . iv . i i i c a lls t h i s : t h e s e v e n ( w a y s o f) c o n te m p la t in g , th e e ig h te e n g r e a t ( w a y s o f) in s ig h t (V is m . 628 f i .) , t h e t h ir t y - e ig h t c a te g o r ie s o f d e p e n d e n c e , th e t h ir t y - s e v e n th in g s h e lp fu l t o e n lig h te n m e n t .

334 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

abru ptn ess such as p en etra tio n o f p ro fo u n d kn o w led ge. A n d , m onks, th a t in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e th ere is a . . . g ra d u a l course w ith no a b ru p tn ess such as p en etra tio n of profou n d know ledge, th is, m onks, is th e first stran g e a n d w o n d erfu l th in g from c o n sta n tly h a v in g seen w h ich m onks d e lig h t in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e.

“ A n d even, m onks, as th e g re a t ocean is s ta b le a n d does not overflow its m argin s, even so, m onks, w h a te v e r rule o f tra in in g has been la id dow n b y m e fo r d iscip les, m y d iscip les w ill not transgress it eve n for life ’s sake. A n d th a t, m on ks, m y discip les w ill n o t tran sgress even fo r life 's sa k e a ru le of tra in in g la id d ow n b y m e fo r d iscip les, [238] th is, m onks, is th e second stra n g e a n d w o n d erfu l th in g . . . .

“ A n d even, m onks, as th e g re a t o cean does not associate w ith a dead b o d y , a corpse, b u t w h a te v e r d ead b o d y , corpse there m a y be in th e g re a t ocean , th a t it ju s t q u ic k ly forces ashore an d pushes on to th e d ry la n d , e v e n so, m onks, w h a te v e r in d iv id u a l is o f b a d m oral h a b it, o f d e p ra v e d ch a ra cter, of im pure and suspicious b e h a vio u r, o f co n cealed actio n s, not a (true) recluse (although) p rete n d in g to be a (true) recluse, not a farer o f th e B ra h m a -fa rin g (although) p reten d in g to be a farer o f th e B ra h m a -fa rin g , ro tte n w ith in , filled w ith desire, f ilth y b y n atu re— th e O rd er does not liv e in co m m u n io n 1 w ith him , b u t h a v in g assem bled q u ic k ly , suspen d s h i m ; and a lth o u g h he is s ittin g in th e m id st o f an O rd er o f m onks, y e t he is fa r from th e O rd er a n d th e O rd er is fa r fro m h im - . . . th is, m onks, is th e th ird stra n g e a n d w o n d erfu l th in g . . . .

“ A n d even, m onks, as th o se g re a t r ivers , th a t is to s a y the G anges, th e J u m n a , th e A c ir a v a t i , th e S a ra b h u , th e M ahl w hich, on reach in g th e g re a t ocean , lose th e ir fo rm er nam es and id en tities and are reckon ed s im p ly as th e g rea t ocean, even so, m onks, (m em bers of) th ese fo u r c a s t e s : noble,brahm an, m erch an t an d low , h a v in g gone fo rth fro m hom e into hom elessness in th is dhamma an d d iscip lin e proclaim ed b y the T ruth -fin d er, lose th e ir fo rm er nam es an d clans and are reckoned s im p ly a s recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s3 . . . this, m onks, is th e fo u rth stra n g e a n d w o n d erfu l th in g . . . .

1 Sa m v a sa ti ; a te c h n ic a l t e r m w h e n u s e d o f t h e O r d e r ; see n o t e a b o v e , P- 331-

1.4} C U L L A V A G G A I X 335" A n d even , m onks, as those stream s w h ich in th e w o rld

flow in to th e g re a t o cean a n d those show ers w h ich fa ll in to it from th e sk y , y e t n o t b y th a t is e ith er th e em ptiness or the fullness o f th e g rea t o cean a ffected — even so, m onks, e ven if m an y m onks a tta in n ib b an a in th e n ib b an a-co n d itio n in w h ich no m ore groups are rem ain in g ,1 n ot b y th a t is e ith er th e em ptiness or th e fu llness o f th e n ib b an a-co n d itio n a ffected . . . th is, m onks, is th e fifth stran g e an d w o n d erfu l th in g . . . .

" A n d even, m onks, as th e g re a t ocean h as one ta ste , th e taste of sa lt, even so, m onks, does th is dhamma a n d discip lin e h ave one ta ste , th e ta ste o f freedom . . . th is, m onks, is th e s ix th stran ge and w o n d erfu l th in g . . , .

" A n d even, m onks, as th e g rea t o cean has m a n y treasures, d ivers treasures— these treasures are there, th a t is to s a y : pearl, cry sta l, lap is la zu li, shell, q u a rtz , co ral, s ilver, go ld , ru b y , ca t's-eye— even [239J so, m onks, does th is dhamma a n d d iscip ­line h a v e m a n y treasures, d iv ers treasu res— -these treasures are there, th a t is to s a y : th e fo u r arousin gs o f m indfulness, th e four r ig h t efforts, th e fo u r bases o f p y sch ic pow er, th e five facu lties, th e seven lin ks in a w ak en in g, th e n oble e ig h tfo ld W a y 2 . . . th is, m onks, is th e se ve n th stra n g e a n d w o n d erfu l th ing. . . .

" A n d even , m onks, as th e g rea t ocean is th e ab o d e of great beings— these beings are th ere : tim is, tim ingalas, tim itim in- galas, asuras, nagas, gandhabbas, in d iv id u a litie s a hun dred yojanas (long) . . . tw o h un dred , . . three h u n d red . . . four hun dred * . . five h u n d red yojanas (long)— even so, m onks, th is dhamma an d d iscip lin e is th e ab o d e of g re a t beings — these beings are there : th e strea m -a tta in er, th e one go in g along to th e realisatio n o f th e fru it of s trea m -a tta in m en t, th e on ce-retu m er, th e one g o in g a lo n g to th e realisation of th e fru it of on ce-returning, th e non-returner, th e one goin g a lo n g to the realisation o f th e fru it o f n on -retu rn in g, th e p erfected one, the one goin g a lo n g to perfection . A n d th a t, m onks, th is dhamma an d d iscip lin e is th e abode o f g rea t beings— these

1 S e e & .S . iv . , 13 9 , n . 4 a n d p . 320 ; a ls o D . i ii. I35» p- 3S w h e r e t h e m e a n in g o f a n u p d d ise sa n ib b a n a d h a tu is e x p la in e d . S e e a ls o C o m p . p . 1 54 : " T h a t w h ic h b e a rs i t s o w n in tr in s ic n a t u r e ." T h e g r o u p s a r e th o s e o f g r a s p in g .

* M rs. R h y s D a v id s , S a k y a , p . 395 p o in t s o u t t h a t t h e o rd e r o f t h e s e te r m s s o m e tim e s v a r ie s .

336 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

beings are th ere : th e s tre a m -a tta in e r . . . th e one goin galo n g to perfection , th is, m onks, is th e e ig h th stra n g e and w on d erfu l th in g in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e from c o n sta n tly h a v in g seen w h ich m o n ks d e lig h t in th is dhamma and d iscip line. T hese, m onks, are th e e ig h t stra n g e an d w o n d erfu l th in gs in th is dhamma an d d iscip lin e from c o n sta n tly h a v in g seen w h ich m onks d eligh t in th is dhamma an d d isc ip lin e ."

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g kn o w n th is m a tte r , a t th a t tim e u tte red th is u tte ra n ce :

" I t rains h a rd on a c o v e red th in g ,I t rains not h ard on an open th in g ;So open u p th e co vered th in g ,T h u s w ill it n ot ra in h a rd on th a t/ '1 |j 4 || 1 ||

T h en th e L o rd ad dressed th e m onks, s a y in g : “ N o w , I,m onks, h en cefo rth w ill n ot c a rry out th e O b servan ce, I w ill not recite th e P a tim o k k h a ; now y o u yo u rselves, m on ks, m ust hen ceforth c a rry out th e O b serva n ce , m ust recite th e P a t i­m o kkh a. I t is n o t possible, m on ks, it ca n n o t com e to pass th a t th e T ru th -fin d er sh o u ld c a r ry out th e O b servan ce , should recite th e P a tim o k k h a w ith a n a ssem b ly th a t is n o t e n tire ly pure. N or, m onks, sh ould th e P a tim o k k h a b e h eard b y one w h o has a n o ffen ce .2 W h o e v e r (such) sh o u ld h ear it, there is an offence o f w rong-d oing. T a llo w y o u , m onks, to suspend th e P a tim o k k h a for h im w h o, h a v in g a n offence, hears the P a tim o k k h a .3 A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it be suspen d ed :* O n an O b servan ce d a y , w h e th e r it be th e fo u rte en th o r th e fifteen th , w hen th a t in d iv id u a l is presen t [240] th is sh ould be u ttered in th e m idst o f th e O rd er : * H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rder listen to m e. T h e in d iv id u a l S o-an d -so h as an offence ; I am suspending th e P a tim o k k h a fo r h im , th e P a tim o k k h a should not b e recited w h en he is present '— (thus) does the P a tim o k k h a becom e su sp e n d e d ." [| 2 j|

1 T h is v e rs e o c c u r s a t U d . v . 5 , b u t n o t a t A . iv . 204 o r 208. I t is a m o n g th e v e rs e s a s c r ib e d t o S ir im a n d a , T h a g * 4 4 7 . V A , 12 8 7 o b s e r v e s (a s is c le a r fro m th e c o n te x t) t h a t t h e c o v e r e d t h in g m e a n s " h a v in g fa lle n in to a n o ffe n c e a n d c o n c e a lin g it o n e fa l ls in t o a n o th e r a n d a fre s h o ffe n c e ; b u t d is c lo s in g it , o n e d o e s n o t fa l l in to a n o th e r o f fe n c e ." C f* U d A . 306, a n d a ls o T h a g A . i i. 188.

* C f . M V . I I . 27. 1 .* C V . I . 5. 1 s a y s t h a t i t m a y n o t b e s u s p e n d e d (th a p eti) fo r a r e g u la r m o n k .4 C f . s u s p e n d in g th e I n v it a t io n , M V . I V . 16. 2 w h ic h fo llo w s a s im ila r co u rs e .

3,1-3] C U L L A V A G G A I X 337N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s ,1 th in k in g : “ N o

one know s a b o u t u s / ' listen ed to th e P a tim o k k h a a lth o u g h th e y h ad offences. M onks w h o w ere elders, k n o w in g th e m inds of o thers, to ld th e m onks : “ So-and -so an d So-and-so, y o u r reverences, (belonging to) th e gro u p o f s ix m onks, th in k in g ,‘ N o one kn ow s a b o u t u s ,’ listen ed to th e P a tim o k k h a a lth o u g h th e y had o ffen ces." T h e g ro u p of s ix m on ks h eard it said th a t th e m on ks w h o w ere elders, k n o w in g th e m inds o f o thers, had to ld th e m onks : “ So-and-so an d So-and -so . . . listen ed to th e P a tim o k k h a a lth o u g h th e y h a d offen ces.” T h ese, th in kin g : “ In case th e w ell b e h a ve d m onks suspend th eP a tim o k k h a fo r u s ,” suspen d ed first, w ith o u t grou n d , w ith o u t reason, th e P a tim o k k h a for th e pure m on ks w h o h ad no offences. T h ese w h o w ere m odest m on ks . . . sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can th is gro u p o f s ix m on ks suspend, w ith o u t ground , w ith ou t reason, th e P a tim o k k h a for pure m onks w h o h a ve no offences ? ” T h e n these m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord . H e sa id : “ I s it true, as is said , m onks, th a t th e group o f s ix m on ks suspended, w ith o u t grou n d , w ith o u t reason, th e P a tim o k k h a fo r pure m o n ks w ho h a v e no offences ?

" I t is true, L o rd .” H a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g .

" M onks, y o u should n ot, w ith o u t grou n d , w ith o u t reason, suspend th e P a tim o k k h a fo r pu re m onks w h o h a v e no offences. W h o ever sh ould (so) suspen d it, th ere is an offence o f w rong­doing. || i ||

4 * M onks, one suspension o f th e P a tim o k k h a is n o t le g a lly va lid , one is le g a lly v a lid ; tw o suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a are not le g a lly v a lid , tw o are le g a lly v a l id ; th r e e ’ . . . fo u r . . . five . . * s ix . . . seven . . . e ig h t . . . nine * . . ten suspensions of th e P a tim o k k h a are n o t le g a lly v a lid , te n are le g a lly v a lid . II 2 ||

“ W h a t is th e one suspension o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t is not leg a lly v a lid ? I f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on an u n ­founded (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it, th is one suspension o f th e P a tim o k k h a is not le g a lly v a lid .

" W h a t is th e one suspension o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t is leg a lly v a lid ? I f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on a foun d ed

1 C f . M V . I V . 16. 3.

338 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

(charge of) fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ra l h a b it, th is one suspension o f th e P a tim o k k h a is le g a lly v a lid .

" W h a t are th e tw o suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are not le g a lly v a lid ? [241] I f one suspen d s th e P a tim o k k h aon an un foun d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it, if one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on a n u n fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from g o o d h a b its , these tw o suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a are not le g a lly v a lid .

“ W h a t are th e tw o suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspend s th e P a tim o k k h a on a fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from m o ral h a b it, if one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on a fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from go od h ab its, these tw o suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a are le g a lly va lid .

“ W h a t are th e three suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are n ot le g a lly v a lid ? I f one susp en d s th e P a tim o k k h a on an unfound ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it, if one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on an u n fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from good h a b its , i f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on an un foun d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from righ t view s, these three suspensions . . . are n o t le g a lly va lid .

" W h a t are th e th ree suspen sion s o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspen d s th e P a tim o k k h a on a fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it . . . from good h a b its . . . from rig h t v ie w s, these th ree suspensions . . . are le g a lly va lid .

" W h a t are th e fo u r suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are not le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspend s th e P a tim o k k h a on an unfound ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it . . . from good h a b its . . . from righ t v ie w s, i f one suspend s th e P a tim o k k h a on an un fou n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from a righ t m ode o f live lih o o d , th ese fo u r suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a are not le g a lly v a lid .

“ W h a t are th e fo u r suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspend s th e P a tim o k k h a on a founded (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it, . . . from good h a b its . . . from rig h t v ie w s, i f one suspends th e P a t i­m o k k h a on a founded (charge of) fa llin g a w a y fro m a righ t m ode o f livelihood , these fo u r suspensions . . . are le g a lly v a lid .

" W h a t are the five suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are

3.3] C U L L A V A G G A I X 339not le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on an unfound ed (charge of) a n offence in v o lv in g d efeat . . , on an u n foun d ed (charge of) an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g of th e O rd er . . . on an u n fo u n d ed (charge of) an offence of exp iatio n . . . on an u n fo u n d ed (charge of) an offence w h ich ought to be confessed . . . on an u n fo u n d ed (charge of) an offence of w ron g-d oin g, these five suspensions . . . are not le g a lly v a lid .

“ W h a t are th e fiv e suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on a fo u n d ed (charge of) an offence in v o lv in g d e fea t . . . on a found ed (charge of) an offence o f w ron g-d oin g, th ese five suspensions . . . are le g a lly v a lid .

“ W h a t are th e six suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are not le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on an u n fou n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from m o ral h a b it w h ich has not been d o n e ,1 i f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on an u n foun d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it w h ich has been d o n e2 . . . on an u n fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from g o o d h a b its w h ich h as not been done . . . w h ich has been done, i f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on a n u n fou n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from righ t v ie w s w h ich has not been done . . . w h ich h as been done, th ese s ix suspensions . . . are not le g a lly v a lid ,

" W h a t a re th e s ix suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on a fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ral h a b it w h ich has not been done . . . w h ich has been done . . . on a fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from go o d h a b its w h ich h as n o t been done . . . w h ich h as b een done, if one suspen d s th e P a tim o k k h a on a foun d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from rig h t v ie w s w h ich has not been done . . . w h ich h as been done, th ese s ix suspensions . . . are le g a lly va lid .

“ W h a t are th e seven suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are not le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspend s th e P a tim o k k h a on an un foun d ed (charge of) an offence in v o lv in g d efeat . . . o f an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m eetin g o f th e O rd er . . . o f a g ra v e

1 akata. V A . 1288 s a y s t h e fa l l in g a w a y m a y o r m a y n o t h a v e b e e n d o n e b y t h a t in d iv id u a l.

* kata.

34° B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

offence . , . o f an offence o f e x p ia tio n . . . o f an offence w h ich ough t to b e confessed . . . o f an offence o f w rong-doing, if one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on an u n fo u n d ed (charge of) an offence o f w ron g speech, these seven suspensions . . . are not le g a lly va lid .

“ W h a t are th e seven suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on a foun d ed (charge of) an offence in v o lv in g d e fea t . . . on a foun d ed (charge of) an offence o f w ro n g sp eech, these seven suspensions . . . are le g a lly v a lid .

“ W h a t are th e e ig h t suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are not le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspen d s th e P a tim o k k h a on an un fou n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it w hich has not been done . . . w h ich h a s been done . . . o f fa llin g a w a y fro m go o d h a b its w h ich h as not been done [242] . . . w h ich has been done . . . o f fa llin g a w a y from righ t v iew s w h ich has n o t been done . . . w h ich h as been done, i f one suspends th e P a tim o k k h a on an u n fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from a righ t m ode o f live lih o o d w h ich h as n o t been done . . . w h ich has been done, these e ig h t suspensions . . . are not le g a lly va lid .

11 W h a t are th e e ig h t suspen sion s o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspen d s th e P a tim o k k h a on a found ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it w h ich has n ot been done . . . w h ich h as been d on e . . . o f fa llin g a w a y from a righ t m ode o f live lih o o d w h ich h as n o t been done . . . w h ich h as been done, th ese e igh t suspensions . . . are le g a lly v a lid .

" W h a t are th e nine suspen sion s of th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are n ot le g a lly v a lid ? I f one su sp en d 57 th e P a tim o k k h a on an unfound ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from m o ral h a b it w h ich has not been done . . . w h ich h a s been done . . . w h ich has been done an d not done1 . . . on an u n fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from go od h a b its w h ich h as n o t been done . . . w h ich h as been done . * . w h ich h as been done an d n o t done • • • on an u n fou n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from righ t view s w h ich h as n ot been done . . . w h ich h as been done . . *

1 ha td katdya . V A . 128 8 s a y s “ i t is so c a lle d b e c a u s e ( th e o n e w h o is s u s p e n d in g ) h a s c h o s e n , gahetvd, b o t h : d o n e a n d n o t d o n e " ( p r e s u m a b ly a s h is g r o u n d s fo r s u s p e n d in g , s in c e f a l l in g a w a y m a y h a v e b e e n d o n e b o t h b y th e in d iv id u a l w h o m h e is s u s p e n d in g , a n d b y a n o t h e r ) .

3.3] C U L L A V A G G A I X 341w h ich has been done an d n o t done, these nine suspensions . . . not le g a lly va lid .

W h a t are th e nine suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one suspends the P a tim o k k h a on a fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it w h ich has n o t been done . . . w h ich has been done . . . w h ich has been done an d not done . . . on a fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g from good h a b its . . . on a fo u n d ed (charge of) fa llin g a w a y from righ t v iew s w hich has n ot been done . . . w h ich h a s been done . . . w h ich has been done a n d not done, these n ine suspensions . . * are le g a lly v a lid .

" W h a t are th e ten suspensions of th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are not le g a lly v a lid ? I f one w h o is d e fea te d is not s ittin g in th a t a ssem b ly ,1 if ta lk on an offence in v o lv in g d efeat is still going fo rw a rd ,2 i f one w h o has d isa v o w e d th e tra in in g is not s ittin g in th a t a ssem b ly, i f ta lk on d isa vo w in g th e tra in in g is still go in g fo rw ard , if he su b m its h im self to a le g a lly v a lid com plete a ssem b ly ,3 if he does n o t w ith d ra w h is a cce p ta n ce4 (of a fo rm al a c t settled ) in a le g a lly v a lid co m p lete a ssem b ly, if ta lk on w ith d ra w in g a cce p ta n ce (of a fo rm al a c t settled) in a le g a lly v a lid co m p lete a ssem b ly is s t ill go in g fo rw ard , if he is n o t seen, h eard or su sp ected of fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h ab it, if he is not seen, h eard or su sp ected of fa llin g a w a y from good h ab its, if he is not seen, h ea rd or su sp ected of fa llin g a w a y fro m righ t v ie w s, these ten suspensions o f th e P a tim o k k h a are n o t le g a lly v a lid .

" W h a t are th e ten suspensions of th e P a tim o k k h a th a t are le g a lly v a lid ? I f one w h o is d e fe a te d is s ittin g in th a t assem bly, if ta lk on a n offence in v o lv in g d efea t is n o t still go in g fo rw a rd . . . (as in above paragraph , but the opposite in each case) . . . i f he is seen, h eard or su sp ected o f fa llin g a w a y

1 T h e s e c la u s e s a r e e x p la in e d in |[ 4 || b e lo w . . . .a A m o n k c a n n o t b e le g a l ly “s u s p e n d e d w h ile t a l k o n h is c a s e is s t i l l in

p ro g re ss .■ dham rnikam sdm agg in t u p e ti. S e e M V . X . 5 . 1 3 ; 6 . 2 (atthupeta, v y a vijan u-

p eta).4 n a p a ccd d iy a ti. V A . 128 8 s a y s o f p a ccd d iy a ti (in t h e “ le g a l ly v a l i d "

c la u s e ) i t m e a n s t h a t i f h e s a y s t h e fo r m a l a c t s h o u ld b e c a r r ie d o u t a g a in , h e w ith d r a w s h is a c c e p t a n c e . B u t h e w h o o p e n s i t u p a g a in f a l ls in to a n o ffe n c e o f e x p ia t io n . I f h e d e s ir e s t o fin d f a u lt w i t h a fo r m a l a c t w h i le i t is b e in g c a r r ie d o u t , a n d n e it h e r c o m e s n o r g iv e s h is c o n s e n t , a n d p r o t e s t s if h e h a s c o m e , fo r t h is re a so n h e f a l ls in to a n o ffe n c e o f w ro n g -d o in g * (C /. P 5.C. 80.)

342 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

from righ t v iew s, th e se ten suspen sion s o f th e P a tim o k k h a are le g a lly v a lid . (| 3 j|

" H o w (can it b e sa id th a t) one w h o is d e fea te d is s ittin g in th a t assem b ly ? T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere b y reason of those p ro p erties,1 b y reason o f th o se fea tu res , b y reason o f those sign s b y w h ich th e re co m es to b e com m ission of an offence in v o lv in g d efea t a m on k sees (another) m onk co m m ittin g an offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t ; or it m a y b e th a t th a t m on k does not h im self see a m o n k [243] co m m ittin g an offence in v o lv in g d e fea t, b u t th a t a n o th e r m on k te lls th a t m onk: ‘ T h e m onk So-and-so, y o u r reveren ce, is co m m ittin g a n offence in v o lv in g d efeat ' ; or it m a y be th a t th a t m on k does not h im self see a m o n k co m m ittin g an offence in v o lv in g d efeat a n d th a t no o th er m o n k te lls th a t m o n k : ' T h e m onk So-and-so, y o u r reverence, is co m m ittin g an offen ce in v o lv in g d e fe a t/ b u t th a t he h im self te lls th e m o n k : ' I , y o u r reveren ce, h a v eco m m itted an offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t.' M onks, th a t m onk if he so desires, on acco u n t o f w h a t he h as seen, or h a s heard, or h as su sp ected m a y , o n a n O b se rv a n ce d a y , w h e th e r it is th e fo u rteen th or th e fifteen th , u tte r in th e m id st o f th e O rd er w h en th a t in d iv id u a l is p resen t : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is in d iv id u a l S o-an d -so is co m m ittin g an offence in v o lv in g d efea t. I a m su sp en d in g th e P a tim o k k h a fo r him . T h e P a tim o k k h a sh ould n o t b e recited in his presence.* T h is suspension o f th e P a tim o k k h a is le g a lly v a lid . W h en the P a tim o k k h a has been su sp en d ed fo r th a t m o n k, if th e assem b ly rem oves itse lf on a cco u n t of a n y one o f th e ten d an gers 2— th e d an ger from k in gs or . . . th ie ve s o r , . . fire or . . , w a te r or . . . h u m an bein gs o r . . . n on -h um an b ein gs or . . . beasts of p re y or . . . creep in g th in g s o r b ecau se o f d an ger to life or b ecau se o f d an g er to th e B ra h m a -fa rin g — m onks, th a t m onk, if he so desires, m a y e ith er in th a t residence or in an o th er residence, u tte r in th e m id st o f th e O rd er in th e presence o f th a t in d iv id u a l : ‘ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e ta lk on th e in d iv id u a l So -an d -so 's offence in v o lv in g d efea t w a s still go in g fo rw a rd ; th a t m a tte r is n o t d ecid ed . I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y decide th is m a tte r .'

3.4-9] C U L L A V A G G A I X 343

I f he succeeds th u s, th a t is good. I f he does n ot succeed, he should , on an O b servan ce d a y , w h e th e r th e fo u rteen th or the fifteen th , u tte r in th e m id st o f th e O rd er an d in th e presence o f th a t in d iv id u a l : ' H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me. T h e ta lk on th e in d iv id u a l So-an d -so 's offence in v o lv in g d efea t w as still go in g fo rw a rd ; th a t m a tte r is n o t decided. I am suspendin g the P a tim o k k h a fo r him , th e P a tim o k k h a sh ould not b e recited in his presen ce.' T h is suspension o f th e P a t i­m o kkh a is le g a lly v a lid . || 4 |]

“ H o w (can it be sa id th at) one w h o has d isa vo w ed the tra in in g is s ittin g in th a t a ssem b ly ? T h is is a case, m onks . . . [244] (the same as || 4 ||f reading d isa vo w ed th e tra in in g instead o f offence in v o lv in g d efeat). . . . T h is suspension of the P a tim o k k h a is le g a lly v a lid . || 5 ||

“ H o w (can it be sa id th at) he does n o t su b m it h im self to a le g a lly v a lid co m p lete a ssem b ly ? T h is is a case, m onks . . . (the same as || 4 ||, reading does n o t su b m it h im self to a le g a lly v a lid com p lete a ssem b ly instead o f offence in v o lv in g defeat) * , . [245]. . . . T h is suspension of the P a tim o k k h a is leg a lly v a lid . || 6 ||

" H o w (can it b e sa id th a t) he w ith d ra w s his a ccep ta n ce (of a form al a ct settled ) in a le g a lly v a lid co m p lete a ssem b ly ? T h is is a case, m onks, . . . (the same as || 4 || reading w ith d ra w s his a ccep ta n ce o f a fo rm al a c t se ttled in a le g a lly v a lid co m p lete a ssem b ly instead o f • offence in v o lv in g d efeat). . . , T h is suspension of th e P a tim o k k h a is le g a lly va lid . || 7 j|

“ H o w (can it b e sa id th a t) he is seen, h eard or su sp ected of fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it ? T h is is a case, m onks, . . . (the same as |j 4 \\t reading seen, h eard or su sp ected of fa llin g a w a y from m oral h a b it instead o f offence in v o lv in g d efeat). . . . T h is suspension o f th e P a tim o k k h a is le g a lly va lid . || 8 || “ H o w (can it be sa id th a t) he is seen, h eard orsuspected of fa llin g a w a y from go o d h a b its ? T h is is a case, m onks, . . . (see || 8 ||). . . .

" H o w (can it be sa id th a t) he is seen, heard or su sp ected of fa llin g a w a y from righ t v ie w s ? T h is is a case, m onks, . . . [246] (see [j 8 ||). . . . T h is suspension o f th e P a tim o k k h a is le g a lly va lid . T h e se ten suspensions of th e P a tim o k k h a are le g a lly v a lid /" II 9 II 3 ||

T h e F irs t P o rtio n fo r R e c ita l.

344 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h en th e v en era b le U p a li a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g approach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l distance, th e ven erab le U p a li sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd :

“ L o rd , if a m on k w ish es to u n d e rta k e an u n d e rta k in g on his ow n b e h a lf,1 en d ow ed w ith h o w m a n y q u a litie s is th e u n d ertak in g th a t he m a y u n d e rta k e on his ow n b e h a lf ? ”

“ U p ali, i f a m o n k w ish es to u n d e rta k e an u n d e rta k in g on his ow n beh alf, th e u n d e rta k in g th a t he m a y u n d e rta k e on his ow n b eh alf is en d ow ed w ith five q u alities. U p a li, if a m o n k w ishes to u n d e rta k e an u n d e rta k in g on h is ow n b eh alf, he should con sid er th is : * T h a t u n d e rta k in g w h ich I w ish tou n d ertak e on m y ow n b eh a lf, is it th e righ t tim e to u n d e rta k e th is u n d e rta k in g on m y o w n b eh a lf, or n o t ? ' I f , U p a li, w h ile th a t m on k is consid ering, he k n o w s th u s : ‘ I t is a w ro n g tim e 3 to u n d ertak e th is u n d e rta k in g on m y ow n b eh a lf, n o t a righ t tim e/ U p a li, th a t u n d e rta k in g on his ow n b e h a lf sh o u ld not b e u n d ertak en . B u t if, U p a li, w h ile th a t m on k is considering, he k n o w s th u s : ' I t is a r ig h t tim e to u n d e rta k e th is u n d e rta k ­in g on m y ow n b eh alf, n o t a w ro n g tim e / U p a li, it sh o u ld be fu rth er considered b y th a t m o n k : ' T h a t u n d e rta k in g w h ich I w ish to u n d ertak e on m y ow n b eh alf, is th is u n d e rta k in g on m y ow n b eh alf a b o u t a tru e th in g , or n o t ? ' I f , U p ali, w hile th a t m on k is con sid erin g, h e k n o w s th u s : ‘ T h a t u n d er­ta k in g on m y ow n b e h a lf is a b o u t an u n tru e th in g , n o t a true th in g / U p a li, th a t u n d e rta k in g on his ow n b e h a lf sh o u ld not be u n d ertak en . B u t if, U p a li, w h ile th a t m o n k is co n sid erin g he kn ow s th u s : ' T h a t u n d e rta k in g on m y ow n b e h a lf is a b o u t a tru e th in g , n ot an u n tru e th in g / U p a li, it sh o u ld be fu rth er considered b y th a t m o n k : ‘ T h a t u n d e rta k in g w h ich I w ish to u n d ertak e on m y ow n b eh alf, is th a t u n d e rta k in g co n n ected w ith th e goal, or n o t ? ' I f , U p a li, w h ile th a t m o n k is con sid er­ing, he k n o w s th u s : ‘ T h is u n d e rta k in g on m y ow n b e h a lf is unconnected w ith th e g o a l,3 n o t co n n ected w ith i t/ U p ali,

1 attadan am d d d tu k d m en a . V A . 128 8 s a y s " h e r e a m o n k w is h in g t o s e a rc h (o r p u r i f y , sodhetu) t h e t e a c h in g — w h a t e v e r le g a l q u e s t io n h e u n d e r t a k e s o n h is o w n b e h a li (or, a p p r o p r ia t e s t o h im s e lf , attand d d iy a ti) , t h a t is c a lle d a ttc id a n a **

* V A . 12 8 8 s a y s a w ro n g t im e m e a n s w h e n t h e r e is f e a r o f k in g s , o f th ie v e s , o f a s c a r c it y o f fo o d , o r i f i t is t h e r a in s - s e a s o n .

* V A . 1288 : i t le a d s t o d a n g e r t o life , d a n g e r t o t h e B r a h m a - fa r in g .

4-— 5 .i] C U L L A V A G G A I X 345th a t u n d ertak in g on his ow n b eh a lf sh ould not b e u n d ertak en . B u t if, U p ali, w h ile th a t m o n k is consid ering, he kn ow s th u s :‘ T h is u n d e rta k in g on m y ow n b e h a lf is con n ected w ith th e goal, not un co n n ected w ith i t / U p ali, it sh ould be fu rth er considered b y th a t m o n k : ‘ W ill I , u n d e rta k in g th is u n d er­ta k in g on m y own b eh alf, a t tr a c t1 m on ks w ho are com rades a n d associates to m y side in accord an ce w ith dham m a , in accord an ce w ith discip lin e, or not ? ’ I f, U p ali, w h ile th a t m onk is considering, he k n o w s th u s : ‘ I , u n d ertak in g th isu n d ertak in g on m y ow n b eh alf, w ill not a ttra c t m on ks w ho are com rades and associates to m y sid e in acco rd an ce w ith dham m a , in acco rd an ce w ith d iscip lin e/ U p ali, th a t u n d e rta k in g on his ow n b e h a lf sh ould not b e u n d ertak en . B u t, if, U p ali, w h ile th a t m onk is considering, he k n o w s th u s : [247] ‘ I ,u n d ertak in g th is u n d e rta k in g on m y ow n b eh a lf, w ill a ttra c t m on ks w h o are co m rad es an d associates to m y side in a cco rd ­ance w ith dham m a , in acco rd an ce w ith d iscip lin e/ U p a li, it sh ould be fu rth e r considered b y th a t m o n k : * F ro m m y h a v in g u n d ertak en th is u n d e rta k in g on m y ow n b eh a lf, w ill there be fo r th e O rd er fro m th a t source strife , q u a rrel, d isp u te , co n ten ­tion , schism in th e O rder, dissension in th e O rder, a lte rca tio n in th e O rder, d ifferences in th e O rd er,2 or n o t ? ' I f , U p ali, w hile th is m on k is considering, he k n o w s th u s : ' F ro m m y h a v in g u n d ertak en th is u n d e rta k in g on m y ow n b eh a lf, there w ill be fo r th e O rd er from th a t source strife . . . d ifferences in th e O rd er/ U p a li, th a t u n d e rta k in g sh o u ld n o t be u n d ertak en on his ow n beh alf. B u t if, U p ali, w h ile th a t m o n k is consider­ing, he k n o w s th u s : ' F ro m m y h a v in g u n d e rtak en th is u n d er­ta k in g on m y ow n b eh a lf, there w ill not b e fo r th e O rd er from th a t source strife . . . d ifferences in th e O rd er/ U p ali, th a t u n d e rta k in g on his ow n b e h a lf m a y be u n d ertak en . T h u s, U p ali, if an u n d e rta k in g on on e's ow n b e h a lf is u n d e rtak en w h en it is en d ow ed w ith these five q u a litie s , la te r it w ill be no cause fo r rem o rse .” |] 4 ||

" L o rd , if a m on k is re p ro v in g ,3 w illin g to rep ro ve a n o th e r, w h en he h as considered h o w m a n y sta te s w ith in h im self m a y he rep ro ve th e o th er ? ”

1 la b h iss d m i .* L is t a s a t M V . X . 1. 6, X . 5 13 ; C V . V I I . 5. 1 .1 C/. A . v . 7 9 ff., a d d re s se d t o " m o n k s ."

N

34 6 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ U p a li, if a m o n k is rep ro v in g , w illin g to rep ro ve anoth er, w h en he h as con sid ered five s ta te s w ith in h im self m a y he rep ro ve th e oth er. U p a li, w h en a m o n k is rep ro v in g , w illin g to rep ro ve another, h e sh ould con sid er th u s : ‘ N o w , a m Iq u ite pure in b o d ily c o n d u c t,1 a m I possessed o f pu re b o d ily co n d u ct, flaw less, fa u ltle ss ? Is th is s ta te fo u n d in m e, or not? ’ I f , U p ali, th is m on k is n o t q u ite p u re in b o d ily co n d u ct, is not possessed of b o d ily co n d u ct th a t is q u ite pure, flaw less, fau ltless, th ere w ill b e those w h o w ill s a y to h im : ‘ P lea se do yo u ,ven era b le one, tra in y o u rse lf as to b o d y '— th u s w ill th o se s a y to him .

“ A n d again, U p a li, if a m o n k is re p ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve another, he sh ould con sid er th u s : ' N o w , a m I q u ite pu re in th e co n d u ct o f speech, a m I possessed o f co n d u ct in sp eech th a t is q u ite pure, flaw less, fa u ltle ss ? Is th is s ta te fo u n d in me, or not ? ’ I f , U p ali, th a t m o n k is n o t q u ite pure in th e co n d u ct o f speech. ' P lease d o y o u , ve n e ra b le one, tra inyo u rself as to sp eech '— th u s w ill th o se s a y to him .

" A n d again , U p a li, i f a m o n k is re p ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve another, he sh o u ld co n sid er th u s : ‘ N o w is a m in d o f lo v in g ­kindness, w ith o u t m alice to w a rd s m y fe llo w B rah m a -farers, estab lish ed in m e ? [248] Is th is s ta te fo u n d in m e, o r n o t ? 'I f , U p ali, a m in d o f lo v in g -k in d n ess, w ith o u t m alice to w a rd s his fellow B rah m a -farers, is n o t e sta b lish ed in th e m on k, th ere w ill b e those w h o w ill s a y to h im : ' P lea se d o y o u , ven era b le one, estab lish a m in d o f lo v in g -k in d n ess to w a rd s y o u r fe llo w B rah m a -farers 1— th u s th o se w ill s a y to h im .

" A n d again , U p a li, i f a m o n k is re p ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve anoth er, he sh ou ld con sid er th u s : ' N o w , am I one w h o h as heard m uch, an e x p e rt in th e h ea rd , a storeh ouse o f th e h e a rd ? T hose th in gs w h ich are lo v e ly a t th e begin n in g, lo v e ly in th e m iddle, lo v e ly a t th e en d in g, a n d w h ich , w ith th e sp irit, w ith th e letter, declare th e B ra h m a -fa rin g u tte r ly fu lfilled , w h o lly purified— axe su ch th in g s m u ch h ea rd b y m e, le a rn t b y h eart, rep eated o u t lou d , pon d ered u p o n , c a re fu lly a tte n d e d to , w ell p en etrated b y vision ?2 N o w , is th is s ta te fou n d in m e, or n o t ? ' I f , U p ali, th e m o n k h as n o t h e a rd m u ch . . . if such

5 .1- 2] C U L L A V A G G A I X 347things h a v e n o t been . . . w ell p en etra ted b y vision , there w ill be those w h o w ill s a y to h im : 4 P lease do y o u , ven erab le one, m aster th e tra d itio n 91— there w ill be th o se w h o sp eak thus to him .

" A n d again , U p ali, if a m on k is rep ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve another, he should co n sid er th u s : ‘ N o w ,2 are b o th th e P a ti- m okkh as p ro p e rly h an d ed d o w n 3 to m e in d e ta il, p ro p e rly sectioned, p ro p e rly regu la ted , p ro p e rly in v e stig a te d clau se b y clause, as to th e lin g u istic fo rm ? Is th is s ta te fo u n d in m e, or n o t ? ’ I f , U p a li, th e tw o P a tim o k k h a s are n o t p ro p e rly h anded d ow n to th e m o n k in d e ta il . . . as to th e lin g u istic form , a n d if th e y s a y : * N o w w here, y o u r reveren ce, w as th is spoken b y th e L o rd ? and if q u estio n ed th u s he is not ab le to exp la in , th ere w ill be th o se w h o w ill s a y to h im : ‘ P lease do yo u , ven era b le one, m a ste r d iscip lin e '— th ere w ill be those w ho sp ea k th u s to him . U p a li, if a m o n k is rep ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve an o th er, w h en he h as con sid ered these five sta tes w ith in him self, he m a y rep ro ve th e o th er. |j x ||

" L o rd , i f a m o n k is rep ro v in g ,5 w illin g to rep ro ve an o th er, h a v in g cau sed h o w m a n y sta te s to b e se t u p w ith in him self, m a y he rep ro ve th e o th er ?

" U p ali, if a m o n k is rep ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve an oth er, h a v in g cau sed five s ta te s to b e set u p w ith in h im self, m a y he rep ro ve th e other. I f he th in k s, ‘ I w ill sp ea k a t a r ig h t tim e, not a t a w ro n g tim e ;6 I w ill sp ea k a b o u t f a c t 7 not a b o u t w h a t is not fa c t ; I w ill sp ea k w ith gen tlen ess, n o t w ith harshness ; I w ill sp ea k a b o u t w h a t is co n n ected w ith th e g o al, not ab o u t

1 agam a ; h e r e in o p p o s it io n t o v in a y a , se e n e x t c la u s e . O n agat&gam a , o n e t o w h o m t h e t r a d it io n h a s b e e n h a n d e d d o w n , s e e B . D . i i i . 7 1 , n . 1 .

4 A s a t V in . iv . 51 ( B .D . ii. 266, w h e r e s e e n o te s ) , a n d a b o v e C V . I V . 14. 19 .a d ga tdn i ; c f . agat&gam a a n d suttdgata a t e .g . V in . i v . 14 4 [ B .D . i i i . 4 3 ,

n . 5 ) .4 V A . 12 8 9 e x p la in s , ** in w h ic h t o w n w a s t h is r u le o f t r a in in g s p o k e n

b y t h e L o r d ? **— t h u s m a k in g " w h e r e ” r e fe r t o l o c a l i t y a n d n o t t o c o n t e x t .* C f . A , i ii. 19 6 , w h e r e t h is p a s s a g e is p u t in t o t h e m o u t h o f S a r ip u t t a ,

A . v . 81 (a d d re s s e d t o m o n k s ) . T h e f iv e r e c u r a t D . iii. 2 3 6 . C f . a ls o M . i. 95-

6 C f. M . 1 . 12 6 , A . i ii. 243. V A . 12 8 9 e x p la in s '* o n e m o n k h a v in g o b ta in e d le a v e fr o m a n o t h e r (to r e p r o v e h im ) , w h e n h e is r e p r o v in g h im s p e a k s a t a r ig h t t im e . B u t r e p r o v in g h im in t h e m id s t o f a n O rd e r o r a g r o u p , in a h u t w h e r e t ic k e t s a n d c o n je y a r e d is t r ib u t e d , in a q u a d r a n g u la r b u ild in g , w h e n h e is w a lk in g fo r a lm s , o n a r o a d , o n a s e a t o r in a h a ll , w h e n h e is a m o n g h is s u p p o r te r s , o r a t t h e m o m e n t o f t h e I n v i t a t io n — t h i s is c a l le d a t a w r o n g t i m e / '

7 b h u ten a , a b o u t w h a t h a s h a p p e n e d . V A . 12 9 0 e x p la in s b y taccha , w h a t is tr u e , re a l, ju s t if ie d .

34» B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

w h a t is u n co n n ected w ith th e g o al ; I w ill sp ea k w ith a m ind o f lo vin g-k in d n ess, n o t w ith in n er h a tre d / U p a li, i f a m onk is rep ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve a n o th er, h a v in g m ad e these five s ta te s to b e set u p w ith in h im self, he m a y rep ro ve the o th e r/ ' || 2 H

" L o rd , in how m a n y w a y s m a y rem orse b e ca u sed in a m onk w h o rep roves a cco rd in g to w h a t is not th e ru le ? ”[249]

“ U p a li, in five w a y s1 m a y rem orse b e cau sed in a m onk w h o rep ro ves a cco rd in g to w h a t is n o t th e ru le. O ne sa y s :' T h e ven erab le one rep ro ved a t a w ro n g tim e, n o t a t a righ t tim e— y o u h a v e need fo r rem o rse .2 T h e ve n e ra b le one reproved a b o u t w h a t is n ot fa c t , n o t a b o u t w h a t is fa c t— yo u h a v e need fo r rem orse. T h e ve n e ra b le one rep ro ved w ith harshness, not w ith gen tlen ess . . . w ith w h a t is u n con n ected w ith th e go al, not w ith w h a t is co n n ected w ith th e go al . . * w ith inner h a tred , n o t w ith a m in d o f lo v in g -k in d n ess— yo u h a v e need fo r rem orse/ U p a li, in th ese five w a y s m a y rem orse be caused in a m o n k w h o rep ro ves a cco rd in g to w h a t is not the rule. W h a t is th e reason fo r th is ? T o th e end th a t no o th er m on k m ig h t th in k th a t one m ig h t b e rep ro ved ab o u t w h a t is n o t fa c t ." || 3 ||

" B u t, L o rd , in h o w m a n y w a y s m a y no rem orse b e caused in a m on k w h o has been rep ro ved acco rd in g to w h a t is n ot th e rule ? "

“ U p ali, in five w a y s m a y n o rem orse be cau sed in a m onk w ho h as been rep ro ved a cco rd in g to w h a t is n o t th e ru le. One sa y s : * T h e ven erab le one rep ro ved a t a w ro n g tim e, not at a righ t tim e— y o u h a v e no n eed fo r rem o rse .3 T h e ven erab le one rep ro ved . . . w ith inner h a tred , n o t w ith a m ind of lovin g-kin d n ess— y o u h a v e no n eed fo r rem o rse/ U p a li, in these five w a y s m a y no rem orse b e cau sed in a m o n k w h o has been rep ro ved a cco rd in g to w h a t is n o t th e r u le / ’ || 4 ||

L ord , in h o w m a n y w a y s m a y no rem orse b e cau sed in a m onk w ho rep ro ves a cco rd in g to ru le ? ”

" In five w a y s ,4 U p ali, m a y n o rem orse be cau sed in a m onk

1 C /. A . i ii. 1 9 7 .* H e r e p r e s u m a b ly t h e r e p r o v e r is b e in g s p o k e n to .8 H e r e t h e o n e re p r o v e d is b e in g s p o k e n t o .4 C /. A . i ii. 198.

5-5-7] C U L L A V A G G A I X 349who rep ro ves acco rd in g to ru le. O ne sa y s : ‘ T h e ven erab le one rep ro ved a t a r ig h t tim e, n ot a t a w ro n g tim e— y o u h a v e no need fo r rem orse. T h e ve n e ra b le one rep ro ved . . . not w ith inner h a tred , b u t w ith a m in d o f lo vin g-k in d n ess— y o u h a v e no need fo r rem orse.' In th ese five w a y s, U p ali, m a y no rem orse be cau sed in a m o n k w h o rep ro ves a cco rd in g to rule. W h a t is th e reason ? T o th e end th a t a n o th er m o n k sh ould th in k th a t one sh ould b e re p ro v e d a b o u t w h a t is fa c t ." || 5 [|

'* B u t, L o rd , in h o w m a n y w a y s m a y rem orse be caused in a m on k w h o has been rep ro ved acco rd in g to rule ? "

“ In five w a y s, U p a li, m a y rem orse be ca u sed in a m on k w ho h as b een rep ro ved a cco rd in g to ru le. O n e sa y s : c T h e ven erable one rep ro ved a t a r igh t tim e, n o t a t a w ro n g tim e — y o u h a v e need fo r rem orse. T h e v en era b le one rep ro ved . . . n o t w ith in n er h a tre d , b u t w ith a m in d o f lo vin g-k in d n ess — yo u h a v e need fo r rem orse/ U p a li, in th ese five w a y s m a y rem orse be cau sed in a m o n k w h o has been rep ro ved acco rd in g to th e ru le ." || 6 ||

“ L o rd , if a m o n k is rep ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve anoth er, h a v in g a tte n d ed to h o w m a n y sta te s w ith in h im self m a y he reprove th e o th e r ? "

" U p ali, i f a m o n k is rep ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve an o th er, h a v in g a tte n d e d to five s ta te s w ith in h im self, he m a y rep ro ve the o th er : com passion , seek in g w elfare , s y m p a th y , re m o va l of offences, a im in g a t d iscip lin e. U p ali, i f a m o n k is rep ro vin g , w illin g to rep ro ve an o th er, h a v in g a tte n d e d to th ese five sta tes[250] w ith in h im self, he m a y rep ro ve th e o th e r ."

" B u t, L o rd , in h o w m a n y m en ta l o b je cts sh o u ld th ere be su p p o rt fo r a m o n k w ho h as been re p ro v e d ? ”

“ U p a li, th ere sh o u ld b e su p p o rt in tw o m e n ta l o b jects fo r a m o n k w h o h as b een r e p r o v e d : in tr u th a n d in b ein gim p e rtu rb a b le ."1 || 7 || 5 |[

T o ld is th e N in th S e ctio n : th a t on su sp en d in g th e P a t i­m o k k h a.

In th is section th ere are th ir ty item s. T h is is its k e y :

On an O b servan ce so lo n g as a d e p ra v ed m o n k does not depart,

1 a k u p p a , b e in g fr e e fr o m a n g e r , im m o v a b le . C f . A . iii. 198 , w h ic h s l ig h t ly e la b o r a te s t h e t h o u g h t s a re p ro v e d m o n k m ig h t h a v e .

350 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

U rg ed off1 b y M oggallan a, a w on d er, in th e co n q u ero r's in stru ctio n , /

D eep en s an d g ra d u a l tra in in g , fix ed (and) do not transgress, (with) a corpse (and) th e O rd er suspends, strea m s (and) th e y

lose, /S tre a m s (and) th e y a tta in n ib b a n a , a n d th e one ta ste is freedom , m a n y (and) dhamrna an d d iscip lin e too, (great) bein gs a n d the

e ig h t a riy a n m en :2 /H a v in g m ad e it lik e th e ocean , he te lls of ex ce llen ce 3 in the

teach in g.P a tim o k k h a on an O b se rva n ce d a y , “ no one kn ow s a b o u t u s ," / 14 In c a s e ," th e y lo o k ed d ow n u pon . O ne, tw o , th ree, fo u r,

five , s ix , seven , e ig h t, an d n ine a n d ten . /(O ne of) m oral h a b it, go od h a b its , r ig h t v ie w s a n d m ode of

liv e lih o o d — th e fo u r d iscip les, d efeat an d e n ta ilin g a F o rm a l M eetin g, o f e x p ia tio n , th a t ought

to be confessed, /W ro n g -d o in g am o n g th e fiv e fo ld d iv isio n s as th e y are, and

fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ral h a b it an d go o d h a b its , a n d w ith w h a t h as n o t b een done a n d has been done4 in the

s ix d iv isio n s as th e y are, /A n d a b o u t d e fea t a n d e n ta ilin g a F o rm a l M eetin g, a g ra v e

offence a n d one o f e x p ia tio n a n d lik ew ise one th a t o u g h t to b e confessed an d one o f w ro n g­

d oin g a n d one o f w ro n g sp eech , /F a llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it a n d go o d h a b its a n d fa llin g

a w a y fro m rig h t v ie w s a n d m od e of live lih o o d , a n d those e ig h t dones a n d not d on es w ith one as to m oral h ab it,

go od h a b its , r ig h t v iew s, /A lso n o t d ones a n d dones a n d lik ew ise th e done a n d not done are likew ise sp ok en o f as n in efo ld b y th e s y s te m 5 in acco rd an ce

w ith fa c t, /

1 tticcudd o. S h o u ld t h is b e n icch u d d h o { fro m n icch u b h a ti) p s i n S in h . r e a d in g ? O ld e n b e r g s u g g e s ts n icch u d d o = n icch u d ito . S ia m . e d n . r e a d s n icu tth o w ith v .t. n icch u d d o .

* T h e a r iy a n m e n a r e th o s e w h o f o l lo w G o t a m a 's t e a c h in g s , h is d is c ip le s . T h e “ e ig h t ** a r e t h e c la s s e s o f th o s e w h o a t t a in s t r e a m -w in n in g , o n c e -r e tu r n - in g , n o r e tu r n a n d a r a h a n t s h ip a n d t h e f r u it s o f th e s e fo u r w a y s ,

a gu n a tn , S in h . r e a d s g u n d .4 S in h . a n d S ia m , r e a d , m o re c o r r e c t ly , a ka ta y a k a td y a ca f o r O ld e n b e r g 's

t e x t ’s akatd kataya ca.6 naya to , S in h . e d n . r e a d in g ja n o ^ a .

C U L L A V A G G A I X 35iD efeated , still go in g fo rw ard , and lik ew ise one w h o h as d isavo w ed , he su bm its, he w ith d ra w s a ccep ta n ce , ta lk on w ith d ra w in g

a ccep ta n ce an d w h o ev er / fa lls a w a y from m oral h a b it a n d go od h ab its, an d likew ise as

to fa llin g a w a y from righ t v iew s, seen, h eard , su sp ected , th e ten fo ld , th is he sh o u ld kn o w . /A m o n k sees a m onk, a n d a n o th er te lls w h a t he has se e n / a pure one te lls h im o f it h im self :2 he suspen d s th e P a t i­

m o kkh a. /I f it rem oves itse lf on a cco u n t o f a d an ger— kin gs, th ieves,

fire, w a te r an dh u m an beings an d n on -h um an bein gs a n d b easts o f p re y an d

creep in g th in gs, to life, to th e B ra h m a (farin g)— / B eca u se o f a certa in one o f th e ten , or as to one am o n g th e

others,a n d he sh o u ld k n o w ju s t w h a t is le g a lly v a lid , w h a t is n ot

le g a lly v a lid as it accord s w ith th e w a y . / [251]T h e r ig h t tim e (and) a cco rd in g to fa c t (and) co n n ected w ith

th e go al, " I w ill a t t r a c t/ ' “ T h e re w ill b e / 'C o n d u ct o f b o d y an d sp eech, lo vin g-k in d n ess, g rea t lea rn in g ,3

both . /H e sh ould rep ro ve a t th e righ t tim e, a b o u t fa c t , w ith gentleness,

a b o u t th e g o a l,4 w ith lo v in g -k in d n ess .4 A s a speech sh o u ld d ispel rem orse cau sed b y w'hat is n o t th e ru le / I t d ispels th e rem orse o f one w h o rep ro ves or w ho is rep ro ved

acco rd in g to rule.C om passion, seekin g w elfare, s y m p a th y , rem o va l, a im in g a t— / T h e co n d u ct for one re p ro v in g is e x p la in e d 5 b y th e S e lf­

a w a k e n e d O ne.A n d th e prop er course fo r th e rep ro ved one is in th e tru th

as w ell as in b ein g im p ertu rb ab le. [252]

1 T e x t : vipass* a n n o cd roca ti ; S in h . e d n . : a n n o cdroca yd ta m ; S ia m . e d n . a n n o cd roca y d ii ta m .

* T e x t : tam su d d h ev a ta ssa a k k h d ti. O ld e n b e r g s u g g e s ts a t V in . i i . 326 ta m sv ’ eva ta ssa a k k h d ti . S in h . a n d S ia m . e d a s . r e a d su d d h o va ta ssa a k k h d ti .

9 bdhusaccatft. O ld e n b e r g s u g g e s ts a t V in . ii. 3 2 6 b d k u su cca m . B u t b dh usacca = b a h u ssu ia a t e .g . C V . I X . 5. 1 . T h e w o r d a ls o o c c u r s a t M . i. 445 ; A . i . 38 {b a k u - s h o u ld h e re re a d b d h u -), ii. 2 1 8 ; V i n . i ii. 10 ; K h u . p . 3. I t is e x p la in e d a t M A . i ii. 1 5 6 = K h u A . 13 4 a s b ahu ssuta bh dva , t h e c o n d it io n o f h a v in g h e a r d m u c h .

4 S in h . e d n . r e a d s attam ettena fo r O ld e n b e r g ’s a n d S ia m , e d n / s attham ettena. 6 p a k d s ita in S in h . a n d S ia m , e d n s ., a n d a s s u g g e s te d b y O ld e n b e r g , V i n .

ii. 32 6, in s te a d o f te x t* s p a kd sita rp .

352

A t one tim e th e A w a k e n e d O n e, th e L o rd , w as s ta y in g am on g th e S a k y a n s at K a p ila v a tth u in th e B a n y a n m o n a ste ry .1 T h en th e G o ta m id , P ajap atT th e G re a t, ap p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , she sto o d a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s she w a s sta n d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e G o ta m id , P ajap atT th e G re a t, sp oke th u s to the L o rd :

*' L o rd , it w ere w ell th a t w om en sh ou ld o b ta in th e go in g fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness in th is dhamma and d iscip lin e p ro cla im ed b y th e T ru th -fin d e r/ '

" B e ca refu l, G o ta m i, o f th e g o in g fo rth of w om en from hom e in to hom elessness in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e procla im ed b y th e T ru th -fin d e r/ ' A n d a secon d tim e. . . . A n d a th ird tim e d id th e G o ta m id , P ajap atT th e G re a t sp ea k th u s to the L o rd : " L o rd , it w ere w ell. . . . "

B e ca refu l, G o ta m i, of th e g o in g fo rth o f w om en from hom e in to hom elessness in th is dham m a a n d d iscip lin e p ro cla im ed b y th e T ru th -fin d e r.”

T h en th e G o ta m id , P ajapatT th e G re a t, th in k in g : “ T h eL o rd d oes n ot a llo w w o m en to g o fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma a n d d iscip lin e p ro cla im ed b y the T ru th -fin d e r/ ' a fflicted , g rie v e d , w ith a te a rfu l fa ce a n d cryin g , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d e p a rte d k e ep in g h er righ t side to w a rd s him . || i ||

T h en th e L o rd h a v in g s ta y e d a t K a p ila v a tth u fo r as lo n g as he fou n d su itin g, se t out on to u r for. VesalT. G ra d u a lly , w alk in g on tou r, he a rr iv e d a t VesalT. T h e L o rd s ta y e d there in VesalT in th e G re a t G ro v e in th e G a b le d H a ll. T h e n the G otam id , P ajapatT th e G re a t, h a v in g h ad h er h a ir cu t off, h avin g donned saffron robes, se t out fo r VesalT w ith several S akyan w om en, a n d in d u e course a p p ro a ch ed VesalT, th e G reat G rove, th e G a b led H all. T h e n th e G o ta m id , P ajapatT the G reat, her feet sw ollen, her lim b s c o v e re d w ith d u st, w ith tea rfu l face, a n d cry in g , sto o d o u tsid e th e porch of th e g a te w a y .

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) X

D o w n t o en d o f X . \ o c c u r s a ls o a t A . i v . 2 7 4 —9.

1-2-3] C U L L A V A G G A X 353[253] T h e ven erable A n a n d a sa w th e G o tam id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat, stan d in g outsid e th e porch of th e g a te w a y , her feet sw ollen, her lim b s co vered w ith d u st, w ith tea rfu l face and cry in g ; seeing her, he sp o k e th u s to th e G o tam id , P a ja p a ti the G re at :

" W h y are y o u , G o ta m i, sta n d in g . . . an d cry in g ? "“ Tt is because, honoured A n a n d a , th e L o rd does not a llow

the g o in g fo rth of w om en from hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma and d iscip lin e p ro cla im ed b y th e T ru th -tin d er."

" W ell now , G o ta m i, s ta y 1 here a m o m en t,2 u n til I h ave asked th e L o rd fo r th e g o in g fo rth o f w om en from hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma and d iscip lin e proclaim ed b y th e T ru th -fin d er." |j 2 ||

T h en th e ven erab le A n a n d a ap p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap proached , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , he sa t dow n at a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g dow n a t a respectfu l d istan ce, th e ven erab le A n a n d a sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd ;

" L o rd , th is G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat, is stan d in g outside th e porch o f th e g a te w a y , h er feet sw ollen, her lim bs co vered w ith dust, w ith te a rfu l fa cc an d cry in g , an d sa y in g th a t th e L o rd does not a llo w th e go in g fo rth of w om en from hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma a n d d iscip lin e proclaim ed b y the T ru th -fin d er. I t w ere w ell, L o rd , i f w om en m ight obtain the going fo rth from hom e . . . b y th e T ruth-finder.'*

" B e ca refu l, A nanda, o f th e goin g fo rth o f w om en from hom e . . . b y th e T ru th -fin d er.’ " A n d a second tim e. . . . A n d a th ird tim e th e ven erable A nanda sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : " I t were w ell, L o rd , if w om en m igh t o b ta in th e going fo rth . . . p ro cla im ed b y th e T ru th -fin d er.”3

“ B e carefu l, A nanda, o f th e go in g fo rth o f w om en from hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma an d discip lin e proclaim ed b y th e T ru th -fin d e r.” T h e n th e ven erab le A nanda, th in kin g :

“ T h e L o rd does not a llo w th e g o in g fo rth of w om en from hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma an d discipline pro­c la im ed b y th e T ru th -fin d er. Sup pose now th a t I, b y som e o th er m ethod, sh ould ask th e L o rd fo r th e goin g fo rth o f w om en

i h ohi,a N o t in A . v e r s io n .* S e e V i n „ ii . 289 w h e r e A n a n d a w a s c h a r g e d a t th e C o u n c il o f R & ja g a h a

w ith h a v in g p e r s u a d e d G o ta m a t o a d m it w o m e n t o th e O r d e r , t h u s c a u s in g its d e c a y .

354 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

fro m hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma a n d d iscip lin e p ro cla im ed b y th e T ru th -fin d e r.” T h en th e ven era b le A n a n d a sp oke th u s to th e L o rd :

" N o w , L o rd , are w om en, h a v in g gone fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma an d d iscip lin e p ro cla im ed b y th e T ru th -fin d er, ab le to realise th e fru it o f s tre a m -a tta in m e n t or th e fru it o f on ce-retu rn in g o r th e fru it o f n o n -retu rn in g or p erfectio n ? ”

" W om en , A n a n d a , h a v in g gon e fo rth . . . are a b le to realise . . , p e rfe ctio n / '

" I f , L o rd , w om en, h a v in g gon e fo rth . . . a re ab le to realise . . . p erfectio n — an d , L o rd , th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat, w as o f g rea t se rv ice : she w as th e L o rd 's a u n t, [254] foster- m other, nurse, g iv e r o f m ilk , fo r w h en th e L o rd 's m o th er passed a w a y she su ck led h im 1— it w ere w ell, L o rd , th a t w om en should o b ta in th e g o in g fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma a n d d iscip lin e p ro cla im ed b y th e T ru th -fin d er.” j | 3 ||

" I f, A n a n d a , th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a t i th e G re a t, a cce p ts eight im p o rtan t ru les ,2 th a t m a y b e o rd in a tio n 3 fo r h er :

" A nun w h o has b een o rd ain ed (even) fo r a c e n tu ry m ust g ree t re sp e ctfu lly , rise u p fro m her sea t, sa lu te w ith jo in ed p alm s, do proper h o m age to a m o n k o rd ain ed b u t th a t d a y. A n d th is rule is to b e hon ou red , resp ected , revered , ven era ted , n ever to be tran sgressed d u rin g h er life .

“ A n u n m ust n o t sp en d th e ra in s in a residen ce w h ere th ere is no m onk. T h is ru le to o is to be h o n o u red . . . d u rin g her life.

“ E v e r y h a lf m o n th a nun sh o u ld desire tw o th in g s fro m th e O rd er o f m o n ks : th e a sk in g (as to th e date) o f theO b serva n ce d a y , a n d th e co m in g fo r th e e x h o rta tio n . T h is rule too is to b e h on oured . . . d u rin g her life.

“ A fte r th e ra in s a n u n m u st ' in v ite ' b efo re b o th O rders in resp ect of th ree m a tte rs : w h a t w a s seen, w h a t w a s heard, w h a t w as susp ected . T h is ru le to o is to b e h o n o u red . , . d u rin g her life .

1 S e e M . i i i . 2 53 .1 g a ru d h a m m S . S e e B . D . i i . 2 6 6 , n . 1 1 . B e s id e s a t A . iv , 2 76 , t h e s e ru le s

a r e g iv e n a t V in . iv . 5 1 (see B . D . ii. 2 6 8 -9 f o r n o te s ) .• A A . iv . 13 4 s a y s “ t h a t m a y b e h e r g o in g f o r t h a s w e ll a s (h er) o r d in a t io n / '

S h e w o u ld n o t th e r e fo r e h a v e t o p a s s t w o y e a r s a s a p r o b a tio n e r , a n d t h is p r a c t ic e w ill n o d o u b t h a v e b e e n in tr o d u c e d la te r , a f t e r a n O r d e r o f n u n s h a d b e e n in b e in g fo r s o m e t im e .

1 -4- 6] C U L L A V A G G A X 355“ A nun, offending a g ain st an im p o rta n t rule, m ust undergo

manatta (discipline) fo r h a lf a m o n th before b o th O rders. T h is rule too m ust b e honoured * . . d urin g h er life.

4* W h en , as a p ro b atio n er, she has tra in ed in th e six rules for tw o years, she sh o u ld seek o rd in atio n from b o th O rders. T h is ru le to o is to be honoured . . . d u rin g her life.

“ A m on k m ust not b e ab u sed or re v iled in a n y w a y b y a nun. T h is rule too is to be h on oured . . . d u rin g her life.

“ F ro m to -d a y ad m o n itio n o f m o n ks b y nuns is forbidden, ad m on ition of nuns b y m o n ks is n o t forb id d en . T h is ru le too is to b e honoured, respected, revered , ven era ted , n e ve r to be transgressed d u rin g her life.

" I f, A n a n d a , th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a t i th e G reat, a ccep ts these eight im p o rta n t rules, th a t m a y b e o rd in atio n fo r h e r.” || 4 II

T h en th e ven erab le A n a n d a , h a v in g le a rn t th e e ig h t im p o rt­ant rules from th e L o rd , ap p ro ach ed th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti the G re at ; h a v in g approach ed , he sp oke th u s to th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G re a t :

I f yo u , G o ta m i, w ill a cce p t e ig h t im p o rta n t rules, th a t w ill be th e o rd in atio n fo r y o u : a nun w h o h as been ord ain ed (even) for a c e n tu ry . . . . F ro m to -d a y a d m o n itio n o f m on ks b y nuns is forbidden . . . n ever to b e transgressed d u rin g y o u r life. I f y o u , G o ta m i, w ill a cce p t th ese e igh t im p o rta n t rules, th a t w ill be th e o rd in atio n fo r y o u .”

'* E v e n ,1 honoured A n a n d a , as a w om an or a m an w hen yo u n g , o f ten d er years, and fond o f o rn am en ts, h a v in g w ash ed (him self an d his) head , [255] h a v in g o b ta in ed a g a rla n d o f lo tus flow ers or a g a rla n d of ja sm in e flow ers or a g a rla n d o f som e sw eet-scen ted creeper, h a v in g ta k e n it w ith b o th hands, should p lace it on to p o f his h ea d — even so do I, h onoured A n a n d a , a cce p t th ese e igh t im p o rta n t ru les n ever to be transgressed d u rin g m y life .” |j 5 ||

T h e n th e ven era b le A n a n d a ap p ro a ch ed th e L o rd : h a v in g ap proached , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a respectfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l distance, th e v en era b le A n a n d a sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : “ L o rd , th e e ig h t im p o rta n t rules w ere a ccep ted b y th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G re a t .”

1 B e s id e s a t A . i v . 278 t h is s im ile o c c u r s a t M . i. 3 2 , a n d t h e f irs t p a r t a t V in . i ii. 68 (see B . D . i. 1 1 7 fo r n o te s ) .

356 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

“ I f, A n an d a, w om en had n o t o b ta in ed th e g o in g fo rth from hom e in to hom elessness in th e dhamma and d iscip lin e p ro ­claim ed b y th e T ru th -fin d er, th e B rah m a -farin g , A n a n d a , w ould h a v e lasted lon g, tru e dhamma w o u ld h a v e endured fur a thou san d yea rs. B u t since, A n a n d a , w om en h a v e gone fo rth . . . in th e dhamma an d d iscip lin e p rocla im ed b y th e T ru th - finder, now , A n a n d a , th e B ra h m a -fa rin g w ill not la st long, tru e dhamma w ill endure o n ly fo r five h u n d red years.

“ E v e n , A n a n d a , as th o se househ old s w h ich h a v e m a n y w om en and few m en ea s ily fa ll a p re y to robbers, to p o t-th ie v e s ,1 even so, A n a n d a in w h a te v e r dhamma an d d iscip lin e w om en o b ta in th e g o in g fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessness, th a t B ra h m a -fa rin g w ill n o t la st long.

" E v e n , A n a n d a , as w h en th e disease kn o w n as m ild ew 2 a tta c k s a w h ole field o f rice th a t field o f rice does not la st long, even so, A n a n d a , in w h a te v e r dhamma an d d iscip lin e w om en ob ta in th e go in g fo rth . . . th a t B ra h m a -fa rin g w ill not la st long.

“ E v e n , A n a n d a , a s w h en th e disease kn o w n as red ru st3 a tta c k s a w h o le field o f su gar-can e, th a t field o f sugar-can e does n o t la st lon g, even so, A n a n d a , in w h a te v e r dhamma and d iscip lin e . . . th a t B ra h m a -fa r in g w ill n o t la st long.

“ E v e n , A n a n d a , as a m a n ,4 lo o k in g fo rw ard , m a y build a d y k e to a g rea t reservo ir so th a t th e w a te r m a y n o t overflow , even so, A n a n d a , w ere th e e ig h t im p o rta n t rules fo r nuns laid dow n b y m e, lo o kin g fo rw ard , n o t to b e tran sgressed d urin g th e ir life .” U 6 || 1 ||

T o ld are th e E ig h t Im p o rta n t R u les fo r N un s.

T h en th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G re a t ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , she stood a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s she w a s sta n d in g a t a respectfu l d istan ce, th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a t i th e G re a t spoke th u s to the L o rd :

1 k u m b h a lih e n a k a . V A . 12 9 1 s a y s " h a v in g l it a l ig h t in a p o t , b y i t s lig h t t h e y s e a rc h o th ers* h o u s e s f o r b o o t y . " A A . i v . 13 6 is t h e s a m e , a n d S A . ii. 223 v e r y s im ila r . T h e s im ile o c c u r s a ls o a t 5 * ii. 264.

* setatthika , ” w h ite -a s -b o n e s .” S e e l i . D . i. 1 1 , n . 4 . G .S . iv . 18 5 , n . 2. g iv e s e x p la n a t io n o f A A . iv . 13 6 ( = V A . 12 9 1 o n a b o v e ) ; s o m e in s e c t b o re s t h e s te m , so t h a t t h e h e a d o f t h e p a d d y is u n a b le t o g e t t h e sa p .

8 m aH jetth ika . V A . 1 2 9 1 e x p la in s t h a t t h e e n d s o f t h e s u g a r c a n e s b e c o m e red ; a ls o A A . iv . 13 6 .

4 C f , l ik e s im ile s a t M . i i i . 96 , A . i ii. 28.

2.1 -31 C U L L A V A G G A X 357“ N ow , w h at line o f cond uct, L o rd , should I fo llow in regard

to these [256] S a k y a n w om en ? ” T hen the L o rd , glad d ened , rejoiced, roused, d eligh ted the G o tam id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat, w ith ta lk on dhamma. T h en th e G o tam id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat, gladdened . . . d e ligh ted b y th e L o rd w ith ta lk on dham m a , h av in g greeted the L o rd , d ep arted keep in g her righ t side tow ards him . T h en th e L o rd on th is occasion, h a v in g given reasoned ta lk , addressed the m onks, sa y in g :

“ I allow , m onks, nuns to be ord ain ed b y m o n ks/ '4 || i || T hen these n u n s spoke th u s to th e G o tam id , P a ja p a ti the

G reat : “ T h e la d y is n o t-o rd ain ed , n eith er are we ordained, for it w as th u s la id dow n b y th e L o r d : nuns should b e ordained b y m o n ks.”

T h en th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G re at approached the ven erable A n a n d a ; h a v in g ap proached , h a v in g greeted th e ven erable A n a n d a , she stood at a respectfu l d istan ce. A s she w as stan d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e G o tam id , P a ja p a ti th e G re at sp oke th u s to th e ven erable A n a n d a : ff H onoured A n an d a, these nuns spoke to m e th u s : ‘ T h e la d y is notordained, n eith er are w e ordained, fo r it w a s th u s laid dow n b y the L o rd : nuns should be ordained b y m onks

T hen th e ven erab le A n a n d a approached th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap proached , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , he sa t dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g dow n a t a respectfu l d istance, the ven erable A n a n d a sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : "L o rd , th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat sp oke thus: ‘ H onoured A n an d a, these nuns sp oke to m e th u s . . . nuns should be ordained b y m on ks V '

“ A t th e tim e, A n a n d a , w hen th e eight im p o rtan t rules w ere accepted b y th e G o tam id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat, th a t w as her o rd in a tio n .” || 2 |j 2 |j

T h en th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat approached the ven erable A n a n d a ; h a v in g approached , h a v in g greeted the ven erable A n a n d a , she stood at a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s she w as stan d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istance, th e G o tam id , P a ja p a ti th e G reat sp oke th u s to th e ven erable A n a n d a : '* I, honoured A n an d a, am a sk in g one boon from th e L o rd : I t w ere w ell,

1 C f . th e s ix t h im p o r t a n t ru le a b o v e . A ls o see B . D . iii, I n t r . p . x l i v fi.

358 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

L o rd , if th e L o rd w o u ld a llo w greetin g , sta n d in g u p for, sa lu tatio n and th e p ro p er d u ties b etw een m o n ks and nuns acco rd in g to se n io rity .”

T h en th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , he sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s he w as s ittin g dow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, th e v en era b le A n a n d a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a t i th e G re a t spoke th u s : ' I, honouredA n a n d a , am a sk in g on e boon . . . acco rd in g to se n io rity

" T h is is im possib le, A n a n d a , [257] it ca n n o t com e to pass, th a t th e T ru th -fin d er sh o u ld a llo w greetin g , sta n d in g u p for, sa lu tatio n and th e proper d u tie s betw een m o n ks an d nuns acco rd in g to sen io rity . A n a n d a , th ese fo llow ers o f o th er sects, a lth o u g h liab le to p o o r gu ard ia n sh ip , w ill n o t c a rry out greetin g , sta n d in g u p fo r, sa lu ta tio n an d p ro p er d u ties to ­w ard s w om en, so h o w sh ould th e T ru th -fin d er a llo w greetin g . . . an d p ro p er d u ties to w a rd s w om en ? ” T h e n th e L ord , on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , ad d ressed the m o n ks, sa y in g :

" M onks, one sh ould n o t c a rry o u t greetin g , risin g up for sa lu ta tio n an d p ro p er d u ties to w a rd s w o m en .1 W h o e v e r should c a rry o u t (one o f these), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” II 3 ||

T h e n th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G re a t a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , she sto o d a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s she w a s sta n d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e G o ta m id , P a ja p a t i th e G re a t sp oke th u s to the L o rd ; e< L o rd , those ru les o f tra in in g fo r nuns w h ich are in com m on w ith th o se fo r m o n k s ,2 w h a t line o f co n d u ct should w e, L o rd , fo llo w in regard to th ese ru les o f tra in in g ? ”

“ T h o se ru les o f tra in in g for nuns, G o ta m i, w h ich are in com m on w ith th o se for m o n ks, a s th e m o n ks tra in them selves, so sh o u ld y o u tra in y o u rse lv e s in th ese ru les o f tra in in g .”

“ T h o se ru les o f tra in in g fo r nuns, L o rd , w h ich are not in com m on w ith th o se fo r m on ks, w h a t line o f co n d u ct should w e, L o rd , fo llo w in regard to th ese ru les of tra in in g ? ”

1 A t C V . V I . 6. 5 w o m e n a re a m o n g t h o s e n o t t o b e g r e e te d .• S e e B .D . i i i , I n t r . p . x x x i i f ., x x x v i i f .

4—5.i] C U L L A V A G G A X 359“ T h ose rules o f tra in in g fo r nuns, G o ta m i, w h ich are not

in com m on w ith those fo r m onks, tra in yo u rselves in th e rules of tra in in g acco rd in g as th e y are la id d o w n .” || 4 ||

T h en th e G o ta m id , P ajapatT th e G reat ap p ro ach ed the L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , she stood a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s she w as stan d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, the G o ta m id , PajapatT th e G re a t spoke th u s to the L o rd r1 “ L o rd , it w ere w ell if th e L o rd w o u ld teach m e dhamma in b rief so th a t I , h a v in g h eard th e L o rd 's dhamma, m ight live alone, aloof, zealous, ard en t, se lf-reso lu te .”

“ W h a te v e r are th e s ta te s ,2 o f w h ich y o u , G o ta m i, m a y kn o w : these sta te s lead to passion, not to passionlessness, th e y lead to bon d age, n o t to th e absence o f bon d age, th e y lead to th e p iling u p (of reb irth ), not to th e absence of p ilin g up, th e y lead to w a n tin g m uch, n o t to w a n tin g little , th e y lead to d iscon ten t, n o t to co n ten tm en t, th e y lea d to so ciab ility , n ot to so litu d e, th e y lead to indolence, n o t to th e p u ttin g fo rth o f en ergy , [258] th e y lead to d ifficu lty in su p p o rtin g oneself, n o t to ease in su p p o rtin g oneself— y o u should kn ow d efin ite ly, G o ta m i : th is is n o t dham m a , th is is n o t d iscip lin e, th is is not th e T ea ch e r 's in stru ctio n . B u t w h a te v e r are th$ sta te s o f w h ich y o u , G o ta m i, m a y kn o w : these sta te s lead to passion­lessness, n o t to passion . . . {the opposite o f the preceding) . . . th e y lead to ease in su p p o rtin g oneself, n o t to d ifficu lty in su p p o rtin g oneself— y o u should k n o w d efin ite ly , G o t a m i: th is is dhamma, th is is d iscip lin e, th is is th e T ea ch e r 's in stru ction .”3 II 5 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e P a tim o k k h a w a s not recited to nuns. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd -4 H e said : “ I a llow y o u , m onks, to recite th e P a tim o k k h a to th e n u n s.” T h en it occu rred to th e nuns : “ N ow , b y w h om sh ould the P a tim o k k h a be recited to nuns ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord .

1 A s a t A , iv . 280.* S o A A . i v . 1 3 7 (on A . iv . 280 ).3 V A . 12 9 2 a n d A A . iv . 2 3 7 s a y t h a t o n a c c o u n t o f t h is e x h o r t a t io n ,

P a j a p a t i a t t a in e d a r a h a n ts h ip .4 U s u a l ly t h e n u n s a p p r o a c h t h e L o r d o n ly t h r o u g h t h e m e d ia t io n o f th e

m o n k s . H e r e i t w o u ld a p p e a r a s i f t h e m o n k s h a d th e m s e lv e s o b s e r v e d t h a t t h e n u n s w e r e n o t h e a r in g t h e P a t im o k k h a a n d r e p o r te d t h e m a tt e r t o t h e L o r d on th e ir o w n in it ia t iv e .

360 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

H e said : " I allow , m onks, th e P a tim o k k h a to be recited to nuns b y m o n k s.”

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed a n u n n ery, recited th e P a tim o k k h a to n u n s.1 P eo p le lo o ked d ow n upon, criticised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " T h ese are th eir w ives,these are th eir m istresses ; n o w th e y w ill ta k e th eir p leasure togeth er/* M onks h ea rd these people w h o . . . sp read it a b o u t. T h en these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

" M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a sh ould n o t be recited to n u n s b y m onks. W h o e v e r sh o u ld recite it, there is an offence of w rong-doing. I a llo w , m onks, th e P a tim o k k h a to be recited to nuns b y n u n s.”

T h e nuns d id n o t k n o w how to recite th e P a tim o k k h a . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, to e x p la in to th e nuns th ro u g h m onks, sa y in g ; ‘ T h e P a tim o k k h a sh ould be recited th u s V ' || 1 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns d id not co n fess2 offences. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, an offence should not b e n o t confessed b y a nun. W h o e v e r sh ould n o t confess it, th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g .” T h e nuns d id n o t kn ow h o w to confess offences. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to exp la in to the nuns th rough m on ks, sa y in g : 'A n offence sh o u ld b e confessed th u s[259]

T h en it occu rred to m o n ks : " N o w , b y w hom sh ould nuns' offences b e a ck n o w led g ed ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks to ack n o w led g e nuns* offences th ro u gh m o n k s.”

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns, h a v in g (each) seen a m o n k on a carriage-ro ad and in a cu l-d e-sac an d a t cross-road s,3 h a v in g (each) la id d ow n h er b o w l on th e grou n d , h a v in g arran ged her u p p er robe o ve r one should er, h a v in g sa t dow n on her haunch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed palm s, confessed an offence. P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ T h ese areth eir w ive s, these are th e ir m istresses ; h a v in g treated them

1 C f . P a c . 23 w h e r e t h e m o d e s t m o n k s c o m p la in t h a t m o n k s g o t o th e n u n s ’ q u a r te r s t o e x h o r t th e m .

* p a tik a r o n ti.* C f . N u n s ’ P a c . 14 , T h e s e th r e e w o r d s a r e d e fin e d a t V in , iv . 2 7 1 ( B .D .

i i i . 268) ; see a ls o V in . iv . 1 7 6 in d e fin it io n o f " a m o n g t h e h o u se s/*

6 .2- 3] C U L L A V A G G A X 36x

co n tem p tu o u sly d u rin g th e n ig h t now th e y are askin g fo r fo rg iven ess.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e s a id : " M onks, n u n s’ offences should n o t be ackn o w led ged b y m onks. W h o e v e r should ackn ow led ge (one), there is an offence o f w rong-doing. I a llow , m onks, n u n s’ offences to be ackn o w led ged b y n u n s.” T h e nuns d id n ot kn ow how to a ckn o w led ge offences. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : " T a llow y o u , m onks, to exp la in to th e nuns th rough m onks, sa y in g : ‘A n offence should be ackn ow led ged thus Y ' I! 2 ||

N o w at th a t tim e (form al) a c ts1 w ere n ot carried o u t for nuns. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : " Ia llow , m onks, a (form al) a ct to be carried o u t fo r n u n s.” T h en it o ccurred to m on ks : “ N o w , b y w h om should (form al) acts for nuns be carried o u t ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : “ I a llow , m onks, (form al) a c ts for nuns to be carried o u t b y m o n k s.”

N o w at th a t tim e nuns on w hose b eh alf (form al) a cts had been carried o u t ,2 h a v in g (each) seen a m onk on a carriage-road an d in a cu l-de-sac and a t cross-roads, h a v in g (each) laid dow n her b o w l on th e ground , h a v in g arran ged her u p p er robe o ve r one shoulder, h a v in g sa t d o w n on her haunch es, h a v in g saluted w ith jo in ed palm s, asked forgiven ess3 th in kin g , “ S u re ly it sh ould be done th u s / ’ A s befo re4 people . . . spread it ab o u t, s a y in g : “ T h ese a r e 'th e ir w ives, th ese, are th eir m istresses; h a v in g treated them co n te m p tu o u sly d urin g th e n igh t now th e y are ask in g fo r fo rg iven ess.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, a (form al) a ct on b eh alf of nuns should not b e carried o u t b y m onks. W h o ever should (so) c a rry one o u t, th ere is an offence of w rong-doing. I allow , m onks, nuns to c a rry o u t (form al) a cts on b eh alf of th e nu n s.” N u n s d id n o t k n o w how (form al) a c ts should b e earn ed out. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w yo u , m onks, to e x p la in to th e nuns th ro u gh m onks, say in g : ‘A (form al) a c t sh ould be carried o u t th u s \ ” || 3 |j 6 ||

1 V A . 12 9 2 s a y s " a c t s o f c e n s u r e a n d so o n , a n d a ls o t h e s e v e n fo ld fo r m a l a c ts .'* T h e fo rm e r n u m b e r fiv e , a s a t V in . i. 49. T h e le g a l q u e s tio n s a m o u n t t o s e v e n , a s a t V in . iv . 2 0 7, a n d p r o b a b ly th e s e a r e m e a n t.

1 ka ta ka m m a . , . , ,,3 V A . 12 9 2 s a y s , " s a y in g , 4 w e w i ll n o t a c t in s u c h a w a y a g a in .4 A b o v e in X . 0. z

362 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns, in th e m id st o f an O rd er,1 [260] striv in g , q u arrellin g , fa llin g in to d ispu tes, w o u n d in g one an o th er w ith th e w eap o n s o f th e to n g u e ,2 w ere n o t ab le to se ttle th a t leg a l question . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to se ttle n u n s' le g a l qu estio n s b y m o n k s.”

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks w ere se ttlin g a leg a l qu estion for nuns, b u t as th a t le g a l q u estio n w a s b e in g in v e stig a te d there w ere to b e seen b o th nuns w h o w ere en titled to ta k e p a rt in a (form al) a c t3 and those w h o h a d co m m itted an o ffen ce .4 T h e nuns sp oke th u s : " I t w ere w ell, honoured sirs, if th e lad ies th e m selv e s6 cou ld c a rry o u t (form al) a c ts fo r nuns, if th e lad ies th em selves could ack n o w led g e an offence o f nuns, b u t it w a s th u s la id d ow n b y th e L o rd : ‘ N u n s ’ leg a l qu estio n s sh ould b e se ttle d b y m o n ks Y ’ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

" I a llow y o u , m on ks, h a v in g ca n ce lled 6 th e c a rry in g o u t b y m onks of nuns* (form al) a c ts , to g iv e it in to th e ch arge of nuns to c a rry o u t n u n s' (form al) a c ts b y n u n s ; h a v in g cancelled (the ackn o w led gm en t) b y m o n ks o f n u n s' offences, to g iv e it in to th e charge o f n u n s to a ck n o w led g e n u n s' offences b y n u n s.” |1 7 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e nun w h o w a s th e p u p il o f th e nun U p p a la v a n n a h a d fo llo w ed a fte r th e L o rd fo r seven ye a rs m asterin g d iscip lin e, b u t b ecau se sh e w a s o f con fu sed m in d fu l­ness, w h a t she h a d learn t she fo rg o t. T h a t nun h eard it said

1 C /. V in . i . 3 4 1 , M . i i i . 15 2 .1 m u k h a sa ttlh i v itu d a n td , n o t “ g o t t o b lo w s ** a s a t V in . T e x ts i ii. 333,

b u t " in f lic t in g w o u n d s w ith t h e m o u t h ."8 k a m m a p p a tta y a a s a t M V . I X . 3. 5 , b u t p e r h a p s h e re , a s n u n s w e r e n o t

y e t e n t it le d t o t a k e p a r t in fo r m a l a c t s , m e a n in g “ h a d fa l le n in t o t h e n e e d fo r h a v in g a fo r m a l a c t c a r r ie d o u t o n t h e ir a c c o u n t ." T h e r e a r e t w o v. II.,see V in . ii. 3 2 7 .

4 d p a ttig a m in iy o .6 ayyd va. T h e n u n s a re n o t a s k in g t h e m o n k s t o d o t h e s e th in g s , a s

m a d e o u t a t V i n . T e x ts i i i . 333, b u t a r e h o p in g t o g e t t h e L o r d 's d e c r e e a lte r e d .6 ropetvd . R o p e ti c a n m e a n t o d ir e c t t o w a r d s , a ls o t o c a n c e l, a n d t o p a s s o t f .

P . E . D . fa v o u r s t h e la t t e r . V in . T e x ts i i i . 334 h a s " s e t o n f o o t / ' Corny. r e a d s avopetva (w ith v .l. ropetvd), w h ic h m e a n s : t o b r in g a b o u t , t o g e t r e a d y ; t o te ll , t o s h o w , e tc . V A . 12 9 2 s a y s “ s a y in g , 4 t h is fo r m a l a c t a m o n g th o s e o f c e n s u r e a n d so o n , a g a in s t w h o m is i t t o b e c a r r ie d o u t ? 1 h a v in g e x p la in e d (1avopetva) i t th u s , h e s a y s * N o w y o u c a r r y i t o u t y o u r s e lv e s '— i t s h o u ld b e g iv e n in to t h e c h a r g e o f. B u t i f a c e r t a in o n e w a s e x p la in e d a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a n o th e r , (m o n k s ) s a y in g : ' T h e y a r e c a r r y in g o u t a fo r m a l a c to f g u id a n c e (n iy a sa k a m m a fo r n is sa y a k -) , a g a in s t o n e d e s e r v in g a fo r m a l a c t o f c e n s u r e / h e re , a c c o r d in g t o w h a t i s s a id , t h e y s h o w w h a t s h o u ld b e c a r r ie d o u t/ *

8— 9.1] C U L L A V A G G A X 363

th a t th e L o rd w ish ed to com e to S a v a tth i. T h e n it occurred to th a t nun : " F o r seven ye a rs I h a v e fo llo w ed th e L ordm asterin g d iscip lin e, b u t because I a m o f confused m indfulness, w h a t I h a v e lea rn t is fo rg o tten . H ard it is for a w om an to fo llow a fte r a tea ch er fo r as lo n g as h er life lasts. W h a t line o f co n d u ct should b e fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h en th a t nun to ld th is m a tte r to th e nuns. T h e nuns to ld th is m a tte r to the m onks. T h e m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : 11 I allow , m on ks, d iscip lin e to be ta u g h t to nuns b y m o n k s/ ' 118 ||

T h e F irs t P o rtio n fo r R epeatin g.

T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d in V e sa ll for as lo n g as he found su itin g , set o u t on to u r fo r S a v a tth i. G ra d u a lly , w a lk in g on tou r, he arriv ed a t S a v a tth i. T h e L o rd sta y ed th ere a t S a v a tth i in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a 's [261] m on astery. N o w a t th a t tim e th e grou p o f s ix m o n ks sp rin kled nuns w ith m u d d y w a te r, th in k in g : " P erh ap s th e y m a y b e a ttra c te d 1to u s / ’ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said ; “ M onks, nuns should n o t b e sp rin k led w ith m u d d y w a te r b y m onks. W h o e ve r sh ould (so) sp rin kle them , th ere is an offence of w rong-doing. I a llow yo u , m on ks, to in flict a p e n a lty 2 on th a t m o n k / ' T h e n it accurred to m o n ks : " N o w , h o w is th e p e n a lty to be in flicted ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ M onks, th a t m o iik is to b e m ade one w ho is n o t to be greeted b y th e O rd er o f n u n s.”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks, h a v in g uncovered their bod ies . . . th ig h s . . . p r iv a te p arts, show ed th em to nuns ; th e y offend ed 3 nuns, th e y associated w ith 4 nuns, t h in k in g : “ P erh a p s th e y m a y be a ttra c te d to u s/ ' T h e y to ld th is m a tter to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, a m onk, h a v in g un covered his b o d y . . . th ig h s . . . p r iv a te p a rts should n o t sh ow them to nuns, he sh ould n o t offend nuns, h e should n o t associate

1 sd ra jje y y u m . C f . s d r a jja ti a t C V . V . 3 . 1.a da n4a ka m m a % a s a t V in . i. 75 , 7 6 , 84.3 o b h a san li, e x p la in e d a t V A . 12 9 2 a s asad dha m m ena obhdsenti. S e e a lso

V in . iii. 12 8 , a n d B u ’ s r e m a r k s , g iv e n a t B . D . i. 2 1 6 , n . 2.* s a m p a y o je n li , V A . 12 9 2 s a y s m e n " a s s o c i a t e d w ith ’ * n u n s a c c o r d in g

t o w h a t is n o t t r u e dham m a (o r in a w ro n g w a y , asad d h a m m en a ). C f . C V . I . 5 (a t t h e e n d ) .

364 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

to geth er w ith nuns. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) associate , there is an offence o f w rong-doing. I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to in flict a p e n a lty on th a t m o n k .” T h e n it occu rred to m o n ks : . . . (as in above paragraph) . . . “ M on ks, th a t m on k is to bo m ade one w h o is n o t to be g reeted b y th e O rd er o f n u n s ,"

Hi IIN o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix nuns sp rin k led m on ks

w ith m u d d y w a te r . . . (repeat || I || down to) “ I a llo w yo u , m onks, to in flict a p e n a lty on th a t n u n .” T h e n it occurred to th e m o n ks : " N o w h o w sh ould th e p e n a lty b e in flicted ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to m ake a p ro h ib itio n .” 1 W h en th e p ro h ib itio n w as m ade th e y d id n ot c o m p ly w ith it. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to suspende x h o rta tio n (for her2) .”

N o w at th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix nuns, h a v in g u n co vered th e ir bod ies . . . th e ir b reasts . . . th e ir th igh s . . . th eir p r iv a te p arts, sh ow ed th em to m o n ks [262] * . . " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to m ake a p ro h ib itio n / ' W h en th e p ro h ib itio n w a s m ad e th e y did not co m p ly w ith it. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L ord . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to suspend e x h o rta tio n (for h er).” || 2 H

T h en it o ccu rred to m onks : " N o w , is it a llo w ab le to ca rry o u t O b serva n ce to g e th e r w ith a nun w hose ex h o rta tio n has been suspended, or is it n e t a llo w ab le ? ” T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ M onks, O b serva n ce sh o u ld n o t be carried o u t to geth er w ith a nun w hose e x h o rta tio n h as been suspended so lo n g as th a t legal qu estion is n o t s e tt le d .”

N o w at th a t tim e th e v en era b le U p ali, h a v in g suspended e xh o rta tio n , set o u t on to u r. N u n s lo o ked d o w n upon, criticised, spread it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w can th e m asterU p ali, h a v in g suspended e x h o rta tio n , set o u t on to u r ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, h a v in g

1 ava ra n a . V A . 12 9 2 s a y s t h is is h in d e r in g t h e m fr o m e n te r in g a d w e llin g -p la c e . C f . t h e w o r d a t V in . i. 8 4 , w h e r e i t is t h e dandakayinna, t h e p e n a l t y im p o s e d o n n o v ic e s a n d p r e v e n t in g t h e m fr o m e n te r in g a m o n a s te r y .

8 V A . 12 9 3 s a y s “ h e re it m e a n s t h a t n o t h a v in g g o n e t o a n u n n e r y (th e e x h o r ta t io n ! m a y b e s u s p e n d e d , b u t t h e n u n s w h o h a v e c o m e lo r e x h o r t a t io n s h o u ld b e t o ld , * T h is n u n is im p u r e , s h e h a s a n o ffe n c e ; I a m s u s p e n d in g e x h o r t a t io n fo r h e r, d o n o t c a r r y o u t O b s e r v a n c e w ith h e r V

9*3- 4] C U L L A V A G G A X

suspended exh o rta tio n , one should n ot set o u t on tour. W h o ­ever should (thus) set o u t, there is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g.”

N o w a t th a t tim e ign oran t, inexp erienced (monks) suspended exh o rta tio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd , H e said : “ M onks, ex h o rta tio n should not be suspended b y a n ign oran t, inexperienced (m onk). W h o e v e r (such) sh ould suspend it, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks suspended exh o rta tio n w ith o u t ground , w ith o u t reason. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L ord . H e said : " M onks, exh o rta tio n sh ould not be suspendedw ith o u t grou n d , w ith o u t reason. W h o ever sh ould (so) suspend it, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e, m onks, h a v in g suspended exh o rtatio n , d id not g iv e a d ecision .1 T h e y told th is m a tte r to the L ord. H e said : " M onks, h a v in g suspended exh o rta tio n , y o u should not n ot g iv e a decision. W h o e v e r should not g iv e (one), there is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g .” || 3 ]|

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns d id n o t go fo r exh o rtatio n . T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, nuns should not not go fo r e xh o rta tio n . W h o ever should not go, should be d e alt w ith acco rd in g to the ru le .2

N o w a t th a t tim e th e en tire O rder of nuns w en t for e xh o rta tio n . P eop le looked dow n upon, [263] criticised, spread it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ T h ese are their w ives, these are theirm istresses, n ow th e y .w ill ta k e th eir pleasure to g eth e r.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, th e entire O rd er o f nuns should n ot go for exh o rta tio n . I f it should go thus, there is an offence o f w rong-doing. I a llow , m onks, four or five nuns to go fo r e x h o rta tio n .”

N o w a t th a t tim e fo u r or five nuns w en t fo r exh o rtatio n . A s before, people . . . spread it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ T h ese are th eir w ives . . . now th e y w ill ta k e th eir pleasure to g eth e r.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, four o r five nuns sh ould n o t g o (together) for exh o rta tio n . I f th e y sh ould g o th u s, th ere is an offence of w rong-doing. I a llow , m onks, tw o or three nuns to go (together) for exh o rta tio n : h a v in g ap p ro ach ed one m on k, h a v in g (each one) arran ged her u pper robe o ve r one shoulder, h a v in g honoured his feet, h a v in g

1 I .e . o n t h e m a t t e r fo r w h ic h e x h o r ta tio n , w a s su s p e n d e d .* N un s* P a c . 58 .

366 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

sa t d ow n on h er h au n ch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed palm s, th e y sh ould sp ea k to h im th u s : 1 M aster, th e O rd er of nuns honours th e feet o f th e O rd er o f m o n ks, an d a sk s a b o u t (the r igh t tim e for) co m in g fo r e x h o rta tio n ; m a y th e O rd er of nuns, m aster, h ea r w h a t is (the righ t tim e for) co m in g for e x h o rta tio n / I t sh ould be said b y th e one w h o recites th e P a tim o k k h a : ‘ Is there a n y m o n k agreed u p o n as e xh o rter o f th e nuns ? ' I f th ere is som e m o n k agreed u pon as e xh o rter o f th e nuns, it sh ould b e said b y th e one w h o recites th e P a tim o k k h a :* T h e m o n k So-and-so is agreed upon as e x h o rte r o f th e n u n s ; le t th e O rd er of nuns a p p ro a ch h im / I f th ere is n o t som e m on k agreed u p o n as e x h o rte r o f th e nuns, th e one w h o recites th e P a tim o k k h a sh ould s a y : ‘ W h ic h v e n e ra b le one is a b leto e x h o rt th e nuns ? ' I f som e one is a b le to e x h o rt th e n u n s a n d if he is en d ow ed w ith th e e ig h t q u a litie s ,1 h a v in g g a th ered to g eth er, th e y sh o u ld b e to ld : ' T h e m onk So-an d -so is agreed u pon as th e e x h o rte r o f th e nuns ; le t th e O rd er o f nuns a p p ro a ch h im / I f no one is ab le to e x h o rt th e nuns, th e one w h o recites th e P a tim o k k h a sh ould s a y : ‘ T h ere is no m onk agreed u p o n as e x h o rte r o f th e nuns. L e t th e O rd er o f nuns strive on w ith frien d lin ess \ ” 2 |] 4 [|

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks d id n o t u n d e rta k e th e e xh o rta tio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, th e e x h o rta tio n sh o u ld n o t n o t b e u n d e rta k en . W h o e v e r sh o u ld n o t u n d e rta k e it, th ere is an offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k w a s ig n o ra n t ; nuns, h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d h im , sp ok e th u s : “ M aster, u n d e rta k e th e e x h o r ta ­tio n .” [264] H e said : “ B u t I , sisters, am ign o ra n t. H o w can I u n d e rta k e th e e x h o rta tio n ? ” “ M aster, u n d e rta k e th ee x h o rta tio n , fo r it w a s th u s la id d ow n b y th e L o rd : ‘ T h ee x h o rta tio n o f nuns sh o u ld be u n d e rta k en b y m o n ks T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, e x ce p tin g an ign o ra n t one, to u n d e rta k e th e ex h o rta tio n th ro u gh th e o th e rs .”

1 See V in . iv. 51 (B .D . ii. 265 ff,).2 p d s a d ik e n a sa m p d d etu ; V in . T e x ts iii. 339 has “ may the Bhikkhuni-

samgha obtain its desire in peace/* thus deriving " in peace/* p d s a d ik e n a , from p a sd d e ti. But their desire was to hear the exhortation. As this was impossible, they were advised to do the best they could without it. Cf. a p p a m d d en a sa m p d d eih a . Here the notion is probably that the nuns, even without the exhortation, should labour on, strive themselves, peacefully and in friendliness with one another.

9.5] C U L L A V A G G A X 367N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m on k w as ill ; nuns, h a v in g

approach ed him , sp oke th u s : “ M aster, u n d ertak e th e e x h o rta ­tio n ." H e said : " B u t I , sisters, am ill. H o w can I u n d ertak e th e exh o rta tio n ? " “ M aster, u n d ertak e th e exh o rtatio n , for it w as th u s la id d ow n b y th e L o rd : f E x c e p t for an ign orant one, th e e x h o rta tio n should be u n d ertak en th ro u gh th e others T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llow yo u , m onks, e x ce p tin g an ign oran t one, excep tin g an ill one, to u n d ertak e th e e x h o rta tio n th ro u gh th e o th e rs."

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k w as settin g out on a jo u rn e y ; nuns, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed him , sp oke th u s : “ M aster, u n d ertak e th e e x h o rta tio n ." H e said : “ B u t I , sisters, am se ttin g out on a jo u rn ey. H o w can I u n d ertak e th e e x h o rta ­tion ? " “ M aster, u n d ertak e th e exh o rtatio n , for it w as laidd ow n b y th e L o rd : ' E x c e p t for an ign oran t one, e x ce p t foran ill one, th e ex h o rta tio n should be u n d ertak en th ro u gh the others \ " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : “ Ia llow y o u , m onks, excep tin g an ign oran t one, excep tin g anill one, e x ce p tin g one settin g o u t on a jo u rn ey, to u n d ertak e th e e xh o rta tio n th ro u g h o th e rs."

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m on k w a s sta y in g in a forest ; nuns, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed h im , sp oke th u s : “ M aster, under­ta k e th e e x h o rta tio n ." H e said : “ B u t I, sisters, km s ta y in g in th e forest. H o w can I u n d ertak e th e exh o rta tio n ? " T h e y said : “ M aster, u n d ertak e th e exh o rta tio n , for it w as thuslaid d o w n b y th e L o rd ': ‘ E x c e p t for an ign oran t one, excep t for an ill one, e x ce p t fo r one settin g o u t on a jo u rn ey, th e e xh o rta tio n sh ould be u n d ertak en th ro u gh th e others T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, I allow yo u to u n d ertak e th e exh o rta tio n th ro u gh a m onk w h o is a forest- d w eller an d (for him ) to m ake a ren d ezvo u s,1 say in g , * I w ill p erform 2 i t here

N o w at th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g u n d ertak en th e exh o rtatio n , did n o t announce i t .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said: “ M onks, th e ex h o rta tio n should not n o t be announced. W h o ­ever should not announce it, there is an offence of w rong-doing.

1 sa m k eta . S e e B . D . i . 88, 13 5 w h e r e “ t h e m a k in g o f a r e n d e z v o u s .” sa m keta kam m a is d e fin e d .

% p a tih a r issa m i.3 T h e s e r e m a in in g c la u s e s re fe r , I t h in k , o n ly t o m o n k s w h o a re fo re st-

d w e lle rs .

368 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g u n d ertak en th e e xh o rta tio n d id not co m e .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, one sh ould n o t n o t com e for th e e x h o rta tio n . W h o ­ever sh ould n o t com e for it, th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns did n o t go to th e ren d ezvo u s. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, nuns should n ot n o t go to th e rendezvous* W h o e v e r sh ould not go, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' || 5 || 9 j| [265]

N o w a t th a t tim e n u n s w ore lo n g w a istb a n d s o u t of w h ich th e y arran ged floun ces.2 P eo p le lo o ked d ow n upon, criticised , spread it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e w om en househ old ers w h o e n jo y p leasures o f th e sen ses." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, n u n s sh ould n o t w e a r lo n g w aistb an d s.W h o e v e r should w ear one, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w , m onks, a nun (to h ave) a w a istb a n d go in g once round (the w aist). A n d a flounce sh ou ld n o t b e arran ged o u t o f this. W h o e ve r sh ould arran ge one, th ere is an offence of w ro n g ­d o in g .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e nuns arran ged flounces o u t o f strip s o f b am b o o . . . o f strip s o f le a th e r . . . o f strip s of w o ven c lo th 3 . . . o u t of p la ite d w o v en c lo th . . . o f frin ged w oven c lo th . . . o f strip s o f c lo th 4 . . . o f p la ited c lo th . . . o f fringed c lo th . . . o i p la ite d th re a d . . . o f frin ged th read . P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e w om en h o u se­h olders w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses." T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, flounces o f strip so f b am b o o sh ould n o t be a rran ged b y nuns, n or flounces o f strips o f le a th e r . . . n or sh ould flounces o f frin ged th rea d be arran ged . W h o e ve r sh ould a rra n g e (one), th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g ." |] 1 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e n u n s h ad th e ir loins ru bbed w ith a co w 's

1 na p a cca h a ra ti. T a b le o f c o n te n ts : n a p a cca g a cch a n ti.* teh' eva pdsufte n a m e n ti. P { h )a s u h a is a r ib ; n a m eti, t o w ie ld , t o b e n d ;

V A . 12 9 3 s a y s " l i k e h o u s e h o ld e r s ' d a u g h te r s , t h e y f a s t e n th e m so a s t o a r r a n g e a flo u n c e o u t o f t h e s o lid c lo t h (th a n a p a ta ken a , v . l . g h a n a p a tta ken a ) o f t h e w a is t b a n d ." O n w r o n g w a is t b a n d s w o r n b y m o n k s see C V . V . 29. 2.

9 d u ssa p atten a . V A . 12 9 3 e x p la in s du ssa b y setavatth a , w h it e c lo t h .4 cola . V A . 12 9 3 s a y s t h a t t h is is t h e cola ( c o tto n c lo th ) o f t h e kasava,

t h e s a ffro n ro b e s . H e t h u s a p p a r e n t ly s e e k s t o d is c r im in a te b e tw e e n d u ssa , a s t h e m a te r ia l o u t o f w h ic h h o u se h o ld e rs* c lo t h s a re m a d e , a n d co la # a s t h a t o u t o f w h ic h m o n ks* ro b e s a r e m a d e .

10.2- hJ C U L L A V A G G A X

leg b o n e ,1 th e y had th eir loins m assaged w ith a co w 's ja w -b o n e ,2 th e y h ad th e ir fo rearm s3 m assaged, th e y h ad the b acks o f their han d s m assaged , th e y had th eir ca lv e s4 m assaged . . . the to p s o f th eir feet . . . th eir th igh s . . . th eir faces m assaged, th e y h a d th eir gu m s m assaged. P eop le . . . spread it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e w om en householders w ho en jo ypleasures o f th e sen ses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord. H e said : “ M onks, nuns sh ould not h a v e th eir loins rubbed w ith a co w 's leg-bon e, th e y sh ould not h a v e th eir loins m assaged w ith a co w 's jaw -b o n e, th e y should n o t h a v e th eir forearm s m assaged . . . th e y sh ould n o t h a v e th eir gu m s m assaged. W h o ever should (so) h a v e herself m assaged , there is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g.” || 2 ||

N ow a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix n u n s5 sm eared th eir faces, rubbed th e ir faces (w ith o in tm e n t0), p a in ted th e ir faces w ith chunam , m a rk ed th eir faces w ith red arsenic, p a in ted their bodies, p a in ted th eir faces, p a in te d th eir bodies and faces. P eo p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : '* L ik e w om en house­holders w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e senses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : [266] “ M onks, nuns should not sm ear th eir faces . . . sh ould n ot p a in t th eir bodies and faces. W h o e v e r should do (an y of these things), there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” || 3 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p of s ix nuns m ade (ointm ent m arks) a t th e co m ers o f th eir e y e s ,7 th e y m ade distinguishing m ark s (on th eir foreh eads),8 th e y looked o u t from a w in d o w ,9 th e y stood in th e lig h t ,10 th e y had d an cin g perform ed ,11 th e y

1 a tth illa . P . E . D . s a y s t h is is m o re l ik e ly t o b e S k r t . a s th lla , a ro u n d p e b b le o r s to n e . V A . 12 9 3 c a l ls i t g oja iig h a ttik a , w h ic h w o u ld see m to f i t in w ith t h e g o h a n u k a o f t h e n e x t ite m .

* g oh a n u ka .* O n hattha see B . D . i i . , I n t r . p . L i . V A . 12 9 3 s a y s , “ h a v in g h a d th e ir

a rm s m a s s a g e d , a t t h e t ip , aggabdham kottap etvd , t h e y m a k e d e s ig n s w ith p e a co ck s* fe a th e r s a n d so on/* T h is w o u ld n o t n e c e s s a r ily m e a n ** t a t o o m a r k s " a s a t V in . T e x ts iii. 3 4 1 , n . 7.

4 p d d a . V A . 12 9 3 s a y s ja n g h a .% C f . C V . V . 2 - 5* o f t h e g r o u p o f s ix m o n k s .* C f. N un s* P a c . 90, 9 1 .7 avangam k a ro n ti, so e x p la in e d a t V A . 1293.8 v isesa k am k a ro n ti. V A . 12 9 3 e x p la in s g a n d ap p a d ese v icitrasapth& n am

v isesa k a m k a ro n ti.9 o lo k a n a k en a o lo ken ti. V A . 12 9 3 s a y s t h e y lo o k e d o u t a t t h e ro a d (vM hi),

h a v in g o p e n e d t h e w in d o w , v d ta p a n a (on w h ic h see B .D . ii. 2 59, n . 1 ) .10 V A . 12 9 3 s a y s , h a v in g o p e n e d t h e d o o r, t h e y s ta n d s h o w in g h a lf t h e b o d y .11 sa n a cca m kd rd p en ti. N u n s s h o u ld n o t g o t o see d a n cin g * N u n s 1 P S c . 10 .

V A . 12 9 3 s a y s t h e y h a d a d a n c in g fe s t iv a l h e ld , n a ta sa m a jja m kdren ti.

37° B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

su p p o rted co u rtesa n s,1 th e y set u p a ta v e r n ,2 th e y set u p a slau gh ter-h ou se ,3 th e y offered (things) for sale in a sh o p ,4 th e y en gaged in u su ry ,5 th e y en gaged in tra d e , th e y k e p t s la v es ,6 th e y k e p t s lav e w om en , th e y k e p t se rv a n ts , th e y k e p t servan t w om en, th e y k e p t an im als, th e y d e a lt in greens and le a v e s ,7 th e y carried a p iece o f fe l t8 (for a razor). P e o p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e w om en househ old ers w h o e n jo ypleasures o f th e sen ses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said :

“ M onks, nuns sh ould n o t m ak e (oin tm en t m arks) a t the corners o f th e ir eye s . . . n or sh ould th e y c a rry a p iece o f fe lt (for a razor). W h o e v e r sh o u ld c a rry (one), th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .” || 4 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix n u n s w ore robes th a t w ere a ll d a rk g reen ,9 th e y w ore robes th a t w ere all ye llo w , th e y w ore robes th a t w ere a ll red , th e y w ore robes th a t w ere a ll crim son, th e y w o re robes th a t w ere a ll b la ck , th e y w ore robes th a t w ere d y e d a ll b ro w n ish -ye llo w , th e y w ore robes th a t w ere d y e d a ll red d ish -ye llo w , th e y w ore robes w ith borders th a t w ere n o t c u t up, th e y w ore robes w ith lo n g borders, th e y w ore robes w ith b o rd ers o f flow ers, th e y w ore robes w ith bord ers o f sn ak es ' h o o d s ,10 th e y w ore ja c k e ts , th e y w ore (garm en ts m ad e of) th e T ir ita tree. P eo p le lo o k ed d ow n upon,

1 v esim v u tth d p en ti. V e s i m a y b e a c o u r te s a n o r a lo w -c la s s w o m a n . V A . 12 9 3 e x p la in s b y g a n ik d , a p r o s t i t u t e . V u tth d p e ti c a n a ls o m e a n t o c a u s e t o ra is e , t o r e m o v e ; a n d i t is t h e r e g u la r w o r d u s e d , e s p e c ia l ly in t h e N u n s ' p a c i t t i y a s , f o r n u n s o r d a in in g n u n s. V A . d o e s n o t c o m m e n t o n i t h e re .

1 V A . 12 9 3 s a y s t h a t t h e y s o ld s t r o n g d r in k . C f . A . i ii. 208, w h e r e fiv e t r a d e s n o t t o b e c a r r ie d o n b y l a y fo llo w e r s a re e n u m e r a te d .

• V A . 12 9 3 s a y s t h a t t h e y so ld m e a t .4 V A . 12 9 3 s a y s t h a t t b e y o ffe re d fo r s a le {p a sa ren ti, a s a t V in . ii. 2 9 1 )

v a r io u s a n d d iv e r s g o o d s in a sh o p .* vadqlhi, p r o f it , in te r e s t (o n m o n e y , e s p e c ia l ly o n lo a n s ) ; c f . D A . 2 12 ;

a n d J d . v . 4 3 6 . I t w a s a N is s a g g iy a f o r m o n k s (a n d n u n s) t o h a v e m o n e y , N is s a g . 18 .

• dasam u p a ith d p e n ti. V A . 12 9 3 s a y s , " h a v in g c h o s e n (or t a k e n , gahetvd) a s la v e , t h e y h a d a s e r v ic e d o n e t o th e m s e lv e s b y h im . A n d i t is t h e sa m e w ith w o m e n s la v e s a n d t h e r e s t ."

7 h aritaka p a n rtikafri p a k in a n t i . V A . 12 9 3 r e a d in g h a rita k a p a ttiy a m , w ith v .l . h a r lta k a p a ttik a ip , s a y s t h a t t h e y d e a l in g r e e n s , h a rita k a , a s w e ll a s in r ip e th in g s , p a k k a (y J . p a k k ik a ) a n d t h a t t h e y o ffe re d v a r io u s t h in g s fo r sa le in a s h o p .

8 nam ataka. S e e C V . V . 11. I , V . 27. 3.* A s a t M V . V I I I . 29 f o r t h e g r o u p o f s ix m o n k s , e x c e p t t h a t fo r m o n k s

vethana, t u r b a n s , is a d d e d a t t h e e n d . F o r n o te s see B . D . i v . 438.10 p haxia . S ia m . e d n . r e a d s p h a la , f r u it s .

10.5— 12] C U L L A V A G G A X 37*criticised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e w om en householders w h o e n jo y p leasures of th e senses.” T h e y to ld th is m a tter to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ M onks, robes th a t are a ll d a rk green should n o t be w orn b y nuns . „ . (garm en ts m ad e of) th e T ir ita tree should not be w orn. W h o e v e r sh ould w ear (one), th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g .” || 5 j| 10 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in nun as she w as passin g a w a y , spoke th u s : “ A fte r I am gone, let m y requisites b e for th e O rd er.” M onks an d nuns w h o w ere th ere [267] d ispu ted , sa y in g : " T h e y are fo r u s,” “ T h e y are for u s .” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M onks, if a nun as sheis p assin g a w a y , sh o u ld sp ea k th u s, ‘A fte r I am gone, le t m y requisites be fo r th e O rd er/ in th a t case th e O rd er o f m on ks is n o t th e ow ner, b u t th e y are fo r th e O rd er of nuns. M onks, if a p ro b atio n er . . . if a w o m an n ovice, passin g a w a y . . . th e O rd er o f m o n k s is n o t th e ow ner, b u t th e y are fo r th e O rd er o f nuns. M onks, if a m o n k as he is p assin g a w a y , sh ould sp eak th u s . . . th e O rd er o f n u n s is not th e ow ner, b u t th e y are fo r th e O rd er o f m onks. M onks, if a n o vice . . . i f a la y fo llo w e r . . . if a w o m an la y fo llo w e r . if a n y ­one else as he is p a ssin g a w a y sh ould sp ea k thus, ‘A fte r I am gone, le t m y req u isites b e fo r th e O rd er/ in th a t case th e O rd er of nuns is n o t th e ow ner, b u t th e y are for th e O rd er o f m o n k s.”1 || 11 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in w om an w ho h ad fo rm erly been a M allian h a d gon e fo rth am on g th e nuns. Sh e, h a v in g seen a feeb le m on k on a ca rria g e road, h a v in g g iv en h im a b low w ith th e ed ge o f her sh ould er, to p p led h im o ver. M onks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : ** H o w ca n a nun g iv e a m onk a b lo w ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, a b lo w sh ould n o t b e g iv en to a m onk b y a nun. W h o e v e r sh ou ld g iv e (one), th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g .2

1 V A . 12 9 4 e x p la in s t h a t t h e f iv e k in d s o f c o -r e lig io n is ts (m o n k s, n u n s, p r o b a tio n e r s , m a le a n d fe m a le n o v ic e s ) c a n n o t m a k e a b e q u e s t a s t h e y lik e , fo r th e ir th in g s a r e t h e O r d e r 's a n d so th e ir g i f t s a t t h e t im e o f d e a t h t a k e n o e ffe c t . H o u s e h o ld e r s ' b e q u e s ts , o n t h e o th e r h a n d , d o t a k e e ffe c t .

a C f . P a c . 74 w h e re it is a n o ffe n c e o f e x p ia t io n fo r a m o n k t o g iv e a n o th e r a b lo w .

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

I a llow , m on ks, th a t a n un , h a v in g seen a m o n k, should m a k e w a y fo r h im h a v in g step p ed asid e w h ile (still) a t a d is ta n c e ." I I 1 2 ||

N o w at th a t tim e a certa in w o m an w h ose h u sb an d h ad gone a w a y from hom e b ecam e w ith ch ild b y a lo v e r .1 Sh e, h a v in g caused a b o rtio n , sp ok e th u s to a nun d ep en d en t fo r a lm s on (her) fa m ily : " C om e, la d y , ta k e a w a y th is fo etu s in a b o w l/ ' T h en th a t nun, h a v in g p la ce d th a t fo etu s in a b o w l, h a v in g covered it w ith her o u te r c lo ak , w e n t a w a y . N o w a t th a t tim e an u n d ertak in g h a d been m ad e b y a certa in m o n k w h o w a lk ed for a lm sfood : “ I w ill not p a rta k e o f th e first alm sfood I receive w ith o u t h a v in g g iv en (of it) to a m o n k or a n u n ." T h e n th a t m onk, h a v in g seen th a t n un , sp ok e th u s : “ C om e, sister,accep t a lm sfo o d .”

“ N o , m a ste r,” she said . A n d a second tim e. . . . A n d a th ird tim e. . . . " N o , m a ste r ,” she said.

“ I m ad e a n u n d e rta k in g , sister, th a t I w ill not p a rta k e of th e first a lm sfood th a t I receive w ith o u t h a v in g g iv en (of it) to a m onk or a nun. [268] C om e, sister, a cce p t a lm sfo o d .” T h en th a t nun, b ein g pressed b y th a t m o n k, h a v in g pu lled o u t her bow l, sh ow ed h im , sa y in g : 4< Y o u see, m aster, a fo etu s in th e bow l, b u t do not te ll a n y o n e .” T h e n th a t m o n k looked d ow n u pon , critic ised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w canthis nun ta k e a w a y a fo etu s in a b o w l ? ” T h en th is m onk to ld th is m a tte r to th e m on ks. T h o se w h o w ere m od est m onks . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w can th is nun ta k e a w a y a fo etu s in a b o w l ? ” T h e n th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

M onks, a fo etu s sh ould n o t b e ta k e n a w a y in a b ow l b y a nun. W h o e v e r sh ould ta k e on e a w a y , there is an offence of w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w , m o n ks, w h en a nun h a s seen a m onk, h a v in g p u lled o u t her b o w l, to sh ow it to h im .” |j i ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix nuns, h a v in g seen a m onk, h a v in g tu rn ed (their bow ls) u psid e d o w n ,2 sh ow ed th e bases o f th e bow ls. M onks . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ H owcan th e g ro u p o f s ix nuns, h a v in g seen a m o n k , h a v in g tu rn ed

1 C f . V in . i ii. 83.* p arivattetvd.

13 ,2— 15.x] C U L L A V A G G A X 373(their bowls) upside d o w n , sh ow th e bases of th e bow ls ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, nuns h a v in g seen a m onk, should not show (him) th e base o f a bow l, h a v in g turned it upside d ow n. I a llow , m onks, a nun w ho h as seen a m onk to show (him) h er b o w l, h a v in g set it u p righ t, and w h a te v e r food th ere is in th e b o w l should be offered to th e m o n k ." || 2 || 1 3 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a m em brum v irile cam e to be throw n a w a y on a ca rria g e road in S a v a tth I ,1 and nuns w ere lookin g a t it.® P eop le m ade an u p ro ar a n d those nuns were asham ed. T hen these nuns, h a v in g retu rn ed to th e n u n n ery , to ld th is m a tte r to th e nuns. T h o se w ho w ere m od est nuns . . . spread it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ H o w can these nuns look a t a m em brum virile ? " T h e n these nuns to ld th is m a tte r to the m onks. T h e m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said : " M onks, nuns should n o t look a t a m em brum virile . W h o ever should look a t one, there is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g ." || 14 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e people g a v e food to m onks, th e m onks g a v e it to nuns. P eop le . . . spread it ab o u t, say in g : “ H o w can these revered sirs [269] g iv e to others w h at w as given them for th eir ow n en jo y m en t ? I t is as th ou gh w e do n o t kn ow how to m a k e a g if t ." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : " M onks, y o u sh ould not g iv e to o thers w h a t w as g iven y o u for y o u r ow n e n jo ym en t. W h o ever should (so) g ive, th ere is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g.”

N o w a t th a t tim e food for th e m onks w a s (too) a b u n d an t. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . . H e said : “ I a llow yo u , m onks, to g iv e it to an O rd e r ." T h ere w as an even greater ab u n d an ce. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, also to g iv e a w a y w h a t belongs to an in d iv id u a l."3

N o w a t th a t tim e th e food fo r m o n ks th a t w as sto red4 w as (too) a b u n d a n t. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said :

1 C f . M i ln . 12 4 .* sa kka cca m u p a n ijjh a y a t i , a s a t V in . i . 19 3 .* I .e . p r o b a b ly fo o d s p e c ia lly g iv e n t o d if fe r e n t m o n k s . C f . p u g g a lik a

a t M V . V I . 39. C V . X . 24.4 sa n n id h ik a ta m d m is a m . C f . P a c . 38, a n d see B . D . ii. 3 3 9 fo r n o te s .

“ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to m a k e use o f a sto re of food fo r m o n ks, th e m onks h a v in g offered it to n u n s .1 || x ||

T h e same repeated but reading nun fo r m o n k and vice versa. H 2 II I B If

N o w a t th a t tim e lo d gin gs for m o n k s w ere (too) a b u n d a n t ; th e nuns h a d n o n e .2 T h e n u n s se n t a m essen ger to th e m o n ks, sa y in g : " I t w ere g o od , h o n o u red sirs, if th e m a sters w o u ld g iv e u s lo d gin gs te m p o ra r ily .” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : “ I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to g iv e lo d g in g s tonuns te m p o ra r ily .” [| x ||

N o w a t th a t tim e m e n stru a tin g n u n s sa t d o w n an d la y d ow n on stu ffed couch es an d stu ffed ch airs ;3 th e lo d gin gs w ere soiled w ith b lo o d . T h e y to ld th is m a t t e r ,t o th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M onks, [270] nuns sh ould n o t s it d o w n or lie d ow n on stu ffed couch es a n d stu ffed ch airs. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) s it d ow n or sh ou ld (so) lie d ow n , th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llow , m o n ks, a h ouseh old ro b e .” 4 T h e h o u seh o ld robe w assoiled w ith b lood . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H esaid : " I a llo w , m o n ks, a p in and a litt le c lo th .” 5 T h e littlec lo th fell d o w n .6 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H esaid : I a llo w th em , m on ks, h a v in g tied i t w ith a th read ,to tie it rou n d th e th ig h s .” T h e th rea d b ro ke. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w th em , m onks, a lo in -cloth , a h ip -strin g .” 7

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix n u n s w ore a h ip -strin g th e w h ole tim e. P eo p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : “ L ik e w om en househ old ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses.” T h e y

374 ________ B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E ___________

1 b h ik k h u n lh i b h ik k h u h i p a tig g a h d p etv a . V A . 12 9 4 s a y s , h a v in g a c c e p t e d y e s t e r d a y , t h e fo o d t h a t w a s s e t a s id e h a v in g b e e n o ffe re d t o - d a y b y m o n k s m a y b e m a d e u s e o f b y n u n s.

2 O r p e r h a p s , n o t e n o u g h , n a h o ti.3 C f . C V . V I . 2 : 7.4 a va sa th a clv a ra . S e e N u n s* P a c . 4 7 .5 a n ico la k a . V in . T e x ts i ii. 348, n . 1 s a y s " a n i m u s t h e r e b e ‘ t h a t p a r t

o f t h e le g im m e d ia t e ly a b o v e t h e k n e e , t h e f r o n t o f t h e t h ig h , ' c f. B o h t l in g k - R o t h , s .v . N o . 2 .” I t h in k , h o w e v e r , t w o t h in g s m u s t b e m e a n t , a n i a n d co la ka , o r t h e n e x t s e n te n c e w o u ld h a v e r e p e a te d b o t h , in s te a d o f o n ly co la k a . T h e p o in t is t h a t a " p in w a s t o o in s e c u r e , a n d so " t h r e a d ** w a s tr ie d . A n i is a u s u a l w o r d fo r p e g o r p in .

* n ip p h a ta ti . C f . t h e w o r d a t V in . i i . 1 5 1 w h e r e i t a p p e a r s to m e a n to f a ll o u t o r t o f a l l in . H e r e i t m a y im p ly t o f a l l a w a y f r o m t h e p in .

7 sa m v etliy a m k a tisu tta k a m . S a tjiv e lliy a fo r b id d e n t o m o n k s a t C V . V . 29, 5 ; ka tisu tta ka a t C V . V .* 2. 1 .

16.2---17.2] C U L L A V A G G A X 375to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, nuns are n o t to w e a r a h ip -strin g th e w h ole tim e. W h o e v e r should (so) w ear one, th ere is an offence o f w rong-d oing. I a llow , m onks, a h ip -strin g w h en th e y are m e n stru a tin g .” || 2 || 16 ||

T h e Second P o rtio n for R ep ea tin g .

N o w a t th a t tim e o rd ain ed w om en w ere to be seen w ith o u t sexu al ch a ra cteristics a n d w h o w ere d e fective in sex and blood less an d w ith sta g n a n t b lood and w ho w ere a lw a y s dressed an d d rip p in g and d eform ed an d fem ale eunuchs and m an-like w om en and those w hose se x u a lity w a s in d istin ct and those w ho w ere h erm ap h ro d ites .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to question a w om an w h o is being o rd ain ed a b o u t tw e n ty -fo u r th in gs th a t are stu m blin g-blocks. A n d th u s, m on ks, should she be question ed : * Y o u are not w ith o u t sexu a l ch a ra cteristics ? . . . Y o u are not a her­m ap h rod ite ? H a v e y o u d iseases like t h i s :2 lep rosy, boils, eczem a, con su m p tio n , ep ilep sy ? A re y o u a hum an being ? A re y o u a w om an ? A re y o u a free w o m an ? A re y o u w ith o u t d e b ts ? Y o u are n o t in ro y a l service ? A re y o u a llow ed b y y o u r m o th er and fa th er, b y y o u r h u sb an d ?3 H a v e yo u com p leted tw e n ty y e a rs of age ?4 A re y o u co m p lete as to b o w l and robe ? W h a t is y o u r nam e ? W h a t is th e nam e o f y o u r w om an proposer ? ' II 1 II

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks asked nuns a b o u t th e th in g s w h ich are stu m b lin g-b locks. T h o se w ish in g fo r ordination w ere a t a loss, th e y w ere ab ash ed , th e y w ere u n ab le to answ er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llow , m onks, ord ination in th e O rd er o f m o n ks a fte r she h as been ordained on th e one side, and h as cleared herself (in regard to th e stu m blin g-b locks) in th e O rd er o f n u n s."

N o w 6 a t th a t tim e nuns ask ed those w ish in g for ordination,

1 S a m e l is t o c c u r s a t V in . i i i . 1 2 9 in d e fin it io n o f *# h e a b u ses/* C f . t h e e x a m in a t io n o f m a le c a n d id a t e s fo r o rd in a tio n a t M V . I . 76.

# C f. M V . I . 76-77 a s f a r a s t o e n d o f 17 b e lo w .* S e e N u n s ’ P a c . 80.4 S e e N u n s* P a c . 7 1 —73.* p a v a ttin i. S e e N u n s ' P i c . 69, a n d B . D . iii. 3 7 7 w h e re p a v a itin i is d efin ed

a s u p a jjh a , w o m a n p r e c e p to r .• C f . V i n . i . 93 f . f o r t n e q u e s tio n s p u t t o m o n k s o n th e ir o rd in a tio n .

37^ B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

b u t w ho w ere n o t in stru cted , a b o u t th e th in g s w h ich are stu m blin g-b locks. T h o se w ish in g for o rd in atio n [271] w ere a t a losst th e y w ere abash ed , th e y w ere u n a b le to answ er. T h e y told th is m a tte r to the L o r d . H e said :

" I a llow th em , m on ks, h a v in g in stru cte d first, a fterw a rd s to ask ab o u t th e th in g s w h ich are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s .”

T h e y in stru cted ju s t there in th e m idst of th e O rder. A s before, those w ish in g fo r o rd in a tio n w ere a t a loss, th e y w ere abashed , th e y w ere u n a b le to answ er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

“ I a llow th em , m onks, h a v in g in stru cte d aside, to a sk ab o u t th e th in gs w h ich are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s in th e m id st o f the O rder. A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh ould she be in stru cted : F irst,she sh ould b e in v ite d to choose a w o m an p recep to r rl h a v in g in v ited her to choose a w om an p recep to r, a b o w l and robes should be poin ted o u t to h er (w ith th e w ords) : ‘ T h is is ab ow l fo r yo u , th is is an o u te r c lo a k , th is is an u p p er robe, th is is an inner robe, th is is a v e s t ,2 th is is a b a th in g -clo th ;3 go and sta n d in such an d such a p la ce |j z ||

Ign o ran t, in exp erien ced (nuns) in stru cted th em . T hose w ish in g fo r ord in ation , b u t w h o w ere not in stru cted , w ere at a loss, th e y w ere a b a sh ed , th e y w ere u n a b le to answ er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said :

" M onks, th e y should n o t b e in stru cte d b y ign o ra n t, in­experienced (nuns). W h o e v e r (such) sh ould in stru ct them , there is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g. I a llo w them , m onks, to in stru ct b y m eans o f an exp erien ced , co m p eten t (nun).” || 3 ||

T h o se w h o w ere n o t agreed upon in stru cted . T h e y to ld th is m a tter to th e L o rd . H e said :

" M onks, th e y sh ould n o t b e in stru cted b y one w h o is not agreed upon. W h o e v e r (such) sh ould in stru ct, there is an offence of w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w th em , m o n ks, to in stru ct b y m eans of one w h o is agreed u pon . A n d th u s, m on ks, should she b e agreed upon : on eself m a y b e agreed u pon b y oneself.

1 u p a jjh a ,* sa m k a cch ik d , cf. V in . iv . 3 4 5 . T h is a n d t h e b a t h in g c lo a k m a k e u p

th e '* f iv e ro b e s " fo r n u n s , m e n tio n e d , e .g . a t V in . iv . 282 (N u n s ’ P a c . 24, 2 5).3 u d a k a sd tik d . O n e o f th e b o o n s w h ic h V is a k h a a s k e d fo r a t V in . i. 293

w a s t h a t o f b e s to w in g b a t h in g c lo t h s o n t h e O r d e r o f n u n s ; a llo w e d a t V in . . 294. T h e ir p r o p e r m e a s u r e m e n ts a r e la id d o w n a t V in . iv . 2 79 .

17 .4-6 ] C U L L A V A G G A X 377or an oth er m a y b e agreed upon b y another. A n d how is oneself to b e agreed upon b y oneself ? T h e O rd er should be inform ed b y an experien ced , co m p eten t nun, sa y in g : ' L adies, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. So-and-so w ishes for ordination th rough th e la d y So-and-so. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, I co u ld in stru ct So-and -so.’ T h u s m a y oneself b e agreed upon b y oneself. A n d how is an oth er to b e agreed upon b y an oth er ? T h e O rder should be in form ed b y an experien ced , com peten t n u n , sa y in g : ‘ L ad ies, le t th e O rder listen to me. So-and-so w ishes fo r o rd in atio n th rough th e la d y So-and-so. I f it seem s r igh t to th e O rder, So-and-so could in stru ct So-and -so.’ T h u s m a y an o th er be agreed upon b y another. || 4 ||

" T h e nun w h o is agreed upon, h a v in g approached th e one w h o w ishes fo r o rd in ation , should sp eak th u s to her : ' L isten , So-and-so. T h is is fo r yo u a tim e for tru th (-speaking), a tim e for fa c t (-speaking). W h en I am a sk in g y o u in th e m idst of the O rd er a b o u t w h a t is, y o u should s a y : ‘ I t i s ' , if it is so ; y o u should s a y : ' I t is n o t/ if it is n o t so. D o not b e a t a loss, d o n o t b e abash ed . I w ill ask yo u th u s ; * Y o u are not w ith o u t se x u a l ch a ra cteristics ? . . . W h a t is th e nam e [272] o f y o u r w om an proposer ? ' "

" T h e y a rriv ed to geth er. T h e y should n o t a rriv e togeth er. T h e in stru cto r h a v in g a rrived first, th e O rd er should be inform ed (by her) : ' L ad ies, le t th e O rd er listen to me. So- and-so w ishes fo r o rd in ation th ro u gh th e la d y So-and-so. She has been in stru cted b y m e. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, le t So-and-so co m e/ S h e should b e to ld : ‘ C o m e/ H a v in g m ade her arran ge her u p p er robe o ver one shoulder, h a v in g m ad e her hon our th e n un s' feet, h a v in g m ade her sit dow n on her hau n ch es, h a v in g m ad e her sa lu te w ith joined palm s, she should b e m ade to ask for o rd in atio n , sa y in g : * L ad ies, I am a sk in g th e O rd er for ordination . L ad ies, m a y th e O rder raise m e up o u t of com passion / A n d a second tim e, ladies.. . . A n d a th ird tim e, ladies, I am ask in g th e O rder for o rd in ation . L ad ies, m a y th e O rder raise m e u p o u t of com ­p assio n .’ || 5 ||

“ T h e O rd er should be inform ed b y an experien ced , com ­p eten t n un , sa y in g : ' L ad ies, le t th e O rder listen to m e. T h is one, So-and-so, w ishes fo r ord ination th rough the la d y So- and-so. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, I could ask So-and-so

o

378 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a b o u t th e th in g s th a t are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s. L is ten , So-and-so. T h is is fo r y o u a tim e fo r tru th (-speaking), a tim e tor fa ct (-speaking). I am a sk in g y o u a b o u t w h a t is. Y o u sh ould say , “ I t is ," i f it is so ; y o u should s a y , “ I t is n o t / ’ i f it is n o t so. Y o u are n o t w ith o u t se x u a l ch a ra cteristics ? . . . W h a t is th e n am e o f y o u r w o m an proposer ? ' j| 6 ||

" T h e O rd er sh ould b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced , com pe­te n t n un , sa y in g : * L a d ie s , let th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is one, So-and-so, w ish es fo r o rd in atio n th ro u g h th e la d y So-and- so. She is q u ite p u re in re g a rd to th e th in g s w h ich are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s, she is co m p lete a s to b o w l an d robes. So- and-so is a sk in g th e O rd er for o rd in a tio n th ro u g h th e w om an proposer, th e la d y So-and-so. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y o rd ain So-and -so th ro u g h th e w o m a n proposer, th e la d y So-and-so. T h is is th e m otion . L ad ie s, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is one, S o-an d -so , is a sk in g th e O rder fo r ord in ation th ro u g h th e w o m an proposer, th e la d y So-and-so. T h e O rd er is o rd ain in g So-and-so th ro u g h th e w o m an proposer, th e la d y So-and-so. I f th e o rd in a tio n o f So-and -so th ro u gh th e w o m an proposer, th e la d y So-and -so, is p leasin g to th e ladies, th e y sh ou ld be silen t : she to w h om it is n o t p leasin g sh ould sp eak. A n d a second tim e I sp eak fo rth th is m a tte r . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . L a d ie s, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is one, So-and-so, . . . should sp eak . So-and -so is ord ain ed b y th e O rd er th ro u g h th e w o m an proposer, th e la d y So-and-so. I t is p leasin g to th e O rder, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s d o I u n d erstan d th is / ’ || 7 ||

“ T a k in g her a t once, h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed th e O rd er o f m onks, h a v in g m ad e h er arran ge h er u p p er robe o v e r one shoulder, h a v in g m ad e h er h o n o u r th e m o n k s ' feet, h a v in g m ad e her sit d ow n on h er hau n ch es, h a v in g m ad e h e r sa lu te w ith jo in ed palm s, she sh ould b e m ad e to a sk fo r ord in ation , sa y in g : ‘ I , th e la d y So-and-so, w ish fo r o rd in a tio n th ro u gh th e la d y So-and-so, [273] I a m ord ain ed o n th e one side in th e O rd er o f nuns. I am p u re (in regard to th e stu m blin g-b locks). L ad ies, I am a sk in g th e O rd er fo r ord in ation . L ad ies, m a y th e O rd er raise m e u p o u t o f com passion. I , th e la d y So- and-so . . . am p u re (in regard to th e stu m b lin g-b locks). A n d a second tim e. . . . I , th e la d y So-and -so . . . am pure (in regard to th e stu m blin g-b locks.) A n d a th ird tim e, ladies,

17.8—18] C U L L A V A G G A X 3791 am ask in g th e O rd er fo r ord in ation . L ad ies, m a y th e O rder raise m e up o u t o f com passion / T h e O rd er sh ould be inform ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : ' H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is one, So-and-so, w ishes for ord in ation th ro u g h So-and-so. S h e is ordained on th e one side in th e O rd er o f nuns, she is pu re (in regard to th e stu m blin g- b lo cks). So-and-so is a sk in g th e O rd er fo r ord ination th rough th e w om an proposer So-and-so. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, the O rd er m a y ord ain So-and-so th ro u gh th e w om an proposer So-and-so. T h is is th e m otion . H on oured sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is one, So-and-so, w ishes fo r ord ination . . . th ro u g h th e w o m an proposer So-and-so. T h e O rd er is ordaining So-and-so th ro u g h th e w o m an proposer So-and-so. I f th e o rd in atio n o f So-and -so th ro u g h th e w om an proposer So-and-so is p leasin g to th e ve n e ra b le ones, th e y should b e silent ; he to w h o m it is n ot p leasin g should speak. A n d a second tim e I sp eak fo rth th is m a tte r. . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp eak fo rth th is m a tte r : H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e . . . should sp ea k . So-and-so is ordained b y th e O rd er th rough th e w o m an proposer So-and-so. I t is p leasing to th e O rder, therefore it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is V ’

T h e sh adow should b e m easured a t once, th e len gth o f th e season sh ould b e exp la in ed , th e p o rtion o f th e d a y should be exp la in ed , th e fo rm u la sh ould b e exp la in ed , th e nuns should be to ld : “ E x p la in th e th ree resources1 to h er and th e eight th in g s w h ich are n o t to b e d o n e .” 2 || 8 || 1 7 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns bein g u n certain as to seats in a re fecto ry le t th e tim e go b y .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m onks, e igh t nuns (to b e seated) accord in g to sen io rity , th e rest as th e y com e in .” N o w a t th a t tim e nuns, th in k in g : “ I t is a llow ed b y th e L o rd th a t e igh t nuns (m ay b e seated) acco rd in g to sen io rity , th e rest

1 F o u r r e s o u rc e s fo r m o n k s , see M V . I . 77. B u t t h e th ir d , fo re s t-d w e llin g , is fo r b id d e n t o n u n s a t C V . X . 23.

2 A t M V . I . 78 t h e r e a r e fo u r a k a ra n ly a tii f o r m o n k s w h ic h c o rr e s p o n d t o t h e ir fo u r P a r a j ik a s . T h e n u n s, h o w e v e r , h a v e e ig h t P a r a j ik a s (see B . D .iii. I n t r . , p . x x x f f .) a n d t h e r e is n o d o u b t t h a t re fe r e n c e is h e re b e in g m a d e t o th e s e .

3 V A . 12 9 4 s a y s " m a k in g o n e g e t u p , m a k in g a n o th e r s it d o w n , t h e y le t t h e r ig h t t im e fo r e a t in g g o b y .'* T h e r ig h t t im e f o r th is is b e fo r e m id d a y , s e e V in . iv . 86, 16 6 (th e w r o n g t im e ) .

380 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

as th e y com e in ," e v e ry w h e re re se rve d 1 (seats) ju st fo r e igh t nuns acco rd in g to sen io rity , fo r th e rest as th e y com e in. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w , m on ks, (seats) in a re fe cto ry fo r e ig h t n u n s acco rd in g to sen io rity , for th e rest as th e y com e in ; n ow h ere else sh ould (a seat) be reserved acco rd in g to se n io rity . W h o e v e r sh ould reserve (one), there is an o ffen ce o f w ron g-d oin g/* j[ 18 || [274]

N o w a t th a t tim e n u n s d id n o t in v ite .2 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, n u n s should not n o t in v ite . W h o e v e r should n o t in v ite sh ould b e d e alt w ith a cco rd in g to th e ru le .” 3 N o w a t th a t tim e nu n s, h a v in g in v ite d am ong them selves, d id not in v ite in an O rd er o f m on ks. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, nuns, h a v in gin vited am o n g th em selves, sh ould n o t n o t in v ite in an O rd er of m onks. W h o e v e r sh ould n o t (so) in v ite sh ould be d ealt w ith acco rd in g to th e ru le ."3

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns, in v itin g (only) on th e one side (of the O rder) to g eth e r w ith m on ks, m ad e a n u p ro ar. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : (f M onks, nuns sh ould not in v ite (only) on th e one side to g e th e r w ith m o n ks. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) in v ite , th ere is an offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns, in v itin g before th e m eal, le t the (right) tim e 4 go b y . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w th em , m o n ks, to in v ite a fte r a m e a l.” In v itin g a fte r a m eal, th e y cam e to be a t a w ro n g tim e .6 T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I ‘a llo w th em , m on ks, h a v in g in vited (am ong them selves) one d a y , to in v ite th e O rd er o f m on ks th e fo llo w in g d a y ." || x ||

N o w a t th a t tim e th e en tire O rd er of nuns, w h ile in v itin g , created a d istu rb an ce. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w th e m , m onks, to agree upon one experien ced , co m p eten t nun to in v ite th e O rd er o f m o n k s on b eh alf o f the O rd er o f nuns. A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld she be agreed upon : F irs t, a nun sh ould b e asked ; h a v in g asked her, th e O rd er should be in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t nun, sa y in g :

1 p a tib d h a ti , a s a t C V . V I . 6 . 4, V I . 7 .* S e e N un s* P a c . 5 7 , a n d B . D . i i i . 3 54 f o r fu r t h e r re fe r e n c e s .■ N u n s ' P a c . 5 7 .* S e e a b o v e , p . 3 7 9 , n . 3 .

I .e . f o r in v it in g in t h e O rd e r o f m o n k s , a s t h e c o n t e x t s h o w s.

19.2— 20] C U L L A V A G G A X 38i

* L ad ies, le t th e O rd er listen to me. I f it seem s righ t to the O rder, th e O rd er m a y agree upon th e nun So-and-so to in v ite th e O rd er o f m onks on b eh a lf of th e O rd er o f nuns. T h is is th e m otion . L ad ies, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e O rder is agreein g upon th e n u n So-and-so to in v ite th e O rd er of m onks on b e h a lf of th e O rd er o f nuns. I f th e agreem ent upon the n un So-and-so to in v ite th e O rd er of m onks on b eh a lf o f th e O rd er o f nuns is p leasin g to th e ladies, th e y should be silent ; she to w hom it is not p leasin g sh ould sp eak . T h e nun So- and-so is agreed upon b y th e O rd er to in v ite the O rd er o f m o n ks on b eh a lf o f th e O rd er of nuns. I t is p leasin g to the O rder. T h erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I un d erstan d th is .' II 2 ||

" T h a t nun w ho has been agreed upon, ta k in g th e O rd er o f nuns (w ith her), h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er o f m onks, h a v in g a rran ged her u p p er robe o ve r one shoulder, h a v in g honoured th e m o n ks' feet, h a v in g sa t d ow n on her haunches, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed palm s, sh ould sp ea k th u s to it : [275] ‘ T h e O rd er o f nuns, m asters, is in v itin g th e O rder of m onks in resp ect of w h a t h as been seen, h eard , or suspected. M asters, le t th e O rd er o f m onks sp eak to th e O rd er of nuns out o f com passion a n d th e y , seeing (the offence), w ill m ake am ends. A n d a second tim e, m asters* . . . A n d a th ird tim e, m asters, th e O rd er o f nuns is in v itin g th e O rd er o f m onks . . . w ill m ake am en d s V '1 || 3 || 19 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns suspend ed th e O bservan ce fo r m onks, th e y suspend ed th e In v ita tio n , th e y issued com m ands, th e y set up a u th o r ity ,2 th e y asked fo r le a v e , th e y reproved, th e y m ade to re m em b er .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, a m o n k 's O b servan ce is n ot to be suspended b y a nun : even if it is suspended, it is not (really) suspended, an d fo r her w ho suspends it th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing. T h e In v ita tio n sh ould n o t be suspend ed : even if it is suspended it is not (really) suspended, an d fo r her w h o suspends it there is a n offence o f w rong-d oing. C om m an ds sh ould n ot be issued :

1 C f . m v . iv. 1. 14 .# I t w o u ld b e p r e fe r a b le t o r e a d a n u vd dam p atth& pen ti in s te a d o f anuvddatn

th a p e n ti ; cf. C V . I . 5.* C f. C V . T. 5.

382 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

even if issu ed th e y are not (really) issued, an d fo r her w ho issues th em th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. A u th o r ity sh o u ld n o t be set u p : even if se t u p it is n o t (really) set up, a n d fo r h er w h o sets it u p th ere is an offence o f w rong-d oing. L e a v e sh o u ld n o t b e ask ed fo r : even if ask ed fo r it is not (really) asked for, an d fo r h er w h o a sk s th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. S h e sh ould n o t rep ro ve : th e one rep ro ved is n o t (really) rep ro ved a n d fo r h e r w h o rep ro ves th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. S h e sh ould n o t m a k e to rem em ber : th e o n e m ad e to rem em b er is n o t (really) m a d e to rem em ber, an d fo r h er w h o m a k es to rem em b er th ere is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g.”

N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s suspend ed th e O b se rva n ce fo r nuns . . . (as above) . . . th e y m a d e to rem em b er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M on ks, I a llo w y o u to suspend th ro u g h a m o n k a n u n 's O b se rva n ce : an d if it is suspended it is p ro p e rly suspended, a n d th e re is no offence fo r th e one w h o suspends it . . . to m a k e to rem em b er : an d if she is m ad e to rem em ber she is p ro p e rly m ad e to rem em ber, and there is n o offence fo r th e one w h o m a k es h er re m em b er.” II 20 |t

N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix n u n s w e n t in a v e h ic le ,1 b o th in one th a t h a d a bu ll in th e m id d le y o k e d w ith cow s, an d in one th a t h a d a co w in th e m id d le y o k e d w ith bulls. P eo p le , , . sp read i t a b o u t, sa y in g : " A s a t th e fe s tiv a l o f th e G an ges an d th e M a h l.” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, a n u n sh o u ld n o t go in a v eh ic le . W h o e v e r sh ould go in one sh ould be d e alt w ith a cco rd in g to th e ru le .” 2

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in n u n ca m e t o b e ill ; she w a s n o t ab le to go on fo o t. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I a llo w , m o n ks, a v e h ic le fo r (a nun) w h o is i l l/ 1 T h e n it occu rred to n u n s : “ N o w , (should th e ve h ic le be)y o k e d w ith co w s o r y o k e d w ith b u lls ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llo w , m on ks, a h a n d c a rt y o k e d w ith a cow , y o k e d w ith a b u ll .”

N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in n u n b ecam e e x ce e d in g ly u n ­co m fo rtab le o w in g to th e jo ltin g o f a veh icle . [276] T h e y

1 C f . M V . V . 9. 4 -IO . 3, a n d a ls o N u n s ’ P a c . 8 5 .2 N un s* P a c . 85.

21— 22.3] C U L L A V A G G A X 383to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ I a llow , m onks, a p a lan q u in , a sed an -ch air/ '1 |{ 21 \\

N o w a t th a t tim e th e cou rtesan A<J<JhakasI2 h a d gone fo rth am on g th e nuns. S h e w a s an xiou s to g o to S a v a tth i, th in kin g , “ I w ill b e ord ain ed in th e L o rd 's p resen ce." M en o f abandon ed life heard it said th a t th e courtesan A d d h a k a si w a s an xious to go to S a v a tth i and th e y beset th e w a y . B u t th e courtesan A d d h a k a si h eard it sa id th a t th e m en o f aban d on ed life were b esettin g th e w a y and she sen t a m essenger to th e L o rd sa y in g : " E v e n 3 I am an xiou s for o rd in ation . N o w w h a t line of co n d u ct sho,uld b e fo llow ed b y m e ? ” T h en th e L o rd on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m onks, s a y in g : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to ordain even th ro u gh am essen ger."4 || x [|

T h e y ordained th ro u g h a m essenger w ho w as a m onk. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : “ M onks, y o u should n o t ordain th ro u g h a m essenger w ho is a m on k. W h o ever should (so) ordain th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g.” T h e y ordained th ro u g h a m essenger w h o w as a p ro b atio n er . . . a n o vice . . . a w om an n o vice . . . th ro u gh a m essenger w h o w as an ign oran t, in exp erien ced (wom an). "M o n k s , yo u should not ord ain th ro u g h a m essenger w ho is an ign oran t, inexperienced (wom an). W h o e v e r should (so) ordain th ere is an offence of w rong-doing. I a llo w yo u , m onks, to ordain th ro u gh a m essenger w h o is an experien ced , co m p eten t nun. [| 2 ||

" T h a t nun w h o is th e m essenger, h a v in g approach ed th e O rder, h a v in g a rran ged h er u p p er robe o v e r one shoulder, h a v in g h on oured th e m onks' feet, h a v in g sa t d o w n on h er haunch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed palm s, sh o u ld sp ea k to it th u s ; ‘ T h e la d y So-and -so w ishes fo r o rd in atio n th ro u g h th e la d y So-and-so. S h e is ord ain ed on th e one side, in th e O rder of nuns, an d is pure ;6 she is n o t com in g o n ly on a cco u n t o f som e d anger. T h e la d y So-and-so is ask in g th e O rd er fo r o rd in atio n ;

1 p a ta n k itn . V A . 1 2 9 5 s a y s p a ta p o ta lik a m > v .l. p a ta p o tta lik a m , cf. V A . 1085* H e r v e r s e s a t T h l g . 2 5 , 2 6 . Cf. a44h a k d sik a a t M V . V I I I . 2 .3 O ld e n b e r g h a s h i, T h l g A . 3 1 p i .4 I t w a s p r o b a b ly u s u a l fo r a n u n t o b e o r d a in e d th r o u g h a n O rd e r o f

n o t less t h a n t e n p e rso n s , a s i t w a s fo r m o n k s , M V . I . 31. 2 ; I X . 4. 1. V A . 12 9 5 s a y s '* o rd in a tio n t h r o u g h a m e sse n g e r e x is t e d o n a c c o u n t o f a n y o n e o f t h e t e n d a n g e r s .” H e r e , d a n g e r fro m h u m a n b e in g s .

5 A s t o t h e s t u m b lin g -b lo c k s . Cf. u s e o f v isu d d h a a t C V . X . 17. 2.

3&4 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

m a y th e O rd er out of co m p assio n 1 raise u p th a t la d y . T h e la d y So-and-so . . . is not co m in g on a cco u n t o f som e d anger. A n d a second tim e th e la d y So-an d -so is a sk in g th e O rd er . _ . raise u p th a t la d y . T h e la d y So-and -so w ishes for ord ination th ro u g h th e la d y So-and-so. Sh e is ord ain ed on th e one side in th e O rd er o f nuns, a n d is pure ; she is not com in g o n ly on a cco u n t o f som e d an g er. A n d a th ird tim e th e la d y So-and-so is a sk in g th e O rd er for o rd in a tio n ; m a y the O rder o u t of com passion raise up th a t la d y . ’ T h e O rd er should be in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, sa y in g :‘ H on ou red sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. So-and-so w ishes for ord in ation th ro u g h So-and-so. Sh e is o rd ain ed on th e one side in th e O rd er o f nuns an d is pu re ; she is n o t co m in g o n ly on a cco u n t o f som e d an ger. So -au d -so is a sk in g th e O rd er for o rd in atio n th ro u g h th e w o m an proposer So-and-so. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y o rd ain So-and-so th ro u g h th e w o m an proposer So-and-so. T h is is th e m otion. [277] H on oured sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. So-and-so w ishes fo r o rd in atio n th ro u g h So-and-so. . . . So-and -so is ask in g th e .Order for o rd in atio n th ro u gh th e w o m an proposer So-and-so. T h e O rd er is o rd ain in g So-and-so th ro u g h the w om an proposer So-and-so. I f th e o rd in atio n o f So-and-so th ro u g h th e w om an proposer So-and -so is p leasin g to the ven erable ones, th e y sh ould be s ile n t ; he to w h om it is not p leasin g should sp eak . A n d a second tim e I sp ea k fo rth this m a tter. . . . A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a t t e r : H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to, m e . . . he to w h om it is not p leasin g sh ould sp ea k . I t is p leasin g to th e O rd e r; therefore it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is/ T h e sh ad o w should be m easured a t o n ce2, th e le n g th o f th e season should be exp la in ed , th e p o rtion o f th e d a y sh ould b e exp la in ed , th e fo rm u la should be exp la in ed , th e nuns sh o u ld be to ld : ‘ E x p la in th e three resources to her an d th e eigh t th in g s w h ich are not to be done || 3 || 22 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e n u n s w ere s ta y in g in a forest ; m en of aban d on ed life sed uced th em . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e

1 C f . M V . I . 76. 8.■ A s a t C V . X . 17. 8.

23 —25.1] C U L L A V A G G A X 385L o rd . H e said : " M onks, nuns sh o u ld n o t s ta y in a forest. W h o ever sh ould s ta y (in one) there is an offence of w ron g­d o in g .” 1 I! 2 3 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a sto rero om 3 cam e to be g iv en to an O rder o f nuns b y a la y fo llo w er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ I a llo w , m onks, a sto re ro o m ." T h e storeroom w as n o t e n o u g h .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e said : ” I a llo w , m on ks, a d w e llin g ."4 T h e d w ellin g w as not enough. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord , H e sa id : “ I a llow , m on ks, b u ild in g o p eratio n s,” B T h e bu ild in g operations w ere n o t en ough. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to b u ild even w h a t belongs to an individual."® || 24 ||

N o w at th a t tim e a ce rta in w o m an h ad gone fo rth am ong th e n u n s w h en she w as a lre a d y p regn an t, an d a fte r she had gone fo rth she w a s d e liv ered o f a c h ild .7 T h en it occurred to th a t nun : " N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct should be fo llow ed b y m e in regard to th is b o y ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w her, m on ks, to lo o k a fte r him u n til he a tta in s to ye a rs o f d iscretio n ."8 T h en it occu rred to th a t n u n : “ I t is n o t possible fo r m e to liv e alone,® n or is i t possible fo r a n o th er nun to liv e w ith a b o y. N o w , w h a t line o f con d u ct sh ould be fo llo w ed b y m e ? ” T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : I a llo w th em , m on ks, h a v in g agreed uponone nun, [278] to g iv e her to th a t nun as a co m p an ion .10 A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld she b e agreed u pon : F irst, th a t nunsh ould be a s k e d ; h a v in g ask ed her, th e O rd er should be in form ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p e ten t nun, sa y in g : ‘ L ad ies,

1 C f . n o t e a t C V . X . 17. 8 .■ u d d o sita . S e e B . D . i i i . 177, n . 2 ; a ls o B . D . ii. 16 , n . 2. V A . 1293

h e re a g a in e x p la in s b y bhaxi&asala, a h a l l fo r g o o d s .* na sa m m a ti, a s a t C V . V . 13. 3. V A . 1295 e x p la in s b y n a p p a h o ti, d id

n o t su ffice .4 u p a ssa y a ; h e re V A . 1295 s a y s g h a ta , a h o u s e .* navakamma, h e r e p r o b a b ly m o re t h a n " r e p a ir s / * V A . 1295 s a y s '* I

a llo w y o u t o c a r r y o u t b u ild in g o p e r a t io n s fo r n u n s fo r t h e s a k e o f t h e O rder.*** puggalikarn kdturn, o r , e v e n fo r in d iv id u a ls . B u . h a s n o n o te . C f . th e

w o r d a t C V . X . 15. 1 .7 A t N u n s ' P a c . 6 1 i t is a n o ffe n c e t o o r d a in a p r e g n a n t w o m a n , b u t i t is

n o t a n o ffe n c e fo r t h e o n e w h o o r d a in s h e r i f sh e t h in k s t h a t sh e is n o t p r e g n a n t .8 V A . 1295 s a y s u n t i l h e is a b le t o e a t a n d w a s h h im s e lf p r o p e r ly .* C f . N u n s ’ F o r . M e e t . I l l , N u n s ' P i c . 14 .

1# C f . B . D . i ii. 190, 267, 323, 357, 360.

386 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f i t is p lea sin g to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y a gree u p o n th e nun So-an d -so as com pan ion to th e nun So-and-so. T h is is th e m o tion . L a d ie s , le t the O rd er listen to m e. T h e O rd er is a g ree in g u pon th e nun So-and-so as co m p an io n to th e n u n So-and -so. I f th e agree­m en t u pon th e nun So-an d -so as co m p an io n to th e nun So- and-so is p leasin g to th e la d ies , th e y sh o u ld be silen t ; she to w h om it is n o t p le a sin g sh o u ld sp ea k . T h e nun So-and-so is agreed u p o n b y th e O rd er as co m p a n io n to th e nun So- and-so. I t is p leasin g to th e O r d e r ; th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is. || i [[

T h e n it o ccu rred to th a t nun w h o w a s th e co m p a n io n : " N o w w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh o u ld b e fo llo w ed b y m e in regard to th is b o y ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w th em , m o n ks, to b e h a v e in re g a rd to th a t b o y e x a c t ly as th e y w o u ld b e h a v e to a n o th e r m an , e x ce p t fo r s leep in g u n d er th e sam e ro o f."1 || 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in nun w h o h a d fa llen in to a n offence ag ain st a n im p o rta n t ru le, w as u n d erg o in g 'mdnatta. 2 T h e n it o ccu rred to th a t nun : " I t is n e ith e r possib le fo r m e to liv e alone, n o r is it possib le fo r a n o th e r n u n to liv e w ith m e. N o w , w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y m e ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w th e m , m o n ks h a v in g agreed u p o n one n u n , to g iv e h er to th a t nun as a com pan ion . A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld sh e b e a g ree d u p o n : . . * (as in j| 1 i|) ‘ . . . T h u s d o I u n d e rsta n d th is V 1 || 3 j| 25 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in n u n , h a v in g d isa vo w e d th e tra in in g ,3 le ft th e O rd er ;4 h a v in g co m e b a c k a g a in she a sk ed th e nuns fo r o rd in a tio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : “ M onks, th ere is no d is a v o w a l o f th e tra in in g b y a nun, b u t in so fa r as she is one w h o le a v e s th e O rd er ,5 sh e is in consequence n o t a n u n .” [| 1 ||

1 V A . 12 9 5 s a y s e x c e p t in g o n ly a s le e p in g p la c e in t h e s a m e h o u se , sa hdgaraseyyam attam . B u t , i t a d d s , t h e m o t h e r is a b le t o l ie d o w n a n d h a v in g p u t t h e c h ild o n h e r b r e a s t t o w a s h i t , m a k e i t d r in k , fe e d i t a n d a d o rn i t .

* C f . t h e 5 t h a n d 8 th im p o r t a n t r u le s a t C V . X . 1. 4 . A ls o o n m dnatta see C V . I I . 6 . 1 .

3 O n t h is s t a t e o f d is s a t is fa c t io n se e V in . i i i . 2 4 —28,4 v ib b h a m i. T h is , a n d d is a v o w in g t h e t r a in in g , o c c u r a t e .g . M V . I I . 22. 3.6 vibbhantd . V A , 12 9 5 s a y s i f , le a v in g t h e O r d e r a t h e r o w n p le a s u r e

a n d a p p r o v a l , h a v in g c lo t h e d h e r s e lf in w h it e c lo t h e s , s h e is t h u s n o t a n u n , b ut. t h is is n o t t h r o u g h d is a v o w in g t h e t r a in in g .

26.2— 27.3] C U L L A V A G G A X 387N o w a t th a t tim e *a ce rta in nun, w ea rin g th e saffron robes,

w en t o v e r to th e fo ld o f a sect i1 h a v in g com e b a c k again she ask ed th e nuns for o rd in atio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M o n k s , w h a te v e r nun, w earin g thesaffron robes, goes o v e r to th e fo ld o f a sect, on com in g b a ck sh o u ld n o t be o rd ain ed / ’2 ||21| 26 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns [279] b e in g scrupulous, d id not consent to g ree tin g b y m en, to th eir c u ttin g (their) hair, to th eir c u ttin g (their) n ails, to th e ir d ressing a sore. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : I a llo w th e m , m onks, to consentto (these a ctio n s)/ '3 || 1 ||

N o w a t th a t t im e nuns w ere s ittin g d ow n cross-legged ,4 co n sen tin g to th e to u ch o f h eels.5 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, n u n s sh o u ld not s it dow ncross-legged. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) s it dow n, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '

N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in nun w as ill. T h ere w as no co m fo rt fo r h er i f she w a s n ot cross-legged. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w , m onks, th e h a lfcross-legged (posture)6 fo r n u n s." || 2 ||

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns re lieved th em selves in a p r i v y ; the g ro u p o f s ix nuns cau sed a b o rtio n th ere. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : “ M onks, nuns sh ould not relieveth em selves in a p r iv y . W h o e v e r sh o u ld do so there is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w th em , m onks, to relieve

1 titth d y a ta n a m sa n ik a m i, a s a t V in . i . 69, w h e r e th e r e is a s im ila r r u le fo r m o n k s .

8 V A . 12 9 5 s a y s n o t o n ly s h o u ld s h e n o t b e o rd a in e d , b u t sh e c a n n o t e v e n o b t a in t h e *4 g o in g fo r th .* ’

s S e e N u n s ' P a r . I V . I t w o u ld see m a s if th e s e t h in g s w e r e p e r m is s ib le i f n e ith e r p a r t y w e r e f ille d w it h d e sire .

4 p a lla rtk en a n is id a n t i . V A , 12 9 6 s a y s p a lla ftk a tri d b h u jjitv a n is ld a n ti . S o p r o b a b ly p a lla n k a d o e s n o t m e a n ** d iv a n *' h e re a s i t d o e s a t V in . iv . 299*see B . D . i i i . 2 7 1 , n . 3.

6 p ayih isa tn p ha ssa . N o t a t a l l c le a r w h o s e h e e ls w e r e t o u c h in g , b u t p r o b a b ly t h e n u n s 1 n e x t o n e ith e r s id e . P a lla fik e n a m a y h a v e d o u b le m e a n in g o f s i t t in g d o w n c r o s s - le g g e d a n d s i t t in g d o w n 4t d iv a n -w is e / * i.e . s i t t in g d o w n c r o s s - le g g e d a n d in a r o w . I t w a s p r o b a b ly d is t u r b in g t o m e d ita t io n if h e e ls to u c h e d , h e n c e t h e p r o h ib it io n .

• a d fh a p a lla n k a . V A . 12 9 6 s a y s t h e p a lla n k a is m a d e h a v in g d r a w n in o n e f o o t (o n ly a n d le a v in g t h e o th e r s t r a ig h t o u t) . O f c o u r s e , if p a lla n k a is t a k e n a s d iv a n , a tfg h a p a lla n k a m u s t b e h a l f a d iv a n — V in . T e x ts u i. 3^7* n . 2 s a y s ** p r o b a b ly a c u s h io n .'*

388 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th e m selv e s w h ere it is o p en u n d ern eath , co ve red on to p ." 1 II 3 II

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns b a th e d w ith ch u n am . P eop le lo o ked d ow n upon, critic ised , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e w om en h ouseh old ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, nuns sh o u ld n ot b a th e w ith ch u n am . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) b a th e , th ere is an offence of w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w th em , m on ks, th e red p o w d er o f rice h u sks and c la y .” 2

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns b a th e d w ith scen ted c la y . P e o p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : “ L ik e w om en h o useh old ersw ho e n jo y p leasu res o f th e se n ses." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M on ks, n u n s sh o u ld n o t b a th e w ith scen ted c la y .3 W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) b a th e , th ere is a n offence of w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w , th e m , m o n ks, o rd in a ry c la y ."

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns, b a th in g in a b a th ro o m , crea te d a d istu rb an ce. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, nuns sh o u ld n o t b a th e in a b a th ro o m . W h o e v e r sh ould b a th e (in one), there is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e nuns b a th e d a g a in st th e stre a m co n sen tin g to th e to u ch o f th e c u rre n t.4 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, n u n s sh o u ld n o t b a th e ag ain st the stream . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) b a th e , th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w a t th a t tim e n u n s b a th e d not a t a f o r d ; m en of a b an d o n ed life sed u ced th em . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : “ M onks, n u n s sh o u ld n o t b a th e n o t a t a fo rd . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) b a th e , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ."

N o w at th a t tim e n u n s b a th e d a t a fo rd fo r m en. P eop le . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g , " L ik e w om en h o useh old ers w h o e n jo y p leasures o f th e se n se s/ ' [280] T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : “ M onks, n u n s sh o u ld n o t b a th e at a fo rd fo r m en. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) b a th e , th ere is an offence

1 T h e id e a is t h a t t h e r e s h o u ld b e n o p r i v a c y . C f . C V . V I I I . 9, 10.s k u k k u sa rn m attikarft. V A . 1 2 9 6 e x p la in s b y s a y in g , k u n £ a h a n c'eva

m a ttih a n ca , t h e re d p o w d e r o f r ic e h u s k s a s w e ll a s c l a y . B o t h t h e s e w ere a l lo w e d t o m o n k s fo r b u ild in g o p e r a t io n s . C V . V I . 3. i«

* C f . N u n s ' P & c. 88, 89.4 d h d rd sa m p h a ssa .

27.4] C U L L A V A G G A X 389o f w rong-d oing. I a llo w th em monies, to b a th e a t a ford fo r w o m en .”1 || 4 ]| 2 7 j|

T h e T h ird P o rtio n fo r R ep ea tin g .

T o ld is th e T e n th S ectio n : th a t on N un s.

In th is S ectio n are a h un dred an d s ix item s. T h is is its k e y :

T h e G o ta m id ask ed fo r th e goin g fo rth , th e T ru th fin d er did not a llo w it,

from K a p ila v a tth u th e L e a d e r w e n t to V esa ll. /C o vered w ith d u s t2 she m ad e it kn ow n to A n a n d a in the porch. S a y in g : “ Is she a b le ? ” he ask ed a b o u t th e m eth o d ; sa y in g ,

“ (She w as your) m o th er ” and “ (your) n u rse/ ' /A c e n tu ry an d th a t d a y , no m on k, desiring,In v ita tio n , im p o rta n t rules, tw o ye a rs, n o t abusing, / C o m p lyin g w ith these e igh t rules fo r exh ortation * d u rin g her

life.A c ce p ta n ce o f th e im p o rta n t rules— th a t is th e ordination for

her. / .A th o u sa n d ye a rs to o n ly five (hundred) b y th e sim iles o f th e

p o t-th ie ve s,m ildew , red-rust :4 th u s an in ju ry to w h a t is tru e dhamma. / M ay, lo o kin g fo rw a rd ,6 b u ild a d y k e ; ag ain it is th e s ta b ility

o f w h a t is tru e dham m a .T o be ordained, th e la d y , g reetin g acco rd in g to sen io rity , / W ill n o t c a rry o u t lik e th is, in com m on a n d n o t in com m on, a b o u t e x h o rta tio n , a n d a b o u t th e P a tim o k k h a , “ now , b y

w h o m ? " , to a n u n n ery , /I f th e y do not k n o w he exp la in s, an d th e y do not co n fess,6

th ro u gh a m on k,

1 m a k ila titth e . O n n u n s b a t h in g see a ls o V in . i . 2 9 3. iv - 2 5 9 , 278-,a S ia m . e d n . r e a d s r a jo k in n a , a s s u g g e s te d a t K tw . ii. 32 ° * S in h . e d n .

r a jo k in n e n a . 0 . ,3 O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t a n d S in h . re a d ovadeti atfha dham m a 1 o ia m . c a n .

ovato ca attha dh am m a (w ith v .l . a s t e x t ) .* S in h / a n d S ia m . e d n s . re a d m a X jetth ikd (S in h . r e a d in g -A a) fo r O ld e n b e r g s

m a n ca tth ik a -. # _r . _ i. c* v6 O l d e n b e r g : p a eva , p r o b a b ly fo r patigacc* eva o f X . 1. 6. 13u t o m n .

e d n . r e a d s dlivp ba n d h ey y ' u p a m d h i, a n d S ia m , p alirjt bandhcyy u p a m a h t, w i t h v. II. a s in O ld e n b e r g .

* H e r e harortti, fo r p a tik a r o n ti.

39° B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

to a ck n o w led g e th ro u g h a m o n k , a ck n o w le d g m e n t th ro u g h a nun, /

H e exp la in ed , (form al) a c t, b y a m o n k , th e y lo o k e d d o w n on, or b y a nun,

to exp la in , a n d to qu arrel, h a v in g ca n celled , a n d a b o u t U p p a la - (van n a), /

In S a v a tth i, m u d d y w a te r , d id n o t g re e t, b o d ies an d th ig h s a n d p r iv a te p a rts an d th e g ro u p o ffen d ed a n d a sso c ia ted w ith , / N o t to b e g ree te d is th e p e n a lty , fo r n u n s lik e w ise again , an d th e p ro h ib itio n , e x h o rta tio n , is it a llo w a b le ? h e w e n t

a w a y , /Ig n o ra n t, w ith o u t gro u n d , decision , e x h o rta tio n , an O rd er of

five ,tw o o r th ree, th e y d id n o t u n d e rta k e , ig n o ra n t ones, ill, se ttin g

o u t on a jo u rn e y , /F o rest-d w ellers, th e y d id n o t a n n o u n ce , a n d th e y d id not

com e b a ck ,long, b a m b o o an d le a th e r, a n d w o v en c lo th , p la ite d , and

frin ged ,A n d p la ite d c lo th , an d frin ged , an d p la ite d th rea d , (and)

fr in g ed ,/C o w ’s leg-b on e, c o w 's ja w -b o n e , b a c k s o f th e h an d s, likew ise

th e fe e t,1th ig h s (and) faces, gu m s, sm earin g, ru b b in g (and) w ith

ch u n am , /T h e y m a rk e d ,2 a n d p a in tin g th e b o d y , p a in tin g th e face,

lik e w ise th e tw o , o in tm en t m a rk s (and) d istin g u ish in g m a rk s, from a w in d ow ,

in th e lig h t, a n d a b o u t d a n cin g , / [281]C o u rtesan , ta v e rn , s lau g h ter-h o u se , a sh op , u su ry , trad e, th e y k e p t s la v es , w o m en s la v es , se rv a n ts , se rv a n t w om en, / A n im a ls , an d green s, th e y ca rried p ieces o f fe lt, robes th a t w ere d a rk green , y e llo w , red , crim son, th a t w ere

b la ck , /B ro w n ish -y ello w , red d ish -ye llo w , n o t cu t u p , an d lon g, and if th e y sh o u ld w e a r (robes) w ith (borders) o f flow ers,

sn ak es ' h ood s,3 ja c k e ts , as w ell as (garm en ts m ad e o f the)

1 S in h ., padam ; O ld e n b e r g : p a r i ; S ia m , padarn a s s u g g e s te d a t V in . ii. 328.2 O ld e n b e r g : la n c h e n ti ; S in h . : larnchanti ; S ia m . : la H cen ti.* p d la h e re , in s te a d o f p h a p a o f X . 10. 5. S in h . a n d S ia m , re a d phaXa.

C U L L A V A G G A X 391T ir ita tree. /

I f a nun, a fte r she has gone, on a p ro b atio n er, on a w om an n ovice

b esto w s h er requ isites, it is th e (O rder of) nuns th a t is th e ow ner. /

I f a w o m an la y fo llo w e r on a m onk, on a n ovice, on a la y - fo llow er,

and on o th ers is b e sto w in g her requ isites, th e (O rder of) m onks is th e ow ner. /

A b o u t a M allian (w om an), fo etu s, base o f th e b o w l, m em brum an d co n cern in g food,

an d a b u n d a n t, even g rea ter, food th a t w as stored , /A s for m o n ks b elo w , do lik ew ise for nuns,lo d gin gs, m e n stru a tin g , w a s soiled , a n d c lo th a n d p in ,1 /T h e y broke, an d a ll th e tim e, th ere w ere to b e seen : beginning

w ith w om en w ith o u t se x u a l ch aracteristics, those d e fe c tiv e in se x , b loodless, ju s t th e sam e for those w ith

s ta g n a n t b lood , /A lw a y s dressed, d rip p in g , deform ed, w om en eunuchs, m an -like w om en, an d th o se of in d istin ct se x u a lity , an d those

w h o w ere h erm ap h rod ites, /B eg in n in g w ith th o se d e fe ctiv e in se x u a l ch aracteristics and

go in g as fa r as h erm ap h rod ites.T h is is from th e a b b re v ia tio n b e lo w : lep ro sy , boils, eczem a an d / C on su m p tio n , ep ilep sy , are y o u a hum an w om an ? and a free

w o m an ?w ith o u t d e b ts (and) n ot in th e ro y a l service an d a llo w ed (and)

tw e n ty , /C o m p lete, a n d w h a t nam e an d th a t o f y o u r w om an proposer ? : h a v in g asked a b o u t tw e n ty -fo u r stu m b lin g-b locks, there is

o rd in atio n . /T h e y w ere a t a loss, in stru cted , an d likew ise in th e m id st o f

th e O rder,a w o m an p recep to r sh ould be ch o sen ,2 o u ter c lo a k , inner an d

u p p er robes, /

1 O ld e n b e r g : p a ta n i ca . V in . ii. 3 2 9 s u g g e s ts p a ta ti ca , *' a n d i t f e l l d o w n / * e v id e n t ly t o r e p la c e n ip p h a ta ti o f X . 10. 2 . B u t I p r e fe r t o t a k e it a s a s u b s t i tu te fo r a n ic o la k a (o n w h ic h see n o te , p . 374 a b o v e ) . F o r p a fa is a ls o a w o r d fo r '* c lo t h ** ; t h u s t h e c o m p o u n d p a ta n i s u p p o r ts m y v ie w t h a t dni a n d co la k a a re w o r d s fo r t w o s e p a r a te ite m s .

# u p a jjh a gaha.

392 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

A n d v e st (and) b a th in g c lo th , h a v in g e x p la in e d th em th e y m a y be u se d ,1

ign oran t ones, not ag reed on, on one sid e, i f she asks, qu estion ed a b o u t th e stu m b lin g -b lo ck s, /

O rd ain ed on one sid e, lik e w ise ag ain in th e O rd er o f m onks, th e sh ad o w , th e season, th e d a y a n d fo rm u la , th e three

resources, /T h e e ig h t th in g s n ot to be done, th e r ig h t tim e, or e ve ryw h e re

eigh t,nuns d id n o t in v ite , a n d th e O rd er o f m o n ks lik ew ise , / D istu rb a n ce, before th e m eal, an d a t th e w ro n g tim e,

d istu rb an ce,O b servan ce, In v ita tio n , co m m an d s, a u th o r ity , /L eave, rep ro ved , m ad e to rem em ber: obj ected to b y th e g rea t Sage. J u st a s m on ks, so nuns : a llo w ed b y th e g re a t S a g e (was) /A veh icle , an d ill (and) y o k e d , jo lt in g v e h ic le , A<Jdhakasika, m on k, p ro b a tio n er, n o vice, w o m an n o v ice an d ign oran t

(w om an), / [282]In a forest, a store-room b y a la y fo llo w e r, a d w ellin g , th e b u ild in g o p eratio n s w ere n o t en o u gh , p re g n a n t, alone, / A n d sleepin g under th e sam e roof, a g a in st an im p o rta n t rule,

and h a v in g d isa vo w ed , w e n t o v e r to th e fold of, greetin g an d h a ir an d nails an d tre a tin g a so re ,2 /Cross-legged, and ill, p r iv y , w ith ch u n a m , scen ted c la y , in a bath ro o m , again st th e strea m , n o t a t a fo rd , a n d a t one

for m en, /T h e G reat G o ta m id ask ed a n d also ju d ic io u s ly d id A n a n d a . T h ere w ere fo u r assem blies fo r go in g fo rth in th e d ispensation

o f th e C on qu eror. /F o r th e sake o f aro u sin g em o tio n fo r w h a t is tru e dhamma an d

fo r aw a k en in git w as ta u g h t th u s b y th e A w a k e n e d O ne, as m edicine for

a disease. /O th er w om en also, recogn ised th u s in w h a t is tru e dham m a , n u rtu re th e e v e rla stin g s ta te 8 w h ere , h a v in g gone, th e y g rie v e

not* [283]

1 p esa ye.1 vahakavnm anna s h o u ld p r o b a b ly r e a d v a p a (p a ti)k a m m a n a m a s a t X . 27. i ,

S in h . a n d S ia m . e d n s .* accuta than a, t h e p la c e n o t d e c e a s e d fr o m , n o t p a s s e d a w a y fr o m , n o t

f a l le n fro m .

393

T h e n 1 th e ven erab le K a ssa p a th e G reat addressed the m onks, s a y in g : “ O n ce upon a tim e, y o u r reverences, I w as goingalon g th e h igh -ro ad from P a v a to K u sin a ra to g eth er w ith a large O rd er of m onks, w ith a t least five hun dred m o n ks.2 T hen I, y o u r reverences, step p in g aside from th e w a y , sat dow n at th e root o f a certa in tree. N o w at th a t tim e a certain N aked A sce tic , h a v in g p ick ed u p a flow er o f th e C oral T ree3 a t K u sin a ra , w a s g o in g a lo n g the h igh-road to P a v a . T hen I, yo u r reveren ces, saw th a t N a k e d A sce tic com in g in th e distance, an d seeing him I sp oke th u s to him : ‘ D o y o u , y o u r reverencen o t k n o w a b o u t our T ea ch er ? ' H e said : ' Y e s , I know , you r reveren ce, th e recluse G o ta m a a tta in e d n ibban a a w eek ago. B eca u se o f th a t I p ick ed up th is flow er o f th e C oral T ree .'

" Y o u r reveren ces, o f those m on ks w h o w ere n o t passionless, som e, stre tch in g fo rth th e ir arm s, w ailed , th e y fell dow n h u rtin g th em selves, th e y reeled b a ck w a rd s and forw ards, sa y in g : ‘ T o o soon h as th e L o rd a tta in e d n ibban a, too soon has th e W ell-fa rer a tta in e d n ibban a, too soon has th e E y e in th e W o rld d isa p p ea red / B u t th o se m onks w ho were passionless, th ese, m indful, c ircu m sp e ct, bore (their grie f), sa y in g : ' Im p erm a n en t are co m p o u n d ed th ings— w h a t is here possible becau se of th is ? '

" T h e n I , y o u r reverences, sp oke th u s to these m o n k s : E n o u g h , y o u r reverences, d o not g rieve , do not lam en t, for

has it not a lre a d y been exp la in ed b y th e L o rd : * O f e v e ry single th in g th a t is d e ar an d b e lo ve d there is variatio n , separa­tion , becom in g o therw ise. W h a t is here possible, y o u r rever­ences, becau se o f th is : th a t w h a te v e r is born, h as becom e, is com p osite , is lia b le to d isso lution ? Ind eed , th in k in g : 'L e tn o t th a t be d isso lv ed — such a s itu a tio n does not e x is t/ 4

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) XI

1 C f . D . i i . 16 2 .* Q u o te d a t K h A . 9 1 , V A . 5 .8 m a n d a ta v a . C f . D . ii. 1 3 7 ; E r y t h r in a fu lg e n s . A t r e e g r o w in g o n ly

in h e a v e n . I f i t s f lo w e rs w e r e fo u n d o n t h e e a r th s o m e th in g s p e c ia l m u s t h a v e h a p p e n e d . N o t t h e s a m e a s t h e P & r ic c h a tta k a , a ls o a c e le s t ia l c o ra l-tre e , o f w h ic h th e r e w e r e fiv e .

4 A ls o a t D . i i. 1 1 8 .

394 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" T h e n a t th a t tim e, y o u r re ve ren ce s ,1 one n am ed S u b h ad d a, w ho h ad gon e fo rth w h en o ld , w a s s ittin g in th a t assem bly. T h e n y o u r reveren ces, S u b h a d d a w h o h a d gone fo rth w h en old sp oke th u s to these m o n ks : ' E n o u g h , y o u r reveren ces, do not grieve, do n o t la m en t, we are w e ll r id o f th is [284] g rea t recluse. W e were w orried w h en he sa id : " T h is is a llo w ab le to yo u , th is is not a llo w ab le to y o u ." B u t n o w w e w ill be ab le to do as w e lik e a n d w e w o n 't do w h a t w e d o n 't lik e .'

" C om e, le t us, y o u r reveren ces, ch a n t dhamma a n d d iscip lin e before w h a t is n o t dhamma sh ines o u t an d dhamma is w ith h eld , before w h a t is n ot d iscip lin e shines o u t and d iscip lin e is w ith ­held , before th o se w h o sp ea k w h a t is not-dhamnuz becom e stro n g an d those w ho sp e a k dham m a b ecom e feeble, before th o se w ho sp ea k w h a t is n ot d iscip lin e b ecom e stro n g an d those w ho sp eak d iscip lin e becom e fe eb le/ '2 |j i ||

" W e ll th en , honoured sir, le t th e elder select m o n k s ." T h en the ven erab le K a ssa p a th e G re a t se lected five h u n d red p erfected ones, less one. M onks sp oke th u s to th e ven era b le K a ssa p a th e G reat :3

" H o n o u red sir, th is A n a n d a , a lth o u g h he is still a learner, co u ld not be one to fo llo w a w ro n g course th ro u g h desire, an ger, d elusion, f e a r ; an d he h a s m astered m u ch dhamma and d iscip lin e u n d er th e L o rd . W e ll, n o w , honoured sir, let th e e ld er select th e ven erab le A n a n d a as w e ll.” T h en th e ven erab le K a ss a p a th e G re at se lected th e ven erab le A n a n d a as w ell. || 2 ||

T h e n it o ccu rred to th e m on ks w h o w ere elders :4 “ N ow , w h ere sh o u ld w e ch a n t dhamma a n d d iscip lin e ? ” T h e n it occurred to th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders : " T h ere is g rea tresort for a lm s a t R a ja g a h a a n d lo d gin gs are a b u n d an t. Suppose th a t w e, sp en d in g th e rains a t R a ja g a h a , should ch a n t dhamma an d d iscip lin e (there), an d th a t n o o th er

1 A t D . ii. 16 2 t h e S u b h a d d a in c id e n t is p la c e d b e fo r e t h e s p e e c h w h ic h h e re p r e c e d e s i t . A t D A . 5 9 9 h e is id e n t if ie d w ith t h e b a r b e r o f A tu -m a w h o w e n t fo r t h w h e n o ld , a n d w h o , a s t o ld a t V in . i . 2 4 9, w a s a n g r y w h enG o ta m a re fu s e d t o a c c e p t t h e m e a l h e h a d p r e p a r e d . T h e a b o v e in c id e n tw a s h is r e v e n g e .

B A s a t C V . X I I . 1. 7 . Q u o t e d a t D A * 3 , 6 0 2, V A . 6 .* Q u o te d a t D A . 5 , K h A . 9 2 , V A . 7.4 Q u o te d a t D A . 5 , V A . 7 .

1-3-6] C U L L A V A G G A X I 395m on ks w ere to com e u p to R a ja g a h a for th e rains ’ n II 3 II

T h e n th e ven era b le K a ssa p a th e G reat in form ed th e O rder, s a y in g : “ Y o u r reverences, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y agree upon these five h u n d red m on ks to ch a n t dham m a a n d discip lin e w hile th e y are sp en din g th e rains in R a ja g a h a , an d th a t th e rains sh ould n o t be sp en t in R a ja g a h a b y a n y o th er m onks. T his is th e m otion . Y o u r reverences, le t th e O rd er listen to me. T h e O rd er is agreein g upon these five hun dred m onks to chan t dhamma a n d discip line w h ile th e y are spen ding th e rains in R a ja g a h a , a n d th a t th e rains sh o u ld n o t be sp en t in R a ja g a h a b y a n y o th er m onks. I f th e agreem en t upon th ese five hundred m onks to ch a n t dham m a a n d discip lin e w hile th e y are spen ding th e rains in R a ja g a h a , a n d th a t th e rains should not b e spent in R a ja g a h a b y a n y oth er m onks, is p leasin g to th e ven erable ones y o u sh ou ld b e s i le n t ; he to w h om it is n ot p leasing sh o u ld sp eak . T h ese five h u n d red m on ks are agreed upon b y th e O rd er to ch a n t dham m a a n d discip line w hile th e y are sp en din g th e rains in R a ja g a h a , a n d (it is agreed) th a t th e rains sh ould not b e sp en t in R a ja g a h a b y a n y o th er m onks. I t is p leasin g to th e O rder, therefore it is silent. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is . '’ Ii 4 || [285]

T h en th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders w en t to R a ja g a h a to ch an t dham m a an d d iscip lin e .2 T h en it o ccurred to th e m onks w ho w ere elders : " N ow , repairs to broken an d d ilap id ated p arts w ere p raised b y th e L o rd . Com e, le t us d u rin g th e first m onth, m ake repairs to th e broken an d d ilap id a te d parts ; h a v in g assem bled in th e m id dle m onth , w e w ill ch a n t dhamm a and d isc ip lin e .” T h en th e m on ks w h o w ere elders m ade repairs to th e broken an d d ilap id a te d p a rts d u rin g th e first m onth.II 5 II

T h e n th e ven erab le A n a n d a , th in k in g :3 " T o-m orrow is the a ssem b ly . N o w it is n o t su ita b le in m e th a t I , being (only)

1 T h e e ld e rs d id n o t w a n t o th e r s t o t a k e p a r t in t h e C o u n c il ; b u t if t h e y c a m e t h e y w o u ld h a v e t o so a s t o r e n d e r v a l id t h e p ro c e e d in g s . F o r h a d o n ly p a r t o f a n a s s e m b ly o r O rd e r p r e s e n t th e r e ta k e n part, in th e m , th e p r o c e e d in g s w o u ld h a v e b e e n in v a lid fo r t h e y w o u ld h a v e b e e n c a rr ie d .o u t b y a n in c o m p le te a sse m b ly * vagga.

a S o m e o f t h is p a r a g r a p h q u o te d a t D A . 8.8 Cf. DA. 9 —10 , w h ic h d if le r s s o m e w h a t.

396 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a learner, sh o u ld go to th e a ss e m b ly ,” a n d h a v in g passed m uch o f th a t n ig h t in m in d fu ln ess as to b o d y , w h en th e n ig h t w as n ea rly sp en t th in k in g : “ I w ill lie d o w n ,” he in clin ed his b o d y, b u t (before) h is h ead h a d to u ch ed th e m a ttress an d w hile his feet w ere free from th e gro u n d — in th a t in te rv a l h is m ind w as freed from th e ca n k ers w ith no resid u u m (for rebirth ) rem aining. T h en th e v en era b le A n a n d a , b e in g a p e rfe cte d one, w en t to th e a sse m b ly .1 || 6 | j

T h en th e ven era b le K a ssa p a th e G re at in fo rm ed th e O rder, sa y in g :2 “ Y o u r reverences, le t th e O rd er listen to me. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rd er I co u ld q u estio n U p a li on d isc ip lin e / ' T h en th e ven era b le U p a li in fo rm ed th e O rd er, sa y in g : “ H on ­oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s righ t to the O rder, I , q u estio n ed on d iscip lin e b y th e ven era b le K a ssa p a th e G reat, co u ld a n sw e r.” T h e n th e ve n e ra b le K a ss a p a the G reat sp oke th u s to th e v en era b le U p a li : “ W h e re ,3 reveren d U p a li, w a s th e first offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t la id d ow n ? ”

4'A t V esall, h on oured s ir .”" R e g a rd in g w h om ? ”“ R eg a rd in g S u d in n a th e K a la n d a k a .”" O n w h a t su b je ct ? ”“ O n se x u a l in terco u rse .”T h en th e v en era b le K a ss a p a th e G re a t q u estio n ed the

ven erab le U p a li as to th e su b je c t o f th e first o ffen ce in v o lv in g d efeat an d he q u estio n ed h im as to its p ro ven a n ce an d he q uestion ed h im as to th e in d iv id u a l4 an d he q u estio n ed him as to w h a t w a s la id dow n a n d he q u estio n ed h im as to w h a t w as fu rth er la id d o w n 5 a n d he q u estio n ed h im as to w h a t w as an offence3 and he q u estio n ed h im a s to w h a t w as no offence.®

" T h en , reveren d U p a li, w h ere w a s th e seco n d offence in v o lv in g d efea t la id d o w n ? ”

“ In R a ja g a h a , ho n o u red s ir .”" R eg a rd in g w h om ? ”“ R eg a rd in g D h a n iy a , th e p o tte r 's so n .”

1 Quoted at D A . i o.* Quoted D A . 1 1.3 Quoted at D A . 12, V A . 30.4 These first three questions are quoted at V A . 30.

?nuPannatti ; the additions made to the rule that was laid down, the paftHatti, after it had been first laid down. Cf. Vin. v. 2.

4 These are the cases mentioned after the Old Commentary's explanations of the words of the rule&.

1.7-8] C U L L A V A G G A X I 397“ O n w h a t su b je ct ? ”" O n ta k in g w h a t is not g iv e n .”T h en th e ven erab le K a ss a p a th e G re at q u estio n ed the

ven erab le U p ali as to th e su b ject o f th e second offence in v o lv in g d efeat an d he q u estio n ed him as to its p ro ven an ce an d he question ed him . . . as to w h a t w a s no offence.

*' T h en , reveren d U p a li, w here w as th e th ird offence in v o lv in g d efeat la id dow n ? ”

" A t V esa li, h on oured sir .”" R eg a rd in g w h om ? ”“ R eg a rd in g severa l m o n k s.”" O n w h a t su b je ct ? ”" On h u m an b e in g s .” 1T h en th e ven erab le K a ssa p a th e G reat [286] questioned th e

ven erable U p a li as to th e su b ject o f th e th ird offence in v o lv in g d efeat an d he q u estio n ed h im as to its p ro ven an ce an d he q u estio n ed h im . . . as to w h a t w as no offence.

44 T h en , reveren d U p ali, w h ere w as th e fo u rth offence in v o lv in g d e fea t la id d o w n ? ”

“ A t V esa li, h on oured s ir .”“ R e g a rd in g w h om ? ”” R e g a rd in g th e m on ks on th e b a n k s o f th e V a g g u m u d a .”“ O n w h a t su b je ct ? ”” O n co n d itio n s of. fu rth er-m en .”T h en th e ven era b le K a ssa p a th e G reat questioned the

ven era b le U p a li as to th e su b je ct o f th e fo u rth offence in v o lv in g d efeat an d he q u estio n ed him as to its p ro ven an ce and he q u estio n ed h im as to . . . w h a t w as no offence. In th is sam e w a y he q u estio n ed h im a b o u t b o th th e d iscip lin es.2 C o n sta n tly q u estio n ed , th e ven era b le U p a li an sw ered .3 || 7 II

T h e n th e v en era b le K a ss a p a th e G re a t in form ed th e O rder, sa y in g : " H on ou red sirs, let th e O rder listen to m e .4 I f itseem s righ t to th e O rder, I co u ld q u estio n A n a n d a abou t d h a m m a r T h en th e ven era b le A n a n d a in form ed th e O rder, sa y in g : “ H onoured sirs, let th e O rd er listen to me. I f itseem s r ig h t to th e O rd er, I , q u estio n ed on dhamma b y the

1 tn an ussavigg aha. " D e p r iv in g o f l i fe * is t o b e u n d e rs to o d .* I .e . t h a t fo r m o n k s a n d t h a t fo r n u n s.* Q u o t e d a t D A , 12 .4 Q u o te d a t D A . 13 .

39 $ B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

ve n e ra b le K a ssa p a th e G re a t, co u ld a n sw e r.” T h e n th e ven era b le K a ss a p a th e G re a t sp ok e th u s to th e ven erab le A n a n d a i1

“ W h ere, reveren d A n a n d a , w a s th e B ra h m a ja la - sp ok en ? ” “ H o n o u red sir, b e tw e e n R a ja g a h a a n d N a la n d a in th e ro y a l

rest-house a t A m b a la tth ik a .”“ W ith w h om ? ”" S u p p iy a th e w a n d erer a n d B ra h m a d a tta th e b ra h m a n

y o u th .” 3 T h e n th e v e n e ra b le K a s s a p a th e G re a t q u estio n ed th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a as to th e p ro v e n a n ce of th e B ra h m a ja la an d he q u estio n ed h im as to th e in d iv id u a l(s).

" B u t w here, reveren d A n a n d a , w as th e S a m a n n a p h a la 4 sp o k en ? ” 5

“ In R a ja g a h a , h o n o u red sir, in J lv a k a 's m an go g r o v e .”“ W ith w h o m ? ”“ W ith A ja ta s a ttu , th e son o f th e V id e h a n ( la d y ).”T h e n th e ve n e ra b le K a ssa p a th e G re a t q u estio n ed th e

ven era b le A n a n d a as to th e p ro v e n a n ce o f th e S a m a n n a p h a la an d he q u estio n ed h im as to th e in d iv id u a l. In th is sam e w a y he q u estio n ed h im a b o u t th e five N ik a y a s . C o n s ta n tly q u es­tio n ed , th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a an sw ered . |j 8 ||

T h e n th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a sp o k e th u s to th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders : “ T h e L o rd , h o n o u red sirs, sp o k e th u s to m e at th e tim e o f h is a tta in in g n ib b a n a : ' I f th e O rder, A n a n d a , a fte r m y d e a th is w illin g , th e lesser an d m in or ru les o f tra in in g 6 m a y be a b o lish ed \ ” 7

“ B u t d id y o u , re v e ren d A n a n d a , a sk th e L o rd , sa y in g : ‘ B u t w h ich , L o rd , are th e lesser a n d m in o r ru les o f tra in in g ? ' ”

“ N o , I , h o n o u red sirs, d id n o t a sk th e L o rd , sa y in g : * B u t w h ich , L o rd , are th e lesser a n d m in o r ru les o f tra in in g ? ' ”

Som e elders sp ok e th u s : “ E x c e p t fo r th e ru les fo r th e fo u r offences in v o lv in g d e fe a t, th e rest a re lesser a n d m in o r rules of tra in in g / ' Som e eld ers sp o k e t h u s : " E x c e p t fo r th e ru les for

1 Quoted at D A . 14.2 The first Suttanta in the D lgha .3 Here both V A . 16 and D A . 14 add : " On what subject ? " " On praise

and not praise/'4 The second Suttanta in the Dlgha.B Quoted at V A . 16. After this sentence D A . 14 proceeds differently.6 See B .D . iii, Intr. p. x and Pac. 62, especially B .D . iii. 41 where see n. 1

for further references ; also see Questions K in g Milinda I. 202 f.7 D. ii. 154.

1-9] C U L L A V A G G A X I 399th e fou r offences in v o lv in g d efeat, [287] excep t for th e rules for th e th irteen offences e n ta ilin g a F o rm a l M eeting of th e O rder, th e rest are lesser an d m inor rules o f tra in in g / ' Som e elders sp oke th u s : “ E x c e p t fo r th e ru les fo r the fo u r offencesin v o lv in g d efeat . . . e x ce p t fo r th e ru les for th e tw o un­d eterm in ed offences, th e rest are lesser and m inor rules o f tra in in g .” Som e elders spoke th u s : “ E x c e p t fo r th e rules fo r th e fo u r offences in v o lv in g d efeat . . . e xcep t for th e rules fo r th e th ir ty offences of e x p iatio n in v o lv in g forfeiture, th e rest are lesser an d m inor ru les of tra in in g .” Som e elders spoke th u s : “ E x c e p t fo r th e rules fo r th e fou r offences in vo lv in g d efea t . . . e x ce p t fo r th e rules fo r th e n in ety-tw o offences of e x p ia tio n , th e rest are lesser an d m inor rules o f tra in in g .” Som e eld ers sp oke th u s : ” E x c e p t fo r th e rules fo r th e four offences in v o lv in g d efeat . . . e x ce p t fo r th e rules fo r th e four offences w h ich o u g h t to be confessed, th e rest are lesser and m inor rules o f tra in in g .”

T h en th e ven erab le K a ssa p a th e G reat inform ed th e O rder, sa y in g : “ Y o u r reverences, le t th e O rd er listen to me. T h ere are rules o f tra in in g fo r u s w h ich affect householders, an d householders k n o w concerning us : ' T h is is c e rta in ly a llow able fo r th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, th is is c e rta in ly n ot a llo w a b le / I f w e w ere to abolish th e lesser a n d m inor rules o f tra in in g th ere w ou ld be those w h o w ould s a y : 'A t th e tim e o f his crem atio n 1 a ru le o f tra in in g had been la id d ow n b y th e recluse G o ta m a fo r d is c ip le s ; w hile the T ea ch er w as am on gst th e m th ese tra in ed th em selves in th e rules o f train ing, b u t since th e T ea ch e r has a tta in ed n ib b ajia am ong them , th e y d o n ot now tra in th em selves in th e rules o f tra in in g / I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er sh ould n o t la y dow n w h at h a s n o t been la id d ow n, nor sh ould it abolish w h a t has been la id d ow n. I t sh o u ld proceed in c o n fo rm ity w ith and accord in g to th e ru les o f tra in in g th a t h a v e been la id d o w n .2 T h is is th e m o tio n .3 Y o u r reverences, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e re are rules o f tra in in g fo r us . these d o not nowtra in th em selves in th e rules of tra in in g / T h e O rd er is n ot la y in g dow n w h a t h as n o t been la id dow n, n or is it abolishing

1 d h u n ia k d lik a m , a s a t C V . V I . 17. I .1 C f . V in « ii i . 2 3 1 (N is s a g . X V . 1. 2).■ T h is s p e e c h o f K a s s a p a 's , a s fa r a s h e re , is q u o te d a t D A . 592- 3-

400 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

w h a t has been la id d ow n. I t is p ro ceed in g in c o n fo rm ity w ith a n d acco rd in g to th e ru les o f tra in in g th a t h a v e been la id dow n. I f th e not la y in g d ow n o f w h a t h as n ot been la id dow n, if th e n ot ab o lish in g o f w h a t h as been la id d ow n , i f th e p ro ceed ­in g in co n fo rm ity w ith an d a cco rd in g to th e ru les of tra in in g th a t h a v e been la id dow n are p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh ould be silen t ; he to w h om th e y are not p leasin g sh ould sp eak. T h e O rd er is n o t la y in g d o w n w h a t h as not been la id d ow n, it is n o t ab o lish in g w h a t h a s been la id d ow n , it is proceed ing in c o n fo rm ity w ith a n d acco rd in g to th e rules of tra in in g th a t h a v e been la id d ow n. I t is p leasin g to th e O rder, th erefo re it is s ilen t. T h u s d o I u n d ersta n d th is .” || 9 ||

T h en th e m o n ks w ho w ere elders sp ok e th u s to th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a : " T h i s , reveren d A n a n d a , is an offence o f w ro n g ­d oin g for y o u , in th a t y o u d id not a sk th e L o rd , sa y in g : * B u t w h ich , L o rd , are th e lesser an d m in o r [288] ru les o f tra in in g ? ' C onfess th a t offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

" I , honoured sirs, o u t o f u n m in d fu ln ess, did n ot ask th e L o rd , sa y in g : ' B u t w h ich , L o rd , are th e lesser an d m inorrules o f tra in in g ? ' I do n ot see th a t as an offence o f w ro n g ­d o in g ,1 y e t even o u t o f fa ith in th e ve n e ra b le ones I confess th a t as an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

“ T h is to o is an offence Of w ro n g-d o in g fo r y o u , reveren d A n a n d a , in th a t y o u sew ed th e L o rd 's c lo th fo r th e ra in s2 a fte r h a v in g step p ed on it. C o n fess th a t offence o f w ro n g ­d o in g .”

“ B u t I , honoured sirs, not o u t o f d isresp ect, sew ed th e L o rd ’s c lo th fo r th e rains. a fte r h a v in g ste p p ed on it. I do not see . . . b u t even o u t o f fa ith in th e ven era b le ones I confess th a t as an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

" T h is to o is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g for y o u , reveren d A n a n d a , in th a t y o u h ad th e L o rd 's b o d y first o f a ll honoured b y w om en ; becau se these w ere w eep in g , th e L o rd 's b o d y w a s defiled b y tears. C on fess th a t offence o f w ro n g -d o in g .”

" B u t I, honoured sirs, th in k in g : ' D o n o t le t th ese be(here) a t a w ro n g t im e / 3 h a d th e L o rd 's b o d y honoured first

1 Cf. MV. X. 1. 8. _■ vassikasdtihd, see B .D . ii. 134, n. 1. Defined at Vin. iv. 173 (B.D. iii. 99) ►* md yimd vikdle ahesutn. VA . 1297 explains by tnd imdsam vikdle gamanani

ahesurp,, do not let there be comings of these at a wrong time.

l.IO -Il] C U L L A V A G G A X I 401

o f a ll b y w om en. I do n ot see th a t as an offence o f w ron g­doin g . . . b u t even out o f fa ith . . . /*

“ T h is too is an offence o f w rong-doing for yo u , reverend A n an d a, in th a t y o u ,1 (although) a b ro ad h in t w as being given , a p a lp ab le sign w as being m ad e, d id n ot a sk th e L o rd , say in g :' L e t th e L o rd rem ain fo r a (full) life sp a n ,2 let th e w ell-farer rem ain for a (full) lifesp an fo r th e w elfare o f th e m an y-fo lk , fo r th e happiness of th e m a n y -fo lk , o u t of com passion for the w orld , for th e good , th e w elfare, th e happiness o f devas -and m a n k in d / C onfess th a t offence o f w ron g-d oin g/ 1

" B u t I , honoured sirs, because m y m ind w a s obsessed4 w ith M ara, d id n ot a sk th e L o rd , sa y in g : ‘ L e t th e L ordrem ain . . . th e happ iness o f devas an d m a n k in d / I do not see . . . o u t of fa ith . . . . ”

" T h is to o is an offence o f w rong-doing for yo u , reverend A n a n d a , in th a t y o u m ade a n effort for th e goin g fo rth of w om en in th e dhamma an d d iscip lin e proclaim ed b y th e T ru th -fin d er .4 Confess th is offence of w ro n g-d o in g/ '

“ B u t I , honoured sirs, m ade an effort for th e going forth of w om en in th e dhamma an d d iscip lin e proclaim ed b y the T ru th -fin d er, th in k in g : r T h is G o ta m id , P a ja p a ti th e G re a t,5 is th e L o rd ’s a u n t, fo ster-m o th er, nurse, g iv e r of m ilk, for w hen th e L o rd 's m o th er passed a w a y , she su ck led h im / I do not see th a t as an offence of w rong-doing, b u t even out o f fa ith in th e ven erab le ones I confess th a t as an offence of w ron g­d o in g/ 1 || 10 ||

N ow at th a t tim e th e ven erab le P u ra n a w as w a lk in g on a lm stou r in th e So u th ern H ills to g eth e r w ith a large O rder o f m onks, w ith a t le a st five h un dred m onks. T h en the ven erab le P u ra n a , h a v in g s ta y e d in th e S o u th ern H ills for as lo n g as he fou n d su itin g , a fte r th e m on ks w ho w ere elders had c h a n te d dhamma an d discip lin e [289], approach ed R a jag a h a , th e B a m b o o G ro ve , th e sq u irre ls1 feed in g p lace, an d th e m onks w ho w ere e ld e r s ; h a v in g .approached, h a v in g exch anged

1 C f . A . iv . 3 0 9 -1 0 , D . ii. 10 3 , 1 1 5 , S . v . 2 5 9 , U d . 62.2 k a p p a . S e e n . a t G .S . iv . 206. A A . iv . 14 9 = S A . m . 2 5 1 » U d A . 323

c a l ls i t a y u k a p p a , a n d s a y w h a t e v e r is t h e le n g th o f m e n s life a t th is an d t h a t t im e , b r in g in g t h a t t o th e fu ll, le t h im re m a in .

8 A s a t V in . iv . 94 , 229.4 A b o v e , C V . X . 1.* A s a t C V . X . 1. 3 ; M . i ii. 253.

402 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

fr ie n d ly g ree tin g s w ith th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders, he sa t dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. T h e m o n k s w h o w ere eld ers sp oke th u s to th e v en era b le P u ra n a as h e w a s s ittin g dow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce :

“ R e v e re n d P u ra n a , dham m a a n d d iscip lin e h a v e been ch a n te d b y m on ks w h o are eld ers. S u b m it y o u rse lf1 to th is c h a n tin g / 1

“ Y o u r reveren ces, w e ll ch a n te d b y th e e ld ers a re dhamma an d d iscip lin e, b u t in th a t w a y th a t I h eard it in th e L o rd 's presen ce> th a t I rece ived it in h is presen ce, in th a t sam e w a y w ill I b ear it in m in d ." || i i ||

T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a sp o k e th u s to th e m onks w ho w ere elders : H o n o u red sirs, th e L o rd , a t th e tim e o f a tta in in gn ib b an a, sp oke th u s to m e : ‘ W e ll n ow , A n a n d a , a fte r I am gone, le t th e O rd er en jo in th e h ig h er p e n a lty 3 fo r th e m o n k C h a n n a / 3

" B u t d id y o u , reveren d A n a n d a , a sk th e L o rd : 1 B u t w h a t. L o rd , is th e h ig h er p e n a lty ? ’ ”

“ I , h onoured sirs, d id a sk th e L o rd : ‘ B u t w h a t, L o rd ,is th e h ig h er p e n a lty ? ' H e said , ‘ A n a n d a , C h a n n a m a y sa y w h a te v e r he lik es to m on ks, b u t th e m o n k C h a n n a m u st n eith er be sp ok en to , n o r e x h o rte d n or in stru c te d b y m o n ks \ ” 4

" W e ll th en , reveren d A n a n d a , do y o u y o u rse lf e n jo in th e h igh er p e n a lty on th e m o n k C h a n n a .”

" B u t h o w ca n I , h o n o u red sirs, en jo in th e h ig h er p e n a lty on th e m o n k C h a n n a ? T h a t m o n k is fierce an d ro u g h .”

“ W e ll th en , reveren d A n a n d a , g o a lo n g to g e th e r w ith m a n y m o n k s.”

" V e r y w ell, h on oured s irs ,” an d th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a , h a v in g an sw ered th ese m o n k s in assen t, h a v in g , to g eth e r w th a la rg e O rd er o f m o n ks, w ith a t le a st five h u n d red m onks, d isem b a rk ed at K o sa m b i fro m a b o a t g o in g u p stre a m ,5 sat

1 u p e h i , a s a t C V . I X . 3- 3 ( to w a r d s th e e n d ) .* brahm adantfa.8 A s a t D . ii. 1 5 4 . S e e B . D , i i . 230, 2 5 7 , 3 9 3 , iii- 36 fo r f u r th e r r e fe r e n c e s

t o C h a n n a 's m is d o in g s . I t is n o t c le a r w h e t h e r t h is p e n a l t y w a s im p o s e d b e c a u s e h e h a d t a k e n t h e n u n 's p a r t in a d is p u t e w it h m o n k s , o r b e c a u s e h e h a d r e p e a t e d ly r e v i le d S a r ip u t t a a n d M o g g a lla n a , a s a p p e a r s f r o m D h A . i i. 1 1 0 - 1 1 2 , w h e r e a ls o o th e r d e ta i ls a r e t o b e fo u n d . C f . a ls o T k a g . A . i . 16 6 .

4 C f . A . i i . 1 1 3 w h e r e i t is s a id t h a t t h i s is d e s tr u c t io n , vadha, in t h e a r iy a n d is c ip lin e : w h e n a m o n k is t o b e n e ith e r s p o k e n to , e x h o r t e d n o r in s tr u c te d b y t h e T r u th - f in d e r o r b y h is f e l lo w B r a h m a - fa r e r s .

* u jja v a n ik a y a , cf. V i n . iv . 6 5 .

1.12-14] C U L L A V A G G A X I 403

dow n a t th e ro o t o f a ce rta in tree n o t fa r from K in g U d en a 's1 p leasu re g ro ve . j| 12 |]

N o w a t th a t tim e K in g U d en a w a s am using h im self in his p leasure g ro ve to g eth er w ith h is concubines. T h en K in g U d en a 's con cu bin es h eard :2 “ I t is sa id th a t o u r teach er, m aster A n a n d a , is s ittin g at th e root o f a certa in tree not 'far from th e p leasu re g r o v e ." T h e n K in g U d en a 's concubines spoke th u s to K in g U d en a : “ S ire, th e y s a y th a t o u r tea ch er . . . n ot fa r fro m th e p leasu re g ro ve . W e, sire, w a n t to see m aster A n a n d a / ’

" W e ll th en , do y o u see th e recluse A n a n d a /' T h en K in g U d en a 's con cu bin es ap p ro ach ed th e ven erable A nanda ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e ven erab le A nanda, th e y sat dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. T h e ven erab le A nanda g lad d en ed , re jo iced , roused, d e lig h ted K in g U d en a 's concubines w ith ta lk on dhamma as th e y w ere sittin g dow n a t a respectfu l d istan ce. [290] T h e n K in g U d en a 's concubines, g laddened . . . d e ligh ted b y th e ven erab le A nanda w ith ta lk on dhamma, b esto w ed five h u n d red inner robes on th e ven erable Ananda. T h e n K in g U d en a 's con cubin es, p leased w ith the ven erable A n an d a's w ord s, h a v in g th a n k ed him , rising from th eir seats, h a v in g g reeted th e v en era b le A n an d a, h a v in g k ep t th eir righ t sides to w a rd s him , ap p ro a ch ed K in g U d en a, II ^3 II

K in g U d en a saw th e concubines co m in g in th e d istan ce ; seeing th em he sp oke th u s to th e concubines : “ D id yo u see th e recluse A n a n d a ? "

“ W e, sire, d id see m aster A n an d a."*' B u t d id not you give an yth in g to the recluse A nanda ?" W e g a v e , sire, five h un dred inner robes to m aster A n a n d a .' K in g U d en a lo o k ed dow n upon, criticised , sp read it abou t,

sa y in g : “ H o w ca n th is recluse A n a n d a a cce p t so m a n y robes ? W ill th e recluse A n a n d a set u p tra d e in w o ven clo th or w ill he offer (them ) fo r sa le in a shop ? ” 3 T h e n K in g U d en a approached th e ven era b le A n a n d a ; h a v in g ap proached , he exch an ged g reetin g s w ith th e ven erab le A n a n d a ; h a v in g exch an ged greetin gs o f frien d lin ess and- co u rtesy , he sat dow n at a

1 K i n g o f K o s a m b i. _ . .1 C f , || 13 , 1 4 j| w i t h f d . ii. 2 3 —24 w h e r e A n a n d a r e c e iv e s a n o th e r th o u s a n db e s.8 p a g g a h ik a sa la m p a sd re ssa ti . C f . C V . X . 10. 4, dp a yatft p a sd re n ti.

404 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s he w as s ittin g d o w n at a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, K in g U d e n a sp ok e th u s to th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a :

“ D id not o u r co n cu b in es com e here, go o d 1 A n a n d a ? ”" Y o u r co n cu b in es d id co m e here, y o u r m a je s ty .”" D id th e y n o t g iv e a n y th in g to th e h o n o u ra b le2 A n a n d a ? ” " T h e y g a v e m e five h u n d red in n er robes, y o u r m a je s ty ."“ B u t w h a t c a n y o u , h o n o u ra b le3 A n a n d a , do w ith so m a n y

robes ? "“ I w ill sh are th em , y o u r m a je sty , w ith those m o n ks w h ose

robes are w o rn th in .”" B u t w h a t w ill y o u do, go o d A n a n d a , w ith those o ld robes

th a t are w o rn th in ? ”“ W e w ill m a k e th e m in to u p p er co v e rin g s ,4 y o u r m a je s ty ." " B u t w h a t w ill y o u do, go od A n a n d a , w ith those u p p er

co ve rin g s th a t are o ld ? ”“ W e w ill m ak e th ese in to m a ttre ss co verin g s, y o u r m a je s ty ." ° B u t w h a t w ill y o u do, go o d A n a n d a , w ith th o se m a ttress

co verin g s th a t a re o ld ? ”" W e w ill m ak e th e m in to g ro u n d co verin g s, y o u r m a je s ty .” " B u t w h a t w ill y o u do, g o o d A n a n d a , w ith th o se gro u n d

co verin g s th a t are o ld ? ”“ W e w ill m a k e th em in to fo o t-w ip ers, y o u r m a je s ty .”" B u t w h a t w ill y o u do, g o o d A n a n d a , w ith those fo o t-w ip ers

th a t are o ld ? ”“ W e w ill m ak e th e m in to d u sters, y o u r m a je s ty .”" B u t w h a t w ill y o u do, g o o d A n a n d a , w ith those d usters

th a t are old ? ”“ H a v in g to rn th em in to sh reds, y o u r m a je sty , h a v in g

kn ea d ed th e m w ith m ud , w e w ill sm ear a p la ster-flo o rin g ."T h e n K in g U d en a, th in k in g : [291] “ T h ese recluses, sons

o f th e S a k y a n s , use e v e ry th in g in an o rd e rly w a y and do not let th in gs go to w a s te ,” 6 b esto w ed even a n o th er five h u n d red w o ven clo th s on th e ve n e ra b le A nanda* T h erefo re th is w as th e first tim e th a t a th o u sa n d robes h a d a ccru ed to th e ven erab le A n a n d a as an a lm s of robes. || 14 j|

r - _ - _

2 bhoto .8 bhavam .* u tta rattkaran a.8 sabbeva y o n is o u p a n e n ti n a ku ld v a m g a tn en ti. V A . 12 9 7 s a y s t h e m e a n in g

o f na ku la v a m gatn en ti is na kotthake g o p e n ti , t h e y d o n o t k e e p t h e m in a s to r e r o o m .

C U L L A V A G G A X I 405T h e n th e ven erab le A n a n d a approach ed G h o sita 's m onas­

te r y ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sat dow n on an appoin ted seat. T h e n th e ven era b le C h an n a approach ed th e ven erable A n an d a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e ven erable A n an d a, he sat d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. T he ven erable A n an d a sp oke th u s to th e ven erab le C h an n a as he w as sittin g dow n at a resp ectfu l d istan ce : " T h e h igh er p e n a lty has beenenjoined on yo u , reveren d C h an n a, b y th e O rd er."

" B u t w h a t, honoured A n an d a, is th e h igher p e n a lty ? ”“ Y o u , reveren d C h an n a, m a y s a y w h a t yo u please to the

m onks, b u t y o u m ust n eith er be spoken to nor exhorted nor in stru cted b y th e m o n k s ."

S a y in g : “ A m I not, honoured A n an d a, d estroyed because I m a y be n eith er spoken to nor e xh o rted nor in stru cted b y the m on ks ? ” he fe ll d ow n fa in tin g at th a t v e r y place. T h en the ven era b le C h an n a, b ein g tro u b led a b o u t the higher p en alty , b ein g ash am ed o f it, lo a th in g i t ,1 d w ellin g alone, a loof, zealous, a rd en t, self-reso lute, h a v in g soon realised here and n ow b y h is ow n su p er-kn o w led ge th a t suprem e goal of th e B rah m a- fa rin g fo r th e sake o f w h ich yo u n g m en o f fa m ily r ig h tly go fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessness, en terin g on it, abided in it an d he un d erstood : “ D estro ye d is (individual) b irth , lived is th e B ra h m a -fa rin g , done is w h a t w as to be dorle, now there is no m ore o f bein g th is or th a t/ ' A n d so th e venerable Channa becam e a n o th er o f th e p erfected ones. T h en th e venerable C h an n a, h a v in g a tta in e d p erfection , approached the venerable A n a n d a ; h a v in g approach ed he sp oke th u s to th e venerable A n a n d a : “ H onoured A n an d a, now revoke tha higher p e n a lty for m e ."

“ F ro m th e m om ent th a t yo u , reveren d C h an n a, realised perfection , from th a t m om ent th e h igh er p e n a lty w as revokedfor y o u .” || 15 ' ||

N o w because five hun dred m onks— n ot one m ore, not one less— w ere a t th is ch a n tin g o f th e d iscip lin e, th is ch an tin g of th e d iscip lin e is in consequence ca lled ‘ th a t o f th e H v e H u n d re d / 3 || 16 || 1 ||

T o ld is th e E le v e n th S ectio n : th a t on th e F iv e H undred.

1 A s a t V in . i. 86 f . a C /. C V . X I I . 2. 9-

406 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

In th is S ectio n are tw e n ty -th re e item s. T h is is its k e y :

W h en th e S e lf-e n lig h te n ed O ne h a d a tta in e d n ib b a n a th e elder ca lle d K a ss a p a

ad d ressed a g ro u p o f m o n ks o n p re se rv in g w h a t is tru edham m a , /

O n th e h ig h -ro a d fro m P a v a , w h a t w a s d eclared b y S u b h ad d a , [292]

w e w ill ch a n t tru e dham m a , befo re w h a t is n o t-dham m a shines fo rth . /

A n d he se lected A n a n d a also fo r th e one in th e fiv e h u n d red less one

sp en d in g th e ra in s1 in c h a n tin g dhamma a n d d iscip lin e in th e b e st o f resorts. /

H e a sk e d U p a li a b o u t d iscip lin e j th e w ise A n a n d a a b o u t the S u tta n ta s :

d iscip les o f th e C o n q u ero r c h a n te d th e th ree P ita k a s . /T h e lesser an d m in or, va rio u s, in c o n fo rm ity w ith and a cco rd in g

to w h a t w a s la id d o w n , he d id n o t a sk , h a v in g ste p p ed on, h e ca u sed to hon our, an d

he d id n o t req u est, / th e go in g fo rth o f w o m en : o u t o f fa ith th e y are o ffences o f

w ro n g-d o in g fo r m e.P u ra n a , an d th e h ig h er p e n a lty , th e co n cu b in es w ith U d en a , / So m a n y , a n d w o rn th in , u p p er co verin g s, m attresses, g ro u n d co verin g s, fo o t-w ip ers, d u sters, k n ea d in g w ith m ud , a th o u sa n d robes accru ed fo r th e first t im e to th e one called

A n a n d a . /T h re a te n e d w ith th e h ig h er p e n a lty he a tta in e d th e fou rfo ld

tru th .T h e five h u n d re d h a v in g m a ste re d : th erefo re it is ca lled (the

C h an tin g) o f th e F iv e H u n d re d . [293]

1 T e x t ; va ssa n to , S in h . a n d S ia m . : v asan to.

407

N o w a t th a t tim e, a c e n tu ry a fte r th e L o rd h ad a tta in e d n ib b an a, m o n ks w ho w ere V a jj is o f V e sa ll1 p ro m u lg a ted ten p o in ts a t V esa ll, sa y in g : “ T h e p ra ctice co n cern in g a hornfor s a lt2 is a llo w ab le ; th e p ra ctice as to five fin ger-bread th s is a llo w ab le ; th e p ra ctice co n cern in g ‘ am o n g th e v illa g es ' is a l lo w a b le ; th e p ra ctice co n cern in g residences is a l lo w a b le ; th e p ra ctice con cern in g assent is a llo w a b le ; th e p ra ctice con cern in g w h a t is c u sto m a ry is a llo w ab le ; th e p ra ctice co n ­cern in g u n ch u m ed b u tte r-m ilk is a llo w ab le ; it is a llo w ab le to d rin k u n ferm en ted to d d y ; a p iece o f c lo th to s it upon th a t has no bord er is a llo w ab le ; go ld a n d silv e r are a llo w a b le .”

N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven era b le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a ,5 w a lk in g on to u r am o n g th e V a jjis , a rr iv e d a t V e s a ll.4 T h en th e ven erab le Y a s$ , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , s ta y e d th ere a t V e sa ll in th e G re a t G ro v e in th e H a ll o f th e G a b le d R o o f. N o w a t th a t tim e th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jj is o f V esa ll, h a v in g on th a t O b servan ce d a y filled a bronze pot w ith w a ter, h a v in g set it in th e m id st o f th e O rd er o f m o n ks, sp oke' th u s to la y - fo llow ers o f V e sa ll w h o cam e : " G iv e , sirs, a kahapana6 for th e O rd er and h a lf a p a d a 6 an d a sta m p ed m asaka ;7 th ere w ill be so m eth in g to be done fo r th e O rd er in resp ect of req u is ites.”

W h en th e y had sp oken th u s, th e ven erab le Y a s a ,8 th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , sp oke th u s to th e la y fo llo w e rs o f V e s a ll : ,f D o

T H E L E S S E R D IV ISIO N (CULLAVAGGA) X II

1 A s a t C V . V I I . 4. i .• T h e te r m s o f t h e t e n p o in t s a re e x p la in e d b e lo w , C V . X I I . 1. i o ; 2. 8 .9 I t a k e t h is p a r e n t t o b e h is m o th e r . T h is Y a s a is m e n tio n e d a t D A . 525;

M b v s. 96 ; M h v s . iv . 5 7 ,4 T h is p a s s a g e is q u o te d a t V A . i. 34 .• S e e B . D . i. 2 9 , n ., a n d 7 1 , n . 2.• O n p a d a t see B .D . i. 7 1 , n . 2 . A lt h o u g h t h e r e a d in g a b o v e is

p i p d d a m p i t a s t h o u g h a4&ha a n d p a d a w e r e s e p a r a te m e d iu m s o f e x c h a n g e , in t a k in g th e p h r a s e a s m e a n in g " h a l f a p a d a ” I a m fo llo w in g V v A . 7 7 = D h A . iii. 108 w h ic h g iv e s t h e d e s c e n d in g l i n e : k a h a p a n a , a44 h a p a d a t

m a sa k a ♦ V in . T e x ts i ii. 3 8 7 t a k e s ad$ha a s h a l f a k a h a p a n a , b u t th e ju s t i f ic a t io n fo r i t s b e in g h a l f a p a d a is g r e a t e r .

7 S e e B . D . i . 72, n . 1, a n d V A . 6 8 9 -6 9 0 w h e r e i t is s a id t h a t s o m e m asakas h a v e f ig u re s s ta m p e d o n th e m .

8 F o r t h e t e n p o in t s a n d t h e V a s a e p is o d e s e e a ls o M h v s . iv . 9 ff ., D p v s . iv . 45 f f v . 23 ; V A . i, 33 ff.

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

not, sirs, g iv e kahdpanas . . . an d sta m p ed m dsakas to th e O rd er : go ld a n d s ilv e r are n o t a llo w a b le to recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s .1 T h e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s do not consent (to accep t) g o ld an d silver, th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s do not receive g o ld an d silver, th e recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s do n ot use je w els an d refined g o ld ,2 th e y h a v e done w ith g o ld an d s ilv e r .” 3 T h e n th e la y fo llo w e rs o f V esa ll, b ein g sp o k en to th u s b y th e v e n e ra b le Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , n everth e less g a v e kahdpanas . . . and stam p ed m dsakas to th e O rd er. T h e n th e m o n k s w h o w ere V a jj is or V esa ll, h a v in g to w a rd s th e end o f th a t n ig h t a rran ged those g o ld co in s,4 d is tr ib u te d p o rtion s a cco rd in g to th e n u m b er of monks.® T h e n th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jj is o f V e sa ll spoke th u s to th e v e n e ra b le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a : [294]

" T h is p o rtio n o f g o ld co in s is fo r y o u , reveren d Y a s a .”" I h a v e no n eed o f a p o rtion o f g o ld coins, sirs, I do not

co n sen t (to accep t) g o ld co in s.” ]| i ||T h e n th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jjis o f VesalT, sa y in g : " T h is

reveren d Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , is rev ilin g an d a b u sin g 8 la y fo llo w e rs w h o a re fa ith fu l an d b e lie v in g ; com e, le t us ca rry out a (form al) a c t o f re co n c ilia tio n 7 fo r h im ,” ca rried o u t a (form al) a c t o f reco n cilia tio n fo r him . T h en th e ven erab le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a sp o k e th u s to th e m o n ks w ho w ere V a jj is o f V e s a l l : •

" I t w as la id d ow n b y th e L o rd , y o u r reveren ces, th a t a co m p an ion m essen ger sh o u ld b e g iv e n to a m o n k fo r w hom a (form al) a c t o f reco n ciliatio n h as been ca rried o u t .8 Y o u r reveren ces, g iv e m e a m o n k as co m p an ion m essen ger.”

T h e n th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jj is o f V esall, h a v in g agreed u pon one m o n k, g a v e h im to th e v en era b le Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , a s a co m p an io n m essen ger. T h e n th e ven erab le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , h a v in g en tered V e sa ll to g eth e r

1 N is s a g . X V I I I ** su v a n n a . O n t h is a n d h ir a n n a see B . D . i. 28 n .8 A l l th e s e p h r a s e s o c c u r a t 5*. i v . 3 2 5 a s a b o v e ; t h e la s t t w o a r e a ls o u sed

a t M . i i. 5 1 in r e s p e c t o f t h e p o tt e r .4 h ir a n n a .* b hikkh a ggen a. C f . seyyaggena , vih a rag gen a a n d p a riv en a g g en a a t C V . V I .

1 1 . 3 . .8 B o t h t h e s e te r m s a r e d e fin e d a t V in . iv . 309. T h e y o c c u r a ls o a t V t n .

i v . 52 .7 p a tisa ra n iy a k a m m a . S e e C V . I . 18, 5 .* C V . I . 22. 2.

1-2- 3] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 409

w ith th e m on k w h o w as his co m p an ion m essenger, sp oke th u s to th e la y fo llo w e rs o f V e sa li : *

“ I t is sa id th a t I revile and abuse th e ven era b le la y fo llo w e rs1 w h o are fa ith fu l an d b e liev in g , an d th a t I afford lit t le sa tis fa c­tion in th a t I sp ea k of n o t-dhamma as n o t-dhamma*, in th a t I sp ea k o f dhamma as dham m a , in th a t I sp ea k o f n ot-d iscip lin e as n ot-d iscip lin e, in th a t I sp ea k of d iscip lin e as d iscip line. II 2 ||

" F rie n d s, th e L o rd w as once s ta y in g a t Savatth T in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a 's m o n astery. T h ere, friends, th e L o rd addressed th e m onks, sa y in g : ‘ M onks,2 th ere are these four sta in s o f th e m oon and th e sun, sta in ed b y w h ich sta in s th e m oon an d th e sun b u rn n o t, shine n o t, b la ze n ot. W h a t are th e fou r ? D en se clo u d , m on ks, is a sta in o f th e m oon and th e sun, sta in ed b y w h ich sta in th e m oon an d th e sun . . . b laze not. A sn o w -clo u d 3 . . . S m o k e an d d u st . . . R a h u ,4 m onks, is a sta in o f th e m oon a n d th e sun, sta in ed b y w h ich sta in the m oon an d th e sun b u rn n o t, shine n ot, b laze not. T h ese, m on ks, are th e fo u r sta in s o f th e m oon an d th e su n , sta in ed b y w h ich sta in s th e m oon an d th e sur> b u m n o t, sh in e n o t, b la ze not.

" ‘ E v e n so, m onks, there are fo u r sta in s of recluses and brah m an s, sta in ed b y w h ich sta in s som e recluses an d brah m an s burn not, shine n o t, b la ze n o t. W h a t are th e fo u r ? T h ere are, m onks, som e recluses an d b rah m an s w ho d rin k ferm en ted liq u o r, w h o d rin k sp ir its ,6 a b sta in in g n o t from d rin k in g fer­m en ted liq u o r an d sp irits. T h is , m onks, is th e first s ta in of recluses and b rah m an s, sta in ed b y w h ich sta in som e recluses a n d b rah m an s burn n ot, shine n o t, b la z e n o t. A n d again , m onks, som e recluses an d b ra h m a n s [295] in d u lge in se x u a l in terco u rse ,6 a b sta in in g n o t from se x u a l in tercourse. T h is, m on ks, is th e second sta in . . . . A n d a g ain , m onks, som e recluses and b rah m an s co n sen t (to accep t) g o ld an d s ilv er

1 d y a sm a n te u p a sa k e.1 A s a,t A . i i. 53. C f. M ilt t . 2 7 3 .3 m a h ik d a t A . i i. 53 , m a h iy d . V A . 12 9 7 s a y s i t is a s n o w -c lo u d

(h im a v a td ha kd ) a t t h e t im e o f s n o w -fa ll.4 H e fig u re s in t h e I n d ia n m y t h o f e c lip s e s . S e e S . i. 50, 5 1 w h e r e th e

M o o n a n d S u n devas w e r e se iz e d b y R a h u ; t h e y b o t h in v o k e d G o t a m a ’s a id , a n d h e t o ld R a h u t o s e t t h e devas fre e .

* S e e P a c . 5 1 .6 S e e P a r . I .

P

4X0 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a b sta in in g not fro m a c ce p tin g g o ld and s ilv e r .1 T h is , m onks, is th e th ird sta in . . . . A n d ag ain , m onks, som e recluses and b ra h m a n s earn a liv in g b y a w ro n g m ode o f live lih o o d , a b sta in in g not fro m a w ro n g m ode o f liv e lih o o d .2 T h is , m on ks, is th e fo u rth sta in , sta in e d b y w h ich sta in som e recluses an d b rah m an s . . . b la ze n o t. T h ese , m o n ks, are th e fo u r sta in s o f recluses an d b rah m an s, sta in e d b y w h ich sta in s som e recluses a n d b rah m an s burn n o t, sh in e n o t, b la ze n o t/ F rien d s, the L o rd said th is ; th e W e ll-fa rer h a v in g said th is, th e T ea ch e r fu rth er sp oke th u s :

' Som e reclu ses3 an d b ra h m a n s are sta in ed B y lu st an d ill-w ill. C lo th ed in ign oran ce,B ein g s d e lig h t in p le a su re -g iv in g sh apes ;L iq u o r ferm en ted an d d istilled th e y d rin k ;T h e y fo llo w se x u a l lu st ; b y fo lly b lin d ed Som e recluses a n d b ra h m a n s ta k e g ifts O f g o ld a n d s ilv er a n d liv e w ro n g fu lly .T h ese are ca lled " sta in s ” b y the A w a k e n e d O ne,T h e k in sm an o f th e Su n . T a in te d b y these Som e reclu ses a n d b ra h m a n s b u m n e t,T h e y shine not, tarn ish ed , d u st-soiled , u tte r fools, S h ro u d ed in d arkn ess ; s la v e s o f c ra v in g th e y ,L e d b y th e cord o f c ra v in g , an d th e y sw ell T h e d read fu l ch a m e l-fie ld 4 a n d ta k e on again -

b eco m in g .'

" I t is fo r sp e a k in g th u s th a t it is sa id th a t I am re v ilin g an d a b u sin g th e v en era b le la y fo llo w e rs w h o a re fa ith fu l an d b e liev in g , an d th a t I a ffo rd lit t le sa tis fa ctio n in th a t I sp ea k o f T\ot-dhamma as n o t-dham m a, in th a t I sp ea k o f dhamma as dham m at in th a t I sp ea k o f n o t-d iscip lin e as n ot-d iscip lin e, a n d in th a t I sp ea k o f d iscip lin e as d iscip lin e, || 3 jj

" F rien d s, th e L o rd w a s once s ta y in g a t R a ja g a h a in th e

1 S e e N is s a g . X V I I I , a n d D . i . 5 .* A t L>. i . 9—12 m a n y w r o n g m o d e s o f l iv e l ih o o d a r e e n u m e r a te d .3 I f o l lo w t r a n s la t io n a t G .S . i i . 6 2 —6 3 , e x c e p t t h a t in t h e f ir s t lin e I h a v e

" s t a i n e d " ( V in . p a r ik k ilit th a ) in s t e a d o f " s n a r e d " ( A . p a tik k itth d ) , a n d in t h e la s t l in e I h a v e *' t a k e o n a g a in - b e c o m in g ” in s t e a d o f “ r e a p r e b ir t h ."

4 v a d d h en ti k a ta s im . C f . U d . V I . 8 icc* ete u bh o antd k a ta siv a d d h a n a ka ta siy o d itth l v a d d h en ti ; a ls o T h ig . 502 k a ta sim v a d d ken te ; a n d t h e lin e a b o v e , fro m “ t h e y s w e ll " t o t h e e n d , w i t h T h a g . 4 56 w h ic h h o w e v e r fo r o u r a d iy a n ti ( ta k e o n ) r e a d s a c in a n t i ( a c c u m u la te ) .

1 .4] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 411

B a m b o o G ro ve at th e sq u irre ls ' feed in g p lace. N o w at th a t t im e ,1 friends, in th e k in g ’s p r iv a te q u a rters th is co n versatio n arose am o n g th e k in g 's a ssem b ly as th e y w ere g a th e red to g eth e r a n d s ittin g dow n : ' G o ld a n d s ilv e r are a llo w ab le for th erecluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s ; th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s co n sen t (to accep t) g o ld an d silv er ; th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s rece ive g o ld and s ilv e r/ N o w a t th a t tim e, friends, a v illa g e h ead m an , M a n icu la k a , w a s s ittin g d ow n in th a t a ssem b ly . T h e n , friends, M a n icu la k a , th e v illa g e h ead m an , sp oke th u s to th a t a ssem b ly : ' D o n ot, m asters, sp ea k th u s. G o ld an d s ilv er are n o t a llo w ab le to recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s ; th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s d o n o t consent (to accept) g o ld a n d s ilv e r ; th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s do n o t receive g o ld an d s ilv er ; [296] th e recluses, sons o f the S a k y a n s d o not use go ld an d s ilv er , th e y h a v e done w ith go ld and s ilv e r .' A n d , friends, M a n icu la k a , th e v illa g e head m an , w as able to co n vin ce th a t a ssem b ly. T h e n , frien d s, M a n icu la k a th e v illa g e head m an , h a v in g co n v in c e d th a t a ssem b ly ap p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , he sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, M a n icu la k a th e v illa g e h ead m an , sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : ' N o w , L o rd , in th e k in g 's p r iv a te q u arters. . . ,2 I w as ab le , L o rd , to co n v in ce th a t assem bly. I hope3 th a t I , L o rd , m a in ta in in g th u s, a m one w h o asserts (fairly) w h a t h as been affirm ed, a n d am n o t m isrep resen tin g th e L o rd b y w h a t is n o t fa c t, b u t am m a in ta in in g a d o ctrin e w h ich con form s to h is d o ctrin e, a n d th a t no one w h o is a fe llo w dham m a-m sn, a h old er of (his) v ie w s, co m es to a po sitio n in cu rrin g b la m e .’

“ ‘ C e rta in ly y o u , v illa g e h ea d m a n , m a in ta in in g th u s, are one w ho a sserts (fairly) w h a t I h a v e affirm ed, an d are not m is­rep resen tin g m e b y w h a t is n o t fa c t , b u t are m a in ta in in g a d o ctrin e w h ich con form s to m y d o ctrin e , a n d no one w h o is a fe llo w dhamma-m an, a h o ld er o f (m y) v iew s, com es to a position in cu rrin g b lam e. F o r , v illa g e head m an , g o ld and silv e r are n o t a llo w ab le to recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s ; th e

1 A s a t S . iv . 3 2 5 .a T h e w h o le is r e p e a t e d in t h e t e x t .3 T h is s p e e c h o c c u r s in a lm o s t id e n t ic a l te r m s a t M V . V I . 31. 4 ; s e e a ls o

S . iii. 6 , iv . 5 1 , 340, 38 1 ; A . i . 1 6 1 ; cf. A . ii. 3 1 , iii. 4 , D . i. 1 6 1 .

B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s d o n o t co n sen t (to accep t) gold an d s ilv e r ; th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s d o n o t receive g o ld an d s ilv e r ; th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s d o n ot use go ld a n d silver, th e y h a v e done w ith g o ld an d silver. T o w h o ev er, v illa g e h ea d m a n , g o ld an d s ilv e r are a llo w a b le to h im also are a llo w a b le th e five stra n d s of sense-p leasu res ; to w h o ev er th e five stra n d s o f sense-p leasu res are a llo w ab le , c e r ta in ly y o u m a y u n d ersta n d , v illa g e h ea d m a n , (this to be) n o t th e dham m a o f reclu ses,1 n o t th e dham m a of sons o f th e S a k y a n s. A lth o u g h I , v illa g e h e a d m a n , sp ok e th u s : G rassm a y be lo o k e d a b o u t fo r b y one w h o needs grass ; w ood m a y b e lo o k ed a b o u t for b y one w h o needs w o o d ; a w a g o n m a y be lo o k ed a b o u t fo r b y one w h o needs a w a g o n ; a m a n m a y be lo o k ed a b o u t fo r b y one w h o needs a m a n 2— y e t I , v illa g e h ead m an , h a v e n e v e r sa id in a n y w a y th a t g o ld a n d silver m a y b e co n sen ted to or lo o k e d a b o u t fo r .' I t is fo r sp eak in g th u s th a t it is sa id th a t I am re v ilin g a n d ab u sin g ven era b le la y fo llo w e rs w h o are fa ith fu l a n d b e lie v in g , a n d th a t I afford lit t le sa tis fa ctio n in th a t I sp ea k o f n o t-dham m a as n o t-dham m u, in th a t I sp ea k o f dham m a a s dham m a , in th a t I sp ea k o f not- d iscip lin e as n o t-d iscip lin e , in th a t I sp ea k o f d iscip lin e as d iscip lin e. || 4 ||

" O n ce, frien d s, w h en th e L o rd w a s in R a ja g a h a , as before, he o b je cted in co n n e ctio n w ith U p a n a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, to g o ld a n d s ilv e r a n d la id d o w n a ru le o f tra in in g .3 I t is fo r sp ea k in g th u s th a t it is said th a t I am re v ilin g and a b u sin g v e n e ra b le la y fo llo w e rs w h o are fa ith fu l a n d b e liev in g , a n d th a t I a ffo rd litt le sa tis fa c tio n in th a t I [297] sp ea k of n ot-dh am m a as n o t-dham m a, in th a t I sp ea k o f dham m a as dham m a , in th a t I sp e a k o f n o t-d isc ip lin e as n o t-d iscip lin e, in th a t I sp ea k o f d iscip lin e as d is c ip lin e / ' ]| 5 ||

W h en he h a d sp o k en th u s th e la y fo llo w e rs o f V e sa ll sp oke th u s to Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a : " H o n o u red sir, m aster Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , is a lo n e a recluse, a son o f th e S a k y a n s ; these, one an d all, are n o t recluses, n o t sons o f th e S a k y a n s. H on oured sir, le t m a ste r Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d ­ak a , s ta y in V e sa ll a n d w e w ill m a k e a n effo rt in regard to

1 sam attad ham m a , re c lu s e s ' d h a m m a , m e n t io n e d a ls o a t A . i i i . 3 7 1 . 8 T h e M a n ic iila -s u tta o f S . i v . 3 2 5 —7 s t o p s h e re .* S e e N is s k g . X V I I I .

1.6*8] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 4 i 3

th e requisites o f robes, a lm sfood , lo d gin gs, m edicines fo r th e s ic k ."

T h en th e v en era b le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , h a v in g co n vin ced th e la y fo llo w e rs o f V e sa ll, w en t to a m o n a stery to g eth er w ith th e m o n k w h o w as h is co m p an ion m essenger.

II 6 IIT h e n th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jj is of V e sa ll ask ed th e m onk

w h o w as th e co m p an ion m essenger, sa y in g : " Y o u r reveren ce, h a v e th e la y fo llo w e rs of V e sa ll been ask ed fo r fo rg iven ess b y Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a ? "

“ Y o u r reveren ces, e v il h as been done to us ; Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , is a lo n e regard ed as1 a recluse, a son of th e S a k y a n s ; w e, one a n d a ll, are rega rd ed as n ot recluses, not sons o f th e S a k y a n s / '

T h e n th e m o n k s w h o w ere V a jj is of V esa ll, sa y in g : " Y o u r reveren ces, th is Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , not agreed upon b y us, h as g iv e n in fo rm a tio n 2 to householders. C om e, le t us c a rry out a (form al) a c t o f su spen sion3 a g a in st h im ." A n d these g a th e red to g e th e r d esirous o f c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t of suspension a g a in st h im . T h e n th e ven era b le Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , h a v in g risen a b o ve th e gro u n d , reap p eared a t K o sa m b L T h en th e v e n e ra b le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , sen t a m essen ger to th e m o n ks o f P a v a 4 an d (to those) o f th e so u th ern region of A v a n t i ,5 sa y in g :

" L e t th e v e n e ra b le ones com e, w e m u st a tte n d to th is leg a l q u estio n b efo re w h a t is n o t dhamma sh ines fo rth an d dhamma is w ith h eld , (before) w h a t is n o t d iscip lin e sh in es fo rth and d iscip lin e is w ith h e ld , before th o se w h o sp e a k w h a t is not dhamma b ecom e stro n g a n d th o se w h o sp e a k dhamma becom e feeb le , (before) th o se w h o sp e a k w h a t is n o t d iscip lin e becom e stro n g an d th o se w h o sp ea k d iscip lin e becom e fe eb le ." 6 || 7 ||

N o w a t th a t t im e th e ve n e ra b le S a m b h u ta ,7 a w earer of

1 kata, l i t . m a d e .» p a k d s e ti. C f , C V . V I I . 3. 2. f f .8 u k k h e p a n iy a k a m m a . S e e C V . I . 25.4 M e n tio n e d a t V in . i . 2 5 3 , a n d c a l le d th e r e a n d a b o v e P & t k e y y a k a . S e e

n . a t B . D . iv . 3 5 1 . V A . 1 1 0 5 c a l ls P a t h e y y a m (v .l . P 5.v e y y a m ) a k in g d o m t o t h e w e s t o f K o s a la , w h ic h w i ll n o d o u b t a c c o u n t fo r t h e *' w e s te r n c o u n t r y o f V in , T e x ts i ii. 394.

* S e e V in . i. 19 5 ff .• \ s a t C V . X I . 1. 1 . . . t o lt_7 V e r s e s a t T h u g . 2 9 1 —4. S e e T h a g A . i i . 12 2 ff. ^ te n tio n e d w it h S 3,lh a f

R e v a t a , a n d Y a s a a s A n a n d a 's p u p ils , V A . 34 1.

414 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

coarse hem p en c lo th , 1 w as s ta y in g on A h o g a n g a m o u n ta in slope. T h e n th e ven era b le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , ap p ro ach ed A h o g a n g a m o u n ta in slop e an d th e v en era b le S a m b h u ta , th e w ea rer o f coarse hem p en c lo th ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e v e n e ra b le S a m b h u ta , th e w ea rer o f co arse hem pen c lo th , he sa t d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. A s he w as s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d is ta n ce th e v e n e ra b le Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , sp o k e th u s to th e ve n e ra b le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer o f co arse hem p en c lo th :

" H o n o u red sir, th ese m o n ks, V a jj is o f V e sa ll, are p ro m u l­g a tin g ten p o in ts :2 th e p ra c tic e co n cern in g a horn for sa lt is a llo w a b le ; th e p ra ctice as to five fin g er-b read th s is a llo w a b le ; th e p ra ctice con cern in g ‘ a m o n g th e v illa g e s ' is a llo w a b le ; th e p ra ctice co n cern in g residences is a llo w a b le ; th e p ra ctice co n cern in g assen t is a llo w a b le ; th e p ra ctice con cern in g w h a t is c u sto m a ry is a llo w a b le ; th e p ra c tic e co n cern in g u n ch u rn ed b u tte rm ilk is a llo w a b le ; it is a llo w a b le to d rin k u n ferm en ted to d d y ; a p iece o f c lo th to sit u p o n th a t has no bord er is a llo w ab le ; go ld a n d silv er are a llo w ab le. [298] Com e, ho n o u red sir, w e m u st a tte n d to th is le g a l q u estio n before w h a t is not dhamma sh in es fo rth a n d dhamma is w ith h eld , (before) w h a t is n o t d iscip lin e sh in es fo rth a n d d iscip lin e is w ith h eld , b efo re th o se w h o sp ea k w h a t is not dhamma becom e stro n g a n d th o se w h o sp ea k dhamma b ccom e feeb le, (before) th o se w h o sp ea k w h a t is n o t d isc ip lin e becom e stro n g an d th o se w h o sp ea k d iscip lin e b ecom e fe e b le .”

" V e r y w ell, y o u r re v e re n c e ,” th e v e n e ra b le S a m b h u ta , th e wrearer o f co arse hem p en c lo th , a n sw ered th e v en era b le Y a sa , th e son of K a k a n d a k a in assen t. T h e n as m a n y as s ix t y m on ks o f P a v a , a ll fo rest-d w ellers, a ll a lm sm en , a ll ra g -ro b e w earers, a ll w earers o f th e th ree ro b e s ,3 one a n d a ll m en p e rfe cte d ,4 g a th ered to g e th e r on A h o g a n g a m o u n ta in slope ; a n d as m a n y as e ig h ty -e ig h t m o n ks o f th e so u th ern region o f A v a n ti , m o stly fo rest-d w ellers, m o stly a lm sm en , m o stly rag-ro b e w earers, m o stly w earers o f th e th ree robes, a n d one an d all m en p erfected , g a th e re d to g e th e r on A h o g a n g a m o u n ta in slop e. || 8 ||

1 sd n a v d sin . O n s d n a see B . D . ii. 14 3 , n . 3.1 A s a t C V . X I I . 1. 1 .8 F o r re fe r e n c e s t o t h e s e fo u r a s c e t ic p r a c t ic e s see n o te s a t B . D . iv . 3 5 1 .3 T h e y a re n o t c a lle d t h is a t V in . i. 253 .

1.9] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 415

T h en as th ese m o n ks w h o w ere elders w ere considering, it o ccu rred to th e m : “ N o w , th is leg a l qu estion is hard an dtro u bleso m e. H o w can w e a cq u ire a fa ctio n th ro u g h w h ich w e co u ld be stro n ger in regard to th is leg a l q u estio n ? " N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven era b le R e v a ta 1 w as s ta y in g in S o re y y a . H e h ad h eard m u ch , he w a s one to w hom th e tra d itio n h ad been h an d ed d ow n, he w as an e x p e rt in dham m a , e x p e rt in d iscip lin e, e x p e rt in th e head in gs ; wise, exp erien ced , c lever ; con scien tio u s, scrupu lous, desirous of tra in in g .2 T h e n it occu rred to th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders :

" T h is ven erab le R e v a ta is s ta y in g in S o re y y a . H e has h eard m uch . . . desirous o f tra in in g . I f w e co u ld acqu ire th e ven erab le R e v a ta fo r th e fa ctio n , th u s co u ld w e b e stron ger in regard to th is leg a l q u e stio n ."

T h en th e ven erab le R e v a ta , th ro u g h th e con d ition o f deva- lik e h earin g w h ich w as purified , surp assin g th a t o f m en, h eard these m on ks w ho w ere elders as th e y w ere considering. A n d h a v in g h eard th em , it occu rred to him : “ T h is legal question is h ard and trou blesom e, y e t it is n o t su ita b le for m e to hold b a ck from a leg a l qu estion lik e th is. B u t these m o n ks are co m in g now . I w ill g et no co m fo rt crow d ed u p b y them . Su p p ose th a t I sh ou ld go a w a y b efo reh an d ? "

T h en th e v en era b le R e v a ta w en t from S o re y y a to S am kassa . T h e n th e m on ks w ho w ere elders, h a v in g a rriv e d a t S o re y y a , ask ed : f< W h ere is th e ven era b le R e v a ta ? " T h e y sp oketh u s : “ T h e ven era b le R e v a ta h as gone to S a m k a ssa ." T h e n th e ven erab le R e v a ta w en t fro m S a m k a ssa to K a n n a k u jja . T h e n th e m on ks w h o wrere elders, h a v in g a rriv e d a t S a m k a ssa , ask ed : “ W h ere is th e ven erab le R e v a ta ? ” T h e y sp oke th u s : " T h is v en era b le R e v a ta h as gon e to K a n n a k u jja ." T h e n th e ven erab le R e v a ta w en t from K a n n a k u jja to U d u m b a ra . T h e n th e m on ks w h o w ere elders, h a v in g a rriv ed a t K a n n a k u jja , ask ed : “ W h ere is th e ven erab le R e v a ta ? " T h e y sp oke th u s : “ T h is v en era b le R e v a ta h as gon e to U d u m b a ra ." [299] T h en th e ven erab le R e v a ta w en t from U d u m b a ra to A g g a la p u ra . T h en th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders, h a v in g a rriv e d a t U d u m b ara , a sk e d : “ W h ere is th e v en era b le R e v a t a ? " T h e y sp oke

1 S e e M h v s . iv . 5 7 , 60 ; c f. D p v s . i v , 49, V A . i. 33 f .* S t o c k , a s a t V in . i. 12 7 , ii. 8 ; cf. A . i . 1 1 7 , ii. 14 7 , iii. 17 9 .

416 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

th u s : “ T h is ve n e ra b le R e v a ta h as go n e to A g g a la p u ra .”T h en th e ven erab le R e v a ta w en t fro m A g g a la p u ra to S a h a ja ti. T h en th e m on ks w ho w ere elders, h a v in g a rriv ed a t A g g a la p u ra , ask ed : " W h ere is th e v e n e ra b le R e v a ta ? ” T h e y sp oke th u s : “ T h is ven erab le R e v a ta h as gone to S a h a ja t i .” T h e n th e m on ks w ho w ere elders m et th e v en era b le R e v a ta at S a h a ja ti. |j 9 ||

T h en th e ven era b le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer o f coarse hem pen clo th , sp oke th u s to th e ven erab le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a : “ Y o u r reveren ce, th is v e n e ra b le R e v a ta has h eard m uch, he is one to w h o m th e tra d itio n h as been h an d ed d o w n , he is an exp ert in dham m a , e x p e rt in d iscip lin e, e x p e rt in th e h ead in gs ; w ise, exp erien ced , c le v e r ; con scien tio u s, scrupu lous, desirous of tra in in g . I f w e w ere to a sk th e ven era b le R e v a ta a qu estio n , th e ven era b le R e v a ta w o u ld b e c a p a b le o f sp en d in g a w hole n ig h t o ve r ju s t th e one q u estio n . B u t n o w th e ven erab le R e v a ta w ill ca ll upon a m on k w h o is a p u p il an d a p lain -son g re p e a te r .1 D o y o u , w hen th a t m o n k h as co m p le te d th e p lain- son g in to n a tio n , h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed th e v e n e ra b le R e v a ta , ask h im a b o u t these ten p o in ts .”

“ V e ry w ell, h onoured sir/* th e ve n e ra b le Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , an sw ered th e ven era b le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer o f coarse hem pen c lo th , in assen t. T h en th e v en era b le R e v a ta ca lled upon the m o n k w ho w as a p u p il and a p la in -so n g repeater. T h en w hen th a t m on k h ad co m p leted th e p la in -so n g in to n a tio n , th e ven erab le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , a p p ro a ch e d th e ven erab le R e v a t a ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g reeted the ven erab le R e v a ta , he sa t d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, th e v en era b le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , sp ok e th u s to th e ven era b le R e v a ta :

" H o n o u red sir, is th e p ra c tic e co n cern in g a horn fo r sa lt a llo w ab le ? ”

i “ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra c tic e con cern in g a horn fo r sa lt ? ”

“ H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w a b le to c a r r y a b o u t sa lt in a horn, th in k in g , ‘ I w ill e n jo y w h a te v e r m a y b e u n sa lted ' ? ”

" Y o u r reveren ce, i t is not a llo w a b le .”“ H o n o u red sir, is th e p ra ctice co n cern in g tw o fin ger-bread th s

a llo w ab le P ”

1 sarabha%taka. S e e n o te a b o v e , p . 14 6 .

l . io ] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 417

“ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g tw o fin ger-bread th s ? ”

" H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w ab le to e a t a m eal a t th e w rong tim e w h en th e sh ad o w h as passed b e y o n d tw o fin ger-bread th s?”

“ Y o u r reveren ce, it is not a llo w a b le .”“ H o n o u red sir, is th e p ra ctice con cern in g * am ong the

v illa g e s ’ a llo w ab le ? ”" W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g ‘ am ong

th e v illa g e s ' ? ”“ H on ou red sir, is it a llo w ab le, th in k in g , * I w ill g o now

am ong th e v illa g e s/ h a v in g eaten , b e in g satisfied, to eat a m eal th a t is not le ft o ve r ? ftl

“ Y o u r reveren ce, it is not a llo w a b le / '“ H on ou red sir, is th e p ra ctice co n cern in g residences a llo w ­

a b le ? ”" W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g resi­

dences ? ”" H on ou red sir, is it a llo w ab le fo r se ve ra l residences belon gin g

to th e sam e b o u n d a ry to c a rry o u t va rio u s O b servan ces ? ”" Y o u r reverences, it is n ot a llo w a b le .” [300]" H on oured sir, is th e p ra ctice con cern in g assent a llo w ab le ? ” “ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g assent ? ” “ H on oured sir, is it a llo w ab le fo r a n in com p lete O rder to

c a rry o u t a (form al) a c t, th in kin g , 1 W e w ill a d v ise m onks w h o a rr iv e * ? ”

" Y o u r reveren ce, it is not a llo w a b le .”" H on oured sir, is th e p ra ctice con cern in g w h a t is cu sto m a ry2

a llo w ab le ? "“ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g w h at is

cu sto m a ry ? "“ H onoured sir, is it a llo w ab le , th in k in g , * T h is is h a b itu a lly

done3 b y m y p recep to r, th is is h a b itu a lly done b y m y tea ch er/ to co n d u ct o n eself a cco rd in g to th a t ? ”

“ Y o u r reveren ce, th e p ra ctice co n cern in g w h a t is c u sto m a ry is som etim es a llo w ab le , som etim es n o t a llo w a b le .”

" H on ou red sir, is th e p ra ctice con cern in g u n ch u rn ed b u tte r­m ilk a llo w ab le ? ”

1 S e e P a c . 35, a n d B . D . ii. 328. ^* acityriahappa. C f , V in . i . 79 (M V . I . 51. 1 ) . D p v s . iv . 4 7 . v . 18. J a jjh a c ip n a , a s a t C V . I V . 5. 1.

418 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

" W h a t , y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra c tic e con cern in g u n ch u rn ed b u tte rm ilk ? ”

" H on ou red sir, is it a llo w ab le , h a v in g e aten , b e in g satisfied, to d rin k w h a te v e r is m ilk th a t is n o t le ft o ve r b u t w h ich has passed th e sta g e o f b e in g m ilk (although ) it h a s n o t a rriv ed at th e sta g e o f b e in g cu rd s ? ”

" Y o u r reveren ce, it is n ot a llo w a b le .”“ H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w ab le to d r in k u n ferm en ted to d d y ? ” " W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is to d d y ? ”" H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w a b le to d r in k w h a te v e r is ferm en ted

liq u o r1 (but) w h ich h as not fe rm e n ted an d h as n o t arriv ed a t th e sta g e of bein g stro n g d rin k ? ” 2

“ Y o u r reveren ce, it is n ot a llo w a b le .”“ H o n o u red sir, is a p iece o f c lo th to s it upon th a t h as no

b o rd er3 a llo w a b le ? ”" Y o u r reveren ce, it is n o t a llo w a b le .”“ H o n o u red sir, are g o ld and s ilv e r a llo w ab le ? ”' Y o u r reveren ce, th e y are n o t a llo w a b le ."

“ H o n o u red sir, these m o n ks w h o are V a jj is of V e sa ll are p ro m u lg a tin g these te n p o in ts in V e sa ll. C om e, h on oured sir, w e m ust a tte n d to th is le g a l qu estion b efo re w h a t is n o t dham m a shines fo rth an d dham m a is w ith h eld , (before) w h a t is not d iscip lin e shines fo rth a n d d iscip lin e is w ith h eld , b efo re those w h o sp e a k w h a t is n o t dham m a b ecom e stro n g an d th o se w h o sp ea k dham m a b ecom e feeb le (before) th o se w h o sp ea k w h a t is not d iscip lin e becom e stro n g a n d those w h o sp ea k d iscip lin e becom e fe e b le / '

" V e r y w ell, y o u r re v e re n ce ,” th e v e n e ra b le R e v a ta answ ered th e v en era b le Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a in assent. |j 10 || 1 j|

T h e F irs t P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g .

T h e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jj is o f V e sa ll h e a r d : “ T h e y s a y th a t Y a s a , th e son o f K a k a n d a k a , is w illin g to a tte n d to th is leg a l question , is lo o k in g a b o u t fo r a fa ctio n , an d th e y s a y th a t he is a cq u irin g a fa c t io n .” T h e n it o ccu rred to th e m onks w ho w ere V a jj is o f V e s a l l : " T h is le g a l q u estio n is h a rd a n d

1 su rd . C f , P a c . 5 1 .a majja. S e e B .D . ii. 3 8 5 , n . 1 .3 Cf. d e fin it io n a t V in . iii. 2 3 2, iv . 12 3 , 1 7 1 . S e e B.D. ii. 8 7 , n . 5.

2.1-2] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 419

troublesom e. H o w co u ld w e a cq u ire a fa ctio n th ro u gh w h ich w e co u ld be stro n ger in regard to th is le g a l q u estio n ? ” T h en it o ccurred to th e m on ks w ho w ere V a jj is of V e s a ll: " T h is ven era b le R e v a ta is one w ho h as h eard m uch, one to w hom th e tra d itio n h as been h an d ed d ow n, he is e x p e rt in dham m a, e xp ert in d iscip lin e, e x p e rt in th e headings ; he is w ise, experienced* c le v e r ; con scien tiou s, scrupu lous, desirous of tra in in g . I f w e co u ld a cq u ire th e ven erab le R e v a ta fo r th e factio n , th u s co u ld w e be stro n ger in regard to th is leg a l q u e stio n ."

T h en th e m onks w h o w ere V a jj is o f VesalT p rep ared ab u n d a n t requisites fo r recluses— bo w ls an d robes and pieces of c lo th to sit u pon an d needle-cases an d w a istb a n d s an d strain ers and re gu latio n w a ter-p o ts. T h en th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jjis of V esa li, ta k in g these req u isites o f recluses, w en t in a b o at u p ­stream 1 to S a h a ja ti ; [301] h a v in g d isem b ark ed from th e b o at, th e y p a rtic ip a te d in a m eal at th e ro o t of a ce rta in tree. [| 1 ||

T h e n as th e ven era b le S a lh a 2 w as m e d ita tin g in p r iv a te a reasoning arose in h is m ind th u s : f< W h ich n o w are th e sp eakers of dham m a— th e m o n ks from th e E a s t or those from P a v a ? " T h e n as th e ven era b le S a lh a w as con sid erin g dhamm a and discip lin e it o ccurred to him : “ T h e m onks from th e E a s tare not sp eakers o f dham m a ; th e m on ks of P a v a are sp eakers of d h a m m a T h e n a ce rta in devatd o f th e P u re A b o d es, k n o w in g b y m in d th e reason in g in th e m ind of th e ven erab le S a lh a, as a stro n g m an m ig h t stre tc h out his ben t b a c k arm or m igh t b en d b a ck h is o u tstretch ed arm , even so, van ish in g from th e devas o f th e P u re A b o d es, d id she ap p ea r before th e ven era b le S a lh a. T h e n th a t devatd sp oke th u s to th e ven erab le S a lh a : “ I t is r ig h t, h on oured S a lh a , th e m onks fro m th e E a s t are n ot sp eakers o f dham m a, th e m on ks of P a v a are sp eakers o f dhamma. W e ll th en , revered S a lh a , s ta n d firm acco rd in g to dham m a."3

“ B o th fo rm e rly a n d n o w I, devatd, h a v e sto o d firm acco rd in g to dham m a. N everth e less I am n o t m a k in g kn ow n m y view s u n til I m a y be agreed upon in rega rd to th is leg a l q u e stio n ."II 2 II_________ ______________________________________ __

1 u jja v im s u .* A n a n d a 's p u p il, V A . 3 4 -3 5 . _ . _ . .* O r , a c c o r d in g t o t h e ru le , yathadham rno tat ha titth a h i. C f . M h v s . iv . 29

dham m e titth a , s ta n d firm in dham m a.

420 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

T h e n those m on ks w ho w ere V a jj is o f V e sa ll, ta k in g those req u isites for recluses, ap p ro a ch ed th e ven era b le R e v a ta ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , th e y sp oke th u s to th e v en era b le R e v a ta : " H o n o u red sir, let th e O rd er a cce p t these req u is ites fo r recluses — bo w ls and robes an d p ieces o f c lo th to s it upon a n d needle- cases an d w a istb a n d s a n d stra in e rs a n d regu la tio n w a te r-p o ts .”

H e sa id : “ N o , y o u r reveren ces, I am co m p le te a s to th eth ree robes ” (for) he d id n o t w a n t to a cce p t. N o w a t th a t tim ea m on k n am ed U tta ra , o f tw e n ty y e a rs ’ sta n d in g w a s th e ven erab le R e v a ta 's a tte n d a n t. T h e n th e m o n ks w h o were V a jj is o f V e sa ll a p p ro a ch ed th e ve n e ra b le U tta r a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , th e y sp ok e th u s to th e v en era b le U tta r a : “ Let th e ven era b le U tta r a a c ce p t th ese req u isites fo r recluses— b o w ls an d . . . regu la tio n w a te r-p o ts .”

H e s a id : “ N o, y o u r reveren ces, I am co m p le te as to th eth ree ro b es,” (for) he d id n o t w a n t to a cce p t. T h e y sa id : “ R e v e re n d U tta ra , p eo p le used to b rin g req u isites fo r recluses to th e L o rd . I f th e L o rd a c ce p te d th em , th e y w ere g la d ; b u t if th e L o rd d id n o t a c ce p t th e m , th e y b ro u g h t th em to th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a , sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sir, le t th e elder a cce p t th ese req u isites fo r recluses, th u s w ill th is (gift) be as th o u g h a c ce p te d b y th e L o rd .' L e t th e v e n e ra b le U tta ra a cce p t [302] th ese req u isites of recluses, th u s w ill th is (gift) bi* as th o u g h a c ce p te d b y th e e ld e r .”

T h e n th e ve n e ra b le U tta ra , b e in g pressed b y th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jj is o f V e sa ll, to o k one robe, s a y in g : " L e t th e reveren d ones te ll m e w h a t th e y h a v e n eed o f .”

“ L e t th e ve n e ra b le U tta r a s a y th is m u ch to th e e ld er : £ H o n o u red sir, le t th e e ld er s a y th is m u ch in th e m id st of th e O rd er : A w a k e n e d O nes, L o rd s , a rise in th e E a s te rn d is tricts , th e m o n ks from th e E a s t are sp ea k e rs o f dham m a , th e m on ks of P a v a are sp ea k e rs o f w h a t is n o t dhamma \ ”

“ V e r y w ell, y o u r re v e ren ce s,” a n d th e v en era b le U tta ra , h a v in g an sw ered th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jj is of V e sa ll in assent, ap p ro a ch ed th e v e n e ra b le R e v a ta ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he sp ok e th u s to th e ve n e ra b le R e v a ta : " H o n o u red sir, le t th e elder s a y th is m u ch in th e m id st o f th e O r d e r : A w a k e n e d O nes, L o rd s, arise in th e E a s te rn d is tr ic ts , th e m on ks fro m th e E a st are sp eakers o f dham m a , th e m o n k s o f P a v a a re sp ea k e rs of w h at is n ot dham m a

2-3-4] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 421

S a y in g : “ Y o u , m on k, are in c itin g m e to w h a t is notdhamma ,” th e e ld er dism issed1 th e ven era b le U tta ra . T h e n th e m o n ks w h o w ere V a jj is o f V e sa ll sp ok e th u s to th e ven erab le U tta r a : “ W h a t, reveren d U tta ra , d id th e e ld er s a y ? ”

“ E v i l has been done to us, y o u r reverences. S a y in g , * Y o u , m onk, are in c itin g m e to w h a t is not dham m a,* th e elder dism issed m e ."

“ A re n ot y o u , y o u r reveren ce, a senior o f tw e n ty y e a rs ' stan d in g ? ”

“ Y e s , y o u r reveren ces.”" T h en w e sh all ta k e u p gu id an ce u n d er (you as) te a ch er .” 1

11311T h e n th e O rd er assem bled w ish in g to in v e stig a te th a t legal

question . T h e ven era b le R e v a ta in fo rm ed th e O rder, sa y in g : “ Y o u r reveren ces, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f w e w ere to se ttle th a t leg a l question here, it m ig h t b e th a t th e m on ks w h o h a d ta k e n it u p o rig in a lly m ig h t open it up fo r a fu rth er (form al) a c t ,3 I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, le t th e O rder se ttle th is leg a l qu estion w h erever th is legal question a ro se/ '

T h e n th e m o n ks w h o w ere eld ers w e n t to V e sa ll w illin g to in v e stig a te th a t le g a l question . N o w at th a t tim e S a b b a k a m in 4 w as th e nam e o f an e ld er of th e O rder, (the oldest) on e a rth ;6 it w a s a h u n d red a n d tw e n ty yea rs sin ce h is o rd in atio n ; he had sh ared th e ce ll o f th e ven era b le A n a n d a , and he w as s ta y in g a t V esa ll. T h e n th e ve n e ra b le R e v a ta sp oke th u s to th e v en era b le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer of coarse hem pen c lo th : " I , y o u r reverence, am g o in g u p t o th e d w ellin g-p lace w here th e ven erab le S a b b a k a m in is s ta y in g . D o y o u , h a v in g gone up e a r ly to th e ve n e ra b le S a b b a k a m in , ask h im a b o u t these ten p o in ts .”

“ V e r y w ell, h on oured s ir ,” th e v e n e ra b le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer of coarse hem p en clo th , answ ered th e ven era b le R e v a ta

1 p a n a tn es i. Cf, M V . I . 27. 2 w h e r e t h is w o r d is u s e d o f t h e fo r m a l d is m is s a l b y a p r e c e p to r o f t h e o n e w h o s h a r e s h is c e ll. S e e a ls o M h v s . iv . 30.

1 g a ru n issa y a . G a ru n o d o u b t = g u ru . O n n issa y a s e e M V . I. 73.3 S e e P a c . 6 3 . a4 P s s . B r e th . p . 2 26, n . 1 s u g g e s ts t h a t th e S a b b a k a m a o f T h a g . is t h e s a m e

a s th e S a b b a k a m in o f V in . D . P . P . N . id e n tif ie s t h e t w o . C a lle d S a b b a k a m in a t V A . i. 34. H e t o o k a v o w t o p u r i f y t h e t e a c h in g o f so m e B u d d h a in a b ir t h d u r in g th e t im e o f P a d u m u t t a r a B u d d h a .

5 p athavyS sam ghathero.

422 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

in assent. T h e n th e v en era b le R e v a ta w e n t u p to th a t d w ellin g- p lace w h ere th e ven era b le S a b b a k a m in w as s ta y in g . A lo d gin g w as m ad e re a d y fo r th e v en era b le S a b b a k a m in in an inner room , a n d one fo r th e ve n e ra b le R e v a ta on th e v e ra n d a o f th e inner room . T h en th e ven era b le R e v a ta , th in k in g : “ T h is[303J elder is old, b u t he is n o t ly in g d o w n ,” d id n ot lie dow n to sleep. T h e v e n e ra b le S a b b a k a m in , th in k in g : “ T h isin co m in g m o n k is tired , b u t he is n o t ly in g d o w n / ' d id not lie dow n to sleep. || 4 ||

T h e n a t th e end of th e n ig h t to w a rd s d aw n , th e ven era b le S a b b a k a m in sp o k e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le R e v a ta : " B eca u se o f w h a t a b id in g d o y o u , d e ar ,1 a b id e n o w in th e fu lln ess th e re o f ? ”

" B eca u se o f a b id in g in lo vin g -k in d n ess, do I , ho n o u red sir, a b id e n o w in th e fu lln ess th e re o f.”

" T h e y s a y th a t y o u , d ear, b ecau se o f a b id in g in friendship* n ow a b id e in th e fu lln ess th ereo f. T h is a b id in g m frien d sh ip , b e lo ve d , th is is lo v in g -k in d n e ss.”

" F o rm e rly , h o n o u red sir, w h en I w a s a h o u seh o ld er lo v in g ­kind ness w as p ra ctise d b y m e, a n d becau se o f th a t a b id in g in lo v in g -k in d n ess I n o w a b id e in th e fu lln ess th ereo f, an d m o reo v er p e rfe ctio n w a s a tta in e d b y m e lo n g ago. H o n o u red sir, b ecau se o f w h a t a b id in g does th e e ld er n o w a b id e in th e fu llness thereof*? ”

" B eca u se o f a b id in g in (the c o n c e p t of) em p tin ess3 do I, b e lo ve d , n o w a b id e in th e fu lln ess th e re o f.”

“ T h e y s a y th a t th e e ld er, h o n o u re d sir, b ecau se o f th e a b id in g o f g rea t m en 4 n o w a b id es in th e fu lln ess th ereo f. T h is

1 b h u m m i , a t e r m o f a ffe c t io n , s a y s V A . 12 9 8 .a k u lla k a . V A . 12 9 8 e x p la in s b y u tta n a , s t r e t c h e d ; c le a r . K u lla k a is

p r o b a b ly d e r iv e d f r o m k a u ly a = P a l i k u lla , b e lo n g in g t o t h e f a m i ly , a n d p o s s ib ly m e a n in g t h a t lo v in g - k in d n e s s h a s b e e n e x t e n d e d t o o th e r s a n d t h a t t h e y h a v e b e e n s u ffu s e d w ith h is lo v in g - k in d n e s s o f m in d .

® s u n n a td v ih a r a . C f . M . i i i . 10 4, 2 9 4 . M A . v . 10 5 e x p la in s a s a b id in g in t h e a t t a in m e n t o f t h e f r u it o f e m p tin e s s — o r p h a la -sa m d p a tti m a y m e a n '* s u s ta in e d fr u it io n " ; th e r e fo r e “ a s a b id in g in t h e s u s ta in e d f r u it io n o f e m p tin e s s .* ’ O n s u n n a td see e s p e c ia l ly B u d . P s y c h . E th ic s , p . 9 1 , n . 2 ; A s l . 2 2 1 —5 » K v u . I I I . 2. A t A s t . 2 2 1 i t is s a id t h a t s u n n a td is a p p lie d t o t h e p u r if ic a t io n fo r m u la , t h a t i t is a n a m e o f t h e t r a n s c e n d e n t a l W a y , a n d t h a t w h e n o n e se e s t h e sa n k h d ra s a s " v o id " o f s e lf th is in s ig h t is c a lle d s u n n a td , ** V o id n e s s ** o r " E m p t in e s s ** is t h e u s u a l t r a n s la t io n o f s u n n a td , a n d m u s t re m a in u n t i l s o m e th in g b e t t e r is fo u n d .

4 m a h a p u risa v ih a ra . C f . M . i i i . 2 9 4. M A . v . 10 6 e x p la in s a s t h e a b id in g o f g r e a t m e n : b u d d h a s , in d iv id u a l b u d d h a s , tathagatas a n d g r e a t d is c ip le s .

2-5*6] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 423ab id in g o f g rea t m en, honoured sir, th is is (the con cep t of) em p tin ess."1

“ F o rm erly , b e lo ved , w h en 1 w a s a househ older em ptiness w as p ractised b y m e, an d because o f th a t a b id in g in em ptiness I now abid e in th e fu llness th ereo f, an d m o reover perfection w as a tta in e d b y m e lo n g a g o .” || 5 ||

T h e n 2 th is ch an ce ta lk o f th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders w as in terru p ted , becau se th e v en era b le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer of coarse hem p en clo th , a rriv e d th ere. T h e n the ven erab le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer o f coarse hem pen c lo th , ap p ro ach ed the ven erab le S a b b a k a m in ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e ven erab le S a b b a k a m in , he sa t dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w as s ittin g dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th e ven erab le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer o f coarse hem pen c lo th , sp oke th u s to th e ven erab le S a b b a k a m in :

“ H o n o u red sir, these m on ks w h o are V a jj is o f V e sa ll are p ro m u lg a tin g ten p o in ts : th e p ra ctice con cern in g a horn fo r sa lt is a llo w ab le . . . g o ld an d silv e r are a llo w ab le. H o n o u red sir, m u ch dhamma a n d d iscip lin e h a s been m a stered 3 b y th e elder at th e fe e t4 o f a p recep tor. A s , h on oured sir, th e e ld er w as con sid erin g dhamma and d iscip lin e, w h a t occu rred to h im ? W h o are th e sp eakers o f dhamma— th e m on ks from th e E a s t or those o f P a v a ? ”

“ B y y o u too, y o u r reveren ce, h as m uch dhamma a n d d is­cip lin e been m astered a t th e feet o f ' a p recep tor. A s yo u , y o u r reveren ce, were con sid erin g dhamma an d d iscip lin e, w h a t o ccu rred to y o u ? W h o are th e sp eakers o f dhamma— the m on ks fro m th e E a s t o r th o se o f P a v a ? "

" A s I , honoured sir, w a s con sid erin g dhamma an d d iscip lin e, th is o ccurred to m e : th e m onks fro m th e E a s t are sp eakers o f w h a t is n o t dham m a , th e m o n ks o f P a v a are sp eakers o f dham m a . N e ve rth e le ss I am n o t m a k in g kn o w n m y v iew s u n til I am ag reed upon in regard to th is leg a l q u e stio n ."

“ A s I too, y o u r reveren ce, w as con sid erin g dhamma and discip lin e, th is occu rred to m e : [304] th e m o n ks from th e E a s t are sp eakers o f w h a t is n ot dham m a, th e m onks o f P a v a are

1 T h is p h r a s e o c c u r s a t M . iii. 2 9 4.* ca ra hi, a s a t V in . ii. 292.3 A s a t C V . X I . 1. 2.4 m ule.

424 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

sp eakers o f dham m a . N e v e rth e le ss I am not m a k in g kn o w n m y view s u n til I am agreed upon in rega rd to th is leg a l q u e stio n / ' II 6 ||

T h en th e O rd er assem bled , w illin g to in v e stig a te th a t leg a l qu estio n . B u t w h ile th e y w ere in v e stig a tin g th a t le g a l qu estion b o th endless d isp u ta tio n s arose an d o f n o t one sp eech w as th e m ean in g c lear. T h e n th e v en era b le R e v a ta in form ed th e O rd er, sa y in g : “ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. W h ile w e w ere in v e stig a tin g th is le g a l q u estio n b o th endless d isp u ta tio n s arose an d o f not one sp eech w as th e m ean in g clear. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y se ttle th is legal q u estio n b y m ean s of a re feren d u m / ’1 H e selected fo u r m o n ks from th e E a s t, fo u r m o n ks from P a v a — o f th e E a ste rn m onks th e v en era b le S a b b a k a m in an d th e ven era b le S a lh a an d th e ven era b le K h u jja s o b h ita 3 a n d th e ven erab le V a s a b h a g a m ik a ; o f th e m on ks from P a v a th e v en era b le R e v a ta an d th e ven era b le S a m b h u ta , th e w earer o f coarse hem p en c lo th , a n d th e v en era b le Y a s a , th e son of K a k a n d a k a , an d th e v en era b le S u m a n a .3 T h en th e v en era b le R e v a ta in fo rm ed tl\e O rd er, sa y in g :

“ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. W h ile w e were in v e stig a tin g th is le g a l q u estio n b o th endless d isp u ta tio n s arose an d o f not one sp eech w a s th e m ea n in g clear. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y agree upon th e fo u r m o n ks from th e E a s t and th e fo u r m onks fro m P a v a to se ttle th is legal q u estio n b y m eans o f a referen d u m . T h is is the m otion . H o n o u red sirs, let th e O rd er listen t Q m e. W h ile w e w ere in v e stig a tin g th is le g a l qu estion . . . w a s th e m ean in g clear. T h e O rd er is ag ree in g u pon th e fo u r m o n ks from th e E a s t an d th e fo u r m o n ks from P a v a to se ttle th is leg a l question b y m eans o f a referen d u m . I f th e agreem en t u p o n th e fou r m o n ks from th e E a s t an d th e fo u r m on ks fro m P a v a to se ttle th is leg a l qu estion b y m ean s o f a referen d u m is p leasin g to th e ven era b le ones, th e y sh o u ld b e silen t ; he to w h om it is n ot p leasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . T h e fo u r m onks fro m th e E a s t

1 C f . C V . I V . 14. 1 9 w h e r e t h e p r o c e e d in g t o b e u se d in s u c h a n e m e r g e n c y a s a ro s e a n d is re c o r d e d in s u b s e q u e n t s e n te n c e a b o v e , is la id d o w n .

a P r o b a b ly n o t t o b e id e n tif ie d w ith t h e thera o f t h e s a m e n a m e a t T h a g . 2 3 4 -6 , a s p e r h a p s s u g g e s te d a t M h v s . iv . 5 7 .

8 N a m e s g iv e n a t V A . i. 34—35 ; b u t th e r e c la s s if ie d b y re a so n o f th e ir b e in g c e ll- s h a r e r s o f A n a n d a o r A n u r u d d h a . C f . M h v s . iv . 4 7 —49.

2.7 -* ! C U L L A V A G G A X I I 425

and th e four m o n ks fro m P a v a are agreed upon b y th e O rd er to se ttle th is le g a l question b y m ean s o f a referendum . I t is p leasin g to th e O rder, th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d er­sta n d th is .”

N o w a t th a t tim e A jita w as th e nam e of a m o n k o f ten years* sta n d in g ; he w a s a reciter o f th e P a tim o k k h a for th e Order* T h en th e O rd er fu rth e r ag reed upon th e ven erab le A j it a as a p p o in ter o f seats fo r th e m on ks w ho w ere e ld ers.1 T h e n it occu rred to th e m on ks w h o w ere elders : " N o w w here sh o u ld w e se ttle th is le g a l question ? *' [305] T h en it occurredto th e m o n ks w h o w ere elders : “ T h is V a lik a m o n a ste ry2 is p leasing, w ith litt le noise, w ith lit t le d istu rb an ce. Sup pose th a t w e sh o u ld se ttle th is le g a l qu estion in V a lik a m o n a ste ry ? " T h en th e m o n ks w h o w ere eld ers w en t to V a lik a m o n a stery , w illin g to in v e stig a te th a t legal question . || 7 ||

T h e n th e v en era b le R e v a ta in form ed th e O rder, sa y in g : “ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rd er, I can a sk th e v en era b le S a b b a k a m in a b o u t d isc ip lin e .” T h e n th e ven era b le S a b b a k a m in in form ed th e O rder, sa y in g : “ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rder, I , qu estion ed a b o u t d iscip lin e b y th e ven era b le R e v a ta , can a n sw e r/ ' T h en th e ven erab le R e v a ta sp ok e th u s to th e v en era b le S ab b akam iri :

" H on ou red sir, is th e p ra ctice con cern in g a horn for sa lt a llo w ab le ? "

" W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g a horn for sa lt ? "

" H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w ab le to c a rry a b o u t sa lt in a horn, th in k in g : ‘ I w ill e n jo y w h a te v e r m a y be u n salted ’ ? ”

“ Y o u r reveren ce, i t is n o t a llo w a b le / '" W h ere w a s it o b je cted to ? ”" In S a v a tth I, in th e S u tta v ib h a rig a / '3 " W h a t offence does one fa ll in to ? ”“ A n offence o f e x p iatio n fo r e a tin g w h a t has been sto re d .”“ H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h is first p o in t,

in v e stig a te d b y th e O rder, th is is a poin t th a t is again st dham m a ,

1 E ld e r s w e r e a llo w e d t o s it d o w n w h ile t h e P a t im o k k h a w a s b e in g r e c ite d . J S e e a ls o M h v s . iv . 50 ; b u t D p v s , v . 29 s a y s t h e T e n P o in ts w e r e s e t t le d

a t t h e G a b le d H a l l (V es& li).* P a c . 38.

426 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

a g ain st d iscip lin e, not of th e T e a c h e r 's in stru ctio n . T h is is th e first (voting-) t ic k e t th a t I c a st.

“ H o n o u red sir, is th e p ra ctice co n cern in g tw o fin ger-bread th s a llo w a b le ? "

“ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g tw o fin ger-b read th s ? "

“ H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w ab le to e a t a m eal a t th ew ro n g tim e if th e sh a d o w h as p assed b e y o n d tw o finger- b read th s ? "

“ Y o u r reveren ce, it is n o t a llo w a b le ."“ W h ere w as it o b je c te d to ? "“ A t R a ja g a h a , in th e S u tta v ib h a r ig a ."1 “ W h a t o ffen ce does one fa ll in to ? ”“ A n offence o f e x p ia tio n fo r e a tin g a t th e w ro n g tim e ."“ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er liste n to m e. T h is secon d

p o in t. . . . T h is is th e seco n d (voting-) t ic k e t th a t I ca st.“ H o n o u red sir, is th e p ra c tic e co n cern in g ‘ am o n g th e

v illa g e s ’ a llo w a b le ? "“ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra c tic e co n cern in g ' am on g

th e v illa g e s ' ? "“ H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w ab le, th in k in g : ‘ I w ill go n o w

am o n g th e v illa g e s/ h a v in g eaten , b e in g satisfied , to e a t a m eal th a t is n o t le ft o v e r ? "

“ Y o u r reveren ce, it is n o t a llo w a b le ."“ W h ere w a s it o b je c te d to ? "“ A t S a v a tth i, in th e S u tta v ib h a r ig a / '2 “ W h a t o ffen ce does one fa ll in to ? "“ A n o ffen ce o f e x p ia tio n fo r e a tin g w h a t is n o t le ft o v e r .”“ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is th ird

point. . . . T h is is th e th ird (votin g-) t ic k e t th a t I c a st.“ H o n o u red sir, is th e p ra ctice co n cern in g residences a llo w ­

a b le ? "“ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g resi­

dences ? "w H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w ab le fo r se v e ra l residences belo n gin g

to th e sam e b o u n d a ry to c a rry o u t va rio u s O b serva n ces ? ”“ Y o u r reveren ce, it is n o t a llo w a b le / '“ W h ere w a s it o b je c te d to ? "

1 P 5.c. 3 7 .* P a c . 3 5 .

2.8] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 4*7" In R a ja g a h a , in w h a t is co n n ected w ith th e O b se rv a n ce /" W h a t offence does one fa ll in to ? *'" A n offence o f w rong-d oing for going b e yo n d d isc ip lin e/ ' " H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is fourtK

point. . . . T h is is th e fo u rth (voting-) t ic k e t th a t I cast.“ H onoured sir, is th e p ra ctice con cern in g assent a llo w ab le ? ” “ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th e p ra ctice concerning assent ? ” " H on oured sir, is it a llo w ab le for an in com p lete O rder to

c a rry o u t a (form al) a ct, th in k in g : ‘ W e w ill a d v ise m onks w ho a rr iv e ' ? ”

" Y o u r reveren ce, it is not a llow able/* [306]" W h ere w as it o b je c te d to ? ”" In a m a tte r o f d iscip lin e on th in g s p erta in in g to (the m on ks

of) C a m p a / ' 2" W h a t offence does one fa ll in to ? "" A n offence o f w ron g-d oin g for g o in g b e yo n d d isc ip lin e/ '“ H on ou red sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is fifth point.

. . . T h is is th e fifth (voting-) t ic k e t th a t I cast." H o n o u red sir, is th e p ra ctice co n cern in g w h a t is cu sto m a ry

a llo w ab le ? "“ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is p ra ctice con cern in g w h at

is cu sto m a ry ? ’ *" H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w ab le , th in k in g : ‘ T h is is w h a t is

h a b itu a lly done b y m y p recep tor, th is is w h a t is h a b itu a lly done b y m y te a ch er/ to co n d u ct on eself acco rd in g to th a t ? ”

" Y o u r reveren ce, th e p ra ctice con cern in g w h a t is cu sto m a ry is som etim es a llo w ab le, som etim es n o t a llo w a b le / ’

" H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h is s ix th p o in t. . . . T h is is th e s ix th (voting-) t ic k e t th a t I ca st.

“ H on ou red sir, is th e p ra ctice con cern in g u n churn ed b u tte r­m ilk a llo w ab le ? ’ *

" W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th e p ra ctice concerning un ch u rn ed b u tte rm ilk ?

" H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w able/ h a v in g eaten , being satisfied, to d rin k w h a te v e r is m ilk th a t is n ot le ft o ver b u t w h ich has

1 M V . I I . 8. 3 . U p o sa th a sa m y u tta ; sam yu tta h e re b e in g u se d , a s n o te d a t V in . T e x ts iii. 4 10 , n . 2 fo r kh an d h a ka , s e c t io n .

* M V . I X . 3. 5 . C a m p ey y a k e v in a y a v a ttk u sm im . V A . 12 9 9 h e re e x p la in s t h a t th is m a tt e r o f d is c ip lin e is h a n d e d d o w n in t h e C a m p e y y a k k h a n d h a k a .

428 B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E

passed th e sta g e o f b e in g m ilk (although ) it h as n o t a rr iv e d at th e sta g e of b ein g cu rd s ? "

“ Y o u r reveren ce , it is n o t a llo w a b le ."“ W h ere w a s it o b je c te d to ? "“ A t S a v a tth i, in th e S u tta v ib h a r ig a ."1 “ W h a t o ffen ce does one fa ll in to ? "“ A n offence of e x p ia tio n fo r e a tin g w h a t w a s n o t le ft o v e r ." “ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h is se v e n th

p o in t. . . . T h is is th e se v e n th (voting-) t ic k e t th a t I ca st.“ H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w a b le to d rin k u n ferm en ted to d d y ? " “ W h a t, y o u r reveren ce, is th is u n ferm en ted to d d y ? "“ H o n o u red sir, is it a llo w a b le to d rin k w h a te v e r is ferm en ted

liq u o r, b u t w h ich h a s not fe rm e n ted a n d h as n o t a rriv e d at th e s ta g e of b e in g s tro n g d rin k ? "

“ Y o u r reveren ce, it is n o t a llo w a b le ."“ W h ere w as it o b je c te d to ? "“ A t Kosam bT, in th e S u tta v ib h a r ig a ."2 “ W h a t offence does one fa ll in to ? "“ A n offence of e x p ia tio n fo r d rin k in g ferm en ted liq u o r and

s p ir its ."“ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is e igh th

p o in t. . . . T h is is th e e ig h th (voting-) t ic k e t th a t I cast.“ H o n o u red sir, is a p iece of c lo th to s it u pon th a t has

n o bo rd er a llo w a b le ? "“ Y o u r reveren ce, it is n o t a llo w a b le ."“ W h ere w as it o b je c te d to ? "“ A t S a v a tth i, in th e S u tta v ib h a r ig a ."3 “ W h a t offence does one fa ll in to ? "“ A n offence o f e x p ia tio n in v o lv in g c u ttin g d o w n .”“ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er liste n to m e. T h is n in th

p o in t. . . . T h is is th e n in th (votin g-) t ic k e t th a t I cast.“ H o n o u red sir, are g o ld an d s ilv e r a llo w a b le ?“ Y o u r reveren ce, th e y are not a llo w a b le ."“ W h ere w ere th e y o b je c te d to ? "“ A t R a ja g a h a , in th e S u tta v ib h a r ig a ." 4 “ W h a t offence does one fa ll in to ? "

1 P a c . 3 5 .* P a c . 5 1 .3 P a c . 89.4 N is s a g . X V I I I .

2. 8 - 9 ] C U L L A V A G G A X I I 429

" A n offence of e x p iatio n fo r a cce p tin g g o ld an d s ilv e r .”“ H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is ten th

poin t, in v e stig a te d b y th e O rder, th is is a m a tte r th a t is again st dham m a , again st d iscip lin e, not o f th e T e a c h e r 's in struction . T h is is th e te n th (voting-) tick e t th a t I cast. H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h ese ten p o in ts, in v e stig a te d b y th e O rd er, th ese are m a tters th a t are a g ain st dham m a, again st d iscip lin e, not o f th e T e a c h e r 's in stru ctio n .”

“ T h is le g a l qu estio n , y o u r reveren ce, is con clu d ed , an d being se ttle d is w ell se ttled . N e ve rth e le ss y o u , y o u r reverence, m a y a lso question m e in th e m id st o f th e O rd er1 on these ten poin ts in ord er to co n vin ce these m o n k s.” 2

S o th e ven era b le R e v a ta also q u estio n ed th e ven era b le S a b b a k a m in in th e m id st o f th e O rd er on these ten points, a n d th e ven erab le S a b b a k a m in , b e in g q uestion ed , answ ered. II 8 ||

N o w b ecau se3 seven h u n d red m o n ks— n ot one less and not one m ore— w ere a t th is ch a n tin g of th e discip lin e, th is ch a n tin g o f th e d iscip lin e is c a lle d f‘ th a t of th e S even H u n d re d .” 4 I ] 9 I I 2 1 1

T o ld is th e T w e lfth S ectio n : th a t on th e S even H u n d red.[307]

In th is sectio n are tw e n ty -fiv e item s. T h is is its k e y :

T en poin ts, h a v in g filled , fo rm al a c t, entered w ith a m essenger, th e four, a n d on g o ld (and silver) a g a in ,5 a n d K o sa m b i, the

m onks o f P a v a , f T h e w a y to S o re y y a , S a m k a sa , K a n n a k u jja , U d u m b ara , an d S a h a m ja ti,6 he ca lled upon,® he h ea rd ,6 “ H o w could

w e ? ” /

1 N o t o n ly , t h a t is, b e fo r e th e s p e c ia l c o m m itte e .* b hikkh u n arn s a n n a itiy a ; cf. C V . I V . 14. 2 .6 , V I T 4. 1 ; a ls o V I I . 3 . 14 .* Q u o t e d a t V A . i. 34.4 C f . C V . X I . 1, 16 , t h e F i v e H u n d r e d . T h is s e c o n d r e c ita l, t h a t o f th e

S e v e n H u n d r e d , is a ls o c a l le d th e R e c i t a l o f Y a s a t t h e r a a t A A . ii. 10 = HI A .iv . 1 1 4 .

6 O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t a n d S ia m , a n d S in h . e d n s . re a d p u n a ru p a ii c a . O J d e n b e rg s u g g e s t s ( V in . ii. 330) a n te p u ra n ca (see X I I . 1. 4 ), b u t 1 th in k i t m a y b e a n a b b r e v ia t io n fo r j& ta ru p a ra ja ta , th e s u b je c t o f X I I . 1. 4, 5.

6 O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t : S a h a m ja ti ca, m a jjh e s i , assosi ; C in g . e d n . : A g ga la m S a h a ja ia tjt ca a sso si ; S ia m . e d n . : a s O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t b u t r e a d in g S a h a jd tim . O ld e n b e r g s u g g e s ts (V in . ii. 330) a jjh e s i (in p la c e o f m a jjh e s i) . T h e v e r b in X I I . 1. 10 is a jjh e s iss a ti.

B o w l (and) th e y w e n t in a b o a t u p stre a m ,1 he w a s in p r iv a te ,2 th e y used to b rin g th is

tea ch er (and) th e O rd er a n d V e sa li, lo vin g-k in d n ess, th e O rder, referend um .

T o ld is th e L esser D iv is io n .3 [308]

430__________ B O O K O F D I S C I P L I N E ____________

1 O ld e n b e r g ’s t e x t : s a u j j i . S in h . e d n . u j ja v f .2 O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t : dtiraho p i u d a tn a ssa / d a ru k a m , satngho ; S in h . a n d

S ia m . e d n s . : ra h o ’ s i u p a n a m ’ d y a m g a ru sa ifig h o .* H e r e e n d s O ld e n b e r g ’s v o l . ii.

I N D E X I . W O R D S A N D S U B J E C T S

A b o d e s , f iv e k in d s o f, 205 A b o r t io n , 3 72 , 3 8 7A c c e p t e r o f : b o w ls , 248 ; o u te r

c lo a k s , 248 ; ro b e s , 248 A c k n o w le d g e o ffe n c e s , to , 3 6 1 / . A c k n o w le d g m e n t , 4 / . , 10 9 1 1 3 / .,

1 3 7 A c t ( fo rm a l) , 48, 50 / . , 12 2 / . , 12 5 / .,13 9 , 2 78 , 2 8 7 . 3 1 6 , 3 4 1 36 1 / .,4 2 1, 4 2 7 ; d is c ip lin a r i ly v a l id , 3 f f . , 19 ; le g a l ly v a l id , 3 f f . , 19 , 73> 7 6 * 90 f f . , 10 9 / . ; in p r e s e n c e o f, 3 , 5 , 1 1 3 / . S e e C e n s u re ,

A g r e e u p o n o n e s e lf , a n o th e r , to , 376 /•

A g r e e m e n t , 7 , 3 1 , 98, 1 1 4 , 12 9 , 233, 3 8 1, 386, 3 9 5 , 4 24 ; a s t o s tr in g , 18 3 ; a s t o a w a lk in g s ta f f , 18 2 / .

A l lo t , t o , 1 7 1A l lo w (a n u ja n a tn i), 4 4 , 14 3 ff-> i 5 2 #-*

1 7 9 ff-* 19 2 f f . , 2 0 7 f f . , 2 2 4 , 2 2 7, 22 9, 2 3 1 , 233 /.„ 2 3 6 f f . , 242 2 45 f f ; 357* 3 59 ff - , 37 * ff '•> 3So ,382 j/ .

A l lo w a b le , 364, 399 , 4° 7 . 4 i i f . , 4 l 6 f f ; 4 2 5 jjr. ; n o t , 16 2 , 18 4 , 2 3 8 , 3 99, 4 1 1 , 4 1 6 f f . , 425 ff - f x

A lm s , 302 / . ; b e g g a r s fo r , 2 7 6 / . ; d o n o r o f, 303 ; r e s o r t fo r (gocara), 2 92, 296, 394

A lm s fo o d , 46, 10 0 , 15 6 , 1 6 1 , 18 8 , 278, 3 ° ° f f - 3 1 2 , 3 i8 , 372

A lm s m a n 's p r a c t ic e , 46 A n im a ls , 2 2 7 , 370 A n n o u n c e , t o , 4 6 , 49, 5 1 / .A r m y , 2 5 6A s k ( fo r p e r m is s io n ) , t o , 2 9 6 / . , 3 1 7 A s s e m b ly , 330 / . , 336, 3 4 1 / . , 395 / . ;

c o m p le te , in c o m p le t e , 4 j^., 3 4 1 * 395 n -

A s s e n t (g iv e n ) t o h o u s e h o ld e r s , 2 7 A s s ig n , to , 9 8 / . , 1 7 1 . ? 3 3 #-> 2 47 A t t a in m e n t (s a m d p a tti), 12 4 A u t h o r i t y , t o s e t u p , 8 / . , 32, 34, 45,

381 f ' r *A w a k e n e d O n e (s ), 1 f . , 16 , 24, 149* 2 1 7 f . , 220, 2 2 2 , 2 64 f f . , 4 2 0 ;d is p r a is e o f, 6 / . , 19 , 2 7 , 1 7 3 , 1 7 5 ; s p e e c h o f, 1 9 4

A w a k e n in g , l in k s in , 3 3 5 A w a y , s e p a r a te d fr o m , 17 0

B a c k s l id in g , 89B a g , 16 0 f f . , 2 1 4 , 304 / .B a lu s t r a d e , 16 0 , 16 4 / . , 168 f . , 19 6 ,

2 1 3 . 2 1 6B a m b o o , 1 6 1 , 16 8 19 7 , 208, 2 1 4 / . ,

239. * 6 3 (s im ile ), 2 9 4, 307, 3 1 1 , 3 19

B a n d a g e , 18 SB a n is h m e n t, ( fo rm a l) a c t o f, 1 7 f f . ,

9 6 , 10 9 , 3 1 6 ; t o r e v o k e , 2 1 / . B a r b e r 's e q u ip m e n t, 18 5 •B a r t e r , to , 245B a t h e , t o , 1 4 \ f f . t 1 6 9 , 309 , 3i3> 3*9 ,

3 8 8 / .B a t h in g : -c lo th , 3 76 ; - fo rd , 14 2 n .r

388/.B a th r o o m , 16 4 f f . , 17 0 , 2 2 3, 308 / . ,

3 1 3 / - . 3 1 9 . 3 8 S B e a r ’s h id e , 245 B e a r d s , 1 8 5 / .B e g in n in g , t o se n d b a c k t o t h e , 1 1 ,

48, 5 ° f f ; 6o* j 80, 82, 8 6 / ., 90 ff-> 2 2 7 , 3 1 6

B e n c h , so lid (m id h i), 15 4 , 208 B in d in g , 15 8 B lo o d , t o le t , 14 9 B lo w , t o g iv e a , 3 71 B o a t , 40 ‘z , 4 1 9B o d y , 1 4 1 f f 16 6 , 363 / . , 369, 39 6 ;

a n d m in d , 12 1 ; a n d s p e e c h , 1 9 / ., 12 0 , 346 ; m in d -m a d e , 260

B o ld d e s ig n , 2 13 B o o n , 3 57B o u n d a r y , 2 3 4 , 2 4 3, 286 B o w l, 14 9 f f . t 15 3 f f . , 1 6 1 , 1 7 1 , 1 8 1 ,

294, 299 / ., 304 f f ; 3 i2 / . , 3 18 / ., 3 7 2 , 3 76 , 4 1 9 ; a c c e p t e r o f, 248 ; b a g fo r , 15 5 ; b a se s o f, 1 5 2 , 372 / . ; b e c o m in g b ro k e n , 15 4 / . ; c ir c u la r r e s ts , 15 2 / . ; iro n , c l a y , 15 2 ; m a d e fr o m a s k u ll, 1 5 6 ; p r o p fo r , 15 4 ; s e t u p r ig h t ( s y m b o lic a l) , 17 5 ; s m a ll, 1 6 0 ; -s ta n d , 15 4 , 1 7 1 ; tu r n e d u p s id e d o w n , 15 4 , 17 3 / . ( s y m b o lic a l) v a r io u s k in d s o f, 15 2 ; w ic k e r s t a n d fo r , 15 5 ;w o o d e n , 1 5 2 , 198

B o y , 3 8 5 / .B r a h m a - fa r e r s , 346, 402 B r a h m a - fa r in g , 12 8 , 2 58 , 342, 344 w.,

3 4 6* 355 , 4 °5 B r a h m a n , 309 B r a id in g , 158 B r o o m , 1 7 9 / .B u ild in g s , o v e r s e e r o f, 22

C a n k e r s (asava), 284, 39 6 C a r r ia g e -r o a d , 360 / ., 3 71 C a r r y in g - p o le , 19 1 / .C a s te s , 334C e ll, 16 7 , 19 7 . 2 I 5 . 2 2 3 , 234, 2 95, 307,

309, 3 1 1 , 3 1 5 ; th o s e w h o s h a re a , 3 11

431

432 I N D E XC e n s u re , ( fo r m a l) a c t o f, 2 f f ., 9 6, i ° 9»

3 16 , 362 n . ; le g a l q u e s t io n a r is in g fro m . 1 1 7 . 1 1 9 f f - , 133 f f - ; t o r e v o k e , 8 f f .

C e s sp o o l, 1 9 6 / .C h a ir , 2 1 1 , 2 1 4 , 2 29, 2 3 7 , 2 3 9 , 2 4 5 ,

293 / „ 2 9 7 . 306, 3 1 4 , 3 74 ; c o v e r e d , 2 1 1 ; v a r io u s k in d s , 208 / . ; w ith s u p p o r t s . 19 7 , 2 10

C h a r m (p a ritta ), 148 C h ic k , 24C h u n a m , 14 2 n .r 309, 3 1 3 , 3 1 9 , 388 C la u s e (s u tta ), 90, 13 0 n .C la y , 16 6 , 2 1 2 , 2 3 9 , 309, 3 1 3 , 3 19 ,

388 ; g o o d s , 19 8 , 2 3 9 , 2 9 6 / . , 304 C lo t h . 16 9 , 1 7 1 , 1 7 7 f f . , 2 4 5 , 3 7 4 ;

-c a r p e t in g , 1 7 8 ; c le a n (s im ile ), 220, 2 6 9 -7 0 ; c o t t o n - , 18 8 , 2 1 0 / . ; p ie c e o f, 15 4 , 16 2 , 2 1 2 . 2 4 5 2 9 2,295 /• I s t r ip o f , 14 3 ; t o s i t u p o n , 17 0 . 293 / . , 306, 3 1 4 . 4 0 7 , 4 18 / . ; t o t r e a d o n , 1 7 8 / . ; w o v e n , 2 1 1 , 24 5 , 4<>3 / . S e e R a in s .

C o m fo r t , l iv in g in , 2 7 5 C o m m u n io n , 3 3 1 , 334 I s a m e , d i f f e r ­

e n t . 4 7 , 50 / . , 53 , 2 2 7 , 286 C o m p a s s io n , 17 8 , 2 7 5 , 2 7 9 , 3 49, 3 7 8 / ..

3 8 1, 3 84, 401 _C o n d u c t o n e s e lf p r o p e r ly , t o , 7 / . ,

. 10 , 1 2 / . , 20 ff~,_ 27* 2 9 , 33 , 4 5 . 1 1 4 . 1 7 5 , 3 1 1 , 3 1 6 / . , 3 2 1

C o n fe s s o ffe n c e s , t o , 4 , 2 9 , 88 f f . t 1 1 2 , 1 1 6 , 13 8 f f .. 1 7 5 , 2 8 2 , 360, 4 0 0 / .

C o n fe s s e d , o ffe n c e t o b e , 1 1 0 , 3 3 9 / . , 399

C o n je y , d is t r ib u t o r o f , 2 4 7 C o n s e n t (ch a n d a ), 12 6 , 13 1 ,- 13 5 f f . ,

i 39/>C o n t in u o u s fo o d s u p p ly , i© o / . C o p p e r : g o o d s , 19 8 , 2 3 9 ; j a r , 16 8 ,

239C o r d (r a j ju ), 15 9 , 1 6 1 , 16 5 , 1 6 7 f f . ,

19 7 , 2 0 7 , 2 1 4 f f „ 2 9 4 , 30 7, 3 1 1 , 3 1 9 ; fo r d r a w in g w a t e r , 168

C o t t o n , 2 10 , 2 2 9 ; q u i l t , 2 1 0 , 2 2 9,238

C o u c h , 2 1 0 / . , 2 1 4 , 2 2 9 , 2 3 7 , 2 3 9 , 2 4 5 , 293 f-» 297» 3 o 6 » 3i4» 3 7 4 J c o v e r e d , 2 1 1 ; v a r io u s k in d s , 208 f .

C o u g h , t o , 2 2 5 , 228 C o u r te s a n , 370C o v e r in g u p (a s) w i t h g r a s s , 1 1 5 / . ,

i 37> 139 7- C r e m a t io n , 2 4 1 / ., 399 C r it ic is e , t o , 12 6 , 1 3 1 , 1 3 5 f f . C r o s s - le g g e d , 387 C u r t a in , 2 13 C u s h io n s , c h a s e d , 1 7 1

D a n c in g , 369 ; s in g in g , m u s ic , 14 5 D a n g e r , 4 6 / . , 5° / - . 53. 10 3 , 1 7 2 , 3 4 2 ,

3 4 4 n ., 3 8 3 / .

D e c is io n o f .th e m a jo r i t y , 1 1 1 , 12 5 , 13 1

D e f e a t , o ffe n c e in v o lv in g , 10 9 / . , 13 6 ,3 3 9 / ., 3 4 1 / - 3 7 9 «•. 3 9 6 # .

D e m e r i t , 37D e m o n , 1 5 6 ; -w o rs h ip p e rs , 1 5 6 , 18 6 D e p e n d e n c e , t o l iv e in , 1 1 / , D e t e r m in e , to , 16 3 D e v a -s ig h t , 2 5 7 D ev a ta , 420D h a m m a , 35 f f . , 96 / . , 1 1 2 , 1 1 7 f f . ,

1 2 1 , 12 3 , 1 3 0 / . , 13 3 , 14 9 , 19 4 / ., 20 6, 220, 2 2 3 , 2 2 7 , 2 3 6 , 2 6 4 , 270 , 280, 286 f f . , 308, 3 1 5 , 3 z o . 333 f f : 345. 3 5 2 # . , 3 5 6 / . , 3 5 9 . 394/-. 397­4 0 1 , 409 f f . , 4 18 / . , 423 ; D e v a - d a t t a 's , 280 ; d is p r a is e o f, 6 / . , iq , 2 7 , 1 7 3 , 1 7 5 ; e a t in g , 30 n . ; e x p e r t in , 12 , 72 , 1 3 1 , 4 1 5 / . , 4 19 ; in b r ie f, 2 2 0 , 2 70 ; s p e a k e r s o f , 4 1 9 f f . ; t a l k o n , 2 3 , 1 6 4 , 1 7 8 f f . , 2 2 1 , 2 S i f .\ t a lk e r s o n , 9 9 , 2 2 5 , 420 ; t e a c h in g o n , 220, 262 ; t o c h a n t , 395 ; t o s in g , 1 4 5 / . ; -v is io n , 220, 2 70 , 281 ; n o n -, 9 6 / . , h i , 1 1 7 , 1 1 9 , 1 2 1 , 12 3 , * 33. 2 2 7 , 286 f f . , 394 A 4° 9 / - , 4 j 8, 4 2 1

D ia le c t , 194D is a v o w t h e T r a in in g , t o , 3 4 1 , 343,

386D is c ip l in e , 9 6 / . , 1 1 3 / - . 1 1 7. I 2 9. i 94»

2 2 3 , 2 2 7 , 2 36, 2 7 9 , 2 8 6 , 289, 333 ff-* 345* 347> 3 5 2 # . . 359. 3 6 2 / ., 394# . 4 0 1 , 405, 4 0 9 # , 4 18 , 4 2 3 , 4 2 5 , 4 2 7 ; a im in g a t , 34 9 ; c h a n t in g o f, 405, 4 2 9 ; e x p e r t in , 1 2 , 72 , 9 9 , 1 3 1 , 2 2 5 , 4 1 5 4 1 9 ; o f t h e n o b le , 1 7 5 ,2 6 9 ; p r e s e n c e o f, 12 6 , 12 9 f f . ,13 4 /■, *3 8 f f . ; t a l k o n , 2 3 6 ; n o t- , 1 1 7 . 394/-. 4°9 ff~, 4 18

D is p o s e o f, t o , 239 D is p o s e r o f tr if le s , 248 D is p u t e , t o , i i i , 1 1 6 / . , 1 1 9 , 12 3 , 3 71 D is p u t e s , le g a l q u e s t io n a r is in g fr o m ,

1 1 7 f f . , 1 2 1 , 1 2 3 ; s o u r c e o f, 1 1 8 / . D is s a t is f a c t io n , 1 4 9 . 3*5. 32 ° D is s e n s io n (in a n O r d e r ) , 2 8 5 / . , 345 D is t r ib u t o r o f : c o n je y , 2 4 7 ; f r u it ,

2 4 7 ; r o b e - m a te r ia l , 2 4 7 ; s o lid fo o d , 248

D iv a n , 19 8 , 228 / ., 238 D iv id e d u p , n o t t o b e , 241 D o g , f ie r c e (s im ile ) , 263 D o o r , 1 5 5 , 16 5 , 1 6 7 , 17 0 , 19 7 , 2 0 6 / .,

2 1 5 / . . 2 9 1 , 2 9 3 , 2 9 6 / . , 304, 306, 3 1 4 / . ; -p o s t a n d l in te l, 16 5 , 16 7 , 2 0 7 , 2 1 5 / .

D o u b t f u l , 72 / . , 75 f f . , 85 , 88, 17 9 ,1 8 1 , 19 3 . 2 8 9 .

D r a p e r y , 208, 245 D r in k , to , 16 2 / . , 1 7 1

I N D E X 433D u s t , i 6q , 19 7 ; so ile d b y , 15 8 , 1 6 7 ,

*0 8 , 2 1 5 , 244. 2 9 4 , 306 D w e llin g -p la c e (s ) , 170 , 204 ff.t 2 13 ff.,

222 f f . , 232 f f , 23 9, 2 42, 244, 2 7 2 , 2 9 1, 2 9 3 / . , 2 9 7, 305 ^ \ , 3 1 4 , 320 “ la s t / ' 45 »

D y e , 3 16 , 320

E a r s , 1 8 7 / .E a t , t o . 1 7 1 , 274 / ., 300 / . , 4 26 E a t in g , b y a t r ia d o f m o n k s , 2 75 H a t in g w ith a n O rd e r , 1 7 5 / . ; no,

3" / - . 33. 37 /■. 173 ff- E l< ler(s) (thera), 22 f f . , 100, 13 1 / .,

298 308 / . 3 1 3 , 3 1 9 , 3 3 7 ,398# . . 4*5> 4^5

E le p h a n t , 19 3 , 2 26, 2 72 -282" E le p h a n t- tu s k " (p e g ), 15 5 , 1 6 1 ,

214E ls e w h e r e , 244 E m b le m , 32, 34 E m p t in e s s (s u n iia ta ), 422 / .E m p t y p la c e s , 2 2 1 , 2 5 7 E n c r o a c h o n , to , 2 9 8 / ., 309, 3 13 , 3 1 9 E s s e n c e (sa ra ), 194 E u n u c h , 2 4 3 / .E x h o r t a t io n , 354 , 3O4 f f . ; t o s u s ­

p e n d , 364 f . ,E x h o r t e r o f n u n s , 366 E x p e l , to , 10 3, 17 2E x p ia t io n , o ffe n c e o f, 109 / . , 12 6 ,

*3° / - *35 f f - 339/ ., 34i 399,425 / ., 428

E y e s , 14 5 , 207, 2 9 9, 3 6 9 / .

Eaoc> 144 166 , 369F a c i n g 1 65 ; (h iila ), 168/.,

196F a c t io n , - 7 5 , 4 1 5 , 4 1 8 / . f a m i l ie s , 45 ; a g re e d u p o n a s le a r n ­

ers , 293, 2 9 6 ; c o m p a s s io n fo r , 2 75 ; t o b r in e in to d is r e p u te , 18

F a n , 180f e e t , 15 9 , 164 ; to w e l fo r, 245 ; u n ­

w a s h e d , 245 ; w a s h e d , 2 46, 291 / . F e lt , p ie c e o f, 1 5 7 , 1 7 ° / - . i 8 5. 37° F e n c e s , 16 6 , 16 9 , 19 6 / . , 2 15 F e r m e n te d liq u o r , 4 0 9 / ., 4 18 , 428 F e s t iv a l , 14 5 , 2 10 , 382 F in d f a u lt , to , 7 , 9 , 32 / . , 45 F in g e r s , 15 9 , 185F ir e , 16 6 , 19 3 , 3 0 4 / ., 3 0 8 / . ; h a ll fo r,

2 1 5 / . , 2 2 3 , 2 9 5 , 3 0 7 ; -p la c e , 166, 2J5

F is h a n d fle sh , 2 7 6 / .F iv e - f in g e r m a r k , 170 , 2 1 1 ft. M a g s to n e s , 16 7 , 2 15 F lo u n c e s , 368 F lo w e r s , 1 70 F o e tu s . 3 72

F o o d s , 3 7 3 ; d is t r ib u t o r o f s o lid , 248 ; s h o r t o f, 2 46 ; so lid , 1 5 1 , 2 4 a ; so lid a n d s o ft , 24, 1 7 7 / ., 205, 2 2 1 , 2 2 9 / . ; s to r e o f, 3 74 ; s w e e t, 246

F o o t-r u b h e r s , 180F o o t- s to o l, fo o t-s ta n d , 32, 34 , 45, 295,

3 ° 3 . 3 12 /-, 310 /■F o r d , 14 2 n .t 388 / .F o r e s t : d w e lle rs , 2 7 6 / ., 304, 3 6 7 ;

d w e ll in g in a , 2 5 7 , 303, 3 6 7, 384/* ; -fire , 19 3 ; p r a c t ic e , 45

F o r g iv e , to , 25 / . , 28 F o r g iv e n e s s , 20 / ., 3 6 1 , 4 13 F o r m a l M e e tin g o f t h e O rd e r , o ffe n ce s

e n ta il in g , 68 f f . , S z f f . , 1 0 9 / ., 3 3 9 / ., 399

F r e e d o m , 3 35 F r ie n d s , lo v e ly , 12F r u i t : a l lo w a b le , 14 7 ; d is t r ib u t o r

o f, 2 4 7F u r th e r - m e n , c o n d it io n o f, 15 1 / .

G a in s , h o n o u rs , fa m e , 2 6 0 / ., 263, 2 74 ,2 8 3 /-

G a n d h a h b a -h a n d ( in s tr u m e n t) , 142 G a r lic , 195 / .G h e e , 100, 248, 300 G ift ( s ) , 16 , 4 5 , 14 9 , 2 2 2 / . , 260, 2 6 3 ,

373G iv e th a n k s , t o , 2 9 7 / .G o a l, 3 44, 3 4 7 , 405G o in g fo r th , 2 5 3 # .; o f w o m e n , 352 f f . t

401G o ld a n d s ilv e r , 407 f f , , 428 / .G o ld c o in s , 2 2 2 / ., 408 G ra s s , 20 7, 2 3 9 ; m a t , 15 4 , 15 8 , 208 ;

p o w d e r e d , 16 0 , 16 5 , 1 6 7 f f . , 19 7 , 215/.

G r a v e o ffe n c e , 10 9 / ., 14 9 , 2 39, 2 4 1 ,2 8 2 , 3 3 9 - 4°

G r a v e l , 16 7G r e e te d , (n o t) t o b e , 2 2 7 G r o u n d , 4 7 / . , 50, 5 2 / . , 16 6 , 208, 21 z,

2 1 5 . 2 44> 293* 3° 6, 3 1 4 . 319 ; a b o v e t h e , 15 0 -c o v e r in g , 306, 3 1 4 , 404 ; h ig h , lo w t o t h e , 160, 164 f f ., H)8, 2 1 3 , 2 1 5

G r o u p (gaxia), 2 2 / . , 5 2 , 2 3 9 . 241 G u id a n c e , 4 2 1 ; ( fo rm a l) a c t o f, 1 1 f f . ,

9 6 , 10 9, 3 16 , 362 « . ; t o g iv e , 7 f f . 3*» 33 , 45* 1 1 4 t o r e v o k e ( fo rm a l) a c t o f, 13

G u ild , 14 7 , 18 4 , 298

H a b i t s : b a d , 14 f f . , 19 , 162 , 198 ;fa l l in g a w a y fro m g o o d , 6 / . , 3 2 , 34, 1 1 7 , 120, 12 2 , 338 ff.

H a ir , 14 4 , 1 7 4 , 18 5 f f . , 387 H a r m in g , 19H a r m o n y in a n O rd e r , 287 / .H e a d s m u ffle d u p , 2 9 1 / .H e a t , c o n d it io n o f , 99 / .

434 I N D E XH e a v e n , 20 6, 2 1 9 , 2 6 9 , 2 7 5 n ., 2 78 ,

288 H e d g e s , 2 1 6 H e ll , 2 78 , 283 f f . , 288 / . H e r m a p h r o d it e , 2 4 3 / ., 3 7 5 H in d r a n c e s , 220 H ip - s t r in g , 3 74 / .H o le f o r p u l l in g c o r d t h r o u g h , 16 5 ,

16 7 , 20 7H o u s e , 2 9 9 / ., 302, 305 ; c u r v e d , lo n g ,

2 0 5 ,2 4 2 ,2 7 3 ; -d o o r, 3 0 1 ; lo n g , 2 3 7 H o u s e h o ld e r s , 2 6 / . , 10 0 / . , 1 5 1 / .,

19 5 , 2 2 4 , 2 2 9 , 3 9 9 ; l ik e h o u s e ­h o ld e r s , 14 2 , 14 4 f f . , 15 2 / . , 16 0 , 1 7 o f , 18 5 f f . , 1 8 9 # , 1 9 4 , 2 0 9 / . , - 1 3 ; l ik e w o m e n h o u s e h o ld e r s , 368 f f . , 3 7 4 , 388 ; t o l iv e in c o m ­p a n y w it h , 6 / ., 1 1 , 1 1 4 ; u n d e r , u p p e r g a r m e n ts o f, 19 0 / .

I l l (g ila n a ), 4 6 , 5 1 , 16 4 , 1 7 1 , 18 1 f f . ,19 6 , 2 3 1 , 3 1 7 320, 3 6 7 , 3 82, 387

111 (d u k k h a ), 285 I m p e r m a n e n t , 393 I m p e r t u r b a b le , 349I n d i v i d u a ls ) , 22 9 6 2 3 9, 2 4 1 ;

p r e s e n c e o f, 12 6 , 12 9 f f . , 13 4 1 3 8 # . ; w h a t b e l o n g s t o a n , 3 7 3 , 385

I n d i v i d u a l i t y (a tta b h a v a ), 2 6 1 I n f o r m a t io n , 4 1 3 ; a c t o f, 264 f f . I n n e r ro o m , 2 13 I n t e r r o g a t io n , 3 , 5, 1 1 3 / ­I n t e r r u p t io n s (r a tlicch e d a ), 48 52I n t o n in g , 14 6I n v i t a t io n , 45 / ., 5 1 , 2 3 5 , 2 8 7 ; t o

s u s p e n d , 8 f . , 32, 34, 4 5 , 38 1 I n v i t e , t o (p a v a reti), 380 f .

J a r s (v a ra k a ), 16 8 ; (ghat a h a ), 17 9 f . J e e r a n d s c o ff a t , t o , 25 f f .J e s t , 1 3 7J u n g le : c r e e p e r , 2 0 7 ; ro p e s , 168 ,

1 9 1 , 239

K a h a p a n a , 4 0 7 f .K a th in a -iT a .m e , 1 5 8 # .K e y h o le , 16 5K n if e , s m a ll, 1 5 7 , 16 0 / .K n o w le d g e , p r o fo u n d , 334

L a i t y , 1 1 5 / .L a y fo llo w e r , 15 / . , 1 6 1 , 1 6 9 , 220,

2 4 4 , 270, 286, 3 8 5 ; e ig h t q u a lit ie s o f, 1 7 3 , 1 7 5

L e a v e , t o a s k fo r , 8 / . , 3 2 , 3 4 , 4 5 ,381 /-

L e g a l q u e s tio n (s ) , 1 f f . , 6 / ., 9 6 /«, i i i , 1 1 4 / . , 12 8 f f . , 2 3 5 , 4 13 f f . , 4 1 8 / . , 4 2 1 , 423 f f . r 4 2 9 ; fo u r , 1 1 7 f f . ', t o s e t t le a , 12 5 f f . , 3 6 2 , 364

L e g a l ly v a l id , 1 1 0 , 3 3 7 iff. ; p r o p e r ­t ie s , 1 0 7 # . S e e A c t ( fo r m a l) .

L id , 16 9 , 19 6 / .L ie , c o n s c io u s , 1 1 2 / .L o d g in g s , 10 0 , 2 3 1 f f . , 2 3 8 # . , 244 / . ,

2 9 1 2 9 5 f f . , 304 / . , 3 74 ; t oa s s ig n , 98 / . , 233 f f , 2 4 7 ; t o d is t r ib u t e , 240

L ig h t s h in e f o r t h , 2 2 7 L o in - c lo t h , 1 5 1 , 1 9 1 , 374 L o v in g - k in d n e s s , 14 8 , 2 7 3 , 3 4 6 , 348,

422L u c k , 1 7 9 , 19 5 L u n a r M a n s io n s , 304 / .

M a d , 80 / . , 85, 8 7 , 90, 10 5 f f . , 13 5 ,243/♦

M a n lo o k in g fo r w a r d (s im ile ) , 3 56 M a n a tta , 1 1 , 48, 50 f f , 56 f f . , 6 i f f . ,

6 6 / . , 7 6 , 81 f f . , 8 7 f f , 2 2 7 , 3 1 6 , 355, 386

M a n g o e s , 1 4 6 / .M a s a k a , 1 5 1 , 4 0 7 / .M a ttr e s s e s , 1 1 0 f . t 2 3 9 , 2 9 3 / ., 306, 3 14 M e a l(s ) , 23 , 1 0 0 ,1 7 6 / . , 205, 2 1 5 , 2 2 0 / .,

2 2 9 / ., 2 9 8 . 4 1 7 ; g r o u p - . 274 n .t 2 7 5 n . ; s u c c e s s io n o f, 16 3 ; t o is s u e , 98 f . , 2 4 7 ; v a r io u s k in d s , 24 6

M e d ic in e , b a g fo r , 16 1 M e d ita t io n ( jh a n a ), 225 M e r it , 206, 2 7 8 , 288 M e ss a g e , fit t o g o a , 282 f „M e s s e n g e r , 4 6 , 5 1 , 282 n 3 74 , 383,

4 1 3 ; c o m p a n io n , 28 385 f .(n u n ), 408, 4 13

M e ta p h y s ic s , 19 4 M ild e w , 3 56M in d fu ln e s s : a r o u s in g s o f, 3 35 l as

t o b o d y , 3 9 6 ; c o n fu s e d , 362 j . ; u n 400

M in is te r s , c h ie f , 1 8 1 , 2 2 2, 230 2 6 7M o d e r a t io n , 14 7M o n a s t e r y 2 2 2 , 2 3 9, 2 4 1 , 2 9 1 / .,

29 9 ; a t t e n d a n t s , 248, 2 9 7 M o n k s : d is p u t in g , 1 1 6 ; e ig h t q u a l­

it ie s , 9 , 2 1 , 34 , 282 ; f iv e q u a li t ie s , 8 / . , 2 1 , 2 6 / . , 33, 39, i n , 1 3 1 . 233 ; g r o u p o f s e v e n t e e n , 232 ; g r o u p o f s ix , 9 6 , 10 9, 14 1 f f . , 1 5 2 / . , 1 5 7 , 1 7 0 / . , 1 8 1 , 18 5 f f . , 19 8 , 2 0 9 / ., 2 1 3 , 2 2 4 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 1 f f . , 2 4 6 , 2 9 8 / . , 305, 308, 3 10 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 3 , 37° *• • in ­c o m in g , 4 6 , 5 1 , 1 2 7 / . , 2 3 8 , 2 9 1 f f . ; n e w ly o r d a in e d , 2 9 6 , 298 3 0 1,3°9 f , 3 1 3 , 3i 9 ; p u r e , 3 3 7 ;r e g u la r , 7 , 9 , 32 f f - 44 f f - 5° f f - 2 8 6 ; r e s id e n t , 1 2 7 / . , 2 3 8 , 291 / . , 295 /* 5 t e n q u a lit ie s , 12 8 ; th r e e q u a lit ie s , 6 , 1 2 , 1 9 , 1 1 4 ; t o o rd a in n u n s , 3 5 7 ; u n s c r u p u lo u s , 14 , 16 ; w e ll b e h a v e d , 1 6 , 2 7 5 , 3 3 7 ; w h o a re g o in g a w a y , 2 9 6 / ., w h o s h a re

1 c e lls , 17

I N D E X 435*' M o n k e y 's h e a d / ' 16 5 , 207 M o o n a n d s u n , s ta in s o f, 409 M o ra l h a b it (s ) , 2 2 6 , 262 ; fa l l in g

a w a y fro m , 6, 32, 34, 1 1 7 , 12 0 f f . , 1 7 3 /► ; t a l k o n , 2 1 9 , 2 6 9 ; u n ­fo u n d e d c h a r g e o f f a l l in g a w a y fr o m , 10 4 , 13 4 , 3 3 7 / .

M o s q u ito -n e t , 16 3M o tio n a n d r e s o lu t io n , 1 1 8 , 12 2 , 12 5,

17 3 n.M o u th , 300M u le , sh e- (s im ile ), 263

N a ils , 1 8 4 / ., 3 8 7 N a k e d , 1 6 7 , 301 N a k e d a s c e t ic s , 1 8 1 , 230, 393 N e e d le , 1 5 7 , 1 6 0 / . , 2 48 ; -ca s e s , 4 1 9 N ib b a n a , 20 6, 2 1 9 , 230, 2 72 / . , 335,

393> 3 9 8 / ., 4 0 2, 407 N ig h t s : e x p ir a t io n o f, 76 f f .N o t p r e s e n t ( a t f o r m a l a c ts ) , 96 N o v ic e (s ) , 7 f f . , 3 2 / . , 4 5 . 8 0 / ., 85, 87,

1 1 4 , 19 2 , 2 4 3 , 286, 2 9 6 / ., 3 7 1 , 383 ; s u p e r in te n d e n t fo r , 2 4 9

N u n (s ) , 1 1 6 18 6 n ., 2 3 8 n ., 286,3 5 4 / - 3 5 7 # - = g r o u p o f s ix , 14 5 w., 3 6 4 , 3 6 9 / . , 372 > 374. 3 82, 3 8 7 ; t o e x h o r t , 7 f f . , 3 1 f f . , 4 5 , 1 1 4 . 365 / . ; n o t a , 386

O b la t io n , 2 1 7O b lig a t io n s , le g a l q u e s t io n a r is in g

fr o m , 1 1 8 , 1 2 1 f f . , 14 0 O b s e r v a n c e (u fio sa tha ),4*> f., *51,2 78 /.,

2 8 7 , 336, 36 4, 4 1 7 , 4 2 6 / . ; -d a y , 33° , 3 3 6 , 342 / - . 354» 4°7 ; t o s u s p e n d , 7 , 9 , 3 2, 34. 4 5 , 381 / .

O b s e r v a n c e (v a tta ), 49 ; f o r in c o m in g m o n k s , 2 92, 2 9 5 ; fo r m o n k s in a b a th r o o m , 308 / . ; f o r fo r e s td w e lle rs , 304 f . ; f o r g o in g a w a y , 29^ /• : fo r lo d g in g s , 3 0 5 , 308 ; fo r p r e c e p to r s , 3 1 7 f f . ; fo r p r iv ie s , 3 1 0 / . ; fo r r e s id e n t m o n k s , 2 9 5 / . ; fo r t h o s e w h o s h a re c e lls , 3 1 1 f f . \ fo r w a lk in g fo r a lm s fo o d , 302 / . ; in a r e f e c t o r y , 2 99 , 301

O c e a n , 3 32 f f .O fT ence(s), 1 0 5 ^ . , 1 1 7 , 13 6 , 13 8 , 2 8 7 ,

3 12 , 3 16 , 320, 3 3 6 / . , 362, 3 8 6 ; c o n c e a le d , 58 f f . , 64 f f . , 82 f f . ; e x p ir a t io n o f, 7 6 f f . ; f iv e , s e v e n c la s s e s o f, 1 1 8 , 12 4 ; fu l l o f, 6, 1 1 , 1 1 4 ; in te r v e n in g , 90 f f . ; le g a l q u e s tio n a r is in g fr o m , 1 1 7 / . , 12 0 f f . , 1 3 7 f f . ; m ix e d , 8 8 / . ; n o o ffe n ce , 4 , 2 8 7 , 3 3 7 , 382 ; n o t c o n c e a le d , 5 6 / f . , 82 f f . ; n o t s e e in g a n , 30 / . ; r e m o v a l o f, 3 4 9 ; s a m e , s im ila r , w o r s e , 7 f f . , 3 2 / . , 45 > s e e in g , 381 ; s l ig h t e r , 89 ; t o a c c u s e o f a n , 3, 8 / ., 1 1 ; t o m a k e a m e n d s fo r a n , 381

O il, 1 0 0 / ., 248, 300 O in t m e n t b o x , 188 O p e n u p a le g a l q u e s t io n , to , 12 6 ,

I 29# . , 1 3 5 f f - . 4 21 O r d a in , t o , 7 f f . , 3 1 , 33 , 4 5 , 7 9 f f . ,

8 3 / . , 1 1 4 , 2 8 1 , 3 5 7 O r d e r (o f m o n k s ), i f f . , 6 f f 22 / .,

5 1 , 9 7 , 1 2 1 , 14 9 , 220, 239, 244, 260, 2 6 4 , 2 78 , 3 3 4 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 3 , 3 8 0 ;d is p r a is e o f, 6 / . , 19 , 2 7 , 1 7 3 , 17 5 ; o f t h e fo u r q u a r te r s , 206, 230 ; p r e s e n c e o f, 12 6 , 1 3 1 , 13 4 / . , 13 7 , 13 9 ; t o le a v e , 20 / . , 38 / . , 79 f f . , 8 3 / ., 86 f f . , 243

O r d e r (o f n u n s) , 354 t i .t 3 6 3 # , 371 .380 J . ; t o le a v e , 386

O r d in a t io n , 79 , 354 / . , 3 5 7 ; o f n u n s, 3 7 5 ff-y 383 /-, 3 8 6 / . ; re -, 282

O r n a m e n ts (v a r io u s ) , 1 4 3 / .O u t e r c lo a k , 16 3 , 18 8 , 2 8 1 , 2 99 f . t

3°3> 3 °4 308, 3 1 4 . 320, 3 72 , 3 7 6 ;a c c e p t e r o f, 248

O u t l in e o f t h e h a n d , 2 1 1

P a c in g u p a n d d o w n , 48, 50 f f . , 164 , 2 1 9 , 2 7 1 , 308 ; p la c e fo r , 48, 50 / ., 16 4 , 2 1 9 , 2 2 3 , 308

P a lm y r a - w h is k , 18 0, 19 1 P a r t r id g e , 2 2 6 / .P a t im o k k h a ( s ) , 12 8 , 330 / ., 336 f f . ,

3 4 7> 3 5 9 /■ ; r e c it e r o f, 366, 4 2 5 ; s u s p e n s io n o f, 3 3 6 f f .

P e a c o c k s , 14 5 n ., 180 P e n a l t y (d a n d a ka m m a ), 3 6 3 / . ; h ig h e r

{brakm ada^tda), 40^2, 405 P e r fe c t e d o n e , 14 9 / . , 226, 3 3 5, 396,

4° 5, 4i 4P e r fe c t io n , 97/*» 335. 354* 4° 5 > 42 2 / . P e r m is s io n , t o a s k fo r , 2 2 / .P i l in g {caya), 16 0 , 16 8 / . , 19 6 , 223 P ip e : f o r s te a m , 16 6 ; fo r w a te r ,

16 9P la in - s o n g s o u n d , 1 4 5 / . , 4 16 P la n t a in (s im ile ), 263 P la s t e r f lo o r in g , 15 4 , 404 P o o l, 16 9P o r c h , 10 1 / . , 16 6 / ., 1 7 7 , 1 9 7 , 2 1 5 / . ,

2 2 2 / ., 2 9 5 , 3 0 7, 309, 3 1 1 , 3 1 5 P o s t , 14 2 , 1 6 1 , 16 5 , 2 0 7 P r e c e p t o r , 1 2 5 , 2 2 5 , 2 2 8 , 3 1 1 f f . , 4 1 7 ,

4 2 3, 4 2 7 ; w o m a n , 3 7 6 P r o b a t io n , 1 1 , 44 f f . , 58 f f . , 63 f f . ,

79 ff'» 86 f f . y 2 2 7 , 3 1 6 ; c o n c u r r e n t , 65 f f . , 82, 8 6 / ., 90 f f . \ n o t e f fe c t iv e , 8 0 / . ; p u r i f y in g , 7 7

P r o b a t io n e r , 2 8 6 , 3 54 n ., 3 5 5 , 3 7 1 , 383

P r o g r e s s iv e t a lk , 2 1 9 , 2 6 9 / . P r o h ib it io n (dvaraxta), 364 P r o p e r c o n d u c t , 7 / . , 20, 3 1 , 4 5 , 1 1 4 ,

3 1 2 , 3 1 7 , 321 P r o p o s e r , w o m a n , 3 7 5 , 377/-. 384

I N D E XP r o t e s t , to , 12 6 , 14 0 P s y c h ic p o w e r , 9 9 , 14 9 f f . t 2 5 7 , 260,

2 6 7 . 2 7 1 , 2 7 4 , 2 7 6 ; b a s e s o f , 3 3 5 ; ‘ w o n d e r ' o f , 281

P u p il( s ) , 3 2 1 , 4 1 6P u r e , n o t p u r e : in c o n d u c t o f b o d y

a n d s p e e c h , 3 4 6 ; in r e g a r d t oo ffe n c e s , 90 f f . , 330 / . , 3 3 6

Q u a r r e l {m e d h a k a ), 1 1 7 , 1 2 1 , 12 3 Q u a r r e l , to , 8 / . , 20 , 3 2, 34, 4 5 , 12 6

R a g - r o b e s , 1 5 6 ; -w e a r e r , 2 7 6 / . R a i l i n g (v e d ik a ), 16 4 R a in s , 2 3 2 . 2 3 5 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 4 , 394 / . ;

c lo t h s f o r , 4 5 , 400 ; -r e s id e n c e , 2 2 1 ,2 35

R a z o r , 18 5 R e c l in e u p o n , 22 8R e c l in in g b o a r d , 2 4 6 , 293 / . , 306 / .,

3M / ­R e c lu s e s a n d b r a h m a n s , 4 0 9 / . R e c o n c ile , t o , 17 4R e c o n c i l ia t io n , ( fo r m a l) a c t o f , 2 5 f f . ,

96, 10 9, 1 7 3 n ., 3 1 6 , 4 0 8 ; t o r e ­v o k e , 29 / .

R e f e c t o r y , 100, 1 4 7 ,1 8 4 , 228 f f . , 2 9 7 f f . ,3° 3. 379/ ­

R e fe r e n d u m , 12 8 / ., 1 3 1 , 4 2 4 .R e f u g e ( t h r e e fo ld ) , 220, 2 70 R e h a b i l i t a t io n , 1 1 , 48, 50 f f . , 5 7 f f . ,

<>3 /■. 6 7 / . , 8 1 / . , 8 7 , 9 1 f f - 2 2 7 , 3 1 6 R e m e m b e r , t o m a k e , 8 / . , 1 1 , 2 6 , 30,

3 2 , 34* 37. 45. 1 1 2 , 3 8 1 / .R e m o r s e , 3 1 5 , 320, 3 4 5 , 3 4 8 / . R e p a ir s , 16 3 , 2 2 3 / . , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 f . , 3 9 5 R e p r o v e ( fo r a n o ffe n c e ) , t o , 8 / . , 1 1 ,

2 5 . 3 0 . 3 2 . 3 4 . 3 7 . 45» 1 0 5 f f - 1 0 9 /-. i i 2 . 135/-. 345 ff-* 3 8 1 /•

R e q u is i t e s , 2 2 3 f . , 2 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 4 0 7 , 4 1 3 , 419 /•

R e s e r v e , t o , 2 2 8 ,2 3 1 / . , 2 3 4 f f . t 2 4 2 / .,380

R e s id e n c e , 2 4 , 2 7 n ., 3 1 f f . , 3 8 , 46 f f . , 50 f f . , 1 2 6 / . , 1 3 1 f . ; n o t a , 3 2 , 34,4& f f - 5° f -

R e s o u r c e s (n is s a y a ), 3 9 7 , 384 R e s to r e , t o (o sa reti), 80 / .R e v i le a n d a b u s e , 20 / . , 2 4 , 1 7 3 , 1 7 5 ,

355. 4° % f f - 4 x 2 R ic e , 4 5 , 10 0 , 18 4 , 300 R o b e s , 1 6 7 , 2 1 4 , 2 9 1 / . , 2 9 4 , 304 f . ,

3 1 2 / . , 3 1 6 , 3 1 8 / ., 3 7 o f . , 3 7 6 , 4 0 3 / ., 4 1 9 / . ; a c c e p t e r o f , 2 4 7 ; h o u s e ­h o ld , 3 74 ; in n e r , r8 8 , 2 9 9 , 302, 3 1 2 , 3 7 6 , 403 f . ; u p p e r , 19 0 , 2 56 , 299, 302, 3 76

R o b e - m a t e r ia l , 1 5 7 f f . , 3 1 6 ; d i s t r ib ­u t o r o f , 2 4 7

R o o f , ro o fin g , 32, 34, 4 7 / . , 50 f f . , 16 6 , 2 1 4 , 2 16 , 386

R o o f , t o , 2 97

43^R u le (d ha m m a ), g o, 2 79 , 286, 289

3 4 8 ; (su tta ), 1 3 0 ; b y {n o t b y ) r u le , 9 0 # . 9 7 . i o 5 . x i2 f f . ; im p o r t ­a n t , 3 1 6 , 320, 3 54 / . , 3 5 7 , 386 ; p r e s e n c e o f, 12 6 , 12 9 f f . , 13 4 / ., * 38# -

R u le , a c c o r d in g t o t h e , 89, 1 7 5 , 18 3, 19 8 , 2 3 3 , 269. 2 7 5 , 3 6 5 , 380, 382, 4 1 9 / .

R u le s o f t r a in in g , 3 3 4 , 358 / ., 399 f . , 4 1 2 ; le s s e r a n d m in o r, 398 f f .

R u m in a t o r , 183

S a l t , 333S a n d a ls , 15 9 , 1G 1 / . , 2 4 5 , 248, 29 1 / .,

295 /-« 3<>4 /-. 3 12 S a n d a l w o o d , 14 9 S a u c e r , 19 7 , 2 1 5 S c r e e n , 2 1 4 / .S c e n t s , 17 0S c h is m , 1 1 4 / . , 2 7 6 f f . , 2 8 5 / . , 2 8 8 / .,

345 „S c h is m a t ic s , 2 8 1 / . , 2 8 7 , 289 S c r u b b e r (ka ta k a ), 1 7 9 , 19 8 ; ( m a ll­

a k a ), 14 3 S e a m s , 248S e a t , 4 7 , 2 3 6 f . a p p o in t e r o f, 425 ;

b e s t , 2 2 5 / . ; h ig h , lo w , 4 7 , 2 3 6 / . ; l a s t / ' 4 5 ; lo n g , 2 3 7

S e c t s , o t h e r , 3 2 , 3 4 , 1 5 6 , 2 1 2 , 358, 387 S e e n , h e a r d , s u s p e c te d , 3 4 1 f f . , 354,

381 .S e n io r it y , 44/ - . 2 2 7 / . , 3 10 , 358, 3 7 9 / . S e n s e -p le a s u r e s , 3 6 / . , 2 1 9 , 2 5 4 , 4 12 S e s a m u m c a k e , 2 4 S e t t in g u p r ig h t a b o w l, 1 7 5 / .S e w , t o , 1 5 7 f f .S e x u a l in te r c o u r s e , 10 3 , 1 7 3 , 18 4 , 409S h e d s , 2 2 3 , 228S h e e t , 2 4 6 , 2 9 3 , 306, 3 1 4 ,S h o e s , 19 6 / . , 3 1 1 ; w o o d e n , 198 S h o p , 370 , 403 S l a v e w o m a n , 10 1 / .S le e p , t o , 1 7 0 , 2 0 8 / ., 281 S le e p in g - p la c e , 2 1 2 , 2 2 5 , 2 3 1 , 234,

2 4 3 ; b e s t , 2 3 1 ; " l a s t , " 45 S m e a r in g in s id e a n d o u t , 1 6 1 , 1 6 6 / . ,

2 0 7S n a k e , 14 8 , 20 6, 209, 2 1 4 , 2 9 1 ; fo u r

r o y a l fa m ilie s , 14 8 ; g ir d le o f, 260 S n e e z e , t o , 19 5 S o f a , 19 8 , 2 2 8 / . , 238 S p e c if ic d e p r a v i t y , 1 1 2 f f . , 13 4 f f . S p it to o n , 2 4 5 , 2 9 3 / . , 306 / . , 3 14 / . S p l i t a n O r d e r , to , 2 7 8 / ., 28 6 f f . S p r e a d in g s , 16 6 , 16 9 S q u a t t in g - m a t s , 2 10 , 2 3 8 / . , 293 / .,

3° 6, 314 S q u ir r e ls a n d b a t s , 2 0 7 f .S t a in s , 4 0 9 / .S t a ir c a s e , 16 0 , 16 9 , 1 7 7 S t o r e r o o m , 248, 385 ; k e e p e r o f, 247

I N D E X 437S t r a in e r , 16 2 / . , 4 1 9 S t r a p , 1 5 5 , 1 6 0 # .S t r e a in - a t t a in e r , etc., 3 3 5 , 3 50 n. S t r e a m - a t t a in m e n t , 12 4 , 2 2 6, 2 5 7 ;

a n d o n c e -r e tu r n in g , etc., 354 S tr ife , 1 f f . , 6 , 19 , 1 1 1 , 1 1 4 , 1 1 7 , 1 2 1 ,

*2 3. 2 3 5, 345 S t r in g , 18 1 f f .S tu m b lin g - b lo c k s , 35 f f . , 3 7 5 / . , 378 S u n s h a d e , 1 5 5 , 18 0 2 9 1 f .^ u s p e n d , to , 334 ; E x h o r t a t io n , 3 6 4 / .;

I n v i t a t io n , O b s e r v a n c e , 7 f f , 32, 34, 4 5 , 381 / . ; P a t im o k k h a , 3 3 6 ff.

S u s p e n s io n , ( fo rm a l) a c t o f , 9 6 , 109, 1 7 3 3 1 6 , 4 13 ; fo r n o t g iv in g u pa w r o n g v ie w , 3 7 f f . , 80 f . ; fo r n o t m a k in g a m e n d s fo r a n o ffe n c e , 35, 80 / . ; fo r n o t s e e in g a n o ffe n c e , 3 ° f f - 8 0 / i t o r e v o k e , 33 f f . , 39

S u t t a n t a s , 9 9 , 225S w o r d fis h t e e t h , 1 5 3 , 1 6 1 , 16 7 , 19 7 ,

2 13

T a ilo r , 2 23 f .T a n k , 169T e a c h e r (d ca riy a ), 12 5 . 2 2 5 , 228, 3 2 1 ,

4 1 7 , 4 2 7 ; (sa ttka ) f iv e , 2G1 / . , 2 72 T e a c h e r , dh am m a, t h e O rd e r , t h e ,

1 1 8 / .T e n p o in ts , 407 f f . , 4 1 4 , 4 18 , 4 2 1 , 423,

429T h ie f , 18 2 , 304 ; p o t- , 3 5 6 T h im b le , 1 5 9 / .T h o u g h t - r e a d in g , ' w o n d e r * o f , 281 T h r e a d , 15 5 , 1 5 9 # - . 19 0 , 2 10 , 3 7 4 ;

fa ls e , 15 9 T h r e e fo ld k n o w le d g e , 2 5 7 T h r o w o u t , 232 f .T ic k e t s ( v o tin g -) , 1 3 3 , 2 7 9 , 286, 289,

42 6 f f . ; d is t r ib u t o r o f, 1 1 1 , 1 3 1 , 13 3 te n d is t r ib u t io n s o f, 1 1 1 ; th r e e m e th o d s fo r , 13 3

T o o th - w o o d , 19 2T r a d it io n (d g a m a ), 3 4 7 , 4 1 5 f . t 4 19 T r a n s g r e s s io n , 17 4 2 69T r e e , 1 4 1 , 19 3 , 2 2 5 , 228 ; r o o t o f a ,

2 7 6 f . ; w h a t e x u d e s fr o m , 2 1 2 / . T r u t h , 2 5 5 , 349T r u th - f in d e r , 1 1 7 , 2 2 7 , 2 72 / . , 285 f f . ,

336, 352 f f 358, 4° i> 402 » . ; 's b lo o d , 2 71

T u r n a w a y , t o , 230 f f .T u r n in g a b o w l u p s id e d o w n (s y m b o li­

ca l) , 1 7 3 / .

U n d e r t a k in g o n o n e ’s o w n b e h a lf , 344/ ­

V e h ic le , 382 V e r a n d a h s , 2 1 4 , 2 3 7

V e r d i c t : in t h e p r e s e n c e o f, 9 7 ,1 2 5 / . ,1 29 ff-* 13 4 /-, 1 3 7 ff- ; o fin n o c e n c e , 104 13 4 f f . , 1 7 3 « . ;o f p a s t in s a n ity , 10 6 f f . t 13 4 f f .

V e s t , 3 76V ie w s : f a l l in g a w a y fr o m (r ig h t) , 6 / ,,

32 , 1 1 7 , 12 0 , 12 2 , 338 f f . ; o p e n s t a t e m e n t o f, 1 1 6

V o t e s . S ee T ic k e t s .

W a is tb a n d , 16 8 , 1 8 8 / ., 248, 299, 302, 3 18 , 368, 4 19 / .

W a lk in g s ta f f , 18 1 f f .W a n d e r e r s , r 8 iW a ll , 14 2 , 1 6 1 , 16 5 , 18 5 , 207, 2 i2 ,

214* 2 2 3 / . , 246, 2 9 3, 306, 3 1 4 ; h a lf- , 2 13

W a s t e - t u b , 15 6 , 300 W a t c h (o f t h e n ig h t) , 89 W a t e r , 14 2 , 16 2 , 1 6 5 # . , 2 1 5 , 29 9 / . ;

d r a in fo r , 16 6 / . , 16 9 , 19 7 , 2 1 5 / . ; d r in k in g - , 2 1 5 ,2 9 1 / . , 2 9 5 / . , 303 f f . , 3 0 7, 3 1 3 , 3 1 5 , 3 1 8 , 3 2 0 ; fo rt h e fe e t , 3 2 , 34, 4 5 , 2 9 5 , 303 ; fo r r in s in g , 19 7 , 2 9 5 , 30 7, 3 1 5 , 320 ; fo r w a s h in g , 2 9 5 , 303 f f . , 3 0 7, 3 12 , 3 1 5 ; in a b o w l, 15 3 ; n o t a l lo w ­a b le , 16 2 ; -p o t, 1 5 6 ; r e c e iv e r o f, 300 ; r e g u la t io n -p o ts , 16 2 , 248, 4 1 9 / . ; s a u c e r fo r , 16 6 ; t o d r a w , 168

W a y , e ig h t fo ld , 335 W e a p o n , 198 W e l l (u d a p a n a ), 16 8 , 223 W h i t e a n t s , 1 5 4 , i 6 1 , 2 0 7 / ., 2 1 4 ,

2 9 7 n.W h ite w a s h , etc., 1 6 1 , 2 1 2 , 2 4 1 , 245 n. W in d , 1 5 4 / - . 19 0 , 294, 30 7, 3 15 W in d o w s , 2 0 7 / . , 2 9 3 , 294 f f . , 304,

3 0 6 ff., 3 1 5 , 369 W o m a n , w o m e n , 1 5 1 , 1 5 6 1 7 8 , 184,

2 2 7 , 3 0 1 , 3 52 f f . , 400 ; p r e g n a n t , 385

W o o d e n : g o o d s , 19 8 , 2 3 9 , 2 9 6 / .,304 ; j a r , 168

W o o lle n : b la n k e t , 2 4 5 ; c lo th e s ,14 6

W o r ld ly k n o w le d g e , 19 5 W r o n g c o u r s e , 20 / .W r o n g -d o in g , o ffe n c e o f , 2 7 n ., 44,

88 f f . , 9 6 , 10 9 / . , 14 1 f f - * 5 2 f f . , 16 3 , 1 6 7 , 1 7 0 / . , 1 7 8 , 1 8 0 # ., 1 8 4 # . , 209 / ., 2 1 3 , 228, 229 n ., 2 3 1 / . , 2 3 4 , 2 3 6, 2 4 2 # . , 308, 3 10 , 336 / . , 33 9, 3 4 1 n ., 358 , 3 6 0 / ., 3 6 3 # . , 368 f f . , 380 f f . , 385, 3 8 7 f f . t 400 4 2 7

W r o n g g r a s p , 3 7W r o n g s p e e c h , o ffe n c e o f , 1 1 0 , 340 W r o n g t im e , 18 2 , 344, 3 4 7 , 380* 400,

4 1 7 , 426 W r o n g v ie w , 35 f f - 3* 5, 3 2o

I N D E X II. NAMES

A c ir a v a t i , 332 A d d h a k a s I , 383 A g g a la p u r a , 4 1 5 / *A h o g a n g a , 4 1 4A ja t a s a t t u , 2 5 9 / , , 263, 2 6 6 f f . , 398 A j i t a , 425A j i t a K e s a k a m b a lin , 15 0 A l a v l , 2 4 1 , 2 4 6 ; m o n k s o f, 2 4 1 / . A n a n d a , x i \~x.ff., 1 5 1 . * 7 4 , 17 8 ,

19 0 , 2 5 6 / ., 260 n ., 2 7 1 f . , 2 75 n ., 2 78 , 330/ - . 353 J5 . 394# * . 4° o # * , 413 w., 4 2 0 / ., 424 ti.

A n a t h a p in d ik a , ix , 2 1 6 f f 2 2 9 / . A n u p i y a , 2 5 3 , 259 A n u r a d h a p u r a , 9 5 n .A n u r u d d h a , 2 2 , 253 f f , , 424 n . A r i t t h a , v i , 35# - A s a lh a , 2 3 5A s s a j i a n d P u n a b b a s u , fo llo w e r s o f,

1 4 # . . 2 0 / . , 2 4 O A v a n t i , 4 13 / .

B a m b o o G r o v e , 9 7 , 100 B h a d d iy a , 2 5 5 f f .B h a g g a s , t h e , 1 7 6 , 17 9 B h a g u , 2 5 6 , 2 5 7 n.B h o ja n a v a g g a , 18 4 w. B h u ta g H m a sik k h d p a d a , 14 6 n. B im b is a r a , 14 6 , 2 1 6 / . , 2 2 1 , 2 6 7 / . B o d h i, P r in c e , 1 7 6 f f .B ta h m a ja la , 398

C a m p a , 4 2 7C a m p e y y a k a k k h a n d h a k a , 4 2 7 n. C h a n n a , 30 f f . , 3 5 , 1 1 6 / . , 402, 405 C i t t a (h o u s e h o ld e r) , 22 f f . C itta -s a m y u tta , 2 2 n .C o o l G r o v e , 2 1 8 / .C o o m a r a s w a m y , A . K . , 16 0 n .t 16 4 n .t

16 8 n ., 20 5 n . t 2 0 7 n ., 2 1 9 n ., 2 3 7 n. C o r a l T r e e , 393 C u n d a t h e G r e a t , 22

D a b b a t h e M a llia n , v ii , 9 7 f f . , 1 7 2 f f . , 24 7 n .

D e c c a n , 24D e v a d a t t a , x , 2 5 6 / . , 2 5 9 # , 263

2 7 1 / . , 2 7 4 ^ .D h a n iy a , 19 8 396D u t t , S ., v i i i , 65 n ., 206 285 w.

G a g g a , 1 0 5 #G a n g e s , 3 3 2 , 382 G a y a H e a d , 2 7 9 f .G o m a t a G le n , 99G o t a m a , 4 9 n 18 1 « ., 268, 2 7 1 ,

2 7 6 / . , 280, 2 8 1 n ., 393

I s ig i l i , 99

J a t a k a , x , 2 5 7 n .J e t a , P r in c e , 222 / .J e t a G r o v e , 2 2 2 , 230 J l v a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a , 164 J i v a k a 's M a n g o G r o v e , t o o

K a c c a n a t h e G r e a t , 22 K a k u d h a t h e K o l iy a n , 260 / . K a n n a k u j j a , 4 1 5 K a p i l a v a t t h u , 3 5 2 K a p p in a , t h e G r e a t , 22 K a s i , 1 5 / . . 23K a s s a p a , t h e G r e a t , 2 75 n ., 393 f f , K a s s a p a o f U u r v e la , 198 K a t a m o r a k a t is s a k a , 2 7 5 / . K h u j ja s o b h it a , 42 4 K im b i la , 2 5 6 , 2 5 7 n .K it a g i r i , 1 4 # , 20, 2 3 9 f f .K o k a l ik a , 2 75 f . , 2 8 0 / .K o k a n a d a (p a ia c e ) , 1 7 6 f f .K o s a la n c o u n t r y , 16 2 , 19 3 K o s a m b I , 30, 33, 35, 2 59 , 2 62, 402,

4 13 , 428 K o t t h i t a , 22 K u s in a r a , 393

L d b h a sa k k d r a -sa m y u tta , 260 n .L a w , B . C ., 24 n ., 1 7 6 n ., 260 n.

M a c c h ik a s a n d a , 22 f , , 2 5 , 2 8 / . M a d d a k u c c h i, 100 M a lia n a m a , 253 M a h i, 3 3 2, 382 M a k k h a l i G o s a la , 150 M a lla s , th e , 253 M a llia n w o m a n , a , 3 7 1 M a n ic u la k a , 4 1 1 M a r a , 401M e t t iy a a n d B h u m m a ja k a : fo llo w e r s

o f, 100 f f . , 1 7 1 / .M e t t iy a , 10 2 f ,M ig a r a 's m o th e r , 330 M o g g a lla n a , 1 7 / ., 20, 2 2 , 15 0 , 19 6 ,

2 3 9 / - . 260 f f . , 2 6 4 , 2 7 9 f f . , 3 3 0 / . M o rr is , R . , 19 0 n .t 2 1 4 263 n.M o u n t V u lt u r e P e a k , 9 9 , 2 7 1 M u c a lin d a , 260 « .

N a la g ir i , 272 f f .N a t a p u t t a t h e J a in , 15 0 N ik a y a s , 398

O ld e n b e r g , H . , x v i i , 39 n . t 270 n.

P a j a p a t l t h e G r e a t , 352 j j f , 401 P a k u d h a K a c c a y a n a , 15 0

438

I N D E X 439P a n d u k a a n d L o h it a k a : fo llo w e r s

6i , i f f . . 8 f f .P a s e n a d i : g r a n d m o th e r o f, 238 P a v a , 393, 4*3 /-, 4*9 f - 4 2 3 / - P in d o la t h e B h a r a d v a ja , 150 / . P u r a n a , 401 / .P u r a n a K a s s a p a , 1 4 9 - 1 5 ° . 2 1 9 **•

R a ja g a h a , 9 7 . 10 0. I 4I > *45 , I 5° . 1 6 1 , 204, 2 10 , 222 / . , 2 4 6 , 260, 262, 264 f f . , 2 72 / . , 2 7 7 / . , 394 4 0 1,4 10 , 4 12 , 4 2 6 f f . ; C o u n c il o f,3 53 n - g r e a t m e r c h a n t o f, 14 9 f f . t 204 f f ., 2 1 6 / . , 220 / . ; u r b a nc o u n c il o f, 2 2 1

R a ja g a h a -setth i-v a tth u , 14 9 R a h u , 409R e v a t a , 2 3 , 4 13 4 1 5 / . , 4 19

424 /*., 429 R h y s D a v id s , M rs., 14 8 n.R o b b e r ’s C liif , 99

S a b b a k a m in , 4 2 1 f f . , 429 S a h a ja t i , 4 16 , 4 19 S a k y a n s , 2 5 6 / .S a lh a , 4 13 n ., 4 1 9 , 424S a m a n n a p h a la , 398S a m b h u t a , 4 13 / ., 4 16 , 4 2 1 , 423 / .S a m k a s s a , 4 15S a m u d d a d a t t a , 2 7 6S a n j a y a B e la t t h ip u t t a , 150S a n j ik a ’ s so n , 1 7 6 / .S a r ip u t t a , 1 7 / . , 20 22 / . , 19 6 , 225,

228, 2 3 9 / . , 2 6 4 # . , 2 7 9 f f „ 298 S a ta p a tta J a ta k a , 1 n .S a v a t t h I , 1 , 1 5 f f . , 2 5 , 28, 36, 44, 49,

5 Z> 56 , 96, 1 3 1 / . . 148 n - 179, 193, 221 / . , 2 2 4 , 2 2 9, 2 3 5 , 238 / ., 2 9 1, 3 30 . 3 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 3 8 3 , 4 ° 9 , 4 25 / - . 4^8

S e y y a s a k a , 10 f f .S i t a ’s W o o d , 99 S iv a k a , y a k k h a , 2 1 8 / .S o r e y y a , 4 15 S u b h a d d a , 394

S u d a t t a ( A n a t h a p in d ik a ) , 2 1 9 S u d h a m m a , 22 f f .S u d in n a th e K a la n d a k a , 396 S u m a n a , 424 S u t t a v ib h a n g a , 425 f f .

T a m b a p a n n id lp a , 95 T a p o d a G le n , P a r k , 99 T h o m a s , E . J ., 260 n .T in d u k a G le n , 99 T it t ir a ja ta k a , 22 6 n.

U d a y in , 56 f f .U d e n a , 403 f .U d u m b a r a , 4 15 U p a li (b a rb e r) , 2 56 /.U p a li (thera ), 2 3 , 48, 5 2 , 2 3 6 / ., 2 8 $ f f . t

344 f f - 364, 396 /U p a n a n d a , 2 7 n .t 230 2 3 5 / . , 4 1 2U p o sa th a sa m y u tta , 4 2 7 n. U p p a la v a n n a ’s p u p il , 362 U t t a r a , 420 / .U v a la , 1 1 2 f f .

V a d d h a , 1 7 1 f f .V a g g u m u d a , 397V a j j i s o f V e s a ll , 2 7 9 , 407 / . , 4 14 ,

4 1 8 ff., 4 2 3 V a li k a m o n a s te r y , x i x , 425 V a s a b h a g a m ik a , 424 V e b h a r a , 99V e s a ll , 1 6 1 , 163 / ., 1 7 6 , 223 / . , 2 79 ,

352 , 363. 396 / . , 4 0 7 4 1 2 , 4 18 ,4 2 1 , 425 n . ; la y fo llo w e r s o f,4°7 f f - 4 12 / . '

V is a k h a , 1 7 9 , 2 3 7 , 3 76 / .

W ild M a n g o G r o v e , 25 W o o d w a r d , F . L . , 259 n ., 284 n.

Y a m e lu a n d T e k u la , 193 Y a s a (m o n k ), 28 n .Y a s a , s o n o f K a k a n d a k a , v , x i, x ix ,

4 0 7 / . , 4 12 f f .9 4 1 6 / 4 1 8 , 424

i n d e x rrr .

S O M E P A L I W O R D S D IS C U S S E D I N T H E N O T E S

itib h a vd b h a v a ta m , 2 59 u d a k a p u n c h a n i, 16 9 k a th in a , 158 ga m a p o d d a v a , 14 1 g ih in a m a n u k a m p a y a , 2 75 g o g h a m sik d , 1 61

16 9n ik k u jja n a , 17 3 n ille k h a , 170

kav&te p a n ca n g u lik a m d a tu m , 17 0 pa ra d a tta v u tta , 2 59 paribhan$.a, 15 4 p a riy a n ta , 4 5 , 56 , 76 b an d han a m a ttat 188m i^ h i, 15 4su tta r 130 su ka ra n ta ka , 18 9 ha tthabhitti, 2 1 1

A B B R E V I A T I O N S U S E D I N T H E N O T E SA . = A n g u t t a r a - N ik & y aA A . s= C o m m e n ta r y o n A .A si. = A t t h a s a l in iB . D . = B o o k o f the D is c ip lin e B u . = B u d c U ig h o saC . H .I . = C a m b rid g e H is to r y o f I n d ia Corny. = C o m m e n ta r yC . P . D . = C r it ic a l P a l i D ic t io n a r y { D in e s A n d e r s e n a n d H e lm e r S m it h ) C V . = C u l la v a g g a ( V in a y a )D . = D i g h a - N ik a y aD A , = C o m m e n t a r y o n D .D h p . = D h a m m a p a d a D h A . = C o m m e n ta r y on D h p .D i a l . = D ia lo g u e s o f the B u d d h aD . P . P . N . = D ic tio n a r y o f P a l i P r o p e r N a m e s (G . 1\ M a la la s e k e r a ) D p v s . = D ip a v a m s aF o r . M e e t. — F o r m a l M e e t in g o f t h e O r d e r (S a rig h & d is e s a )G .S . = G ra d u a l S a y in g sH . J . A . S . = H a rv a rd J o u r n a l o f O r ie n ta l S tu d ie s I i i . = I t i v u t t a k aI t A . = C o m m e n t a r y o n I t i .J d . = J a t a k aJ . A . O . S . = J o u r n a l o f the A m e r ic a n O r ie n ta l S o c ie ty .J . P . T . S . = J o u r n a l o f the P a l i T e x t S o cie ty K h A . = C o m m e n t a r y o n K h u .K h u . = K h u d d a k a p a t h a K . S . = K in d r e d S a y in g s K v u . = K a t h a v a t t h u M . — M a jjh im a - N ik a y a M A . = C o m m e n t a r y o n M .M h b s . = M a h a b o d h iv a m s a M h v s . = M a h a v a m § a M i ln . = M iK n d a p a n h aM i n . A n th . = M in o r A n th o lo g ie s o f the P a l i C a n o n M V . = M a h a v a g g a ( V in a y a )N is s a g . = N is s a g g iy a P a c . = P a c i t t i y a P a r . = P a r a j ik aP . E . D . = P a li- I in g lis h D ic tio n a r y ( T . W . R h y s D a v id s a n d W . S t e d e ) P s s . B r e th . — P s a lm s o f the B reth ren P u g . = P u g g a la p a n n a t t i S . — S a m y u t t a - N ik a y a S A . — C o m m e n ta r y o n S .S a n g h . = S a n g h & d is e s a .S n . = S u t t a n ip a t aS n A . = C o m m e n ta r y o n S n .S . B . E . = S a cred B o o k s o f the E a s tT h a g . = T h e r a g a t h aT h a g A . = C o m m e n ta r y o n T h a g .T h lg . = T h e r lg a t h aT h lg A , = C o m m e n ta r y on T h lg .U d . = U d a n aU d A . = C o m m e n t a r y o n U d .U p . ~ U p a n is h a dV A . = C o m m e n ta r y o n V in .V b h A . = C o m m e n ta r y o n V ib h a n g aV in . = V in a y aV is m . = V is u d d h im a g g aV v A . — C o m m e n ta r y o n V i m a n a v a t t h u

I N D E X IV.

440